“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis

humanz :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckyer, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

tle le| * 1s lela let ee el ebhersylirant powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

G ai ALERE FLAMMAM.

CONTENTS OF VOL, IX.

[SIXTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XLIX.

Page

I. A new Species of Munna from New Zealand. By CHaRvzs

Prormevienisasc, (Plates I. &1l.) .....0...cceeesecscees

II. Note upon the Encystment of 4olosoma, By FRanxK E. Brp-

SOME RRce Bln e aiac cn ca nets es se tate cet ence cucu ees 12

III. Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera of the Group Cerambycine,

with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By Cuaries J.

Gaunan, M.A., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British

PTs MEETS «= Rest v-niw fn sie/ofeje Binge ain wisiitie eens d oele wyeieie ov a 19

IV. On some Japanese Species of Paromalus. By GroreEe Lewis,

SE Re ene lc cies Q cea bods as ides es cate aT ew ess 32

V. Descriptions of Two new Genera of Scorpions, with Notes

upon some Species of Pulamneus. By R. I. Pocock, of the Natural-

SERS Si Doe ee 00 Bs 2) eee 38

VI. Description of a new Trap-door Spider from Ceylon. By

R. I. Pocock, of the British (Natural History) Museum. (Plate

le clase pc cisions cece case sess rsseseeweas 49

VII. Suggested Terms in Crinoid Morphology. By F. A.

RRR ce le Bias vo oe ip gies ves FOee 8 ot n0'e e melt as 51

VIII. On the Oviposition and Embryonic Development of the

Crocodile. By Dr. A. VorLtzKow, of Majunga, Madagascar .... 66

IX. On newly-discovered East-African Chameleons, with Remarks

on some other Reptiles described by Dr. Steindachner. By G. A.

Doo 0) BUD. Ss coc aeet SRE SOR SEAR Serie erin irae 2 12

X. Description of anew Snake from Nubia. ByG.A.BouLENGER 74

XI. Descriptions of Three new Gerbilles in the British Museum

Collection. By OLDFIELD THOMAS .............eeeeeceeceees 7

XII. The Mesozoon Salinella. By JoHANNES FRENZEL........ 79

XIII. Descriptions of Seven new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca

from South Africa. By James Cosmo Metvitu, M.A., F.LS.,

and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. (Plates IV. & VI.).....:.. 84

iv CONTENTS.

Page

XIV. Descriptions of Seventeen new Terrestrial Mollusks from

South or Central Africa, in the Collection of Edgar L. Layard, Esq.

By James Cosmo Metvi1t, M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Pon-

SONBY, t.2:8, (Plates IV AVi)ioriiens tasbacesavecmers = ss 5% 87

XV. On the Skeleton of a Chimeroid Fish (Isehyodus) from the

Oxford Clay of Christian Malford, Wiltshire. By A. SwrrH Woop-

WARD, EGE, 5 Ge es wakes 1h so biek & 2 etd oie ae eek ee eo ea 94

XVI. Descriptions of new Species of Hratina from Tropical South

America. By Hersert Drucr, F.LS, &c.........0+000ee cae Oe

New Book :—Wes Coquilles Marines des Cotes de Franee. Par

ABNOULD LOCARDS yc oa sec tein sacle es 6 alent tal ae ee 107

A Multieellular Infusorian-like Animal, by Prof. Johannes Frenzel,

of Cordova (Argentine Republic) ; On the Growth of the Shell

in Helix aspersa, by M. Moynier de Villepoix .......... 109—111

NUMBER L.

XVI. The Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. By Franx E.

Bepparp, MLA. FURS, (Plate WE) vie. enn nee cae ee 115

XVIII. The Lysianassides of the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’

Bate and Westwood. By ALFRED O. WALKER .............-.. 154

XIX. On the Occurrence of the Genus Equisetum (E. Hemingwayi,

Kidston) in the Yorkshire Coal-measures. By Roperr Kipstron,

BT) Wipgcl Aa etn oinn aide gia e's » Saati eda ee ee 138

XX. Description of a new Frog from Barma. By G. A.

Bousanenn: «(Plate EC jy ft 6 tke «aria neskskie wn wie een 141

XXI. Note on TVoxotes microlepis, Gthr., and Tootes microlepis,

Blyth By GA. Bomiente. cc bcanil> amass temveaanears 145

XXII. On Strauch’s Triton longipes. By G. A. BoULENGER.... 144

XXUI. Note on the Gibbon of the Island of Hainan (Hylobates

hainanus, sp. u.). By OLDFIELD THOMAS .........ccceeeseccees 145

XXIV. Diagnosis of a new Subspecies of Hare from the Corea.

By OLDFIELD UHOMAS =. .'ss sess snes ne ee Cee paw enna Senate 146

XXV. Description of a new Species of Meriones from Palestine.

By OnpErin THOMAS <'c. . es anne «ease thea e Meet i evsw eats 147

XXVI. The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence: a Study of Arctic

Forms. By the Rey. Tuomas Hincxs, B.A.,F.R.S. (Plate VUIL) 149

XXVII. On the Development of Dreitssena polymorpha, Pallas,

By Dr HUGEN KORSCHELT . oe. Ns os cin ae ves cee eae ean we 157

XXVIII. Remarks on Australian Slugs. By C. Hepiey, F.LS.,

Assistant in Zoology to the Australian Museum ............ vane 269

XXIX. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide con-

tained in the British-Museum Collection. By W. Warren, M.A,,

PS Gakine ks ceva eee css hse CEN RNES VRS bene ety kien eee 172

CONTENTS. Vi

Proceedings of the Geological Society .........eeee cece ees 179—181

Note on Abnormalities in the Crayfish (Astacus fluviatilis), by W.N.

Parker, Ph.D. ; The Chromatophores of Cephalopods, By M.

Raphaél Blanchard; On the Nature of the Movement of the

Chromatophores of Cephalopods, by M. C. Phisalix ; On the

Anatomy of the Male Sexual Organs of the Honey-Bee, by G.

Koschewnikoff, Assistant in the University of Moscow ; On the

“ Free-swimming Sporocysts,” by M. Braun, of the Konigsberg

i. Pr. Zoological Museum,...,..... Sars Sear ihe Se care S's S78 181—187

NUMBER LI.

XXX. British Fossil Crinoids—VI. Botryocrinus quinquelobus,

ope noy., Wenlock Limestone ; and Note on Botryocrinus pinnulatus.

By F. A. Batuer, M.A.,F.G.S. (Plate XI. figs. 1 & 2.) ........ 189

XXXI. British Fossil Crinoids—VII. Mastiyocrinus loreus, nov.

gen. et sp., Wenlock Limestone, Dudley. By F. A. Barurr, M.A.,

Peer nteee ne. o, and Plate X11)... ee ween one 194

XXXII. British Fossil Crinoids—VII. Cyathocrinus: C. aceino-

tubus, Ang., and C. vallatus, sp. nov., Wenlock Limestone. By F. A.

Pan green (elato XPT)... eee cece ence ccees JOP

XXXIII. On some Spiders from the Andaman Islands collected

nye cdtes, fag. By Prof. T. THORELL .........s0000000% 226

XXXIV. An Earthworm from Ecuador (Rhinodrilus ecuadori-

ensis). By W. BuaxLtanpD Benuam, D.Sc. (London), Aldrichian

Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy in the University of Oxford.

igi. ©) Si a PIF at Sow cleinic, sincitloiatSeibie icvadeia, siamtalbe pret (ok 237

XXXY. Description of a new Siluroid Fish from China. By

he. INE ee soo La eee 247

XXXVI. Description of a new Species of Rail from Laysan Island

(Nosieseine) by BSW. Promawk, PLES... oo... cee aes 247

XXXVII. Description of a new Species of Calyptomena from

North-western Borneo. By R. BowpLer Suarpr, LL.D., F.LS.,

efor cle nc cea te nee Oy ano sos wes Up vena cee 249

XXXVI. On some new Mammalia from the East-Indian Archi-

Papo OEDRTELD THOMAS) ©... 20.05.00 deans ks cs ceeoees 250

XXXIX. Descriptions of new Species of Shells from Mauritius

and California. By EpGar A. SmirH ..... iereereiatchamale: tacrs, stele o/s. OO

XL. Some Points in the Histology of Ccelenterates. By Dr.

BeetMEDEO OCHNETOER 60% coos vee ne cece ss este eee wnebs 256

On the Earliest Stages in the Development of Sessile-eyed Crus-

tacea, by M. Louis Roule; A new Mode of Respiration in the

Myriapoda, by F. G. Sinclair (formerly F. G. Heathcote), M.A.,

Fellow of the Cambridge Philosophical Society ........ 262, 263

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER LIU.

Page

XLI. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘Investigator; Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com-

manding.—Series II., No. 1. On the Results of Deep-sea Dredging

during the Season 1890-91. By J. Woon-Mason, Superintendent

of the Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in

the Medical College of Bengal, and A. Axcock, M.B., Surgeon

I.M.S., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Survey. (Plates XIV. & XV.).. 265

XLII. Description of a new Genus and some new ees of

Heterocera from Central America. By Herperr Druce, F.L.S... 275

XLII. Observations on the Dentition of Mammals. By Dr. W.

KOMEN THAT Woo. <hoe Fc snes SOO Se weenie ls ee ree 279

XLIV. The Dentition of Didelphys: a Contribution to the

Embryology of the Dentition of Marsupials. By Dr.W, KtkentHat 285

XLV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide con-

tained in the British-Museum Collection. By W. Warren, M.A.,

MENS. nasa cc'476, eae Bp sale mac eia ‘sto iR-ajep anes Oa eel tly CEA a ae olla le Te eee 294

XLVI. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—

No. XXX. On Carboniferous Ostracoda from Mongolia. By T.

Rupert Jones, F.R.S., and James W. Kirxpy, Esq. (Plate XVI.) 302

XLVII. Notes on the Variation of the Genus Arion, Fér. By

Water E. Coiiiner, Assistant Demonstrator in Zoology, St.

Andrew's: UDIVErslby «...c1¢ ois ac = <i 6.¢ 58 attain «tainted es = pen ne alain 307

XLVIU. Notes on Dr. W. Kiikenthal’s Discoveries in Mammalian

Dentition, By OLDFEeLD THOMAS). am... vawe cee 2 > se eicinieas ein 308

XLIX. On some undescribed Cicadide, with Synonymical Notes.

By W.., Ti,s DISTANT cig cia teen ieysin eth oiesy, e.n » vie by imine es ee pe 313

L. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

‘Polyzoa, 1880-91.—Appendix. By the Rey. THomas Hincks,

BA se Res Sorsalans dan ogite ad te a tastes kaefelemeahs, = mallee teeta anne 527

New Books :—Catalogue of the Type Fossils in the Woodwardian

Museum, Cambridge. By Henry Woops, B.A.,F.G.S. With

a Preface by T. M*Kenny Hveues, M.A., F.R.S.—Delagoa

Bay: its Natives and Natural History. By Rose Monrerro.

—La Plume des Oiseaux : histcire naturelle et industrie. Par

Lacrorx-DanLiaRp.—L’amateur d’Oiseaux de Voliére. Par

PELE NE, MIORIEUE «crx creas «avalete aieiRiel cari ieieetiia item enclere tars 354— 3836

Note on Mr. Minchin’s Paper on Ascetta, by R. v. Lendenfeld;

Gymnorhynchus reptans, Rud., and its Migration,.by M. R.

Moniez; On Coral-Reefs of the East-African Coast, by Dr. A.

Ortmann; of Strassbure os. fans. ss sss caer 3387—3839

NUMBER LILI.

LI. On some new Species of Histeride. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. ... 341

_ LU Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., com-

manding.—Series II., No. 1. On the Results of Deep-sea Dredging

CONTENTS. vil

Page

during the Season 1890-91. By J. Woop-Mason, Superintendent

of the Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in

the Medical College of Bengal, and A. Axncockx, M.B., Surgeon

I.M.S., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Survey ..........0.0eeeeee eee BOS

LIII. Remarks on Australian Slugs. By T. D. A. Cockrerett,

PMI AL A ATATOR oi.3)< ovale sivisisie ss bias eee bees sleeve es 370

LIV. On the Scale-like and Flattened Hairs of certain Lepido-

Prerermamet AC SE ACKARD 0... ise ces vce cecuccecevecs 372

LV. On the Ophideres princeps of Guenée and its utter dissimi-

larity in Structure and Pattern from the OpAcderes princeps of Bois-

Guval. By Anvaor G. Borer, F.LS., F.ZS., &e. 02. eee ee 579

LVI. On the Radula of Paludestrina Jenkinsi, Smith, and that of

P. venirosa, Mont. By B. B. Woovwarp, F.G.S., F.R.MLS....... 376

LVII. Observations on two rare British Nudibranchs (Lomanotus

genet, Verany, and Hancockia eudactylota, Gosse). By F. W.

GAMBLE, B.Sc., Assistant to the Beyer Professor of Zoology, Owens

Seren manehester. (Plate XVIT.) 2.0... eet ee oe eaees 378

LVIII. On two new Central-African Antelopes obtained by

Mr. eackson, By Oupmetp THOMAS .........0.....00088 OOO

LIX. oe of new Genera and Species of Pyralide con-

tained in the British-Museum Collection. By W. Warren, M.A.,

Oe Ee ee rr 389

LX. On the Anatomy and Embryology of the Phalangitde. By

PESOS eerie nile as crc econ tenes ances acecetne OOL

LXI. Description of a Third Species of the Genus Nyctophilus.

Pa RMEIRRITS MERON A cic ts cows tee ase au seeeen woes 405

New Book :—L’Evolution Sexuelle dans l’Espéce humaine. Par le

Dr. Henri S1carD, Doyen de la Faculté des Sciences de Lyon. . 407

On the Genus Polychrysia of Hiibner (a Group of Plusiid Moths),

by Arthur G. Butler, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.; Dr. von Lendenfeld

on the Central Cavity in Euplectella, by E. A. Minchin; On

some Specimens of Dendroclava Dohrnit, Weismann, by Dr.

Raffaello Zoia; On the Development of Bythinia tentaculata,

by Dr. R. v. Erlanger, of the Heidelberg Zoological Institute ;

On certain Reproductive Phenomena in Cirrhipedes, by M. A.

Gruvel ; On the Embryogeny of Sagitta, by M.S. Jourdain.

407 —415

NUMBER LIV.

LXIL. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander Richard Frazer Hoskyn, R.N.,

commanding.—Series II., No. 3. On Utero-gestation in Trygon

Bleekert. By A. Aucock, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S., Surgeon-Natura-

Menmmensaevey. (Plate eM) e.g oie cals wade alec cou to de 417

LXIII. Description of a new Species of Antedon from Mauritius.

By F. Jerrrey Beui, M.A. (Plate XVIIL)

LXIYV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide con-

tained in the British-Museum Collection. By W. Warren, M.A.,

eee ES crc k eh wee ne oe bw esse apemiy g's cL Ew 429

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXV. Notes on Dr. C. Flach’s Synonymic List of the European

Trichopterygida. By the Rev. A. MATTHEWS ............-000+5 442

LXVI. Descriptions of some new Species of Asiatic Saturniide.

By E.. Moonn, Es ise o<yinis.c no Se Bee Sere eee en 448

LXVII. British Schizopoda of the Families Lophogastride and

Euphauside. By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L.,

HEU RC, Ys Selrcra't ee & duel Mas. bale «oats Ob seco ae cee ns 454

LXVIII. Critical Observations on Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella :

a Biological Sketch. By Prof. Steran APATHY ..............+.. 465

New Books :—An Elementary Manual of New-Zealand Entomology.

By G. V. Hupson, F.E.S8.—On the Modifications of Organisms.

By Davin SUMEy 42,0558 22s linac te tee de eis eine eae 482, 483

Some Anatomical Characters of Hyperoodon rostratus, by M. E.-L.

Bouvier ; On Self-pollination in Amsonia Tabernemontana, by

PhomaseMoelks Sm tics cio w | dele Sew sicdal > wwe aye len ag ban io eee 484—486

PLATES IN VOL. IX.

PLATE I. ;

Munna neozelanica.

III. A. New Trap-door Spider.—B. New Genera of Scorpions.

LV;

v, New Terrestrial Mollusca.

VII. Anatomy of some Earthworms.

VIII. New Polyzoa.

IX. Rana Oatesii.

X. Structure of Rhinodrilus ecuadoriensis.

XI.

xi British Fossil Crinoids.

XII.

XIV. Psalidopus Huxleyi.—P. spiniventris.

XV. Psalidopus spiniventris.

XVI. Carboniferous Ostracoda.

XVU. Lomanotus geneii—Hancockia eudactylota,

XVIII. New Species of Antedon.

XIX. Trygon Bleeker.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

Bas cnet ct Sod per litora spargife muscum,

Naiades, et circitm vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recuryato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel, 1,

No. 49. JANUARY 1892.

I.—A new Species of Munna from New Zealand.

By Cuaruers Curtton, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates I. & II.]

Tue genus Munna was established in 1839 by Kroyer; but

as yet only a comparatively small number of species appear

to be known. Beddard, writing in 1886, says that only five

species were then known, all of them being inhabitants of the

shallow water off the coasts of Great Britain, Norway, North

America, &c.* He adds two species, J/. maculata and M.

pallida, both obtained from shallow water off Kerguelen Land

during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, Each of his species is

remarkable for some point: JZ. pallida has the eyes without

the appreciable stalks found in other species, and in J. macu-

lata the male has the same form of body as the female and is

not narrowed and elongated as in some of the other species

of the genus.

J am now able to add another species, found between tide-

marks on the coasts of New Zealand. As in M. maculata,

the male has the same form of body as the female ; the species

appears to differ from the others hitherto described in having

the first pair of thoracic appendages of the male very large

* Report of the ‘ Challenger’ Isopoda, part 11. p. 24.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 1

2 Mr. C. Chilton on a new Species of

and of a peculiar shape. As I have an abundance of speci-

mens, I am able to describe the species in greater detail than

has been done for some of the others, and also to give pretty

fully the peculiar characters of each sex.

Most of my specimens are from Port Chalmers in Otago

Harbour. They were taken during low tide on the surface

of stones and boulders under a mass of decaying Boltenias

that had been washed up on the beach. They were found in

great numbers and of all sizes, many of the females bearing

eggs or young. I have not taken them in the same locality

either befere or since, although I have several times liunted

over the same spot. Possibly some of them had been washed

up with the Boltenias and had afterwards increased on the

beach, though, if so, they must have increased very rapidly,

as the Boltenias had evidently not been there for more than

afew days. The specimens of the J/unna were so numerous

on all the stones near that it scarcely seems possible that they

could all have been washed up with the Boltenias. They

walked about on the stones somewhat slowly but with perfect

ease, and seemed quite at home out of the water. The

excessively long hind legs and the very long antenne, which

they carried bent back over the body, gave them a very

spider-like appearance.

I have since taken a single specimen on sea-weed in a

rock-pool in Port Chalmers, and another from a rock-pool at

Brighton, on the east coast of Otago.

The new species now to be described agrees closely with

the characters of the genus as they are given by the various

authors. According to Beddard the affinities of Munna are

with Pleurogontum and its immediate allies, though it also

approaches Jera, Janira, &c. in having biunguiculate thoracic

appendages *. This affinity with the latter genera is fully

confirmed by an examination of the mouth-parts and pleopoda

of the present species, as a comparison of them with those of

Tanthe speciosa as described by Bovalliust shows that they

closely conform to the Asellidan type. Bovallius, however,

does not include Munna in his “ Notes on the Family

Asellide ”’ f.

I shall first give a short specific diagnosis of the species,

and afterwards describe some of its parts in greater detail.

Munna neozelanica, sp.n. (Plates I. & II. figs. 1-15.)

Male.—Body narrow-elliptical, length about two and a half

* Report on the ee ’ Isopoda, part ii. p. 24.

+ Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, Band 6, no, 4.

t LZ. c. Band 1], no. 15.

Munna from New Zealand. 3

times the greatest breadth. Head not broader than the first

segment of pereion, deeply notched on each side for the bases

of the antenne, produced anteriorly between the antenne ;

front margin straight, with rounded upper lip attached. The

lateral portion behind the insertion of the antennz with the

anterior angle somewhat acute, the posterior angle rounded,

somewhat produced, and bearing the moderately-sized eyes.

First four segments of the pereion subequal in length, grad-

ually increasing in width up to the fourth, which is the

widest; next three segments subequal and slightly shorter

than the preceding, curving slightly backwards at the sides.

All the segments having the lateral margins straight or

slightly rounded. Pleon as long as the four preceding

segments of the thorax, pear-shaped, narrowing posteriorly,

extremity rounded.

Antennules with the first two joints stout, others slender,

reaching a little beyond the end of the third joint of the

antenne. Antenne considerably longer than the body.

First pair of legs very large and strong and of peculiar shape,

the ischios being very thick and strong and hollowed ante-

riorly to receive the distal part of the limb when bent back ;

carpus expanding distally, mallet-shaped at the end; pro-

podos small and rounded. Succeeding legs of usual shape,

the last three pairs longer than the others, about as long as

the body.

Female with the body of the same shape as in the male ;

differs from the male in the first pair of appendages of the

pereion, which are short and imperfectly subchelate ; carpus

broader than the propodos, having the inner edge armed with

six strong spiniform sete.

Colour brownish, more or less closely covered with darker

dots and stellate markings.

Length of body of largest specimens about 3 millim.

Hab. Port Chalmers and Brighton, New Zealand, between

tide-marks.

Remarks.—In the shape of the body and in the fact that

the male and the female have the body of the same form, this

species appears to resemble M. maculata, Beddard, but the

form of the first pair of legs is evidently very different; it

also differs in the antennules and in other points. It seems

to be quite different from MV. pallida, Beddard.

Detailed Description.

The head (Pl. I. figs. 1 and 3) is broad, about twice as

broad as long, and longer than the two succeeding segments

4 Mr. C. Chilton on a new Species of

of the pereion; on each side it is deeply notched for the

insertion of the antenne ; it is produced in front between the

antenne and has the front margin, to which the upper lip is

attached, straight, with the lateral angles well rounded. The

lateral portion behind the bases of the antennz has the ante-

rior angle somewhat acute and the posterior angle produced

and rounded and bearing the large eyes, which are thus some-

what pedunculated, though apparently not so much so as in

some other species of the genus.

The perevon (Plate I. fig. 1) has the first segment a little

broader than the head, rather shorter than the second, the

second, third, and fourth subequal in length, widening slightly

up to the fourth segment, which is the widest; the fifth,

sixth, and seventh segments are progressively shorter and

curve backwards at the sides into rounded lobes, which are

somewhat gaping laterally.

The pleon (Plate I. fig. 1) is much narrower than the

pereion, somewhat conical or pear-shaped, rapidly narrowing

posteriorly, with the extremity rounded. It usually projects

slightly upwards, and the uropoda are barely visible in a

dorsal view.

The antennules (inner antenne) (Plate I. figs. 2 and 3) reach

somewhat beyond the end of the third joint of the peduncle

of the outer antenne. The first or basal joint is the broadest,

being about two thirds as broad as long; the second joint is

about as long as the first, but only half as broad at the base ;

it expands considerably towards the distal end and bears a

few fine sete scattered over the surface; the next two joints

are subequal, small, the two together being less than half the

length ot the second joint; each is nearly as broad as long,

they are followed by a long slender joint as long as the

second and third together; at the extremity of this are two

very small joints provided with long “ olfactory filaments.”

In the possession of the long slender joint at the end of the

antennules this species resembles Munna Whiteana, Spence

Bate and Westwood*. It is evidently, however, subject to

some variation, for I have one specimen in which the right

antennule is of the normal shape, as already described, but

the left one has the long fifth joint only about two thirds as

long as that on the right, while the following joint is much

larger than usual, being about one half the length of the fifth

joint; both of these bear “ olfactory filaments,” so that

doubtless the long fifth joint should be looked upon as a

modified portion of the flagellum,

* ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ ii, p, 829.

Munna from New Zealand. 5

The antenne (Plate I. figs. 1 and 3) are very long, when

fully developed being considerably longer than the body ; in

small specimens they are shorter in proportion to the body.

They present nothing remarkable in their character. The

first three joints are subequal, short, the fourth and fifth sub-

equal, very long, slender; the flagellum slender, about as

long as the whole peduncle. ‘The antenne are often bent

sharply backwards at the end of the third joint, so that the

fourth joint is directed backwards, while the fifth and the

flagellum are directed forwards again. There is no trace of

the rudimentary exopodite found in Janira, Ianthe, and

Stenetrium.

The upper lip (Plate I. figs. 4a and 48) is attached to the

front margin of the head and is directed forwards and partly

downwards. It is nearly semicircular, slightly convex above ;

in the centre the front margin curves over underneath, so that

when viewed from above the lip appears slightly emarginate

in the centre. When viewed from below it is seen that the

middle portion of the front bears many short sete, those on

each side being directed inwards.

The mandibles (Plate I. figs. 5a and 55d) are similar to

those of Janthe. The right mandible has only one cutting-

edge, ending in four distinct sharp teeth, next to which come

five large pectinated sete, arranged in an oblique line across

the end of the mandible. ‘The seta nearest the end is the

broadest and the most pectinated, being quite comb-shaped ;

the others are longer, but gradually decrease in breadth and

in the number and size of the pectinations, the fifth having

only a few pectinations towards the end. ‘The molar tubercle

is long, rather slender, and has the end obliquely truncate

and bearing two or three rather long sete in addition to the

usual short thick-set setee which form the grinding-organ at

the end.

The left mandible is similar, but has two cutting-edges,

the end one with five teeth and the inner with four; then

follow four or five pectinated sete, as in the right.

The palp (fig. 54), which is the same on each side, con-

sists of three joints, the second being the longest and about

half as long again as the first; towards its distal end it bears

two stout serrated sete; the third joint is somewhat shorter

than the first and bears five or six stout sete on one side

towards the distal end; these are placed at right angles to

the joint and are curved and serrated on the concave edge;

they increase regularly in length distally, the last one being

nearly as long as the joint itself. The third joint is usually

bent at right angles to the second.

6 Mr. C. Chilton on a new Species of

The lower lip (Plate I. fig. 6) consists of two portions

almost completely separated; I have never been able to

dissect out the two parts together. Each is subtriangular in

outline, the inner margin nearly straight, the outer strongly

curved and somewhat sinuous, the distal extremity being

acute. The distal half of the inner margin is fringed with

short sete which gradually increase in length distally, the

longest being placed at the extremity; the outer margin is

free from sete.

The first mawilla is of the usual shape and consists of two

lobes, the outer longer than the inner, slender, narrowing

towards the extremity, and bearing at the end about ten broad

comb-like sete ; the inner lobe is only about half as long as

the outer, broadest at the base, bearing at its extremity four

or five long curved sete, plumose towards the end, and also

two or three finer simple sete.

The second mavilla is also of the usual shape, consisting

of a broad basal portion bearing three subequal plates, the

inner forming a prolongation of the base, the outer two being

articulated to it. ‘The two outer plates are similar and sub-

equal, oblong, each bearing at the end four long sete, the

three outer very finely pectinated on the inner margin, the

inner one shorter than the others and coarsely pectinated, the

pectinations being at right angles to the seta. The inner

plate bears at its extremity eight to ten sete of various sizes,

some stout and pectinated, others fine; there are also some

fine slender sete or hairs on the inner margin.

The maaillipedes (Plate I. fig. 7) are well developed and

broad and appear to form a sort of operculum to protect the

mouth-parts. ‘The basal joint (coves) is short, transverse,

and bears the elliptical epepodite and the large basos. The

margin of the epipodite is quite free from sete and quite

entire except for a short distance towards the end on the outer

side, where it is finely crenate. ‘The basos is very large and

forms much the largest part of the whole appendage; its

inner margin is straight and it is produced distally into a flat

plate nearly as large as the basos proper; the extremity of

this plate bears numerous short pectinated sete. On the inner

margin are four stout sete, slightly hooked or enlarged at

the end so as to fit into those on the other side and hold the

two halves of the maxillipedes together. The ‘ palp ”’ (endo-

podite) has the ischios short transverse, the meros is much

larger and expands distally, and has both margins, but espe-

cially the immer one, fringed with long sete; the carpus is

much broader than long, the inner margin rounded and

Munna from New Zealand. 7

densely covered with seta, a few being placed also at the

outer distal angle ; the propodos is narrow and about as long

as the carpus is broad ; it expands slightly distally, curves

inwards, and bears long sete on both margins; the dactylos

is less than half as long as the propodos, and ends in two

long stout sete.

The legs of the first pair (Plates [. and II. figs. 8 a, 8 4, 8,

8d) are very different in shape in the two sexes. It will be

convenient to describe those of the female first, as they are the

more normal in shape. ‘The basos (see fig. 8 a) is subrec-

tangular and about twice as long as broad, the dschios is

about as long as the basos but slightly narrower, the meros is

triangular, expanding distally, the antero-distal angle slightly

produced and bearing a single stout seta, a few sete being also

present on the posterior margin ; the carpus is also triangular,

but is larger and broader and has the postero-distal angle

produced, the distal end of the joint being straight but

oblique; there are a few fine sete on the anterior margin and

the posterior margin is supplied with about six stout spini-

form sete and a few fine scattered hairs; the propodos is

considerably narrower than the carpus, but of about the same

length, the anterior margin is convex and _ bears several fine

sete, there are usually a few also on the posterior margin and

at the end, the largest being situated at the rounded postero-

distal angle; the dactylos with the claws is as long as the

posterior margin of the propodos, it bears a few fine sete, and

ends in two distinct claws, the outer one fully twice as large

as the inner.

From the figure and description given it would appear that

the first pair of legs in the female in this species is not very

dissimilar from that of Munna Kréyert, Goodsir, as drawn

and described by Bate and Westwood, though they state

that only the male of that species is known, and their figure

would therefore presumably apply to the male.

In the male the first pair of os are very large and

peculiar in shape. ‘The first joint (tig. 8d), which might at

first sight be taken for the cowxos (epimeron), ‘but is really the

basos, 1s very short and small, and from it arises a very large

aschios. ‘luis joint is large and subrectangular, not quite

twice as long as broad, and the whole joint is filled with a

very powertul muscle, which moves the next joint and with

it the remainder of the limb. In front the ischios is deeply

grooved and receives the distal portion of the limb when bent

back ; at the base it is the inner portion of the ischios that is

produced forwards, while at the distal end the outer portion

8 Mr. C. Chilton on a new Species of

is produced forwards and downwards to form the groove, so

that when the end of the limb is bent back upon the ischios

it is protected and held in its place both on the inside and the

outside. The meros is flat or hollow above and expands a

little distally, its articulation with the ischios is concealed in

a view from the outer side by the prolongation of the outer

portion of the ischios. The carpus is nearly as wide at the

base as the preceding joint, but expands distally and has the

end shaped something like a mallet, being produced both

above and below, the lower portion finely crenate—the exact

form will be learnt from the figure more easily than from any

verbal description. The propodos is attached to the upper

distal corner of the carpus; it is nearly circular in shape, and

bears a small dactylos which ends in two claws as in the other

legs. The whole limb is, in fully developed males, quite free

from sete; the ischios and meros are rather thick through

from side to side, but the carpus and propodos are thinner and

plate-like.

The whole leg is most striking in appearance and quite

unlike anything else that I have seen among the Isopoda.

It most probably forms a grasping-organ of some kind, though

it is not easy to see exactly how it is used, and while grasping-

organs are usually formed by means of the terminal joints

(propodos and dactylos) in other species, in this case these are

small and more or less rudimentary.

In young males the first pair of limbs is much more like

those of the female and quite different from those of the fully

developed male. One stage in the development is shown in

figure 8d of Plate Il. The basos is of fair size, though not

so long in proportion to the other joints as in the female; the

ischios is much larger and already shows signs of its future

great expansion; the remainder of the limb is practically

the same as in the female, except that there are fewer spini-

form setw on the carpus. A more advanced stage is shown

in figure 8c of Plate I]. The ischios is more enlarged, the

meros more elongated and more like that of the adult male,

the carpus has begun to take its peculiar mallet shape, the

propodos is becoming more rounded, and the sete have almost

disappeared from the whole limb.

It will thus be seen that in this species, as in many other

cases, the young male resembles the female, and that the

peculiar characters of the adult male are acquired by a gradual

development *.

* See Darwin's ‘ Descent of Man,’ p, 232 (second edition).

Munna from New Zealand. 9

The legs of the second pair (Plate II. fig. 9) are about two

thirds the length of the body and are normal in shape. ‘The

coxos (epimeron) is short, transverse, and clearly separated off

from its segment; the Jasos is narrow oblong, slightly con-

stricted proximally, margins free from sete; the dschios is

similar in shape but not quite so long; the meros is shorter

than the ischios, narrow at the base, and has the antero-distal

angle somewhat produced and bearing a seta; there are also

two or three fine seta on the posterior margin towards the

distal end; the carpus isslightly longer than the ischios and

meros together and is rather more than four times as long

as broad, it bears one or two rather stout sete: on each margin

towards the distal end; the propodos is considerably longer

than the carpus, but is much narrower, being not quite

half the width; on the posterior margin towards the distal

end is a row of about twelve short stout sete, and on the

anterior margin a fringe of finer hairs, those at the base of

the dactylos being the longest; the dactylos is of the usual

shape and bears two distinct claws.

The third and fourth pairs of legs are quite similar to the

second, and are of about the same size.

The legs of the jifth pair (see Plate II. fig. 10) are similar

in general form to the preceding, but are considerably longer.

The dasos and ischios are subequal in length and longer than

the meros, which, however, is more elongated than in the

preceding legs; all three joints have the upper (anterior)

margin fringed with a number of fine hairs; the carpus is

rather broad and is as long as the ischios and meros together,

and in addition to a few stiff setee at the distal end has, zn the

male, the whole upper surface of the joint densely covered

with long, irregular, woolly hairs, which are usually clogged

with dirt, diatoms, and other extraneous matter ; the propodos

is very long and slender, being longer than the meros and

carpus together; the whole upper surface is fringed with

regular fine hairs and the lower margin bears a number of

stiff setee; but these are smaller and do not form such a

distinct row as those described on the second pair of legs ;

the dactylos is like that of the second pair of legs, but more

elongated.

In the female the fifth pair of legs is similar to those in the

male, but the carpus does not bear the irregular woolly hairs,

and consequently the stiff sete present are more distinctly

seen.

The stxth and seventh pairs of leys are quite similar to the

fifth and of about the same size.

10 Mr. C. Chilton on a new Species of

The appendages of the pleon are of small size in accordance

with the size of the pleon itself, and they are rather difficult

to dissect out satisfactorily ; but, so far as I have made them

out, they present a fairly close general resemblance to those

of lanthe speciosa as described by Bovallius.

In the male the first pair of appendages (Plate II. figs. 11 4

and 11c) are modified to form an accessory male organ.

They consist of two more or less oblong plates fitting closely

against one another along the median line; they are widest

at the base, where the outer margins are strongly convex ;

towards the middle they narrow considerably, widening again

slightly towards the distal end; the extremity of each part is

curved and bordered with about eight short sete. On the

underside the surface of the plates is quite flat and the lateral

margins are entire (fig. 116). On the upper surface near

the middle there is on each side a thin plate projecting upwards,

so that a kind of groove is formed between them, the top of

it being no doubt closed by the next pair of pleopoda fitting

on to it above. Towards the end the surface is raised on

each side into two ridges which converge towards each other

as they reach the outer distal angle, thus forming a duct on

each side, which reaches from nearly the centre of the joint

to the outer angles (fig. 11 c). The whole apparatus probably

serves to pass on the spermatozoa from the genital openings

in the seventh segment of the pereion to the “ penial fila-

ment”’ of the second pair of pleopoda. On the under surface

the two halves of the organ are separated along their whole

length, but on the upper surface they are joined together from

the base until the beginning of the ducts, only the distal

portions therefore being completely separated.

The second pleopoda (Plate Il. fig. 12) have the main

portion subtriangular, the inner edge nearly straight, outer

edge curved and bearing a few short seta towards the sub-

acute extremity. ‘This portion, which both Bovallius and

Beddard consider the “ protopodite,”’ contains a very powerful

muscle, which reaches to the “ penial filament” and no doubt

acts as an extensor muscle for it. ‘This filament appears to

consist of two joints, one directed backwards towards the base

of the appendage and the other when at rest lying alongside

it, directed in the opposite direction, slightly curved, and

ending in a long, very acute extremity, apparently grooved

on the concave side. Beddard considers this “ penial fila-

ment”? to be the “ endopodite,” a small soft appendage which

arises from near its base he considers as the “ exopodite.”

The third pleopoda (P1. IL. fig. 13) consist of a basal por-

Munna from New Zealand. 11

tion, the protopodite, which bears an inner, flat, rectangular,

branchial plate, the endopodite, which narrows slightly towards

the distal end and bears at its extremity three long, delicately

plumose sete; the outer part of the appendage, the exopo-

dite, is not separated at the base from the protopodite ; it

consists of two joints, the first rectangular, bulging a little

distally on the inner side, the second subtriangular, bearing

a few small sete at the extremity and three longer ones on

the outer margin; the outer margin of both joints is also

closely fringed with very fine short sete.

Vhe fourth and fifth pleopoda I have not been able to sepa-

rate out quite se iiateavoril, but they appear to consist of

rounded branchial plates with margins quite free from sete.

Among the other parts I found the appendage represented in

figure 14 of Plate I]. This I believe to be the exopodite of

the fourth pair of pleopoda; it is somewhat similar to the

exopodite of the third pair, but narrower and more delicate ;

the basal portion is long and curves slightly outwards, the

whole of its outer margin is finely crenated and fringed with

very delicate sete, which project radially outwards at each

crenation ; the second joint is subtriangular, joined to the

first by an oblique articulation; it has the outer margin

fringed with fine setes and bears at the end two very long,

delicately plumose sete longer than the joint itself.

In the female the first pair of pleopoda (fig. 11 a) have been

modified to form an oval operculum, which is only slightly

longer than the greatest breadth ; it consists of a single piece

without any suture or other mark showing the different parts

of which it is composed; the extremity, which is nearly

straight, bears six or seven very small fine sete.

The other pleopoda of the female, with the exception of

course of the second, appear quite similar to those of the male.

The uropoda (Plate LL. fig. 15) are very small, conical, and

bear a few small sete. ‘They are the same in both sexes.

Sexual differences.—In no point do we find so much variety

as in the characters by which the female differs from the male

among the Crustacea. ‘These differences are found some-

times in one part of the body and sometimes in another, and

the parts affected are often different in closely allied species.

In the present species the female differs from the male in the

following points:—(1) In the character of the first pair of

legs; (2) in the absence of the woolly hairs found on the

carpus of the fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of legs in the

male; (3) in the special modifications of the pleopoda.

12 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & IL.

[All the figures refer to Munna neozelanica. |

Fig. 1. Dorsal view (taken from a rather small female), showing some of

the appendages only. x 19.

Fig. 2. Antennule, x 52.

Fig. 3. Lateral portion of the head, showing the eyes and the insertion of

the antennules and antenne (from a smaller specimen), X_ 52.

Fig. 4. Upper lip, with front part of the head. a, from above, X 22; b,

from below, X 52.

Fig. 5. Mandibles: a, extremity of right mandible, x 125; 6, palp of

mandible, x 90.

Fig. 6. Lower lip, X 52.

Fig. 7. Maxillipede, X 52.

Fig. 8. First pair of legs: a, of female, X 52; b, of a young immature

male, X 52; c, of a young male, more developed, xX 52; 4, of

fully developed male, x 25.

Fig. 9. Second pair of legs (of male), x 23.

Fig. 10. Fifth pair of legs (of male), x 23.

Fig. 11. First pleopoda : a, of female, forming an operculum, x 25; 4,

of male, forming male organ, from below, x 52; ¢, extremity of

the same, from above, showing ducts &c., x 52.

Fig. 12. Second pleopoda of male, xX 52.

Fig. 13. Third pleopoda, x 52.

Fig. 14. Exopodite of fourth pleopoda(?), x 62.

Fig. 15. Uropoda, x 90.

JJ.—Note upon the Encystment of AXolosoma.

By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E.

THE observations to be recorded in the present note were

made upon material kindly supplied to me by Mr. O. H.

Latter, Science Master at Charterhouse. Knowing my

interest in this group of Worms, Mr. Latter was so good as

to forward me three tubes containing decaying plants from an

aquarium, among which were a large number of specimens

of one of the species of o/osoma with red oil-globules in the

integument. ‘I'wo or three individuals were found in every

sample of the water from these tubes examined with the

microscope; they were of varying sizes, some being twice or

even thrice the bulk of others: reproduction by gemmation

was not going on with any vigour—a fact possibly due to the

commencement of the cold weather; nor, on the other hand

were there any indications whatever of sexual maturity.

With the cessation of the asexual method of reproduction one

would perhaps expect to meet with some indication of the

acquirement of sexual organs; but no such indication was

observable in any of the individuals which I submitted to

examination. The sexual organs of Zolosoma Ehrenbergit

Eneystment of Aiolosoma. 13

have been described by d’Udekem *, Maggi f, and, later, by

Stole i Stole’s paper is fuller; there is no statement in

d’Udekem’s paper of the time of year at which sexual propa-

gation takes place. Maggi speaks of autumn without parti-

cularizing the exact month. It is quite evident, however,

that Maggi saw sexually mature individuals (see fig. 9, tav. 11.

of his memoir).

Fig. 1—Aolosoma within the cyst.

Fig. 2.—The worm making its way out of the ruptured cyst.

In spite of the absence of any trace of genital organs in the

fHolosoma the water contained numerous peculiar bodies

(woodcut, fig. 1) which I believed at first to be developing

embryos; I may, indeed, very possibly be mistaken in

believing as I do now that they are not developing embryos.

* “Notice sur les organes génitaux des AZolosoma et des Chetogaster,”

Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. t. xii. (2° sér.) p. 469.

+ ‘Intorno al genere olosoma,” Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. i.

t “O pohlaynick organech rodu olosoma a jejich poméru ku orga-

num exkrecnim,” SB. Bohm, Ges. 1889, p. 185.

14 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

The only author who has seen, described, and figured the

developing embryo of Molosoma is Maggi*. “ The egg,”

he remarks (zbid. p. 15), “up to the complete formation of the

embryo is always covered by a very resistant membrane,

which may be compared to an egg-shell.” The ovum when

deposited has no longer a spherical form, but is oblong, formed

of an outer membrane (the “ egg-shell”’), with an inner

vitelline membrane, which surrounds the granular contents.

As the embryo develops out of the ovum the red oil-globules

appear, and at a comparatively early stage. The embryo

can and does move freely about in the cavity of the shell.

When hatched the sete are only just visible. The figures

illustrating this description (tav. i. fig. 11, A-F) show a

progressive increase in size of the whole ovum, which is, when

fully mature, very minute. The drawing of the embryo just

before hatching measures a little more than 1 inch in length,

and is magnified 700 times.

Maggi speaks of the whole structure as an egg. Vej-

dovsky fT, however, says ‘‘ Nach Maggi sind die abgesetzten

Cocons von Avolosoma elliptisch, durchsichtig,und die Embryo-

nalentwicklung, &c.” He regards them as cocoons, and the

resistant membrane figured and described by Maggi as the

chitinous wall of the cocoon. It is rather surprising that

Maggi did not arrive at the same conclusion, since he correctly

described the clitellum, which is known to be the organ con-

cerned with the formation of the cocoon. Possibly, however,

the difference in shape which the supposed cocoon of dolo-

soma exhibits as compared with those of other Oligocheta,

led Maggi to the view that the membrane in question does

not represent a cocoon. In all Oligocheta, so far as is known

at present without a single exception, the cocoon, which

varies in form, is invariably prolonged at either end into a

longer or shorter process, particularly long in Criodrilus.

Otherwise the cysts of dolosoma might well be supposed to

be cocoons, even though they contain, according to Maggi,

but a single embryo; for the Enchytreide and Naidomorpha,

the nearest allies of dolosoma, deposit only one ovum in each

capsule. ‘This fact was first discovered by the industrious

investigator Jules d’Udekem t, and afterwards confirmed by

Vejdovsky § and Stole||.. In the figure of the cocoon of

* Unless there is any statement made in Stole’s paper.

+ ‘System und Morph. d. Oligochaeten,’ p. 19.

} “Nouvelle Classification des Annélides sétigéres abranches,” Bull.

Acad. Roy. Belg. t. xxii.

§ ‘Monographie d. Enchytraeiden.’

| “ Plispevky ku Studiu Naidomorph.,” SB. Bohm. Ges, 1887,

Encystment of AXolosoma. 15

Enchytreus given by d’Udekem (on p. 9 of separate copy of

his memoir already quoted) the two processes at either end of

the cocoon are extremely rudimentary. In another memoir *

published about this same time, dealing principally with the

embryology of Lumbricus, a figure is also given of the cocoon

of Enchytreus galba—it is evidently from the same drawing

as that which furnished the figure already referred to. The

cocoon and contents are thus (on p. 49) described :—“ II n’y

en a jamais qu’un seul [ceuf] dans une capsule; celle-ci est

sensiblement sphérique et enveloppe complétement l’ceuf ;

seulement il y a deux points opposés ot on rencontre une

légere protubérance.”

With these illustrations and descriptions before him one

could not be blamed for regarding the structures figured by

Maggi as cocoons, from the drawings of which the “ protu-

berances” had been omitted, since their slight development

rendered them inconspicuous, and therefore easily passed over.

The only difficulty in the way of making this comparison

would be the increase of size in the cocoon—a fact not readily

intelligible on the hypothesis of its being a cocoon.

In every drop of water which I examined from the source

already mentioned there were not only specimens of olo-

soma Khrenbergit crawling about, but very numerous round

capsules, containing what looked at first like developing

embryos of M{¥olosoma.

These capsules seemed to be occasionally attached to frag-

ments of weeds &c. ; but I fancy that they were merely lying

upon these bodies, and had no real connexion with them. In

any case there was no observable means of attachment, and

they were as commonly found lying freely in the water at

the bottom of the vessel in which they were placed.

Each capsule contained a single 4olosoma, which appeared

to be always bent once upon itself, the tail lying close to

the head. The capsules were nearly invariably perfectly

spherical, but sometimes more irregular in form or oval;

otherwise they recall Maggi’s figure (fig. 11, F), where the

“embryo ”’ is represented as being coiled in a position very

similar to that which I found. These capsules are quite

visible to the naked eye, their average size being about that

of Volvox globator. ‘They are in every case perfectly motion-

less—that is to say, there was no motion of translation ; the

worms inside were, however, in active movement — not

crawling about within the cysts, but showing active contrac-

tions of the body and movement of the alimentary canal, the

* “Développement du Lombric terrestre,” Mém. cour. et Mém. d. sav.,

ete., Acad. Roy. Belg. t. xxvii.

16 My. F. E. Beddard on the

contents of which were driven hither and thither by peristaltic

waves of contraction ; these movements were generally though

not always to be seen; they appeared to be sometimes

increased by warming theslide. I did not observe any move-

ment of the cilia on the under surface of the prostomium.

The capsules were of various sizes, some being quite twice

as large as others; but although there was a difference of

size there was no ascertainable difference in shape between

the larger and smaller capsules, nor, in fact, any difference of

structure correlated with the difference of size. ‘The capsules

bore not a little resemblance when examined with a lens to

the “ fruit”? of Chara, on account of their orange colour; this

colour is due to the innumerable orange oil-drops of the con-

tained worms. Occasionally the worms within the capsules

appeared of a faint pinkish colour; this coloration recalls

Prof. Lankester’s * observations upon the blood of Aolosoma.

He remarks that the blood in the vessels is of a pinkish

colour ; the pink colour which I observed was not limited to

the blood-vessels, but pervaded the body generally; it is, I

think, due to a diffusion of the integumental pigment liberated

through the disintegration of some of the epidermic oil-

globules. ‘The pink colour was notably increased by pressing

upon the cover-glass with sufficient energy to injure the

integument and rupture the vesicles containing the pigment.

The capsules consist (see figs. 1 & 2) of a thin layer, which

varies in thickness in different individuals; it is perfectly

colourless and transparent; it had no tinge of yellow like the

cocoons of Oligocheta in general. When the capsule was

ruptured by forcibly pressing upon the cover-glass with a

needle the contents were pressed out, leaving the cyst intact.

The cyst was then seen to be a complete hollow thin-walled

sphere ; the elasticity of the walls was shown by the fact that

if, during the process of rupturing, the cyst-walls were pressed

inwards at any point, they recovered their form immediately

that the pressure was removed,

The worm always completely filled the cyst, its epidermis

being in close contact with the membrane. Occasionally I

found empty cysts, which were split across as shown in the

figure (fig. 2), to allow the egress of the worm.

What is the nature of these cysts? Are they cocoons?

It is difficult to answer this question quite positively. But

before attempting to do so I may quote a later remark of Prof.

Vejdovsky ¢ upon the subject. In a general summary of our

* “A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Lower Annelids,” Trans.

Linn, Soe. vol. xxvi. p. 642.

+ ‘Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Untersuchungen,’ Heft i. p. 46.

Eneystment of AXolosoma. 17

knowledge of the cocoons of the Oligocheta he observes with

regard to Aolosoma, “ Aut die Schilderung der vermeint-

lichen Cocons von -4olosoma wie sie seinerzeit Maggi

gegeben hat, verzichte ich einzugehen, da es hier durchaus

unklar bleibt, ob er thatsichlich Cocons, oder encystirte

Wiirmer gesehen hat.” I am not certain whether Prof.

Vejdovsky is speaking here of his own knowledge or is

merely arguing from Maggi’s figures; be that as it may, I

believe that Vejdovsky’s suggestion of encystment is the

right one, and I had come to that conclusion before making

myself acquainted with the paragraph quoted above, while

getting together the literature of the subject. All the facts

that I have been able to bring forward in this paper tend, as

it appears to me, to show that we have here a unique case

among the Oligocheta of encystment. I believe [ am right

in saying that no freshwater Annelid has hitherto been dis-

covered to possess this power of temporary encystment. I

shall now endeavour to show that MMolosoma does encyst

itself,

On the hypothesis that the cysts in question are cocoons

we have to dispose of a good many preliminary difficulties.

In the jirst place their form—absolutely spherical and without

processes at either end—is unique among the Oligocheta ;

Afolosoma of course may be an exception, but there is not, [

think, evidence at present that it is. Second/y, there is the

difference of size; no doubt there are infinite variations in the

size of the cocoons of various species of Oligocheta, but |

have not found such a great difference as [ have recorded here

among the cysts of dolusoma. ‘Thisvery fact seems toindicate

that Maggi’s figures, to which I have already reterred, repre-

sent cysts (of various sizes) and not developing ova; the

figures of the contained embryos which he gives are not sufli-

ciently detailed to enable one to be absolutely certain that

they are not disintegrating worms rather than developing

embryos. ‘The difference in shape between the structures

figured by Maggi and those which I have observed may be

possibly put down to specific differences. Thirdly, all the

eysts which I examined — amounting to forty or fifty —

contained fully grown worms, immature certainly (as regards

absence of sexual organs), but quite as large as those

swimming about in the same water. This may be merely a

coincidence, but in that case it will be a very remarkable one ;

all that we know of the development of the Oligochzta shows

that the time varies somewhat in individuals, one growing

faster than another. Besides this we have further to assume

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 2

18 On the Encystment of AXolosoma.

that all the cocoons, each furnished with its one ovum, were

fabricated either upon the same day or at the exact intervals

that would allow of the embryos simultaneously reaching

their full term of development. This supposition is rather

too much to believe. Jourthly, the supposed cocoons possess

no apparatus of fixation ; this is not a positive bar to believing

them to be cocoons, for some worms have not any such

mechanism, but in others the cocoon is enveloped in a gelati-

nous layer which causes it to adhere firmly to the surface

uponwhich it falls. 2¢fihly, and, if my observations arecorrect,

this is an absolute and final objection to regarding the cysts

of olosoma as cocoons. I treated a number of these bodies

with strong potash; the first effect of this reagent was to

change the colour of the pigment to a splendid violet, which

rapidly disappeared. This fact I have already recorded in

this Journal *, The second effect was to colour bright green

the contents (be it noted that there were contents) of the ali-

mentary canal, ¥olosoma is a vegetable feeder, and potash

produces a precisely similar effect upon the colouring sub-

stances of various alge. ‘The natural inference is that the

supposed embryos had been feeding upon such alge; clearly

therefore they cannot be embryos at all, as alge could not

gain access to the interior of the cysts. They must have fed

upon these alge and then encysted themselves. It is perhaps

unnecessary to state that the worms within the cysts had

sete precisely similar to those crawling about outside. I

mention this fact, however, more particularly since Maggi did

not find sete upon the worms within the cysts described by

him. The sete might, however, be passed over; they are

extremely delicate, and the position of the worm in the cyst

—coiled upon itself—is not by any means a favourable one

for allowing these structures to be seen.

Considering all these facts it seems to me necessary to

arrive at the conclusion that Zolosoma can temporarily encyst

itself, after the fashion of some of the lower organisms. It

should be noted that the alimentary tracts of the free-swimming

individuals did not for the most part contain much food ; and

I saw but little evidence of active feeding on the part of the

worms in the shape of the very characteristic pellets of dung

evacuated by these Annelids. ‘This cessation of feeding may

be preliminary to encystment; the torpor caused by the

approach of winter may have brought about a general cessa-

tion of activity, which culminates in encystment for a period

* “Notes upon certain Species of d‘olosuma,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

Oct. 1889.

Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera. 19

when food is not so abundant. The apparent rarity of sexual

propagation, which might possibly lead to the formation of

cocoons so small as to be readily carried about by the wind,

may have something to do with this encystment. The cysts

are small enough to travel very easily, and the wide distribu-

tion of the species may have been thus brought about.

I11.—Notes on Longicorn Coleoptera of the Group Cerambycine,

with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By CHARLES

J. GAHAN, M.A., Assistant in the Zoological Department,

British Museum.

[Concluded from vol. vii. p. 34.]

In my two papers on this group of Longicornia which have

already appeared I have dealt with African, Indo-Malayan,

and Australian species. The present contribution is contined

to South-American species of the group.

Hammaticherus macrus, Bates.

Mr. Bates’s clear description of this species leaves no room

for doubt that it is identical with the Hammaticherus bellator

of Dejean’s collection. It is very doubtful, however, whether

Serville’s description could possibly have been drawn up

from the same species ; if it is to be accepted as accurate we

must regard the //. bellator of Serville as a species allied to

but quite distinct from H. macrus, Bates (=H. bellator,

Dej.). It may be remarked that in the latter species the

anterior cotyloid cavities are distinctly open behind, while in

all the other species known to me they are completely or

almost completely closed in behind.

Hammaticherus consobrinus, sp. 1.

Plocederus consobrinus, Dej. Cat.

Fulvo sat dense pubescens; prothorace supra transversim regula-

riterque plicato, lateraliter in medio modice tuberculato ; elytris

fulvescentibus, apicibus truncatis, utrisque bispinosis; articulis

antennarum a tertio ad decimum apice intus spinosis, articulis

tertio quartoque spinis recurvis,

Long. 26, lat. 8 mm.

Ilab. Cayenne (Lacordatre).

20 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

Almost entirely covered with a close but short tawny

pubescence. Antenne ( ?) a little longer than the body, with

the joints from the third to the tenth spined at their inner

apex, with the spines of the third and fourth joints long and

recurved, that of the fifth almost at right angles to the joint,

those of the following joints gradually becoming shorter and

directed more forwards, until in the tenth the spine is little

more than a sharp angulate process of the joint. Prothorax

crossed above by about nine tolerably regular transverse ridges,

exclusive of the raised anterior and posterior margins ; fur-

nished at the middle of each side with a rather feeble tubercle.

Elytra each truncate and bispinose at the apex. Prosternal

process feebly tubercled.

This species is to be distinguished by the structure of its

antenne from every known species of the genus. In colour

and general appearance it most nearly resembles a variety of

H, plicatus, Oliv., which is characterized by the absence of

the dark bands from the margins of the elytra.

Hammaticherus Lacordaire?, sp. n.

Plocederus Lacordairei, De}. Cat.

H. bato similis, sed differt capite supra inter oculos distincte cari-

nato ; antennis ( ¢ ) articulis tertio quartoque solis spinosis, ceteris

inermibus ; prothorace supra minus regulariter plicato.

Hab. Argentine: Buenos Ayres, Salta.

Brownish black, with a yellowish-grey or greenish-grey

pubescence. Prothorax with a conical tubercle on the middle

of each side, with a callosity (stronger in the male) between

this tubercle and the anterior margin; crossed above by about

ten ridges in addition to the raised anterior and posterior

margins. Elytra pitchy brown, with a faint yellowish-grey

pubescence ; apices truncate, each bispinose. Legs greenish

grey ; tarsi reddish tawny.

6. Antenne more than twice as long as the body; third

and fourth joints spined at the apex, with the spines turned

strongly backwards ; fifth joint very feebly dentate near the

apex, the remaining joints unarmed.

?. Prothorax less regularly wrinkled above. Antenne

a little longer than the body, with the third to fifth joints

each armed with a recurved spine at the apex, the sixth to

tenth joints denticulate at the apex.

I have little doubt, considering the very close agreement

in colour, that the two specimens here described belong to the

same species. The male specimen is from Salta, the female

from Buenos Ayres.

of the Group Cerambycinee. 21

The species is evidently very nearly allied to //. butus,

Linn. The colour of the elytra is almost the same, but the

pubescence has a slight greenish or yellowish tinge. ‘The

ridges of the prothorax are more numerous and a little less

regularly transverse. ‘The fifth joint of the male antenne is

without a distinct spine. The head is more distinctly carinate

between the upper lobes of the eyes.

Hammaticherus punctulatus, sp. n.

Nigro-fuscus, cinereo-pubescens ; prothorace supra transversim sat

regulariterque plicato, plicis prope medium sinuatis, lateribus

utrisque tuberculis duobus—uno medio, altero obtusiore paullo

pone marginem anticam ; elytris elongatis, rufo-brunneis, cinereo

leviter pubescentibus, subiiliter punctulatis, apicibus truncatis

utrisque valde bispinosis; antennis (¢) quam corpore duplo

longioribus, articulis tertio ad quintum spinosis, spinis valde

recurvis, articulo quinto tertio eequali.

Long. 37-41, lat. 10-12 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Blackish brown, with a pale greyish pubescence, with the

emargination of the eyes covered with a bright golden pubes-

cence. Prothorax crossed above by about eleven transverse

ridges in addition to the raised anterior and posterior borders ;

the sides each with two tubercles—one at the middle, the

other, distinct though obtuse, a little behind the anterior

margin. Elytra elongate, feebly and somewhat sparsely

punctulate, reddish brown, with a faint greyish pubescence,

each truncate and bispinose at the apex.

This species may be distinguished from H. batus, Linn.,

and its allies by the punctuation of its elytra, by the second

distinct tubercle on each side of the prothorax, and by having

the fifth joint of its antennze equal in length to the third.

In H. batus and H. mexicanus the fifth joint of the antennae

is a little shorter than the third; the prothorax has a slight

thickening of the ridges, or callosity, on each side near the

anterior margin; the elytra are almost destitute of punctua-

tion beyond the excessively minute pits from which the hairs

of the pubescence spring.

In H. punctulatus the stridulating surface of the meso-

notum is less finely striated than in allied species; but I do

not yet know whether this character may be relied on as a

specitic distinction.

H, carthagene (Guér., MS.), a variety of /Z, batus, Liun.,

with brown or reddish-brown elytra, which is found in

Colombia and Panama, has a strong resemblance to tiie

present species.

22 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

Hammaticherus lastocerus, sp. 0.

Plocederus lasiocerus, De}. Cat.

Piceo-ferrugineus, fulvo-griseo-pubescens; capitis fronte antennisque

griseo-villosis ; prothorace lateraliter valde tuberculato, supra

transversim sat regulariterque plicato; elytris fulvo-testaceis,

opacis, griseo-pubescentibus ; apicibus truncatis, utrisque bispi-

nosis ; antennarum articulo tertio quam quarto fere duplo longiore,

articulis tertio quartoque apice spina valde reeurva armatis,

ceteris inermibus.

6 - Long. 33, lat. 93 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

‘This species somewhat closely resembles H. plicatus, Oliv.,

but the prothorax is more pubescent and its plication some-

what less regular towards the middle, and the elytra are

without dark margins. It may be distinguished from this

and from every other species in the genus by the yellowish-

grey villosity covering the antenne and the front of the head,

by the long third joint of the antenne, and by the spines of

the antenne, which are confined to the third and fourth joints,

and which are rather short and directed very much backwards.

Hammaticherus murinus, sp. n.

Plocederus murinus, Dej., MS.

Parvus; fuscus, omnino denseque murino-pubeseens; protho-

race supra leviter interrupteque plicato; elytris punctulatis sat

dense pubescentibus, apicibus truncatis utrisque bispinosis; an-

tennis ( ¢ ) corpore sesquilongioribus, articulis quinto ad decimum

apice spineso-dentatis ; antennis ( 2 ) corpore vix longioribus.

Long. 17, lat. 5 mm.

Fab. Corrientes.

This species may be recognized by the rather close mouse-

grey pubescence, which entirely covers it. The rage of the

prothorax are feebler than in other species of the genus, and

do not seem to exceed eight or nine in number. ‘I'he dense

and very fine punctuation of the elytra is scareely visible

under the rather close pubeseence. The joints of the antenne

from the third to the tenth are dentate at the inner apex,

the third and fourth very feebly so, the fifth and some of the

following alniost spimose.

Hammaticherus leridipennis (Chevr., MS.), sp. n.

Ferrugineus, corpore subtus grisco subtiliter pubescente; antennis

of the Group Cerambycine. 23

rufescentibus, articulis a quinto apice intus angulato-productis,

haud spinosis, scapo apice carinato; prothorace supra transversim

regulariterque rugato ; elytris fulvo-testaceis, glabris, nitidis, dense

punctulatis ; apicibus truncatis, angulis externis spinosis ; pedibus

rufescentibus, dense punctatis, femoribus posticis apice nigris.

Long. 19, lat. 4 mm.

Hab, French Guiana.

This species belongs to the group—including P. glabri-

collis, Bates, and P. pactor, Lameere—in which the third and

fourth joints of the antenne are unarmed, and in which the

succeeding joints up to the tenth are angulately or spinosely

produced at the innerapex. ‘The species can be easily enough

recognized by its distinct coloration. ‘The punctures of the

elytra are exceedingly minute at and beyond the middle, but

are somewhat stronger towards the base. ‘The legs are

densely and somewhat strongly punctured. The scape of

the antenne bears a distinct carina at the apex. The pro-

and mesosternal processes are tubercled.

Criodion fulvopilosum, sp. n.

Criodion flavopilosum, Buq., De}. Cat.

Castaneum, fulvo vel griseo-fulvo omnino denseque pilosum; pro-

thorace supra tuberculato sparsissime punctato, lateribus tube-

rosis, inzequalibus, basi apiceque constrictis; elytris apice sub-

truncatis, sutura breviter spinosis; femoribus intermediis pos-

ticisque apice breviter unidentatis ; antennis corpore paullo brevi-

oribus ( g ), medium elytrorum vix excedentibus ( 2 ).

Long. 40-60, lat. 11-17 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Clothed entirely with a dense tawny or greyish tawny

pubescence, which is thicker and somewhat silky on the

underside of the body. Head with a broad, obtuse, and

feebly raised carina on the vertex between the antennary

tubercles. Eyes moderately large, the lower lobes each

forming a triangle, whose obtusely pointed anterior termina-

tion is but little sunk beneath the projecting margin of the

antennary condyle. Prothorax transverse, constricted at the

base and apex; the anterior margin of the pronotum slightly

projecting and rounded in the middle; the disk with about

five obtuse tubercles. Elytra (which are apt to be rubbed

bare of their pubescence in places) with the apices truncate

for a short distance from the suture, and briefly spined at the

suture. Intermediate and posterior femora each with a short

spine or tooth at the posterior distal extremity. Tibiz each

24 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

with a spine at their outer termination. Antenne in the

male reaching to within a short distance of the apex of th»

elytra, in the female surpassing but little the middle of the

elytra, with the third joint in both sexes but little longer

than the seape.

Criodion einereum, Oliv.

Prious cinereus, Oliv. Ent. iv. 66, p. 35, pl. xiii. fig. 55 (2 )-

Criodion placidum, De}.

Castaneum, griseo sat dense pubescens; prothorace supra leviter

tuberculato, valde subrugoseque punctato, lateribus inzequalibus ;

elytris rufo-castaneis, fulvo-griseo sat dense pubescentibus, apict-

bus rotundatis et ad suturam brevissime spinosis; femoribus

intermediis posticisque apice unidentatis; antennis quam corpore

paullo ( ¢) vel multo ( Q ) brevioribus.

Hab. Cayenne.

I have here characterized the C. placidum of Dejean; but

I have no doubt that this is the species described and figured

by Olivier under the name Prionus cinereus. It may be

distinguished from C. fulvopilosum not only by a difference

in colour, but by its less distinctly tubercled and more strongly

and much more thickly punctured prothorax.

Criodion antennatum, sp. 0.

Castaneum, cinereo sat dense pubescens ; prothorace parum trans-

verso; basi apiceque constricto, lateribus tuberosis, subine-

qualibus, fortiter sat denseque punctatis, disco leviter tuberculato,

sparsim punctato; elytris apicibus rotundatis, sutura breviter

mucronatis; femoribus intermediis posticisque apice breviter

unidentatis ; tibiis apice extus breviter spinosis ; antennis utroque

sexu articulis duodecim distinctis.

Long. 49, lat. 12 mm.

Hab. Venezuela.

Clothed almost entirely with a rather dense ashy-grey

pubescence. Prothorax slightly transverse, constricted at

the base and apex, somewhat swollen and uneven along the

sides, the latter strongly and rather thickly punctured, the

disk with three feeble tubercles or callosities and with some

strong punctures. Elytra each rounded at the apex, brietly

mucronate at the suture. Antenne about equal in length to

the body in the male, much shorter in the female; the third

joint longer than the first and second taken together, and

more than half as long again as the fourth, the latter shorter

of the Group Cerambycine. 25

than any of the succeeding joints, the twelfth excepted ; this

joint in the male is about half as long as the eleventh, in the

female it is much shorter.

This species has some resemblance to C. c/nereum, but can

be easily distinguished from any of the allied species by the

distinct twelfth joint to its antenne.

Criodion Dejeani, sp. n.

Criodion holosericeum, De}. Cat.

Fulvo vel griseo sat dense tomentosum; prothorace subquadrato,

basi apiceque constricto, supra leviter rugoso, lateraliter nonnihil

ineequali; elytris pube cinerea decumbente sat dense obtectis,

apicibus late et recte truncatis, utrisque bispinosis; antennis

( ¢ ) corpore paullo longioribus, subtus pilis fulvis dense fimbriatis.

Long. 28-38, lat. 73-94 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Head with rather strong mandibles; with the cheeks

prominent and somewhat bluntly pointed, widely separated

below, with a distinct transverse groove on the underside of

the head between them. Eyes rather small, the lower lobes

transverse, somewhat pointed in front. Prothorax subquad-

rate, constricted at the base and apex, slightly rugose above,

somewhat uneven at the sides, covered with a thick greyish

or fulvous pubescence, Elytra with a rather dense ashy-grey

decumbent pubescence; the apices broadly truncate, each

with two spines, of which the outer is stronger than the

sutural one. Body underneath and legs with a fulvous-grey

pubescence, ‘Tibia each armed with a spine at its outer distal

termination ; intermediate femora unispinose at the apex ; apex

of the posterior femora spinose behind, dentate or sharply

angulate in front. Antenne (¢) a little longer than the

body, thickly fringed with tawny hairs underneath.

The name holosericeum seems particularly inappropriate to

the present species. I can see nothing in the three specimens

before me that could have suggested silkiness ; their pubes-

cence, in ifs present state at least, is entirely devoid of gloss.

Criodion tuberculatum, sp. n.

Criodion tuberculatum (Chevr., MS.).

¢. Fuscum, griseo-pubescens ; prothorace subquadrato, dorso plagis

nonnullis paullo elevatis, intervallis sulcatis separatis; elytris

pube brevi grisea dense obtectis, apicibus late recteque truncatis,

26 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

utrisque bispinosis ; antennis corpore paullo longioribus, subtus

pilis fulvis dense fimbriatis.

Long. 23 et 38, lat, 74-93 mm.

Hab. Peru, Sarayacu ; and (?) Cayenne.

Head with strong mandibles and prominent cheeks.

Disk of the prothorax with about seven slightly raised plage

or flattened tubercles, which are separated from one another

by narrow sulcate intervals ; the medio-basal plaga is some-

whatrhomboidal in form, with its longer diameter in the middle

line; the two in front of its anterior angle are small and

scarcely separated from each other; the two on either side of

the median plaga are broad. ‘The sides of the prothorax are

somewhat uneven. ‘The elytra have a dense greyish pubes-

cence. ‘lhe intermediate femora are unispinose, the posterior

bispinose at the distal extremity. ‘The tibiz are each spined

at their outer termination. ‘I'he antennee, a little longer than

the body, are fringed with fulvous hairs underneath.

This species, in the sculpture of its prothorax and in its

general appearance, somewhat resembles C. rhinoceros, Bates.

But the latter species is characterized by the remarkable

horn-like processes which come off from the anterior side of

the mandibles. In the larger of the two specimens which I

have included in the present species there is a slight elevation

or ridge on the anterior side of the mandibles.

Criodion testaceum, sp. 0.

Criodion testaceum, De}. Cat.

Rufo-testaceum, elytris fulvis; capite prothoraceque fulvo-griseo

dense pubescentibus ; prothorace subquadrato, fortiter sparsimque

punctato; elytris haud nitidis, pilis minutis sparsim munitis,

apicibus truncatis, utrisque bispinosis ; corpore subtus sparsim

pubescente; femoribus intermediis apice unidentatis, posticis

bidentatis ; tibiis apice extus spinosis; antennis quam corpore

paullo longioribus, fulvo sparsim pilosis.

(9?) Long. 32, lat. 9 mm.

Hab, Brazil.

From its general appearance, and especially from the rather

close approximation of the antennal tubercles, this species

might be considered to belong to the genus Sphallenum; but

as its intermediate cotyloid cavities are not closed externally,

the species could not be placed in Sphallenum without breaking

through the limitation which Mr. Bates has imposed upon

the latter genus.

of the Group Cerambycine. fs f

Criodion quadrimaculatum, sp. n.

Fuscum; capite prothoraceque griseo-pubescentibus ; prothoracis

dorso lateribusque rugoso-punctatis, illo medio carina brevi paullo

elevata ; elytris testaceo-fulvis, subopacis, sparsim setosis, utrisque

marginibus externis maculisque duabus (una sub humerum oblonga

parum nitida marginem attingente, altera discoidali rotundata

paullo pone medium) fuscis ; apicibus truncatis, utrisque bispi-

nosis ; corpore subtus griseo-pubescente ; antennis quam corpore

sesqui-longioribus.

od. Long. 38, lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Dark brown, with a greyish pubescence. Prothorax

strongly and somewhat rugosely punctured ; the sides nearl

parallel; the disk with a short feeble carina in the middle.

Elytra fulvous, opaque, sparsely punctulate, with very short

yellowish sete springing from the punctures, with the extreme

lateral and apical margins and two spots on each dark brown ;

of these spots one (oblong) is placed under the shoulder 1 in

contiguity with the outer margin, the other (rounded) is situ-

ated on the disk a little behind the middle; apices of the

elytra truncate, each with two moderate-sized spines. Inter-

mediate femora unidentate; posterior bidentate at their distal

extremity. ‘Tibiz spined at their outer termination. Inter-

mediate cotyloid cavities open externally.

This species seems nearly enough related to the preceding

one, and for similar reasons must be placed in Criodion.

Criodion Sommert, sp. n.

Criodion Sommert (De}. Cat.).

Nigro-fuscum ; capite prothoraceque griseo-fulvo pubescentibus ;

prothoracis dorso lateribusque rugoso-punctatis, medio disco tuber-

culo glabro plano antice in carinam prolongato; elytris fulvo-

testaceis, pilis fulvis erectis dispersis, maculis septem fuscis—una

elongata utrinque sub humerum, una communi subcordata pone

scutellum, duabus utrinque pone medium obliquiter dispositis ;

marginibus externis suturaque angustim infuscatis ; apicibus trun-

catis, ad suturam breviter spinosis; corpore subtus fulvo-villosis ;

pedibus fuseis, fulvo sparsim setosis, femoribus utrisque macula

dorsali rufo-testacea; antennis sparsim pilosis, quam corpore

sesquilongioribus.

dg. Long. 41, lat. 12 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Disk of the prothorax with a flat medio-basal tubercle

somewhat rhomboidal in shape and prolonged at its anterior

28 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

angle into a sharp carina, which extends almost up to the

anterior border; with two very small transverse tub2rcles,

one on either side of the carina, on the anterior part of the

disk ; with a broad and very feebly raised tubercle on each

side near the base; the sides of the prothorax thickly and

rugosely, the disk less thickly, punctured. ‘The elongate

spot placed just below the shoulder of each elytron does not

touch the outer margin. Of the two spots, placed obliquely

behind the middle of each elytron, the anterior and outermost

is small, the posterior and inner rather large. Intermediate

femora unidentate, the posterior bidentate at the apex. ‘Tibi

spined at their outer termination. Intermediate cotyloid

cavities open on the outside.

This species must have some resemblance in the style of

marking of the elytra to C. sewmaculatum, Buq., and to CU.

Chabrillact, Thoms.; but from other described characters ot

those species I am led to believe that the present species is

quite distinct.

Sphallenum literatum, sp. n.

Criodion z-littera, Chevr., MS.

Fuscum, griseo-pubescens ; prothorace grosse, dense subrugoseque

punctato, lateribus leviter rotundatis ; disco trituberculato, tuber-

culis parvis, glabris, nitidis ; elytris fuscis, opacis, sparsim albo-

setosis; utrisque maculis duabus testaceis (una ante medium

literee z simulante, altera prope apicem rotundata); apicibus

obliquiter truncatis, sutura minus productis et breviter spinosis,

angulis externis modice spinosis; antennis corpore sesquilongi-

oribus.

d+ Long. 32, lat. 73 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Head, thorax, underside of body, legs, and antenne with

a not very thick coarse pubescence. Prothorax very strongly

and thickly punctured, slightly rounded at the sides, narrowed

towards the base and apex ; its greatest width scarcely greater

than its length along the median dorsal line; the disk with

three feeble, glabrous, shining tubercles. Elytra dark brown,

dull, furnished with minute white seta, and with some longer

white sete arranged somewhat in longitudinal rows. The

four posterior femora are each unidentate at their apex; the

tibiee are each feebly spined at their outer distal extremity,

The little projecting process of the antero-lateral part of the

mesosternum is very distinct, though it does not completely

cut off the epimeron from the intermediate cotyloid cavity.

of the Group Cerambycine, 29

Sphallenum spadiceum, sp. n.

Criodion spadiceum, De}.

Criodion cylindricum, De}.

Fuseum, fulvo-griseo-tomentosum; prothorace subquadrato, supra ob-

solete bituberculato, sparsim punctato; scutello dense tomentoso ;

elytris fuscis, fulvo sparsissime setosis, setis decumbentibus ;

apicibus truncatis, utrisque bispinosis; femoribus apice obtuse

angulatis, haud dentatis ; tibiis apice extus vix spinosis ; antennis

fulyo-griseo-tomentosis et sparsim ciliatis, quam corpore sesqui-

longioribus ( ¢ ), vel paullo brevioribus ( @ ).

Long. 33-36, lat. 83-94 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

The femora in this species are slightly and obtusely angu-

late on each side at the apex; the tibia have each a very

short blunt spine at their outer termination. ‘The inter-

mediate cotyloid cavities are closed in on the outside by an

antero-lateral process or tubercle coming off from the meta-

sternum. Owing to the absence of spines or teeth from the

apical angles of the femora, and their great reduction oa the

tibiee, this species ought perhaps to be ‘placed in Xestia. It

may be looked upon as an intermediate form, whose charac-

ters on the whole, it seems to me, bring it into closer relation

with Sphallenum than with Xestia.

Xestia denticornis (Chevr., MS.), sp. n.

Xestia spinipennis, De}. Cat., nec Serville.

Nigro-fusca, elytris castaneis, opacis ; capite (postice excepto) anten-

nisque vix punctatis; prothorace grosse sparsimque punctato,

dorso punctis in rugis parum transversis positis; scutello fulvo-

pubescente ; elytris coriaccis, minutissime punctulatis; apicibus

truncatis, utrisque longe bispinosis ; corpore subtus pedibusque

sparsim fulvo-griseo- pilosis ; antennis (g) quam corpore panilo

longioribus, articulis a quarto ad decimum apice intus denticu-

lato-productis, articulo undecimo medio angulato.

Long. 25-35, lat. 6-9 mm. ( d @ ).

Hab. Brazil.

This species appears to be somewhat allied to X. brevi-

pennis, Bates, from which it may be distinguished by the

almost complete absence of large punctures from the front

part of the head, including the antennal tubers. The antenne

of the male are slightly longer than the body, those of the

female much shorter; the third joint in the male is but little

longer than the fourth ; in the female the third joint is about

30 Mr. C. J. Gahan on Longicorn Coleoptera

half as long again as the fourth. The femora are somewhat

gradually thickened from the base up to beyond the middle,

and not abruptly thickened, or clavate, between the middle

and apex as in some other species of the genus.

In X. brevipennis the antenne of the male are, according

to Mr. Bates’s description, much shorter than the body.

This character will afford a further means of distinguishing

brevipennis from denticornis. It is necessary to add, how-

ever, that the females of some of the species of the present

genus might easily (without recourse to dissection) be mis-

taken for males.

Xestia spinipennis, Serv.

Prothorax transversely and almost regularly wrinkled

above, irregularly rugose at the sides, slightly narrowed

anteriorly. Elytra highly polished, very minutely punctu-

late, and of a reddish chestnut-colour. Femora somewhat

abruptly thickened between the middle and the apex. Third

joint of the antenne in the female—the only sex known to

me—twice as long as the fourth; the scape thickly and

somewhat rugosely punctured. ‘The head also strongly

enough but not very thickly punctured.

These supplementary characters of X. sp¢nipennis, Serv., L

have drawn up from a female example (from Serville’s col-

lection) which in Chevrolat’s writing has been labelled type.

It will be well also to direct attention to the fact that the

species—under the name of X. spinipennis, Serv.—with which

Mr. Bates has made comparisons in describing some of his

species was not the true spéncpennis of Serville, but probably

X. denticornis (the X. spinipennis of most collections), which

is quite a different species.

Xestia vittata, Thoms.

The specimens answering to the description of this species

vary considerably in size.

I can find no characters by which to distinguish a specimen

from Dejean’s collection—ticketed X. confusa, Dej.—from

examples of vittata, Thoms. ‘The antenna are eleven-jointed,

as in the latter species.

There is, however, one specimen in the British-Museum

collection which (in almost every other respect agreeing

with confusa, Dej.) has twelve distinct joints to the antenna.

It was no doubt a specimen similar to this which was

of the Group Cerambycine. 31

under Lacordaire’s observation when he wrote the note *

referring to X. confusa. If the complete division of the

eleventh joint of the antenne is to be taken by itself as a

sufficient specific difference, the latter species may conveniently

be called X. confusa, Lacord.

Xestia longipennis (Chevr., MS.), sp. n.

Castanea ; prothorace supra transversim sat regulariterque plicato,

lateribus irregulariter rugosis; elytris elongatis, castaneis, sub-

opacis, vitta lata longitudinali utrinque rufo-castanea ; apicibus

truncatis utrisque longe bispinosis; femoribus ultra medium

modice clavatis; antennis (2) quam corpore multo brevioribus,

articulis a septimo ad decimum apice intus angulato-productis,

articulo tertio quam quarto duplo longiore.

9. Long. 35, lat. 8} mm.

Hab. Brazil.

Very closely allied to X. vittata, Thoms., from which it

differs by the more regular transverse rugation of the upper-

side of the prothorax and by the relatively greater length of

the elytra.

Xestia globulicollis, sp. n.

Criodion globulicolle (Chevr., MS.).

Rufo-brunnea; capite antennarumque basi sat dense punctatis ;

prothorace grosse denseque et subrugose punctato, dorso medio

plaga parva levi; lateribus rotundatis, antice et postice leviter

constrictis ; elytris minute punctulatis, subopacis, apicibus externe

rotundatis, prope suturam breviter truncatis, et ad suturam

brevissime mucronatis ; antennis ( ¢ ) articulis a sexto apice intus

angulatis, haud dentatis.

3. Long. 18, lat. 44 mm.

flab. Brazil.

This species is of a dull reddish-brown colour above; the

elytra somewhat paler in tint. The abdomen, the middle of

the hind breast, and the femora are reddish testaceous and

nitid. The prothorax is strongly, closely, and somewhat

rugosely punctured, with a small smooth space on the middle

of the disk; the sides are distinctly rounded in the middle.

The elytra are coriaceous, very feebly punctulate, each of the

minute punctures or pits bearing an exceedingly minute

whitish seta. The first nine joints of the antenna together

surpass by a little the middle of the elytra (the remaining joints

* ‘Genera des Coléoptéres, viii. p. 271 (2).

$2 Mr. G. Lewis on some

are wanting) ; the joints from the sixth are somewhat angular

at the inner apex. The abdomen is rather broadly truncate

at the apex, with a dense fringe of fulvous hairs coming froin

between the dorsal and ventral segments.

The following species appearing under Criodion in the

Munich Catalogue will be better placed in Xvstia. Their

tibia are unarmed at the outer apex, their femora are simple,

and their intermediate cotyloid cavities are either partly or

wholly closed in on the outside.

X. annulipes, Buq.

X. bivittata, Bug. (=suturalis, Perty (Stenochorus),

Delect. An. p. 90, pl. xviti. fiz. 5).

X. corvina, Germ.

X. dorsalis, Thoms.

X. pictipes, Newm.

The same remarks will, perhaps, apply to other species.

1V.—On some Jupanese Species of Paromalus.

By Georace Lewis, F.L.S.

Tue Micro-Coleoptera of China, like those of our Indian

possessions, are almost wholly unknown; no Chinese species

of Paromalus has been described, and the only example known

to me is one I captured in a rotten stem of a decaying Celtis

in Hong Kong in the winter of 1880. It remains therefore a

matter of speculation whether any or all of the species here

recorded from Japan occur or not on the adjacent continent,

although it is exceedingly probable some of them do, ‘Two

at least of the species have a wide distribution, as they are

well-known European insects, and their names are, I believe,

also in the lists of the Siberian Coleoptera.

List of Species.

Paromalus complanatus, Panz. Paromalus tardipes.

mendicus. parallelepipedus, Herbst,

viaticus, —— omineus.

fujisanus. —— musculus, Vars.

vernalis, —— montivagus,

Japanese Species of Paromalus. 33

Paromalus complanatus, Panz.

Hab. Japan. This species occurs throughout the Archi-

pelago, but it is commonest in Yezo.

Paromalus mendicus, sp. n.

P. biarculo simillimis at paulo minor; elytris propygidioque dis-

tincte punctulatis ; mesosterno stria transversali nulla.

L, 2-23 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather flat, black ; antenne and legs reddish ;

the head distinctly but not densely punctured, stria complete,

well-marked, and angulate over the eyes; the thorax visibly

punctured behind the anterior angles, less so laterally, and

nearly smooth on the disk, scutellar spot very small and

placed a little away from the edge, stria interrupted behind

the neck; the elytra much more distinctly punctured

except on the area behind the scutellum and a very narrow

margin along the suture, one short basal stria, somewhat

straight but ill-defined ; the propygidium clearly and rather

closely punctured ; the pygidium nearly smooth, in the male

there are obscure and ill-defined marks but no vermicular

sculpture ; the prosternum isa little broader than in P. béar-

culus, Mars., bistriate, strie strong, feebly sinuous at the

sides, and widening outwards a little in front and joining

posteriorly ; the mesosternum feebly and sparsely punctu-

late, without a transverse stria, lateral furrow deep and

common to it and the metasternum ; the suture is clearly seen

between the meso- and metasterna; anterior tibie 4-dentate.

This species differs from P. béarculus in having the elytra

distinctly punctured, by the absence of the mesosternal trans-

verse stria, and by the want in the male of vermicular sculp-

ture on the pygidium.

Hab. Japan. I found this insect at Kashiwagi and in

several places in Higo.

Paromalus viaticus, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovalis, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus, supra punctulatus ;

mesosterno stria transversali nulla; metasterno leviter et sparse

punctulato; propygidio pygidioque subleevibus.

iL. 13: mill:

Oblong-oval, somewhat depressed, black, legs reddish ; the

head evenly punctured, a little prominent and obtusely angu-

late over the eyes, stria strong laterally, arched anteriorly,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 3

34 Mr. G. Lewis on some

sinuous before the eyes, forehead flattish ; the thorax bisinuate

behind the head, punctured finely behind the neck and on the

disk, punctures much larger at the sides and along the base,

no scutellar fovea; the elytra are punctured like the sides of

the thorax, sutural margin narrowly smooth, suture feebly

raised before the apex to the middle of the dorsum, epipleural

stria continues round the suturai angle, dorsal striz indistinct ;

the propygidium evenly, not closely punctured; pygidium in

the temale evenly punctulate, in the male punctulate except

at the apex, which is transversely rough and very densely

punctured; the prosternum, lobe sparsely but distinctly

punctate, keel bistriate, stria feebly sinuous, bent at both

ends, but not connected at either; the mesosternum without

a transverse stria, suture apparent and, like the metasternum,

sparsely and finely punctured, especially in the median area ;

anterior tibiz 4-dentate.

Hab. Japan. Taken at Nikko, Oyama, Kashiwagi, Nara,

Kumamoto, and Yuyama, chiefly in the warmer districts of

the islands.

Paromalus fujisanus, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, supra punctatus ;

prosterno striis parallelis postice junctis; pronoto ante scutellum

foveolato ; mesosternum stria transversali biangulata; pedibus

piceis.

L. 2 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, black, shining, punctured

above; the head rather broad, impressed in front, stria com-

plete, surface clearly and evenly, not thickly punctured; the

thorax, stria complete and strong at the sides, very fine behind

the head, wholly punctured, with a distinct scutellar fovea

visible amongst the punctures, anterior angles rather de-

pressed, anterior margin impressed behind the eyes; the elytra

punctured like the thorax except in the sutural area before

the apex, where the punctures are oblong, epipleural stria

continues along the apex and turns round the sutural angle,

one oblique obsolete stria; the propygidium sparsely and

evenly punctulate; the pygidium in the male has a raised

exterior margin, and within the margin the whole surface is

evenly vermiculate in sculpture, in the female the pygidium

is immarginate, irregularly and sparsely punctured at the

base, nearly smooth at the apex; the prosternum bistriate

strie parallel at the sides, bent inwards at either end, keel

with a few punctures very irregularly set, anterior lobe some-

what straight on the anterior edge and sparsely punctured ;

Japanese Species of Paromalus. Bd

the mesosternum, transverse stria middle part nearly straight,

arcuate on each side, not angulate, suture not apparent, sur-

face sparsely punctulate ; the metasternum with large punc-

tures between the intermediate and posterior coxe, punctures

gradually becoming finer on the median area and especially

behind the mesosternum ; anterior tibie 4-dentate.

This species must be placed next to P. bistriatus, Er., from

America,

Hab. Japan. I obtained a considerable number of speci-

mens at Kiga, Hakone, Subashiri, and Nikko.

Paromalus vernalis, sp. n.

Oblengo-ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, supra punctatus;

prosterno haud striato; mesosterno, stria transversali in medio

arcuato, utrinque biangulato.

L. 13 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, black, legs pitchy; the head

evenly punctured, stria complete, forehead flattish; the

thorax, anterior angles depressed, somewhat obtuse, somewhat

thickly punctured, stria strong at the sides and behind the

anterior angles, fine behind the neck, punctures behind the

neck small, those at the sides and in front of the scutellum

somewhat oblong; the elytra are punctured like the thorax,

suture very feebly raised in the dorsal region, sutural margin

narrow, smooth, one stria short and oblique, the epipleural

stria does not reach the sutural angle; the propygidium is

transversely punctured; the pygidium in the male has a

transverse furrow near the base, and behind it is another

(which is sometimes broken at the sides), which is formed to

enclose a semicircular lobe, the course of the furrow not being

always well defined ; in the female the pygidium is faintly

and sparsely punctulate ; the prosternum without stria, punc-

tures scattered and feeble, the whole surface microscopically

strigose ; the mesosternum, stria arcuate in the middle, angles

acute, median part wider than the appendages, suture

invisible ; the metasternum similarly punctate, punctures large

and not closely set, subocellate in front of the hind cox; the

lateral striz on the first segment of the abdomen are nearly

parallel to each other; anterior tibia 4-dentate.

This species also is of the P. bistriatus group.

Hab. Japan. Obtained at Nara, Oyayama, and Yuyama.

Paromalus tardipes, sp. 0.

Ovalis, depressiusculus, brunneus, nitidus, punctatus; fronte im-

pressa stria interrupta ; pronoto basi tenuiter bistriato,

L, 14-2 mill.

36 Mr. G. Lewis on some

Oval, rather depressed, brown, shining ; the head anteriorly

impressed, punctate, punctures rather large but not closely

set, stria strong and somewhat carinate, feebly sinuous over

the eyes, anteriorly ceasing behind the mandibles; the thorax,

anterior angles obtuse and depressed, strongly punctate,

punctures oblong, with some inclined to be acicular, evenly,

not closely set, stria laterally a little elevated, fine and com-

plete behind the head, two short striz before the base at a

point parallel to the usual position of the fourth elytral stria,

the striz are faint but easily seen, and they are a good specific

character in this difficult genus; the elytra wholly punctured

somewhat like the thorax, but more distinctly, the punctures

towards and at the apex are round, not oval or acicular like

some in front ; the propygidium is punctured like the apices of

the elytra; the pygidium in the male is punctured like the pro-

pygidium at the base, but at the apex there are transverse fur-

rows which are confluent with the punctures ; in the female the

pygidium is sparsely and finely punctulate; the prosternum

bistriate, strie nearly straight laterally, bent, but not quite

joining at eitherend, a fewirregular punctures on the keel, ante-

rior lobe punctate and strigose ; the mesosternum very sparsely

punctured, lateral furrow strong, transverse stria with the

middle portion very wide and straight, arcuate at the sides,

suture not apparent; the metasternum, anterior half lightly

punctulate, posteriorly and the first segment of the abdomen

with much larger punctures, all are more or less elongate

or acicular; the other abdominal segments are smooth, with

a row of punctures on their posterior edges ; anterior tibie

4-dentate, tarsi rather short.

Hab. Japan. Single specimens taken at Miyanoshita,

Kiga, Kashiwagi, and Nara.

Paromalus parallelepipedus, Herbst.

Hab. Japan. Apparently scarce ; five examples only were

taken at Sapporo, Miyanoshita, Nikko, and Nishimura.

Paromalus omineus, Sp. 1.

Oblongo-ovalis, parum convexus, lateribus vix parallelis, brun-

neus, nitidus; fronte stria integra; metasterno utrinque sub-

ocellato-punctato ; pedibus flavis.

L. 13 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, brown, shining, antenne and

legs flavous ; the head clearly and somewhat sparsely punctu-

Japanese Species of Paromalus. 37

late, stria elevated over the eyes, fine and complete in front,

forehead rather flat; the thorax, anterior angles depressed,

little acute, stria not interrupted, but very fine behind the

neck, not closely punctate, punctures somewhat ocellate,

especially before the bases of the elytra; the elytra are punc-

tured like the thorax, subocellate at the sides, finer behind

the scutellum and on the dorsal area, striz: obsolete ; the pro-

pygidium clearly, not densely punctulate in both sexes; the

pygidium similarly punctured, and in the male a few scratches

or obscure furrows are visible at the apex; the prosternum

without strie, finely strigose under the microscope; the meso-

sternum with a few punctures, transverse stria very slightly

bent in the middle portion, rather widely arched on each side,

median portion narrowest; meso- and metasternal suture

invisible, both plates punctate, not closely, but at the sides

the punctures are subocellate ; anterior tibiae 4-dentate.

This species is like a small example of P. parallelepipedus.

The colour, and especially the shape of the mesosternal stria,

with the median portion much less wide than the appen-

dages, will distinguish it.

Hab, Japan. ‘Two examples taken on Ominesan.

Paromalus musculus, Mars.

Hab. Japan. Taken at Nara, on the main island, and in

several places in Kiushiu.

This species is peculiar in occurring under stones in the

shady forests, while most of the species of the genus are

subcortical.

Paromalus montivagus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, supra punctulatus; pedibus rufo-

brunneis; elytris striis obsoletis; pygidio sublevi vel grosse

vermiculato ; mesosterno marginato.

L, 237-23 mill.

Oval, convex, black, punctulate above, with a strigose

surface-sculpture visible under the microscope; the head

lightly impressed in front, somewhat prominent over the

eyes, stria complete, strong above the eyes, fine anteriorly ;

the thorax bisinuous behind the neck, anterior angles obtuse

and depressed, stria complete, and on the edge before the

scutellum is a row of ten or twelve large punctures; the

elytra, punctuation larger and more dense than that of the

thorax except on the dorsal area behind the scutellum, the

striz are obsolete and in their place the punctures are rugose

38 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

and confluent; a narrow margin at the suture is smooth, the

epipleural stria is fine and passes round the apex, and termi-

nates after passing the angle at the suture; the propygidium

is punctulate like the thorax; the pygidium impunctate in

the female and microscopically strigose, in the male it is

narrowly smooth at the base, with a coarse vermicular sculp-

ture at the apex ; the prosternum bistriate, striz indistinctly

joined at the base, where the margin is a little broad; the

mesosternum short and transverse, marginal stria nearly com-

plete, being a little broken in the middle only, transverse

stria widely sinuous, suture invisible; the metasternum,

lateral stria oblique, punctuation sparse; the anterior femora

conspicuously grooved like those figured for Phelister Simoni,

Lew. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1889, vol. iv. p. 46); the

anterior tibie 5-6-dentate, posterior without spines. The

minute strigosity is more apparent on the sternal plates than

on the upper surface.

The facies of this species is like a very large Abreus, and

it is the only species noticed in this paper with an anterior

marginal stria to the mesosternum.

Hab. Japan. I took several specimens at different places

bordering the great plain of Fujisan in May 1880. It fre-

quents old beeches.

V.—Descriptions of two new Genera of Scorpions, with

Notes upon some Species of Palamneus. By R. I. Pocock,

of the Natural-History Museum.

[Plate III. B.]

Havine@ been occupied of late in the identification of the

oriental species of Scorpio and Falamneus, I soon made

the discovery that there has been considerable confusion

respecting the Indian and Burmese species of the latter

genus.

Their history may be briefly told as follows.

The type of the genus, P. spinifer (Hempr. & Ehrb.), was

originally described as from India. This species, however,

has not been identified since it was established, apparently

because it was described and figured as having nineteen or

twenty pectinal teeth—this number being considerably larger

than any presented by the species described by Dr. Thorell.

In 1877 Dr. Thorell characterized from Singapore a species

named P, Petersid; this form apparently only differs from

some Species of Palamnzeus. 39

spinifer in the number of the pectinal teeth, and I have little

doubt the two are synonymous.

But to complicate the matter still further Dr. Thorell subse-

quently referred to P. Petersii a number of specimens obtained

by Sig. Fea and Comotto in Burma, which specimens had

been previously identified by Mons. Simon as P. bengalensis

(C. Koch). But both these identifications are, I think, erro-

neous ; for, in the first place, bengalensis of C. Koch is a true

Scorpio, as is shown by examples in this Museum, and, in

the second place, the Burmese specimens above referred to

seem to be different from the type of Petersid that Thorell

described from Singapore.

The first assertion needs no justification; the second is

based upon the following facts.

Whilst collecting in various parts of Burma Mr. E. W.

Oates obtained literally many hundred examples of a species

of Palamneus, which is undoubtedly the Burmese form that

Dr. Thorell identified as P. Petersti. But amongst those

collected at Rangoon there are three examples which are at

once to be recognized from the rest. hese are of larger size,

with the inner border of the hand beset with spiniform

tubercles ; the vesicle is clear ferruginous, and the chelz or

palpi of the male have almost the same form as in the female.

In the others, on the contrary, the size is smaller, the inner

border of the hand is thickly granular and not spicular, the

vesicle is generally of about the same tint, though sometimes

a little paler than the rest of the tail, and the chelex of the

male are more slender and longer than in the female, the

manus being especially narrow. Of this latter kind the

British Museum has those quantities of specimens that were

generously presented by Mr. Oates, and, in addition, one

example obtained by Sig. Comotto at Minhla—an example,

by the way, that was kindly given to the Museum by the

Marquis G. Doria, and which is one of those above referred

to as having been identified as Petersid by Dr. Thorell. But

of the former kind, in addition to those just mentioned from

Rangoon, the Museum has very many examples from India,

East Indies, Bengal, Mergui, Perak, Penang, Singapore, and

Billiton Island. ‘This species is, I think, sp¢ndfer (Ehrb.)

and Petersit of Thorell.

There is nothing in Ehrenberg’s figure and description to

refute this view. On the contrary, it is clearly shown that

the inner border of the hand is armed with spiniform tubercles

and that the vesicle is ferruginous. The specimen, moreover,

came from India, whence this Museum also has examples.

‘Furthermore, the Museum, as already stated, has specimens

40 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

from Singapore, the place where the type of P. Petersti was

obtained—a coincidence which suggests at once the likelihood

of specific identity between the scorpions. And this idea as

to their identity is amply borne out by Dr. Thorell’s descrip-

tion of Petersii; for the vesicle is described as ferruginous,

and of the hand it is said “‘¢pso latere interiore granulis

acuminatis fortibus obsito.” But if we turn to what is said

of the Burmese specimens that were referred to Petersti we

read, “ manus intus sat dense granulosa est, granulis sat parvis

et parum acuminatis,”’ and again, “ color caude niger, vesica

interdum paullo clariore.” ‘Thus the figure of spinifer and

the description of Petersi’ appear to apply to the larger and

more widely distributed East-Indian form. The smaller

Burmese species is consequently without a name. I propose

therefore to call it P. Thorellit.

As regards the number of the pectinal teeth, which seems

to have been a stumbling-block in the way of the identifica-

tion of P. spinifer, it may be said that the Museum series

shows them to vary from 14 to 18 in spindfer and from 14 to

19 in Thorellit. So that the existence of 19 in the type of

spinifer and of 16 in the type of Petersiz cannot be used as

an argument for the separation of the two.

The known synonymy of these will be as follows :—

Palamneus spinifer (Hempr. & Ehrb.).

Heterometrus spinifer, Hempr. & Ehrb, Symb. Phys. Scorpiones, p. 3,

pl. i. fig. 2 (1829).

Palamneus Petersii, Thorell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) vol. xvii.

p. 13 (1876) ; Actes Soe. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. pp. 214-217 (syn. excl.)

(1877).

Palamneus Thorelli, sp. n.

Palamneus bengalensis, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genoy. xx. pp. 360-362

Cee ; not Buthus bengalensis, C, Koch, Die Arach. ix. p. 3, fig. 696

(1842), » Hg

Palamneus Petersti, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) vii. pp. 588-590

(1889) ; not Petersz?, Thorell, 1876.

The average Size of P. spinifer is perhaps about 125

millim., although I have measured many varying from 135

to 140. P. Thorelliz, on the contrary, is much less, seldom

being more, and generally less, than 115 millim.

The appended tables of measurements will serve to show

how the sexes of the two species may be recognized. From

it may be seen, in addition, that the average length of the

tail in the female is greater in P. spinzfer than in P. Thorellit,

some Species of Palamneus, 4]

For in the former the tail is more than three and a half times

the length of the cephalothorax, while in the latter it is less.

This circumstance strengthens the evidence of identity

between P. spinifer and P. Petersii; for the figure of P.

spinifer shows that the tail (judging from the sketch of the

lateral view of it) is a little over three and a half times the

length of the cephalothorax.

Mons. Simon has recorded a species which he considers to

be Petersti from Bintang. ‘The males of his specimens, how-

ever, are not like those that I here call spin7fer, inasmuch as

they are declared to be like longimanus, Herbst. ‘This opens

the interesting question of possible dimorphism in the males.

Now three male examples have been described without

their females being known. These are /ongimanus of Herbst,

longimanus of C. Koch (which is not the same specimen at

least as Herbst’s type), and angustimanus of Thorell. I give

a table to show the dimensions of these specimens, together

with those of two examples in the British Museum which I

provisionally refer to angustimanus. A glance shows that

the two examples named /ongiémanus have the hand-back very

short and the movable dactylus long, the difference between

the two being 7°5 and 8 millim. respectively, whereas in the

others the difference is ‘5, 2, and 2°5 millim. But this great

interval is almost entirely bridged over by some of the male

specimens of spinifer. Thus in no. 5 the difference in length

between the dactylus and the hand-back is 3, in no. 1 it is

3°5, in nos. 2 and Git is 4, inno. 4 it is 4°5, and in no. 3 it is

6—the amount of variation being considerable.

I am consequently disposed to think that at least longi-

manus of C. Koch may be a form of the male of spinifer, and

I hold the same opinion with regard to the two males in this

collection that [have named angustimanus. P. costiémanus of

C. Koch is also, I think, probably synonymous with spinifer,

It is worthy of note in connexion with this subject that the

slenderness of the hand appears to be correlated with the

longitudinal wrinkling of the upper surface. Consequently

the presence of strong cost on the hands of these males that

have just been discussed need not point to specific distinction

between them and spinifer, in which the coste are less

manifest.

‘orodesutg

“PUss] Bose

*(usdazag jo od Ay

S]JLoy,T,) exodesurg

“MOOSULY

‘BOIpUy

"serpuy

2 WOOSURYT

oo ROMP UT

> | "INS.10 J]

S| ‘solpuy “O]

oc | ‘orodusuig

ae “YBa

oot = aeaaae

a |

*AqrpRoory

9-§IL

GLI

rel

SEL

OGL

681

@éELL

G-8LL

S.661

SSL

ZEé1

G-Fél

“Apoq

ue, [B10],

jo ws

PES FOS PEN

“snpAjorp

I[qVAOUr Jo [SUE]

GEL

SaPL

¢-91

DOr

eset

—

‘snaiomany Jo qysue"y7

ne)

tT~ IX

"Tey JO Wy Sue']

l™~

i I. i

ae Oi em |

*S}MOUIS9S-]1R}

OA4 YSU JO YZSUS'T |

*xvI0yy

-opeydao yo yAsue'y |

*xag

mG OD <H19

‘asoptuids *q fo saujaurpjru ur syuomasnsnazy fo 29D,

some Species of Palamnzeus.

3°00]

*T[etou,y, Jo SNUDULEYSNOUD ‘d | Del: OL G.0G

“qSqtop] JO snupwrehuo) “q | 800 OL | &

‘CJM ‘snyy Ul) snunwysnbuy “q ) @.ETT GIL |

‘YOY "CO JO snwmurbhuop 7 SZ C.ZT GG

ime} om

oe 4 ag

| One cored 2 dQ

| oui + Can

| <q far. a

| 4 “<j

@ = fee's

5 rf Ale)

or) a= :

ch ES B

| a 3 S)

2 3

| Q &

“yowq

-puey jo 430u9"]

16 | S291

GGG SL

6G 6L

san | “61

——— ——

St IS

=} as}

0g Fag

fag ct

5 So

° Hoo

Lar) Lear)

Aad

B =a

& =

fs o

BL 1

‘umouyun jah sv aun sappuag ayz yoryn fo sadupuy ajnyy Uur7p.1a0 fo SALJOUWYIUU UL SJUaMaLNSDayy

"soAIQUIO YIM PopuoqIslT

G6 Boor vase | cee

C.CO] were. 6 COI. C

«¢-SE1 SL} 81 GI ST GPL

STI GGL GS-81 GIL SI GFL

98 GL ¢-GT iat 9-1 GI

6 | LI ST. 91 G-CL

See eme ies see

S aes Al 2 & 28 8

i Se) & |e | ge | Be | 8 |

— , coos Br = =

oe re! 2 Ere) E °

R be By g 2 es

& | & E =

| & 2 5 g 5

or | 5 © @

| =r | > | eu ‘ <

O¢ GL

GEG G-§1

G19 GL

as) Al

Og GL

G.1G FI

i. iz

fo) BS@)

da Bde

= b

2 | 8s,

: 8 =i

re rere

? co

(oo)

Onl =|

G.GT =

G-8I &

gS i

G.9L re)

Sate

ge es

La]

|=)

mA OD SHO ©

44 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

CHELOCTONUS, gen. nov.

(PLT 8. fig. 13)

Cephalothorax with its median eyes near the middle, the

lateral eyes, three in number, on the very edge, as in Hor-

MUrUS.

Sternum pentagonal, a little wider than long, narrower at

its posterior angles.

Stigmata elongate.

Tail as in Opisthacanthus, rather stouter than in Hor-

MUTUS.

Palp.—Humerus as in [eterometrus maurus, very convex

above, the anterior border reduced to a minimum; manus

intermediate in form between that of, e. g., Opisthacanthus

and of, e. g., Scorpio, but rather resembling that of Jurus or

Urodacus in having the “ hand-back” double, ¢. e. divided

longitudinally by the keel which is found on the hand-back

in scorpions of this group; the lower half of this area is not,

however, limited below by a keel, and the keel that defines

the upper half is weaker than in Opisthacanthus.

Ohelicere as in Opisthacanthus, Hormurus, and Palam-

neus, 1. e. with the terminal fangs of the movable dactylus

subequal in length, the inferior being the longer.

Tail, tarst, stigmata, and pectines as in Opisthacanthus.

This genus is very interesting on account of its annectent

qualities. On the whole, however, it certainly belongs to

the Opisthacanthus group, although in the form of its palpi

it approaches Heterometrus.

Cheloctonus Jonesti, sp. n.

Colour olivaceo-piceus above, palpi darker; legs, cheli-

cere, and caudal vesicle ferruginous ; pectines and genital

operculum testaceous.

Cephalothorax a little wider than long, a little longer than

the first two caudal segments, convex from side to side, the

sides being considerably sloped, the frontal lobes rounded,

the middle of the anterior border with an evenly rounded

excision, weakly granular, the median sulcus dividing the

ocular tubercle and stopping almost immediately behind it;

the tubercle low, situated just in front of the middle of the

upper surface, the eyes separated by a space about equalling a

diameter ; the lateral eyes small, subequal, the two anterior

contiguous, the posterior separated by a space equal to its

own diameter.

Tergites finely and closely granular, sulcate as in Opistha-

canthus.

two new Genera of Scorpions. 45

Sternites entirely smooth, very finely and closely punc-

tured, the sulci uniting in front and resembling the imprint

of a horseshoe; the last rugose, bearing vestiges of four finely

granular, posteriorly converging keels.

Tail about three and a quarter times the length of the

cephalothorax, narrowed posteriorly, the segments longer

than they are thick, distinctly sulcate above, the sides of the

upper surface rounded and very finely granular and not

keeled, the lower surface distinctly carinate, the keels being

normal in number, finely granular, and marked by setiferous

pores ; the fifth segment nearly flat above, the posterior third

of its lower surface without keels; the vesicle large, pyri-

form, entirely smooth, aculeus short and abruptly curved.

Palpi robust; humerus coarsely granular above, mostly

smooth behind and below, strongly granular in front; bra-

chium rugose and subgranular above and behind, and sub-

costate behind, smooth in front and below except for the keel

which separates the anterior and inferior surfaces: manus

very stout, rugose, and reticulated and convex above, the

pattern passing into tubercles internally and externally ; the

superior moiety of the hand-back forming a large obtuse angle

with the upper surface, beset with small tubercles, defined

above by a weak keel which anteriorly breaks up into the

general pattern of the upper surface, the inferior moiety

entirely smooth and polished, the antero-inferior surface

granular ; very wide, the length of the back being much less

than the greatest width and only about equal to the width

at the base of the dactyli; the height equal to about three

fourths the length of the hand-back; the movable dactylus

considerably longer than the hand-back and a little longer

than the width of the hand, rugose, carinate, with a lobe

which fits into a shallow excavation on the internal edge of

the immovable dactylus, the external edge of this dactylus

very short, about equal to half the length of the movable

dactylus.

Legs very finely granular externally, the lower edge of the

femora of the first three pairs more granular.

Pectines short, furnished with six to seven teeth; the

genital operculum cleft, about twice as wide as long.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 753; cephalo-

thorax, length 11, width 11°5; length of tail 35, of first

segment 4°5, of second 5, of third 5°2, of fourth 6, of fifth

7°5, of vesicle and aculeus 7°3, of aculeus 2; width of first 4,

of fifth 2°6 ; humerus, length 7, width 4, height 4; brachium,

length 8,- width 4°5, height 5; manus, length behind 8,

46 Mr. R. I. Pocoek on

width 9:2, height 6; length of movable dactylus 9-5, of

immovable (along free border) 5.

A single male specimen from the Murchison Range in the

Transvaal, collected and presented to the British Museum by

Mr. C. R. Jones, with whose name I have very great pleasure

in associating this remarkable new form.

HETEROCHARMUS, gen. nov.

(PI. III. B. figs. 2, 2a, 2b.)

? Charmus, Karsch, Mitth. Munch, Ent. Ver. 1878, pp. 101, 104, 105.

Cephalothorax without keels; the ocular tubercle in the

anterior half; the frontal region horizontal, not sloped down-

wards from the tubercle to the anterior margin ; three lateral

eyes.

Tergites with a single median keel.

Sternum small, pentagonal, wider than long, about equal in

length to the genital operculum.

Pectines normal.

Stigmata elongate.

Chelicere with movable dactylus bifid at the apex, the two

fangs equal in length, with three teeth on the upper edge and

two on the under ; immovable dactylus with two teeth above

(the posterior bifid) and two subequal teeth below.

Chele with the external series of teeth formed by the

enlargement of the three posterior teeth of the median rows,

the internal series formed by single enlarged teeth, separated

from the apices of the median rows and constituting with the

teeth of the external series short oblique rows.

Tail somewhat powerful; no spine beneath the aculeus.

Legs of third and fourth pairs with tibial spur.

Claws free.

In its broad pentagonal sternum this genus departs widely

from what is normal in the Buthide, and its inclusion in this

family will necessitate the abandonment of the definition

‘sternum subtriangulum.”’ Nevertheless I think it should

be referred to this group, for in the sum of its characters it

is unmistakably Buthoid.

In the dentition of the cheliceree, the form of the palpi,

with their slender unkeeled hands and long dactyli, the

arrangement of the denticles on these dactyli, the spurs on the

tibix of the posterior legs, the keeling of the trunk, &c., it

agrees closely with many genera of this family. It only

two new Genera of Scorpions. 47

differs in fact in the form of the sternum. Of all the genera

of Buthide it certainly comes nearest to Butheolus of Simon

(Orthodactylus, Karsch); but although the sternum in

Butheolus is more pentagonal (? always) than in the others,

it is not so markedly wide as in Leterocharmus. In Buthe-

olus, again, the cephalothorax has its frontal portion sloped,

while in this new genus it is horizontal. Nevertheless the

two are undoubtedly very closely allied.

If, again, Heterocharmus be compared with the known

genera of other families, the only one with which it presents

any affinity is Charmus of Karsch, a genus which this author

referred to the Iurini. But between these the affinity appears

to be very great, so far, indeed, as can be judged from the

somewhat meagre description that Karsch has given. In fact

no generic differences are to be discovered. But I find it

hard to believe that any author familiar with scorpions should

have placed a species congeneric with the one now before me

in close proximity with such forms as Zurus, Scorpiops, &c. It

is almost incredible that the Buthoid characters above men-

tioned can have been wholly overlooked. I consequently feel

compelled to assume that some differences which do not

appear in the description do in reality exist between Charmus

and Heterocharmus.

Ffeterocharmus cinctipes, sp. n.

Colour.—Trunk above and tail fuscous, the former ob-

scurely variegated with fulvous; vesicle ferruginous ;

ventral surface pale; palpi testaceous, brachium with a

fuscous band, manus infuscate; legs fuscous, with testaceous

joints.

Cephalothorax convex, about as wide as long, nearly as

long as the first two caudal segments, weakly but closely

granular throughout, the anterior margin nearly straight, the

frontal region lightly depressed in the middle, the shallow

depression extending over the ocular tubercle to the hinder

margin; the ocular tuberele prominent, the eyes large and

separated by a space about equal to a diameter.

Tergites granular, more coarsely but less closely so than is

the cephalothorax, the first without the median keel, the last

more thickly granular, without distinct keels, but lobate on

the upper surface.

Sternites smooth and shining, the last beset posteriorly

with coarse sharp granules.

Tail excavated above, the first three segments coarsely and

48 On two new Genera of Scorpions.

thickly granular below and at the sides, the granulation

obscuring the keels, the inferior median keels, however,

marked by stronger and sharper granules, the upper surface

much more feebly granular, the keels very feeble on the first

but defined by larger granules ; the keels absent on the third,

which has its margins rounded and the position of the supe-

rior and supero-lateral keels marked by a larger granule

posteriorly ; the fourth segment without keels and almost

without granules, but roughened by close-set coarse punctures,

finely granular only in the excavation of the upper surface ;

the fifth segment also without keels, but marked with coarse,

close-set, sometimes anastomosing punctures, granular on the

posterior third of its lower surface, and finely so in the poste-

rior portion of the superior excavation, the anal border lobate

at the sides, granular beneath; the vesicle moderately large,

coarsely punctured beneath, the aculeus strong and curved.

Tail and vesicle thickly and irregularly hairy beneath.

Palpi slender ; humerus very weakly granular along the

feebly developed keels ; brachtum without keels, very slightly

granular in front, the rest smooth ; manus rounded, narrower

than the brachium, without keels and without granules, the

length of the “ hand-back ” much greater than the width of

the hand; dactyli long, curved, and slender, the length of

the movable dactylus nearly twice as great as the length of

the hand.

Legs with weakly granular femora, coxze quite smooth.

Pectines not projecting to the end of the fourth coxe, fur-

nished with fourteen similar teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—TVotal length 30, length of

cephalothorax 2°5, of tail 11°5, of first two segments 2°8, of

fourth 2, of fifth 3; width of the first 1°6, of the fifth 1-4, of

the vesicle 1; length of humerus 2°3, of brachium 2°5, of

hand-back 1:2, of movable dactylus 2°5; width of hand ‘8.

A single specimen probably from India or Ceylon, but

without special locality. It was found in a bottle in Count

Keyserling’s collection together with a young example of

Scorpio Swammerdami—a species which is undoubtedly

Indian and Ceylonese.

The only known species with which this can be confounded

is Charmus laneus of Karsch. But it certainly differs in

colour, in having the last abdominal sternite coarsely and not

“ subtiliter” granular, the tail certainly carinate in part, and

the fourth segment punctured and not granular.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Trap-door Spider. 49

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. B.

Fig. 1. Cheloctonus Jonesti, g. et sp.n. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. Heterocharmus cinctipes, g. et sp.n. X 2.

Fig. 2a. The same. Sternum and genital operculum,

Fig. 2b. The same. Dentition of dactylus of palp.

V1.—Description of a new Trap-door Spider from Ceylon.

By R. I. Pocock, of the British (Natural History) Museum.

[Plate III. A.)

Ccophleus cinctipes, gen. et sp.n. (Pl. III. A.)

Colowr.—Cephalothorax castaneous, variegated with black ;

ocular area black; mandibles castaneous; sternum, labium,

cox, and femora clear ochraceous, the patella, tibia, and

proximal tarsal segment with a fuscous band round the distal

extremity; abdomen fuscous, variegated above and below

with testaceous bands and spots.

Cephalothorax longer than wide, its lateral margins convex,

anterior margin straight, truncate, its posterior margin lightly

concave. The fovea transverse or perhaps very lightly concave

backwards. The area of the upper surface behind the fovea

sloped at an angle of 45 degrees, the area in front of it very

lightly convex longitudinally. No ocular tubercle; the area

of the eyes much wider than long and following the convexity

of the cephalic portion ; the median and the anterior lateral

eyes forming a strongly procurved series, the median and

posterior lateral forming a recurved series; the median eyes

the largest and the highest, a horizontal line drawn from the

base of each would touch but not cut the anterior lateral ; the

anterior laterals separated by a space which is about equal to

twice the diameter of a median eye, the distance between the

anterior and posterior lateral about equal to a diameter of a

median eye, and that between the median eyes is a little less

than a diameter of each ; the fourth pair of eyes are small,

closely in contact with and on the same level as the posterior

lateral, and are separated from the median of each side by a

space about equal to their own diameter.

Mandibles of moderate size, the anterior surface evenly

curved from the base to the fang, smooth above, hairy in

front, but not armed with teeth, fringed below with long

reddish hairs, and armed internally with a row of denticles.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 4

50 Mr. RB. I. Pocock on a new Trap-door Spider.

Mazille simply coxiform, fringed with reddish hairs along

the anterior border, and having the anterior distal angle

furnished with a few black spiniform teeth.

Palpi completely pediform, clothed with long hairs, the

patella and tibia with the lower surface furnished laterally

beneath with a few setiform spines, the tarsal segment scopu-

‘late, the hairs being thick at the sides, but scanty on the

middle of the lower surface, terminated by a single, curved,

inferiorly dentate tooth.

Legs.—The first, second, and third pairs subequal in length,

the third being slightly the shortest, the fourth longer than

the rest almost by its two terminal segments; clothed with

hairs but not armed with spines, there being at most a few

spiniform sete scattered here and there. The first and second

pair with the two distal segments furnished with» thick

undivided scopule; the third pair with the scopule very

much reduced in size, but with two terminal tufts of hair at

the base of the claws; the fourth with similar terminal tufts

and with the scopula almost absent. ‘Two simple strongly

curved claws terminating each leg.

~ Labéum united to the sternum, quadrate, wider than long,

its anterior border straight and armed with a row of black

spiniform teeth.

Sternum longer than wide, ovate.

Abdomen ovate; the superior spinners the longest, a very

little shorter than the patella of the third pair of legs, the

segments markedly decreasing in size from the base to the

apex, the apical segment very short and conical ; the inferior

spinners composed of a single segment, which is about half

the lcngth of the basal segment of the superior spinners.

Measurements in millimetres.—TYotal length 15°5; length

of cephalothorax 6°5, width 5°5; distance of fovea from ante-

rior border 4; length of abdomen 9; length of palp 11, of

first leg 14°5, of second 14°5, of third 14:3, of fourth 19;

width of sternum 2°5, length 3°5; length of superior spinner 2.

Two female specimens in the Museum collection from

Ceylon. The first, which has been selected as the type, was

taken by Mr. E. E. Green at Punduloya; the second was

obtained by Mr. Holdsworth.

The nest of this spider, which Mr. Green brought with the

specimen, was found on the trunk of a tree. There are two

doors set close together, with their hinges in contact, and

consequently opening back to back. ‘These doors, more or

less inegularly circular in shape, are thin and laminate, and

cousist of small coherent lamelliform particles, which appear

to be pieces of the epidermis of the leaf of some flowering

Suggested Terms in Crinotd Morphology. 51

plant*. The area immediately surrounding the doors is

covered with the same leafy flakes ; so that, when closed, the

doors become almost invisible. The nest itself consists, not

of an elongate silk-lined tube, as is usual in this group, but

simply of a shallow excavation on the surface of the tree-trunk.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. A.

Fig. 1. GBeophleus cinctipes, g. et sp. n. Dorsal view, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Nest, showing the two doors.

VIl.— Suggested Terms in Crinoid Morphology.

By F. A. Batuer, M.A.

It is to be feared that the title of this paper will bring a smile

to the lips of those who think, not without some show of

reason, that students of Crinoid morphology spend more time

in quarrelling as to what terms they are to use than in finding

out fresh facts that should warrant any departure from the

language of the text-books. It is not long since there

appeared in this Magazine several notes on the Anatomical

Nomenclature of Echinoderms from the pen of the leader

whose loss we so deeply lament—P. H. Carpenter T. The

object of that paper, however, was to give greater precision to

the nomenclature of Echinoderm morphology rather than to

propose any great novelty. The object of the present paper

is different : itis to propose certain changes in the terminology

of the various parts of a Crinoid, partly because it is hoped

that these changes will facilitate the drawing up of descrip-

tions and give greater clearness to our ideas, partly because

it is believed that they are necessitated by recent advances in

Crinoid morphology.

Every scientific paper should be its own apology; at the

same time some reply may be offered to two different classes

of objectors.

Those who have an innate objection to all change may be

answered by the following quotations from a recent article by

Prof. T. Jeffery Parker $:—“1 think it may be taken as

* I am indebted to my colleagues of the Botanical Department of the

Natural-History Museum for this information respecting the nature of

the substance of which these doors are composed.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi. pp. 1-23, July 1890.

“Suggestions for securing greater Uniformity of Nomenclature in

Biology,” * Nature,’ vol. xly. p. 68, Nov. 19, 1891.

52 Mr. F. A. Bather— Suggested

axiomatic that whenever the bounds of knowledge are

extended, either by the investigation of new problems or by

the re-examination of old ones with the aid of improved

methods and extended views, an elaboration of nomenclature

is inevitable. Indeed, the introduction of an extended termi-

nology, either because of the discovery of new facts or of the

more accurate grouping of old ones, is a distinct gain; it

emphasizes an actual advance in knowledge.” “ In morpho-

logical nomenclature suitability is of far more importance than

priority, and the most respectable and time-honoured termi-

nology should never be allowed to stand in the way of one

by which homologies, mutual relations, &c., are adequately

expressed.”

To those who deem it hardly fitting that one who has so

recently entered on the field of Echinoderm morphology

should be already running atilt at terms that have long held

the ground, no other reply is needed than that the proposed

terms were arrived at after considerable discussion with Dr.

P. H. Carpenter, and that nearly all received his definite

approval. Without his encouragement this paper would not

have been written, and it has only been the sudden removal

of his kindly help that has prevented its earlier completion.

Super-radials and Infer-radials.

Many of the Monocyclic genera of Crinoidea Inadunata are

remarkable for the transverse bisection of some or all of the

radial plates of the dorsal cup. To these radially situated

plates themselves the term “ Radials” is restricted, but it is

convenient to have some short term to express their upper

and lower halves. For these therefore I propose the terms

“ Super-radials ” and “ Infer-radials,” which may be repre-

sented symbolically by Rs and Ré. Instead of saying “ the

lower half of the left anterior radial,” we shall now be able

to say “ the left anterior inferradial”’ (1. ant. R‘). The plate

for which the term Radianal (R’) has been adopted is of

course the right posterior inferradial (r. post. R?) ; while the

right posterior radial, being the upper half of the same plate,

is morphologically the right posterior superradial (r. post. Rs).

Arm-ossicles.

In July 1890 the following terminology was proposed for

the various series of arm-ossicles by P. H. Carpenter * :—

* Op. eit. p. 11.

Terms in Crinoid Morphology. 53

Brachials=all arm-ossicles, or, in other words, all ossicles

situated in the direction of the rays, distal to the

radial (s. stv.) and belonging to the abactinal system.

Costals=the first order of brachials, 7. e. all brachials from

the radial up to and including the first axillary.

Distichals=the second order of brachials.

Palmars =the third order of brachials.

First Postpalmars=the fourth order of brachials.

Second Postpalmars=the fifth order of brachials ; and so on.

Free Brachials=all brachials after the last axillary, which-

ever that axillary may be.

Through the kindness of Dr. Carpenter I had already been

able to put forward the above terminology * and to announce

that it would be used in my papers on British Fossil Crinoids.

Wachsmuth and Springer had also privately expressed their

intention of accepting it. The latter authors, however, have

already found it necessary to modify it slightly t. ‘To the

most of this terminology,” they say, ‘‘ we entirely agreed, but

in some particulars it does not quite meet the requirement in

dealing with the greater complexity and variety of construc-

tion found in the Paleozoic forms.”’ Instead of applying the

term Free Brachials to brachials after the last axillary only,

they use it in a different and extended sense, applying it to

all brachials that are free from the calyx, as are all the arm-

ossicles in the Inadunata. ‘The term is thus opposed to /ixed

Brachials, by which is meant those arm-ossicles incorporated

in the calyx, such as are often found in the Camerata.

In the same place Wachsmuth and Springer have supple-

mented the above terminology, as follows :—

“Interradials, all plates interradially disposed in the calyx.

“Interbrachials, a general term for all plates between the rays

above the radials.

“Interdistichals, the plates between the first divisions of the

ray.

Seiniectiihiars, those between the second divisions of the ray.

“Interambulacrals, the plates between the ambulacra.”

In applying to Paleozoic Crinoids the terminology to which

I stood committed, I soon stumbled on certain difficulties.

‘This was especially the case in the attempt to work out and

* “ Brit, Foss. Crin., I.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. v. p. 318,

April 1890,

+ “The Perisomic Plates of the Crinoids,” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia, vol. for 1890, p. 874: Feb. 1891.

54 Mr. F. A. Bather—Suggested

to formulate the laws of arm-branching in the various families

or genera. The difficulties are of two kinds, subjective and

objective. We will take them in that order.

The subjective difficulties are due chiefly to the cumbrous,

illogical, and, for the most part, meaningless nature of the

terms adopted. This is not a censure of any one in _parti-

cular, for no one man could ever have invented such a discon-

nected lot of names for similar and connected objects. The

terminology has grown up bit by bit, unsubjected to the stern

laws of natural selection. It is by no means easy for the

student, or even for the describer of new species, to carry all

these names in his head. It is on the face of it absurd to

begin a fresh series of numbers at the postpalmars, as though

there were some morphological change ; moreover, the inter-

pretation to the mind of such a phrase as “ the second post-

palmars” involvesan arithmetical calculation before one realizes

that the ossicles alluded to are brachials of the fifth order.

Then, in speaking of a particular ossicle, one can hardly say

“the second third postpalmar,” so one is obliged to indulge

in some such cumbrous circumlocution as “‘ the second ossicle

in the third postpalmar series.” The symbols too that are

employed in specific formulee—c, d, p, p’, p', 6, &e.—hardly

convey their meaning at a glance, while they certainly do

not lend themselves to the expression of statements referring

to more than one order of brachials at a time. It is of course

possible that these difficulties are not obvious to highly trained

intellects, and it is true that they hardly present themselves

in the study of most recent Crinoids.

There is, however, a more serious objection, at least to one

of the terms. It was J. S. Miller who invented the now

resuscitated term “ costals,” and it is true that he used it to

denote the second radials, where he did not call them arm-

plates. But, as can be seen from the table that was given by

Carpenter (op. czt. p. 16), he also applied the term to the first

radials, the basals, and the infrabasals. Itwould no doubt have

been legitimate to restrict the term to one or other of the plates

to which it was applied by Miller; but unfortunately this

had already been done. As Carpenter himself pointed out,

Prof. Lovén has “ proposed to specialize this name as denoting

the primary interradial plates of the Echinoderm apical

system, @ e. the genitals of Urchins and the basals of

Crinoids.” It may be true that Prof. Lovén’s proposal “has

not been generally accepted by Echinologists;” at the same

time there are others who have applied the term “ costals ”’ to

interradially disposed plates, notably Prof. James Hall, who

has thus denoted the basals of various species in the ‘ Paleon-

Terms in Crinoid Morphology. 55

tology of New York,’ vol. i. (1848). It seems to me there-

fore that the use of the term “ costals’’ in the sense now pro-

posed cannot be justified, and I regret that I ever agreed to

use it.

The objective difficulties in the way of the proposed termi-

nology are due to the more correct views that are now held

with regard to the homologies of pinnules. As was fully

explained in the section on the Arms in “ British Fossil

Crinoids,” Part II. (p. 374), pinnules are nothing more than

armlets that have become small, ceased to branch, and are

regularly placed on alternate sides of successive ossicles. An

armlet itself is merely one branch of a dichotomous arm

reduced in size. Consequently, from a morphological stand-

point, a pinnule, however small, is the homologue of a whole

dichotom (as we may conveniently call such a branch), while

the ossicle that supports a pinnule is simply an axillary, and

this without going beyond the strict conception of that term

as recently laid down by Carpenter (op. cit. p. 19).

_ If now we turn to such a genus as Botryocrinus, and com-

pare two of its species, such as Bb. ramosus and B. decadac-

tylus *, and if we name the successive orders of brachials after

the methods hitherto followed, we shall come to these con-

clusions—that

in B. ramosus in B, decadactylus

the costals are homologous with the costals;

the distichals » with the first two distichals ;

the distichal axillary ,, with the second distichal ;

the palmars » With the third distichal and the first pinnule,

or, if this pinnule is branched, with the

: proximal portion thereof ;

the first postpalmars ,, with the fourth distichal, the second pinnule,

and the branches of the first pinnule if it

. be branched ;

the second postpalmars ,, with the fifth distichal and third pinnule;

and so on. Which conclusions appear a sufficient reductio ad

absurdum of our present methods. ‘Those methods were only

legitimate so long as pinnules were considered to be struc-

tures distinct from arm-branches and present or not according

to some unrecognized or, at the best, empirical system. ;

From the foregoing review of the circumstances it appears

that a terminology is required that shall fulfil the following

conditions. Homologous parts must receive the same name,

Parts serially homologous must receive names of a similar

nature. When specialization and differentiation have taken

. * Brit, Foss, Crin., V., Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. pp. 394

and 398. ; 3 :

56 Suggested Terms in Crinoid Morphology.

place, there should be some means of expressing the facts ina

simple manner. Ceterts paribus, the names employed should

at once convey to the mind the idea denoted by them, and

should involve as little change as possible from terms that

previous naturalists have been accustomed to use. It will

also be advantageous if the system of terminology is capable

of extension both along its own lines and to parallel struc-

tures, and if it can be readily expressed by intelligible symbols

such as can be utilized in formule.

It is believed that the system about to be detailed does

fulfil these conditions as far as possible, and since not one of

those conditions has been adequately fulfilled by previous

pene, it may claim to be their superior in these respects at

east.

Examination of the Carpenter-Wachsmuth system brings

to light one term, and one only, that has a meaning, viz. the

Miillerian term “ distichals.” At first, therefore, it seemed

natural to suggest that the successive orders of brachials

should be designated monostichals, distichals, tetrastichals,

octastichals, and soon. This plan would inform us how many

corresponding branches there ought to be at the level alluded

to; but as this number would only be complete in a regu-

larly dichotomous arm, such information would in many cases

be merely misleading. Another objection to the system, so

far as Paleozoic forms were concerned, lay in the words “ so

on.” For instance, such a term as “ eikosinoctokaihekato-

stichals ”’ would not commend itself to the gentlemen who are

so anxious to eliminate Greek from the education of a man

of science, and even a mathematician might take some time

in discovering that “ 128 stichals” signified the fifth post-

palmars.

This suggestion may therefore be set aside for the present.

Instead, recourse may be had to the Latin language and to

the method of simple enumeration. ‘The term “ Brachialia ”

may be simply combined with the Latin ordinal numbers,

Since, however, this plan would produce rather lengthy words,

even in their anglicized form, it seems advisable to shorten

“ brachialia ” to “ brachs.”’ ‘The terms thus formed are easily

represented symbolically by the respective Roman numerals

preceding “ Br,” e. g. LV Br., while the actual ossicle alluded

to may be represented by an arabic numeral placed below the

line after “ Br,” e. g. 1V Bry. When it is desired to indicate

the fact that the ossicle alluded to is an axillary, the suffix

“axil”) may be combined with the appropriate numeral ;

while in the symbols “ ax” will supplant “ br ” (see ‘Table,

p- 57).

‘ssauajgapduiooue *a *t Spaqstxa aroul yey} Inq ‘UMOUY alu F Ivy} Soyvorpul +H TT

‘IoquMU JO aun 1oube sajzouap alg TT opty {Apyrqnetwa sayouap ‘(Pag_ TT) snyy ‘spoyovaq Woamjod uss W—'g'N

ee iriTTTrTinrrnnnernernnEnnEnEEnnEEEEEREEEEREEEEEEEEET GREER

220-3 FOOT OOL SS OOTY Ts Ah LOCO Z|

SG ort 6)

"1g III-I “4 “8

aq c7os*?** Sivinovug GuxIyT

2 * Yer uo oqvyd Surpuodsaat0p

ge tree reer s TRUE PILL 3

Zotteeteeeeeeee teens Ty

Gortrttteseeees esses sproqad

qupe **tettee** spRIoRTngMB1ezUy

“ON oy

luge "°° 8 °° spBIqoRIqrezUt SIT]

1 | nr EU OLA RCI |

YI‘! SHLVIg IVIGVUUALNT

‘Oy ‘oN

quiy]] ‘'''**'*** «soepnqmepunsag

quay pt ***'7 +t soepnqmeurad-1ezuy

qury pci ttt? sovpnqrvmg

IQ TIPE tt sqoerqorjaey-19,0]

IQ][t ‘°° ' °°" * syovaqtpunoes-iezuy

ap corettesssse'* qeaerpeyy

Oe been ae jerpes-redng

Ap eee eee! rerperrayuy

‘SHLVIG TVIGVY UAHLO

Oe ee ee ee eee ee

19 ZE

IW OL

XVPF

—IW8

xV&

XVG

ISZ

XVI

AST

4S 1

IST

sere eee reeeeere S[BlULy

]

| ‘papsou Ajarer

ale puw snoiqdind OO}

[*pepacu you are osaqy, |

918 SULL9} Yooly) LOY.olfy

"+" (tapxQ WIXIS)

"ss Goprg Wt)

({rxeureyy, YHNO,T) [EXPO

(Lapig, YANO) speyoryseyG_,

(TexeUreyY pay) [EXBNeT,

** (oprg PUT) sTeqoyseaza J,

(Trxvureyy puoseg) [EXEysi(y

"* (sepiQ puoseg) speypLst

"+ ([rxBureyy sity) [EXBUO

‘ee *** TeyOTsSOUOM PuodeG

seeee es * BYOISOUOUL FSIL

** (1OpIO WALZ) speyosouo jy

‘SNUY INDOdWO/D BOT

a °' (OH ‘d) s[etqovaq 901.7

=» 2 8

seeeee srpmaped-qsod yyWeAeg

vereeeees sgipmpedqsod qyx1g

seeeeeooes cremnped-jsod WILT

sereeees sreumped-jsod YIM0 7

tereeeees corparped4ysod parqy,

sreeeees grumtped-jsod puovag

srvtped-qsod ysay AreTpIxXy

teeeeeeees gremmpedysod ysaty

reurped Areypixy

Peete eee eeee renee grBmTeg

eqoustp Areyrxy

teteeeeeeeer eee graqonstcT

[eysoo Areypixy

[Bjs00 puoveg

[B3809 4SA1T

eevee eoeoeeoeeeer eevee s[ejsor)

‘ASO NI SWUHJ,

‘SNDIC GNV SNUG], GASOdOU AO WIAV I,

of sooo oer reese s[euy

Ig X

IG XI

Ig (ITA

Ig ITA

ITA

Aq A

xB Al

Id AI

xv TT]

Ig TIT

xB IL

IG II

xB I

“1g T

"QI

gq. I

seeeeees suOBIqIaIoe(]

"** gqoRAqIuoN

reeeeees gtrowaqtAaRqag

* sqovrqramrydog

+ syORIgIyXOG

* sqoviquamn?

“* Trxepren?y

“* sqoRiqryren?)

ie ee eT

ESL OLAGCOORGH f

* TExepundeg

*sOBIqrpuNndeg

Feeeeees Teyuttg

** yourqrurtad puoseg

se gowaqronrad 4satip

a ea

seer eee

ee ee

eoeeeeee

eee eeee

‘SNUVY AIAWIG WOT

58 Mr. F. A. Bather— Suggested

_ This system has the advantage of at once conveying to the

mind, in the simplest possible manner, the desired ideas. _ It is

obviously capable of indefinite extension ; but, since very few

arms branch as many as twelve times, it does not involve

words ‘of any great length. It is true that “ primibrachs ”

is longer than “ costals ;” but then “the fourth sextibrach ”

is far shorter than “the fourth brachial of the third -post-

palniar series ’’ or even than “ the fourth ossicle after the fifth

axillary,” which latter is a periphrasis proposed to me by

Mr. Wachsmuth. Besides, the system is merely a more con-

venient rendering of terms that have been, and are still,

employed by authors of repute, including Wachsmuth and

Springer. Ina letter dated August 5th, 1891, Mr. Wachs-

muth writes: “The terminology of the brachials which you

propose is almost the same which I proposed to Carpenter

when we discussed the question-two years ago, with the

exception that I called the costals ‘ primary brachials,’ the

distichals ‘ secondary brachials.’ At first we thought these

terms were excellent, but, using them in some of our deserip-

tions, we found them extremely cumbreus, and this induced

us to accept Carpenter’s terms.” . He adds, however, “ we

occasionally use primary and secondary brachials in place of

costals and distichals as a change.” ‘The alteration involved

in adopting the proposed system is therefore of the smallest

possible kind, while the terms have all the ‘excellence’

without the ‘cumbrousness’ of those still used occasionally

by Wachsmuth and Sprmger.”" 7 = 7 =

A still greater advantage of the new system is that it can

be extended to all parallel structures. ‘The general term at

present applied to the covering-plates of the ventral grooves

is “ambulacralia.” This word may be conveniently short-

ened in composition, and the various series denoted as “ prim-

ambulacs’”’ &c. A similar nomenclature can be applied to

cirrus-ossicles or “ cirrals,” and to root-ossicles or “ radicals,”

in cases where these branch.

The supplementary plates that occur in some Camerata

between the secundibrachs and tertiobrachs of a single ray

have been called “ Interdistichals”? and “ Interpalmars.”

The change to ‘‘ Intersecundibrachs ” and “ Intertertiobrachs ”’

is hardly euphonious ; but there is rarely occasion to use these

terms. ‘The corresponding plates of the ventral surface should

of course ke known as ‘‘ Intersecundambulacs ”’ and “ Inter-

tertambulacs :” these plates haye hitherto had no distinctive

names, and some may think that it was better so.

As yet we have only considered the proposed system in its

application to simple or non-pinnulate arms, when those are

Terms in Crinoid Morphology. 59

free from the radials upward. Let us now consider it with

reference to pinnulate arms.

First in cases where these are free. Strictly speaking the

first ossicle that bears a pinnule is homologous with the prim-

axil, and the next one bearing a pinnule with the secundaxil.

But however philosophical this may be, it is clear that, after

all, practical people do need some name that shall include all

the pinnuliferous ossicles of any one series or order. In

supplying this want we may adopt one of two courses. Hither

we may retain the present system with its illogical names, or

we may evolve a new system that shall answer the require-

ments of a morphological terminology as laid down on

p- 55. There can be little doubt that the former course will

recommend itself to those who have to deal only with recent

Crinoids, the vast majority of which belong to the genera

Antedon and Actinometra (Comaster), for the species of which

genera formule have been constructed by F. J. Bell* and

P. H. Carpentert. When, however, we consider fossil

pinnulate genera, especially in the Camerata, the second

course would appear to be accompanied by fewer difficulties.

For descriptive purposes, then, | would propose a termin-

ology congruous with the Miillerian term “ distichals.” The

objections to this that were stated above do not apply in the

case of pinnulate genera, for in them the branching is almost

always quite regular and does not take place so many times :

except in formule, it would rarely be necessary to speak of

any brachials higher than the octastichals. As a rule the

monostichals correspond to the primibrachs, and there is no

reason why the latter term should not be employed. In

Metacrinus and Calamocrinus, however, pinnules are borne by

the brachials of the first order. In that case the two terms

do not apply to the same things, and the word ‘ monostichals”’

must be adopted.

In cases where some of the proximal series of brachials

enter into the dorsal cup, these may be called by Wachsmuth

and Springer’s term “ Fixed brachials”’ or “ brachialia fixa ;”

while those outside the limits of the cup will be “ Free

brachials ” or ‘‘ brachialia Libera.” In formule and symbols

it would have been natural to have expressed the difference

between the two by enclosing the fixed brachials in brackets.

Brackets, however, have already been employed by Bell and

Carpenter, with far less obvious significance, to denote uncer-

* “An attempt to apply a method of Formulation to the species of

the Comatulide Xce.,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, pp. 530-536.

+ ‘Challenger’ Zoology, vol. xxvi. part lx., Report on the Comatula,

pp. 43 e¢ sqq., 1888.

60 Mr. F. A. Bather—Suggested

tainty of occurrence ; instead, therefore, it will be necessary

to use a brace, or even a simple rule, placed above the

symbols of those brachials that are included in the cup. Thus

11 Br would indicate the secundibrachs, while conveying the

additional information that they were fixed.

In cases where some only of the free brachial series bear

pinnules, it would be well to apply the Latin terminology to

those brachials without pinnules, whether free or fixed, and

the Greek to thosewith pinnules. Thus, I-lI Br. HI Br.8St,

indicates that both primibrachs and secundibrachs are fixed,

that the tertiobrachs are free but do not bear pinnules, that

the next series of arm-ossicles are free and bear pinnules, and

that there are eight free arms to a ray. The best way of

representing the number of ossicles in each series will be

discussed presently.

If the term “ Free brachials”’ be used in the sense here

ascribed to it, it can no longer be applied to the distal un-

branched ends of the arms. If it is really necessary to have

a special term for these ossicles, the word “ finials” may be

appropriately conveyed from architectural terminology. ‘The

word ‘ terminals ” already has its special use in Echinoderm

morphology. ‘The symbol for finials may be f when they do

not bear pinnules, and # when they do. In all formule the

last or right-hand term of the brachial series should always

be understood as applying to the finials, so that there will

rarely be any need to use the special symbol f For the

same reason it seems unnecessary to have different terms to

express pinnulate and non-pinnulate finials, although, strictly

speaking, non-pinnulate finials are homologous only with the

last pinnule borne by the finials of a pinnulate arm.

Another difficulty arises with regard to the word “ axil-

lary.” As has been pointed out, each pinnuliferous brachial

is morphologically an axillary, Consequently, if the morpho-

logical terminology be followed, supposing that the ossicle on

which a pinnulate arm first branches be the primaxil, then

the two ossicles that this supports are the secundaxils; and

if there are six distichals the sixth will be the septimanil.

The septimaxil then, in this case, is the same as the distichal

axillary. It will therefore be convenient to distinguish those

axillaries on which a pinnulate arm itself branches as “ main-

axils;”’ and instead of alluding to them individually as

“‘ monostichal axillary,” “ distichal axillary,” and so on, they

may be spoken of as “ first mainaxil,” “ second mainaxil,”

and so on; or they might possibly be called ‘ monaxil,”

“‘ distaxil,” tetraxil,” ‘ octaxil,” &c. In the symbols, the

mainaxils may be distinguished from the simple axillaries by

Terms in Crinoid Morphology. 61

being represented by “ Ax” instead of “ax,” and by the use

of Arabic instead of Roman numerals.

We are now in a position to express in the formule the

number of brachials in any series. ‘To say that the Quartaxil

is the fifth ossicle of its series is obviously the same thing as

saying that there are five quartibrachs ; while tosay that the

third mainaxil (or Tetraxil) is the fourth ossicle of its series

is obviously the same thing as saying that there are four

tetrastichals. These facts may be expressed symbolically

thus—IV ax;, and 3 Ax,; which symbols come to mean just

the same as [V Br-5 and 4St-4, or as IV Br;=IV ax, and

4St,=3 Ax. Applying this method to the formule we get

such results as these :—

Thenarocrinus callipygus.

Tax, . 11 aX) - Ill ax, ,,-1V-VIll ax, ,,.f,

which being interpreted is, Primibrachs 3, Secundibrachs 4

asa rule, Tertiobrachs from 4 to 10, Quartibrachs, Quinti-

brachs, Sextibrachs, Septimibrachs, and Octavibrachs from 6

to 18, number of finials uncertain. It also conveys the infor-

mation that the arms branch eight times, that they are non-

pinnulate, and that none of the brachials enter into the

dorsal cup.

4-10

Botryocrinus pinnulatus.

Tax,.2 St-35+,

which indicates that there are four primibrachs, which are

free, that there are two arms to each ray, which do not branch

again but which bear pinnules, and that the number of ossicles

in each of these arms is uncertain, but exceeded 35.

Botryocrinus decadactylus.

. II ax, & II Br).. 2 St.

The facts expressed by this are somewhat more compli-

cated. Primibrachs are usually 3 or 4, but may be more or

less; they are free. It is clear from the symbol 2 St that

the arm bifurcates on the primaxil ; but the signs in brackets

that precede 2 St show that the earlier ossicles of this distichal

series do not all bear pinnules, there being first a simple

secundibrach, then a secundibrach bearing either a pinnule or

armlet, then a simple ossicle which is morphologically a

tertiobrach, and then the series of pinnuliferous distichals of

which the number is uncertain.

i AX (5. 4)

= %

62 Mr. F. A. Bather—Suggested

Batocrinus Lovet (the formula for all rays except anterior).

Tax,. ILax,. If Br-2.4 St,

or, more shortly, I-III Br, .4 St.

This is quite clear, the only point to notice being that in

the third order of brachials two are fixed, the rest free and

pinnuliferous. The corresponding formula for Batocrinus

Christy? is I-ILax,.8 St.

Gilbertsocrinus tuberculosus.

Tax,. Il ax;.I1ax,,.85t.

In this case the tertiobrachs are free but bear no pinnules,

and there are 8 pinnulate arms to each ray.

One cannot hope to express quite as much in a formula as

Mr. Puff got into ashake of Lord Burleigh’s head ; it is hoped

nevertheless that the above examples will show how, by a

more rational terminology, with its appropriate symbols, the

aitempt to apply a system of formulation to Paleozoic

Crinoids may have some chance of success. There are of

course more complicated plans of arm-branching than those

here alluded to; they will demand more complicated formule

no doubt, but it should be possible to use the same terminology

and symbols in all but the most exceptional cases.

Interradial Plates.—Interbrachials.

The term ‘ Interradials”’ is applied by Wachsmuth and

Springer to “ all plates interradially disposed in the calyx.”

These include Basals, Interradials (s. st.), Interambulacrals,

and Orals. Now, since all these plates are truly interradial,

and since all morphologists will wish to retain this wide use

of the word, it seems a pity to endeavour to restrict it to those

interradially situated plates alone that occur in the dorsal eup

and that are above the level of the basals. There is a term

“ Interbrachials,” which Wachsmuth and Springer have

proposed “for all plates between the rays above the radials,”

thus, by implication, still further limiting the meaning of

Interradials (s. str.) to the one plate in each interradius that

may occur between the radials themselves. But morpho-

logically these latter plates do not differ from the Inter-

brachials (W. & Sp.) in the same way as radials differ from

brachials ; consequently the difference of name is misleading.

Terms in Crinoid Morphology. 63

Why should not all interradial plates below the free arms,

except of course the basals, be called Interbrachials, each row

being distinguished as first, second, third, &e.? Thus the

plates to which the term “ Interradial ” is now often wrongly

restricted would be called “ the first Juterbrachials,” or, when

they alone existed in the dorsal cup, simply “the Inter-

brachials ” (cbr).

It would be convenient still to distinguish the corresponding

plates of the ventral surface as ‘‘ Interambulacrals” (¢amb).

Interradial Plates.—Deltoids.

In the genus Luspirocrinus there occur on the oral surface

four cordiform or subtriangular plates. One of these is

situated in each interradius, except the posterior interradius,

and abuts on the upturned portions of the radials, 7. e. on the

radial processes. ‘These four plates meet one another late-

rally, beneath the ambulacra, except in the posterior inter-

radius. In the posterior interradius there is a larger plate of

somewhat similar shape, which has an irregular surface.

This plate bears to the peristome the same relation as do the

four cordiform plates ; it also partly supports the ambulacra ;

it does not, however, bear the same relation to the radials, as

it is separated from them by a varying number of plates con-

nected with the anal tube. One or more of these latter plates,

on either side of the anal tube, meet the adjacent cordiform

plate beneath the ambulacrum.

The four cordiform plates are also met with in Gissocrinus,

Cyathocrinus, Carabocrinus, Streptocrinus, and other Inadu-

nate genera. ‘The posterior plate with an irregular surface is

usually conspicuous in the same genera. The homologies of

these plates with plates occurring in the tegmen of other

Crinoids are still in dispute; it is therefore advisable to give

to them some names that shall not have too great morpho-

logical significance. .

The posterior plate appears to have been perforated by one

or more pores, being in some cases quite cribriform *, and it

is probable that it subserved the functions of a madreporite,

whatever those functions may be. It will therefore be con-

venient to apply to this plate the term “ Madreporite,” which

term, it should be remembered, has no strict morphological

significance, since the position of the madreporite in other

Echinoderms is by no means constant.

The four corditorm plates have often been regarded as orals,

* Wachsmuth and Springer, “ Perisomic Plates,” loc. cit, p. 308.

64 Mr. F. A. Bather—Suggested

a view which in recent times has been advocated by M. Neu-

mayr (‘Stimme des Thierreichs’). Most recent writers,

however, among whom P. H. Carpenter may be mentioned,

have considered them as Interradials, though whether homo-

logous with Interbrachials or with Interambulacrals was left

a little uncertain. ‘The most recent and most original view

is that of Wachsmuth and Springer *, who treat them as

partly, if not altogether, Subambulacral, a view which can

hardly be defended t. The latter authors have, however,

suggested that these plates correspond to the deltoids of the

Blastoidea (ibid.). P. H. Carpenter, in a letter to me, dated

25th September, 1891, said: “They are unquestionably

homologous with the deltoids of Stephanocrinus and the

Blastoids.”” It is not likely that any one will disagree with

this statement, however much opinions may differ as to the

homologies of the Blastoid deltoids themselves. Conse-

quently we may temporarily extend to the four cordiform,

interradially situated plates of the tegmen, in Huspirocrinus

and the Cyathocrinide, the term “ Deltoids,” which may be

fittingly symbolized by the Greek delta, A.

We can hardly doubt that a homologue of the deltoids

exists in the posterior interradius ; but whether this be repre-

sented by the madreporite or by two of the small plates at

the base of the anal tube is a question not yet settled. It is

therefore inadvisable at present to extend the term deltoid to

any plate or plates in the posterior interradius.

Interradial Plates.—Anals x and t.

It may be as well to take this opportunity of stating that

the term “anal 2” will be applied for the present in my

papers to the single anal plate that enters into the compo-

sition of the dorsal cup in such genera as Cyathocrinus, and

to the homologue of that plate in other genera. This is the

plate for which the term “ Brachianal” was proposed in

“‘ British Fossil Crinoids,” II. p. 330; that term, however,

lays too much stress on an inference that has not met with

general acceptance.

Once more, however, it is necessary to point out that

neither the rejection of the term Brachianal, nor even the

rejection of the inference that the anal 2 was primitively

derived from a brachial, affect the main contentions of the

paper referred to. 1 still believe, for reasons given in that

* Op. cit. pp. 358-360.

+ See review of this paper in Geol. Mag. dec. iii, vol. viii. p. 222, May

1891.

Terms in Orinotd Morphology. 65

paper, that the anal a descended into the cup from above; and

I believe that the lowest, median, posterior plate of the ventral

tube is always this same plate, whether it be right above the

radials, as in Jocrinus and Merocrinus, resting on the radials,

as in /eterocrinus and Castocrinus, between the radials but

not in line with them, as in Homocrinus and Dendrocrinus,

in line with the radials, as in Botryocrinus and Cyathocrinus,

or rising above the radials again, as in the later Decado-

crinide and in the larval Antedon. In this view I have the

misfortune to differ from Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer,

who apply the term “ anal 2” to the lowest plate of the tube

only when it is partly or entirely within the limits of the

dorsal cup. They “ apply the term ‘anal plate’ only to those

taking part in the dorsal cup. All others are plates of the

anal tube or the ventral sac.’”’ That this is not, in their

-opinion, a mere difference of terminology is shown by the

arguments that they have based on this supposed difference.

If, however, we consider such a form as Botryocrinus, we

shall see that the anal 2 is of exactly the same shape and

provided with the same axial ridges as the plate that rests

immediately on it: there is no visible difference between

them, and whatever the one is that we should suppose the

other must naturally be. Itis merely for convenience, and to

distinguish it from the other plates of the cup, that we call

one of them “ anal z.”

In exactly the same way, the third anal plate that enters to

a greater or less extent into the dorsal cup in such genera as

Dendrocrinus, Poteriocrinus, and Decadocrinus would appear

to be merely the small plate that in Botryocrinus, Cyatho-

erinus, and such forms, is seen on the right of anal 2, resting

partly on it and partly on the right posterior radial, and

corresponding to a similar plate on the left. In other words,

calling these two plates rt and /t respectively, r¢ is outside the

cup in Cyathocrinus but partly inside it in Potertocrinus.

Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, however, in their paper

on the Perisomic Plates (p. 885) have advanced the view,

apparently for the first time, that in the Poteriocrinites “a

new plate was introduced beneath the other, a sort of third

anal.” That is to say, in their opinion the third anal of

Poteriocrinus is a fresh development without any homologue

in the Cyathocrinide and Botryocrinites. But surely the

constancy in shape and position of the anal cup-plates « and

rt is hardly consistent with the idea that they are merely

supplementary plates developed to suit the needs of those

particular genera in which they appear. It seems more in

accordance with the principles that have hitherto governed

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 5

66 Dr. A. Voeltzkow on the Oviposition and

Crinoid morphology to regard their resemblances as due to

homogeny rather than to homoplasy.

Imperforate Articulation.

Reference to “ British Fossil Crinoids,” II. p. 314, will

show that there is some difficulty in distinguishing between

those forms of joint that are there called ‘“ Loose suture ”

and “ Muscular articulation.” There are among Inadunate

Crinoids many instances of arm-joints in which there is a

well-defined fulcral ridge, combined with muscular and liga-

mental depressions, but in which the axial canal does not

happen to be separated from the ventral groove by stereom

and so does not perforate the fulcral ridge. It might be

advisable to distinguish these joints as ‘‘ Imperforate articu-

lation,” and to call the muscular articulation in which “ the

articular ridge, whether vertical or transverse, is always

perforate,” “ Perforate articulation.”

It is unfortunately necessary to explain that the word

“joint” is used here and throughout my papers in its ordinary

English and anatomical sense, and not in that restricted and

different sense which is usually ascribed to it by crinoidolo-

gists and cooks.

VITi.— On the Oviposition and Embryonic Development of

the Crocodile. By Dr. A. VorEurzkow, of Majunga,

Madagascar *,

THE Madagascar Crocodile, Crocodilus niloticus, Laur. (mada-

gascariensis, Grandid.), is not only one of the commonest

reptiles, but perhaps the commonest Vertebrate of the island.

It is found in large numbers wherever there is water, in every

pool and stream. The natives distinguish two species, one

(Cr. niloticus) with a longer, and another with a shorter head

and greater length of body ; the latter is said to oceur only

in the large rivers in the primeval forest, and the natives are

extraordinarily afraid of it, as it is stated to be very savage ;

it is probably identical with Cr. robustus, Vaill., Grandid. I

* Translated from the ‘Mathematische und Naturwissenschaftliche

Mittheilungen aus den Sitzungsberichten der Kéniglich Preussischen

Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin,’ Heft ii., 1891, pp. [115] 51-56

[120]

[120].

Embryonic Development of the Crocodile. 67

have not yet succeeded in securing a specimen of this second

species ; my remarks therefore refer exclusively to Cr. nilo-

ticus, Laur. (madagascariensis, Grandid.).

This animal is met with in all sizes, especially numerous

on the sandbanks of the Betsiboka River, where, in the space

of an hour, in rowing down the river, a hundred and more

may be readily observed. The largest which I have yet

measured was 13 feet in length, though individuals of consi-

derably larger size occur.

Oviposition commences in the latter days of August, and

continues until towards the end of September *, after which I

found that the eggs all contained embryos. Altogether rather

more than one thousand eggs were submitted to examination,

derived from about thirty-five batches. In a few cases the

number of eggs in the batch could not be exactly determined.

The number of eggs in a batch varies between twenty and

thirty.

The nest consists of a pit excavated in the earth to the

depth of about a foot and a half to two feet, with partially

steep walls. At the bottom of the pit the walls are under-

mined, and here the eggs are placed. ‘The floor of the pit is

raised slightly in the middle, so that the eggs, as they are

laid by the female, roll by themselves into the hollowed-out

places. Very rarely one or two eggs are found lying in the

middle of the pit, which may well be taken as proving that

the mother does not herself push the eggs into the hollows

with her feet, for in that case no eggs would ever be found in

the centre of the pit. After the eggs are laid the pit is filled

in, and no sign of it can be detected from above. The old

crocodile sleeps upon the nest, and this enables the natives to

find the eggs, since they follow the tracks of the animal from

the water.

The shape of the eggs is extremely variable, and not even

those of the same batch resemble each other completely ;

many are elliptical, others cylindrical with rounded ends ;

two eggs were pointed at one end. In size they vary from

54 to 9 centim. in length and from 4 to 5 centim. in breadth.

The shell is white, thick, and hard, sometimes coarsely

ranular, sometimes smooth.

Almost all the nests were dug in the dry white sand, a few

in ground rich in humus, but in such a way that they could

not be reached by damp. I must lay especial emphasis

on the latter point, since freshly-laid eggs are peculiarly

sensitive to wet. More than half the eggs which were

* Oviposition does not appear to take place at the same time in all

localities, since Keller mentions the month of January for Nossi-Bé.

68 Dr. A.‘Voeltzkow on the Oviposition and

placed in pits in my courtyard perished through getting

mouldy, in spite of the fact that only a very small degree of

moisture could afterwards be detected in the sand. The fresh

ego is altogether one of the most sensitive objects with which

I am acquainted. A slight increase of temperature also

killed the young embryos to a certainty if the eggs were not

covered with a sufficient depth of sand. Older eggs, on the

contrary, are all the more capable of resistance, and may half

dry up, and lie for days uncovered upon the table, without

causing the destruction of the embryo.

The Sakalava people told me that when the young are

ready to emerge the female scrapes the sand out of the pit;

I had no reason to doubt this statement, as I had myself seen

numerous pits from which the sand had been removed and

which contained the broken egg-shells. This gave rise to

the question as to how the mother knows that the eggs are

sufficiently developed and that it is time to scrape out the pit.

The solution of the riddle was very simple.

In the workroom of my house there stand a few boxes

filled with sand containing crocodile eggs, in order that I may

have the latter always before my eyes and eventually be able

to see the young animals emerge. One day I heard sounds

emanating from one of these boxes, and came to the conclu-

sion that a young crocodile had actually hatched and, being

buried in the sand, was stifling, and so making these noises,

On digging out the sand I discovered the surprising fact that

the sounds actually came from the uninjured eggs. The

noises are so loud that if the eggs are exposed they may be

heard quite distinctly in the adjoining room, If the eggs are

covered with sand, as they are in their natural state, there-

fore to the depth of about 2 feet, the sounds are somewhat

deadened, but still distinctly discernible without diiiculty at

the distance of the length of a room. The cries of the young

animals in the egg can be aroused at any time by walking

with a heavy tread past the spot where the eggs are lying,

or knocking at the box containing the eggs, or taking the egg

in the hand and shaking it slightly ; every disturbance causes

the young animals inside to utter sounds.

Since, as mentioned above, the mother animal sleeps upon

the nest, it will in its movements or in its wanderings to and

fro between the water and the nest shake the ground, and

cause those young animals in the eggs which are sufficiently

far developed to emit sounds. The temale then scrapes the

sand out of the pit, and after some time the young emerge.

From eggs of this kind, which were exhumed and kept un-

covered, the young emerged in three days.

Embryonic Development of the Crocodile. 69

The fact that sounds are produced by the young in the ege

was unknown to anybody here. The natives laughed at me

when I spoke about it, until by listening they were convinced

of their mistake. The sounds are produced with the mouth

closed, apparently by powerful contraction of the ventral

muscles, much as we make a noise when hiccoughing. The

sound, too, is similar.

When the young animals have emerged the old crocodile

goes with them to the water. My taxidermist, a thoroughly

trustworthy man, who has previously travelled with Dr.

Fischer, told me that a short time before he had seen a large

erocodile with a tribe of about twenty young ones travelling

over a stretch of sand to the water. He stated that the old

one was remarkably savage. ‘That the just-hatched young

are able, without help from the mother, to break through the

superincumbent layer of sand I believe that I am entitled,

according to the experiments which I have made, to deny as

emphatically as possible. Of the eggs which were covered

with a layer of sand about 14 to 2 feet in depth it is true that

a few showed feeble attempts on the part of the young to

escape, in that the shell was broken at one point, while some-

times the young animals had protruded the tip of the snout;

but they had invariably perished, probably from want of air.

The eggs which were only lightly covered with sand pre-

sented no difficulties to the young in escaping.

The process of hatching is preceded by a change in the

position of the embryo, with partial destruction of the embry-

onic membranes, so that the tip of the snout of the young

animal now comes into contact with one end of the egg; at

any rate this was the position of all embryos which were

ready to emerge. The piercing of the egg-shell is effected by

the mechanical operation of the egg-tooth, which is also found

in young birds. The rudiments of this tooth may be detected

at a very early stage, at the period at which the young croco-

diles begin to assume their definite shape, therefore when the

embryos are about one and a half to two months old. In the

just-hatched young it appears as a tooth about $ to ? millim.

in length, terminating in two points; the movements of the

animal cause it to act precisely like a gimlet. In crocodiles

a fortnight old it was still distinctly recognizable. On the

perforation of the egg the embryonic fluid escapes and_pro-

duces a softening of the adjacent parts of the shell, and the

young animal forces itself backwards through the narrow

cleft. A specimen which was watched from the moment it

pierced the egg-shell took about two hours to completely

emerge. As the animal forces itself through the narrow hole

70 Dr. A. Voeltzkow on the Oviposition and

the embryonic membranes are torn off at the edges of the

opening and are left behind in the egg.

The just-hatched young are of considerable size, and it is

afterwards difficult to understand how they could have found

room in the egg. For instance, an egg 8 centim. in length

by 5 centim. in breadth produced a young crocodile of 28

centim. These young animals are very savage from the first ;

they snap at the finger if one attempts to pick them up, &c.

They frequently make a noise, especially when they are

hungry. This fact had long been known tome. The note

is not so high as that produced by the young in the egg. It

sounds pretty much like the ery of our fire-bellied toad (Bom-

binator tgneus), but is somewhat louder ; it is repeated six or

seven times, followed by a pause. Some young crocodiles

which I have been observing for about a fortnight in a pool

I have not heard to utter any cries during the last day or

two. Besides this the animals make a spitting noise if they

are irritated, e. g. when they are held up by the tail.

Hatching is not directly dependent upon the setting in of

the rainy season, and is not occasioned by the increased

moisture of the ground, since the greater number of pits con-

tained empty egg-shells about a fortnight before the occur-

rence of the first fall of rain. Development in the egg takes

about three months. It was in the middle of November that

I received information that the first newly-hatched young had

been observed.

The newly laid egg exhibits the following characteristics.

As has been remarked above, the form and size of the egg

are variable, and it possesses a hard and coarsely granulated

shell. Immediately beneath this lies the thick and tough

shell-membrane, which is so resistant that the egg retains its

form after the removal of the shell. This shell-membrane

consists of two layers, a thicker external and a more delicate

internal one. It is possible with a little care to peel off the

external layer in large pieces. S. F. Clarke * states that the

shell-membrane of the alligator is attached to the shell in a

ring-shaped zone in the direction of the smaller diameter, and

that even from outside the egg appears to be encircled by a

readily distinguishable white zone. Nothing of this is to be

seenin the perfectly fresh eggs of the crocodile. Crocodile

eges which presented this appearance underwent no further

development.

The albumen is of about the same consistency as jelly, some-

times has a greenish lustre, and is so tough that, after care-

* §. F. Clarke, ‘‘ The Nest and Eggs of the Alligator, Adigator lucius,

Cuv.,” Zool. Anzeiger, 1888, no. 290, p, 568.

Embryonic Development of the Crocodile. 71

fully removing the shell-membrane, the entire egg may be

taken in the hand, rolled about, examined from every side,

and even allowed to slide from one hand into the other without

collapsing. ‘The yolk is globular and so large that it reaches

almost to the long sides of the shell-membrane. The colour

is somewhat brighter than in the case of the fowl. The

vitelline membrane is very delicate, but so tough that it is

possible with a little practice to remove the albumen entirely,

until finally only the yolk is retained in the hand; the yolk

then naturally assumes the shape of a round flat cake.

I must agree with S. F. Clarke in stating that the egg of

the crocodile is the tenderest and most difficult object to

manipulate imaginable, since the conditions which have just

been described apply to perfectly fresh eggs only; subse-

quently it is only extremely seldom that the egg can be pre-

pared without injury. I adopted the expedient of first

removing one half of the egg-shell and then half of the shell-

membrane, which I succeeded in doing without damaging

the albumen ; then, turning the egg gently, I searched for

the embryo ; if I discovered it I opened the albumen and yolk

by a quick cut with the scissors, and then allowed the embryo

to slide slowly into a watch-glass ; the whole was then lifted

up, and further manipulated under a dissecting-microscope.

In spite of every precaution all my trouble was often thrown

away.

it is stated by 8S. I’. Clarke that it is possible to determine

the position of the embryo from without by the fact that at

one spot the above-mentioned ring-shaped white zone is

expanded. ‘This statement is not applicable to Crocodilus

niloticus, since an expansion of the zone is found even in bad

eggs, in which the embryo has perished. Eggs which develop

normally exhibit no trace of change in their external appear-

epee until the escape of the young animal, but appear pure

white.

It would be premature at the present moment to attempt

to give a review of the entire course of the embryonic develop-

ment, since my investigations are not yet concluded and will

need a supplementary examination next year, for untortu-

nately perfectly new-laid eggs have not come to hand so

plentifully as might have been wished.

The youngest embryos observed, about six days old, were

dumbbell-shaped and 3 millim. in length; the amnion was

not yet closed. ‘The object is unfortunately so delicate that

I have not yet succeeded in examining these stages under the

microscope, and I was obliged to confine myself to preserving

these as well as the perhaps even younger stages zn toto.

12 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on newly-discovered

So far as I have yet been able to determine, the develop-

ment of the crocodile closely resembles that of the bird. A

noticeable feature is the tail, which is of great length at a

very early stage, and is at first rolled up in a spiral form, and

afterwards, when the embryo is more strongly bent, twisted

round the neck.

That the rudiment of the egg-tooth appears very early has

already been mentioned.

Rudiments of the genital protuberance are already to be

seen in embryos which are about 10 millim. long (measured

in the bent position). A rod-shaped structure may then be

observed between the posterior legs ; it is about 1 millim. in

length and protrudes from the cloaca, with the anterior wall

of which it is fused. It at first lies parallel to the median

line of the abdomen, is subsequently erected, and finally com-

pletely retracted within the opening of the cloaca. It is not

until the embryos are almost full-grown, after about two and

a half months, that the genital protuberance begins to

disappear altogether, and is then only to be seen by separating

the lips of the cloaca.

IX.—On newly-discovered LEast-African Chameleons, with

Remarks on some other Reptiles described by Dr. Stein-

dachner. By G. A. BOULENGER.

JUDGING from the number of descriptions recently published*

it would seem that the Chameleon fauna of East Africa is

likely soon to rank next to that of Madagascar with regard

to variety of species. I have, however, no doubt that the

list of species has to be reduced by three, of which two

have just been described by Dr. Steindachner and the third

by Mr. Stejneger. On comparing the descriptions and

figures of Chameleon Hohnelit and letkipiensis with the late

J. G. Fischer’s account of Ch. biteniatus and the specimens

in the British Museum, I cannot come to any other conclusion

but that they all belong to one and the same species, Dr.

Steindachner’s specimens being fully-developed males. The

* Chameleon spheropholis (Victoria Nyanza) and Fischert (Usagara ?),

Reichenow, Zool. Anz. 1887, pp. 870 and 371; Ch. Ropert (Kilifi),

Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 85, pl. vill. fig. 4; Ch. Hohnelit (Leikipia,

west of Kenia, 6000 feet), deidipiensis (Leikipia), and tavetensis (Taveta,

foot of Kilimandjaro), Steindachner, Anz. Ak, Wien, 1891, pp. 141 and

142, and Sitzb. ©. 1891, pp. 807, 809, 310, pl. i.; Ch. Abbotti (Kilima-

ndjaro), Stejneger, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. xiv. 1891, p. 853; Rhampho-

leon Robecchii (Somaliland), Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genoya (2) xii. 1891,

p: 11, pl. i. fig. 3.

East-African Chameleons. 73

difference between them is no greater than between individuals

of the South-African Ch. pumilus.

The third species described by Steindachner, Ch. tavet-

ensis, is the same as Stejneger’s Ch. Abbotti. The library of

the Natural-History Museum having received a copy of the

latter author’s paper on Sept. 2, and the number of the

Vienna ‘ Anzeiger’ containing Dr. Steindachner’s diagnosis

on June 22, | regard Ch. tavetensis as having priority,

and it is under that name that I shall describe a female

specimen which has recently been presented to the British

Museum by Mr. Keith Anstruther, who obtained it at T'aveta

on the 30th June last.

Chameleon tavetensis, Stdr., 2.

Casque feebly raised posteriorly, with a mere indication of

a parietal crest; the distance between the commissure of the

mouth and the extremity of the casque equals the distance

between the former point and the nostril; canthus rostralis

with a series of conical tubercles; the rostral appendages

replaced by a slight swelling in front of the nostril. Body

covered with subequal, rather large, flat granules, some of

which may be regarded as slightly enlarged “ tubercles ;”’ no

erests. Tail longer than head and body. Olive-grey; a

pair of white lines along the middle of the posterior part of

the belly.

millim

are re ete ccc te bees vial love, acne ore. o-efe, ov 0ces 185

From end of snout to extremity of mandible ........ 18

re iy A CABQUCG Aa. certante's 21

Errentesh WIGHH) OF NCAG v6 2. ccc vod cle we wa dale disie 12

Depth of skull (mandible included) ................ 3

CELL «2 conud eon BAG Due Ce 70

Ee alias ocgis Sa 5 Shes witie eves A olen ews 14

MEIN fies. ctccicln inc Sssclc se oew sve se eee theese 115

Chameleon Fischert, Reichenow, which is only known to

me from the description, differs from Ch. tavetensis in the

much more strongly compressed rostral appendages and the

presence of a crest on the anterior part of the back.

Before concluding I have a few remarks to make on some

other Reptiles described by Dr. Steindachner in the same

paper.

1. Tetragonosoma effrene, Cant.—Dr. Steindachner, who has

overlooked Stoliczka’s description (Journ. As. Soe.

Beng. xxxix. 1870, p. 203, pl. xi. fig. 3), is mistaken

in believing the Lycodon described by me as ZL. atro-

74 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a

purpureus, Cant., to be the same as L. effrenis; the

latter has three labials in contact with the eye, the

former only two. The type of Lycodon ophiteoides,

Blkr., is preserved in the British Museum.

2. Simotes Meyerinkit, Steind., is, I suggest, only a variety of

S. octolineatus, Schn.

3. Chalcides Simony?, Steind., from Fuertaventura, I regard

as a variety of C. viridanus, and as there is a C. viri-

danus, var. Simony?, either of the names will have

to be changed. My reason for not accepting C. Si-

monyt as a valid species, although some of its

characters do not fit into the diagnosis I have given

of C. viridanus (Cat. Liz. i. p. 402) is that a

female specimen from Grand Canary, preserved in

the British Museum, falling, as regards coloration,

into Steindachner’s var. bistriata, 8, arid with 36

scales round the middle of the body, agrees precisely

in its proportions with C. Stmonyi, as may be seen

from the following measurements :—

millim

rom: snoutit0 Venti. sade dase cite eienst ak erieiate 87

rom snousodorevlimps a2 a. eee a oies oobi 25

Head'(¢o ear-Opening) My. i oe, woyuw ans Seimmase tee 3

Width of head 3'VS. 5 Se) ee ee eee 10

Roreslimb es oi 2 ako eet eee ORCL EREe 15

bind limb ey.co heh etncanicmas es ean icke oe eee 22

Taily(reproduced))i *. tvectons > smrsiajese reese ee ee 78

4, Molge Luschani, Steind.—I have no doubt this is a Sala-

mandra. 'There seems to be: less difference between

Salamandra Luschani and SS. caucasica than between

the latter and S. maculosa.

X.—Description of a new Snake from Nubia.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Gongylophis Muelleri.

Rostral large and broad, with angular horizontal edge ;

upper surface of snout and crown with small smooth shields,

the largest of which is an azygous shield behind and wedged

in between the internasals, which form a short suture behind

the rostral; five shields from eye to eye across the forehead ;

nine or ten scales round the eye, which is separated from the

labials by a single series of scales; nine upper labials. Scales

new Snake from Nubia. 75

perfectly smooth, in 41 to 45 rows. Ventrals 181-187; anal

small, entire; subcaudals 16-19. ‘Tail pointed, ending in a

curved, claw-like, horny scute, as I have described in Eryx

Jayakarti. Cream-colour, above with a dorsal series of large

dark-brown blotches, some of which alternate and are con-

fluent into a zigzag band; a lateral series of smaller dark

brown spots, alternating with the dorsals.

Total length 370 millim.; tail 30.

Two examples of this species from Sennar, obtained by

the Italian traveller Marno, were noticed by Dr. F. Miiller

in his Catalogue of the Reptiles in the Basle Museum

(Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vi. 1878, p. 650), and _provision-

ally referred to Eryx jaculus. Through the kindness of

Dr. Miiller I have now received one of the two specimens,

and feel no hesitation in pronouncing it to belong to a new

species, with which it gives me great pleasure to connect the

name of my friend the distinguished herpetologist.

This now brings the number of Hryces (Hryx and Gongy-

lophis) to eight, which may be easily distinguished by means

of the following synopsis :—

I, A mental groove: Eryx, Daud.

A. Eyes latero-superior, separated from each

other by six or more longitudinal series of

scales ; tail obtuse or obtusely pointed.

a. Anal shield small; ventrals and subcaudals

narrow.

54-65 scales across the middle of the body; ven-

SPL: LeU 5 SSG ie E.. Johnii, Russ.

40-50 scales across the middle of the body ; ven-

SPREE as Ste yo Fuels 3 bats pie via viaje sts. cases s E. jaculus, L.

36 scales across the middle of the ,body ; ven-

Be EPR yclants wisjuis 1s 6 la.x'+ Fo 0d ofan 8 ni sis asic E, elegans, Gray.

b, Anal shield large ; ventrals and subcaudals

broad, the former occupying at least one

fourth the circumference of the body .. E. sennariensis, Jan.

B. Eyes entirely on the upper surface of the

head, separated from each other by four

longitudinal series of scales; tail pointed,

ending in a curved, claw-like, horny scute. FE. Jayakari, Blgr.

II. No mental groove: Gongylophis, Wagl.

A. Seales keeled, at least on the hind part of

the body; tail ending in a conical scute.

8-10 keeled scales from eye to eye across the

forehead ; rostral without angular edge; scales in

soa CLS Se S2 Eats eS eprSeere oes ee G. conicus, Schn.

76 Mr. O. Thomas on Three new

12-15 smooth scales from eye to eye across the

forehead ; rostral with angular horizontal edge;

scales in 47—53 TOWS: ...< . oie es ons asin ss veces G. thebaicus, Reuss.

B. Scales smooth, in 41-45 rows; tail ending

in a curved, claw-like scute; 5 smooth

scales from eye to eye across the forehead. G. Muelleri, Blgr.

XI.—Descriptions of Three new Gerbilles in the British

Museum Collection. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Gerbillus calurus, sp. n.

Size medium. LEars rather large, laid forward they reach

1 millim. in front of the anterior canthus of the eye. Mamme,

as usual, 2—2=8. Palms naked, with the usual five pads,

the two large basal ones subequal in size. Soles quite naked,

the proximal halves smooth and shining, the distal halves

very coarsely granulated and bearing six large and prominent

pads. Tail considerably longer than the head and_ body,

even without its terminal tuft of hairs; coarsely scaly, the

rings of scales averaging about fourteen to the centimetre ;

thickly clothed all round with long coarse hairs 13 to 18

millim. in length from within an inch of its base to its tip, the

whole tail being as bushy as in many Myoxide; its colour

apparently has been a dark rich brown or black throughout

its length, except at its tip, where the terminal half-inch is

white or yellow.

Colour of the body apparently as usual in the genus,

yellowish or rufous above and whitish below, but, like the

colours of the tail, they must be taken with great reserva-

tion, as the only specimen is in a very bad condition and has

been at least fifty years in spirit.

Skull with a long, slender muzzle, narrow interorbital

region, large bullae, whose posterior portion is much swollen

and appears in an upper view of the skull, and projects poste-

riorly just beyond the level of the occipital bone.

Upper incisors bevelled, with a single deep groove. Molars

of the type so worn that the three laminz of m' are connected

by two central bridges; these two bridges are, however, not

directly in front of one another, the anterior being at a

markedly more internal level than the posterior. As far,

however, as can be judged in the present state of wear, the

teeth are decidedly those of Gerdillus (s. s.), and not of the

Meriones section of the group. Lamine as usual 3—2—1

Gerbilles cna the British Museum. rf 5

both above and below ; the last molar nearly circular in each

case.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) :—Head

and body 113 millim. ; tail, without hairs, 152; hind foot 31 ;

ear (above crown) 15.

Skull: basal length 31; greatest length, from tip of nasals

to occiput, 37; greatest breadth, at anterior edge of auditory

meatus, 19°6; zygomatic breadth 19°2 ; nasals, length 14:5,

greatest breadth 3°4; interorbital breadth 5:7; interparietal,

length 4, breadth 8-7; least distance between posterior por-

tions of bull across occiput 7°9; length of anterior zygoma-

root 5°5; palate, length 19°4, diastema 9°5, palatal foramina

6°8; length of upper molar series 5; greatest diameter of

bulle 14°5; greatest vertical height of brain-case and bulla

combined 13:8.

Hab. Unknown.

The type specimen of this species has been in the Museum

at least since 1837, and probably considerably longer, for

about that date it was entered by Dr. Gray in the first manu-

script list of the then Museum collection of rodents in spirit ;

and even then its history seems to have been already for-

gotten, as it is merely entered as ‘22. a. Sciurus,” the

localities, donors, &c. being in other cases entered in the same

list. It is noteworthy that so distinct a species has never

turned up since.

G. calurus is a most striking and remarkable species,

differing from every other member of the group by its evenly

bushy tail, which more resembles that of one of the larger

Myoxide or smaller Sciuride than that of a Gerbille. This

last resemblance is curiously exemplified by Dr. Gray’s entry

of the specimen already referred to. In addition only some

three or four other species, and these quite small ones, half

the size of G. calurus, have six posterior foot-pads. They

_are all African, and there is every probability that G. calurus

also comes from that continent, as the Asiatic species all

have palms and soles of quite a different character.

Gerbillus gracilis, sp. n.

Size rather small, form slender and graceful. Lars large,

rounded, laid forward they reach to the anterior canthus of

the eye. Palms and soles as in G@. indicus, leucogaster, afer,

and others, viz. naked, the palms granulated and with five

pads, the soles smooth posteriorly, granulated anteriorly, and

with four small pads. ‘T'ai!l slender, thinly hairy, but little

pencilled terminally.

78 On Three new Gerbilles in the British Museum.

General colour above bright rich rufous, darker along the

centre of the back, clearer and richer on the sides. Under

surface from nose and cheeks to anus, forearms all round,

hands and feet, white, the line of demarcation sharply marked.

Tail brown above, dull yellow on the sides and below ; the

lengthening of the upper brown hairs forming the usual crest

and pencil commencing on the proximal third of the tail.

Skull narrow, but with rather a stout muzzle; its general

form more Murine than Meriones-like, as the posterior part is

narrow, and no part of the bulle show in a vertical view of

the skull. These latter are small, oval, and have their

mastoid portion scarcely swollen at all.

Teeth : upper incisors very much bevelled, with a single

deep groove. Molars markedly Gerbilline in the strictest

sense, their lamine low, separate from each other, and evi-

dently each originally composed of two cusps, with the usual

exceptions of the anterior lamina of the first and the posterior

of the last molar.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—Head

and body 92 millim.; tail 134; hind foot 29; ear 15:5.

Skull: basal length 25°5; greatest length from tip of

nasals to occiput 32; zygomatic breadth 15°7; breadth at

anterior edge of auditory meatus 14°9; nasals, length 12-4,

greatest breadth 3°25; interorbital breadth 5:9; interparietal,

length 4:4, breadth 8-5; length of anterior zygoma-root 5:1 ;

palate, length 16:2, diastema 7:7, palatal foramina 5:0;

length of upper molar series 5:1; greatest diameter of bulla

10; vertical height of brain-case and bulla combined 12:2.

Hab. Gambia.

Type specimen (85. 2. 2. 1) collected and presented to the

Museum by Sir C. A. Moloney.

This pretty little species appears to be most nearly allied

to G. leucogaster, Peters, which is found from Mozambique

across to Angola, and to the Algerian G. garamantis, Lataste.

The former of these, however, is considerably larger than G.

gracilis, while the latter, besides being much smaller, has five

instead of only four hind foot-pads.

Gerbillus Emini, sp. n.

Size slightly larger than in G. gracilis, markedly smaller

than in the large species and larger than in the small ones

described by Sundevall, Heuglin, and others from the same

region.

Colour above a soft brownish fulvous, finely grizzled with

black, paler on the sides. Lower surface, hands, and feet,

as usual, pure white.

M. J. Frenzel on the Mesozoon Salinella. 79

Tail longer than the head and body, brown above, pen-

cilled with black terminally, orange-rufous on the sides and

below. Palms and soles with the essential characters of

those of G. gracilis, leucogaster, &e., ¢. e. naked, with five

anterior and four posterior pads, but distinguished from all

the species of this group by the fact that a band (about 4

willim. broad) of fine hairs passes across the soles at about

the level of the base of the hallux. Skin of soles black.

Skull very much as in G@. gracilis. Bulle small, egg-

shaped, their posterior part scarcely swollen.

‘Teeth: upper incisors much bevelled, each with one deep

groove. Molars with the low, distinct, directly transverse

lamine characteristic of this group of Gerbilles.

Dimensions of the type (an adult specimen in skin) :—

Head and body 140 millim.; tail 155; hind foot 29.

Skull: basal length 30; greatest length 385; tympanic

breadth 16°5; nasals, length 14, breadth 3:7; interorbital

breadth 6 ; interparietal, length 4, breadth 8°5 ; palate, length

18°5, diastema 10, palatal foramen 671; length of upper molar

series 5°2 ; greatest diameter of bulle 10°4 ; vertical height of

brain-case and bulle combined 13:5.

Hab. Wadelai.

Type (87. 12. 1. 50) collected and presented by Dr. Emin

Pasha.

A second specimen, collected at the same time and place,

agrees in every respect with the type.

These two specimens were presented to the Museum with

Emin Pasha’s first collection (see P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 10,

no. 24). ‘Turning out now to be new, it is only just that

they should receive the name of their distinguished discoverer.

XII.—The Mesozoon Salinella.

By JOHANNES FRENZEL *.

Iv is a well-known fact that between unicellular and multi-

cellular animals there hitherto stretched a gulf which was

wider than that between the vegetable and animal kingdoms,

for indeed the two latter, in spite of the advances which we

have made in knowledge, are even to-day hardly separable

from one another. ‘The unicellular animals, usually com-

prised under the name Protozoa, and embracing besides many

doubtful forms of the Protista, not only consist, as their name

* Translated from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt,’ xi, Bd. no. 19

(October 15, 1891), pp. 577-681.

80 M. J. Frenzel on the Mesozoon Salinella.

already implies, of a séngle cell which unites in itself all the

various functions of an animal organism, but also assume

quite a peculiar position in many other respects, especially

with regard to development. In the systematic arrangement

of the group we are even obliged, hard though it will be for

every inodern zoologist, to allow ourselves to be swayed by

physiological considerations, since here the purely morpho-

logical and embryological foundations are insuflicient ; and we

are even forced to exclude them, at any rate in general, from

Hiickel’s fundamental principle of biogenesis, which is equally

unsatisfactory.

The multicellular animals, on the other hand, are not mere

aggregates of cells, such as, moreover, are not unknown

among the Protista, but they permit us to distinguish, albeit

frequently with difficulty, a structure consisting of three

layers, in that in the simplest case they possess an external

layer of cells, which provides for sensory perceptions &c., next

a median supporting tissue, and finally an internal one, which

discharges the function of nutrition, since it clothes a cavity

which is known as the gastral chamber, alimentary canal, &c.

There is yet another by no means unimportant difference

between unicellular and multicellular animals to which unfor-

tunately far too little attention is paid, perhaps in conse-

quence of the fact that it arises in the first place trom physio-

logical conditions only.

For if we disregard forms which exhibit holophytic nutri-

tion, and therefore live like a lower form of plant, and further

neglect the intestinal parasites, which in many cases, but not

always, are able to absorb that which has already been

digested by other animals, we find that the Protozoon cell

receives its food into dtself, digests it in its ¢nterior, and

absorbs what is suitable. ‘This is a so-called intra-cellular

digestion, which in Metazoa, on the contrary, is only met

with in isolated and exceptional cases ; for in the latter extra-

cellular digestion prevails, which is accomplished on the

principle of ‘ one for all and all for one,” since all the partici-

pating cells to a certain extent throw their digestive ferments

into a common pot, in which digestion proceeds, exactly as

cooking is done in a kitchen for a large number of persons.

It follows that sold, in part absolutely indigestible bodies, are

no longer taken up by the cells, as we found to be the case

in Protozoa, but only jlu¢d substances in the shape of peptone,

sugar, fat, &e. In consequence of this, those morphologi-

cally specially constructed organs for the acquisition of food,

such as we meet with in the Protozoa in the form of pseudo-

podia, flagella, cilia, &e., are no longer necessary. We may

M. J. Frenzel on the Mesozoon Salinella. 81

rather regard absorption in the Metazoa as a purely chemical

process, emanating from the living cells.

Now, should we desire to construct a multicellular animal

from a number of Protozoa, e.g. from Ciliate Infusoria, we

should consequently soon be confronted with a great physio-

logical difficulty. We could indeed easily imitate the simplest

Metazoon type, and so arrange the cells that they should

surround a cavity possessing an incurrent opening. But

how would nutrition proceed? ‘The group of Protozoa would

at all events obtain their food from the common cavity, but

it would be directly introduced into the interior of the separate

individuals, there digested, and so forth. It follows that in

this construction of ours we should not get beyond a simple

Protozoon colony, and should still be a long way from

obtaining a typical Metazoon. For although among the

Metazoa there are forms which possess intracellular digestion,

we must nevertheless not forget that it is only the endoderm

cells which can be concerned therein. But yet all the other

tissues must be similarly nourished, and this is effected by

their receiving already digested matters from the intestinal

cells. Were we able therefore still to regard the latter at all

events as Protozoon cells, this view would be absolutely

inadmissible for the former, the cells of the mesoderm and

ectoderm, and they must absorb in a manner similar to that

of the intestinal cells which possess the power of extra-

cellular digestion.

From the foregoing considerations it is not difficult to see

that the multilameilar character of the Metazoa in itself entails

the decisive difference which separates them from the Proto-

zoa, and, further, that the multicellular character, as such, is

insufficient to bridge ever the deep gulf between the two

principal groups of the animal kingdom.

It is well known that the title Mesozoa has already been

bestowed upon organisms which it must be confessed are

strange enough, and which rendered the justification of the

term not improbable. But the position of the Orthonectids

and Dicyemids is nevertheless an extremely doubtful one,

and points more to an affinity with the worms. The genus

Trichoplax, moreover, has been with good reason assigned to

the Metazoa by Fr. Schulze; for although its conditions of

nutrition may be regarded as being still very obscure, never-

theless it has not been possible to determine that its digestive

processes are intracellular.

It thus came to pass that the group Mesozoa once more

disappeared from the scene. I therefore consider that I am

entitled to regard the chance as a lucky one which enabled me

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 6

82 M. J. Frenzel on the Mesozoon Salinella.

to discover, in a solution of salt obtained from a salt-pit in

the province of Cordova, in the Argentine Republic, a micro-

scopic animal, which, being a combination of a number of

cells to form a single organism, cannot be regarded as a

Protozoon ; while, on the other hand, since it exhibits only

a single layer of cells, it cannot be termed a Metazoon,

although the digestive processes follow the Metazoon type.

It follows that we are here confronted with the first and

only example of a connecting-link between Protozoa and

Metazoa.

Salinella, as I have named this new animal, is a multicellular

organism in which the elementary organisms of which it is

composed have so completely renounced their independence,

that there has been developed an animal possessing a mid-

gut as it were, an animal the intestinal epithelium of which is

composed of typical mid-gut cells. Whether, nevertheless,

there was in this case originally a colony of Infusoria, which

have gradually become transformed, is a question which it is

absolutely impossible to decide in any way whatever ; for

unfortunately one of the most material aids to demonstration,

7. e. a knowledge of the development, is so far wanting. I

have so far only met with larve, which are certainly uni-

cellular, and moreover have an ¢ntracellular digestion, exactly

like a true Ciliate. The external structure of these larve is,

however, of so peculiar a character, in the possession of

ventral cilia, dorsal sete, &c., that we are bound at once to

recognize their connexion with Salinella, and are inclined to

conclude that development is thoroughly direct. ‘This never-

theless leaves a difficulty of considerable importance to be

surmounted, in that the transition from the single cell with

intracellular digestion to the adult animal with extracellular

digestion is enigmatical and completely unexplained.

Were we to attempt to construct our Salinella from an

ageregate of Ciliate Infusoria, we should obtain, as we already

know, merely a Protozoon colony. It would then be further

necessary to induce the individual elementary organisms to

close their mouths, empty their digestive ferments into the

common cavity of the intestine, and absorb the digested

matter. This would, however, constitute a highly compli-

cated developmental process, to which there scarcely exists

anything analogous.

As a matter of fact moreover Nature appears to have

followed a different path; for an observation, which unfor-

tunately could not be further continued in consequence of an

unlucky accident, points to the fact that within the larval

cell, by means of a kind of endogenous cell-formation upon

M. J. Frenzel on the Mesozoon Salinella. 83

the body-wall, new and much smaller cells arise, leaving a

cavity in the interior which probably subsequently becomes

the intestinal canal. This process is ushered in by a splitting

of the nucleus into two, which is indeed to be regarded as an

indirect division, but which differs materially from mitosis,

Further segments are subsequently produced, which then pass

to the periphery of the larval cell. What afterwards happens

I was unfortunately unable to observe. Probably, however,

as already stated, a cell is formed round each of those nuclei

—ventral cells on the ciliated ventral side of the larva, dorsal

cells on the dorsal side, which is beset with sete, and so on.

Simultaneously an oral opening must be developed at the

anterior pole and an anal opening posteriorly, and likewise a

coating of cilia on the inner side of the young cells. With

this the fully-developed animal would then be constituted,

and the original digestive cavity of the unicellular larva,

which, indeed, is filled with endoplasm and is not hollow,

would have passed into the alimentary canal, which for its

part is now free from such contents.

It appears to me that this last circumstance becomes of

quite critical importance ; for were the intestine also to contain

a (digestive) plasma, this must be of a cellular nature, and

must, since particles of food are taken in, digest by the cntra-

cellular method. But then a multilamellar structure also

would be already in existence.

I have already published a preliminary communication

upon the structure of Salinella*, and have recently sent to

the press a detailed paper upon the subject. I may be per-

mitted to refer the reader to the latter for particulars, since

here it was only intended specially to indicate the closeness

of the relations between Salinella and the Metazoa from the

point of view of physiology, and to show that it must not be

regarded offhand as having arisen from a Protozoon colony,

although its larval form indeed looks just like a Ciliated

Infusorian ; for it is precisely the further development of this

larva, incomplete though my study of it was, which proves

that it does not develop into the perfect animal by means of

ordinary division, much as a colony is formed from a single

Choanoflagellate, but by a far more complicated process, which

we may most fitly term endogenous cell-formation.

In conclusion, it is for the present pretty much a matter of

indifference whether we assign Salinella to the Protozoa or

to the Metazoa, or introduce it between the two as a Meso-

zoon, where its position will be quite as disconnected as that

* Zool. Anzeiger, 1891, no. 367, p. 280 et segg. See p. 109.

84 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

of Amphiocus in the series of higher animals. Nevertheless,

that it constitutes an actual transition between the two great

groups of the animal kingdom can be asserted of it equally as

little as of an Orthonectid or of Trichoplax ; for indeed we

have here isolated links before us for which we cannot find a

place in our system, beautifully and ingeniously constructed

though it is, and which tend to prove how little Nature is

amenable to a dogmatic treatment on our part, a treatment

which unfortunately appears to take the upper hand too much

in the biological sciences, and which would gladly exclude

everything which does not fit into its narrow frames.

XIII.—Descriptions of Seven new Species of Terrestrial

Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMes Cosmo MELYILL,

M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.

{Plates IV. & VI.]

1. Helix (Pella) trichostetroma, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 9.)

H. testa angustissime sed profunde umbilicata, corneo-fusca, con-

vexiuscula, sublevi, longitudinaliter oblique tenuistriata, undique

lirulis spiralibus minutissime decussata; anfractibus quinque,

ultimo in medio carinato, carina capillis brevibus accincta ; aper-

tura lunari-ovata ; peristomate simplici ad marginem columellarem

reflexo.

Long. 5°50, lat. 7°50 mill.

Hab. Port Elizabeth, 8. Africa.

Judging from the description of Helix petrobia (Benson),

recorded from High Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, but of

which we have not been able to examine the type, the species

under discussion would seem to differ chiefly in the acutely

angled keel, fringed with regular, short, epidermal hairs, also

in the form being more convex, colour dull brown, with no

fulvous tinge, and other minor distinctions.

2. Helix (Pella) epetrima, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 3.)

H. testa anguste umbilicata, depressa, tenui, cornea, subpellucida,

undique confertim striatula, striis obliquis regularibus, spira de-

presso-convexa; anfractibus quatuor, convexiusculis, ad saturas

impressis, ultimo anfractu. rapide accrescente ; apertura lunari;

new Mollusks from South Africa. 85

peristomate simplici, acuto, ad marginem columellarem breviter

triangulatim reflexo.

Long. 3, lat. 4°50 mill.

Hab. Somerset District, 8. Africa.

Allied to H. bisculpta (Benson), from which this little

species differs in its whorls being more discoid, greater depres-

sion of spire, and smaller size; the system of sculpture, so

far as the closely ranged longitudinal striae are concerned,

though apparently identical, is found upon examination with

a strong lens to be far more clearly and finely developed in

H. bisculpta, the striz in that species looking like finely cut

serrations round the edge of the periphery, while in HZ. epe-

trima they are barely perceptible and the edge of the shell

looks ragged in comparison.

3. Helix (Pella) lygea, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 7.)

H. testa profunde sed anguste umbilicata, cornea, tenui; spira

depresso-conoidea ; anfractibus sex (ultimo acuti-carinato), undi-

que contfertim regulariter obliquistriatis; apertura lunari; peri-

stomate simplici, ad basin reflexo, et ad marginem columellarem

laminam triangularem formante,

Long. 7, lat. 12 mill.

Hab. Natal (Lightfoot).

A conspicuous species, but one which we have not seen in

good live condition. It is of the same horny and striated

character of whorl as the last two species, much resembling

H. lens (Fér.) in miniature, but the outer lip is not so strongly

expanded nor developed as in that species.

4, Stenogyra cacuminata, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 2.)

S. testa acute turrita, gracili, pellucida, albo-cornea, undique leevis-

sima, nitida; anfractibus decem, ultimis quinque fere uniformibus,

ad apicem sensim gradatulis, apice quasi-papillari; apertura

ovata; peristomate simplici, acuto.

Long. 21, lat. 5 mill.

Hab. Bedford (Farquhar).

A remarkably delicate, shining, pellucid shell, differmg

from all the species of the genus hitherto described, though

-its characters are simple enough.

5. Ennea thelodonta, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 4.)

E. testa subrimata, breviter cylindriformi, obtusa, albo-cornea,

nitida, tenuissime et regulariter obliquistriata; anfractibus sex,

86 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

prope apicem obtusatis, infra cylindraceis; apertura ovato-

oblonga, labro reflexo, albo-nitente, quadriplicato, plica parietali

magna acinaciformi, producta valide intrante, plica labiali nitida,

magna, interdum haud «que bidentata, basali simplici, minore,

interna subtus marginem columellarem mammeformi.

Long. 4, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Noord Hock (Langley) and Monk’s Kloof.

An extremely beautiful small species, of horny-white

colour, bluntly cylindrical; mouth ovate-oblong, slightly

produced, the lip shining white, thick, much reflexed, with

four plaits ; of these the parietal and labial are very large,

shining white, the basal smaller and simple, the internal tooth

below the columellar margin being shining white and

roundly nipple-shaped. This species seems widely distri-

buted and variable; we have been able to examine a con-

siderable number of individuals.

6. Ennea munita, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 5.)

E. testa subrimata, brevi, cylindriformi, minuta, obtusa, tenui,

corneo-fuscescente, ad suturas impressa, confertim regulariter

argute striata; anfractibus sex, ad apicem duobus brevibus, com-

presstlis, tribus uniformibus, ventricosis, ultimo ad basin pro-

ducto; apertura oblonga, auriculeformi, constrictissima, labro

crasso, albo-nitente, subreflexo, extus scrobiculato, triplicato,

plica parietali magna valide intrante, labiali magna crassa, inter-

dum bifurcata, basali minore, margine columellari intus dentato,

multum incrassato.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1°50 mill.

Hab. Griqualand East (Z. R. Sykes).

A smaller species even than the last, to which it possesses

many points of similarity, but the nearly closed, very nar-

rowly auricular mouth, with shining white and unusually

thickened subreflexed lip, and prominent plice amply dis-

tinguish it.

7. Ennea dolichoskia, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 6.)

E, testa oblongata, cylindracea, pellucide ochracea, subnitente,

undique confertim obliquistriata ; anfractibus septem, duobus ad

apicem brevissimis, tertio et sequentibus lente accrescentibus,

ultimo ad basin prolongato; apertura parva, labro albo-nitido,

crassiusculo, quadriplicato, plica parietali conspicua, multum in-

trante, labiali prominente, basali simplici, minore, quarta interna

subtus marginem columellarem variabili, interdum mammeformi.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mill.

Hab, Near Port Elizabeth (Langley).

new Mollusks from South or Central Africa. 87

A very similar shell to H. thelodonta, differing in being

composed of more whorls, namely seven, as against six,

greater attenuation of build, and feebler development of lip,

though the various plice are arranged as those of the above-

mentioned species. It is never difficult, however, to distin-

guish them.

XIV.—Descriptions of Seventeen new Terrestrial Mollusks

Jrom South or Central Africa, in the Collection of Edgar L.

Layard, Esq. By JAMes Cosmo MELYVILL, M.A., F'.L.S.,

and JOHN HeNry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.

[Plates IV.-VI.]

THE seventeen species which form the subject of the present

paper are from the collection of Mr. Edgar L. Layard, who

has most kindly placed them at our disposal for description.

1. Nanina hypochlora, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 8.)

JV. testa imperforata, effusa, pallide stramineo-cornea, vitrea, levi,

nitida; anfractibus quinque, planato-depressis, ultimo rapide

accrescente ; apertura ovata ; peristomate simplici, tenul.

Long. 4°50, lat. 12 mill.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Edgar L. Layard).

A plain, smooth, shining, and delicate little species, some-

what flattened, the last whorl much the largest, lip thin,

aperture ovate.

Though of simple character it does not appear to have been

ely noticed or described. Two specimens, precisely

similar.

2. Helix (Pella) rhysodes, sp.n. (Pl. 1V. fig. 2.)

H. testa profunde sed anguste umbilicata, tenui, depresso-convexa,

corneo-fuscescente, ad apicem planato-depressa ; anfractibus

quinque, apud suturas compressis, undique longitudinaliter liris

albulis irregularibus oblique cinctis, ultimo anfractu ad medium

vix angulato; apertura lunari-ovata; peristomate simplici, tenui,

ad marginem columellarem reflexo.

Long. 4, lat. 6 mill.

Hab. “8. Africa” (EH. L. Layard).

Unfortunately Mr. Layard has no record of the precise

88 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

habitat of this little species, of which there are three speci-

mens, two being hardly full-grown, and consequently smaller

than that selected for the type. It falls under the ‘ bisculpta”’

section of Pella, considered typical in Tryon’s Manual, while

it is there mentioned that the name ‘Sheldonia”’ has been

employed by Ancey (1887) for such species as natalensis,

Trotteriana, and cotyledonis.

H. rhysodes is thin, horny, fuscous, five-whorled, with white

oblique lire longitudinally crossing, somewhat irregularly,

there being here and there small spaces left quite clear and

free ; and the shell presents a wrinkled appearance in conse-

quence. ‘The umbilicus is deep, but narrow ; mouth lunar-

ovate, lip a little reflexed at the columellar margin.

3. Helix (Pella) tuguriolum, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 5.)

H. testa obtecte umbilicata, tenui, albo-cornea, subplanata, infra

ventricosa; anfractibus quinque, longitudinaliter indistinctissime

striatis, transversim tenuiter et minute concentrico-decussatis ;

apertura lunari-ovata ; peristomate simplici, ad marginem colu-

mellarem paullo reflexo.

Long. 6 (sp. majoris), lat. 8°50 mill.

Hab. “SS. Africa’’ (Z. L. Layard).

Three specimens, of which two are perfect. A_ plain,

smoothish, horny shell, bearing indistinct lines of longitudinal

ribbing (when closely examined with a lens), very minutely

decussated by spiral striae. Allied to H. Lovéni (Krauss),

represented by only a poor specimen in the National Collec-

tion, South Kensington, from which this species seems to

differ chiefly in the absence of any keel at the periphery, and

likewise in there being no sign of epidermis, which in Z,

Lovéni adheres to the ribs and renders them more conspicuous.

4, Helix (Pella) erateina,sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 3.)

HH. testa profunde sed anguste umbilicata, lenticulari, depresso-

conica; anfractibus quinque, cinereis, undique confertim costulis

lamellosis regularibus oblique cinctis, flammisque rufis longitu-

dinaliter decoratis, ad suturas quasi-crenulatis, anfractu ultimo

apud peripheriam serri-carinato; apertura subquadrata ; peristo-

mate simplici, ad marginem columellarem paullum reflexo.

Long. 2°25, lat. 3 mili.

Hab. Bredasdorp, in sand under stones; and Cape Point

(EZ. L. Layard).

A most elegant and beautiful little shell, found, as noticed

above, by Mr. Layard in two localities ; we have taken the

new Mollusks from South or Central Africa, 89

Bredasdorp specimen as the type. Though minute, the sculp-

ture is most elaborate, with fine oblique lirule extending over

the entire surface. The umbilicus is deep, though narrow, last

whorl serrately keeled, aperture somewhat square, lip simple.

We provisionally place this species under Pel/a on account

of its similarity of texture to /7. b’sculpta (Benson) and allies ;

but there can be no doubt but that in some respects it

approaches the subgenus Martensia (Semper).

5. Helix (Pella) bathycele, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 4.)

Hf, testa minuta, profundissime umbilicata, tenui, corneo-virente,

planorbiformi, apice fere immerso ; anfractibus sex, convexis, ad

suturas impressis, liris regularibus longitudinaliter undique cinctis,

anfractu ultimo rapide accrescente, infra effusa; peristomate

tenui, simplici; apertura lunari.

Long. 1°50, lat. 2°50 mill.

Hab. Under dead leaves in the bush, Craigie Burn, Somer-

set East, S. Africa (AMiss Mary Layard Bowker).

Another very lovely species, though minute, and conspicu-

ous for its flattened upper whorls as well as its deep perspec-

tive umbilicus, the whole surface of the greenish-horny shell

being decorated with fine longitudinal regular lire.

Five specimens.

6. Helix (Trochozonites) dioryx, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 2.)

H. testa conico-pyramidali, obtecte umbilicata, ad basin planato-

convexa, trochiformi, opaca, albo-grisea, scrupulosa, epidermide

brunnea tecta; anfractibus septem, infra suturas canaliculatis,

costulis rugulosis regulariter oblique dispositis, ultimo ad_ peri-

-pheriam carinato; apertura quadrata; peristomate tenui, sim-

plici, apud marginem columellarem paullum reflexo.

Long. 7, lat. 6 mill.

Hab. On sand-dunes, Robbe Bay, 8. Africa (Z. ZL.

Layard).

Allied to H. Foliné (Morelet), from W. Africa. The

shell is pyramidal, with conical apex, seven-whorled, the

whorls being very deeply transversely channelled just below

the sutures and covered with a brownish epidermis. There

are rough wrinkled lire or riblets at regular distances longi-

tudinally crossing the whorls, the mouth being simple, with

slight columellar marginal reflexion.

90 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

7. Buliminus Layard’, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 11.)

B. testa imperforata, solidiuscula, levi, ovato-pyramidali, apice

obtuso ; anfractibus octo, subventricosis, et ad suturas compressis,

flammis brunneis hic illic longitudinaliter depictis ; apertura

oblonga, fauce pallida; peristomate subexpanso, solidiusculo, ad

marginem columellarem late reflexo.

Long. 12, lat. 6 mill.

Hab Kobis (£. L. Layard).

This seems to us to differ from B. Burchelli (Gray) in the

smaller size, want of umbilication, greater reflexion of colu-

mella, less ventricose whorls, and more vivid painting. Mr.

Layard remarks that one of his three specimens shows a rather

solid epiphragm ¢n s¢tu, which would seem to indicate estiva-

tion at one period of the year.

8. Buliminus quisqualis, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 10.)

B. testa ovato-oblonga, obtecte umbilicata, candide nitente, pellu-

cida, spire suturis subimpressis, apice obtuso; anfractibus sex,

ventricosulis ; apertura parva, oblonga, labro simplici, paullo ad

basin marginis columellaris reflexo.

Long. 7°25, lat. 3°50 mill.

Hab. Mocgambie (£. L. Layard).

A small white, subpellucid, little species, with somewhat

of the aspect of a Stenogyra.

9, Buliminus lamoensis, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 12.)

B. testa oblongo-turrita, obtecte umbilicata, cornea, subopaca, apice

obtuso ; anfractibus octo. longitudinaliter confertim crasse obliqui-

striatis; apertura fere oblonga, labro simplici.

Long. 12, lat. 4°50 mill.

Hab. amo, E. Africa (EZ. L. Layard).

Very like a Stenogyra, being a simply formed, somewhat

plain, turreted shell.

10. Stenogyra Chapmani, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.)

S. testa gracillima, tenui, candida, aciculari, elongato-turrita ; an-

fractibus novem, ad suturas gradatulis, binis ad apicem effusis,

longitudinaliter oblique striatis, ultimo oblongo, recto, columella

truncata ; apertura oblongo-ovata ; peristomate simplici, tenui.

Long. 9°50, lat. 2°25 mill.

Hiab. Ovampo-land, collected by the late Mr. Chapman

(HE. L. Layard).

new Mollusks from South or Central Africa. 91

An extremely pretty though very small shell, of which the

three specimens in Mr. Layard’s collection are all more or less

imperfect. They bear a decided superficial resemblance to

certain marine forms of the genus Chemnitzia, the shell being

very delicate, white, eight- or nine- -whorled, the whorls

gradated at the sutures and longitudinally finely ribbed with

raised strie.

11. Cionella ovampoensis, sp. n. (PI. VI. fig. 1.)

C. testa parva, aciculari, candida, tenuissima, apice obtuso; anfrac-

tibus quatuor, ultimo producto, columella ad basin truncata ;

apertura oblonga, labro simplici.

Long. 3, lat. 1 mill.

Hab. Ovampo-land (EZ. L. Layard).

A very elegant, pure white, four-whorled shell, with very

obtuse apex, a little recalling the Cectlianella acicula (Miill.)

of Europe and the British Isles.

12. Pupa elizabethensis, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 13.)

P. testa minuta, aperte rimata, vitrea, albo-nitente, breviter cylin-

drica; anfractibus septem, levibus subventricosis, minutissime

sub lente striatulis ; apertura rotundata, plicis duabus intrantibus

munita, altera parietali, altera columellari valde intrante ; peri-

stomate paullum reflexo.

Long. 3, lat. 1:20 mill.

Hab. Port Elizabeth (Miss Glanville).

This little Pupa isa shining, white, smooth species; with a

strong magnifier the slightly ventricose whorls are found to

be closely and finely striated; the mouth is furnished with

two teeth-plaits, both deep-seated and extending far back,

one parietal, the other behind the columellar margin ; the lip

is also slichtly reflexed.

Four specimens.

13. Pupa ovampoensis, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 11.)

P. testa rimata, prolongato-cylindrica, alba, tenui; anfractibus

quinque, ventricosis ; apertura subquadrata; peristomate effuso,

dentibus duobus munito, altero parietali, altero subtus marginem

columellarem intrante.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mill.

Hab. Ovampo-land (E. L. Layard).

A very neat though minute species, with conspicuously

92 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

swollen whorls; the effuse lip furnished with two deeply-

seated plaited teeth, one parietal, the other columellar.

14. Ennea Bowkere, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 9.)

E, testa minuta, rimata, cylindrica, albescente, subpellucida; anfrac-

tibus septem, longitudinaliter undique confertim oblique tenui-

striatis, anfractu ultimo extus scrobiculato; apertura callosa,

trigono-ovata ; peristomate tribus dentibus munito, altero valido

parietali, altero incrassato labiali, tertio minore basali, subtusque

marginem columellarem ad imam faucem plica interna aditum

fere claudente.

Long. 3, lat. 1:25 mill.

Hab, Fast London (Miss Mary L. Bowker).

A very small shell, but very wonderful in its symmetry,

and complicated as regards its orifice. It is seven-whorled,

cylindrical, the whorls being uniformly densely striated ;

mouth somewhat triangular, furnished with three teeth, of

which, firstly, a large and projecting parietal tooth is con-

spicuous, and also another on the inner thickened edge of the

outer lip; a smaller and simple basal one completes the

prominences of the peristome, but a large callous plait below

the columellar margin almost serves to close the throat com-

pletely.

Four specimens, but only one in good condition.

15. Ennea Marie, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 12.)

E. testa rimata, breviter cylindriformi, vitrea, levi; anfractibus

sex, ad apicem obtusissimis, levibus, linea transversim infra

suturas circumambiente; apertura trigono-ovata; peristomate

dentibus quatuor instructo, uno parietali, seenndo labiali bifur-

cato, tertio minuto basali, quarto ad marginem columellarem et

intra valde ad imam faucem penetrante.

Long. 2°75, lat. 1 mill.

Hab. Under decayed leaves, Craigie Burn, Somerset East,

S. Africa (Miss Mary L. Bowker).

A very pretty little shining cylindrical species, quite plain

and smooth, save for a transverse, compressed, sulcated line

encircling the whorls a little below the sutures and running

parallel with them. ‘The mouth is furnished with four teeth,

one parietal, one on the inner edge of the thickened outer lip,

a very small one at the base, and a fourth at the columellar

margin, which joins on to a large internal plait which well

nigh closes the throat below.

Four specimens, all in good condition and precisely similar,

new Mollusks from South or Central Africa, 93

We have much pleasure in associating the name of Mr.

Layard’s god-daughter, Miss Mary Layard Bowker, with both

this and the preceding species, both having been discovered

by her, and, as far as we can ascertain, found by her alone.

16. Ennea aperostoma, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 10.)

£. testa parum rimata, cylindrica, albo-cinerea, pellucente ; anfrac-

tibus septem, ad apicem compressulis, obtusis apud suturas

impressis, striis obliquis undique longitudinaliter instructis ;

apertura ovato-auriformi; peristomate crassiusculo, triplicato,

plica parietali columellarique utraque prolongata, valida, profunde

intrante, labro intus tridentato.

Long. 8°75, lat. 3°50 mill.

Hab. Natal (EZ. L. Layard).

Allied to L. Wahlbergi (Pfr.). There are three specimens

on the tablet in Mr. Layard’s collection, of which we have

taken that with the whorls delicately obliquely striated as the

type. ‘The other two are quite smooth, and we would desig-

nate these as var. lissophanes, which seems in other respects to

agreewith the type. ‘lhis species is at once distinguished from

any others of the genus described in this or our former paper

(‘ Annals,’ Sept. 1891) by the comparatively open character of

the mouth. ‘This is ovately auriform; the parietal plait is

well developed ; the columellar tooth is broad, flat, and enters

deeply into the shell; there is a small tooth at the base and

the outer lip is furnished with a raised callus from which

spring two teeth, the lower one small, the upper one larger

and entering more deeply.

17. Ennea scrobiculata, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 8.)

HE. testa rimata, breviter cylindrica, albo-cinerea, subdiaphana ;

anfractibus novem, tribus ad apicem gradatim decrescentibus,

quatuor his proximis fere uniformibus, duobus ultimis majoribus,

omnibus striis obliquis confertin longitudinaliter decoratis,

anfractu ultimo extus multum scrobiculato et prolongato; aper-

tura trigona; peristomate incrassato, plica parietali magna,

columellari valde intrante et ad imam faucem fere omnino aditum

claudente, dente labiali patulo.

Long. 5°75, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Natal (HZ. L. Layard).

This shell is queried by Mr. Layard as appertaining to £Z.

Kraussi (Pfr.). it is an extremely interesting little species,

owing to the attenuated constriction behind the outer lip; the

mouth is well furnished with plice and teeth large in propor-

94 : Mr. A. S. Woodward on the

tion to the orifice, so that the inner throat of the shell at some

little distance down appears almost closed.

Three specimens, of which two are in good condition.

We take this opportunity of correcting two errors that have

appeared. In our paper in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for Sept.

1891 the dimensions of Cyclostoma transvaalense should have

been long. 12, lat. 114 mill. In the same paper it will be

noticed that there is a discrepancy between the number of

teeth in Vertigo thaumasta as stated in the Latin and the

English text. The former is correct, for it will be seen on

reference to the plate that the shell has three teeth.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PriaTE IV.

Fig. 1. Helix viridescens *. Fig. 7. Helix lygea.

Fig. 2. rhysodes. Fig. 8. hypochlora.

Fig. 3. epetrima. Fig. 9. —— trichosteiroma.

Fig. 4. Crawfordi *. Fig. 10. gypsinat.

Fig. 5. —— pretoriensis*. Fig. 11. porphyrostoma F.

Fig. 6. hottentota Tt. Fg. 12. namaquensis TF.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Helix liricostata ¥. Fig. 8. Vitrina cingulata *.

Fig. 2. dioryx. Fig. 9. zonamydra *.

Fig. 5. erateina. Fig. 10. Buliminus quisqualis.

Fig. 4. bathycele. Fg. 11. Layardi.

Fig. 5. tuguriolum. Fig. 12. lamoensis.

Fig. 6. Cyclostoma transvaalense t. | Fig. 18. Pupa elizabethensis.

Fig. 7. Pisidiun Langleyanum +.

Pate VI.

Fig. 1. Cionella ovampoensis. Fig. 7. Vertigo thaumasta t.

Fig. 2. Stenogyra cacuminata. Fig. 8. Ennea scrobiculata.

Fig. 3. —— Chapmani. Fig. 9. Bowkere.

Fig. 4. Ennea thelodonta. Fig. 10. aperostoma.

Fig. 5. munita, Fig. 11. Pupa ovampoensis.

Fig. 6. dolichoskia, Fig. 12. Ennea Marie.

* Described in the ‘ Annals’ for Dec. 1890.

+ Ditto for Sept. 1891.

XV.—On the Skeleton of a Chimeroid Fish (Ischyodus)

from the Oxford Clay of Christian Malford, Wiltshire.

By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.G.S.

Or the later Jurassic Chimeroid fishes several skeletons have

been discovered in a good state of preservation in the Bava-

rian Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) *., In

* Ischyodus avitus: Chimera (G@anodus) avita, H. von Meyer, Palwou-

togr. vol. x. (1862), p. 87, pl. xii—_Ischyodus Quenstedti, A. Waguer, Abh.

Skeleton of a Chimeroid Fish (Ischyodus). 95

Britain, however, such fossils have hitherto remained un-

known, and Chimeroid fishes have been recorded solely on

the evidence of detached teeth and spines. At last a single

specimen, comparable in many respects with the Bavarian

material, is forthcoming for discussion; and this forms the

subject of the following notes. The writer observed the fossil

during a recent visit to the Northampton Museum, and is

indebted to the kindness of Mr. T. J. George, F.G.S.,

Curator, and the Committee of the Museum, for the oppor-

tunity of making a detailed study of the characters of the

specimen.

The fossil is displayed on a small slab of hard clay from

the Oxfordian series of Christian Malford, near Chippenham,

Wiltshire, and was evidently obtained from the same horizon

as that already well known to yield species of Lepidotus,

Aspidorhynchus, and Leptolepis*. The skeleton is appa-

rently that of a laterally-compressed fish, being shown in

side-view ; and the cartilages seem to have been very slightly

calcified. The total length of the original fish probably did

not exceed 0°32 m., and its maximum depth would be about

0°045.

The rostrum is unfortunately wanting and the cartilages of

the head are too much crushed and obscured for determina-

tion. Moreover the dentition is too imperfectly displayed to

decide whether the species is truly referable to Jschyodus or to

Ganodus; but as the latter genus has never been obtained

above the Lower Oolites, the specimen may be most probably

assigned to Ischyodus. The left palatine and vomerine

dental plates are shown from the external aspect, the latter of

the quadrate shape characterizing these plates in Ischyodus.

The greater part of the left mandibular plate is also exposed

from the outer face, showing the deeply sinuous oral border ;

and the corresponding element on the right side projects in

front, showing the very narrow symphysis. ‘The individual

being a male, a large rostral spine occurs on the top of the

head, with a cluster of scattered dermal hooklets below. The

base of this spine forms a triangular expansion, with a faint

median crest.on the inferior attached face; and the proximal

math.-phys. Cl. k. bay. Akad. Wiss. vol. ix. (1862), p. 286, pl. i. fig. 1,

and J. Riess, Paleontogr. vol. xxxiv. (1887), p. 6, pl. i. figs. 1-4, pl. ii.

figs. 1-7.—Chimeropsis paradoxa, K. A. yon Zittel, Handb. Palzont.

vol. ili. (1887), p. 114, fig. 126, and J. Riess, loc. ert. p. 21, pl. ii. figs. 9-

11, pl. iii. figs. 1-10.

* Sir P. Egerton, “On some new Species of Fossil Fish from the

Oxford Clay at Christian Malford,” Quart. Journ Geol. Soc. vol. i, (1845),

pp. 229-282.

96 On the Skeleton of a Chimeroid Fish (Ischyodus).

end of the comparatively slender exserted portion is laterally

compressed, though apparently expanding again at the distal

end, where it is much broken. The denticles originally

clustered upon this spine are very slender, pointed, sigmoidally

bent, and fixed upon expanded bases.

The vertebral column consists, as usual, of a closely

arranged series of delicate calcified rings, of which five in the

abdominal region occupy a length of 0°0035 and measure

0-004 in vertical diameter.

Of the appendicular skeleton both the pectoral and pelvic

arches are too imperfectly preserved for description; but the

elongated claspers are faintly shown, and these do not appear

to have been provided with dermal hooklets or spines.

single denticle resting upon the pelvic cartilage may well have

been displaced from the group on the head.

The dorsal fin-spine, which measures 0-057 in length, is

remarkably slender and only slightly arched. The small

supporting cartilage is conspicuous at its base. In form and

proportions, and even in the restricted anterior area of the

superficial striations, it agrees precisely with the small spines

from the Stonesfield Slate described as Leptacanthus semi-

striatus *, and, if found at a Lower Oolitic horizon, would

be thus named without hesitation. In Elasmobranch and

Chimeroid fishes, however, the characters of the dorsal fin-

spines are often unreliable and insufficient for specitic, or even

generic, determinations.

No traces of calcified rings in the “ lateral line” system or

of dermal tubercles are exhibited ; but the absence at least of

the former is probably due to their loss in the extrication of

the fossil from the matrix.

In conclusion, the Oxfordian fossil now described tends

further to confirm the reference of the Zschyodus-like fishes to

the existing family of Chimeride, and a peculiar form of

“Leptacanthus,”’ already assumed on theoretical grounds to

pertain to Ganodus ft, is definitely proved to be at least

Chimeroid. ‘The impossibility of observing the oral surface

of the dental plates prevents, as already remarked, any satis-

factory determination; but the external aspect of the den-

tition so closely resembles that of the well-known Upper-

Jurassic species Jschyodus Egertonit that, until further

evidence is discovered, the Christian Malford fossil may be

provisionally quoted as an immature example of that form.

* L. Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. iii. (1837), p. 28, pl. vii. figs. 3-8,

+ Woodward and Sherborn, Cat. Brit. Foss. Vertebrata (1890), p. 114.

{ L. Agassiz, tom. cit. p. 540, pl. xl. c. figs, 1-10.

Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eratina. 97

XVI.— Descriptions of new Species of Kratina from Tropical

South America. By Hersert Deuce, F.L.S. &e.

Lavery having had occasion to arrange the genus Hratina

and allied groups for the ‘ Biologia,’ I find that [ havea lar; ze

number of undescribed species in my collection from various

localities in tropical South America, many of them from

Keuador collected by the late Mr. Buckley, to which are

added those received from other collectors during the past few

ears. The species have all been compared with the types in

the National Museum and those in the Saunders collection now

in the Oxford Museum.

I believe it will be necessary to divide the genus at some

future time when more material is available for examination ;

but at present many. of the species are so rare that it is

impossible to do so,

Eratina artemisia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, the basal half the palest ;

eurved white band crosses the wing beyond the middle way

similar in shape to one crossing the primaries in 4, undulata,

but considerably wider: secondaries dusky white, broadly

bordered with blackish brown, the fringe black, with four

white spots on the outer side and one on the inner margin

just above the anal angle. The underside of the primaries

pale yellowish brown, with the line crossing the wing much

more extended, reaching from the costal margin to the inner

margin close to the anal angle; a large silky white patch

extends from the base nearly to the white line; a small white

line at the end of the cell and a round white spot in the cell

nearer the base: secondaries greyish white, irrorated with

yellowish-brown scales, the outer margin broadly bordered

with yellowish brown; the fringes as above. The head,

antennz, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the latter banded

with fine white lines, the anal tuft yellow; the legs, under-

side of the thorax, and abdomen greyish white:

Female.—Primaries very like those of the male, but shaded

with reddish brown on each side of the white line and broadly

on the inner margin: the secondaries differ from those of the

male in being almost uniformly dusky brown, with a very

faint, zigzag, greyish-white line extending from the costal

margin to the inner margin. The underside is very similar

to the male, but considerably more red in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 9 2 inches.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix.

98 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eratina

Hab. Ecuador, Intij, Sarayacu, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus.

Druce).

This species is allied to EZ. gonturis, Feld. & Rog.

Eratina mecyra, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries blackish brown, crossed beyond the

middle by a semihyaline yellowish-white band that does not

reach the costal or inner margin ; the fringe brownish black :

secondaries brownish black, darkest round the outer margin ;

a narrow yellowish-white line extends from near the apex of

the costal margin almost to the anal angle ; the fringe alter-

nately yellowish white and brown. ‘The underside of the

primaries reddish brown, streaked with yellow and reddish

brown at the base, the yellowish-white band more distinct

than above, and a submarginal white line extending from

near the apex to the anal angle: secondaries white, streaked

with red and yellow, the outer margin dark brown, the fringe

the same as above. The head, thorax, and abdomen above

dark brown, the latter white on the underside and banded

with very narrow yellow lines; the antenne brown and the

legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab, Colombia, Antioquia, Frontino (Salmon, Mus.

Druce).

Eratina rhesa, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, partly crossed beyond the

middle by a whitish hyaline band, which becomes wider as

it extends to the inner margin, the fringe alternately brown

and white: secondaries brown, palest at the base and along

the inner margin; a large red spot on the inner margin

slightly above the anal angle; the fringe alternately brown

and white. Underside: primaries reddish brown, thickly

irrorated with yellow scales; the white hyaline band crossing

the wing beyond the middle is more distinct, and a waved,

submarginal, yellow line extends from the costal margin near

the apex to the anal angle: secondaries brown, streaked with

yellow and white. ‘The head, thorax, and abdomen dark

brown, the collar yellow, the anus reddish brown; antennz

and legs greyish brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab, Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Srom Tropical South America. 99

Eratina medama, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, slightly greyish at the base ;

a wide yellowish hyaline band crosses the wing beyond the

middle from the costal margin almost to the anal angle, but

not reaching it, the band is widest just above the anal angle;

the fringe alternately brown and white: secondaries dark

brown, crossed about the middle from the costal margin to

the anal angle by a straight, rather wide, yellowish hyaline

line, below which on the anal angle is a red spot; the fringes

alternately brown and white. Underside: primaries red-

dish brown, with the band crossing the wing considerably

wider than on the upperside; a submarginal yellowish-

white waved line extends from the costal margin near the

apex to inner margin, where it almost joins the inner

band; the base of the wing is streaked with yellowish

white: secondaries reddish brown, the veins mostly yellowish

white from the base to about the middle ; a rather wide central

pale yellow band, bordered on the outer side with deep red,

crosses the middle of the wing from near the costal margin to

the anal angle ; a large orange-coloured spot close to the anal

angle ; the fringe of the primaries brown, that of the secon-

daries alternately brown and white. ‘The head, thorax,

antenne, and legs dark brown; the abdomen brown, banded

with fine white lines.

Eixpanse 2 inches.

Hab. Keuador, Intij (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to 4. mecyra trom Colombia, but the

secondaries are considerably broader and not tailed as in that

insect.

Eratina aroma, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries dark brownish black, partly crossed about

the middle with a semihyaline band; the fringe alternately

brown and white: secondaries brownish black, crossed about

the middle by a wide pale primrose-coloured band; a bright

red spot close to the anal angle; the fringe alternately white

aud black. Underside: primaries dark reddish brown, palest

on the outer margin; a rather wide submarginal yellowish

line extends from the costal margin near the apex to the

anal angle; the semihyaline band is more distinct, reaching

the costal and inner margins ; the base of the wing is streaked

with white: secondaries reddish brown, with the veins near

the base white, the red spot close to the anal angle considerably

larger than above. ‘The head, thorax, and abdomen dark

100 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eratina

brown, the abdomen banded with fine yellowish-white lines,

the anal tuft yellow; the legs, underside of the thorax, and

abdomen dark greyish white ; antenne dark brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species; in form it resembles 2. medama

from Ecuador.

Eratina Hewitsont, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, partly crossed at the end of the

cell by a curved whitish hyaline band that becomes lobed

nearest the outer margin; the inner margin streaked with

creamy white, the fringe dark brown: secondaries creamy

white, shaded with black close to the base ; the outer margin

from the apex to the anal angle broadly banded with black ;

the fringe dark brown, with two white spots on the outer

margin. Underside of the primaries rich reddish brown, the

veins near the base yellow; a streak at the end of the cell

and two streaks extending from the base pure white; the

hyaline band is more distinct than on the upperside, reaching

the costal margin; a submarginal dark yellow waved line

extends from the costal margin near the apex to the anal

angle; the fringe alternately white and reddish brown:

secondaries creamy white, the base and outer margin reddish

brown, the veins near the base yellow; a bright yellow sub-

marginal line extends from the apex to the anal angle. The

head and thorax dark brown; the abdomen pale yellowish

brown, banded with fine black lines, the anal tuft yellow;

antenne black ; the underside of the thorax, abdomen, and

legs greyish white.

[ixpanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Eratina artemis, sp. 0.

Female.—Primaries brownish black, palest near the base ;

a rather broad yellowish-white band partly crosses the wing

beyond the cell, but does not reach either margin; the fringe

brown : secondaries black, with a large creamy-white spot in

centre, the outer edge of which is in the form of a short broad

tail, the fringe black and white. Underside: primaries deep

reddish brown, becoming black on the inner margin; the

veins near the base pale yellow; the white band crosses the

wing trom the costal margin to the inner margin near the anal

angle; two fine submarginal, waved, yellow lines extend

Jrom Tropical South America. 101

from near the apex almost to the anal angle: secondaries, the

middle part of the wing creamy white, the base, outer and

inner margins deep reddish brown, the veins all yellow ; two

fine dark yellow submarginal lines extend from the apex

round the outer margin to the anal angle; the fringe black

and white. ‘The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black,

the abdomen banded with fine yellow lines; the legs and the

underside of the abdomen greyish white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Colombia (Staudinger, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to H. Hewitsoni from Ecuador, but

differs very considerably on the underside and in the shape of

the white markings on both wings.

Eratina Buckleyt, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries deep black; a pale primrose-yellow,

rather broad, elongated spot beyond the cell, the veins near

the base pale yellow; the fringe black: secondaries deep

black, elongated into a broad tail on the outer margin; a

large round pale primrose-yellow spot about the middle of

the wing, not bordered with black on the inner margin; the

fringe black, excepting a small spot on the outer margin and

the point of the tail pale yellow. Underside of both wings

dark brownish red, the markings the same as above; the

veins at the base of both wings pale yellow; the fringe on

the outer margin of the secondaries alternately black and

yellow. ‘The head, thorax, abdomen, and antenne black,

the abdomen banded with pale yellow ; the legs, underside of

the thorax, and abdomen yellowish white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

A beautiful little species, very distinct from any other

known to me.

Eratina arocha, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, with a curved hyaline

streak partly crossing the wing at the end of the cell; the

fringe alternately brown and white: secondaries red, the

outer margin narrowly edged with brown; the fringe alter-

nately red and white. Underside: both wings reddish brown,

the secondaries with a yellowish tinge on the outer margin:

primaries crossed beyond the middle with a greyish-white

band: secondaries crossed from the costal margin near the

apex to the anal angle by avery fine waved white line, edged

102 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eratina

on the outer side with dark red. The head, antenne, thorax,

abdomen, and legs dark brown, the abdomen banded with

very fine yellowish lines.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus.

Druce).

The three male specimens before me do not show any

variation ; the female is unknown.

Eratina meduthina, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, with two round hyaline

spots beyond the middle, the first close to the costal margin,

the second below, nearest the outer margin ; the fringe brown:

secondaries pale yellowish brown, the fringe the same colour.

Underside : primaries and secondaries pale yellowish brown,

primaries with the spots as above, secondaries crossed about

the middle from the costal margin near the apex to the inner

margin slightly above the anal angle by a very faint waved

brown line. ‘The head, thorax, abdomen, antenne, and legs

dark brown.

The female is almost identical with the male.

Expanse, g ¢ 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to #. arocha, from which it is at once

distinguished by the two hyaline spots on the primaries and

the very much paler colour of the secondaries, also by the

very different underside.

Eratina bosora, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries dark brown, palest at the base, partly

crossed from the costal margin beyond the middle by a band

of four hyaline spots, the second and third spots the smallest,

the fourth the largest, the fringe alternately brown and white ;

the costal margin is slightly reddish from the base to about

the middle: secondaries dark brown from the base to about

the middle, and broadly round the outer margin from the

middle of the wing to anal angle bright red, the fringe reddish

brown. Underside: primaries from the base to the band of

spots blackish brown, the apical portion of the wing yellowish

brown: secondaries pale brown, crossed from the costal mar-

gin to the anal angle with a rather wide band of the same

colour, but considerably paler. The head, thorax, abdomen,

antenne, and legs dark brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Wheeler, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to £. arocha from Ecuador.

from Tropical South America. 103

Eratina capua, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries deep black; a wide

semihyaline whitish band crosses the wing beyond the middle,

but does not reach either margin; the fringe black, excepting

at the apex, where it is white: secondaries with a very fine

submarginal white line, the fringe white. Underside: both

wings very dark claret-colour, the markings as above, the

veins of the secondaries white. ‘The head, antenne, thorax,

abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. South-east Brazil, St. Catharina (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to H. stliquata, Guen.

Eratina masura, sp. 1.

Female.—Primaries brown, greyish at the base, with a

large elongated spot at the end of the cell: secondaries white,

with the base and outer border broadly bordered with dark

brown; the fringes of both wings alternately brown and

white. Underside: primaries reddish brown, the veins at

the base pale yellow; a wide white band crosses the wing

beyond the middle from the costal margin to the anal angle,

beyond which is asubmarginal row of small yellow spots almost

forming a waved line: secondaries white, the base and a large

irregular-shaped spot at the anal angle reddish brown, the

outer margin dark brown, with a submarginal yellow line

extending from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe alter-

nately brown and white. The head, antenne, thorax, and

abdomen dark brown, the abdomen banded with fine white

lines ; the legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

A small species, not closely allied to any known to me.

Eratina media, sp. n.

Female.-—Primaries black, with a rather wide, elongated,

white spot at the end of the cell: secondaries black, with a

large, central, white, round spot in the middle and extending

to the inner margin; the fringes of both wings alternately

white and black. Underside: primaries brownish black, the

inner margin white from the base to near the anal angle; two

bands partly cross the wing from the costal margin ; the apex

of the wing is irrorated with white scales: secondaries white,

broadly bordered with dark brown, the base and the outer

104 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eratina

margin thickly irrorated with yellow scales. The head,

thorax, and abdomen black; antenne black; the underside

of the abdomen and legs greyish brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to L. masura, but it is very differently

marked on the upper- and undersides.

Eratina peloria, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries black, slightly greyish at the base

and along the inner margin ; a rather wide white band at the

end of the cell, but not reaching either margin; the fringe

brown and grey: secondaries greyish brown, with a slight

greenish shade, the outer margin edged with black, the fringe

alternately grey and brown. Underside: primaries reddish

brown, the white band extends to the costal margin and

almost to the anal angle; a white spot in the middle of the

cell and several small yellow dots near the apex : secondaries

pale yellow, the outer margins broadly bordered with dark

brown; the marginal line yellow; a rather wide, zigzag,

submarginal, white line extends from the apex to the anal

angle; a white streak in the cell and three below the cell

between the veins. The head, thorax, abdomen, antenna,

and legs dark brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. \nterior of Colombia (Wheeler, Mus. Druce).

This species is very distinct from all others known to me,

Eratina Wheelert, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries very dark brown, palest near the base ;

a very pale, almost white, band partly crosses the wing at the

end of the cell, but does not reach either margin; the fringe

alternately white and brown: secondaries dark brown, with

a large oval-shaped, pale yellow, semihyaline spot below the

cell ; a reddish-brown spot at the anal angle; the veins at

the base of the wing yellow; the fringe alternately yellow

and brown. Underside: primaries dark reddish brown, the

base to about the middle pale straw-colour, the veins near

the base yellow, the band as above, but very much more

distinct, and extending from the costal margin to the anal

angle, where it becomes a fine line only; a pale yellow

waved line partly crosses the wing near the apex: secondaries

pale yellow, the base, inner and outer margin broadly bor-

dered with dark brown; the veins all yellow; a bright red

from Tropical South America. 105

streak extends partly round the outer margin from the anal

angle; the fringe alternately yellow and dark brown. The

head, thorax, antenne, and legs brown, the collar yellow;

the abdomen dark brown, banded with yellow.

Expanse 1} inch.

flab. Interior of Colombia (Wheeler) ; Antioquia (Salmon,

Mus. Druce).

Eratina artabates, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, greenish brown at the base,

the veins white to about the middle of the wing; a narrow

white band crosses the wing beyond the middle from the

costal margin almost to the anal angle, but does not quite

reach it ; the fringe dark brown: secondaries greenish brown,

the outer margin dark brown, the veins all white from the

base to the inner side of the dark marginal brown band; a

long red streak close to the anal angle ; the fringe alternately

white and brown. Underside: primaries reddish brown, the

base and a wide band beyond the cell pale yellowish white ;

the veins at the base of the wing yellow; a waved submar-

ginal yellow line extends from near the apex on the costal

margin almost to the anal angle: secondaries reddish brown,

all the veins and two bands crossing the wing pale yellowish

white; a submarginal reddish line extends from the apex to

the anal angle; the fringe alternately yellow and brown.

The head, thorax, antenne, and abdomen dark brown, the

abdomen banded with fine yellow lines; the anus yellowish;

the underside of the thorax and abdomen pale yellow; the

legs dark brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to #. lineata.

Eratina faventia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, crossed about the middle

by a pale primrose-coloured band, which becomes wide and

lobe-shaped near the anal angle; on the costal margin it is

quite narrow ; a subapical yellow streak touching the costal

margin: secondaries pale primrose-colour, the base dusk

brown, the outer margin from the apex to tke anal angle broadly

bordered with dark brown, much dentated on the inner edge ;

the fringe alternately yellow and brown. Underside: pri-

maries yellowish brown, the primrose-coloured band as above,

and a submarginal pale yellow band: secondaries very similar

106 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Eratina.

to the upperside, but paler in colour, and with a row of brown

spots crossing the middle of the wing. The head, antenne,

thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the abdomen banded with

fine yellow lines; legs dark brown.

Female almost identical with the male.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to H. Wheelert from Colombia.

Eratina Whitely?, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, the veins at the base white; a spot

at the end of the cell, a round spot below near the anal angle,

and two small spots on the costal margin near the apex all

white: secondaries deep black, with a large central, almost

round, creamy white spot about the middle of the wing, which

extends to the inner margin; the fringe alternately white and

black. Underside very similar to the upperside, but con-

siderably browner in colour, the veins at the bases of both

wings white: primaries with a white band, which crosses

from the costal margin to the outer margin near the apex:

secondaries with two streaks and a round spot close to the

anal angle both white. The head, thorax, abdomen, antenne,

and legs black, the abdomen banded with narrow white lines.

The female is identical with the male.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab, East Peru (Whitely, Mus. Druce).

Eratina necysia, sp. 0.

Female.—Primaries deep black, with a dark blue gloss;

the cell, three spots beyond, and one elongated streak below

the cell bluish hyaline white; three spots forming a short

band close to the apex bluish hyaline white: secondaries

bluish hyaline white, with the veins, the costal margin,

and the outer margin deep black, glossed with dark blue,

Underside: primaries the same as above, but with a reddish

tinge: secondaries with the hyaline part as above, the dark

parts being all of a rich lake-colour, the base of the wing

chrome-yellow ; a rather wide, marginal, silvery-white line

extends trom the apex to the anal angle. The head, thorax,

antenne, and abdomen bluish black; the collar white; the

underside of the abdomen banded with white; the legs black.

EXxpanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, interior (Jus. Druce).

A very distinct species allied to 2. pohlita, Feld. & Rog.

Bibliographical Notice. 107

Eratina hermea, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries deep black, the veins at the base, a

narrow streak at the end of the cell, and part of the inner

margin creamy white; the fringe black: secondaries semi-

hyaline white, broadly bordered with deep black from the

apex to the anal angle. Underside: primaries brownish

black, with a reddish shade, the veins from the base to the

middle pale yellowish white, the streak as above, but

extending to the costal margin: secondaries as above, with a

rather wide, submarginal, dark red line which extends from

the apex to the anal angle. The head, thorax, and abdomen

black; the collar and tegule yellowish white; the abdomen

banded with white; antenne and legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Eratina tryphosa, sp. n.

Male——Primaries: the costal margin, apex, and outer

margin broadly bordered with dark brown, the inner portion

of the wing white; a large yellow spot close to the apex;

the fringe dark brown: secondaries white, the base and outer

half of the wing dark brown; the fringe brown. Underside:

primaries as above, with a second yellow spot close to the

anal angle: secondaries as above, with a marginal greyish

line, which extends from the apex to the anal angle; a large

yellow spot at the anal angle. ‘The head, thorax, abdomen,

antenne, and legs dark brown.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intij (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is quite distinct from any known to me.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Les Coquilles Marines des Cotes de France. Par Arnnovrp Locarp.

F. B. Bailliére et Fils: Paris, 1891.

Tis work forms a companion yolume to the ‘ Prodrome de Malaco-

logie Francaise, Catalogue général des Mollusques vivants de France,

-Mollusques marins,’ by the same author, and each may be regarded

as supplementary to the other.

The ‘ Prodrome’ contains a classified list of the marine mollusks of

France, with more or less complete synonymy of the species and full

108 Bibliographical Notice.

details respecting localities. It does not, however, include descrip-

tions of the families, genera, or species, and is unillustrated. On

the contrary, in the present volume we find short diagnoses of the

various groups and species, and a woodcut of a typical species of

each generic and sectional group, but no complete synonymy, merely

a reference to the original descriptions and M. Locard’s and a few

other works. Precise habitats are not quoted, but only the parti-

cular sea in which the various forms occur, and the bathymetrical

distribution is indicated by three zones, namely the littoral, the

herbaceous (=laminarian), and the coralline.

The classification adopted is practically the same in both works,

but we notice a few omissions and alterations. For example, no

mention is made of the families Xenophoride and Siphonariide,

both of which occur in the ‘ Prodrome.’ The genus Isocardia is re-

moved from the Cardiidz to the Cyprinids, Oir ce and Astarte from

the Cyprinide to the Astartide, Galeomma from Kellidz to Galeom-

mide, Spondylus from Ostreide to Spondylide, and in the Brachio-

poda Megathyris, Cistella, and Thecidea are placed in the family

Megathyride instead of Terebratulide.

In the first hundred pages, which are a fair sample of the rest,

we observe that half a dozen genera and about ten species occurring

in the ‘ Prodrome’ are here abandoned; at least eight species are

placed in different genera, and in about a dozen instances the names

of species have been changed. We also find about twenty so-called

new species and at least twenty-five others not contained in the

‘ Prodrome’ !

This excessive multiplication of species could not occur anywhere

except in France—for that is the special function of the “ Nouvelle

école”” in that country. By all serious conchologists this practice is

strongly condemned, and no opportunity should be lost of loudly

protesting against it. What is more ridiculous than the supposition

that within the last five or six years M. Locard has discovered about

a hundred and sixty species of Mollusca (one seventh of the total

number in the book!) from the shores of France, which have escaped

the attention of his compatriots and others for a hundred years ?

This is the only work as yet published which contains descriptions

(albeit they are too brief and inadequate) of all the known shells

met with on the French coast. It consists of 384 pages of text and

is illustrated with 348 fairly good woodcuts.

No reference whatever is made to the soft parts or animals, and

the shell-bearing species only are treated of; consequently such

groups as the Cephalopoda, Nudibranchiata, Pteropoda, Heteropoda,

and a few others are entirely disregarded. These are serious

omissions to scientific students, for whom, however, the work is

probably less intended than for shell-collectors.

In conclusion, we cannot commend this volume as possessing any

special scientific value, nor is it in any way comparable with the

works of Forbes and Hanley and Jeffreys on the Mollusca of the

British coasts,

Miscellaneous. 109

MISCELLANEOUS.

A Multicellular Infusorian-like Animal.

By Prof. Jouannus Frenzer, of Cordova (Argentine Republic).

After sending to the press a preliminary report upon my investi-

gations into the microscopic fauna of this locality I discovered, on

making a fresh examination of a small salt-water aquarium, a really

remarkable microscopic creature, exhibiting indeed many relations

to the Ciliata, but sharply separated from that group on the one

hand by its multicellular character, and on the other by its well-

differentiated alimentary cavity, without, however, being directly

referable to the Coelenterata, owing to the fact that only a single

layer of cells is present.

For the investigation of the salt-pit fauna of this region I had pro-

cured a few litres of a solution containing about two per cent. of salts,

obtained from a salt-pit in the south of the province of Cordova. It

was some time before a few Flagellata &c. were developed among

decaying matter, and these presented so few noteworthy characters

that I abandoned my researches. On casually resuming my studies

I found a number of little creatures, of which I would here give a

brief description; the animals were met with at the bottom as well

as upon the glass sides of the vessel, but not free-swimming.

The external form is that of a tube, somewhat pointed in front

and behind, and slightly flattened dorso-ventrally, so that it may be

termed bilateral. ‘The ventral surface is flat, the dorsal, on the other

hand, tolerably evenly arched, so that the transverse section is

approximately semicircular.

The ventral surface is clothed with delicate cilia, by means of

which the animal moves actively along, twisting about at the same

time like a snake or worm. ‘The dorsal and lateral regions, on the

contrary, are not ciliated, but bear a sparser covering of short sete.

In front, nearer the ventral surface, we find an oral opening ; poste-

riorly, exactly terminal in position, an anal aperture of smaller size.

At the former opening longer and stouter cirri are placed, by the

active movement of which particles of food are whirled into the

mouth,

A well-developed cuticle or similar firm dermal layer is wanting ;

nevertheless, as in the Ciliata, the membrane of the cells, or limiting

layer, is more strongly developed on the outer side, almost possessing

a double contour, though it is always very delicate.

The wall of this tube-shaped organism is furnished by a single

layer of tolerably large, almost cuboid cells, all of nearly equal size,

leaving a cylindrical lumen, which is closely packed with foreign

bodies, such as particles of sand, bacilli, diatoms, vegetable matter,

&e. This is the intestinal cavity, which commences in front at the

mouth and terminates posteriorly at the anus.

The cells are all more or less similar in structure. the difference

consisting, as already stated, in the fact that those of the ventral

side are ciliated on their free surfaces. In all cells the surface

which is turned towards the lumen of the intestine is also delicately

110 Miscellaneous.

ciliated, whereby an active movement is imparted to the intestinal

contents.

The oral opening, which is not quite terminal in position, is over-

topped by one cell in front. The cirri, which I have previously

mentioned, are borne upon this cell, as well as upon the others sur-

rounding the mouth. These cells are therefore well differentiated

from the remainder, so that altogether we have to distinguish three

different kinds of cells.

The limics of each individual cell are distinctly visible, and almost

in the centre of each there is a large roundish nucleus, containing

several smaller nucleoli, which may usually be made out even in

the living animal. The remainder of the contents of the cell are of

a finely granular nature, though it is impossible to determine with

certainty whether the nutritive contents of the intestine are received

into the cells in solid form. I am inclined to believe that this is

not the case. A few globules of fat, on the other hand, are dis-

cernible in most of the cells.

I frequently found these animals of different sizes. Growth

simply results from the reduplication of cells by division, which

takes place in such a way that the nucleus first becomes more homo-

geneous, since the nucleoli disappear from view. The nucleus,

which has become elongated, then constricts, as does also the cell

almost at the same time, whereupon complete division ensues, the

nuclei first separating from one another and then assuming a

rounded form. ‘They subsequently become clear again and exhibit

the nuc'eoli. Whether during this apparently direct division of the

nucleus morphological changes take place in its interior it was

impossible to determine in living specimens. Similarly it has not

yet been possible to decide whether a true nuclear membrane is

present, and, if so, how it behaves during the division. At all

events, in observing the process no change can be detected at the

margin of the nucleus.

Unfortunately I have not yet succeeded in killing the animals

successfully, as on the addition of foreign matters they at once

melt away exactly like Infusoria, since the cells separate from one

another, assuming a spherical shape, and then flatten out after losing

their cilia.

With regard to reproduction, two methods appear to exist. In

the first place, in large individuals, a transverse division takes place,

which vividly recalls the similar process in Catenula &e. The cells

of the middle region usually first divide; a constriction of the animal

then sets in at this spot at right angles to the longitudinal axis,

while a new mouth is formed in the posterior division, since a few

cells upon the ventral surface separate from one another and give

rise to an opening, at the same time producing stronger cilia. Upon

this the whole is constricted off, and the two animals are set free

and swim away.

Besides this, however, we find conjugation, with subsequent

encystment. ‘lwo individuals apply themselves together by their

ventral surfaces, and discontinue the movement of their cilia. They

then become shortened and rounded into a common spherical mass,

Miscellaneous. tit

whereupon a cystic membrane is differentiated. As to what happens

afterwards and in the interior I am sorry to say that I am unable as

yet to give any account. Nevertheless it was still possible to see

that the cavities of the intestines disappear, apparently owing to

continued multiplication of cells, so that finally the entire contents

of the cyst are composed of similar cells. I am inclined to believe

that each of these cells represents a young animal, which, after

being set free, roves about by aid of its cilia like one of the Ciliata,

and by further division develops into the adult form; for I observed

in the same salt-water small unicellular organisms, ciliated on the

ventral surface only, yet bearing a few cirri in front. These are

possibly the young forms (larve).—Zoologischer Anzeiger, X1y.

Jahrg., no. 367 (13th July, 1891), pp. 230-233,

On the Growth of the Shell in Helix aspersa.

By M. Moynier pe VILLEporx.

We know that the growth of the shell in pulmonate Gastropods

takes place by the formation, at the edge of the test, of a soft and

diaphanous zone, which speedily hardens. I have specially studied

this formation in Helix aspersa, L.

The epidermis which gives rise to it is particularly interesting

owing to the hyaline spherical globules, 10 » to 12 » in diameter,

which cover its outer surface. Their vature is organic; they persist

on the oldest shells, and I have reasons for thinking that it is to

similar formations that we must attribute the markings which are

to be found on almost all the shells of the genus Helix.

In animals in course of growth, the thickened border of the mantle

is always applied against the peristome, and the free edge of the

epidermis, folded inwards, buries itself, but without any connexion

with the tissues, in a very narrow cleft which runs round the whole

circumference of the collar. Immediately behind this cleft, we

obserye beneath the epidermis a white zone bounding the mantle in

its entire breadth.

The deposition of calcareous matter takes place on the internal

face of the epidermis, at some distance from its margin. The origin

of these products can be understood by examining sagittal sections

of the collar and mantle.

The white zone, or bandelet, is a gland composed of flask-shaped

cells, with very long necks, and granular contents, which bury

themselves deeply in the subjacent tissue. The action of acetic acid

and oxalate of ammonia discloses the presence of calcareous matter

in these cells.

Behind this bandelet the mantle is clothed with a columnar epi-

thelium, containing pigment or colourless granulations.

Immediately in front of the bandelet the epithelium invaginates

to form the groove in which is lodged the free extremity of the

epidermis. The bottom of the groove is occupied by an irregular

plexus of cells, which, in a sagittal section, present the appearance

of epithelial cells cut obliquely and extending to a greater or less

distance into the connective tissue. These cells contain transparent

spherules, presenting all the characters of the globules of the

epidermis.

112 Miscellaneous.

There is thus formed in the connective tissue a series of regular

glandular sacs, adhering one to another. On teasing out the tissues

of the living animal it is seen that these gland-cells attain consider-

able dimensions, and that the globules are formed at the expense of

their granular protoplasm. ‘The globules originate and grow in

vacuoles, which become successively hollowed out in the protoplasmic

mass, so that finally the cells are nothing more than transparent

masses formed by an agglomeration of little delicate-walled alveoli

enclosing the globules. The latter, on being set free, probably by

simple rupture, emerge at the bottom of the groove, where they

attach themselves to the fine organic membrane secreted by the

epithelium.

The caleareous and mucous glands are absent, as stated by

Leydig*, in all the parts covered by the shell, and I was able to

prove that the caleareous glands of the collar, conformably to the

opinion of Semper, do not contribute in any way to the formation

of the test.

The only elements which take part in the production of the

latter are, commencing from in front:—(1) The pallial groove,

where is formed the epidermis with the glandular sacs, which pro-

duce the globules, and the existence and function of which I believe

I am the first to describe; (2) the bandelet, or pallial gland, on

which appears to devolve the secretion of the calcareous matter ;

(3) the pallial epithelium following the bandelet, which provides

the shell with its pigment and completes its calcification by the

deposition of organo-caleareous layers, homologous to the layers of

nacre in the Pelecypods.

I determined, moreover, that, when the animal has attained its

full size, the bandelet and the glands with globules have completely

disappeared.

It is only the epithelium of the mantle and of the pulmonary sac

which retains its activity, for the purpose of contributing to the

internal thickening of the test, and also of replacing the loss of

portions of it, as is shown by the following experiment, which

indicates the rapidity and activity of the secretion.

If we lay bare a portion of the surface of the pulmonary sac,

by removing a fragment of the shell, it is possible even at the end

of an hour and a half to two hours to detach an extremely delicate

organic membrane, covering the whole surface, and strewn with

rhombohedral and radiating crystals of carbonate of lime. Ii

allowed to remain, this membrane thickens very rapidly, and finally

closes up the opening with a solid calcareous wall.

In no case (contrary to the statement of C. Picard tT) does the

mucus produced by the collar or the mouth take part in this pro-

cess of reparation.

As regards the activity of the pallial epithelium, it is such that,

during two consecutive months, 1 was able to observe animals,

which were deprived of food, reproducing every day the organo-

calcareous membrane which I removed every morning.—Comptes

Rendus, tome exiii. no. 7 (August 17, 1891), pp. 817-319.

* Leydig, ‘Die Hautdecke und Schale der Gastropoden,’

+ Dr. C. Picard, ‘ Hist. des Moll. terr. et fluv. qui vivent dans le

département de la Somune,’ 1840,

Anin.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6. Vol. IX. PUI.

Mintern Bros. lith.

St ee Oe = — .

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. 6. Vol. 1X. PUA.

]

Mintern Bros. lith.

Anim &. Vag. Nat. Hist. §.6.Vol. IX. PL. IL

Anir.d& Mag. Nat. Hist.:S. 6. Vol. IX. PLIV.

R.Mintern del. et lith.

Mintern Bros. imp.

Anim &. Vag. Nat. Hisk. S.6.Vol. IX. Pv.

R.Mintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

Arrv.& Mag. Nat. Hist.&§.6.Vol. IX. Pt. VI.

12.

—

R.Mintern del. et lith.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 50. FEBRUARY 1892.

XVII.—The Earthworms of the Vienna Museum.

By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E.

[Plate VII. }

Pror. CLAus has been so good as to let me examine the

collection of earthworms preserved in the Vienna Museum,

which includes the forms described by Schmarda in his

* Neue wirbellose Thiere’ *, as well as a number of unnamed

species from various localities.

Schmarda’s species have been so long a mystery to the

students of this group of Annelids, that | am very glad to be

able to identify them.

“Hypogeon heterostichon.”

Schmarda’s diagnosis of the species runs as follows :—

“¢ Series setarum in dorso octo, bing in antica parte conver-

gentes, in postica divergentes.”

Clearly, therefore, it should not be placed in the genus

Hypogeon as defined by Savigny ; for that genus has nine

setee per segment, the unpaired seta being dorsal in position.

Such a character is quite sufficient to distinguish a genus,

though no doubt the existence of this ninth seta requires

further proof.

* ‘Neue wirbellose Thiere &c.,’ Leipsic, 1861, Bd. ii.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 8

114 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

“Typogwon heterostichon” is not a species of Perrier’s

genus Titanus*, which Rosa has recently shown f to be iden-

tical with Geoscolex of F.S. Leuckart ¢, as might be inferred

from Schmarda’s diagnosis, but belongs to the genus Anteus.

There are three or four specimens of this species in the collec-

tion from Ecuador and the Cordilleras,

It appears to differ from Anteus gigas, the only species of

the genus at present known, and may be described as

(1) Anteus hetorostichon (Schm.).

(Pl; Viblotips.. 1 andei).

Hypogaon heterostichon, Schmarda, Neue wirb. Thiere, Bd. i. Halfte ii.

pe 2:

The species is about 10 inches or so in length, with a

diameter of 12 millim. anteriorly.

The colour (in spirit) is yellowish white anteriorly and

bluish posteriorly ; the blue colour is due to the thinness of

the integument and the dark colour of the intestinal contents.

There appears in fact to be no pigment in the skin at all.

The sete have precisely the arrangement which characterizes

the other species, as is indeed set forth in Schmarda’s dia-

gnosis quoted above.

The sete present the form which is illustrated in fig. 7 ;

they are perhaps rather straighter (less curved) than in many

other earthworms; fig. 7 ¢ represents the free extremity of

the seta more highly magnified ; it is seen to be covered with

faintly marked ridges. The genital sete, which occur upon

the clitellum, are rather more than twice as long as the ordi-

nary sete; the proportions are as indicated in figs. 7 a and 6:

a is of course a clitellar seta; the basal portion of this seta is

curved, the rest of the shaft is nearly straight; at the free

extremity the ridges are very strongly marked. ‘The sete

appear to be precisely like those of Anteus gigas§ and of

Lhinodrilus \\.

The nephridiopores, which commence upon the first seti-

gerous segment, are placed as in the genus Anteus, in frent of

* “Mémoires pour servir & Vhistoire des Lombriciens terrestres,”

Nouv. Arch. Mus, t. viii. p. 57.

+ “Sul Geoscolex marvimus, Leuck.,” Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, vol. iii.

no. 40,

{ “Geoscolex, Leuck., ein neues Geschlecht yon Ringwiirmern,” Zool.

3ruchstiicke, Heft ii.

§ “Descriptions of Earthworms.—VI. On Anteus gigas,’ Perrier,

Notes Leyden Mus. vol. xiii. p. 77; Perrier, (oe. cit. pl. 1. figs. 10, 11.

|| “On the Structure of a new Genus of Lumbricide (Thamnodrilus

Gulielmi),” Proc. Zool, Soc. 1887, p. 164. This worm is really a Rhino-

drilus.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 115

the outermost seta of the dorsal couple; this is of course more

apparent when the sete diverge posteriorly.

The clitellum is developed in one specimen and occupied

segments xv.-xxill. There are two pairs of calciferous glands

in segments xii. and xiii. ‘hese glands, as in Urocheta,

stand out from the walls of the cesophagus instead of being

attached to them along their whole leneth, as in most earth-

worms ; they are subconical in form, the apex being directed

away from the gut. <A large branch arising from the dorsal

vessel on each side supplies ‘the anterior elands, entering them

at the apex.

The principal difference, however, which this species shows

from either of the other two species is in the sperm-sacs ;

instead of being represented by a single pair of long “ tongue-

shaped” organs, the sperm-sacs ‘of Anteus heterostichon

are two pairs of small bodies attached to the anterior septa of

segments xi. and xii. They appear, in fact, to resemble those

of Anteus gigas.

It is noteworthy that this species, like the other two,

possesses no spermatheca; the absence of these structures

seems to characterize the genus.

The nephridia fall into two series; up to the twelfth seg-

ment they have an exceedingly long muscular duct, which is

shown by Horst in his figure * of the nephridium in Anteus

gigas. I traced a delicate tube passing from this tuft of

tubules forwards into the segment in front, where it doubtless

ends ina funnel. Perrier’s figure ¢ of the nephridium and

his description give an erroneous idea of the structure. The

description runs as follows :—‘‘ Ces organes présentent d’ail-

leurs dans ces deux anneaux et dans les sept suivants qui

font également partie de la ceinture un calibre plus considér-

able. Au lieu d’étre pelotonnés comme chez la plupart des

Lombrics, ils sont simplement un peu flexueux ; leur calibre

est suflisant pour qu "on puisse les injecter facilement par

leur orifice extéricur, qui est lui-méme fort apparent sur la

ceinture. Chacun d’eux est terminé par une sorte de houppe

formée par une série de replis membraneux implantés sur sa

portion terminale libre. Cette houppe constitue le pavillon

vibratil au milieu duquel s’ouvre le canal.” ‘This description

implies that the convoluted tuft of tubules is really a large

funnel.

Neither Perrier nor Horst noted that the posterior nephridia

are different in structure from the anterior series. Atter the

twelfth segment (in the present species) the nephridia still

* Notes Leyd. Mus. xiii. pl. vi. fig. 3. + Loe. cit. pl.i. fig. 14,

116 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

have a large terminal sac; but this lies along the transverse

axes of the body in close contact with the septa and is

furnished with a cecum which lies on the distal side of the

external pore.

Perrier has indeed remarked that the posterior nephridia of

Anteus gigas ave Jess in calibre than the anterior and are

attached by a membrane not represented in the anterior series ;

but he says nothing of the cecum (supposing it to exist in

that species).

It is frequently the case in this family of earthworms

(Geoscolecide) that the anterior nephridia differ in structure

from the posterior. In Ridnodrilus Gulielmi* precisely the

same differences exist as in the present species.

The present species of Anteus, like the other species of the

genus and like so many other earthworms, has several

specially thickened septa lying in the anterior region of the

body. In Anteus heterostichon there are tour of these imme-

diately following the gizzard and separating segments vi./vil.,

vii./viii., vili./ix., ix./x.; behind these is another, thinner,

septum which largely covers the septum in front, just as these

cover each other successively in the way that Perrier has

described.

Species of Anteus.

Is the above species really distinct from <Anteus gigas

described by Perrier, and more recently by Horst? I am

convinced that it zs distinct, and, moreover, I believe that

Horst’s species is not the same as either Perrier’s or the one

that I have just described.

The points of difference between Anteus heterostichon and

Anteus gigas are of course to be found mainly in the diver-

gence of the sete posteriorly and in the commencement of the

posterior set of nephridia in the thirteenth instead of the

twentieth segment in the latter species. There can be no

confusion as to these points, as Perrier’s description is perfectly

clear. With regard to the sete he says (p. 52), “ Les soies

sont disposées, comme chez le Lombric ordinaire, en quatre

rangées de paires, deux rangées sont franchement ventrales,

deux latérales. Ces rangées sont constamment paralléles

dune extrémité 4 l’autre du corps, et les soies de chaque

paire sont toujours trés-rapprochées l’une de l’autre.”

Dr. Horst considers that the species which he investigated

is Anteus gigas. But in that form, as in Anteus heterostichon

* Beddard, loc. cit., woodcuts figs. 5 and 6,

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 1 Yj

and in Geoscolex maximus, “the sete in the posterior sezments

have also a tendency to separate.”

The elitellum also is less extensive than in Anteus gigas,

though this point is of less importance and mainly due to a

difference in the state of maturity in the two specimens.

Finally it comes from a different locality *.

The following is a definition of the three species. I reserve

the generic definition until the next section.

1. Anteus gigas, Perrier.

Anteus gigas, Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus, t. viii. p. 50.

1 metre 16 centim. in length. Sete strictly paired. Six

strong infundibuliform septa following gizzard. Clitellum

occupying segments xili.—xxix. (?) Nephridia changing in

structure in the twentieth segment.

Hab, Cayenne.

2. Anteus Horsti, Beddard.

Anteus gigas, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. xiii. p. 77.

86 centim. in length. Colour (in spirit) bluish green,

darker dorsally; clitellum brownish. Sete paired, becoming

separated slightly from each other posteriorly. Clitellam

occupying segments Xiv.-xxxil. Three pairs of calciferous

glands; six strong septa following gizzard.

Hab. Brazil. |

3. Anteus heterostichon (Schmarda).

Hypogeon heterostichon, Schmarda, Neue wirb. Thiere, Bd. i. Hilfte ii.

p. 14.

25 centim, in length. Colour (in spirit) whitish brown,

7. €. no pigment in skin or very little. Clitellum occupying

segments Xv.-xxill. Sete strictly paired anteriorly, widely

divergent posteriorly. ‘l'wo pairs of calciferous glands. Four

strong septa following gizzard. Posterior nephridia from

those of segment xiii. different in structure from anterior.

Hab, Ecuador and the Cordilleras.

Affinities of Genus Anteus.

Vaillant has recently proposed to unite the genera Anteus

* I do not mention the ornamented setze, on the assumption that they

also exist in Anteus gigas; and yet Perrier, who discovered these setz in

Rhinodrilus, says nothing about their existence in Antevs. Indeed he

remarks on p. 145 of his memoir, when giving briefly the characters of

the genera, that in Anteus the sete are all alike, i.e. noé modified upon

the clitellum.

118 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

and Microcheta*, a proposition with which I cannot agree.

No doubt there is a close affinity between Anteus and Micro-

cheta; but the points of difference are numerous and, coliec-

tively at least, of considerable importance. Thus in Micro-

cheta the sete are not ornamented, even those of the clitellar

segments; the nephridia differ from those of Anteus; the

single calciferous gland is a dilatation of the cesophagus ; the

sperm-sacs are not at all like those of Anteus; and, finally,

the spermatheca of Microcheta are a number of small sacs

situated behind the segments which these structures usually

occupy. Benham has suggested f that similar spermathecz

may have been overlooked by Perrier in Anteus; they do

not, I am convinced, exist in that genus. With Lhinodrilus,

however, Anteus shows such close resemblances that they

amount, in my opinion, to generic identity.

Until the publication of Horst’s paper upon Anteus and my

own upon Rhinodrilus Gulielmi the two genera appeared to

be very different. We now know that the ornamentation of

the sete and the difference between the ordinary sete and

the clitellar setee are the same in both genera and that the

nephridia have the same relations and structure (there being

an anterior and posterior series differing by the presence or

absence of a cecum to the duct), and that the genitalia show

no differences¢. The clitellum in Rhinodrilus Gulielmi is

neaily coextensive with that of Anteus heterostichon ; mdeed

that species of Rhinodrilus and Anteus heterostichon link

together the more divergent forms of either genus. The only

points in which the two genera differ are :—

(1) The presence of a greater number of calciferous

glands; and

(2) The presence of an elongated prostomium in Lthino-

drilus.

As to the first point, it may be remarked that the number

of pairs of calciferous pouches is not the same in all species of

Rhinodrilus; there are six pais in Rhinodrilus Tenkatet and

Rhinodrilus Gulielmi, eight pairs in Rhinodrilus ecuador-

iensis ||; we know nothing about these glands in Rhinodrilus

* « Annelés,” in ‘Suites 4 Buffon,’ t. iii, p. 184.

+ “An Attempt to Classify Earthworms,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.

vol, xxxi. p. 265.

} Except perhaps in the presence or absence of spermathece. In An-

teus spermathecee have never been found; in Rhinodrilus paradorus

Perrier did not meet with them, but he examined only one individual ; I

found them to be occasionally wanting in 2thinedrilus Gulielmi.

|| Benham, loe. cit. p. 2535.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 119

paradoxus. If the number of the glands were constantly the

same the character would have more importance.

With regard to the prostomium, I quite agree with Perrier

that the moditications of this alone are not sufficient to base

generic characters upon. In view of the close resemblances

in the clitellum, sete, nephridia, and genitalia, between Rhino-

drilus Gulielmi and Anteus heterostichon, and the considerable

differences between the several species of each genus, it is

difficult, I think, to maintain the two genera.

Anteus also shows resemblances to Geoscolex which nearly,

if not quite, amount to generic identity.

The divergence of the sete posteriorly which occurs in

Anteus heterostichon is a new character in Anteus, but is one

which characterizes Geoscoler—at least Geoscolexw maximus ;

another character of Geoscolex maximus, which I shall refer

to again in describing that species, is shared by Anteus and

Rhinodrilus—that is, the ornamentation of the sete; the

clitellar seta, it is true, are not different from the rest, but

neither are they in Anteus gigas (?). Greoscolexr, however, is

distinguished by the long sperm-sacs, of which there is only

one pair, by the muscular atrium, by the ventral nephridio-

pores, and the absence of any specialization in the nephridia

of the anterior segments, and by the single pair of calcife-

rous glands. In the meantime, therefore, 1 should prefer

to retain the genus Geoscolex as distinct, but to merge

Anteus and Lthinodrilus *,

(2) Geoscolex maximus, F’. 8. Lenckart.

(Pl. VII. figs. 2 and 8.)

Geoscolex maximus, F. S. Leuckart, Zool. Bruchstiicke, Heft ii.

Titanus brasiliensis, Perrier, Nouv. Arch, Mus. t. viii. p. 57.

There is a single specimen of a worm which I refer to this

species ; itis labelled “Lumbricus paucisetis,” and was collec-

ted near the river Patia, in Colombia.

The specimen measures 26} inches in length by 18 millim.

* IT may mention in connexion with the prostomium (so-called) of

Rhinodrilus that I have recently investigated a species of Diacheta with

a similar process, which proves to be an evaginable tube lying in a diver-

ticulum of the buccal cavity just in front of and beneath the brain.

Vaillant’s account of the prostomium in Rhinodrilus agrees with my

observations upon “Thamnodrilus” and upon the Diacheta just referred

to. Ido not think that the presence of this structure can be regarded as

of generic importance in either case ; the fact of its occurrence in species

of two genera widely removed though certainly belonging to the same

family is against regarding this “trompe” as of special importance for

systematic purposes.

120 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

in diameter at the clitellum ; it is of an intense brown colour,

almost black, the intersegmental grooves being grey. Perrier

does not mention the colour of his specimens.

The only points in the structure of the worm to which I

wish to call particular attention are the calciferous glands,

which were mistaken by Perrier for a part of the circulatory

system; the structure lettered cw in his figure * is really a

calciferous gland t+ of a conical form; a blood-vessel arising

from the dorsal vessel enters this gland at the apex, and looks

very much as if it were simply continuous with it ; however,

in the specimen in the Vienna Museum the blood-vessel gives

off a branch which ramifies over the surface of the gland

before it enters its substance ; this does away with the resem-

blance which the gland bears to a simple enlargement of the

vascular trunk which supplies it. In the segment in front of

this, 2. e. the twelfth, is a large body which appears to be in

eonnexion with the ealciferous gland. ‘This is really a

dilated “ heart,” and there is another pair equally or nearly

equally large in the next segment in front. ‘The condition of

this specimen did not permit of a conclusive settlement of

this question; but I have been able to get some evidence in

favour of this view of the anatomy of the parts.

A portion of the contents of the body lettered H in the

drawing (PI. VII. fig. 2) was extracted and teased in gly-

eerine 3 it was evidently simply a blood-clot. On the other

hand, a portion of the contents of the body, lettered Ca, which

1 take to be a calciferous gland, showed a series of elongated

blood-clots which were surrounded by a layer of granular

débris ; these clots were highly suggestive of the coagulated

contents of the blood-spaces which lie in the folds of the

ealciferous glands of other earthworms; the granular sub-

stance round the clots would be in this case the remains of

the epithelium. As to the connexion between the calciferous

glands of each side and the heart, which Perrier figures, it

undoubtedly occurs, though perhaps it is more apparent than

real. In the first place there is a septum between the two ;

they occur in different segments, both being attached to the

septum would give an appearance of an actual connexion ;

there may, however, be a short branch from the heart to the

calciferous gland.

‘The sete of Geoscolex are said by Perrier to possess no

interesting peculiarity. I] understand by this that he regarded

them as similar to those of Lumbrieus. I find, however (see

* Loe. cit. pl. i. fig. 15.

t Dr. Benham intorms me that he has come to the same conclusion.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 121

fig. 8), that, as in Anteus, the distal extremity of each seta is

ornamented by slight ridges with a jagged outline. The seta

present the same character on the clitellam and at the poste-

rior extremity of the body. JI may remark that it is not

always easy to detect the ornamentation of the sete. It is

not sufficient to strip off a bit of the cuticle and then to

examine under the microscope the cuticle and the sete that

have been accidentally detached in tearing it off. The cuticle

itself in such a case frequently obscures the markings on the

sete.

The sete must be picked out one by one; this is quite

easy with a large species like Geoscolex maximus ; when the

body is opened the cavities where the sete are planted are

seen to be very large, and the setz can be readily seized with

the forceps and detached.

The nephridia open, as Perrier and Leuckart stated, in

front of the ventral sete ; they have a large muscular vesicle.

In the anterior region of the body the nephridial duct passes

straight from the tuft of tubules to the external pore; in the

hinder region this duct is bent upon itself, but there is no

eexcum such as is found in Anteus. The nephridia there-

fore show only the very slightest traces of the specialization

into an anterior and a posterior series that is found in Anteus.

The funnel, as in other earthworms, depends into the segment

in front of the one in which the nephridium lies.

The sperm-saes are.long and were doubled upon themselves

in the specimen which I examined. The vas deferens where

it leaves the sperm-sac runs at first forwards and downwards

side by side with the duct of a nephridium ; it opens into a

large muscular sac which occupies three or four segments and

is constricted where it passes through the mesenteries. I did

not notice the three bands figured by Perrier* attached to the

atrium.

There are, as Perrier has stated, no spermathece.

(5) “Pericheeta leucocycla.”

The collection contains a number of individuals labelled

with thisname. One smallish individual (no. 16) is evidently

the type figured by Schmarda. Being quite immature, it is

impossible to be absolutely certain whether it is really iden-

tical with a large individual measuring 37 inches in length,

which has a similar label. So far as it was possible to form

an opinion from the arrangement of the sete (which show

dorsal and ventral gaps) and from the general appearance of

™ Loe ert, plo is ig. 16.

122 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

the worm it is identical. ‘DPerichata leucocycla” is there-

fore the same species as Megascolex cwruleus, in spite of the

differences of colour shown in Schmarda’s figure and in

Bourne’s *.

The synonymy of the species will therefore stand thus :—

Megascolex ceruleus, Templeton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1845, p. 60.

Pericheta leucocycla, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Bd. i. Halfte ii,

p. 13.

Pleurocheta Moseley, Beddard, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxx. p. 481.

Megascoler Moseleyi, Vaillant, Annelés, Suites 4 Buffon, t. iil. p. 67.

“Pericheta cingulata,’ Schm.

The collection contains two specimens, one of which is

the type of Schmarda’s species. This is sexually mature, so

that I can describe its external characters more accurately

than has been hitherto done. Vaillant T apparently con-

founded several species together under the name of Pericheta

cingulata, as Perrier pointed out; but none of these species

are really identical with Schmarda’s. It is, in fact, not a true

Pericheta at all.

I shall refer to it here as

(4) Megascolex cingulatus, Schm.

(Pl. VII. figs. 9-13.)

Se cingulata, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Bd.i, Ha!fte ii.

p. 14,

Nea Perichata cingulata, Vaillant, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1868, p. 225.

Non Megascolex cingulatus, Vaillant, Annelés, p. 72.

T refer this worm to the genus MMegascolex principally on

account of the fact that the sete are not arrauged in a perfectly

continuous circle round each segment, but are interrupted by

dorsal and ventral gaps, as, for instance, in JMegascolex

ceruleus.

The clitellum consists of five segments, viz. Xiii.—Xvii. ;

sete are present upon all these segments, but vary in their

numbers on different segments. ‘The first segment of the

clitellum, the thirteenth, has a complete circle of sete marked

of course by the same dorsal and ventral gaps as are the rows

of setee upon the pre- and post-clitellar segments. The four-

teenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth segments have each three setz

* “On Megascolex ceruleus, Templeton, from Ceylon,” &e., Quart.

Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxxii. pl. vi.

+ “Note sur l’Anatomie de deux espéces du genre Pericheta,” Xe.

Ann. Sci. Nat. t. x. (1868) p. 225,

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 123

upon each side of a median gap. The eighteenth segment

lias five or six sete upon each side of the median gap.

Dorsal pores are present, and commence, as in Megascolex

armatus, between segments v./Vv1.

‘The ovidueal pores, as in Megascolex generally, are double ;

each pore lies in front of the innermost seta of segment xiv.

The male pores are upon segment xviil. ‘No seta lie

between them; they are placed in the line of the sete.

Each pore is surrounded by prominent lips, and there is a

genital papilla in front of and behind each pore; the papille

in question are upon the boundary-lines between segments

XVii./xvill. and xviil./xix.

In Schmarda’s figure of the species the clitellum is depicted

as commencing with segment xv. ; but in the text it is stated

to commence after the thirteenth.

When the worm was opened by a median dorsal incision

the intestine was partially cut into ; otherwise the viscera were

uninjured. Five of the intersegmental septa were specially

thick and appeared of a brownish colour, the thin septa being

bluish or colourless. The first thick septum follows imme-

diately after the gizzard ; in front of the gizzard lies the first

recognizable septum, which is also rather thick ; between

this and the septum following the gizzard is a thin septum.

The thick septa are bound “by numerous isolated muscular

strands, which show interference-colours. The number of

them appeared to.me to be unusually great for so small a

worm ; they were particularly abundant in the gizzard-seg-

ment and in those lying in front of the gizzard.

The alimentary tract presents the usual divisions; the first

four segments were occupied by the buccal cavity, ‘ph larynx,

and a part of the cesophagus. ‘The buccal cavity was largely

everted; the pharynx did not present the compact appear-

ance which is usual in this organ; the muscular fibres forming

its dorsal wall and connecting it with the parietes were areatly

broken up into bundles running chiefly in a longitudinal

direction ; this was no doubt due to the protrusion of the

buccal cavity and the consequent pushing forward of the

pharynx ; the fifth segment was entirely occupied.by the ceso-

phagus—the g gizzard lyi ing in the two following; the fifth seg-

ment is not bounded posteriorly by a distinct septum, but

the sixth and seventh are separated bya septum. ‘The forward

position of the gizzard and the presence of a septum dividing

the two segments in which it les are characteristic of the

genus Megascolex, at least these features are not met with in

Pericheta (s. s.). The terminal section of the cesophagus is

exceedingly narrow, and the large intestine suddenly begins

124 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

in the fifteenth segment, its calibre being three or four times

that of the cesophagus.

The dorsal blood-vessel is single. The cerebral ganglia

lie opposite to the furrow separating the first from the second

segment; they may possibly have been pushed forwards

with the everted buccal cavity.

There is only a single pair of spermathece, which in com-

pensation are very large; they occupy nearly the whole of

the available space in segment ix., and indeed they materially

encroach upon the cavity of segment vili., of course pushing

the septum which divides the two segments in front of them.

Each spermatheca (fig. 10) consists of a large thin-walled sae

(sp) filled with hard coagulated yellowish matter ; this commu-

nicates with the exterior by a duct which is very thick-walled

and has a metallic yellow colour; connected with the duct is

an equally thick-walled, somewhat oval diverticulum (d), which

becomes constricted just before joining the spermathecal duct ;

at this point it is furnished with two subsidiary diverticula (d');

each of these small diverticula is really double and consists of

two globular sacs (fig. 11, d’) opening by a common duct.

These minute sacs, less than a pin’s head in size, are opaque

yellow and contain sperm. ‘The spermathecal duct after it is

joined by the wide diverticulum becomes somewhat dilated and

opens on to the exterior just below the mesentery dividing its

segment from the eighth. So far as I could make out there

appeared to be some slight variation in the number of the

small peuches belonging to the diverticula; but as the speci-

men is a unique one I am not in a position to give details

the recording of which would have necessitated the destruction

of the specimen. The sperm-sacs occupy segments x. and Xi. ;

I am not quite certain whether they reach the twelfth seg-

ment. The atria have the lobate form so characteristic of

the Perichetide, but they are nevertheless rather unusual in

one point of structure: in ali atria of this kind of which I am

acquainted with from figures or description or from my own dis-

sections the muscular duct which leads to the exterior comes off

from about the middle of the glandular mass, and is generally

comparatively short and curved into a horseshoe-shaped form ;

in Megascolex cingulatus the atria lie on either side of the

gut, to which they are closely attached ; more generally one

finds the atria adherent to the ventral parietes. They are

long and narrow, and extend from the eighteenth to the

twenty-fourth segment ; although long and narrow, they have

not the tubular form found in the atria of Acanthodrilus and

other genera; they are composed of numerous lobules of

various sizes. ‘lhe duct, however, comes off from the ante-

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 125

rior end of the atrium in the eighteenth segment ; if is rather

long and coiled, and opens on to the exterior without any

terminal dilatation. The structure of the atria is thus very

interesting, inasmuch as they present us with characters

intermediate between the ‘ lobate” and “ tubular ” form of

atrium. As both forms of atria are met with in the Periche-

tide, though the lobate is the more common type, the inter-

mediate condition is required.

Close to the point where the atrium perforates the body-

wall on its way to the exterior is a sac containing penial

sete. ‘These sete differ (see fig. 13) from those of Mega-

scolex armatus, the only other species of the genus in which

they have been hitherto figured. They are sharply bent at

the extremity, which is beset fora short distance with minute

denticulations.

Corresponding to the papille which I have referred to in

describing the external characters are four round white glands.

“ Pericheta brachycycla,’ Schm.

This is also a Megascolex ; there is nothing but the colour

to distinguish it from Megascolea eingulatus, since the clitellum

was undeveloped, and since I have not been able to compare

the internal organs. As there is the colour difference I shall

for the present assume the distinctness of the species, and

rename it

(5) Megascolex brachycyclus (Schm.).

Pericheta brachycycla, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Bd. i. Hiilfte ii,

p. 14.

Megascolex brachycyclus, Vaillant, Annelés, p. 88.

The characters upon which Schmarda relied to distinguish

the species from the others described by him was the form of

the sete; it is now known that the form of the sete cannot

be relied upon for the discrimination of the species of Peri-

cheta. ‘This is certainly my own experience, and Prof.

Bourne, who has examined a large number of species, remarks

that, except in special cases, the shape of the seta “is of little

use for classificatory purposes.”

The dorsal and ventral gaps in the circles of sete are not

perhaps so well marked as in A. cingulatus.

The first dorsal pore is, as in that species, between seg-

ments v./Vvi.

The oviducal pores are double.

The male pores are upon the eighteenth segment; in front

of and behind each of them is a genital papilla; these lie, as

126 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

in Megascolex cingulatus, upon the intersegmental grooves

XVii./xvill. and xvill./xix., but appear to be rather different

in position, in so far as they are not precisely above and below

the genital pore, but both outside of it.

(6) Pericheta viridis, Schm.

Perichata viridis, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Bd. i. Halfte ii. p. 15.

Megascolex viridis, Vaillant, Annelés, p. 87.

Beyond stating that this species is a true Perichetu I have

no further observations to offer about it. None of the speci-

mens were mature, and no distinctive characters could there-

fore be drawn up.

(7) Pontoscolex arenicola, Schm.

(Pl. VIL. figs. 3 and 6)

Pontoscolex arenicola, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Ld. i. Hilfte ii.

p. 11 (in part).

Pontoscolex arenicola, Vaillant, Annelés, p. 198 (in part).

Under the same name Schmarda has confounded two per-

fectly distinct species, which shculd perhaps be referred to

two distinct genera. As I have no means of knowing which

specimen served as the type of the species, I shall regard

those individuals with a clitellum consisting of eight seg-

ments as representing the species Pontoscolexr arenicola, the

others I shall call Diacheta littoralis. They have all the

same habitat, occurring upon the seashore in the neighbour-

hood of Kingston and Port Royal, in Jamaica.

I suggested myself* a short time since that Pontoscolex

might prove to be Pontodrilus, which I have received from

Bermuda, where it is also found upon the seashore. This

supposition proves to be incorrect. The genus is in fact, as

Schmarda’s figure would lead one to believe, identical with

Urocheta; one of the two species at least is referable, in my

opinion, to that genus. ‘The others, those with a more exten-

sive clitellum, may perhaps be more suitably placed in

Benham’s genus Diacheta.

Schmarda’s diagnosis of the genus is as follows :—

“‘ Quatuordecim series setarum alternas binas. Clitellum.

Maricole.”

In the figure illustrating this species the clitellum appears

to be shown in a very unusual position, 7. e. nearer to the

posterior than to the anterior extremity. It is true that it is

* “ Abstract of some Investigations into the Structure of the Oligo-

cheta,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1891, p. 96.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 127

not lettered as clitellum; but no other structure is shown in

the drawing which could be supposed to be the clitellum.

And Schmarda states in the text that the clitellum is usually

situated behind. The structure which Schmarda has mistaken

for a clitellum is really nothing of the kind; it is formed

(fig. 3a) by a group of segments of a somewhat tumid appear-

ance which project beyond the general surface of the body,

such as Fritz Miller first described * in Urocheta corethrura.

This remarkable point of similarity first directed my attention

to the probable identity of Pontoscolex and Urocheta.

‘The clitellum, as a matter of fact, is anterior in position.

Schmarda noticed that this was the case with some specimens.

The error into which he fell is to be accounted for by the fact

that in the specimen figured, as in many of those collected by

him, the clitellum was not developed. In those individuals

in which it is developed it occupies eight segments com-

mencing with xv. Its extent therefore is precisely that of

Urocheta, or, as it must now undoubtedly be called, Ponto-

scolex corethrurus. Schmarda counts seven sete only in each

segment, which alternate in position in successive segments

from the very first. This enumeration is inaccurate ; there

are undoubtedly eight setee per segment on most of the seg-

ments ; occasionally on some of the posterior segments of the

body I could only find seven, but this is most probably merely

due to the loss of one seta. As to the alternation, this only

occurs in some of the specimens; perhaps as this fact is the first

distinctive point mentioned in the description of the genus I

should refer to that genus the individuals which I describe

later as Diacheta littoralis. As, however, that fact is not

referred to in the description of the speczes, and as the figure

seems to me to bea little more like the individuals possessing

a clitellum of eight segments, I think that the name “ areni-

cola” should be applied to them.

In this species, then, the sete do not alternate from the very

beginning; upon the first few segments (I am not certain

how many) they are strictly paired; the two sete of each

pair are quite close to each other. In this the species

resembles Pontoscolex corethrurus. But, unlike what is found

in that species, the sete are ornamented, as in Rhinodrilus,

with a series of curved ridges. In Pontoscolex corethrurus

some of the sete are ornamented, viz. those upon the clitel-

lum; in fontoscolex arenicola the clitellar are also orna-

mented, but they only differ from the sete of the preclitellar

* “ Description of a new Species of Earthworm,” Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. vol. xx. 1857, p. 18. See also my own observations upon the same

structure in the same journal for January 1891, p. 95.

128 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

segments in their greater size. The posterior sete have the

same irregular quincuncial arrangement which occurs in

Pontoscolex corethrurus ; many of them are large; they vary

in fact in size, but are never ornamented.

With regard to internal structure this species shows certain

differences from Pontoscolex corethrurus ; but they are not, in

my opinion, sufficient to separate the two forms generically.

The material was not in a sufficiently good state of preserva-

tion to allow of anything like a complete account of even the

macroscopic anatomy, and I did not think it worth while to

attempt any section cntting.

Thealimentary canal presents the same characters originally

described by Perrier * in Pontoscolex (Urocheta) corethrurus.

The large gizzard is situated anteriorly, though I have not

been able to fix precisely the segment or segments which it

occupies. On each side of the gizzard is a large coiled

“‘olande & mucosité.” Schmarda has mentioned the fact that

the cesophagus is furnished with ‘4 braune birntérmige

Organe,” which I take to be the calciferous glands or “ glands

of Morren”’ as they are sometimes called. I count, however,

six of them, 7. e. three pairs, as in Pontoscolex corethrurus.

Behind the gizzard are four stout mesenteries.

Behind these again lie two pairs of hearts.

Of the genital organs only the spermathece and the sperm-

sacs were visible. I only found two pairs of spermatheca,

which lie behind the gizzard in the segment bounded by the

two last thick mesenteries. ‘Their form (see fig. 6) is rather

different from that of the spermathecs in Pontoscoler core-

thrurus. ach consists of a reniform pouch connected with

a long duct which leads to the exterior. The sperm-sacs are

tongue-shaped organs, as in Pontoscolex corethrurus.

In the posterior region of the body the “ pyriform vesicles ”

characteristic of Pontoscolex were present.

(8) Diacheta littoralis, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. figs. 4 and 5.)

Pontoscolex arenicola, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Bd. i. Halfte ii.

p- 11 (in part).

Pontoscolex arenicola, Vaillant, Annelés, p. 198 (in part).

This worm, like Diacheta Thomasiit, has eight sete

in each segment, which alternate in position upon successive

segments from the very first; and, as in that species, the sete

* “Etudes sur organisation des Lombriciens terrestres, Anatomie

des Urocheta,’ Arch. Zool. Exp. t. iii. Cae: 331.

+ Benham, “Studies on Earthworms, No. I1.,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.

vol. xxvii. p. 89.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 129

upon a given segment are separated from each other by wide

intervals.

The sete upon the general body-surface are not orna-

mented, which is a further point of resemblance to Diacheta

Thomasti ; but they were in a few cases unmistakably bifid,

as in Pontoscolex corethrurus. It is seldom that the free

extremity of the sete in either of these species shows the

bifidity clearly; they are generally apparently too much

worn, and a faintly marked notch, readily passed over, alone

indicates the cleft. It is quite possible, therefore, that Ponto-

scolex arenicola and Diacheta Thomasti may really possess

the same notched sete which Perrier first described and

figured for “Urocheta corethrura.” The sete upon the

clitellar segments are larger than some of tie others and are

distinctly ornamented with a series of crescentic ridges limited

to the distal part of the seta. ‘This particular form of seta is

very characteristic of the Geoscolecid, particularly upon the

clitellum, and the fact that similar sete occur in Criodrilus

is a strong argument for regarding that genus as being related

to this family. Benham makes no remark about the cli-

tellar setee of Diacheta Thomasti. [| may mention that this

peculiar ornamentation of the sete in the Geoscolecide often

requires some looking for; it is not always very strongly

marked.

As in the last species, there is no prostomium.

The clitellum is extensive, occupying segments Xvi.-xXxXi.

Schmarda has mentioned that the clitellum sometimes consists

of fifteen rings, commencing with the fifteenth.

The nephridia are furnished with those peculiar cup-like

bodies at their termination which Perrier first described in

Pontoscolex corethrurus and regarded as sphincters for the

closure ot the nephridial pore.

The spermathece (figs. 4, 5) are exceedingly long thin sacs,

hardly, if at all, dilated at the blind extremity, where the

semen is stored. ‘There are here again only two pairs; each

measures about 5 millim. in length, which is half the cireum-

ference of the worm in the region where they occur.

The mucous gland, gizzard, and thick mesenteries appear

to be as in the last species.

“ FTypogeon orthostichon,” Schmarda.

This species clearly belongs to the family Cryptodvilide,

which comprises the majority of the Australian earthworms :

it is not a characteristic family in New Zealand—at present

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 9

130 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

Rhododrilus minutus * is the only member of the family

known from that country; but I have specimens of another

(undescribed) species, and if Captain Hutton is right f in

referring his Lumbricus levis and L. uliginosus to Perrier’s

genus Digaster, we have a third Cryptodrilid genus in New

Zealand. ‘Hypogeon orthostichon”’ is not referable to either

Tthododrilus oy Cryptodrilus. Yt seems nearest perhaps to

Fletcher’s {| Notoscoler (= Megascolides, M‘Coy). I am not

at all certain that it belongs to that genus, for the definition

given by Fletcher is not at all satisfactory ; indeed the

discrimination of the genera of Cryptodrilide is unquestion-

ably the most difficult part of the classification of the

Oligocheeta.

As I do not wish, pending a revision of the Cryptodrilide,

to add unnecessarily a new generic name, I shall describe

Schmarda’s species as

(9) Megascolides orthostichon (Schm.).

Hypoga@on orthostichon, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, Bd. i. Hialfte ii.

Dela.

I do not attempt to give here anything more than the most

obvious characters, as I could only dissect one specimen,

which I have been careful to injure as little as possible.

The sete are in eight equidistant rows.

The elitellum is a complete girdle, and occupies segments

Xiv.-xvil. inclusive.

The male pores are upon segment xvili.; there appear to

be no genital papillae developed in their neighbourhood or

anywhere else upon the body ; the male pores correspond in

position to the ventralmost sete.

The gizzard is in segment v.

The nephridia are apparently of the “ diffuse” type ;t hey

were not at all obvious.

The sperm-sacs are in segments X., X1., XIl.

_ The ovaries are in segment xiil. The receptacula ovorum

are present and occupy the usual position in segment xiv.

‘Lhe atria are short and tubular in form ; the chief part of

the atrium is a white glandular tube which communicates

with the exterior by a very short muscular duct. There

appear to be no penial sete.

* “On the Oligochetous Fauna of New Zealand, with Preliminary

Descriptions of new Species,” P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 380.

+ “Synopsis of the Genera of Earthworms,” New Zeal. Journ. Sei.

yol, i. p. 586,

| “Notes on Australian Earthworms,” Proc. Linn, Soc, N, 8. W,

886,

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 131

The spermathec are two pairs and lie in segments viil.

and ix. Each has a small diverticulum, pyriform in shape,

like the main pouch.

(10) Pericheta vitiensis, sp. n.

The collection contained a single specimen of a Pericheta

bearing the label ‘//ypogewon, sp. aff. Hyp. orthostichon,

Schm. Viti Ins.’ It measures 75 millim. and consists of

about seventy segments. ‘The colour of the preserved speci-

men is a brownish yellow, grey upon the clitellum. The

sete are borne upon a very distinct ridge upon the middle of

each segment. The clitellum occupies segments Xiv.-Xv1.,

ending a little way in front of the posterior border of the six~

teenth segment. There are no sete upon the clitellum. ‘The

male pores are transversely elongated, somewhat curved, slits

lying upon two glandular-looking areas upon the eighteenth

segment; between the two pores are about six sete. The

two pores are 3 millim. apart. The dorsal pores begin

between segments xi./xii. The spermathecal pores (one

pair) lie between segments vii./vili. on a line with the male

pores. ‘The oviducal pore is single and median upon segment

xlv.

The gizzard lics in segments ix., x., the septum dividing

those segments being absent. From the septum which

5S . 5 .

bounds the gizzard anteriorly a number of muscular bands

are given off which are attached to the dorsal parietes. ‘There

is only one very clearly defined septum in front of this one ;

behind the gizzard are four rather thickened septa. The

large intestine commences in the fifteenth segment, and there

are a pair of ceca not quite in the usual position; they appear

to belong to segment xxiv. The dorsal vessel is single, and

from about the thirtieth segment there are well-developed

septal glands arising from the posterior septum of the seg-

ments, and in many cases forming a continuous mass lying

above the dorsal vessel.

The sperm-sacs are in segments xi., xil.; each sperm-sac

sends up a narrow tubular process which approaches its fellow

in the middle dorsal line ; the arrangement in fact recalls that

found in Pericheta Vaillantt, where, however, the processes

become fused, thus forming an arch round the intestine. I

found one pair of testes in segment xi. attached to the front

wall of the segment. ‘The funnels of the vasa deferentia, of

which there are also only a single pair, open in the neigh-

bourhood of the testes; the septum dividing segments x./xt.

seems to be made up of two layers, between which the funnel

132 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the

lies; but as the specimen is a unique one, I am not able to

settle the position of the funnel quite definitely, as it would

be probably necessary to cut sections. The main fact, how-

ever, to which attention is called is the occurrence of only one

pair of testes and one pair of funnels. I believe that in all

Perichate hitherto described there are two pairs.

The atria are very compact and lie in segments xvii.—xix. :

the horseshoe-shaped duct, which arises from the middle of

the gland, is at first tolerably wide; just before the external

opening it becomes exceedingly narrow and opens through a

small globular sac on to the exterior.

‘The ovaries are in the thirteenth segment. ‘The single

pair of spermathece lie in the eighth segment; each has a

single diverticulum, of a chalky-white colour owing to the

contained sperm.

The only species of Pertcheta with one pair of spermathece

are Perichata elongata, P. quadragenaria, and P. sangirensis ;

but P. vitiensis differs from all of these in the possession of

but a single pair of testes and vas deferens funnels. Is it

identical with Grube’s P. subquadrangulus, which also comes

from Viti? In this case, as with most of Grube’s species, it

is impossible to distinguish the species from his data.

(11) Acanthodrilus Schmarde.

The single specimen of this species was found in fresh

water at Rockhampton (? in Queensland).

It measures about 60 millim. in length by 5 millim. in

breadth. The clitellum occupies segments xil.—xvii., and is

undeveloped ventrally ; the grooves between the clitellar

segments are very evident; dorsal pores are present, but I

could not ascertain where they commenced. Segments ili.—x.

are annulate, the middle segments showing three annuli.

On segments xvii. and xix. are the atrial pores, of which the

anterior marks the ventral edge of the clitellum, and between

segments vil /ix. a pair of spermathecal pores.

The worm being much contracted and the internal organs

softened I am not able to say so much as I could wish about

the anatomy of the worm. ‘The notes that I am able to give,

however, are quite sufficient to distinguish the species. The

dorsal vessel is single ; the nephridia are paired structures.

A gizzard is present, but I am not certain which segment it

occupies ; after the gizzard come five thick mesenteries.

‘Lhe only organs of which 1 am able to give an adequate

account, and they are fortunately the most important, are the

spermathece and the atria.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum. 133

The atria are two pairs lying in segments xvii. and xix.

respectively ; the anterior pair are much the larger ; both are

coiled tubular glands and both are furnished with penial seta.

The anterior larger atria are furnished with five of these sete,

the posterior smaller pair have only two. This was only the

case, however, on one side of the body ; on the right side there

were only two to each atrium. They are curved in form and

show a transverse striation such as is usually found in large

sete up to nearly the free tip. The free extremity of the

sete is not ornamented in any way.

There are apparently two pairs of spermathece. In

describing the external characters I have referred to the

external aperture of the second pair, which are considerably

the larger. Supposing that during copulation the worms lie

in opposite directions, as is the case with Lumbricus, the

larger pair of spermathecee would correspond to the larger

pair of atria. Whether the difference in size is a question of

maturity or indicates a commencing disappearance of one

pair of atria and of the spermathece corresponding to them

I am unable to conjecture. The larger spermatheca showed

a protuberance on the inner side near to its external aperture ;

this I suppose to be a diverticulum. Behind the second pair

of spermathecee is a pair of oval glands of the same appear-

ance but smaller than the spermatheca. Between the two

glands was a sac containing one or two copulatory sete; these

are smaller than the penial sete and of a somewhat different

form, but resemble them in being unornamented at the tip.

Behind this pair of glands is another pair apparently also

furnished with penial sete; but I am not certain as to this

point or as to whether they lie in the same segment or in the

next. Structures similar to these have been described in

other species of Acanthodrilus—for instance in A. Layardi*.

There are now four or five aquatic Acanthodrilids known.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Posterior extremity of Anteus heterostichon, to show the diver-

gence of the set. 8, ventral, 3', dorsal sete; _, nephridiopores ;

a, anus,

Fig. 2. Genital segments of Geoscoler marimus. D.V., dorsal blood-

vessel ; H, “ heart” connecting dorsal with ventral blood-vessel ;

As, esophagus; Ca, calciferous gland; V.S., sperm-sac bent

upon itself; V.d., vas deferens; At., atrium. - The organs of the

left side only are shown.

* F. E. Beddard, “ Note on the Structure of a large Species of Earth-

worm from New Caledonia,” P. Z. S. 1886, p. 173.

134 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Lysianassides

Fig. 3. Posterior end of body of Pontoscoler arenicola. n, nephridio-

pores; A, anus; a, “growing region” figured by Schmarda as

clitellum.

Fig. 4, Extremity of spermatheca of Diacheta littoralis. a, large peri-

toneal cells.

Fig. 5. A spermatheca of the same species.

Fig. 6. A spermatheca of Pontoscoler arenicola. sp., pouch communi-

cating with exterior by long duct.

Fig. 7. Setee of Anteus heterostichon. a, clitellar seta; 7 d, its free extre-

mity more highly magnified ; 4, one of the ordinary setze drawn

to same scale as a; ¢, extremity of this seta more highly mag-

nified.

Fig. 8. Setz of Geoscoler maximus. a, a seta from one of the terminal

segments of the body; 8, free extremity of one of the clitellar

setie.

Fig. 9, Ventral aspect of clitellar and neighbouring segments of Mega-

scolex cingulatus, for explanation of which see text. The seg-

ments are numbered.

Fig. 10. Megascolex cingulatus. Spermatheca. Sp., the main pouch of

the spermatheca; d, diverticulum ; d’, diverticula of this; 0, ex-

ternal orifice.

Fig. 11. The smaller diverticula of one side of the same, more highly mag-

nified.

Fig. 12. “Prostate” of the same, showing the duct given off from the

anterior end.

Fig. 13. Penial seta of the same. a, a seta; b, the free extremity, more

highly magnified.

XVIII.— The Lysianassides of the ‘ British Sessile-eyed

Crustacea, Bate and Westwood. By ALFRED O.

WALKER.

Havin lately been enabled, by the courtesy of the British

Museum authorities, to inspect the collection of Amphipoda

presented by the late Mr. Spence Bate to that institution, I

venture to lay the results, so far as the Lysianasside are

concerned, before your readers.

The collection consists of one hundred and fourteen tubes,

containing Amphipoda, Caprellida, and two species ot

Praniza. he specimens are in methylated spirits. All the

names are in the handwriting of the late Mr. Spence Bate,

and are those of species included in the ‘ Brit. Sess.-eyed

Crust. ;’ but many of the species in that work are not to be

found in the collection. Time and London fog did not permit

me to examine more than the Lysianasside, and the two

species afterwards noted. It must be understood that the

examination had to be carried on without dissection ; never-

theless in most cases I was able, by immersing the specimen

in glycerine, to make out the details with sufficient accuracy.

I take the specimens in the order and with the names given

of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ 135

in the ‘ Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust.’ The numbers are those on

the tubes.

Lysianassa Coste, M.-Fdwards (12).

The tube contains four specimens in good condition. Of

these one only—the largest—is LZ. Coste 9; of the others

two are L. longicornis, Lucas, and the remaining one not a

Lysianassa—perhaps Orchomene pinguis, Boeck. Owing to

the kindness of Dr. Norman in lending me mounted speci-

mens of L. longicornis from the Adriatic, I arrived at the

conclusion that not only were the two specimens mentioned

above that species, but also that the species deseribed by me*

as L. ceratinus is a female of it, as suggested at the time.

The characteristic spine projecting from the lower margin of

the last joint of the peduncle of the upper antenna is absent

in both the specimens I had then obtained; but I have since

dredged a specimen in the Menai Straits which has it

partially developed. It is probably not fully developed till

the animal is full-grown.

Lystanassa Audouiniana, Bate (11).

A single specimen in bad condition. It is impossible to

make out any details without dissection.

Lystanassa atlantica, M.-Kdwards (13).

The tube contains two specimens, of which one appears to

be Callisoma Kréyerti, Bruzelius, and the other to be that

figured in the ‘ Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust.’ It appears to have

been partially dissected, as one of the first and both the second

gnathopods are missing. ‘The telson is not “simple” as

described, but cleft to the base, without lateral spines, but

with a terminal spine in a deep notch ineach division. This

character, while it would remove the species from the genus

Lystanassa to (probably) Socarnes, Boeck, at the same time

agrees sufficiently with M.-Edwards’s description, which says

“‘ Abdomen termine par une lame bilobée.” The first gnatho-

od is much too long and slender for Socarnes Vahlit, Kroyer.

The third pleon-segment has the hinder angle acute and

shortly recurved, but without a sinus, as in Jchnopus spini-

-cornis, Boeck. No spine was observed on the peduncle of the

upper antenne, but there are two on the lower side of the

first joint of the flagellum.

* ‘Proceedings of the Liverpool Biological Society,’ vol. iii. Session

1888-89, p. 200, pl. x. figs. 1-8. -

136 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Lysianassides

Lystanassa longicornis (10).

One specimen in good condition and unmutilated. This is

certainly not Lucas’s species. By immersion in glycerine

the first gnathopods could be plainly seen, with the details of

the hand and wrist clearly defined. The hand is subchelate

and corresponds exactly with that of Orchomene Bate?, G. O.

Sars, when compared with Sars’s figures in his beautiful

work on the Norwegian Amphipoda and with Dr. Norman’s

mounted specimens. It is needless to add that it is

entirely different from that figured in Bate and Westwood’s

plate. It is certain that the mouth-organs figured could not

have been taken from the specimen in the tube, which is, as

I have said, unmutilated; and it therefore seems probable

that the authors dissected a true ZL. longicornis, Lucas,

figuring its mouth-organs and gnathopod, while they figured

the entire animal and the tail from the specimen in the tube,

which I have no doubt is a male Orchomene Bate?, as long

since suggested by G. O. Sars*. At the same time Mr.

Stebbing Tf was fully justified in questioning this in view of

the form of the first gnathopod figured by Bate and West-

wood.

Anonyx longicornis, Bate. Not in the collection.

= Lepidepecreum longicornis.

Anonyx Edwardsi (15).

The tube so labelled contains several specimens of Orcho-

menella ciliata, Sars, the largest of which does not exceed

4$ millim. in length, and no other species. The measure-

ment given by Bate and Westwood is #5 inch, but the two

lines indicating the length given above the figure are respec-

tively this length (or, say, 74 millim.) and 20 millim. It is

therefore tolerably certain that the specimens now in the tube

are not the same as that described and figured. This has

been referred by G, O. Sars to Orchomene Bate’ ¢ , at which

it may stand.

Anonyx obesus, Bate (16).

One specimen, the details of which could not be made out

without dissection.

* ‘Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer,’ 1882, p. 81.

+ ‘Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda,’ p. 460,

of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.’ 137

Anonyx denticulatus, Bate (14).

Two specimens. These agree with Sars’s HHippomedon

denticulatus (‘ Amphipoda of Norway,’ p. 56, pl. xx.).

Anonyx Holbélli (17).

One specimen, which agrees with Sars’s Hoplonyx cicada,

Fabr.,=Anonyx gulosus, Kroyer. It is not A, Holbélli

(Kr.), as shown by Lilljeborg in 1865, who then referred it

to A. gulosus, Kr.

Anonyx minutus. Not in the collection.

plautus.

longipes.

” 9 ”?

” ”? »

Mr. Stebbing has suggested * that A. minutus of the work

in question is the young of Orchomene serratus, Boeck.

Anonyzx plautus, Kroyer, is now Onesimus plautus, Kroyer,

of Boeck and others.

Anonyx longipes, Bate, is Tryphosa longipes, Bate, of

Boeck, and Tryphosites longipes, Bate, of G. O. Sars’s new

work,

Anonyx ampulla (18).

This was shown by Dr. Norman in 1868, in his ‘ Report

on Shetland Crustacea,’ to be the male of Anonyx (Trypho-

sites) longipes. ‘There is only one specimen in the tube, which

has (unlike Bate and Westwood’s figure and description) the

flagellum of the upper antenne pertect and very long. It

appears to agree in the main with Sars’s figure and descrip-

tion, except that the upper flagellum contains about thirty-

eight joints instead of thirty and the telson has six pairs of

spines instead of three, the fourth from the body being the

longest. This may, however, be abnormal, or the animal

may be a very old male.

Callisoma crenata, Bate.

Several specimens.

This concludes the Lysianasside of Bate and Westwood’s

work. It only remains to add that among the species stated

on the labels of the jars to have been “ destroyed or injured

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 431.

138 Mr. R. Kidston on the Occurrence of the

by the action of the spirit”? was Gossea microdentopa, Bate.

I succeeded in extracting three specimens from a mass of

fungus, and was rewarded by discovering that it was the same

species as that described by Bate in the ‘ Catalogue of the

Amphipoda in the British Museum’ under the name of

Pherusa fucicola, Leach, at p. 145, and again under Gossea

microdentopa at p. 159. ‘This therefore adds another to the

list of synonyms given by me in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1891, ser. 6, vol. vil. p. 421, under the name Pherusa Jurinit,

M.-Edw. It will not, however,“involve any alteration in the

generic name Apherusa proposed by me (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1891, vol. viii. p. 83), because a genus of Ceelenterata

was named Grossea by Agassiz in the same year (1862) as Sp.

Bate’s was published. It is therefore obviously more conve-

nient that Agassiz’s genus should be retained.

Pherusa bicuspis.

This, as I have elsewhere* shown, is not Amphithoé bi-

cuspis, Kroyer.

Nant-y-Glyn, Colwyn Bay,

December 9, 1891.

XIX.—On the Occurrence of the Genus Equisetum (E.

Hemingwayi, Kidston) in the Yorkshire Coal-measures.

By Rosert Kinston, F.R.S.E., F.G.S.

Uni the description of Eguisetum Monyz from the Comentry

Coal-field by MM. Renault and Zeiller +, there was no satis-

factory record of the occurrence of the genus Eguisetum in

Paleozoic times ft.

* ‘Fauna of Liverpool Bay,’ 2nd Report, p. 173; ‘ Proceedings of the

Liverpool Biological Society,’ vol. ii. p. 173. i

+ ‘Comptes-rendus Acad. d. Sciences,’ Paris, January 5, 1885, Also

see Renault and Zeiller, “ Etudes sur le terr. houill. d. Comentry: Flore

fossile,” part ii. p. 394, pl. lvii. fig. 7 (Bull. de la Soc. de l'industrie miné-

rale, 3° sér. vol. iv. iit livr. 1890: St. Etienne).

} Several specimens from the Coal-measures have been described under

the name ot Lquisetites, but none of these examples are sufficiently per-

fect to enable one to form any definite opinion as to their true systematic

position. ’

Some have placed the Equisetites mirabilis, Sternb., in Equisetum. The

Equisetites lingulatus, Germar, is another species whose systematic posi-

tion is not satisfactorily determined. ;

Genus Equisetum in the Yorkshire Coal-measures. 13

The specimen described by these authors is a portion of a

stem about 4 inches long and about 14 inch wide at the

broadest part. It shows portions of thirteen nodes bearing

the characteristic toothed sheath of Hquisetum. ‘The chan-

nelling on the stem is feebly shown, but each rib ends in a

tooth.

The specimens I now describe, and one of which is here

figured, show the fructification of an Hguisetum. They

were collected by Mr. W. Hemingway, by whom they were

communicated to me.

The first example of the fossil was received a couple of

years ago, but the earlier specimens discovered were not well

preserved and their true nature was not discerned. More

recently I have received some fine specimens from Mr.

Hemingway, which reveal the true character of the fossil.

The cones are about 1 inch long and a short distance above

the base measure ;°5 inch across. They are rounded at the

base and have been attached to a thick stem, whose width

can be ascertained by the concave fracture where the cone

has separated from the stem. This “ scar” shows that the

top of the stem must have had a thickness of 3% of an inch.

From about a third above its base the cone gradually narrows

upwards, and ends in a blunt apex about ‘5 of an inch wide.

The whole surface of the cone is covered with hexagonal

plates whose diameter is from 7% to 3 of an inch. Tn the

centre of these smooth plates is usually a slightly prominent

point. There appear to be nine transverse rows of plates in

the cone figured (woodcut fig. a).

On some of the other specimens the plates of the cone show

three, seldom four, ridges running from the central point of

the plate to the margin. ‘These I believe to be due to

shrinkage of the specimen before mineralization, and they do

not occur on the specimen figured, which is the finest

example I have seen.

For comparison I place beside the drawing of the fossil a

figure of an immature cone of Hguisetum limosum, Sm. (from

which the sheath at the base has been removed), taken from

a photograph of a herbarium specimen that has been com-

pressed during drying. ‘There is seen here in several of the

plates the small central elevation, similar to what has been

pointed out as occurring in the fossil (woodcut fig.c). Fig. d

shows one of the peltate-shields of Hgutsetum limosum en-

larged. Owing to the shrinkage of the cone in drying its

hexagonal form is not so distinct as in the fresh state, but

it exhibits the central point and the slight elevation of the

margin of the peltate-shield. Fig. b gives one of the plates of

140 On Equisetum i the Yorkshire Coal-measures.

the fossil, also enlarged, whose similar characters are obsery-

able. To return to fig. d, the central tubercle indicates the

point at which the peltate-shield is attached to its stalk ;

hence there is a greater thickness of tissue at this part, and in

drying the peripheral portions of the shield shrink more, and,

being unsupported underneath, fall below the level of the

centre, and thus the central tubercle is formed. One of the

peltate-shields is shown in profile at fig. e *, which illustrates

more fully their structure.

a, Equisetum Hemingway, Kidston. Nat. size.

b, Outer surface of one of the sporangiferous shields of Eguisetum Hem-

ingwayi. Enlarged.

c. Cone of Equisetum limosum, Sm. xX 43; from a photomicrograph.

d. Outer surface of a sporangiferous shield of Equisetum limosum. En-

larged.

e. Sporangiferous shield of existing Lgutsetum seen in profile, to show

central column and sporangia. Enlarged.

Now though the internal structure of the fossil cones is

unknown, I think we are quite warranted in supposing that

the central tubercle and slightly elevated margins of the plates

From Maout and Decaisne, ‘General System of Botany,’ English ed.

p. 904 (1873).

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Frog from Burma, 141

have been produced from similar causes. A comparison of

figs. d and b almost demands this conclusion. Beyond evi-

dence gained from an examination of the surface of the fossil

there is none; but as all the characters exhibited on the outer

surface of recent Hgudsetum occur on the fossils, | think I am

quite justified in placing the Yorkshire specimens in the

genus Lquisetuin.

It gives me pleasure to name this species after Mr. Heming-

way, to whom [ am much indebted for many interesting fossil

plants from the Yorkshire Coal-field.

Before concluding these notes, | may add that the HZippu-

rites gigantea, L. & H.*, from the Lower Coal-measures,

Jarrow Colliery, of which the type is preserved in the Hutton

Collection, and which MM. Renault and Zeiller thought

might possibly belong to the genus Lqutsetum, is a portion

of a stem of Calamitina (probably Calamitina varians,

var. tnsignis, Weiss), and has no very close affinity with the

genus Equisetum. I have examined the type, and the leaves

appear to spring from the node, not as teeth of a sheath, as

represented on their plate, but as free and independent

organs placed close together f.

Equisetum Monyi, RK. & Z., came from the Upper Coal-

measures, whereas Hquisetum Hemingway? originates from

the Middle Coal-measures.

Loe. Monckton Main Colliery, near Barnsley, and Woolley

Colliery, Darton, near Barnsley, Yorkshire.

Hor. Shale over the Barnsley Thick Coal, Middle Coal-

measures.

XX.—Deseription of a new Frog from Burma.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

[Plate IX.]

Rana Oatesii.

Vomerine teeth in two strong oblique series between the

choane, their outer extremities nearly touching the anterior

corners of the latter. Head depressed, longer than broad by

the distance between end of snout and nostrils ; snout long,

pointed, and projecting; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal

* ‘ Fossil Flora,’ vol. ii. pl. exiv.

+ See Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. vol. x. p. 370.

142. Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Frog from Burma.

region concave; nostril much nearer to the end of the snout

than to the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, nearly as large as the eye.

Fingers and toes rather slender, merely swollen at the ends ;

first finger extending distinctly beyond second ; foot half as

long as head and body; toes entirely webbed; subarticular

tubercles rather feeble; inncr metatarsal tubercle feebly

prominent, oval, about one third the length of the inner toe;

no outer tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches half-

way between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin finely

granulate above ; a prominent glandular lateral fold, about

half as broad as the upper eyelid; another fold from the eye

to the shoulder, followed by a prominent gland. Black

above, uniform or marbled with pale brown, and with five

whitish stripes, the middle extending from between the nostrils

to above the vent, the upper pair running along the glandular

lateral fold, the lower pair from the end of the snout along

the upper lip, which is edged with brown, to the groin; sides

of upper surface of snout and upper eyelids pale brown; limbs

pale bronzy brown, with small black spots or marblings,

which are confluent into longitudinal-streaks on the sides of

the tibie ; hinder side of thighs black, spotted or marbled

with white; lower parts white, uniform or spotted with

brown. Male with a large, blackish, external vocal sac on

each side below the mandible, extending from below the

centre of the eye to the fore limb; a humeral gland.

From snout to vent, ¢ 80, ¢ 75 millim.

Several specimens were obtained near Toungoo by Mr.

Ki. W. Oates.

This very handsome frog is most nearly allied to R. hume-

ralis, Blgr., from which it differs in the longer head and the

still more feebly developed digital expansions. The shorter

hind limbs, the longer web between the toes, and the longer

inner finger are characters which differentiate it at once

from £. macrodactyla, Gthr., which has a somewhat similar

coloration.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Rana Oatesii, $, and side view of head and open mouth.

Toxotes microlepis, Gthr.,and T, microlepis, Blyth, 143

XXI.—Note on Toxotes microlepis, Gthr., and Toxotes

microlepis, Blyth. By G. A. BoULENGER.

THE important collection of reptiles and fishes recently made

at ‘loungoo by Mr. IX, W. Oates and presented by him to

the British Museum, among which I found the new frog

described above, contained several examples of a To.otes

which has appeared on all lists of Burmese fishes as Towotes

microlepis; Day * attributing the species to Blyth, Vinci-

guerrat to Giinther. he fact is that two fishes were

described independently and almost simultaneously by

Giinther | from Siam and by Blyth § from Burma under the

name of 7’, microlepis. Day assumed the two species to be

identical, in which view he was followed by Bleeker {| and by

Vinciguerra. Having compared the Burmese specimens with

the Siamese types of 7. microlepis, Gthr., I find them to be

easily distinguishable both as regards structure and colora-

tion. As Giinther’s name was published before Blyth’s I

propose to change the name of the Burmese species to 7’

Blythit. ‘The diagnoses I have drawn up show the distinc-

tive characters of the two species.

1. Zoxotes microlepis, Gthr.

Depth of body one half total length (without caudal) ;

fourth dorsal spine considerably longer than third ; third anal

spine but slightly longer than second dorsal, and shorter than

the soft rays. Four black blotches or vertical bars on the

upper part of the side.

2. Toxotes Blythit.

Toxotes microlepis, Blyth.

Depth of body not half total length (without caudal) ;

fourth dorsal spine not or but slightly longer than third;

third anal spine as long as third dorsal and nearly as long as

thesoft rays. Jrregular black longitudinal blotches or stripes

running along the body ; a small black spot below the axilla.

* ‘Fishes of India,’ p. 117 (1875).

+ Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) ix. 1890, p. 165.

t Cat. Fishes, ii. p. 68 (1860).

§ Journ, As. Soc. Beng. xxix. 1860, p. 142 (1861).

|| Atl. Ichthyol. ix. p. 2.

144 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Strauch’s Triton longipes.

Dimensions.

T. microlepis, T. Blythit.

a ——$A____

Ad. Yg. ‘Ad. Yg.

millim. millim. millim. millim.

Wotal lengths © .:ja2)... sae ase sie 2 = 150 = 80 163 78

» (without caudal) .... 127 66 140 64

Depth Of DOGY - pecs cars eta oe 64 32 59 29

Henothior Mead.” see eee ee tier 44 26 48 26

Diameter of eye fF. 0p 22. .4cce es 12 8 13 8

Length of Ist dorsal spine........ 9 5 9 42

= 2nd . ,, ep aoe 17 10 17 9

5 Sree sg Pe ee Free l4 25 ?

_ rf can OB oy ge or 26 16 26 13

5) SIRO PO eee 9 ag “gg NORS! Saae

= Ist anal fee i te 13 6 13 6

a 2nd ,, Spy einkas Warts 17 9 19 10

OFd) 5 pee oe 18 11 25 14

XXII.— On Strauch’s Triton longipes.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

In my revision of the newts, published in 1882*, I expressed

the opinion that Strauch’s Zriton longipes T from Astrabad,

N. Persia, should probably be considered a variety of

Molge cristata, agreeing with var. Karelinit, Strauch, except

in the more elongate digits. ‘This view was endorsed shortly

afterwards by Camerano f, who referred some Italian speci-

mens (from the Gran Sasso) to subsp. longipes, not, however,

without some hesitation. I am now in a position, thanks to

the kindness of Dr. F. 8. Monticelli, who sent me numerous

specimens of J. cristata from near Naples, to state that

7. longipes represents merely an individual variation ef Molye

cristata, var. Karelint?. Among the Naples specimens there

is one, a male post nuptias, which is in every respect

referable to 7’. /ongipes ; its digits are extremely slender and

elongate, all the fingers except the first extending beyond the

snout when the tore limb is stretched forwards, and the

longest toe reaching the elbow when the limbs are pressed

against the body. As there exists in the same locality every

passage between such a specimen and a normal JZ. cristata,

* Cat. Batr. Grad. s. Caud. 1882.

+ Rey. Salam. Gatt., Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. xvi. no. 4, 1870, p. 44.

{ P. Z. S. 1884, p. 428, and Mon. Anf. Urod. Ital., Mem. Acc. Tor. (2)

xxxvi. 1884.

On the Gibbon of the Island of Hainan. 145

var. Karelinti, it is clear that the form longipes cannot be

upheld even as a subspecies. The measurements are here

given of the specimen referable to J. longipes (a) and of a

normal M. cristata, var. Karelindi (b), both males from Naples,

a, b.

millim. millim.

AU NCHOG 0. ee ts eee 108 108

From snout to cloaca ...... 60 56

MACH SHUN) ) i iad. biieeies os 14 14

WVITOBOCLINCAG. scissile 1] 1)

IBONOWLITID: valecscets ous stie 0% 3031s 25 Fie

JUS QS ae a ee 8 6

UTOMETIMO. s.taeiis chad i w/Psts 28 22

Oren cnc ke¥s.. Fics Petiss sha 8-- £8 10 7

ANSI op SA See? et ee Pee 48 52

It must be borne in mind that the typical form also varies

considerably as regards the elongation of the digits, and that

Strauch’s statement as to the proportions of the limbs in JZ.

cristata applies only to females, which have the digits much

shorter than in the males. It is quite clear, from the

measurements given on p. 46 of his memoir, that the speci-

men from the Gov. Kursk, with which he compares the (male)

type specimen of 7’. longipes, is a female; it need hardly be

added that such a course, in a group of animals in which the

secondary sexual characters are so highly developed, can only

convey a fallacious impression, especially if no mention is

made of the sexes of the specimens the measurements of

which are tabulated.

XXIII.—Note on the Gibbon of the Island of Hainan

(Hylobates hainanus, sp. n.). By OLDFIELD THoMas.

In his paper on the mammals of Hainan* Mr. Robert

Swinhoe has given an account, mainly compiled from native

authorities, of the Gibbon which inhabits that island; but no

specimen appears hitherto to have been brought to Europe.

The animal was referred by Mr. Swinhoe, with some doubt,

to Hylobates pileatus, Gray, the Cambodgian species ; but as

he was unable to obtain a specimen, this reference has never

been confirmed.

At length a specimen of this Gibbon has been presented to

the British Museum by Mr. W. T. Lay, to whom it was

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 224.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 10

146 ~=©Mr. O. Thomas on a new Subspecies of Hare.

brought alive from the island, and in whose care it lived for

about four years in China.

The animal seems most closely to resemble H. hoolock,

but differs from that, as from every other known species

(except H. syndactylus), by the entire absence of the white

superciliary streak, the animal being absolutely jet-black

everywhere.

With the exception of the Siamang all the so-called species

of Hylobates are so closely allied to each other and differ by

characters of such slight importance that they seem to be

really hardly worthy of specific distinction. Still for the

present it seems better provisionally to recognize them as

such, and unless they are all united it will be necessary to

consider the Hainan form also as distinct, its differential

characters being of very much the same value as in the cases

of the other “species.” I would therefore propose for it the

name of Hylobates hainanus. At the same time I confess

that I shall not be surprised to see this form reduced later to

the rank of a subspecies.

T'wo species have, however, also been described as without

the superciliary streak, namely H. fuscus * and H. concolor fF.

The former of these is distinguished from H. hainanus by its

brown colour, apart from all question of locality, while the

latter, based on a young specimen, and that an hermaphrodite,

was a native of Borneo, and in all probability was the same

as H. Mueller’ $. Its youth and abnormality, however, render

it impossible for this point to be settled with certainty, and in

any case it can have nothing to do with the Hainan species.

H. hainanus appears to be of about the same size as H.

hooleck, but the type, although nearly, is not quite adult. Its

humerus measures 210 millim. in length, its ulna 250, and its

femur 185.

XXIV.—Diagnosis of a new Subspecies of Hare from the

Corea. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Lepus sinensis coreanus, subsp. n.

Size slightly larger and heavier than in the typical form.

Colour greyer throughout, the rufous tips to the hairs,

especially on the 1ump -and tail, being replaced by pale

greyish fawn,

* Lewis, Bost. Journ. N. H. i. pt. 1, p. 32 (1834).

+ Harlan, J. Ac. Philad. v. p. 229 (1827).

t See Anderson, Zool. Yunn, Exp., Mamm. p. 11 (1879).

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Meriones. 147

Skull stouter and heavier. Nasals of more equal breadth

throughout, not so markedly compressed and pointed ante-

riorly, nor so much bowed in profile. Frontal region broader,

and the postorbital processes projecting much further out from

the skull.

Dimensions.—Head and body (from skin) (c.) 450 millim.,

tail, with tuft, (c.) 60, ear from crown behind 83, hind foot

107.

Skull: greatest length, from occiput to gnathion, 83;

nasals, greatest length 35, combined breadth anteriorly 15

(against 11°5 in a good Shanghai specimen of Z. s. typicus),

posteriorly 18°8 (against 19°2); least interorbital breadth 21

(against 18) ; least intertemporal breadth 12-2 (against 12°2) ;

distance from the bottom of the postorbital notch to a point

on the outer edge of the postorbital process level with it

transversely 8 (against 54). Palate, length 34. Diastema

22. Breadth of palatal bridge 7. Antero-posterior diameter

of bulla 10°5 (against 11°8).

Hab, Séul, the capital of Corea.

Type a skin obtained on Jan. 28, 1889, and presented to

the Museum by Mr. Charles W. Campbell, of Her Majesty’s

Consular Service.

As the Museum at present possesses only summer skins of

LL. sinensis typicus, it is possible that the above differences in

colour will prove to be only a seasonal character; but the

skull differences are so marked and so constant in a series of

S. Chinese skulls that I do not feel justified in allocating the

Corean hare to the older-known form,

Should, however, the colour differences prove to be con-

stant thrcughout the year it is possible that it will be found

necessary to elevate L. s¢nensis coreanus to the rank of a

distinct species.

XXV.—Description of a new Species of Meriones from

Palestine. By OLDFI£LD THOMAS.

TuE Gerbille now described belongs to the group known as

Meriones, a group which, in agreement with Brandt and

Lataste, and differing from I. Cuvier, Blanford, and Biichner,

I consider differs so essentially from Gerbillus as to merit its

retention as a distinct genus.

I propose, in honour of its discoverer, to name the species

10%

148 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Meriones.

Meriones Tristramt, sp. n.

Size rather small, about equal to that of M. meridianus,

Pall. Ears rather long and narrow, laid forward they reach

beyond the middle of the eye. Fur long and soft. Colour

above dull fulvous, grizzled with black, the general tone not

unlike that of M. Shawt. Underside, hands, and feet white.

Palms quite naked, granulated, with three small distal and

two large proximal pads. Soles mainly hairy, but with a

naked stripe running from the heel forwards to just past the

tarso-metatarsal joint; distal part of sole cushioned, granu-

lated, very thinly haired, with four minute pads at the bases

of the digits and a rudiment of a fifth posterior internal pad

just distinguishable. ‘Tail grizzled yellow and brown above,

with a small black terminal crest and pencil on its distal

inch ; uniformly yellow or white below.

Skull, for a Mertones, slender, narrow, and delicate, but

little flattened and broadened across the parietal region.

Bulle very small for the genus, the neck of the auditory tube

not dilated anteriorly towards the zygoma, as is the case in

M. meridianus and other allied species.

Incisors slightly bevelled, each with a single groove.

Molars of the most MJerdones-like character, ¢. e. hypsodont,

with lozenge-shaped lamineconnected with each other through-

out.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—

Head and body 121 millim., tail 153, hind toot (without

claw) 32, ear (above crown) 16.

Skull: greatest length (approximate) 37; length from

bregma (junction of frontals with parietals) to nasal tip 25:5 ;

zygomatic breadth 18°8; nasals, length 14-7, breadth 3-9 ;

interorbital breadth 6°1; breadth across combined fronto-

parietal sutures 12°5; (interparietal, length 5*, breadth 7-8*) ;

length of ante-zygomatic plate 5:2; diastema 99; palatine

foramina 6°8; bulla (greatest diameter 12:2 *), greatest

diameter of tympanic portion 12°0, greatest breadth from lip

of meatus at right angles to last measurement 8°7. Length

of upper molar series 5:5.

A second specimen, a female, has the head and body 110,

tail 126, and hind foot 29°5.

Hab. Palestine.

Type (B. M. 64. 8. 17. 35) from the Dead Sea; another

specimen from Mount Carmel. Both collected by Canon

H. B. Tristram.

* The measurements in brackets are taken from the smaller female

specimen, owing to the imperfection of the skull of the type.

On the Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 149

This appears to be the species referred with doubt by Canon

Tristram * to ‘ Psammomys tamaracinus, Kuhl,” but is

certainly not the true Meriones tamaricinus, Pall., a very

much larger and heavier animal. Its nearest ally is perhaps

M. meridianus, Pall.; but neither that nor any other species

with which I am acquainted has such a narrow slender skull,

so little broadened posteriorly. Its small and narrow bulla

also distinguish it from all its allies.

XXVI.— The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence: a Study of Arctic

Forms. By the Rev. Tuomas Hrincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

[Plate VLII.]

[Continued from yol, iii, p. 433.]

Flustra solida, Stimpson, (Pl. VIII. figs. 1.)

Flustra solida, Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata Grand Manan, 1853;

Hincks, “ Polyzoa from Barents Sea,” Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. 1880,

ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 282, pl. xv. figs. 2, 3.

Eschara palmata, Sars, Beskriv. over nogle norske Polyzoer, 1862.

a aed palmata, Smitt, Krit. Forteckn, 6fver Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer,

Flustramorpha solida, Vervill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1879.

This very interesting species occurs amongst the St.-Law-

rence dredgings; it was obtained off Bear Head, Anticosti,

at a depth of 120 fathoms. Besides the form described by

Sars a small variety was met with which presents some

notable peculiarities, to which I shall refer hereafter.

Zoarium erect, bilaminate, branched, attaining a height of

about 3 inches, in the adult state composed of broad trans-

versely separated segments, held together by epidermal tubu-

Jar fibres, which traverse the surface of the zoarium and unite

in their course downwards, so as to form cords of many strands,

and ultimately give origin at the base to the fibrils by which

the colony is attached to its site. Zoacéa linear-oblong,

narrow, and usually of great length, inclosed by strongly

marked boundary-lines and perforated round the sides, very

moderately convex, surface smooth, commonly invested by

an epidermal membrane, orifice broader than high, upper

margin very slightly arched, sides nearly straight, lower

margin decidedly curved outward, an articular process at each

* P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 89.

150 Rev. T. Hincks on the

extremity of the marginal curve, peristome not raised; imme-

diately below the orifice an elongate linguiform avicularium,

about a third of the cell in length, or sometimes (in the case

of the dwarfer cells) about half the length, mandible pointing

downwards. Oecium broader than high, rounded above,

and narrowing slightly towards the front, surface smooth and

silvery, a number of roundish perforations and (in some

cases) of narrow elongate fissures round the lower part of it,

the central portion entire, or with a few scattered punctures.

Range. Spitzbergen; Greenland; Finmark; St. Law-

rence; Barents Sea; Grand Manan.

The smaller form to which I have referred as occurring in

the St. Lawrence is characterized by a very slender habit

and by the narrowness of the segments which compose the

zoarium. These differences might only indicate an earlier

stage of growth, but there are others of more significance.

There is a remarkable dissimilarity in the shape of the orifice.

In the larger form (of which we have an admirable descrip-

tion from the elder Sars) it is subquadrangular (“ rotundato-

quadrangularis,” Smitt), and the lower margin is occupied by

a wide and shallow sinuation, stretching between the articular

denticles (Pl. VIII. fig. 16). Inthe smaller form the orifice

is rather taller than broad, the upper margin moderately

arched, and the sides slightly curved, while in the centre of

the inferior margin there is a small but distinct rounded sinus

(Pl. VIII. fig. 1a). I was at first inclined to think that the

latter might be a merely peristomial structure ; but on detach-

ing the opercula they were found to be furnished below with

a projecting process corresponding exactly with the sinus.

The orifice in this form is much more slender than in the

other, and generally of a very different character. Notwith-

standing these important differences it is difficult to believe

that we are dealing with distinct species when we remember

the remarkable similarity between the two forms in most of

their characters, ‘There is a difference, it is true, between

the avicularia on the front wall, which produces an effect on

the general aspect out of all proportion to its intrinsic import-

ance. Inthesmaller form they are of very moderate size, and

either circular or oval; in the other they are (prevailingly)

large and linguiform. But such varieties of shape are too

common amongst avicularian structures to have much syste-

matic weight. Smitt long ago noticed the variability of the

avicularium in his Escharella palmata, which was founded on

the larger of the two forms with which I am dealing. His

figures represent only a subquadrangular orifice. The

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 151

Eschara palmata of Sars seems to be referable to the same

form *,

On a consideration of the whole question I can only suggest

that probably we have to do with one of the species in which

the orifice of the cells bearing the ocecium differs in structure

from that of the ordinary cells. The larger specimens both

from Barents Sea and the St. Lawrence were thickly covered

with ocecia, and on these I have been unable to find an

example of the orifice with the central sinus. On specimens

of the smaller form from the St. Lawrence the Jdatter was

universally present. At the same time it must be admitted

that the exclusive presence of one form of cell throughout

fine and well-developed colonies affords a presumption against

the explanation which | suggest. In similar cases the two

classes of cell are always, so far as I know, mingled together.

The alternative view would be that these forms are distinct

species, which seems to be highly improbable.

Opinions have differed widely as to the precise systematic

position of Flustra solida, Stimpson, who first described it,

referred it to Hlustra, to which it bears a certain amount of

superficial resemblance ; but there is no real affinity between

the two. Sars ranked it in the old genus Eschara, simply on

the ground of its zoarial habit, whilst Verrill placed it in the

Flustramorpha of Gray, a genus since adopted by Busk for

forms with a Microporellidan cell and an erect mode of

growth. Such a genus can of course find no place in our

later systems of classification f.

Smitt has discussed the affinities of this species in the light

of the new views of which he has been so able an expositor,

and assigns it a place in his genus Hscharella, which (as

finally limited) is identical with Smttta}. Undoubtedly

there are points in which it agrees with the members of this

genus, though the differences are by no means unimportant.

The orifice in such a species as Smittia reticulata before the

development of the peristome bears the closest resemblance

to that of Flustra solida in its larger form, the presence of a

central denticle and of marginal spines being the only points

of difference §. But Prof. Smitt had not met with the other

form of orifice carrying a sinus on the lower margin, which

* In Stimpson’s figure the avicularium is represented as small and

suborbicular.

+ Verrill makes the presence of “chitinous fibres strengthening the

zoarium ” the distinctive generic character. But this is common to many

very dissimilar forms.

{ ‘ British Marine Polyzoa,’ vol. i. p. 541.

§ ‘History of British Marine Polyzoa,’ pl. xlviii. fig. 4.

152 Rev. T. Hincks on the

indicates affinity with the Schizoporellide. Should further

examination show that the oritice in F/ustra solida is dimor-

phous, as it isin many of the Cheilostomata, and that the two

forms which I have described are referable to one species, it

will probably find a place in the above family. Unfortunately

I have only had immature fragments of the so-called “ smaller

form,” and though they have enabled me to asceitain with

accuracy the structure of its cell-mouth, they do not furnish

the means of determining with certainty the relation between

the two forms.

A striking characteristic of F. solida is the epidermal

covering of a uniform greyish tint which invests the surface

of the zoeecia and occasionally of the ocecium also, though

this is more usually free and retains its silvery lustre. The

chitinous fibres which hold together the detached segments

of the zoarium and also give origin to the organs of attach-

ment are tubular extensions of the membranous covering of

the cell * (PI. VIII. fig. 1¢).

Monoporella spinulifera, Hineks, var. (PI. VIII. fig. 3.)

Mucronella spinulifera, Hincks, “ Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” ‘Annals,’

May 1889, p. 431, pl. xxi. fig. 3.

This species was described and figured in the last part of

this series of papers; but I have since met with a strongly

marked variety (Pl. VIII. fig. 3), which should not be passed

without notice.

Var. praclara.—Zoecia much larger than in the common

form, more convex and deeply divided ; immediately below

the orifice a large umbo, which frequently rises to a con-

siderable height ; oral denticle wanting.

The large size of the cell, the suboral umbo, and the

absence of so distinctive a feature as the spinule on the lower

margin materially affect the general appearance of the

zoarlum.

I have ranked this species in the genus Mucronella ; but on

reconsideration I am inclined to think that its affinities are

rather with Monoporella.

Smitt has described and figured M. spinulifera + under the

name Discopora cruenta, identifying it with the Lepralia

cruenta, Norman, from which it differs essentially. He had

* See a paper by the author, “On new Hydroida and Polyzoa from

Barents Sea,” ‘ Annals’ for October 1880, p. 282.

+ “ Kritisk FPorteckning 6fv. Skandinaviens Hafs-Bryozoer,” G2fversigt

al Kong]. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl, 1871.

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 153

previously ranked it as a form of Microporella ciliata (“ forma

dura”) *, His figure of Discopora cruenta is a very good

representation of the present species.

A peculiarity of the ocecium must not be omitted; the

thick granular collar which incloses the orifice of the cell is

earried up on each side, covering the lower part of the ocecium

and concealing its oral arch. ‘This is shown, though only

partially, in the figure accompanying my last paper (‘ Annals,’

ser. 6, vol. ili. pl. xxi. fig. 3).

The surface of the cells as calcification proceeds becomes

granular and glistening; but in earlier stages it is thickly

covered with minute pores, a line of somewhat larger size

running round the margin.

Schizoporella cruenta, Norman (sp.). (PI. VIII. fig. 5.)

Lepralia violacea, var. cruenta, Busk, B. M. Cat. pl. ex. fig. 1.

The figure of this species, taken from a St.-Lawrence

specimen (Pl. VIII. fig. 5), shows a much more rugged con-

dition of the surface than [| have met with before. Even

Busk’s excellent figure, in which the two large nodules below

the orifice are represented, gives no adequate idea of the

extent to which these elevations of the surface may be deve-

loped. ‘The suboral nodules seem to be almost always

present on adult zocecia; but in addition to these one is

sometimes placed near the bottom of the cell, whilst the

thickened upper margin of the peristome, which in its simplest

condition is carried up into a central peak, is commonly

broken up into two or more of the nodular prominences. At

the same time the whole surface is furrowed and ridged and

granulated.

The margin of the cell is oceupied by a line of very large

pores and a number are scattered over the front wall. The

zocecia near the margin of the colony are comparatively

smooth and flattish and the nodules upon them merely rudi-

mentary.

The figure of S. cruexta in my ‘ Hist. Brit. Mar. Polyzoa’

was taken from a specimen in which caleification was not

redundant, and does not present what must probably be con-

sidered the more usual aspect of the species,

A question may be raised as to the systematic position of

this form. I have placed it in the genus Sehizoporella, on

the ground that “the orifice of the young cells is slightly

* “Kritisk Forteckn. &c., Céftversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad, Férhandl

1867, Bihang, p. 61, pl. xxiv. fig. 17.

154 Rev. T. Hincks on the

sinuated in front,” or, as the character is given in the diag-

nosis, slightly channelled in front.”

This character is not very strongly marked, and in the

more highly calcified condition of the cell is often difficult to

detect. On young zccecia in the marginal region of the

colony a shallow rounded sinus may be detected, though even

amongst these cells not unfrequently occur in which the

margin has all the appearance of being entire. In the case

of older zocecia, which are overlaid by a thick calcareous crust

and the orifice is sunk in a comparatively deep shaft, the sinus

will often be sought in vain.

It is right to add that Mr. 8. O. Ridley, who obtained the

species from Franz-Joseph Land, found the oral sinus “ well

marked in most, even old cells” *.

Lepralia pertusa, Esper. (Pl. VIII. fig. 7.)

There seems to have been a good deal of uncertainty about

this species; I have therefore given a figure taken from a fine

St.-Lawrence specimen in which the characters are well

displayed. Smitt, in one of his later works +, identifies it

with his Escharella porifera (a near ally, if not a mere variety,

of Smittia Landsborovit), trom which it is separated by

important differences. Of Busk’s figures one or two are

referable to another species. Waters, in his ‘ Bryozoa of the

Bay of Naples,’ has recorded two varieties of Lepralia per-

tusa, both of which probably are quite distinct from Esper’s

species.

Schizoporella cincta, Wincks, var. (PI. VIII. fig. 2.)

Lepralia cincta, ‘ Annals,’ ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 254, pl. vili. fig. 6.

A variety of this New-Zealand species occurs amongst the

St.-Lawrence dredgings which is distinguished by a peculiar

condition of the cell-wall in the immediate neighbourhood of

the avicularium. In the typical form a prominent umbo rises

immediately below the orifice, bearing on its summit an elon-

gate pointed avicularium, placed transversely. In the variety

the umbo has disappeared or is reduced to a very slight and

inconspicuous elevation forming part of a distinct area of the

cell-wall, extending to a greater or less distance below the

orifice, sometimes almost orbicular, sometimes elongate and

stretching down about half the length of the cell. This area

* ‘Annals’ for June 1881, p. 449.

+ Osfvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl, 1878,—No. 7. Bryozoa from

the Arctic Sca (Peninsula of Kola).

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence. 155

differs remarkably in appearance from the rest of the cell,

which is of a brown colour and thickly covered with pores.

It is smooth, dense, and of a whitish colour, showing very

distinetly on the dark front wall. ‘The avicularium lies across

the upper part of it, immediately under the lower margin of

the orifice, slanting slightly upwards. ‘The whole structure

probably represents the umbo of the normal form. Its effect

on the general appearance of the cell is very striking.

The orifice in this species is wide and well arched above,

but below the articular denticles, which are placed more than

halfway down, it narrows off and terminates below in a curved

line. The structure of the orifice would seem to connect it

with the genus Schizoporella rather than Lepralia.

Membranipora armifera, Uincks. (PI. VIII. fig. 4.)

Membranipora armifera, Hincks, “ Contributions towards a General

History of the Marine Polyzoa,” ‘ Annals,” ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 82, pl. xi.

fig. 5.

Some time since I described a species of Membranipora from

the St. Lawrence under the above name; but it now appears

that the specimen was immature on which the description

was founded. Fortunately the occurrence of the perfect form

enables me to revise and complete the diagnosis.

Zowcia ovate, quincuncial, wholly membranous in front,

margin rather wide, the inner border crenulate, two spines at

the top, on each side (or sometimes on one only) a little

below the upper margin an acute avicularium, placed obliquely

on the top of a prominent bracket-like support, carinate in

front, mandible directed downward, a tall and very stout

articulated spine rising from the margin close to one or (occa-

sionally) both of the lateral avicularia, immediately below

the cell a large mounted avicularium. Oceccum rather large,

much broader than high, surface smooth and entire, a promi-

nent rib across it a little above the oral arch, and at the top a

large elongate avicularium placed obliquely and_ stretching

along one side of the cell above, mandible pointed.

flab, On shell and stone, and incrusting Flustra membra-

naceo-truncata, Smitt.

Commonly only one of the lateral avicularia is present, and

the large articulated spine takes the place of the other. In

some cases both avicularia are present, each with an attendant

spine. When the ocecium is developed it adheres to the

avicularium at the base of the cell above, which appears as if

it were a part of it.

This species is nearly allied to AZ, unicorns, Fleming.

156 On the Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence.

Porella concinna, Busk (granular var.).

(PI. VIII. fig. 6.)

I have already referred to the variability of this species in

superficial character. The figure represents a highly granu-

lar form, which I had supposed to be (probably) the Lepralia

Belli of Sir J. W. Dawson *. The latter indeed is described

as having a sinuated orifice, a character which does not be-

long to any variety of P. concinna. Still it seems more than

probable, taking all things into consideration, that L. Belli

is nothing more than a form of this variable species. Speci-

mens are of common occurrence in which the cells are

separated by a distinctly “sinuous furrow,” which is one of

the diagnostics of Sir W. Dawson’s species.

Cellepora canaliculata, Busk.

Cellepora canaliculata, Busk, ‘Challenger’ Report, part i. p. 204, pl. xxx.

fig. 5.

This species seems to be not uncommon, It forms small

nodular masses, which incrust the stems of Hydroida. It

was first obtained on the ‘ Challenger’ voyage in the neigh-

bourhood of Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 51 fathoms.

The o@cium was not observed. It is globose, of compara-

tively large size, much broader than high, rather prominent

in front, oral arch wide and shallow, surface smooth, shining,

entire.

Lagenipora spinulosa, Hincks.

Lagenipora spinulosa, Hincks, “ Polyzoa of Queen Charlotte Islands,”

p. dl (sep.) and 40: ‘ Annals,’ ser. 5, vol. xiii. pl. ii, fig. 4, and pl. ix,

fig, 4

This very interesting form occurs abundantly. It has

only been noticed previously amongst Dr. G. M. Dawson’s

dredgings from the Queen Charlotte Islands. It is probably

an Arctic form. ‘The St.-Lawrence specimens hitherto met

with are all crustaceous in habit, overspreading the stems of

Hydroida. The erect branching form obtained at the Queen

ee]

Charlotte Islands has not occurred.

Smittia Landsborovit, Johnston.

There has been some confusion about this species, and the

identification is not always to be trusted. Smitt has ranked

* ‘Contributions to Canadian Natural History,’ by W. 8. M. D’Urban

and Robert Bell; Polyzoa, p. 52. (1éxtracted from the Report of the

Geological Survey for 1868: Montreal, 1860.)

On the Development of Dreissena polymorpha. — 157

two or three forms under it which must, I think, be accounted

distinct *. Amongst the St.-Lawrence dredgings the true

typical form is not by any means common; the species is

represented chiefly by the variety portfera of Smitt. One

specimen has occurred to me which, in addition to the ordi-

nary characteristics of S. Landsborovii, is furnished with the

large spatulate avicularia, which are rarely developed and

always in connexion with the ocecium.

Myriozoum planum, Dawson.

Myriozoum crustaceum, Smitt, Krit. Forteckn., Efversigt Kongl. Vet.-

Akad. Forh. 1867, Bihang, p. 114.

This species was first described as Lepralia plana by Sir

J. W. Dawson in 1858. His account of the species is con-

tained in a paper on the Polyzoa of the Gulf of St. Law-

rence, published in the Report of the (Canadian) Geological

Survey for 1858. It was afterwards (1860) reprinted along

with other papers on the fauna of Canada by Messrs. D’ Urban

and Robert Bell, under the title ‘ Contributions to Canadian

Natural History.’ This paper seems to have been entirely

overlooked, and in 1867 Prot. Smitt described the present

form under the name of Myriozoum crustaceum. Sir W.

Dawson’s diagnosis may not be as full and minute as we

should now desire, but it imdicates the general character of

the species, and his name has as good a claim to be retained

as those of a large proportion of the older writers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

. Flustra solida, Stimpson, with sinus. la, Outline of orifice of

smaller form, 1. Ditto of larger form. le. Showing the con-

nexion between the epidermal covering of the cell and the

tubular fibre.

Fig.

Fig. 2. Schizoporella cincta, Hincks, var.

Fig. 3. Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks, yar. preclara.

Fig. 4. Membranipora armifera, Hincks,

Fig. 5. Schizoporella cruenta, Norman.

Fig. 6. Porella concinna, Bisk, granular variety.

Fig. 7. Lepralia pertusa, Esper.

XXVII.—On the Development of Dreissena polymorpha,

Pallas. By Dr. KuGEN KorscHe tr f.

THe development of Dretssena is particularly interesting

because, for reasons which will be discussed forthwith, we

* Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 345.

+ Translated from a separate impression from the ‘ Sitzungs-Berichte

der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde,’ no. 7, Jahrg. 1891, pp. 131-

146. Communicated by the Author,

158 Dr. E. Korschelt on the

might in its case expect to find free-roving larve (in fresh

water). Chiefly on this account I endeavoured during the

summer of last year to elucidate the hitherto unknown repro-

duction and development of this mollusk. At that time my

investigations were undertaken too late; but with the com-

mencement of spring of the present year I recommenced my

observations and persevered with them until I finally suc-

ceeded in deciding this question. JI would remark at the

outset that in the following pages I have no intention of

giving a detailed account of the development of Dreissena.

My observations were, as I have already hinted, directed

chiefly towards the one point of the presence or absence of

free-roving larve. Moreover they were really intended to

partake of an orientating character, in order to determine the

time and manner of the reproduction of Dreissena, and thereby

to facilitate a subsequent minute investigation of the deve-

lopment, since this was not possible for me this year on

account of other tasks which could not be postponed. Mean-

while it is already possible to determine the leading features

of the development of Dretssena, so that a communication on

the subject will not be unwelcome.

As a general rule development by means of free-roving

larvee provided with a velum is characteristic of the Lamelli-

branchs. Nevertheless an exception is formed by the fresh-

water mussels. As is frequently the case in freshwater forms,

e.g. in the Annelids, Turbellarians, &c., these creatures adopt

a direct development with the freshwater existence, and

abandon the original method by means of free-roving larve.

Thus we see that the freshwater mussels have already

assumed the adult form on leaving the mother (Cyclas, Pisi-

dium) or else pursue a course of development in which larve

indeed appear, but which is at once recognizable as having

undergone secondary modification and considerable adaptation

to the present mode of life of the mussels (Unionide).

Cyclas and Pisidium exercise a brooding-process, since they

form a kind of brood-pouches within the gills, in which the

eggs develop until the formation of the pertect animal is

almost complete. Nevertheless these mussels pass through

a stage in which the embryo is to be considered equivalent

to the free-roving larva, which has been compared to the

Trochophora of the Annelids. The velum of the larve of

marine mussels is indicated by an area of cilia in the embryo

of Cyclas ; in this case therefore we may speak of a rudimen-

tary velum*. Moreover it possesses a primitive kidney, the

* KE. Ziegler, “ Die Entwicklung von Cyelas cornea, Lam.,” Zeitschr. f.

wiss. Zool. 41 Bd., 1885.

Development of Dreissena polymorpha, Pallas. 159

excretory organ which is so important for the Vrochophora-

larva (Ki. Ziegler). With this we have the chief character-

istics of the Trochophora, but this stage which repeats the

Trochophora in a modified condition merely represents a

transitory period of the embryonic development. In the case

of the Unionide the typical form of the Lamellibranch larva

receives even less expression. Here the velum is entirely

wanting, and a tuft of cilia in the anal region is all we have

to remind us of the free-roving larva*. The ova of the

Unionide likewise develop in the gills, and the larvee which

are expelled from them, provided with shells and shell-hooks,

have already reached a tolerably advanced stage of develop-

ment—with the free-swimming larve of marine Lamelli-

branchs they have nothing in common. As is well known,

they attach themselves to fishes, upon which they live para-

sitically fora time T. ‘This mode of life at once bears witness

to the extent of the adaptation which they have undergone,

and which explains the striking transformation of their

organization as also the various modifications of their early

developmental stages t.

Since the development of the freshwater mussels which

have been mentioned exhibits so greatly modified conditions,

it seemed interesting to ascertain how Dredssena behaves in

this respect. Asa near ally of the common mussel Dredssena

possesses more the character of a marine form, and we miglit

therefore expect to meet with free-roving larve in its case, a

most unusual phenomenon for freshwater mollusks, On the

other hand, it appears to follow from the manner in which

Dretssena is supposed to have entered our waters that it has

long been accustomed to a freshwater existence, and thus

perhaps an influence might also have been exerted upon the

development. It appears that Dredssena has been derived

from the region of the Euxine. It probably penetrated into

our waters by continually travelling further up stream from

the wide mouth of the Volga§. At any rate it was trans-

ported by connecting canals into those water-courses also

* C. Schierholz, “ Ueber die Entwicklung der Unioniden,” Denkschrift.

k. Akad. Wiss. zu Wien, Math.-naturw. Cl. 45 Bd., 1889.

+ M. Braun, “‘ Postembryonale Entwicklung von Anodonta,” Zool. Anz.

1 Jahrg., 1878.

Schierholz, op. cit.

F, Schmidt, “‘ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der postembryonalen Entwicklung

der Najaden,” Arch. f. Naturgesch. 51 Jahrg., 1885.

{ A. Goette, ‘‘Bemerkungen uber die Embryonalentwicklung von

Anodonta piscinalis,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 52 Bd., 1891.

§ E. von Martens, “ Eine eingewanderte Muschel,” Der Zoologische

Garten, 6 Jahrg., 1865.

160 Dr. E. Korschelt on the

which open into the Baltic. Finally, and probably in a

similar fashion, it also reached our rivers, and there wandered

up stream, until at last it attained its present wide distribu-

tion *,

It has been reported from the Caspian Sea that Dretssena

sometimes still occurs among marine mussels, though even

here it confines itself to water which is less rich in salt, and

is only found in the estuary of the Volga, which is probably

largely impregnated with fresh water. Other truly marine

mussels, such as Curdium, have been found in its vicinity in

a dead state. In the Baltic it lives only within the bays,

and it is interesting to note that here it seems to endure the

strong salt water even less than a freshwater snail, Neriténa

fluviatilis, since the latter is found on the outer side of break-

raters, while Dretssena occurs only on the inside (KE, von

Martens). In a verbal communication Prof. von Martens is

decidedly of the opinion that Dretssena now really lives in

fresh water only.

Dreissena polymorpha is consequently to be regarded more

as a freshwater mussel than as a marine form. We see that

the question as to how it behaves with reference to its deve-

lopment is thereby brought still more closely home to us, for

it would always be possible that a modification had set in in

the mode of development. It is true that the small changes

in the organization of the mussel itself do not support this

theory. I was therefore able to search for the larve of

Dreissena with some prospect of success. Since the mussel

is of frequent occurrence near Berlin, and is even found in

abundance in Lake Tegel, a successful treatment of the

problem was rendered the more easy.

Although it appeared to me to be probable that reproduc-

tion took place in the spring, I nevertheless examined a

considerable number of the mollusk in August of last year,

and found them only moderately provided with sexual

products or almost entirely destitute of them. However, the

very small size of the ripe ova appeared to me even at that

time to confirm the supposition of a free development.

This year from March onwards I watched the setting in of

the breeding-season both in the case of the Dretssena of

* In the discussion on this point attention was drawn by Prof. Nehring

to the fact that Dretssena polymorpha previously occurred in North

Germany, and has been found in the Diluvium of Kast and West Prussia,

as he informed the ‘Gesellschaft’ some years ago (Sitzungs-Ber. 1883,

p. 68, “ Ueber das fossile Vorkommen von Cervus dama, Cyprinus carpio,

und Dreissena polymorpha in Norddeutschland”), It is supposed that

Dreissena (probably owing to unfavourable climatic conditions) was driven

away, and subsequently immigrated once more,

Development of Dreissena polymorpha, Pallas. 161

Lake Tegel as also in that of the mussels which are pre-

served under the most favourable possible conditions of exist-

ence in the reservoir of the garden of the Zoological Institute

here. In the case of two of the latter, which had been

obtained from 'Tegel only a short time before and placed in

the reservoir, I observed as early as the middle of May the

deposition of a large number of ova, which were found in

each instance in a cohering mass near the mussel. These

eggs did not develop, but soon perished. It was not until

the middle of June that the deposition of ova was observed

once more, and shortly after this the normal reproduction

and development commenced. Whether it was merely retarded

this year in consequence of the peculiarly low temperature of

the spring, or whether it always takes place at this relatively

late season, can only be determined by the observations of

future years.

The very small ova of Dretssena polymorpha are deposited

freely in the water; they are only surrounded by an extremely

delicate envelope and are very scantily supplied with yolk.

This very condition of the ova was evidence of the occur-

rence of tree-roving larve. ‘The method of oviposition is as

follows. The mussel slightly opens the valves of its shell,

and, quickly closing them again, a little ball of ova is

extruded. This process is repeated several times and is

readily observable in the aquarium by arranging the proper

time. ‘The balls of ova, which do not at once lose their

cohesion, appear like little whitish lumps of mucus.

The unequal segmentation of the ova exhibits a great

agreement with that of other mussels, as described by Lovén,

Flemming, Rabl, Hatschek, Ziegler, Horst*, and others.

The same 1s also true on the whole for the subsequent develop-

mental stages, which will receive a detailed description at a

later date, and will here be considered only in so far as they

are necessary for the comprehension of the development of

the larval form. These processes present a quite peculiarly

close approximation. to the conditions which obtain among

the marine mussels, which is not to be wondered at for the

very reason that they soon lead to the same result.

An expansion of the primitively narrow segmentation-

* W. Flemming, “Studien in der Entwicklungsceschichte der Na-

jaden,” Sitzungs-Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-nat. Cl. 51 Bd., 1875,

C. Rabl, “Ueber die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Malermuschel,”

Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturw. 10 Bd., 1876.

R. Horst, “ Embryogénie de V’huitre ( Ostrea edulis) ,” Tijdschrift Neder-

landsche Dierkundige Vereenigung, Supplement, Deel i., 1883-84,

“On the Development of the Kuropean Oyster,” Quart. Journ. Mier.

Se. vol. xxii., 1882.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 11

162 Dr. E. Korschelt on the

cavity takes place, and with this the embryo which has

arrived at the Gastrula-stage assumes a roundish oval shape.

The rudiment of the intestine arises by the growing inwards

from in front of an ectodermal invagination towards the endo-

dermal portion (the subsequent mid-gut) ; this is the fore-

gut, which afterwards unites with the endoderm. ‘The hind-

gut appears to arise in a similar way, though it was impossible

to decide this with certainty. I have likewise been hitherto

unable to determine satisfactorily the origin and further

differentiation of the mesoderm. At an early period meso-

dermic cells may already be observed in the primary body-

cavity, scattered about or collected together in groups, yet a

doubt must be allowed to exist as to their relation to the

mesodermic bands, which have been described for other

mussels, and as to whether these bands are present in so

definite a form.

Before the development of the intestine has yet proceeded

so far as has been indicated above there has appeared, in the

shape of an invagination of the ectoderm, the rudiment of

another organ of extreme importance for the development of

the Lamellibranchs ; this is the shell-gland. ‘The embryo, or

more correctly speaking the larva, assumes a broadly pear-

shaped form. ‘The widening of the anterior portion is espe-

cially pronounced: while even at an earlier period scattered

cilia appeared at different parts of the body and caused it to

rotate, they are now found packed more closely together on

the thickened anterior portion, and here form a ciliated ring,

which indicates the rudiment of the velum. ‘This stage

exhibits the greatest similarity to the marine larvee (of JJodio-

larta and Cardium) which are figured in Lovén’s paper *.

We now have the Zrochophora-larva ot Dretssena betore us,

and it is an interesting point that this stage, which in the

case of other freshwater mollusks (Cyclas, Pistdium, and

Gastropods) is passed through in a more or less modified form

within the egg-membrane, ¢. e. during the embryonic deve-

lopment, is preserved as a free-swimming stage in the case of

Dreissena. ‘The Annelids, too, which live in fresh water or

upon the land (Oligochetes and Hirudineans), pass through

this stage, as is well known, only in a modified condition

within the cocoon, so that free-swimming Trochophora-larve

were not known in fresh water.

Still essentially in the 7vrochophora-stage is also the some-

what older larva, in which the shell-membrane has con-

* 5. Lovén, “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entwicklung der Mollusea

acephala lamellibranchiata,” aus den Abhandl. der k. Schwed. Akad.

Wiss. fur das Jahr 1848 im Auszuge tibersetzt: Stockholm, 1879.

Development of Dreissena polymorpha, Pallas. 163

siderably increased in size, and already presents the appear-

ance of the bivalve mussel-shell (fig. 1). ‘This condition of

the larva, apart from the processes which take place in the

interior, continues for a long time. As it is peculiarly charac-

teristic, and is useful for the discovery of the larva, a few

sketches of it are given herewith.

Fig. 1.

\ bf } 5

SL ape

i} Owe <A 7

(Pf dk? 4s

™.~ AN

\ W

rs ae si |

Younger larva of Dretssena, with bivalve shell (s) and velum (vel.), seen

from the side. a, anus; m, stomach; mu, mouth; sm, adductor

muscle,

Before all things important and characteristic is, besides

the shell, which is at first delicate and composed of a thin

cuticular membrane, and subsequently somewhat stouter, the

extensive velum.

The velum appears as, so to speak, a fleshy organ, which

is beset with stout cilia at itsmargin. It possesses a peculiar

pigmentation, which greatly increases with the age of the

larva (figs. 1 and 2). Fig. 1 shows the velum as seen from

the side in a younger larva, and the following figures exhibit

it in older larve in different positions. From fig. 3, which

represents an older Iarva seen from the side, it is evident what

a considerable size the velum may assume.

The larva is usually observed as represented in fig. 2. It

swims on the surface of the water, with the velum directed

upwards. In front and behind we see the valves of the shell

projecting beneath the expanded velum (figs. 2, 3). The

ciliary movement is most readily comparable to the rotation

of a circular saw, since only a certain number of the cilia are

extended simultaneously, while the interjacent ones appear to

be bent. Sometimes the whole of the cilia are stretched

straight out. The motion of the larva is very rapid, and

164 Dr. E. Korschelt on the

generally takes place in such a way that the deeply pig-

mented spot (p7), which is observable in fig. 2, is directed

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

Fig, 2.—Larva of Dreissena, looking down from above upon the velum,

which is fully expanded. p, pigmentation of the velum (vel.); pi,

pigment beneath the oral opening; s, shell, which is for the most

part concealed by the velum.

Fig. 3.—Older larva of Dreissena, with velum greatly expanded, seen

from the side. m, retractor muscles of the velum (vel.); pt, pig-

ment; s, the two valves of the shell.

towards the rear. When swimming at full speed the larva

suddenly halts, and for a longer or shorter time imparts a

spinning motion to its velum

without moving from the spot.

At the smallest disturbance the

velum is retracted, the valves

of the shell, which are only

slightly opened, close with a P*-- --

snap, and the larva sinks to the

bottom.

A striking feature is the

bilobed character of the velum;

this is especially noticeable atpt- - ~ - 4

the commencement of expan-

sion, but is also visible in cer-

tain positions in the fully ex-

panded state (fig. 4). This

condition reminds us strongly

of the bilobed velum of the

Gastropods. Attention has CJ

moreover already been drawn Olickianyaiet Direneontayeitcchegoks

by Ziegler to a similar state god velum (vel.), whichin the figure

of things in the reduced velum is viewed obliquely. _p, pigmenta-

of Cyclas ; yet this condition is tion of the yelum; pi, pigmenta-

not noticeable in Cyclas until "°" in the vicinity of the mouth ;

later stages of development, and * ‘B® Valves of the shell.

ges pment, an

Fig. 4,

Development of Dreissena polymorpha, Pallas. 165

owing to the great degeneration which has taken place in the

velum in this instance it is less distinctly visible.

The larvee of Dreissena are very minute, and are exceeded

in size by various pelagic Infusoria of Lake Tegel. Indeed

at first sight they themselves produce the impression of an

Infusorian provided with a strong adoral zone of cilia, or they

might be mistaken for a Rotifer if the velum happens to be

in active rotary motion.

At the season at which the majority of Drezssena are

engaged in reproduction, this year, therefore, towards the

end of the month of June and the beginning of July, the

larvee occur in large numbers on the surface of the water, so

that with the help of the fine pelagic net it is then easy to

procure material.

The chief features in the larval organization are recognizable

from fig. 1—the bivalve shell (figs. 2 and 3, s), the velum

with its retractors, and a ciliation, also found in the larve of

other mussels, in the neighbourhood of the anus. As in the

Trochophora, the oral opening lies behind the powerful zone

of cilia of the velum. In older larvee there appears behind

the mouth a peculiar pigmentation, which often has a bilobed

appearance (figs. 2-4, pz), and which I was at first inclined

to regard as the earliest indication of the byssus-gland; the

position of the latter, however, would not well agree with

this. A closer investigation of the subsequent stages will be

necessary before we can decide whether a more important

significance attaches to this formation. ‘The fore-gut, which

is marked off tolerably sharply from the mid-gut, leads into

the wide stomach, upon which two cecum-shaped evagina-

tions doubtless represent the rudiment of the liver. At an

early period the section of the intestine following the stomach

forms a coil, which subsequently increases in extent when a

lengthening of the intestine sets in.

On the dorsal side the adductor muscle appears early (fig. 1).

I have not as yet been able to determine with certainty the

nature of a thickening which is found between mouth and

anus, yet I am inclined to regard it as the rudiment of the

pedal ganglion, owing to the great agreement between its

position and that of the pedal ganglion described by Hatschek

for the Trochophora of Teredo *.

It would have been very desirable to settle the presence of

the primitive kidney in the Yrochophora of Dreissena, yet in

the short time which I was able to devote to the investigation

of the younger larval stages I did not succeed in finding it.

* B, Hatschek, “ Ueber Entwicklungsgeschichte yon Teredo,” Arbeiten

Wien. Zool, Inst. 3 Bd., 1881,

166 Dr. E. Korschelt on the

Since this larval organ has not only been proved to exist in

the free-swimming Trochophora of Teredo (Hatschek), but

was also described for the very degenerate Trochophora of

Cyclas (Ziegler), it is hardly open to doubt that it is present

in Dreissena also; the more so since the agreement of the

larve of Dreissena with those of the marine Lamellibranchs

is in other respects complete—a fact to which I would call

attention once more. This appears in a peculiarly striking

fashion on instituting a comparison with the figures which

Lovén (loc. cit.) gives of various larve (belonging to Car-

dium, Modiolaria, Montacuta, and other genera which are not

further specified). The larva in its youngest stages provided

with a bivalve shell exhibits a very remarkable agreement

with that of the European oyster, as figured by Huxley *,

Mobius t, and Horst (loc. cit.). The shape of the shell, too,

at first resembles that of the shell of the young oyster-larva.

It is almost circular, though it appears flattened on the dorsal

surface, owing to two straight lines which there come into

contact (fig. 1). It subsequently becomes more circular ; with

further growth the shell becomes arched; this takes place

especially in the region of the cardo, and leads to the forma-

tion of the umbo. The shell is now not unlike that of a

Cardium. It still consists solely of a membrane of conchiolin ;

the secretion of the calcareous matter does not take place

until later.

The larve rove about for some eight days, and during the

greater portion of this period are found chiefly on the upper

surface of the water. In Lake Tegel multitudes of pelagic

alow were collected at the same time, and these doubtless

provide the larve with sufficient nourishment. When they

are still thoroughly capable of active progression by aid of

the velum they sink from the surface to the bottom of the

water. This may either be explained as resulting from

changes which now take place in their organization or may

be traceable to the fact that food is perhaps easier of acqui-

sition in the depths.

While the larva was still enjoying a pelagic existence

certain changes set in, of which the most important is the

formation of the foot. The latter appears as a protuberance

between the mouth and anus, and quickly assumes a conical

shape. It then grows in length, and is forced to become bent

* H. Huxley, “ Oysters and the Oyster-Question,” English Ilustrated

Magazine, 1883.

Copied in Jackson’s paper “ Phylogeny of the Pelecypoda,’’ Mem. Bost.

Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. no. viil., 1890,

+ K. Mobius, ‘ Die Auster und die Austernwirthschaft,’ Berlin, 1877.

Development of Dreissena polymorpha, Pallas. 167

to enable it to obtain accommodation within the shell. In

the case of such larvee as have been collected at the bottom of

the aquarium we observe how the foot is extended like a feeler

when the animal is at rest, while the shell slightly opens.

The velum is then gradually unfolded, and the larva swims

away by its aid, to all appearances quite as actively as before.

The foot, which is already tolerably developed, is therefore

present in addition to the velum. The latter, however,

gradually degenerates, and finally the only evidence of its

previous existence is the pigmentation of the anterior section

of the body, which is still retained for some time.

A further change in the larva results from the greater

development of the mantle. This arose in the shape of a

fold, which advanced with the shell from the dorsal towards

the ventral surface. It now comes into greater prominence,

since it protrudes at many points on the free edges of the

shell. Between the mantle-fold and the foot the rudiments

of the gills were formed. ‘They appear at this time as a few

tolerably large laterally compressed papille, the approxi-

mated edges of which are beset with strong cilia, so that the

observer seems to be looking at richly ciliated clefts. The

aspect which they present at this stage is very similar to that

described for Mytclus by Lacaze-Duthiers *. It is difficult to

determine whether the rudiments of them are developed in the

shape of a fold, which becomes notched at a very early period

and so produces the supposed papilla, or whether they sprout

forth as real papille. At any rate a

few smaller papillae are added behind Fig. 5.

to the large ones in front, so that the

rudiment of the gills is continued pos-

teriorly in an undulating line, which eee

might perhaps be regarded as the free f

edge of a fold.

Meanwhile the foot has attained very

large dimensions and is capable of being

protruded a long way from the shell.

‘The young mussel, for such it must by

this time be termed, now progresses

solely by its aid. We notice how the

vermiform-looking foot is stretched far oe ;

; } ei aie orsal view of young

out (fig. 5), goes through the move- Pheer es

ments of a feeler, and then fixes itself with foot (f) money

by its extremity; whereupon it contracts protruded.

and so drags the body after it. The

* Lacaze-Duthiers, ‘“ Mémoire sur le développement des branchies des

Mollusques Acephales Lamellibranches,” Ann. Se. Nat. 4° sér., Zool. t. v.,

~ 1856.

168 On the Development of Dreissena polymorpha.

mussel, provided with an almost circular shell, might at this

stage be taken for a young Cyclas. The velum has degene-

rated, and in the foot it now possesses a serviceable organ of

locomotion, by aid of which it crawls actively about. The

mussel consequently passes through a second freely mobile

stage. While the body of the young mussel increases in

bulk, the growth of the foot is retarded, and thus acquires the

stump-like form which it possesses in the adult. The mussel

finally becomes fixed *.

The ready mobility of the Dreissena-larve has doubtless

contributed materially to the dissemination of the mussel,

which has advanced with quite astonishing rapidity. It is

extremely probable that its immigration into Germany did

not take place until the second decade of this century (EH. von

Martens, loc. ctt.), and nevertheless we find Dretssena so

widely distributed and occurring in many places in enormous

quantities. I have shown above that the larve rove about

for a pretty long time. If therefore they happen to be in a

stream they will be able during this interval to be carried

forward for a long distance by the current. Von Martens

has shown how the advance of the mussels up stream is

brought about by their being attached to vessels and by being

transported with timber, &c. The retention of the free-roving

larve was doubtless of the greatest importance to Dreissena.

I have already emphasized the fact that owing to the reten-

tion of these primary larve Dredssena differs in a striking

degree from other freshwater forms.

* In the discussion on the present subject Prof. von Martens alluded to

an observation by Rossmiissler, according to which Drezssena retains a

certain power of mobility, in that it is able to detach itself from its base

and fix itself again at a greater or shorter distance. Although the foot,

when contrasted with its size in the young state (fig. 5, 7), has very

greatly degenerated in the adult, it nevertheless appears to be used as an

organ of locomotion, although to a limited extent, at a later stage of life,

I myself indeed had many opportunities of observing the way in which

individual specimens, which I had detached from a large mass, climbed

high up the side of the aquarium and there fixed themselves. In the

case of such isolated individuals this appeared especially to occur when

the water in course of time began to go bad. The motion is, however,

very slow, and in the course of several days only a very short space is

traversed. In so far as I took notice of this point the utilization of the

foot as an organ of locomotion appeared to be very incomplete.

That the foot retains a certain capacity for locomotion would, more-

over, follow from the observation communicated by Reichel (Zool. Anz.

x. 1887, p. 488), according to which in winter Dreissena retires into deeper

water from the shallower parts near the shore, If this is so, it follows

that the byssus, with which the animals are attached, must be thrown

off. It is worthy of note in connexion with this statement that Dreis-

sena is always found in masses, and the individuals must therefore come

together again after having previously separated.

Mr. C. Hedley on Australian Slugs. 169

The foregoing is intended merely as a preliminary commu-

nication, since, as already mentioned, I purpose to treat the

development of Dretssena more fully later on. In conclu-

sion I would just remark that Prof. Blochmann writes to me

from Rostock that he has found the larve of Dredssena in

the Warnow. Finally, I cannot refrain from expressing in

this place also my most sincere thanks to privy-councillor

Schulze for the great kindness with which he placed the

resources of the Institute at my disposal for the collection of

material, which was repeatedly necessary, and afforded me

the opportunity of making abundant use of the reservoir in

the garden of the Institute, whereby my task was materially

facilitated.

XXVITI.—Remarks on Australian Slugs. By C. HEDLEY,

F.L.S., Assistant in Zoology to the Australian Museum.

In a recent number (Feb. 1891) of this Magazine exception

was taken by my friend Mr. Pilsbry to the treatment of some

American slugs by Mr. Cockerell. I also wish, as “ one who

has studied the species in their native forests,” to add my

remonstrance against the manner in which the same author

has dealt with the Australian representatives in his essay

“On the Geographical Distribution of Slugs” (P. Z. S8.

1891, pp. 214-226). I hope that I am not overstepping the

bounds of courteous criticism by characterizing this article as

somewhat superficial though pretentious, and by adding that

the conchological fraternity would have been more grateful to

this author had he contributed to the treasury of science more

“facts and figures” and fewer MSS. names and imperfect

generic diagnoses.

The description* of Limax megalodontes, Quoy and

Gaimard, though considered by Mr. Cockerell not to be very

clear, 1s amply sufficient to debar the entrance of that species

into the genus Aneztea. The jaw is minutely described and

is certainly that of a Limax, while the statements that “le

manteau assez étendu est ovale [that of Aneztea is always

triangular] et susceptible sans doute de recouvrir la téte. . . .

La couleur de cet individu est d’un blanc jaunatre parsemé de

taches noir... . Sa longeur est d’un pouce huit lignes,” con-

vince me the French writers had before them the introduced

species LZ. flavus, Linn., still common in the same locality.

* Voyage of the ‘ Uranie,’ Zoology, p. 426,

170 Mr. C. Hedley on Australian Slugs.

The conclusion has forced itself upon me that all the species

of Limaw described as native to Australasia may be referred

to either L. maximus, flavus, gagates, agrestis, or levis, all

introduced from Europe. Mr. Cockerell prefaces his remarks

by assuring his readers that the powers of migration of a slug

are extremely limited. Be that as it may, in their race to the

antipodes they have far outstripped their shell-bearing rela-

tives. Tasmanian specimens of L. maximus were observed to

be infested with an acarus, which, unfortunately, I failed to

preserve. Should it prove to be identical with the parasitic

attendant of the European mollusk, this fact would argue

that the animals migrated not in the egg but in the adult

stage.

After examining several hundreds of the handsome diamond-

slug, Aneitea Graeffei, Humbert, from various localities

ranging along fourteen degrees of latitude, I reiterate the

opinion formerly expressed (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland,

vol. v. pt. v. pp. 162-175) that only one species of this genus

is yet known to inhabit Australia, and that, with all deference

to Mr. Cockerell’s decision, A. Kreffti and Schutei are mere

synonyms. The colour, size, and shape, as well as all details

of the external anatomy, are so obscured in spirit-specimens

of slugs that specific characters should be described from such

with extreme caution. As instancing the difference between

living and preserved specimens I would invite comparison

between two figures of A. Graeffet, (a) ‘ Mémoires de la

Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve,’

vol. xvii. pt. 1, pl. x1. fig. 2, from an alcoholic specimen, and

(b) ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland,’ vol. v.

pt. 5, pl. vii. fig. 1 (published with vol. vi. pt. 1), from life ;

as well as between those of Cystopelta Petterdi, Tate, (a)

‘Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales,’

(2) vol. v. pt. 1, pl. i. fig. 1, from an alcoholic specimen,

and (0) op. cit. vol. vi. pt. 1, pl. ill. fig. 4, from life.

When Mr. Cockerell writes of A. Wacdonaldi, Gray, “ New

Caledonia, and reputed also to occur in the New Hebrides,”

he has evidently transposed the localities, as a glance at Dr.

Macdonald’s original description in an early number of this

periodical will show. Indeed, it is from the island of Anei-

teum, in the New Hebrides, that the genus derives its name.

It was also collected in that island by the well-known traveller

and zoologist Mr. John Brazier, and is unknown in New

Caledonia.

To Australia Mr. Cockerell assigns eighteen species of

HTelicarion. J can only say that Australian naturalists are

unacquainted with eighteen, or even with eight, indigenous

Mr. C, Hedley on Australian Slugs. 17

species of this genus; to have reached this total our author

must have impressed every available synonym and enlisted

an odd genus or so as well.

“ Such species as 17. Cumingi, Beck, .... might be sepa-

rated from Helicarion by their shells alone, at least sub-

generically.” In this conclusion he is perfectly correct, but

was anticipated some twenty years since by Prof. Semper,

who demonstrated anatomically (Reis. im Phil. vol. iii. pt. 1,

p- 56) the position of this mollusk in the genus Xesta. Jd.

Milli, Cox, should be classified as a Nanina (see ‘ Records of

the Australian Museum,’ vol. i. p. 136). The fact that

Garrett (P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 315) throws grave doubts on the

Fijian habitat of Parmella is disregarded by Mr. Cockerell,

who copies the probably fictitious locality from his prede-

eessors. A notice by myself on the genus (‘ Records of the

Australian Museum,’ vol. i. pp. 78-80, pl. xi.) appears to

have shared the fate of much other molluscan literature, and

to have escaped the observation of this author, who should

have referred this genus to the Helicarionine,

In reference to Cystopelta Mr. Cockerell seems to have read

my article, which he quotes so approvingly, without having

quite understood it. I beg to repeat emphatically that this

genus has not the teeth of Testacella, neither has it the jaw

of Arion. “ Of this,” to quote our merry friend, “ there is no

possible doubt, no probable possible shadow of doubt, no

possible doubt whatever.” Also that Cystopelta has not the

slightest resemblance or affinity to either the Testacellide or

the Selenitide. Further, that Cystopelta is a much modified

and aberrant member of the Helicarionine. I believe that

any modern malacological student who attentively examines

the drawings and descriptions appearing in the Proc. Linn.

Soc. N. 8. W. (2) vol. v. pp. 44-46, pl.i., and vol. vi. pp. 24,

25, pl. iii. fig. 4, will agree with me.

The classification of our land Mollusca sadly needs revision ;

but a ramble through the British Museum and a study of

text-books are not a sufficient qualification for the task, and

it is to be hoped that before Mr. Cockerell again addvesses

himself to it that he will serve a considerable apprenticeship

to biological science with the microscope, dissecting-needle,

and sketch-book.

Linnean Hall,

Sydney, N.S. W.,

December 12, 1891.

ay (4 Mr. W. Warren on new

XXIX.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide

contained in the British-Museum Collection. By W.

Warrey, M.A., F.E.S.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 70.)

Subfamily CurrsavernzZ.

SEMNIOMIMA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa very straight, curved only before

apex and simple in male; apex blunt; hind margin hardly

oblique and faintly bowed. Hind wings triangular, with hind

margin only slightly curved. Labial palpi short, straightly

porrect, shaggy beneath, the third joint indistinct ; maxillary

short, hairy; tongue large, scaly; ocelli minute; forehead

smooth, flat ; antenne in male simple, with very short pubes-

cence ; neuration as in Chrysophila, Hiib., and Semnia, Hiib.

Type S. flaviceps, Burm. (Hypocrita).

In general appearance, colour, and markings, resembling

Hiibner’s genus Chrysophila, but distinguished at once by the

simple costa and antenne of the male.

Subfamily Prrarirmz.

Prnpicirora, WIk.

Type P. zeuxoalis, Wik. xxvii. p. 135.

Pindicitora flavifrons, sp. n.

Fore wings shining violet-black, with a slight pale tinge

at the base of the inner margin; a distinct white, bluntly

zigzag, transverse line at one third, not quite reaching the

costa; avery faint, irregularly sinuous, and somewhat dilated

line at four fifths. Hind wings violet-grey, paler towards

the base, gradually darkening outwards, with a faintly paler

submarginal line, more distinct towards the anal angle.

Thorax, antennae, abdomen, and fringes concolorous with

fore wings ; collar, base of antennee, face, palpi, and anal seg-

ment of abdomen yellow. Underside shining fuscous, with

a violet gloss; legs pale ochreous.

Expanse of wings 10 millim.

One male from Accra.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 173

'TRICHAUCHENIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, narrow ; costa straight, hind margin

straight, oblique. Hind wing rounded. Palpi_porrect,

roughly sealed, the last joint drooping; tongue present, rough-

sealed; forehead with a short projecting cone of hair;

antenne long, simple in female, in male moniliform, subden-

tate beneath, each joint armed with a fascicle of long, fine,

curling cilia; patagia of male very long, as in Endotricha ;

ocelli wanting, scaling smooth and glossy.

Type ZT. dharmsale, Butler (Huclita), Il. Lep. Het. vi.

p- 92, pl. exxxiv. fig. 13.

ACTENIOIDES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongated ; costa straight, in the male some-

what concave in the middle; apex distinct; hind margin

obliquely curved. Hind wings rounded, broader than fore

wings; ocelli present. Antenne with the basal joint enlarged,

ciliated in the male; labial and maxillary palpi horizontally

porrect ; tongue small; thorax and abdomen stout in com-

parison with the size of the insects. Female larger than male ;

scaling of wings and legs coarse and thick.

Type A. creperalis 9, Swinh. (Nephopteryx), P. Z. 8.

Lond. 1885, p. 877, pl. lvii. fig. 20.

MONOCONA, gen. nov.

Fore wings triangular; costa mainly straight, but slightly

concave in the middle; apex rounded off; hind margin

eurved. Hind wing rounded. Labial palpi short, porrect,

loosely fringed beneath with rough hairs, the terminal joint

forming a kind of double tuft; maxillary palpi, tongue, and

ocelli absent ; forehead produced into a horny conical projec-

tion, bluntly flattened vertically ; antennz thick, annulated,

the basal joint swollen; thorax and abdomen stout; scaling

coarse.

Neuration.—Fore wing with first median nervule starting

at two thirds, second, third, and lower radial close together,

one after the other, from end of cell; first subcostal nervule

opposite to first median, second close betore end, third and

fourth on acommon stem, fifth and upper radial beyond; the

cell rounded off above and not angulated. Hind wing with

the three median nervules and the lower radial all close

together from lower end of cell; discocellular angulated ;

lower portion long, oblique.

Type MW. rubralis, Wary.

174 Mr. W. Warren on new

Monocona rubralis, sp. n.

Fore wing red, more or less hidden by a dark fuscous

suffusion over the basal third, and sprinkled with whitish

scales in the rest of the wing ; a large oblique black spot at

end of cell; fringe dark cinereous, with black basal line.

Hind wing orange-red, fringe as in fore wing. Palpi mottled

black and white ; head, thorax, and basal half of abdomen

dark fuscous ; hinder half like hind wing.

Expanse of wings 13 millim.

Two females from California.

This insect, in the Grote collection, bears the MS. name of

Oribates Minzii, Hy. Edw.; but Oribates is already used in

the Arachnide. It was placed by Grote among the smaller

Noctuine, but it is indeed a true Pyralid, and related to

Tegostoma and its allies.

MIMOSCHINIA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight ; apex blunt-pointed ; hind

margin obliquely curved. Hind wings broad, well rounded.

Forehead with a rounded prominence ; labial palpi porrect,

the apical joint slightly drooping, maxillary palpi porrect

above the labial; ocelli distinct ; antennee simple in female,

finely pubescent beneath in male. Neuration normal.

Type WV. thalialis, Wik. (Lotys), xviii. p. 582.

The genus is intermediate between Anthophilodes, Guen.,

and Emprepes, Led., the forehead not being bifid, as in the

former, but prominently rounded, while in Emprepes it is

nearly flat. It includes three American species—thalialis,

WIk., nuchalis, Grote, and elautalis, all three of

which mimic the markings of Hiibner’s Noctuid genus

Schinia.

Subfamily Prravsrivx.

NOcTUELIA, Guen.

Type N. superba, Frr. Guen. D. & P. p. 114.

Noctuelia flavifimbrialis, sp. n.

Fore wings fuscous-olive, with a slight gloss, and with the

two lines and stigmata faintly darker ; first line oblique,

second forming a slight angulation iw ards below the costa,

then a large curve outw ards, reaching the inner margin neat

the first line ; ; orbicular stigma a dark dot, reniform: larger,

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 175

indistinctly hollow ; a dark fuscous shade running obliquely

from the apex; fringes fuscous. Hind wing dark fuscous,

with pale yellowish fringes. Underside of both wings dull

fulvous.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One male from California.

ENnycuiA, Led.

Type &. albofascialis, 'Tr., Led. W. E. M. vii. p. 355,

Tinnychia tntrudens, sp. n.

Fore wing reddish fuscous ; second line dark, parallel to

hind margin, but curved inwards a little below the reniform

and preceded by an ochreous band ; first line quite indistinct ;

the basal two thirds of the wing is slightly paler than the

marginal third; a small brown spot represents the reniform

stigma. Hind wing with the margin blackish, and the dark

line is followed as well as preceded by an ochreous band.

Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish fuscous ; abdomen with

white segmental divisions. Underside dull brick-red.

Expanse of wings 12 millim.

One male, New Zealand. Raynor Coll.

APORODES, Guen.

Type A. floralis, Hiib., Guen. D. & P. p. 159.

Aporodes obscura, sp. 0.

Fore wings dirty greyish ochreous, powdered with blackish ;

an indistinet blackish oblique basal line and an outwardly

curved exterior line, the two approximating on the inner

margin; a large black cell-spot and a smaller dark dot

between it and the basal line; costa darkened somewhat above

them ; the extreme base and the hind margin darkened with

blackish scales. Hind wings dark fuscous, fringes of both

wings greyish. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark grey,

mottled with fuscous.

lixpanse of wings 12 millim.

One male in the Zeller Collection sent by Christoph, and

therefore most probably from Sarepta.

A very insignificant and obscure-looking insect.

Aporodes versicolor, sp. n.

Fore wings chestnut-brown, with some fine black scales

176 Mr. W. Warren on new

interspersed ; the basal third and a diffuse curved exterior

fascia pale whitish green; fringes brown. Hind wings

blackish fuscous, with fringes whitish, and a sprinkling of

the pale greenish scales along the inner margin. Head,

thorax, and abdomen blackish, with a few greenish scales

intermingled. Underside glossy, dark bronzy fuscous ; the

inner margin of the fore wings paler; the base of the costa

greenish.

Expanse of wings 14-18 millim.

One male, three females, from Washington Territory,

North America. The single male is larger than the three

females.

Pyravsta, Schrank.

Type P. cingulata, Linn.

Pyrausta coccinea, sp. 0.

Fore wings blackish, probably with a green tinge when

fresh, with a faintly visible dark discal spot, and a whitish

spot on the costa, representing the origin of the second line.

Hind wing dull crimson, with black hind margin, broad at

apex, but thinning out before the anal angle; abdominal

margin also blackish. Head and abdomen blackish. Under-

side of both wings dull reddish. Anal tuft of male whitish.

Expanse of wings 11 millim.

Two examples from California, collected by Lord Wal-

singham.

SYLLYTHRIA, Hib.

Type S. sanguinalis, Linn., Hiib. Verz. p. 349.

Syllythria (2) rubrivena, sp. n.

Fore wing elongate ; apex produced ; hind margin oblique ;

ground-colour canary-yellow ; the costa to beyond the middle,

the two stigmata, a thin, curved, inner transverse band, a

linear, undulated, postmedian band, a broad, oblique, straight,

submarginal shade, and all the veins bright carmine. Hind

wing yellow, with an abbreviated submarginal red fascia ;

fringes of both wings pure yellow. Head and_ thorax

yellow; palpi outside and patagia carmine ; abdomen yel-

lowish ; underside of abdomen and legs red. Underside of

both wings yellow, with the costal and exterior margins

broadly purple.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 177

Two females from Madagascar in the British Museum

Collection.

Syllythria subnicalis, sp. n.

Resembles nicalis, Gr., but smaller; the same size as

lethalis. Dull reddish brown, dusted with grey along the

inner margin and before the second line, with an indistinctly

darker reniform stigma ; first line absent or scarcely percep-

tible ; second line, starting from a conspicuous yellowish-

white costal spot, forms a very slight curve to the inner

margin, never a decided bulge in the centre, as in nicalis.

Hind wing with a pale yellowish line, only distinct towards

the inner margin, beyond which the hind margin is darker.

Abdomen reddish grey, with segmental divisions finely

whitish.

Several specimens from California.

BLEPHARUCHA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, triangular ; costa slightly shouldered

at base and incurved in middle, convex before apex, the latter

blunt; hind margin oblique. Hind wings twice as broad as

fore wings ; hind margin rounded. Palpi porrect, rostriform ;

maxillary palpi small; antenne of male strongly pubescent,

of female simple; forehead bluntly prominent; the two

transverse lines oblique in opposite directions, approximating

on the inner margin.

Type B. zaide, Stoll (Phalena).

A South African genus, akin to Emmelia, Hib.

EUCTENOSPILA, gen. nov.

Allied to Blepharucha, but with the antenne still more

developed, those of the male being quite strongly bipectinated,

Fore wing with costa slightly convex near base, incurved in

the middle; apex pointed, but not acute; hind margin oblique,

slightly bowed ; antennz strongly bipectinated, the pectina-

tions themselves finely pubescent; labial palpi porrect,

drooping, maxillary fine, horizontal; tongue developed;

ocelli large; abdomen (male) with a decided anal tuft,

Type £. castalis, Warr.

Euctenospila castalis, sp. n.

Fore wing pale lemon-yellow, markings rather lustrous,

lilac-grey, finely edged with black ; a few spots irregularly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 12

178 On new Genera and Species of Pyralide.

scattered near the base ; first line angulated, with both edges

denticulated ; second line running at first inwards, forming a

sharp indentation below the costa, and then two gradual

curves outwards to the inner margin, both edges, as in the

first, denticulated ; a row of black dots at base of fringes, the

top four being expanded into spots, filled up with grey and

edged with black, like the two lines; reniform stigma the

same, 8-shaped, the lower half the larger, followed by a

smaller spot before the second line. Hind wings white,

diaphanous, with a central black spot and series of marginal

black dots; a largish greyish blotch near the margin towards

the anal angle. Head, abdomen, and underside whitish.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

A male from Abyssinia in the British Museum Collection.

SpPILopEs, Guen.

Type Spilodes verticalis, Linn. 8. N. x. p. 335.

Spilodes bicoloralis, sp. n.

Fore wings fuscous, with all the veins pale ochreous, espe-

cially towards the hind margin ; stigmata edged with blackish ;

the orbicular long and flattened; the reniform obliquely

kidney-shaped; space before each paler; a black line from

the base beneath the median and a shorter blackish patch

beneath the submedian; a cuneiform exterior line blackish,

interrupted by each paler vein; base of fringes dark brown,

preceded by a straight pale ochreous space; fringes themselves

pale, with a strong dark basal line, and their apices darker.

Hind wings dull yellow, suffused with cinereous towards the

base and along the costa and hind margin, with a dark cell-

spot and a blackish curved central fascia; fringes as in fore

wing, preceded by a distinct yellowish pale space. Head,

thorax, and abdomen cinereous. Underside of both wings

dull yellowish, with the markings faintly fuscous, but the

two stigmata very distinct.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

One male from Baghdad, evidently related to scalara/is,

Christoph, and sedacowialis, Eversm.

Trit@A, Meyr.

Type 7. affinitalis, Led. (Hurycreon), T. ustalis, Meyr. Tr.

E. 8. Lond. 1884, p. 342.

ar :

Tritwa protealis, sp. n.

g. Fore wing cinereous, varied with ochreous; central

Geological Society. 179

field darker, lines indistinct, indicated by difference of tint on

either side ; first line curved; basal space paler, with a darker

patch on the inner margin near the base ; second line running

at first slightly outward, then parallel to the hind margin,

then inwards to beneath the reniform stigma, and lastly

vertical to the inner margin; the two stigmata dark, with the

space between them paler; the second line is followed by a

pale space on costa and sometimes also on the inner margin ;

a line of black dashes before the fringes, which are silky

ochreous. Hind wing greyish fuscous, with faint indications

of a paler submarginal band.

In the single female the darker tints throughout are almost

black, the paler spaces being by contrast whiter; but this

may not be a sexual peculiarity.

Eixpanse of wings 16 millim.

One female, two males, from 8. Lorenzo Island, Callao.

Tritea ferruginea, sp. n.

Fore wings reddish ochreous, somewhat iridescent, with

faint indications of two stigmata and an outer line, which

are darker; a row of dark spots along the hind margin.

Hind wings glossy, pale ochreous, darker towards the hind

margin, showing a faintly darker submarginal band, which

forms a darker spot towards the anal angle.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from Coquimbo.

[To be continued. |

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 11, 1891.—Sir Archibald Geikie, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read ;—

“On Dacrytherium ovinum from the Isle of Wight and Quercy.”

By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.8.

The Author described a cranium and mandible of Dacrytherium

Cayluxi from the Quercy Phosphorites, which proved the identity

of this form with the Dichobune ovina of Owen from the Oligocene

of the Isle of Wight. The species should thus be known as

Dacrytherium ovinum. 1t was shown that the mandible referred

by Filhol to D. Cayluat belongs to another animal.

180 Geological Society.

November 25, 1891.—Sir Archibald Geikie, D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“On the Os pubis of Polacanthus Foxi.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley,

F.RS., F.G8.

Hitherto the evidence of the systematic position of Polacanthus

has not been very precise. ‘The Author has detected the missing

pubis as an isolated specimen. This he regards as the anterior por-

tion of the left pubis, and appends a full description of the bone.

He furthermore gives a critical account of our knowledge of other

pelvie bones of the genus, and is led to associate dAgathaumus,

Crateomus, Omosaurus, and Polacanthus in near alliavee, in the

Scelidosaurian division of the Order Ornithischia.

December 23, 1891.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

“On Part of the Pelvis of Polacanthus.”’ By R. Lydekker, Esq.,

Bray hGes:

The specimen described in this paper was acquired by the British

Museum from the collection of the late Mr. Beckles, and is from the

Wealden, probably of the Isle of Wight. It is the central part of

a Dinosaurian ilium, with portions of sacral ribs attached.

The point of special interest is a flat plate of bone, evidently a

portion of dermal armour, resting on the upper border of the ilium ;

and this suggests comparison of the specimen with the dorsal shield

of Polacanthus Foavi. Such a comparison shows that the present

specimen belonged to a Dinosaur closely allied to, if not identical

with, P. Foxit.

January 6, 1892.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “Ona new Form of Agelacrinites (Lepidodiscus Milleri, n. sp.)

from the Lower Carboniferous Limestone of Cumberland.” By G.

Sharman, Esq., and E. T. Newton, Esq., F.G.S.

Among a large series of fossils obtained during the Geological

Survey of Cumberland and Northumberland, there are two which

are referable to that remarkable and rare group of Echinoderms,

the Agelacrinitide. The more perfect of these specimens is from

the Lower Carboniferous rocks near Waterhead, on the River

Irthing, and forms the subject of this communication. The disc-

like fossil is only about four-tenths of an inch in diameter, and

scarcely rises above the shell to which it is attached ; nevertheless, it

is so well preserved as to allow much of its structure to be studied.

It is referred to the genus Lepidediscus, and is seemingly closely

Miscellaneous. 181

related to L. Lebouri, described by Mr. Percy Sladen before this

Society in 1879; but it also has affinities with ZL. cincinnatiensis

and L. sguamosus. From all these, however, the present specimen

differs in having the pyramid in the middle of the interradial space,

in possessing shorter arms, and in being much smaller. This fossil

is to be named Lepidodiscus Milleri, after Mr. Hugh Miller, under

whose direction these fossils were collected by Mr. J. Rhodes.

2. “ Archeopneustes abruptus, a new Genus and Species of

Echinoid from the Oceanic Series in Barbados.” By J. W.

Gregory, Esq., B.Sc., F.G.S.

This genus belongs to a group of Echinoidea which has given

some trouble to systematists, owing to the union of the characters

of the orders Cassiduloidea and Spatangoidea; the other genera

belonging to the group are Asterostoma, Pseudasterostoma, and

Palwopneustes. The evidence of the new Echinoid throws light

upon the aflinities of these genera. The main points suggested by

a study of the new species are :—(1) the abandonment of the name

Pseudasterostoma as a synonym of Palwopneustes; and (2) the

inclusion of the true Asterostoma, Palwopneustes, and Archwopneustes

in the Adete Spatangoidea, whereby the Plesiospatangide are left as

a more homogencous family, though bereft of the chief interest

assigned to it.

A tabular summary of the nomenclature of the group is given.

The best-known fossil species of Asterostoma and Palwopneustes

occur in Cuba, in deposits referred to the Cretaceous owing to the

resemblance of these Echinoids to the common Chalk Echinocorys

scutatus. The new genus includes a species from the same deposit,

which is probably of the same age as the Bissex Hill rock from

which the new species was obtained; this is at the top of the

Oceanic Series, and belongs to the close of the great subsidence.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Abnormalities in the Crayfish (Astacus fluviatilis),

By W. N. Parker, Ph.D.

Wuite a number of crayfishes were being dissected by my students

last month I noticed that three of the specimens presented certain

abnormalities which, although perhaps not so interesting as the case

recently described in this Journal by Benham™*, are probably worthy

of record.

Specimen I.—On the left side, in addition to the normal pleuro-

branch of segment 13, a small but well-developed gill was present

on the wall of segment 12 in place of the usual rudimentary style.

This gill was about three quarters as long as the pleurobranch

normally present.

Specimen I1.—The last arthrobranch of the left side, 7. e. the

* “ Note on a Couple of Abnormalities,” ‘Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. vii. no. 39,

March 1891, p. 256.

182 Miscellaneous.

posterior arthrobranch of segment 12, was forked. The bifurcation

began close above the base, the two branches being nearly equal to

one another in size and having the usual structure.

Specimen II1I.—This specimen presented a partial fusion of the

fourth and fifth abdominal segments. Looked at from the tergal

side the abnormality could not be seen, but the calcified sternal bars

were completely fused from the middle line nearly to the attach-

ment of the appendage on the right side. On the left of the middle

line the two sternal bars were separated by a narrow uncalcified

portion, and a certain amount of movement between the two seg-

ments was still possible, owing to the elasticity of the narrow and

partially fused sternal bars. ‘The appendages were normal, but the

distance between the attachments of those on segments + and 5, left

and right, was naturally much less than usual, as the sternal region

of these segments was so much reduced in length.

Cardiff,

Jan. 12, 1892.

The Chromatophores of Cephalopods.

By M. Rapwakt Brancnarp.

The radiating fibres which are found around the chromatophores

of Cephalopods have been described by various authors as muscles

which are inserted into the enveloping membrane: by contracting

they would expand the chromatophore, on relaxing they would

permit it to revert to its original condition and to efface itself more

or less.

In the year 1882 I showed that, during the changes of form to

which they are continually subject, the chromatophores alone are

active. As a matter of fact attentive histological study enables me

to state that the radiating fibres are neither muscles nor nerves, but

simply fibres of connective tissue, presenting a peculiar orientation

in the neighbourhood of the chromatophore, with which, however,

they have no connexion. Soon afterwards a perfectly similar state-

ment was made by M. Girod; this very year these observations

have received further confirmation at the hands of M. Joubin *.

Nevertheless it has been recently stated by M. Phisalixt that

“ the radial fibres are muscles,” and he affirms that the expansive

movements of the chromatophore “ are determined by the contrac-

tion of muscles arranged radially at its equator.” He mentions

elsewhere the writings of M. Girod, M. Joubin, and myself,

M. Phisalix cites, in support of his opinion, the researches of

MM. Paul Bert and Frédérieq ; but neither of them has verified

anatomically the muscular nature of the radiating fibres; if they

attribute this structure to them, it is solely because it was admitted

by the naturalists of the period. The interesting experiments made

by M. Phisalix, following upon those of the two observers mentioned

above, are explained by the intimate union of the chromatophore

with the nerves. J evpressly recognized this union, and the result

of my observations appears to me to remain unimpaired.—Comptes

Rendus, tome exiii. no. 17 (Oct. 26, 1891), pp. 565, 566.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 189], viii, p. 111. t Vide infra.

Miscellaneous. 183

On the Nature of the Movement of the Chromatophores of

Cephalopods. By M. C. Puisaxrx.

It is stated by P. Bert, in his important memoir on the physiolog

of the enttle, that the movement of the chromatophores is due to

dilatatory muscles with rapid contractile power. MM. Pelvet and

Frédérick were the first to support this view with experiments.

Another theory, which owes its origin to anatomical observations,

considers these movements to be of an amoeboid nature. It was

advanced by Harting, and has been maintained by MM. Raphaél

Blanchard, P. Girod, and quite recently by M. Joubin. However,

the latter author reconciled the theories by admitting the former for

the young and the latter for the adult chromatophore, and, as a

corollary, the transformation of muscular into connective fibres.

The theory of P. Bert is the only rational one. It was to demon-

strate the justice of it that I undertook a series of investigations at

the zoological station of Arcachon, where, thanks to MM. Viallanes

and Jolyet, I found the material necessary for my task.

Three kinds of movements are distinguishable in the chromato-

phores.

1. Tremulous movements.—In a living Cephalopod, in a state of

rest, the chromatophores are constantly agitated by little shocks,

which are scarcely visible; it is like an incessant and rapid

trembling, and this gives the skin of Cephalopods its characteristic

appearance. ‘These movements are under the control of the nervous

system ; they disappear as soon as the pallial nerve is divided or the

chromato-motor centres are injured. In that case the chromato-

phores diminish still further in diameter and the skin attains its

maximum degree of paleness.

2. Undulating movements.—These do not set in, as a general rule,

until after death. They consist in the maximum expansion followed

by the contraction of the chromatophores. Their characteristic

feature is that they commence at one or several points and radiate

thence in all directions, to reproduce themselves in an irregular and

disordered fashion. They are due to the direct stimulation of the

skin, and persist for a long time after death.

3. Movements of functional activity.—These occur in the living

animal only, and serve it as a means of defence. They are the result

of reflex actions, which depend entirely on the central nervous

system. Accordingly the section of the pallial nerve at the neck

suffices to render them impossible in the portion of the body inner-

vated by this nerve. The galvanization of the peripheral extremity

of this nerve provokes the dilatation of the chromatophores, which

remain in a state of expansion so long as the stimulus continues.

It is a veritable tetanization. It is produced and ceases simulta-

neously with that of the muscles of the mantle. A single stimulus

induces a transitory dilatation, which appears and terminates simulta-

neously With the muscular shock.

Chromato-motor nervous centires.—lf we stimulate the central

extremity of the pallial nerve we obtain the dilatation of the chroma-

tophores of the opposite side. The centre of the reflex actions is

184 Miscellaneous.

therefore situated at the actual origin of these nerves. We can

determine their seat by experiment. By inflicting localized injuries,

either with red-hot iron or the scalpel, I have arrived at the following

results :—

Sub-cesophageal centres—The destruction of the median sub-

cesophageal lobe causes the paralysis of the chromatophores on the

entire surface of the body, which remains absolutely pale. If the

injury has only affected one side the paralysis likewise takes place

on one side only, but on that opposite to the injury. There is

therefore a manifest crossing of the nervous fibres in the thickness

of the ganglion.

Supra-cesophageal centres.—The removal of the cerebral calotte

has no effect on the action of the chromatophores, provided that the

injury does not extend to the optic nerves. If, on the other hand,

the red-hot needle has reached the level of the optic nerve, it pro-

duces, simultaneously with the dilatation of the pupil, the paralysis of

the chromatophores of the injured side. It therefore appears that

the chromatophores are under the influence of two centres, one for

direct effects, the other for those which take place on the opposite

side. After the destruction of the former it often happens that the

chromatophores of the opposite side remain in a state of permanent

dilatation. Now we know that in the normal condition the sensation

in the Cephalopods may be expressed by the dilatation of the chroma-

tophores and the intensely black coloration of the skin, or else by

their maximum contraction and an extreme pallor. Are these two

phenomena regulated by two different centres, a chromato-dilator

and a chromato-constrictor? I have not succeeded in completely

elucidating this point by experiments.

Excitability of the centres—This is demonstrated by direct stimu-

lation. We can also operate upon it and modify it by physiological

means: thus, it rapidly disappears after copious hemorrhage, and

insensibly diminishes in animalsenfeebled by starvation and a sojourn

in the aquarium. It increases under the influence of certain poisons.

Strychnine and curari act upon it in a characteristic fashion: at

each convulsive shock the chromatophores behave like the muscle ;

their expanding movement commences and ceases simultaneously

with the muscular shock.

Form and characteristics of the movement.—The movement of the

chromatophore is divisible into two stages :—(1) expansion, (2) con-

traction. In anenfeebled animal the difference of duration between

the two stages is so accentuated that we can register it in an indirect

fashion, and in this way, by a special arrangement, I have obtained

outlines which are as approximate as possible. If we compare these

outlines with those of the contraction of the muscles of the mantle

we find a striking resemblance.

The radial fibres are muscles —Of all the characters which have

just been enumerated there is not one which cannot be referred to

the properties of rapidly contractile muscles; it is, moreover, neces-

sary to eliminate from henceforth the slowly contractile muscles of

the skin. The peristaltic movements which are centred in the latter

Miscellaneous. 185

are neither synchronous nor homologous with those of the chroma-

tophore. The cause of the active movement of the chromatophore

resides exclusively in the radial fibres. This is directly demon-

strable by means of a crucial experiment.

If we completely destroy the centre of a chromatophore with a

needle, so as to leave only the periphery intact, the movements of

expansion and contraction continue to take place in this intact

portion, If, on the other hand, we destroy the radial fibres by a

cireular lesion, leaving the cell intact, the movements are completely

abolished. It is, on the contrary, the central or coloured portion of

the chromatophore which, by the influence of its elasticity, exercises

the active role in the stage of contraction. This elasticity is easily

displayed; a gentle pressure on the centre of a chromatophore is

sufficient to flatten it and spread it out ; but as soon as the pressure

is removed the organ resumes its spherical shape.

To sum up our results: the chromatophore of the Cephalopods is

an elastic pigmented sphere, the expansive movements of which are

determined by the contraction of muscles arranged radially at its

equator, and which reverts to the spherical shape as soon as the

contraction has ceased.—Comptes Rendus, t. cxiii. no. 16 (Oct. 19,

1891), pp. 610-512.

On the Anatomy of the Male Sexual Organs of the Honey-Bee.

By G. Koscurwntkorr, Assistant in the University of Moscow.

In my investigations into the structure of the male sexual appa-

ratus of the honey-bee I arrived at the following results.

All existing figures and descriptions of the male sexual apparatus

of the honey-bee in zoological and apicultural literature are either

incomplete or incorrect. The testis of the bee has two envelopes.

The external one, formed by the fat-body, has two kinds of cells—

(1) large and flat, with elongated flattened nuclei; (2) irregularly

spherical, which are entirely similar to the cells of the fat-body con-

taining fat-globules. The second inner envelope is of the nature of

connective tissue, and two layers are to be distinguished init. In

the outer layer we find large cells with oval nuclei, and the inner

layer is finely fibrillar, with spindle-shaped nuclei.

The seminal tubules are surrounded by a delicate fibrillar enve-

lope, containing elongated nuclei, and open into a reservoir in the

interior of the testis, which is clothed with epithelium. This epi-

thelium enters slightly into the orifice of each separate seminal

tubule.

The tracheze, which everywhere penetrate the testicular enve-

lopes, ramify in the interior of the testis between the several seminal

tubules. The belief (Cholodkowsky) that in butterflies there are no

trachez within the testis is erroneous.

The entire testis of the bee corresponds to only a section of the

testis of such a type as, ¢. g.,in Bombyx mort. The reservoir, into

which all seminal tubules open, is enveloped in a thick membrane

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 13

186 Miscellaneous.

of connective tissue containing oval nuclei. From the reservoir the

vas deferens is separated off, the epithelial cells and nuclei of which

are larger than those of the reservoir. The vas deferens runs for a

time within the testis, forms loops there, and, after issuing there-

from, makes several loops, rolling itself into a little ball, and then

passes into the seminal vesicle.

The epithelial cells of the seminal vesicle (vesicula seminalis) are

very columnar and ranged in annular cylinders (“ Ringwalzen ”).

These cells are of a glandular nature. On the outer side of the

epithelium lies an extraordinarily thin connective-tissue membrane,

and then follows a muscular layer, which we do not find upon the

vas deferens. The deep-lying layer consists of circular and the upper

layer of longitudinal muscles. In addition to the closely adhering

thin connective-tissue membrane, which envelops the entire vas

deferens and the seminal vesicles, these two organs have a special

membrane, which is not closely adhering and is a prolongation of

the testicular membrane. This membrane completely conceals the

vasa deferentia.

The seminal vesicle narrows into a bow-shaped canal, which opens

not into the ductus ejaculatorius, but into the glandule mucose.

The epithelial cells, which clothe this canal, are very highly vacuo-

late, so that they have a spongy appearance. Blind tubes which are

described by R. Leuckart * as appendages of the glandule mucose,

and figured in his chart (‘Anatomie der Biene’), are nothing else

than severed muscles which are attached to the wall of the abdo-

men, and were described by Swammerdam.

The glandule mucose have, beneath a thin membrane of connec-

tive tissue, a layer of longitudinal muscles ; under this is a layer of

circular muscles, and then, in addition, we have three groups of

deeply-lying longitudinal muscles, which are only developed in that

portion of the organ which is nearer the ductus ejaculatorius. These

longitudinal muscles press the epithelial layer of the mucous glands

into three longitudinal folds. ‘Towards the other end of the mucous

gland the deep-lying muscles grow continually narrower, until they

finally disappear altogether. Beneath the muscular layer lies a

structureless membrane of connective tissue, and then a layer of

narrow, columnar, glandular epithelial cells, with oval nuclei.

The ductus ejaculatorius is inserted by means of two chitinous

branches into the junction of the two glandule mucose. This

paired portion of the ductus ejaculatorius is completely hidden

beneath the muscular layer of the glandule mucose. ‘The ductus

ejaculatorius, as well as the entire copulatory apparatus, is devoid

of muscles. (In Girard and Cheshiret we find it incorrectly

stated that the ductus ejaculatorius has a strong musculature.)

Beneath the very thin membrane of the ductus ejaculatorius lie

* = Leuckart, ‘ Die Anatomie der Biene :’ Cassel und Berlin, 1885,

». 13.

+ M. Girard, ‘Les Abeilles :’ Paris, 1885.

{ Cheshire, ‘ Bees and Bee-Keeping :’ London, 1887.

Miscellaneous. 187

flattish epithelial cells, and then a thicker, transparent, elastic, and

very extensile chitinous layer.

From the end of the ductus ejaculatorius to the external opening

of the sexual apparatus we have an uninterrupted chitinous sac,

with various kinds of evaginations, folds, and thickenings. ‘The

upper portion of this section of the sexual apparatus, termed the

“bulb” by Leuckart, is laterally compressed, and has beneath a

delicate external membrane very columnar epithelial cells, beneath

which there lies a tolerably thick laver of transparent colourless

chitin, upon which on each side two large chitinous plates, which

are fused together, are fixed. The chitin of these plates has a

distinctly granular structure, and the clearer and softer the chitin,

the more plainly are the granules visible. In the completely

hardened places the granules cannot be seen at all, or only indis-

tinctly.

The portion of the genital sac which follows the bulb of the penis

is so strongly chitinized that nothing is to be seen of the epithelial

cells. The chitin is thickly covered with stout simple (not branched)

hairs, directed inwards, which are larger and thicker at those spots

where there are evaginations and folds in the chitinous wall. ‘These

structures have, as everyone is aware, a mechanical importance in

the act of coition, and have been described a thousand times, but

never quite correctly. The exact description of these structures is

out of place in a provisional communication, since too many details

would have to be alluded to. I will only observe that, with the

exception of the above-mentioned chitinous plates of the bulb of the

penis, we find no plates in the entire genital sac of the bee, but

only evaginations and folds of the chitinous wall.

The detailed description of the genital apparatus will appear in

the ‘Tageblatt der zoologischen Abtheilung der kais. Gesell. d.

Naturw. Anthropologie und Ethnographie.’—Zoologischer Anzeiger,

xiy. Jahrg., 1891, no, 3876, pp. 393-396.

On the “Free-swimming Sporocysts.” By M. Braun,

of the Kénigsberg i. Pr. Zoological Museum.

The term “free-swimming sporocyst” has been applied by E.

Ramsay Wright * and R. Leuckart ¢ to the single example which

has hitherto been discovered of a certain developmental stage of a

Distomum. I have observed numerous specimens in an aquarium in

which I had shortly before placed various freshwater snails from the

“bog” (“Bruch”) near Rossitten in the Kurischer Lowlands.

While, however, the American species is only 1 millim. in length,

the specimens from this locality are as much as 6 millim. long, and

* € American Naturalist,’ vol. xix. 1885, pp. 310, 311.

+ Die thierischen Parasiten des Menschen Xe., 2 Autl. 2 Bd. pp. 102,

103.

188 Miscellaneous.

they are also not quite transparent, but coloured sulphur-yellow at

the margin, though colourless elsewhere.

The creature as it floats and rests in the water has the shape of a

Roman T; the unpaired limb is band-shaped in transverse section

and thickened into a knob at the free end. In the latter is to be

noticed a yellow opaque body which, when examined under the

microscope, proves to be a Distomum, usually doubled up, lying in a

cavity of the knobbed end, which is beset with rings of papille.

The paired limbs of the T constitute leaf-shaped movable appendages.

Others of these ‘‘ sporocysts” rest on the bottom of the vessel, lying

on the broad side, with the forks of the tail closed or open. The

whole assemblage usually rises all at once from the bottom and

swims actively about in the water, in the way that our gnat-larve

do, afterwards floating again in the water—with the knobbed end

downwards—or sinking slowly to the bottom.

As | had collected various species of snails in the same receptacle,

my first task was to separate them, and I soon ascertained that our

‘* free-swimming sporocysts” are developed from Limneus palustris,

var. corvus. Among fourteen specimens of this species one proved

to be infected with transparent sporocysts (four others with rediz)

measuring as much as 2 millim.* in length, in which, as was soon

evident, our “ free-swimming sporocysts ” arise. Yet we have not

to deal with this stage, but rather with gigantic Cercarie with

forked tails, the bodies of which, the future Distomum, exhibit the

usual relations, so long as the Cercariz are enclosed in the sporo-

cyst which produces them. After the escape the body becomes

retracted into a cavity which was previously distinguishable in the

swollen commencement of the tail, and remains in this condition.

These ostensible “‘ free-swimming sporocysts ” are therefore enor-

mously developed Cercarix, and resemble Cercaria macrocerca and

C’. cystophora, except that they are a furcocercous form,

Unfortunately my endeavours at rearing the Distomum by feeding

some goldfish with it, which in a few minutes had devoured over a

dozen Cercarise, were not successful; I could not rediscover the

flukes either in the intestine, the muscles, or the eyes. I intend, if

I obtain some more fresh material, to repeat the experiments with

other fish, since a direct development, ¢. ¢. with the omission of a

second intermediate host, is very probable ; possibly birds also may

play the part of final hosts.

Until the question of the species is decided, the Cercaria may

stand as Cercaria mirabilis.—Zoologischer Anzeiger, xiv. Jahrg.,

1891, no. 375, pp. 368, 369.

* (The original has ‘ em.”—TRANSL. |

ol. 1X. PU.VIL.

An. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6.

. bth.

Mmtern. Bro

F.E.B.delt .

hee j

re Myo AN eee

> ¥ f 7 J. 't ie a

Pr tee ides acu :.

rf Wa a oe nen

Anmwv.& . Vay. Nat. Hust. S. 6. Vol. AY. Pu. IX

R.Mintern delet lith .

= NRTA Namroretrt

rr NA A KES

PNAMINSY Went iwi.

« &

‘ Yo ;

ee ee

ove

e 7 Pie

i ere

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. }

No. 51. MARCH 1892,

XXX.— British Fossil. Crinoids.—VI. Botryocrinus quin-

quelobus, sp. nov., Wenlock Limestone; and Note on

Botryocrinus pinnulatus. By F. A. Barner, M.A., F.G.S.

[Plate XI. figs. 1 & 2.]

EXAMINATION of the numerous British species referred at

one time or another to Cyathocrinus has brought to light one

that certainly does not belong to the genus, but appears refer-

able to Botryocrinus, ‘That this species was not recognized

in time to incorporate its description in the preceding paper is

due partly to the fact that the anal area is not exposed in

either of the only known specimens, but chiefly to the unfor-

tunate necessity I am under of examining the specimens in

the Woodwardian Museum, where these are placed, by flying

“ visits, few and far between.”

Botryocrinus quinquelobus, sp. n.

1873. Cyathocrinus quinguangularis, Phill., apud J. W. Salter, ‘ Cata-

logue of Cambrian and Silurian Fossils &c., Cambridge, p. 123.

Non Cyathocrinites qunquangularis, J.S. Miller, ‘Nat. Hist. Crinoidea,”

p- 92 (1821).

Non Cyathocrinus quinguangularis, Miller, apud J. Phillips, ‘ Geology

of Yorkshire,’ pt. ii. p. 206 (1836).

Non Rhodocrinus (?) quinquangularis (Miller), apud J. Phillips, in

Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System,’ pl. xviii. fig. 5 (1839).

Non Cyathocrinus quinquangularis, Eichwald, ‘Silurische System in

Estland,’ p. 173 (1840).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 14

190 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

This species is founded on two specimens in the Wood-

wardian Museum, Cambridge :—

a/435. Upper Wenlock Limestone, Dudley. Fletcher Coll.

(Pl. XI. figs. 1 and 2):

For permission to figure and describe these specimens I am

indebted to Prof. T. M*Kenny Hughes, F.R.S.

SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS.

Cup elegant, widening above. RR _ projecting very

slightly ; facet about 3 their width. Arms about seven times

length of cup, two-branched, with small armlets. (Anal

structures unknown.) Stem comparatively stout and

markedly quinquelobate, with alternate-sized ossicles.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIMENS.

The two specimens are figured on P]. XI., No. 1 being the

large specimen and No. 2 the small. They are both seen

from the anterior, and show no trace of anals or of the ventral

sac.

Dorsal cup.—In both the plates are a little disturbed and

the cup is flattened, so that measurements of its height and

width are liable to correction. They are as follows :—

Height. Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim.

1 8-5 5 p

INOS sos cre 6-25 3 11°5 (squashed)

The plates of the cup are smooth, and there is no trace of

axial folding.

IBB 5, pentagonal, forming a very slight angle with the

stem. Measurements are :—

Height, Width below. Width above.

millim, millim. niillim,

NOs 20.8 bn 2-4 2:8 33

No. 2iiriieeak 2; 15 2

BB 5, hexagonal; post.B not seen. Measurements

Height. Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim,

Nom at 4 39 48

No. 2). sacs 3 3 36

VI. Botryoerinus quinguelobus. 191

RR 5, of normal shape ; projecting very slightly towards

the facet, less in No. 2. Measurements are :

Width of

Height. Width below. Width above. facet.

millim. millim. millim. millim.

Nols... 36 4:8 §:25 3°56

No. 2 “2:8 3°5 42 (2) 3

Surface of facet not seen. The radials bend inwards very

slightly on either side of the facet.

Arms.—In No, 1 :—

I Br number 6 and 8. They taper towards the primaxil.

Measurements of I Br;—3 millim. high and 3°5 millim. wide.

Measurements of ITax—4 millim. high. 3°3 millim. wide

below, and 4°6 millim. greatest width.

From the primaxil spring two rather massive irregular arms,

of rather less width than the primibrachs, bearing small

armlets at intervals of one, two, or three ossicles. This gives

the main arms a slightly irregular appearance, but by no

means so irregular as in L. ramosus. About 23 brachials of

what we may call the distichal series are visible, and the

total length of arm observed is 51 millim. The armlets are

very small, the width of the first being 1 millim., or about 4

the width of the main arm at the point where it originates.

Thus they approach the pinnules of B. decadactylus, but differ

from them in their irregular distribution and in the fact that

they apparently branch again.

In No. 2 :—

I Br number 5 and 3 and 5(?). Measurements of I Br,

are—1-‘9 millim. high and 3 millim. wide. Measurements of

Tax are—2°25 millim. high, 2 millim. wide below, and 2:5

greatest width.

The distichal series are as in No. 1, but the distal part of

the arms is lost. At the level where the arms are 1°8 millim.

wide, the armlets that spring from them have a width of °8

millim.

Covering-plates, ventral groove, and axial canal are all

unseen.

The Stem in No. 1 is preserved to a length of 49 millim.,

but there are indications in the matrix of at least 20 millim.

more. ‘The mean width of the stem, allowing for compres-

sion, is 4°2 millim., while the lumen, which is pentagonal,

has a width of -75 millim. In section the stem is quinque-

lobate, as seen in the outline beside it in the figure. The

lobes are interradial in position. ‘The ossicles are of three

sizes: large and projecting ; small and less projecting ; small

14*

192 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

and not projecting. The average height of an ossicle is

about *6 millim. ‘he sutures are crenelate, showing that

the articular surfaces must be striated.

In No. 2 the stem is preserved to a length of 26 millim.

and has a width of about 2°25 millim., and the ossicles have

an average height of a little less than -4 millim.

GENERAL REMARKS.

The relations of this species to the other described species

of the genus are pretty clear. The character of its arm-

branching shows that it comes between B, ramosus and B.

decadactylus, and, this position is corroborated by the shape of

the cup. On the other hand, the quinquelobate stem reminds

us of the few stem-ossicles that are known of B. pinnulatus,

and seems to show that too much stress may have been laid

on that character as indicative of advanced development.

To our knowledge of the morphology of the genus the

present species adds nothing.

Note on Botryocrinus pinnulatus.

My friend Mr. W. Madeley, of Dudley, wrote meas follows

under date 27th Jan., 1892 :—“ I send you herewith a speci-

men of (?) Botryocrinus, which I purchased from Mr. Gray’s

collection. I think this is from the Upper or Thin Lime-

stone at Tividale, Dudley.”

The specimen in question turns out to be an example of

Botryocrinus pinnulatus, one of the species described in

“ Brit. Foss. Crin., V.” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. vil. p. 402). ‘The specimen, which consists of an almost

complete crown and 45 millim. of stem, is fairly well preserved,

especially in the lower part, and presents a few points of

interest which may here be noted.

Dorsal cup is shaped like that of the type specimen. Its

height is estimated at about 8°5 millim.; the width below

is 4 millim.; the width above cannot well be estimated, as

the cup is much flattened and the plates disarranged.

The following are the measurements of the various plates :—

Width of

Height, Width below. Width above. facet.

millim. millim, millim. millim.

IBBR4 2 21 2:5

ibibe a ye 35 5 3°56

Te SHOW OAR 42 & 46 P & 5:5 3 & 26

The radial facet appears to be smoothly concave, and the

axial canal is not separate.

Note on Botryocrinus pinnulatus. 193

Arms are preserved to a length of 85 millim. ; they probably

reached at least 90 millim. Thus they were more than ten

times the height of the cup, and this suggests that the arms

of the type specimen were longer than was thought. The

arms agree in essential structure with the type specimen, but

throw some light on the peculia-

rities of branching described for

that specimen. ‘lhe axial canal

exists as a mere tongue from the

ventral groove in all the arm-

ossicles, in which respect this

specimen appears to differ from

the type, if the appearances pre-

sented by that specimen were

correctly interpreted. The cover-

ing-plates are numerous and

minute, and appear to be slightly

irregular in arrangement.

I Br, in the two arms seen,

number 4 and 7, and average 3

millim. in both height and width.

II Br, is axillary and gives oif

on its outer side a long armlet.

The widths of the main arm-

branch and the armlet, at the

point where the latter originates,

are respectively 2°5 and 1°5

millim. ; in other words, the arm-

let is 2 the width of the main

branch. ‘The length of the armlet

appears almost to equal that of

the main branch, and it appears

to have borne smaller branches

or pinnules. (Fig. 3.)

Lhe structure just described pi, 3 Part of Anterior Arm of

suggests that some at least of Mr. Madeley’s specimen of

the secondary arm-branches in Botryocrinus —_ ptnnulatus ;

the type specimen are not ab~ how the semndary

normal after all, but that the jy, alee coer lips

species does normally branch, — diagrammatized. (x 2diam:)

in some or all of its arms, on

II Br,. In this respect, then,

B. pinnulatus would resemble those American species of

Barycrinus to which allusion was made (oe. czt. p. 405),

differing from them, however, inthe facts that there may be

four arms to aray, not merely three, and that the anterior

194 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

ray may be so branched no less than the others. It is to be

hoped that more specimens of this species may be found, so

that this question may be settled; for it is very remarkable

that the same species should combine such regularity in the

pinnules with irregularity in the arm-branching.

The anterior side of the Ventral Sac is partly exposed in

the proximal region, and is composed of small plates, which,

like the covering-plates, seem to run without distinction into

those of the Tegmen. Where the plates are disturbed, traces

of an articular facet can be distinguished on their upper sides,

corresponding to the ridge. (Fig. 2.)

The Stem is pentagonal or slightly quinquelobate, the lobes

being interradial in position, while the radial sutures are seen

to run down the depressions between them. ‘The ossicles are

all ridged, but alternate in size. The width of the stem is

3-2 millim. and the average height of the ossicles is “36

millim, (Fig. 1.)

Compared with the stem of B. qguinquelobus, that of the

present species is seen to be proportionally more slender and

less lobate. All the ossicles, instead of only alternate ones,

are ridged, while the ridges are more obvious in the depres-

sions and are of a finer appearance.

The Horizon of the present specimen is more compatible

with its stage of development than that to which the type

specimen was, perhaps erroneously, assigned.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Botryocrinus quinquelobus, sp. 0.

Fig. 1. a/485, Woodwardian Museum, No. 1. Seen from anterior; with

drawing of transverse section of the stem. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. a/435, Woodwardian Museum, No. 2. Seen from anterior, Nat.

size.

Mastigocrinus loreus, gen. et sp. 0.

Fig. 3. 4/493, Woodwardian Museum. ( Cyathucrinus_arboreus, Salter,

Cat.) Seen from right posterior interradius. Nat. size.

All figures on this Plate are from drawings by Mr. E, Wilson, Artist

to the Cambridge Engraying Co.

XXXI.— British Fossil Crinoids.—V 11. Mastigocrinus loreus,

nov. gen. et sp., Wenlock Limestone, Dudley. By F. A.

BaTHER, M.A., F.G.S.

(Plate XI. fig. 3, and Plate XII.)

THE form described in this paper appears to belong to the

family Dendrocrinide, series Dendrocrinites. It should

therefore have been considered before the Botryoerinites,

Ann. S Mag. Nat. Hist. Ss. 6, Vol, IX.] | To face ). 104,

BOTRYOCRINUS PINNULATUS.

ig. 1. Part of the stem, at about one inch from the crown. (x 7° diam.)

Fig. 2. Part of the crown, showing the |. ant., ant., and r. ant. Radials and Primi-

brachs with Coyering-plates ; also the anterior side of the Ventral Sac

and some plates of the Tegmen. ( 5 diam.)

MASTIGOCRINUS LOREUsS.

Fig. 1. Anterior facet of 1. post. R. from the smaller Dudley Museum specimen.

(x 10 diam.)

Fig. 2. Section across a brachial ; diagrammatized from the larger Dudley Museum

specimen. (xX 10 diam.)

Figs. 3 & 4. Portions of arms showing covering-plates, from 133, Mason College.

(x 20 diam.) Fig. 4 is the wrong way up by mistake.

Fig. 5. Proximal region of crown and stem, from posterior, 57048, B.M. ( x2 diam.)

Srrucrure OF THE VENTRAL Sac IN MASTIGOCRINUS.

Fig. 6. From distal third, on left edge of sac.

Fig. 7. From proximal third, showing plates in normal position.

Rig. 8. From proximal third, showing plates disuurbed and exposing articular facets.

All figures taken from 57048, B.M., and enlarged 20 diam. The small numbers

refer to the ridges, as numbered in the text, p. 19S.

The remarque represents the artisi’s first and erroneous impression of the strueture.

VII. Mastigocrinus loreus. 195

which come in the family Decadocrinide. There are two

reasons why this was not done: first, that every one who

has seen this species, including myself, has regarded it as a

Cyathocrinus ; second, that, until the genera Botryocrinus and

Cyathoerinus were understood, the reasons for separating it

from the latter genus would hardly have been appreciated.

Of the genus only the one species is as yet known, though

it is probable that several American species will be found to

belong to it. The descriptions of genus and species must

therefore go together, and a diagnosis of the latter can hardly

be given.

JENERIC DIAGNOSIS.

Cup cyathiform, with plates of medium thickness. I BB 5;

BB5; RR5. Arms simple, dichotomous, elongate. No R’;

x hexagonal, in line with RR; Ventral Sac long, flattened,

composed of primitively hexagonal plates which are trans-

versely folded. ‘l'egminal plates sinall, irregular. Stem round,

with small pentagonal axial canal, and with radial sutures.

The appearance of the specimens as they lie on the rock,

with their long, wavy, delicate arms outstretched, suggests a

knout or cat-o’-nine-tails ; hence the name, from paorsé, a

scourge.

The type species is founded om the evidence of five speci-

mens, V1Z. :—

In the British Museum :

57048, a magnificently preserved crown, with 36 millim. of

stem, seen from the posterior. Matrix a blue shale.

Dudley. From the collection of Mr. John Gray of

Hagley. (PI. XII. fig. 3, and zincotype, figs. 3-8,

and fig. 9 on p. 198.)

In the Museum of Mason College, Birmingham :

133, a fairly complete crown, with 24 millim. of stem; seen

from left side; rather disturbed and overgrown by

Polyzoa. Matrix a rough limestone. Dudley.

(Pl. XII. fig. 2.)

In the Museum of the Dudley Geological Society :

(a), a portion of a crown, with traces of ventral sac and 66

millim. of stem; seen from anterior. Matrix a blue

shale, Dudley. (P. 200, fig. 10.)

(2), a smaller crown broken distally, with 8 millim, of stem,

seen from posterior. Matrix a blue shale. Dudley.

(Pl. XII. fig. 1, and zincotype, fig. 1.)

196 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

In the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge :

a/493, an almost complete specimen, with the crown slightly

disturbed; seen from right posterior radius. Ona

slab of limestone. Dudley. In the Fletcher collec-

tion. (PI. XI. fig. 3, explanation on p. 194.)

For permission to figure the first and last of these speci-

mens my thanks are here given to Dr. Henry Woodward,

F.R.S., and Prof. T. M’Kenny Hughes. For similar favours,

as well as for the loan of the specimens in the Mason College

and the Dudley Museums, I must express my gratitude to

Prof. C. Lapworth and Mr. W. Madeley.

These specimens all appear to come from the Upper Wen-

lock Limestone; but, as usual, their exact locality and horizon

are uncertain. They all belong to one species, for which I

propose the name—

Mastigocrinus loreus, sp. 0.

1873. Cyathocrinus (sp. 9) arboreus, J. W. Salter, nom. nud., Cat.

Camb. and Sil. Foss. p. 125: Cambridge.

Non Cyathocrinus arboreus, Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia for 1865, p. 160, and Rep. Geol. Sury. Illinois, vol. iii.

p. 520 (1868).

Cyathocrinus sp. 11, Salter, loc. cit.

The trivial name applied to this species means “ provided

with lashes,” and, besides carrying on the metaphor of the

generic name, it alludes to the very fine terminations of the

arms.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION.

The plates of all the specimens except 57048 B.M. are

somewhat displaced, so that the measurements here given refer

chiefly to that. For details connected with the Cambridge

specimen I am indebted to drawings furnished by Mr. Edwin

Wilson, as well as to an excellent photograph sent me by the

Cambridge Engraving Co.: the specimen itself I have never

seen, as it cculd never be found when I went to the Wood-

wardian Museum; for information that it was at last forth-

coming | am obliged to Mr. H. Woods. The specimen

a/497 which Salter labelled “Cyathocrinus sp. 11,” was also

thought to be missing (see Cat. Type Fossils, Woodwardian

Mus. p. 89, Cambridge, “ 1891,”” 1892); but, through the

kindness of Mr. Woods in sending me a rough sketch of it,

1 am able to refer it, as was to be anticipated, to the present

species. ‘The specimen consists of a rather disturbed crown,

VII. Mastigocrinus loreus. 197

with 10 millim. of stem, and it shows the delicate finials very

well. It is ona large block of limestone, and comes from

the Fletcher collection.

Dorsal cup conical, slightly expanding above, much as in

Botryocrinus decadactylus. The plates are smooth or very

finely shagreened, and almost plane. Measurements are :—

Height along posterior interradius, 10 millim. ; width below,

5°2 millim. ; width above, 14 millim., but some of this is due

to crushing.

IBB 5, pentagonal, forming a very slight angle with the

stem. Measurements are :—

Height. Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim.

6/048 B.M. ...... 3°5 3 32

ae 3 3 3-2

In smaller specimens they are rather larger in proportion.

BB 5; 4 are hexagonal, post.B heptagonal. Measure-

ments :-—

Height. Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim.

57048 B.M..... 45 35 4-25 (post.B)

) avec 475 P ? (x. post. B)

In smaller specimens they are rather larger in proportion.

RR 5, of normal shape; bending outwards towards the

facet and curving inwards towards the radial processes, as in

Botryocrinus. Measurements are :—

Width of

Height. Width below. Width above. facet.

millim. millim. millim. millim.

57048 B.M..... 35 5 5(?) 4

Cambridge .... 4 49 4-9 31

The articular facet (zincotype, fig. 1) has a very faint trans-

verse ridge and the axial canal is not separate.

The Arms are about 11 times as long as the height of the

cup; they dichotomize at least 8 times, at rather long

intervals, and decrease very gradually both in the diameter and

height of the ossicles. All this gives them an exceedingly

slender and graceful appearance, especially when they have a

delicate wave as in 57048 B.M. Corresponding branches are

equal in size, except perhaps occasionally in the extreme

distal region, where one branch sometimes appears to be

smaller than its fellow.

The ventral groove is a slight wide depression, from which

a narrow V stretches to the axial canal which is not sepa-

rated by stereom (zincotype, fig. 2). The covering-plates are

198 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

irregular and numerous, as in Botryocrinus, but appear to be

more or less alternating (zincotype, figs. 3 and 4).

The total length of the arms in 57048 B.M. is 11 centim.

IBr number from 7 to 11, the usual number being 8.

Their height is 1-4 millim. ; their width 3 millim.

II Br 9, 10, or 11.

III Br from 9 to 14.

IV Br from 12 to 26.

V Br numbers noted 17 and 22.

VI Br numbers noted 16 and 25.

VII Br 15 observed.

VIII Br and LX Br are so small

and faint that it is difficult to make

out their exact numbers. ‘The

width of the finials is about °25

millim. The distal portions of

an arm-branch are figured here

(fig. 6), to show that there is no

suspicion of pinnules.

Anal structures. — Anal «¢ is

hexagonal, resting on the hori-

zontal upper side of post. B, in

a line with RR, and supporting

three plates, viz. a median proxi-

mal plate of similar shape and

7% small plate on either side be- Fig. 9.—M. loreus. Distal end of

tween it and the adjacent radials ~ part of 1. post. Arm in 57048

(rt and /t). B. M. (x 63 diam.)

The Ventral Sac in 57048,

where it is magnificently displayed, has a length of 7

centim. At its origin it is 10 millim. wide, but rapidly

increases to 13 millim. and then decreases very gradually. It

is transversely compressed and is very flat.

In its plan of structure this sac resembles those of Thenaro-

crinus, Botryocrinus, and Dendrocrinus (what may be called

the wickerwork-type, Trautschold’s “ Angulosi”’). Seen

from the posterior, 5 ridges are visible, which are from lett to

right as follows :—(1) ridge starting from /t, (2) ridge starting

from a plate intercalated between /¢ and median proximal

plate, (3) median ridge, starting from median proximal plate,

(4) ridge starting from rt, (5) ridge on right of ré ridge.

There are probably three other ridges on the anterior side.

This would make the number of ridges 8 in all, in which the

genus would agree with Zhenarocrinus if not with others of

the group.

The ossicles are slightly ridged in the middle, and are

VII. Mastigocrinus loreus. 199

thrown into strong lateral folds. Primitively the ossicles are

hexagonal in outline and alternate with those of adjacent

rows, but the simple outline is usually obscured by the

folding. The folds on one side of one ossicle usually meet

the folds on the adjacent side of two adjoining ossicles.

Sometimes, however, there appear to be small intervening

plates, in which the folds of the ossicles on either side meet.

The stereom is perfectly continuous over the whole surface of

the ventral sac, forming the floor of the depressions just as

much as the summits of the folds and ridges (zincotype,

figs.6 and 7). That the sac was a very flexible structure is

proved by the appearance presented by the upper and lower

sutural surfaces of the individual ossicles: when the ossicles

are slightly pushed over so as to expose these edges, it is

seen that the end of each ridge is a regular articular facet of

almost cireular outline, marked with depressions for ligament,

which depressions run at right angies to the surface of

the sae (zincotype, fig. 8). ‘The plates that form ridges 2, 3,

and 4 are more or less flat; but those forming ridges 1 and

5, which are at the borders of the sac, are bent round at

a sharp angle, the angle itself being rounded and constituting

the ridge. In other words, these two ridges form part of both

the anterior and the posterior surfaces of the sac. The

following are measurements of ossicles from the proximal

region of the sac :—In the median ridge (3), height °83 millim.,

width 3 millim.; in ridges 2 and 4, height *7 millim., width

2°6 millim. ‘The ossicles decrease in all dimensions in the

distal region of the sac.

The description of the Ventral Sac has been given at con-

siderable length, as the specimen 57048 B.M. shows the

structure of this interesting organ more clearly than any other

fossil known to me. It is perfectly certain that there are no

slits or pores of any kind in this sac; and yet so deceptive is

the appearance of the depressions filled with matrix that both

Mr. Hollick and Mr. Wilson, experienced scientific artists,

drew the plates as though they were quite discontinuous, and

as though there were large slits between the folds or finger-

like processes. Now, however, Mr. Hollick, after examining

the whole surface of the sac with a microscope, and after

seeing the matrix cleaned out with needle and brush from some

of the most slit-like depressions, is so convinced of his former

error that he will hardly permit me to publish the drawing

that he first made. This, however, I give in the margin, in

order to show how the most careful observer may be misled.

These facts seem sufficient explanation of those statements,

so often controverted in the present series of papers, as to the

presence of slits in the ventral sac of the Fistulate Crinoids,

200 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

The Stem attained a length of at least 11 centim. It was

round in section, with a width

(in 57048) of about 4°5 millim.

In the proximal region it is com-

== hs

posed of ossicles of three sizes, ii

the larger ones slightly pro- a

jecting, with an average height of (Blea is

‘4 inillim. (zincotype, fig. 5). In Saay Eu

the more distal regions (fig. 10) the ‘are a

ossicles are smooth and more equal 4

in height. The sutures are crene- PES

late, indicating radiate striz on een

the articular surface. The lumen Ses i

is small, as in Botryocrinus, and +4

from it there proceed five radial

sutures, which are usually visible

on the outside right up to the

dorsal cup. In the distal region

of the stem the pentameres show

only a slight tendency to the

hexagonal shape and semi-alter-

nating arrangement described for

Botryocrinus. ‘The distalmost

end of the Cambridge specimen yi. 19 Distal part of Stem in

is smooth and rounded, and this “the larger Dudley Museum

though the whole stem and cup specimen of M. loreus. (x

are very slightly disturbed. If 3s diam.)

this rounding be due to weathering, it would appear to

have been accomplished while the creature was yet alive.

(Pl. XI. fig. 3.)

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE GENUS.

<M)

In the composition of its cup, in the anal area, and in the

simple dichotomy of its arms, this species resembles the species

of Cyathocrinus, and, were that genus not more strictly defined

than it has hitherto been, it would doubtless be referred

thither. On the other hand, there are many points, not

hitherto recognized as of great importance, in which the

present species resembles a very different assemblage of

Crinoids. ‘The shape of the cup, especially of the radials, is

the same as that of Botryocrinus. ‘The ventral sac is of the

same structure as that of Dendroerinus, Botryocrinus, and

Thenarocrinus ; while the general resemblance of the smaller

Dudley specimen to the type specimen of 7. gracilis (Brit.

Foss. Crin. 1V., ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. vil. pl. i. fig. 4) cannot

pass ummoticed, The arms are especially like those of 7.

VII. Mastigocrinus loreus. 201

gracilis, and in a less degree like those of 7’. callipygus; they

resemble them not only in their excessive dichotomy, but in

the character of the brachials and of the covering-plates. In

all these respects they differ from the arms of the Cyatho-

erinide, and in all except the regular dichotomy they resemble

the arms of Botryocrinus. In the presence of radial sutures

and in the arrangement of the columnals the stem resembles

that of Ottawacrinus, Thenarocrinus, and Botryocrinus, but

approaches nearer the last by reason of its smaller lumen.

From all these facts, then, it appears that the species must

find a place in that line of genera that passes from Dendro-

erinus and Ottawacrinus to Botryocrinus and its allies.

When we inquire into which family it should be placed, the

obvious answer is—the Dendrocrinide ; since the possession of

regularly dichotomous arms precludes it from finding a place

in the Decadocrinide. Further, from the non-pinnulate

nature of its arms, it must be placed with the Dendrocrinites.

Comparing it now with the other Dendrocrinite genera, we

see that it differs from Dendrocrinus, Homocrinus, Pariso-

ertinus, and T’henarocrinus in the total absence of a radianal,

in which respect it resembles MJerocrinus and Ottawacrinus.

In Merocrinus, however, no anal plate of any kind enters

into the dorsal cup, so that we are driven back to Ottawa-

crinus.

Ottawacrinus, it will be remembered, has an anal « placed

between the radials, but no radianal (see Brit. Foss. Crin. II.,

‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. v. pl. xiv. fig. 12); in the main com-

position of its cup, then, it resembles the present species,

The stem of Ottawacrinus, too, has very distinct radial sutures.

Our new British species cannot, however, be referred to

Ottawacrinus, for in that genus the anal & is raised by hal.

its height above the general level of the radials, while its

upper surface supports only two plates of almost equal size.

In Ottawacrinus, moreover, the shapes of both basals and

radials are curiously irregular on the right side of the cup.

The brachials of Ottawacrinus are much flatter, and the

articular facet extends over the whole width of the radial, so

that the arms are closely pressed together below. For the

loan of the type specimen of Ottawacrinus canadensis I here

tender my hearty thanks to its owner and describer, Mr. W.

R. Billings, of Ottawa,

This new species, then, appears to be su@ generis, and it is

unfortunately necessary to add to our lists the name Mastigo-

ertnus. ‘This genus may be regarded as leading in one

direction towards the Botryocrinites, and in another towards

the Cyathocrinites,

202 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

The addition of this genus to the Dendrocrinites suggests

that, after all, Thenarocrinus, to which it is so closely allied,

may find more fitting companionship with that family-party

than with the somewhat peculiar Carabocrinus. The latter

is in truth acrabbed unsociable animal, whose nature, through

the kindness of my Canadian friends, is now becoming better

known to me.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Mastigocrinus loreus, gen. et sp. nov.

Fig. 1. The smaller specimen in the Dudley Museum.

Fig. 2. 133 Mason College.

3. 57048 B.M. (See p. 195.)

From a photograph of the specimens, about ,4 larger than nature.

XXXI.—British Fossil Crinoids—VII1. Cyathocrinus: C.

acinotubus, Ang., and C. vallatus, sp. nov., Wenlock Lime-

stone. By F. A. Batuer, M.A., F.G.S.

[Plate XIIT.]

HIsTORICAL INTRODUCTION.

THE name Cyathocrinus, or, as it used to be written, Cyatho-

erinites, was first used by J. S. Miller in 1821 on page 85 of

his ‘Natural History of the Crinoidea,’ and is derived from

xvaos, a cup; it has also been used by all subsequent

writers on the subject. When, however, we enquire what

particular form of Crinoid should be denoted by this name,

we are speedily involved in difficuities. Fortunately Messrs.

Wachsmuth and Springer, in their ‘ Revision of the Palao-

erinoidea’ (I. 79; Proc. 1879, p. 802), have dealt fully with

this subject, and their conclusions accord with common sense

and with the rules of nomenclature. There are only a few

points in which insufficient acquaintance with European

material or European literature has led them astray. Since

their work is, or should be, in the hands of every serious

student of the Crinoids, a short explanation of the position

adopted is all that is here required.

The four species referred by Miller to Cyathocrinus belong

to four different genera, not to mention families and suborders.

The first of these, C. planus, should of course be taken as the

type: the others are now known as Yawocrinus tuberculatus,

Crotalocrinus rugosus (= C. verrucosus, Schloth., sp.), and

Parisocrinus quinquangularis.

As to C. planus itself a little difficulty has arisen. Miller’s

VILL. Cyathocrinus. 203

diagnosis of the genus (p. 85) is as follows :—“ A Crinoidal

animal, with a round or pentagonal column formed of nume-

rous joints, having side arms proceeding irregularly from it.

On the summit adheres a saucer-shaped pelvis of five pieces,

on which are placed in successive series, five costal plates, five

scapule, and an intervening plate. Irom each scapula

proceeds one arm having two hands.” The generic diagram

tacing p. 85 shows five pentagonal infrabasals, five basals, of

which four are hexagonal (or pentagonal according to the

angles formed by the upper sides of the infrabasals) and the

fifth heptagonal (or hexagonal), five radials with a deep notch

and an articular facet about one third the width of the plate,

and a hexagonal anal x in line with the radials. The figures

of C. planus—1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 29, 830—show that this

diagram was taken from that species, and bear out the

diagnosis so far as the cup is concerned. Fig. 1, however,

shows dichotomous pinnulate arms, and we know of no genus

with arms of this character that has a dorsal cup like that

shown in the diagram. ‘The Austins’ explanation of this was

a probable one. ‘They said (Monogr. Rec. & Foss. Crinoidea,

p- 61), “ Miller’s principal figure of this species cannot be

depended on, as he appears to have taken the rays of the

Taxocrinus longidactylus and placed them on the body of the

C. planus.” On this Wachsmuth and Springer remarked

(Revision, I. 81, footnote 2), ‘In supposing these to be the

arms of Zaxocrinus, Austin is certainly mistaken.” Austin,

however, applied the name Yawxocrinus longidactylus to a

specimen from the Carboniferous Limestone, near Walton

Castle in Clevedon Bay, of which a figure had been published

by George Cumberland *. This very figure was reterred by

Miller (p. 86) to C. planus, and it is quite likely that the

arms of his own fig. 1 were suggested by it. As a matter of

fact there can be little doubt that Cumberland’s figure repre-

sents a Scaphiocrinus with two primibrachs, although the

pinnules are merely indicated in his drawing by rough

shading. ‘The same specimen was figured by Austin, pl. xi.

fig. 3a, under the name Potertocrinus longidactylus (p. 88),

thus showing that the name Tazxocrinus was inserted by

mistake on p. 61. Mr. W. P. Sladen, in his revision of the

“Genus Potertocrinus and allied forms ”’ J, left this species out

in the cold; but Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer referred it

* “ Description of some new Fossil Encrini and Pentacrini, lately dis-

covered in the neighbourhood of Bristol,” Trans. Geol. Soc. 1st ser. vol. v.

part 1, pp. 87-94, with pls. 1i—v.: London, 1819. See pl. iii. fig. 1.

+ Proc. West Riding Yorksh. Geol. and Polyt. Soc. vol. vi. (n. s.,

vol. i.) part iy. pp. 242-253, pl. x. (1877), 1878.

204 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

to Scaphiocrinus (Rev. I. 114, Proc. 1879, p. 337). Miller’s

fig. 28 probably represents a Scytalecrinus, but the anal area is

not very clear; at any rate it does not agree with the diagnosis

or diagrams of Cyathocrinus. In his diagnosis of the genus

Miller stated that the stem had irregular ‘ side arms ”’ or

cirri, and such were represented in his figures 26 and 27; but

of these the Austins said (op. cit. p. 61), they “are not the

side arms of any species of Cyathocrinus, 26, being a small

column, and 27, the column and side arms of a Poteriocrinus.”

No species agreeing in other respects with Miller’s diagnosis

is known to possess cirri of this nature.

The foregoing specimens were no doubt placed, as was the

rest of J. S. Miller’s valuable collection, in the Bristol

Museum*, where they were shown to L. Agassiz by the then

curator, Mr. 8. Stutchbury fT. But, to the disgrace of the

inhabitants of that town, all these treasures have been

gradually allowed to disappear from that, their natural

resting-place.

There was, however, another specimen figured by Miller

(figs. 29 and 30), which was said by him (p. 87) to be “in

the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford.” ‘The drawings agree

perfectly with the generic diagnosis and diagram, and this

specimen would be the best to take as the type of the species.

Unfortunately, in the transfer from the Ashmolean to the new

Museum at Oxford, this, with other important specimens,

appears to have been mislaid, and all search for it has up till

now been fruitless. It were to be wished that those in charge

of some of our museums would remember that they are respon-

sible, not merely to their immediate employers, not to the

town, nor even to the nation, but to the whole world now and

to come,

J. Phillips, in his ‘Geology of Yorkshire’ (1836), did not

rocognize U. planus. He figured, however, under the name

C. distortus (vol. 11. p. 206, pl. i. fig. 34), a specimen that

was obviously of the same species as Miller’s figs. 29 and 30,

The Austins appear to have studied Miller’s type specimens

before they were ‘conveyed’ from the Museum of the Bristol

Insiitution, and they retained the species C. planus, figuring

(op. cit. pl. vil. fig. 4c, d) a specimen which was in all

probability the original of the cup in Miller’s fig. 1, as well

as a specimen (pl. vil. fig. 4e) probably the same as that

figured by Phillips for C. distortus, which species they con-

* See ‘The West of England Journ. Sci. and Lit.,’ no. 1, pp. 4, 19, 98,

and 252: Bristol, Jan. 1855.

+ L, Agassiz, ‘ Poissons Fossiles,’ 4° livr., feuilleton additionel, p. 52

(1835),

VIII. Cyathocrinus. 205

sidered as a synonym of C. planus. There is therefore no

difficulty in deciding what Miller meant by C. planus, and

there should consequently be no difficulty in distinguishing

the genus Cyathocrinus.

Before leaving C. planus, however, it may be as well to

correct a few mistakes made by the earlier writers, lest they

should again prove cause of confusion.

Miller’s erroneous ascription of cirri to the species has

already been noted. With regard to the arms Miller wrote

(p. 87), “they are all tentaculated at alternate sides, and

resemble those of Pentacrinus Caput Meduse.” Similarly

the Austins, though they scouted Miller’s figure of the arms,

remarked (p. 60), ““The rays were no doubt tentaculated,

although none of the specimens show the tentacula.” It is

certain, however, that tentacula or pinnules are not present

in this species.

The Ashmolean specimen figured by Miller showed the base

of the anal tube clearly ; Miller, however, merely said (p. 87),

“this [abdominal] integument is swollen out, and gives the

specimen a singular appearance.” The Austins regarded

this aperture as the mouth. De Koninck and Le ‘Hon *

appear to have understood that it was connected with the

anus ; but neither they nor previous writers were aware that

the o ing was followed by an anal tube. The plates

around the base of this tube were displayed by Miller in his

dissected diagram, fig. 30. Wachsmuth and Springer, how-

ever (Rev. I. 81, footnote 1) consider that “the four small

plates, arranged in the figure in a half circle, are to represent

the interradials (oral plates) [deltoids] in the dome, and not

the plates of the ventral sac, as might be expected.” This

cannot be right: the - specimen, as proved by fig. 29, possessed

no deltoids, while in both figures the letter T points to a

larger and irregularly shaped plate which was most probably

the madreporite.

Miller distinctly (p. 87), and the Austins in more ambiguous

language (p. 59), both stated that the articular facet of the

radial was perforated. To the question whether there are

any species of Cyathocrinus that possess this character we

shall recur later on; in the Carboniferous species C. planus,

at any rate, there is no doubt that in the radial facet the

axial canal is not separated from the ventral groove.

* * Recherches sur les Crinoides du Terrain Carbonifére de la Belgique,’

Mém. Acad. Roy. Belgique, vel. xxviii. p. 81: Brussels, 1854.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 15

206 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS.

Having determined the type species of the genus, we have

now to consider various forms that have at different times

been confused with Cyathocrinus.

It is unnecessary to say more about the separation of Pote-

riocrinus from Cyathocrinus, since it differs not only in the

anal area but in the possession of pinnules.

Parisocrinus has arms like Cyathocrinus, but an anal area

like Potertocrinus ; hence there is no real reason for confusing

the two as has often been done.

J. Hall * extended the diagnosis of Cyathocrinus to include

forms with a small quadrangular radianal. These forms,

however, differ in other respects, besides the presence of a

radianal, from Ee and doubtless belong to quite a

ini In America such forms

are Se by Bergen and Vasocrinus: in England

it is the Silurian Botryocrinus that has been labelled eae

erinus t ; while a Carboniferous fossil that is probably a

Barycrinus appears to have been considered a Poteriocrinus.

De Koninck and Le Honf gave a diagram of Cyatho-

crinus in which the anal xz was represented as pentagonal

and as supporting two small hexagonal plates. This was

probably a mere slip, for neither in C. planus nor in C.

mammillaris, the only species described by them, has the anal

w that shape. Some specimens of C. multibrachiatus from

the Keokuk group of North America, that are in the British

Museum, appear to have an anal # of this shape, but it is net

typical of the genus. In fact the diagram given by De

Koninck and Le Hon resembles, in this respect at least, that

of Ottawacrinus alone among the Inadunata. They also

give, under the head of Cyathocrinus, a diagram of the

anal area of a Permian species, of which all we can say is

that it certainly is not a Cyathocrinus.

The Austins (op. c7zt. p. 66), in reviewing the species

ascribed by different authors to this genus, said, “‘ Not one of

the so-called Cyathocrine of Murchison’s Silurian System

properly belong to the genus.” ‘This is perfectly true: it

has long been “known that C. tuberculatus is a Tazxocrinus,

that C. pyriformis (sic) is an Ichthyocrinus, and that C.

rugosus 1s a Crotalocrinus; in fact these corrections were

made when the plates were reprinted to illustrate Murchison’s

* Rep. Geol. Surv. Iowa, vol. i. part ii. p. 622 (1858).

+ “Brit. Foss. Cnn., Vv.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii.

p- 395, May 1891; and VLI., p. 189, anted,

thes Recherches sur les Crinoides &e.,’ pp. 79 et sqg. (1854).

VILL. Cyathocrinus. 207

* Siluria’ (edit. 3, 1859). The names Cyathocrinus gonio-

dactylus, C. arthriticus, and C. capillaris, of ‘The Silurian

System’ and ‘Siluria,’ have had a longer existence ; indeed

it was not till 1878, when Angelin founded Gissocrinus, that

there was any genus for the reception of those species. They,

however, together with various species to which J. W. Salter

gave the Catalogue names of C. scoparius, C. squamiferus,

C. sp. 1, and C. sp. 5, all appear to differ from Cyathoerinus in

the possession of three infrabasals instead of five, and must

therefore be referred to Gissocrinus.

Wachsmuth and Springer (Rev. I. 83, Proc. 1879, p. 306)

said, ‘* Paleocrinus Billings is not distinct from Cyathocrinus.

The construction of thecalyxisidentical.”’ E. Billings founded

FPaleocrinus in ‘Figures and Descriptions of Canadian Organic

Remains,’ decade iv. (1859), on p. 24, the type species being

P. striatus (p. 25) ; he also referred to the genus P. angulatus

(p. 45), P. rhombiferus (p. 45), and P. pulchellus (p. 46).

Wachsmuth and Springer (Rev. III. 225; Proc. 1886, p. 149),

after examining the type specimens, entirely changed their

views with regard to Palwocrinus. They said, “ The speci-

men of P. striatus, upon which the genus was proposed, is

very imperfect, and may be a Carabocrinus, Dendrocrinus, or

a new genus.” P. angulatus was referred by them, without

any doubt, to Dendrocrinus. Through the kindness of Dr.

A. R. C. Selwyn and Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, the type speci-

mens of Billings’s four species, which are the only specimens

known, are now before me. As regards Palewocrinus striatus,

there is no doubt that it is not a Cyathocrinus ; but a very

careful examination has convinced me that neither is ita

Carabocrinus or a Dendrocrinus. Ishould not, however, like

to say whether it can really be regarded as an independent

genus. P. angulatus also is no Cyathocrinus ; but I quite fail

to see why it should be referred to Dendrocrinus: the radi-

anal is small, apparently four-sided, and occupies a position

more like that in Botryocrinus than that in any other Inadu-

nate genus. The specimens of P. rhombiferus and P. pul-

chellus do not show the anal area; for the present therefore

the reticence of Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer concerning

them is the best example to follow.

Among the genera that have been confused with Cyatho-

crinus there only remains one worthy of discussion, namely

the genus Spheroerinus; and the history of this is somewhat

neculiar. The only species of the genus is S. geometricus, a

fairly well-known form from the Devonian rocks of both

Germany and England. The species was founded by Gold-

15*

208 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

fuss ¢ and was referred by him to Cyathocrinus. Since the

diagnosis of that genus given by Goldfuss was simply a

translation of Miller’ s, it follows that C. geometricus was

iegarded by its author as possessing but one plate in the anal

area. Neither the figures of Goldfuss nor that given by J.

Phillips in his ‘ Paleozoic Fossils of Cornwall &c.,’ pl. 1x.

fig. 41* (1841), show the anal plates. The Austins, in their

Monograph, p. 61 (1845), likewise referred this species to

Cyathocrinus, speaking as though there were one anal plate

only, placed as in Cyathocrinus ; in fact the diagram of

Cyathocrinus on p. 58 1s said to be taken from C. geometricus.

C. I’. Reemer + appears to have found Miller’s description of

Cyathocrinus planus quite unintelligible, and consequently

proposed to take Miller’s second species, now known as Tazo-

crinus tuberculatus, as the type of Cyathocrinus, while he

made CO. geometricus the type of a new genus, Spherocrinus.

From his diagnosis of Spherocrinus we learn that he supposed

the genus to have only three infrabasals, while he again

mentions, though with some doubt, the single anal plate.

Roemer’s view was adopted by G. and F. Sandberger in ‘ Die

Versteinerungen des Rheinischen Schichtensystems 1 in Nassau,’

pp- 389, 390 (Wiesbaden, 1850-1856). Joh. Miiller § was the

first to point out the correct structure of C. geometricus,

describing a new variety of it, or possibly, as he regarded it,

a closely “allied species, under the name Poteriocrinus hemi-

sphericus. He showed that there were five infrabasals, and

that the anal area possessed a radianal, an anal 2, and another

small plate (rt) on the right of anal a, resting on the radi-

anal. L. Schultze || placed all varieties of this species under

the one head Poteriocrinus geometricus, and gave figures

(Taf. v. figs. 6d, 67) entirely confirming Miiller’s deserip-

tion and figures of the anal area. It is odd that Messrs.

Wachsmuth and Springer, who refer to both Miiller and

Schultze, should still have kept this species under Cyatho-

crinus in the first part of their Revision, saying (p. 83), “

has all the characters of Cyathocrinus, not only in the con-

struction of the calyx, but also of ‘the vault.” In 1886,

however (Rev. III. 226; Proc. p. 150), they were inclined to

ia qe Germanie,’ vol. i. part 3, p. 189, tab. lviii. figs. 5a, 6

ssl).

} 2 Beititigs zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fauna des Devonischen Ge-

birges am Rhein,” Verhandl. d. naturhist. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinlande,

sth Jahrg. pp. 363-369 : Bonn, 1851.

See G) eber neue Echino dermen des Itifeler Kalkes,” Abhandl. k. Ak.

Wiss. Berlin, Jahrg. 1856, p. 250, Taf. ii. figs. 4, 5, 6, 7 (1857).

ire’ Monographie der Echino dermen des ifler Kalkes,” Denkschr, k.

Ak. Wiss. math.-nat. Cl, Bd. xxvi. (1866) p. 51; Wien, 1867.

VIII. Cyathoerinus. 209

separate Spherocrinus from Cyathocrinus ; still this was not

on account of any differences in the structure of the cup, but

merely because the axial canal in the radials was separated by

stereom from the ventral groove. ‘lo the question whether

this character is of generic importance we shall return imme-

diately ; for the present it is enough to state that the descrip-

tion of Poteriocrinus geometricus given by Miiller and Schultze

is proved correct by a large number of specimens in the

British Museum. So long as the arms of this species are

unknown one cannot definitely say to which genus it belongs;

it would probably be safer to place it in Pardsocrinus, but

we may be quite certain that it has nothing to do with

Cyathocrinus.

A single species, hitherto undescribed, which may be

regarded by many as a Cyathocrinus, has been separated

therefrom and made the type of a new genus, under the name

Mastigocrinus loreus. 'The reasons for this have been so

fully given in the preceding paper (ante, p. 200) that it

would be waste of space to repeat them here. Suffice it to

say that no Cyathocrinus has yet been found with a ventral

sac, a tegmen or a stem like those of Mastigocrinus.

Wachsmuth and Springer (Rev. IIL. 326; Proc. 1886,

p- 150) have stated that the possession of a separate axial

eanal by the radials is a structure that “ occurs exclusively in

species from the Silurian and Upper Devonian, never in the

Carboniferous, neither in Cyathocrinus nor other genera.”

“ Whether,” they continue, “ all species of Cyathocrinus from

Gothland and Dudley possess this structure, cannot be ascer-

tained from the figures, but if they do, it may form the basis

of a separation which seems to us very desirable.” Now,

even if we were safe in accepting this remarkably broad and

dogmatic, though not very clear, statement, intermediate

forms might still occur in the Lower and Middle Devonian.

Even if they did not, so small a point would hardly be

enough to differentiate two genera; for it is no rare thing to

find the axial canal separate in one species of a genus, in one

individual of a species, or in the earlier brachials of an indi-

vidual, while it is merely a tongue from the ventral groove

in others *. Moreover there do not appear to be any other

constant or decided differences between the Carboniferous

species of Cyathocrinus and such typical Silurian species as

C. acinotubus, C. ramosus, and C. visbycensis. As a matter

ot fact, however, even this difference does not exist, for the

axial canal is not separate in the Silurian C. vallatus, although

* See “ Brit. Foss. Crin.—V. Botryocrinus,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. vil. p. 392, May 1891.

210 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

it is separate in the closely allied C. acinotubus ; while it is

separate in some individuals of C. striolatus from Gotland

but not in others. Consequently it seems advisable for the

present to retain both Silurian and Carboniferous species in

one genus— Cyathocrinus—with the following

GENERIC DIAGNOSIS.

IBB 5, equal, pentagonal. BB5, hexagonal except post.

B, which is heptagonal and supports #. RR 5, shield-shaped,

with facet circular or elliptical in outline, and occupying from

less than } to 3 width of R. @& tetragonal to hexagonal, in

line with RR, and about 3 width of R. Arms long, simple,

dichotomizing regularly several times ; covering-plates alter-

nating, in from 1 to 4 (or 5?) rows oneither side. Ventral

sac composed of usually hexagonal plates, either smooth or

slightly folded. 'Tegmen consolidated by deltoids. Madre-

porite distinct.

DESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS.

Dorsal Cup cyathiform; with sides convex, straight or

convexo-concave; with plates plane or tumid; surface

smooth, shagreened, or slightly ridged either radiately or

concentrically. No pronounced axial folding.

IBB 5; pentagonal; lying at very various angles to stem,

and varying very greatly in height.

BB 5; hexagonal, except post.B, which is heptagonal.

These also vary much in their proportions, but are usually

large.

RR 5; of normal outline; as large as or larger than BB.

Articular facet from a little less than 4 to 3 width of plate,

usually about 4; circular or elliptical in outline ; directed

outwards and upwards at very various angles; axial canal

may or may not be separated from the ventral groove by

stereom. Radial processes curve upwards and inwards to the

deltoids.

Arms non-pinnulate, dichotomous; usually long and

branching from 5 to 7 times (in Silurian species at least) ;

with more ossicles in each series towards the inner side of

each dichotom. Rather stout, not tapering much, and with

short ossicles (in Silurian species) ; or fine, tapering, with

long ossicles (in Carboniferous species). Covering-plates

weli developed; either as solid, alternating series, or in rows

of 2 to 5(?) deep on either side of ventral groove.

I Br from 1 to about 8: the number often varies greatly in

Vit Cyathoerin US, 211

DRAWINGS TO ILLUSTRATE THE MORPHOLOGY OF

CYATHOCRINUS. :

. The dissected cup; with the anterior radius on the right.

. Longitudinal median section through ten columnals of C. acinotubus.

8, stereom of ossicle ; m, matrix filling axial canal; ¢, calcite

taking the place of former ligament.

3. Transverse section through the stem of C. acinotubus. Lettering as

above. Figs, 2 and 3 are both reduced from camera-drawings

of E 6004 B.M.; x 5 diam.

4. Transverse section through a brachial (III Br) of C. acinotubus. Br,

body of the ossicle; ux, axial canal; vg, ventral groove; cp,

covering-plates. Reduced and restored from camera-drawings

of E 1367, B.M.; x 8 diam.

. A young individual of C. actnotubus (?). The extreme length of some

of the brachials may be only apparent and due to the difficulty

of seeing the sutures ; it is, however, noticeable in the young of

other genera. From an original drawing of M.P.G. vii]; ; nat.

size.

5a. A first primibrach of the same, showing that the axial canal is not

yet separated from the ventral groove; x 3 diam.

6. Ventral surface of the calyx of C. planus with ambulacrals and inter-

ambulacrals removed. <A, deltoids, and M, madreporite ; these

surround the peristome, and on their edges are seen indentations

for the reception of the ambulacrals; 2, anal. From E 6007,

B.M.; X 2 diam.

7. Ventral surface of the calyx of C. mammillaris, Phill. with tegmen

complete. A, deltoids, in great part covered by za, interambu-

lacrals ; cp, covering-plates, which are irregular; «, anal, which

is partly broken. Krom a drawing by Mr. Hollick of FE 288,

B.M.; nat. size.

Kor

212 Mr. ¥F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

the arms of a single specimen ; but, in Silurian forms at all

events, each species has usually its own limits.

Anal structures —Anal x from tetragonal to hexagonal; it

rests on the upper side of post.B, is in line with RR, and

about 2 their width. In typical species it supports, by its

horizontal upper side, a smaller plate of similar shape, while

on either side of it, in the angle between it and the adjacent

radial processes, rests a smaller plate of the tube (rt and /f).

Sometimes rt and /¢ appear not to touch z# at all, in which

case # is four-sided. Sometimes (e. g. C. multibrachiatus

from the Keokuk) the upper side of «x is sloped downwards

in such a manner that only 7¢ touches the RR, in which case

x is roughly five-sided.

The Ventral Sac consists of more or less hexagonal plates,

arranged in fairly regular longitudinal rows. It varies very

greatly in size, but appears never to extend to the length of

the arms. It is rounded or swollen, and has a rather large

lumen. The plates are solid, often slightly tumid, and some-

times show a radiating structure, which may even exhibit

itself in slight folding. In typical species of the genus the

foldings are never pronounced, nor are the plates trans-

versely elongate; in none are there slits or pores.

The Tegmen comprises 4 Deltoids and a Madreporite

(p. 211, fig. 6). The Deltoids rest on the radial processes,

and abut laterally on one another and on the Madreporite.

The Madreporite is usually cordiform and appears to be

pierced by numerous pores.

Ambulacrals (I Amb) pass between the deltoids and madre-

yorite to the actinal centre, in which region they are usually

enlarged (and are by some writers considered to be the Orals).

Smaller Interambulacrals (7 Amb) are also often present,

almost entirely covering the deltoids (p. 211, fig. 7).

The Stem is rarely preserved to any extent, but it seems

never to have attained a very great length. It varies much

in width ; it is round; with a usually quinquelobate lumen,

sometimes of large size. Radial sutures have not been

observed.

Columnals rather low, and alternating in thickness and

height ; or very low and equal in size. ‘They have radiating

striz on their articular surface.

There are no Cirri on the stem.

The Root has not yet come beneath my observation.

SPECIES OF THE GENUS.

Although the Austins in 1846 could deny the existence of

VIII. Cyathocrinus. pais

Cyathocrinus in Silurian rocks, we now know a considerable

number of Silurian species that may be referred to this genus.

The Limestone Beds d and f of Gotland furnish nine species

of Cyathocrinus, as described in a paper read before the Royal

Swedish Academy of Science on Dec. 9th, 1891*. The

Niagara Limestone of America contains Cyathocrinus cora,

Hall, C. waukoma, Hall, and C. Van Hornet, 8. A. Miller ;

but other Silurian species from N. America appear to belong

ratlier to Botryocrinus. ‘The Wenlock Limestone of England

has as yet presented us with only two species, viz. C. acino-

tubus, Ang., also found in Gotland (d and 7), and a species

here described for the first time under the name C. vallatus.

As shown in the paper above referred to, the Cyathocrind of

Gotland fall into three groups. The first of these groups has

a stem of moderate width, with rather low and alternately

ridged columnals and a more or less conical cup. Both our

British species come into this group, and the following

synopsis shows the main differences between the species of

the group :—

a. Cup with straight sides,

pitta uPiaMePPANUIAT ok kee cece ens C. Diane.

b. Plates axially folded and striate ................ C. striolatus.

b. Cup with convexo-concave sides, irregular.

ce. Plates plane; smooth or pustulate C. visbycensis.

d. Plates tumid ; smooth or shagreened ............ C. acinotubus.

c. Cup with convex sides.

e. Plates plane ; concentrically ridged and pustulate.. C. vallatus.

There are of course many other differences between the

species than those shown in the above table, but they can be

gathered from the diagnoses.

Cyathocrinus acinotubus, Ang.

(Pl. XIII. figs. 1-13.)

1878. Cyathocrinus acinotubus, Angelin, Iconographia, p. 22, pl. xx.

fig. 5.

1878. Cyathocrinus alutaceus (pars), Angelin, Iconographia, pl. iv.

fig. 6 a.

1873. Cyathocrinus (sp. 6) monile, nom. nud., Salter, ‘Catalogue of

Cambrian and Silurian Fossils &c.,’ Cambridge, p- 128.

* F, A. Bather, “The Crinoidea of Gotland, Part IL,” Kgl. Svenska

Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xxiv. no. 8. In the press.

214 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

Cyathocrinus mimus, MS. Museum labels by J. W. Salter.

Cyathocrinus nodulosus, nom. nud. pars, i. e. Museum labels by J. W.

Salter, but not the specimen said to be so referred to in Cat. Camb,

Sil. Foss. p. 123.

The description, measurements, and diagrams of this species

given in this paper are based entirely on British specimens,

while in the Swedish paper reference is made throughout to

Gotland specimens. Thus any differences due to differing

conditions may be more clearly appreciated.

The British specimens examined are the following :-—

In the British Museum:

57480, crown and half an inch of stem, seen from the right

side, and showing the ventral sac crossing between

the arms. Matrix a blue-grey shale. Dudley.

From the collection of Mr. 8S. Allport, and formerly

labelled C. nodulosus. (Pl. XIII. fig. 1.)

FE 1450, crown, free from matrix, which was a very soft yellow

shale; shows origin of ventral sac. Dudley. From

the collection of Mr. J. Johnson. (PI. XIII. fig. 2.)

E5619, the distal end of a ventral sac, referred with hardly

any doubt to this species. Dudley. From the

collection of Mr. J. Gray, of Hagley. (Pl. XIII.

fig. 6.)

57421, crown with 8 to 10 columnals; showing covering-

plates well; with a rugose surface produced by

weathering. Matrix a blue-grey shale. ‘Tividale,

Dudley. (Pl. XIII. fig. 7.)

E 6002, crown with plates of ventral sac well marked, and

with a radial facet exposed. Matrix a blue shale.

Dudley. Johnson collection. (Pl. XIII. figs. 8

and 11.)

57142, arms with covering-plates and ventral groove well

shown. In limestone. Dudley. Gray collection.

(Pl. XIII. fig. 10.)

57060, a dorsal cup free from matrix; showing radial facet.

Dudley. Gray collection. (PI. XIII. fig. 11.)

E 6008, dorsal cup, rather broken but very characteristic ;

showing shagreen ornament. Yellowish matrix.

Dudley. From the collection of Mr. J. Rofe.

(Pl. XIII. fig. 12.)

{ 1367, arms and two thin transverse sections of same.

Dudley. Rofe collection. (Zincotype, p. 211,

fig. 4.)

7 6004, longitudinal and transverse thin sections of the stem.

|e)

VII. Cyathocrinus, 215

Dudley. Rofe collection. (Zincotype, p. 211,

figs. 2 and 3.)

57058, basals and infrabasals. Dudley. Gray collection.

57059, a crushed cup. Dudley. Gray collection.

57113, crushed crown and stem-fragment. Dudley. Gray

collection.

57141, a crown in hard blue shale. Dudley. Gray collec-

tion.

57149, lower part of cup. Dudley. Gray collection.

57362, rather small crown and 1 in. of stem. Limestone.

Tividale, Dudley. Gray collection.

57363, arms and upper part ot cup. Tividale, Dulley.

Gray collection.

57364, crown and 1} in. of stem. Limestone. ‘Tividale,

Dudley. Gray collection.

57365, a small crown, with traces of colour-spots on arms.

Tividale. Gray collection.

KE 5654, a weathered crown. Matrix a conglomerate of

limestone in a yellow marly cement. Probably

from Dormington in the Woolhope district

(according to Mr. R. Etheridge, F.R.S.). Baber

collection.

In the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street :

Vil lea» a young specimen, probably referable to this species, on

a slab with Yaxocrinus tuberculatus. (Zincotype,

p. 211, figs. 5, 5a.)

In the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge :

a/526, 3 well-preserved and characteristic cups, labelled

“Cyathocrinus mimus (n.sp.).”” Dudley. Fletcher

collection. (Pl. XIII. figs. 3, 4, 5.)

a/487, 2 or 3 specimens, one showing the covering-plates very

well. Labelled ‘‘Cyathocrinus monile.” Dudley.

In the Oxford University Museum :

A crown showing the ventral sac appearing between the arms.

Malvern. Grindrod collection. (PI. XIII. fig. 9.)

Arms showing the ventral surface and_ covering-plates.

Malvern. Grindrod collection. (Pl. XIII. fiz. 10.)

In the collection of Charles Holcroft, Esq. :

206, arms with very large number of ossicles in internodes.

Yellowish matrix, Upper Wenlock Limestone.

Wren’s Nest, Dudley.

216 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

For permission to examine and figure certain of the above

specimens my thanks are due to Dr. Henry Woodward,

F.R.S., the Director-General of the Geological Survey, Prof.

T. M°K. Hughes, and Prof. A. H. Green; while a double

measure of thanks is due to Mr. Holcroft for allowing me to

retain his specimen for several months.

All the above specimens come from the Wenlock Lime-

stone, and many of them come from the Upper Limestone ;

others, however, are doubtful, and the absence of information

prevents us from assigning them to their exact horizon.

The trivial name of this species—derived from acinus, a

berry, and tubus, a tube—probably refers to the blackberry-

like appearance of the ventral sac.

SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS.

Dorsal cup bowl-shaped, rather rounded at the base ; plates

tumid, and smooth or shagreened. Arms rather stout, with

rounded ossicles ; covering-plates long and conical, from 2 to

34 to each brachial. Ventral sac large, slightly swollen

above ; its plates protuberant and rugose. Stem round, of

moderate width, with alternate sized ossicles and a quingue-

lobate Jumen.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.

Dorsal Cup is in shape a broad cone, rounded at the base

and often projecting radially. The shape, though charac-

teristic (P]. XIII. figs. 4,5), is very variable in minor points.

Thus, the infrabasals may project at a rather sharp angle

with the stem-axis, or may gently curve upwards. The

plates, especially the basals, may be very tumid (Pl. XIII.

fig. 2); but in a few cases the swelling is inconspicuous.

The projection of the radials also varies very much, as seen

by comparing fig. 1 with fig. 4 in Pl. XIII. The cup some-

times varies on different sides both in height and in the sizes of

its plates, the anterior rays as a rule being the larger in such

cases. ‘The average measurements of the cup, as deduced

from five specimens, after corrections have been made {or

compression, are:—Height 13 millim.; width below, 6°9

millim.; width above, 14°8 millim. Extremes of height noted

are, in 57865 B. M. 7:2 millim., and in E 6003 B.M. 20

millim, In these and subsequent measurements no account

is taken of the young specimen at Jermyn Street or of those

in the Woodwardian Museum.

I BB 5, pentagonal and, as a rule, almost equal-sided.

VIL. Cyathocrinus. 217

Average measurements, deduced from six specimens, with

allowance for variation within the limits of an individual :—

Height 3°5 millim.; width below, 3°7 millim.; width above,

4-8 millim. Extreme measurements noted are, in 57365 and

KE 6003 respectively :—Height 2 millim. and 5 millim. ;

width below, 2°5 millim. and. 4:25 millim. ; width above, 3

millim. and 6°8 millim. In E 1450, which is a medium-

sized specimen, the height varies from 2°5 millim. in r. ant.

1 B to 3:2 millim. in 1. post., |. ant., and ant. I BB.

BB 5, hexagonal ; post. B heptagonal. Average measure-

ments, deduced as above :-—Height 6°4 millim.; width below,

5°8 millim., width above, 6:7 millim. Extreme measure-

ments, as above :—Height 3°25 millim. and 10 millim.; width

below, 5°5 millim. and 8 millim.; width above, 4:2 millim.

and $°5 millim. ‘These measurements do not take the poste-

rior basal into account: that is always a little larger every

way than the cthers; thus, in E 1450, the measurements of

the post.B and of the other BB are as follows:—Height 6

millim. and 5°5 millim.; width below, 5°75 millim. and 5:4

millim.; width above, 7 millim. and 6 millim.

RR 5, shield-shaped, often projecting slightly in some or

all of the rays. Average measurements, deduced as above

are :—Height to bottom of facet 9°95 millim.; width below,

13°9 millim. ; width above, 14°9 millim.; width of facet 8°7

millim. Extreme measurements, as above, are :—Height 3

millim. and 8 millim.; width below, 4:2 millim. and 9°5

millim. ; width above, 4 millim. and 11°25 miilim. ; width of

facet 3°25 millim. and 6 millim. The adjacent sides are

usually almost parallel in medium-sized specimens, and even

converge upwards in small specimens. From the above

measurements and others it appears that, while the average

width of the facet is *577 *, or rather more than half, that of the

radial, it is proportionally greater in small individuals Shea Gis

*81 in 57365, and less in large individuals, e. g. °53 in

E 6003. he facet is sometimes more to one side of the

radial than the other; it is transversely elliptical in outline

(Pl. XIII. fig. 11). A fulcral ridge runs across, a little

outside the long diameter, and in the centre of this ridge is

the axial canal. The food-groove forms a wide depression

on the inner side of the ellipse. Partly owing to the varia-

tion in the projection of the radials, the angle at which the

facet is directed outwards varies considerably even in the

same specimen. In the separate cups found at Klinteberg,

in Gotland, which lend themselves to such measurement more

* These numbers are fractions of the width of the radial, not of a

millimetre.

218 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinotds :

readily than the English specimens, the angle with the hori-

zontal varies between 35° and 85°.

The average measurements of the Gotland specimens are

considerably greater than those of the English specimens, but

no other difference is obvious.

In such very well-preserved specimens as EK 6003 (Pl. XIIT.

fiz. 12) a fine shagreen ornament is seen on the cup-plates ;

this, however, is usually worn away, and it may be doubted,

from the smoothness of some otherwise perfect specimens, e. g.

Ii 1450, whether it was always present in life. In the fossils

its place is occasionally taken by a rough surface, that

presents much the same appearance to the naked eye, but

which consists of irregular pits rather than elevations

(Pl. XIII. tig. 7). This roughness appears to be caused by

weathering along the lines of the original intimate structure

of the plates. A specimen of this species, so weathered, was

named by Angelin C. alutaceus.

The Arms dichotomize regularly, and lessen in thickness

quite gradually, remaining rather stout even to their extre-

mities. ‘The ossicles are rounded and slightly swollen, and

often might be described as moniliform, whence, no doubt,

Salter’s MS. names of C. monile and C. nodulosus ; some-

times, however, they are more even in thickness. In the

proximal region of the arms the brachials are roughly circular

in transverse section, but become more laterally compressed

in the distal region (zincotype, p. 211, fig. 4). The axial

canal is very distinct and is situated just about the middle of

the ossicle. The ventral groove is a broad, curved, shallow

depression (Pl. XIII. fig. 106). In the young specimen

(zincotype, tig. 5a) the axial canal is not yet separated by

stereom from the ventral groove, even in the primibrachs,

The covering-plates are long, thick, and conical both in out-

line and longitudinal section (Pl. XIII. figs. 10 a, 10 e, and

zincotype, fig. 4). They interlock, and run from two to three

and a half to each brachial. ‘They are sometimes rather flat

and narrow, with parallel sides, at other times more rounded

and conical; the former variety is shown in the top lett-

hand corner of Pl. XIII. fig. 2.

I Br from 3 to 5. When there are 3 then I Bry is gene-

rally twice as high as 1 Br, ; when there are 4 then I Bry and

I Bry are usually much higher than the rest ; when there are

5 they are all more of asize. ‘Three is by far the commonest

number. ‘The number of I Br may vary in the several arms

of an individual, but is generally the same.

Il Br from 2 to 4. As with I Br, 3 is the usual number,

and J] Bry is often higher than II Br.

ViLT; Cyathocrinus. 219

III Br from 3 to 7. The lower numbers are more usual,

and the higher numbers, when they occur, are in the branches

on the inner side of the dichotom; thus, the left posterior

arm of FE 1450 (PI. XIII. fig. 2) has III Br, counting from

left to right, —3.4..6.4*. Here, too, the second ossicle

is sometimes higher than the first.

IV Br from 3 to 9. In this case the lower numbers are in

the branches on the outside of the arm, the higher numbers

on the inside of the dichotoms, and the middle numbers on

the inside of the arm. ‘This arrangement will be better

understood from an actual example: in 57362 B. M. the quarti-

brachs run thus, from left to right—4.8..9.7-6.6..7.5.

V Br from 3 to 11. Generally speaking these numbers

follow the same sort of arrangement as in previous series, but

the higher numbers are often finials, especially in rather

young specimens. ‘Thus in an arm of 57480 B. M. (Pl. XIII.

fig. 1), starting from the middle or inner side of the arm and

passing towards the outer side on the right, the numbers run

as follows, f being placed against the finials—6.9..8f. 6

629f 1. Of «8.

VI Br from 2 to 14. Many of these are generally finials,

and in young specimens even the lower numbers are finials.

Otherwise the arrangement is much as in the quintibrachs.

VII Br are only found in well-grown specimens. The

numbers observed are 3 and 4. They are always finials ; but

it is of course conceivable that the arms might branch yet

once more in an exceptionally well-favoured individual. If,

however, finials appear in any one series, it seems to be the

rule that all of the ensuing series sball be finials ; that is to

say, in no single arm does one branch ever get more than one

series ahead of the other.

The above numbers do not take account of 206 Holecroft,

in which the series are rather longer, 17 being seen in one

internode.

Anal structures—The measurements of anal 2 in KE 1450

are as follows:—Height 45 millim.; width below, 3:8

millim. ; width above, 4°75 millim.; that is te say its width

is about 2 that of the adjacent radials (Pl. XIII. fig. 2). It

supports a large proximal median plate and a smaller plate

on either side (r¢and dt). The latter plates rest partly on the

adjacent radials.

The Ventral Sac is about half the length of the arms or

* In this and in the ensuing examples the peculiar spacing of the

numbers is an attempt to represent the bilateral symmetry of the arm:

the two branches of each dichotom are separated by only a single full-

stop.

220 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

less ; it is rounded and somewhat swollen above (Pl. XIII.

figs. 1, 2,6, 9). The plates of which it is composed are

hexagonal in the proximal region, but distally they become

irregular in outline. The size of the plates varies consider-

ably, but their transverse diameter is as a rule between 1°

and 2°5 millim., their vertical diameter being rather less.

The plates are sometimes quite smoothly rounded or almost

flat (Pl. XIII. fig. 1) ; sometimes they are slightly folded at

the edges, the folds being at right angles to the sutures

(Pl. XIII. fig. 9): in E 6002 this folding is very clearly

inarked, and at the same time it is quite obvious that there

are no pores or slits within the folds (Pl. XIII. fig. 8). In

the separate distal end of a sac shown in Pl. XILI. tig. 6, the

surface of the plates appears rather curiously pitted; this,

however, is no doubt due to weathering, and may be com-

pared with the roughness already alluded to (PI. XIII. fig. 7).

The Teqmen is unknown.

The Stem (Pl. XIII. figs. 1 and 13; zincotype, p. 211,

figs. 2 and 3) is round, composed of ossicles which alternate

both in height and width with fair regularity. The following

are a few measurements of the heights of the ossicles :—In

E 6004 (fig. 2, p. 211) the respective heights of the ossicles

are about 1:16 millim. and *59 millim.; in 57362 B. M. they

are 1 millim. and *55 millim.; in 57364 B. M., in a more

proximal part of the stem, the ossicles are of three sizes with

heights 1 millim., °75 millim., and +2 millim. ‘The width of

the stem is between 5 millim. and 7 millim. The lumen is

quinquelobate and its diameter is about } that of the stem, or

a little less. The articular surface of each ossicle is slightly

concave, and is radiately striated. In the longitudinal see-

tion the space between the concave articular surfaces is filled

with transparent calcite, while the lumen itself is filled with

opaque matrix. This probably results from the fact that the

interarticular ligaments decayed more gradually than the

axial cord and its blood-vessels, and that, after the place of

the latter had been taken by infillmg ooze, they themselves

were gradually replaced by the infiltration of carbonate of

lime. We may now note, both in the longitudinal and trans-

verse (fig. 3) sections, that the stereom of the ossicles is

separated from the matrix in the canal by a thin film of

calcite; this too, then, must represent some lining membrane

or ligament.

The base of the cup is often slightly excavated for the top

columnal (Pl. XIII. tig. 4).

VIII. Cyathocrinus. 221

Cyathocrinus vallatus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIII. figs. 14-18.)

This species is based on three specimens, viz. :—

In the British Museum :

(a) E 6005, a somewhat worn cup in matrix. Gray collec-

tion. (Pl. XIII. fig. 18.)

(6) E 6006, a cup still more worn, especially in the distal

region, and ground down at the sides; in matrix;

seen from the right side. Gray collection.

(Pl. XIIL fig. 15.)

In the Museum of Mason College, Birmingham :

(ec) 170, a better preserved cup, showing articular facets for

stem and arms; in matrix. (Pl. XIII. figs. 14,

£65517.)

These specimens all come from the Wenlock Limestone of

Dudley, but the exact horizons and localities are uncertain.

They are all in a rather yellowish shale, on the top of a

limestone ; it is therefore probable that they come from the

Upper Wenlock Limestone.

For permission to figure the specimens in the British

Museum I am indebted to Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S. ;

while for the loan of specimen ¢ Prof. C. Lapworth deserves

my best thanks.

The trivial name vallatus, which means encircled by a

ridge, refers to the characteristic ornament of the cup-plates.

SPECIFIC DIAGNOSIS.

Dorsal cup rather elongate, with convexly rounded sides ;

plates plane, with a strong concentric ridge at a short distance

from the suture, and with irregular concentric or slightly

radiating ornament on the inner part. Axial canal not sepa-

rate. Stem with a large quinquelobate lumen. Arms,

ventral sac, tegmen, and stem unknown.

REMARKS ON THE SPECIES.

Dorsal Cup has a somewhat ovoid curve, bulging more in

the region of the basals. ‘The measurements of the speci-

mens are as follows :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 16

299 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

Height Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim.

(Cee ae 23 8 (2) 21 (2)

ee 23 7-25 23 (2)

(ioe. an: 19°75 8 21 (2)

I BB 5, pentagonal, rather wider than high.

Height. Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim.

(ai fese 6 475 775

Cure o 5b 4-2 7

(a) eee 55 4 65

BB 5, hexagonal; post.B, seen partially in 5, heptagonal.

Height. Width below. Width above.

millim. millim. millim.

(D)igat ase 12 95 11°5

(R):2 sitio deve 10:2 8:5 Tl

(@)\. Sadek 10:75 8 10°5

The measurements of post.B are height 12 millim. in 6;

otherwise unknown.

RR 5, shield-shaped; projecting in a slight bulge just

below the articular facet, but not curving inwards much

towards the radial processes. The facet is smoothly con-

cave, with a very slight trace of a ridge; the axial canal is

not separated from the ventral groove by stereom, but,

together with it, forms a deep notch. Measurements are :—

Width of

Height. Width below. Width above. facet.

millim. millim. millim. millim.

(4) REPT Ss 19:25 12

(D) lain 1 OSD (P) 10 10:5 ?

(c). 7:2 10°83 10°3 5

From which it appears that the sides of the radials are almost

parallel and that the width of the facet is just half that of

the radial. The facet is almost at right angles to the slope

of the side and is therefore directed almost upward.

A portion of anal # is preserved in }. It is about 6°5

millim. high and about 5 millim. wide below.

A portion of 7¢ is also preserved in this specimen.

A marked concentric ridge surrounds all the cup-plates at

a distance of about *75 millim. from the suture. There is

also an irregular ornament on the plates, which tends to run

in concentric circles (Pl. XIII. fig. 18), or may have a more

radiate arrangement (Pl. XIII. fig. 14).

The characters of the Stem may be inferred from the

bottom of the cup, which shows a very large quinquelobate

axial canal, shown in Pl. XIII. fig. 17, where it has a mean

VIII. Cyathoerinus, 223

width of 4°2 millim., or a little more than half the probable

width of the stem. The facet for the stem is radiately

striated. ‘The stem was therefore probably like that of C.

actnotubus.

In the general shape of the cup and in its probable stem-

characters the species resembles the group of C. acinotubus.

The shape of the cup is most like that of C. actnotubus, and

indications of the ridge that is here so marked may also occa-

sionally be seen in that species. The ornament, however,

more resembles that of C. vishycensis, var. monilifer. In the

notched facet and imperforate articulation this species differs

from most Silurian Cyathocrini; but such a stage of deve-

lopment is occasionally presented by C. striolatus, which

belongs to the same group. The large size of the cup is a

character of no great importance, but affords a ready means

of distinguishing the species in British collections.

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE GENUS.

The British specimens do not throw much light on the

morphology of the genus, so that there are very few points to

which attention need be here directed.

Growth of the cup.—F rom the various measuremenis of the

plates of C. acinotubus given on p. 217, it seems to follow

that the facets of the radials, and consequently the arms, are

wider in proportion in the young than in the adult; also that

the radials are proportionally wider below in the young.

This latter fact harmonizes with the statements already made

in general terms by Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer * and

Mr. 8. A. Miller + as to the infrabasal and basal plates of

Crinoids being more largely developed in the young than

the other plates of the cup. ‘That statement too, it may be

mentioned, is confirmed by the measurements made of the

present species. It is extremely interesting to note how

closely the growth of this Silurian Crinoid agrees with the

growth of the Pentacrinoid larva of a recent Antedon f. But

it would be advisable to tabulate the measurements of large

series of many other species before laying down any general

laws as to the growth of Silurian Inadunate Crinoids.

The Axial Canal of the Arms.—So much was said about

* Rev. I. 19, Proc. 1879, p. 242.

+ “Structure &c. of American Paleozoic Crinoids into Families,”

Amer. Geol. vol. vi. p. 282, line 11, Nov. 1890; and ‘ American Geology

and Paleontology,’ p..212, Cincinnati, 1889.

- J See W. B. Carpenter, “ Researches on the Structure, Physiology,

and Development of Antedon (Comatula, Lamk.) rosaceus,’ Phil. Trans,

1866, pp. 727, 29, 731.

hGs

224 Mr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

this in the earlier part of the paper (p. 209), that it is only

necessary to point out that a Silurian species is here described,

from specimens of mature growth, in which the axial canal

is not separated from the ventral groove in the radial facet:

in this pomt C. vallatus resembles Carboniferous species of

Cyathocrinus. Further evidence, if such be needed, to show

that the non-separation of the canal is merely a youthful

character, and therefore also an archaic one, may be adduced

from the young specimen at Jermyn Street (p. 211, fig. 5 a).

Consequently it is not in itself a character very suitable for

the discrimination of genera.

The Covering-plates of the Arms.—It does not appear from

the present paper, but it will be seen from the descriptions of

the Gotland Cyathocrini that, although the number of these

that goes to an ossicle is variable, yet there are limits to the

variation, by the recognition of which we are often able to

determine species when other means fail us.

In describing these structures, Messrs. Wachsmuth and

Springer have mentioned (Rey. I. 84, Proc. 1879, p. 307) that

the groove ‘is provided with two rows of from two to five

successive movable plates, alternately arranged on opposite

sides.” It is, however, undoubtedly the case, as shown by

Pl. XIII. fig. 10, that the row on either side may be only

one plate deep. It is quite true that there are sometimes

two plates in the row, a small narrow plate lying at the base

of and alternating with each of the regular conical covering-

plates (see Angelin, Iconogr. tab. xxvi. fig. 56). Occa-

sionally too there occur small, usually rather irregular plates,

over the middle line, between the two rows of regular

covering-plates. This might make three or conceivably four

rows on either side (see W.& S. Rey. III. Proc. 1885, pl. iv.

fig. 7b). But in asserting that there were sometimes five

rows it is possible that Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer

were misled by Angelin’s tab, xxvi. fig. 4, which represents

the covering-plates of C. ramosus (wrongly called there C.

iongimanus) ; for these plates are marked by transverse lines

that divide them into five parts, and produce the impression

that each covering-plate is composed of five ossicles, which is

not really the case.

The Ventral Sac.—Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer stated

in 1879 (Rev. I. 84) that pores and slits had been observed

in the ventral sac of Silurian species of Cyathocrinus. This

statement has never been withdrawn by them, though in their

recent paper on the Perisomic Plates * they seem to imply

* Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia (1890), Part III. See p, 360,

February 1891.

VIII. Cyathocrinus. 225

that the ventral sac of the Cyathocrinide generally is not

perforate. It is possible that they were formerly misled by

the erroneous reference to Cyathocrinus of many species of

Gissocrinus, Botryocrinus, and such forms in which the

ventral sac often appears at first glance to be provided with

slits between the edges of the plates. At any rate none of

the sacs of the Silurian Cyathocrini that have come under my

observation appear to possess either pores or slits. Decep-

tive appearances are sometimes produced by weathering, as

described under C. acinotubus (p. 220); and sometimes the

edges of folded plates are filled with matrix which everyone

does not take the trouble to clear away.

The Tegmen.—As none of the British Silurian specimens

show the tegmen it is advisable to defer discussion of the

many important problems presented by it. Original drawings

of two Carboniferous specimens are, however, given (p. 211)

in illustration of the description of the genus. ‘The one

(fig. 6) shows the deltoids and the madreporite surrounding

the peristome ; the other (fig. 7) shows how both deltoids and

peristome may be covered by ambulacrals and interambu-

lacrals, though portions of the deltoids are still seen peeping

out from beneath the interambulacrals. The questions to be

decided are these:—What are the true homologies of the

plates here called deltoids? Is the madreporite serially

homologous with the deltoids? Or is the posterior deltoid

represented by two plates, one on either side of the madre-

porite? Are the plates that cover over the peristome, which

are sometimes large and fairly regular, sometimes small and

irregular, orals or merely large ambulacrals ?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Cyathocrinus acinotubus.

Fig. 1. 57480, B. M. A crown with portion of stem, seen from the right

side. The ventral sac seen crossing between the arms. Drawn

with the camera by Mr. Hollick. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 2. E1450 B.M. Crown seen from posterior. Drawn with the

camera by Mr. Hollick. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 3. a/526, Woodwardian Museum, A small cup, seen from below,

with one or two columnals attached. Note large size of IBB.

From a drawing by Mr. Edwin Wilson, artist to the Cambridge

Engraving Co. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 4. a/526, Woodwardian Museum. Cup seen slantwise from below,

showing projection of radials. One very pentagonal columnal

seen inserted in the IBB circlet. From a drawing by Mr. E.

Wilson. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 5. a/526, Woodwardian Museum. Cup seen from posterior, showing

zxand /é. From a drawing by Mr. E. Wilson, (Nat. size.)

226 Prof. T. Thorell on some

Fig. 6. E 5619, B.M. A ventral sac, slightly weathered. From a

drawing by Mr. Hollick. (x 2 diam.)

Fig. 7. 57421, B.M. A small portion of the weathered surface of a

radial. From a drawing by Mr. Hollick. (x 10 diam.)

Fig. 8. F. 6002, B.M. <A plate from the proximal region of the ventral

sac, to show the folding of the edges. Drawn on stone by the

author. (x 35 diam.)

Fig. 9. Grindrod Collection, Oxford. The distal end of the ventral sac

appearing between the branches of the anterior arm. Drawn on

stone by the author. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 10 a. 57142, B. M. Three brachials seen from the side, showing the

covering-plates open.

b. 57142, B. M. The ventral surface of three brachials, the

covering-plates removed and the ventral groove exposed.

c. Grindrod Collection. The ventral surface of three brachials,

the covering-plates 7m situ and closed.

All from drawings by the author. (x 3 diam.)

Fig. 11. 57060 and E 6002, B.M. A radial showing the articular facet,

combined from the evidence of these two specimens, From a

drawing by the author. (x 3 diam.)

Fig. 12. FE 6003, B.M. Portion of surface of a radial, showing shagreen

ornament. From a drawing by Mr. Hollick. (x 10 diam.)

Fig. 13. The articular surface of a stem-ossicle from the evidence of

numerous specimens. From a drawing by the author. (xX 3

diam.)

Cyathocrinus vallatus, sp. 0.

Fig. 14. 170, Mason College. A radial seen obliquely from above, to show

articular facet ; also showing ornament. From a drawing by

Mr. Hollick. (xX 2 diam.)

Fig. 15. E 6006, B. M. A cup seen from the right side, showing post.B

and x on the left; outline restored. From drawings by Mr.

Hollick and the author. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 16. 170, Mason College. A cup; orientation uncertain. From a

drawing by Mr. Hollick. (Nat. size.)

Fig. 17. The articular facet for the stem of the same specimen. From a

drawing by Mr. Hollick.

Fig. 18. E 6005, B. M. A much weathered cup; orientation uncertain.

From drawings by Mr. Hollick and the author. (Nat. size.)

XXXIII.—On some Spiders from the Andaman Islands

collected by E. W. Oates, Esq. By Prof. T. THoRELL.

Our knowledge of the arachnological fauna of the Andaman

Islands is as yet exceedingly limited; so far as I know M.

Eugéne Simon is the only author who has, in a recently-

published paper *, enumerated and described any spiders

* “ Etudes sur les Arachn, de I'Asie mérid. faisant partie des collec-

tions de l’Indian Museum (Calcutta)—L. Arachn. recueillis aux iles

Andaman par M. R. D. Oldham,” in Journ, of the Asiatic Soc. of Bengal,

lvii, part 11. no, 3 (1887),

Spiders from the Andaman Islands. 227

from those islands*, Only two of M. Simon’s species

were known to arachnologists as inhabiting other parts of

Southern Asia, especially Burma and the Malay Archi-

pelago; the rest (five species) were all new to science. ‘T'o

the seven species mentioned by M. Simon I am now able to

add fourteen more, captured in Table Island by Mr. Oates,

and kindly placed by him in my hands for examination.

Though only two of these spiders (petra Oatesii and Salticus

modestus) appear to be new, a list of them may, I think, be of

some interest, as it affords strong evidence of the conformity

of the spider fauna of the Andamans with that of Burma on

the one side and the Malay Archipelago on the other; the

twelve already-known species belong, in fact, also to the fauna

of Burma or to that of the Malay Archipelago, and are even

common to these two regions, with the exception perhaps of

Argyroepeira pusilla, from Amboina, of Sarotes impudicus,

which had hitherto been captured in Burma only, and of Tela-

monva Peckhamit, which had been found in the Nicobar Islands

and Sumatra.

The twenty-one species of spiders now known to inhabit

the Andamans belong to the following tribes :—Territelariz

(1 sp.), Retitelaria (2 sp.), Orbitelariz (10 sp.), Citigrade

(1 sp.), Laterigrade (2 sp.), and Saltigrade (5 sp.). More-

over the ‘Tubitelariz are, in Mr. Oates’s collection, repre-

sented by a few young specimens belonging to the genera

Clubiona and Hutittha; but these specimens (and that of a

Lycosa) are not sufficiently developed to be determined or

described. Also among the Andaman spiders studied by

M. Simen there were young representatives of several genera

(Homalattus, Ozyopes, Nephila, { Meta= Argyroepeira?|, Her-

stlia, Chiracanthium) that are not included in our lists of the

spiders of the islands.

The species contained in Mr. Oates’s collection are as

follows :—

Tribus RerrrELARi &.

Fam. Pholcoide.

1. Pholcus elongatus, Vins.

1863. Pholeus elongatus, Vins., Aran. d. iles de la Réun., Maurice et

Madag. p. 135, pl. iil. fig. 5.

Two adult specimens, a male and a female.

* These species are:—l. Cyte@a albolimbata, sp. n.; 2. Cyllobelus

miniaceomicans, sp. D.; 3. Sphedanus marginatus, sp. n.; 4. Gastera-

cantha annamita, Sin. (= G. leucomelena (Vol.), Thor.) ; 5. Cyeclosa albi-

sternis, sp. n.; 6. Tetragnatha gracilis (Stol.); 7. Satzicus andamanicus,

sp. nD.

228 Prof. T. Thorell on some

Fam. Theridioide.

2. Theridium rufipes, Luc.

1842*. Theridion rufipes, Luc., Explor. de Algérie, Arachn. p. 263,

pl. xvi. figs. 5-5 d.

One adult male.

Tribus OrBITELARIE.

Fam. Euetrioide.

3. Argyroepewra pusilla (‘Vhor.).

1878 Meta pusila, Vhor., Studi sui Ragni Ma-esie Papuani, Il. Ragni

di Amboina, &e., in Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di

Genova, xiii. p. 97,

Of this species, which had formerly been found in

Amboina only, Mr. Oates has captured an adult female in

Table Island. The area occupied by the four middle eyes is

in this specimen not perceptibly broader behind than in front ;

in other respects it appears to be exactly similar in form to

the types of the species. ‘The colour shows but a few slight

differences. The tarsal joint of the (yellowish) palpi is

blackish ; the middle area of the back of the abdomen has

behind, instead of three pairs of small silver-coloured spots,

two longitadinal, nearly parallel, close-set, silver-coloured

lines; the sides of the abdomen are blackish, with a long,

somewhat oblique, and slightly sinuated silver-coloured band,

united anteriorly with the silvery pattern of the back, and

they show also a small spot of the same colour, situated more

below, near the base. ‘The vulva consists, as in the types, of

a small, pale, almost semicircular fovea, surrounded in front

and on the sides by a low, backward-curved callus, which is

black on the sides and pale in the middle.

The length of the specimen is 33 millim.; length of cepha-

lothorax 13, of abdomen 2} millim.; legs, I. 93, IL. 73,

III. 4, IV. nearly 64, pat.+tib. LV. nearly 2 millim.

4, Epeira (Cyclosa) Oatesit, sp. n.

Cephalothorace in femina fortiter, in mare viv constricto, aut fere toto

piceo, aut fusco-testaceo et saltem in medio piceo ; sterno plaga albi-

canti-flava occupato, que interdum, saltem in mare, in lineam anti-

cam et maculas 5 marginales est divulsa ; pedibus testaceis, plus

minus distincte nigricanti-annulatis ; abdomine ante medium dorsi

* According to Simon.

Spiders from the Andaman Islands. 229

tuberculis duobus parvis munito et postice in conum simplicem retro

directum producto, superius cinerascenti-testaceo, dorso plaga nigri-

cante inequali vel fere rhomboidi antice notato, pone medium vero

area magna subtriangula nigricante occupato, que fascia longitu-

dinali pallida persecta est et in lateribus fleauoso-dentata : hac

pictura tamen sepe obsoleta— g 2 ad. Long. 3 circa 3%, 2 43-

5 millim.

Femina.—E. camelodi, Thor.*, valde affinis est heec species, sed minor,

et paucis aliis notis distinguenda. Cephalothorar ad formam

plane ut in ea specie est, inter partes cephalicam et thoracicam

fortiter constricta; pars thoracica paullo altior est quam pars

cephalica, fovea ordinaria centrali sat magna, vix quadrata sed

antice rotundata, et fere in summo partis thoracice (non in decli-

vitate ejus antica) locata. Oculorwm series antica modice sursum

curvata est: linea recta laterales infra tangens medios fere in

ceutro secat; series postica fortiter est recurva. Oculi medii

postici cum lateralibus anticis seriem rectam formant, si desu-

perne inspicitur cephalothorax. Area oculorum mediorum paullo

longior est quam latior antice, multo latior antice quam postice.

Oculi medii antici spatio diametrum suam peene quanti sejuncti

sunt; medii postici, ut laterales bini, contingentes sunt inter se.

Mandibule patellis anticis paullo crassiores, plus duplo et dimidio

longiores quam latiores, versus basin sat fortiter convexe. Pedes

breves: 1* paris cephalothorace modo circa 23, non triplo, longi-

ores sunt; pedes 4' paris pedibus 2" paris vix longiores. Aculei

pauci et debillimi: patell anteriores aculeo ejusmodi saltem extus

munite sunt, et tibiz plereque aculeum unum alterumve (vel

potius setam) ostendunt. Abdomen satis altum, circa dimidio

longius quam latius ; non parum ante medium, ad 4 longitudinis

fere, versus latera, dorsum ejus tubercula duo obtusa erecta parva

sed eyidentissima ostendit; postice in formam coni sat brevis

retro productum est. Desuper visum abdomen subovatum est,

antice anguste rotundatum, in lateribus, usque ad 3 longitudinis

fere, ample et satis equaliter rotundatum, dein vero lateribus

rectis sensim angustatum et postice subacuminatum. A latere

visum antice oblique rotundato-truncatum est, dorso anterius,

ante tubercula, conyexo-proclivi, dein recto vel paullo concavato,

apice retro et paullo sursum directo ; postice hoc modo visum valde

oblique truncatum et sat altum est abdomen (altitudine hic lati-

tudinem ejus saltem equante); spatium inter mamillas et apicem

abdominis spatium inter eas et petiolum circiter equat. Vulva

ex “‘corpore” cirea triplo latiore quam longiore, utrinque con-

vexo et nitidissimo, fusco constat, et ex “scapo” brevi pallido

deorsum et retro curvato et directo, qui corpore illo circa triplo

angustior est et vix vel parum pone id pertinet: hic scapus basi sat

latus et seusim angustatus est, dein vero angustus, parte apicali

* Studi sui Ragni Malesi, 11, Ragni di Amboina, &c., lve. cit, p. 78,

230 Prof. T. Thorell on some

angusta parum longiore quam latiore, lateribus parallelis, apice

rotundato.

Color.—Cephalothorax piceus, parte cephalica antice et plaga magna

utrinque in parte thoracica fusco-testaceis: seepius vero fusco-

testaceus vel testaceus est, modo in medio, praesertim in impres-

sionibus cephalicis, infuscatus, piceus vel nigricans. Sternum

nigro-marginatum plaga maxima subtriangula, utrinque ter incisa,

albicanti-flava occupatur, que interdum in medio inzqualiter

infuseata est (an nonnumquam in maculas diyulsa?). Mandibule

testaceze vel fusco-testacew, apice nigricantes. Maville et labium

testacea, basi obscuriora. Palpi testacei, parte tarsali apice nigri-

cante, parte tibiali interdum ad apicem paullo nigricanti-maculata

quoque. Pedes testacei, plus minus evidenter nigro-subannulati :

femora anteriora apice intus plagam vel maculam nigram osten-

dunt, sequentia internodia apice plus minus anguste nigra sunt ;

tibiee anteriores preterea maculam vel annulum abruptum nigrum

versus medium, extus, habent. Abdomen cinereo-testaceum,

supra macula basali magna nigricante subrhomboidi vel inzquali

notatum, que interdum angulo suo postico usque inter tubercula

duo dorsi pertinet et paullo pallido-maculata est, interdum brevior

et postice ineequaliter truncata; postice dorsum area nigricante

maxima fere triangula oecupatur, que paullo pone medium dorsi

initium capiens usque ad apicem ejus pertinet, interdum antice

cum plaga illa nigricante conjuncta ; in lateribus flexuoso-den-

tata est hee area, secundum medium fascia inequali pallida

geminata. lLatera abdominis pallida nigricanti-variata sunt;

spatium inter apicem dorsi posticum et mamillas fascia longitu-

dinali lata nigricante plus minus expressa occupatur. Venter

ante rimam genitalem subfuscus vel nigricans est, pone eam aut

albicanti-flavus et plus minus nigro-variatus vel reticulatus, aut

niger et albicanti-flavo-maculatus; mamille nigre in area

nigricante vel fusca posits sunt. In exemplis cephalothorace et

pedibus clarioribus et plaga illa basalis et area postica interdum

parum distinct sunt, et abdomen tune superius satis «qualiter

cinereo-testaceum est totum.

Mas.—Cephalothorax yix inter partes cephalicam et thoracicam con-

strictus, impressionibus cephalicis tamen fortibus et postice sulco

transverso conjunctis ; a latere visus ante declivitatem posticam

parum convexus, pene rectus et paullo proclivis est, et inter

partes cephalicam et thoracicam paullo impressus. Utrinque

anterius multo fortius quam in femina sinuato-angustatus est,

parte thoracica in lateribus amplissime et fortiter rotundata, parte

cephalica lateribus rectis anteriora versus non parum angustata,

tuberculo oculorum mediorum anticorum valde prominente ; frontis

latitudo vix 3 latitudinis partis thoracic superat. Foyea cen-

tralis subtransversa et profunda postice sulco sat profundo usque

ad declivitatem posticam continuatur. Spatium inter oculos medios

anticos eorum diametro evidenter minus est; spatia, quibus a

lateralibus anticis separantur, hane diametrum circiter sequant.

Spiders from the Andaman Islands. 231

Palpi breves, clava femoribus anticis non parum latiore ; pars

patellaris pene «que longa ac lata est, supra convexa et seta

longa forti erecta nigra munita. Pars tibialis parte patellari vix

longior est sed etiam basi ea paullo latior, a basi ad apicem pre-

sertim in latere exteriore sensim dilatata, apice paullo oblique

trunecato parte patellari circa dimidio latiore, angulo apicis exte-

riore paullo producto. Pars tarsalis, intus vergens, basi extus

procursu ordinario obtuso intus vel sursum curvato munita est ;

bulbus, sat complicatus, a fronte visus subter, ad apicem extus,

dentem fortem nigrum foras directum ostendit et sub eo setam

rectam nigram, eam quoque foras directam ; fere e medio bulbi

subter, magis extus, alia seta gracilior et longior foras et paullo

anteriora versus directa bulboque appressa exit. Pedes magis

aculeati quam in femina sunt; aculei minus debiles quoque.

Preeter aculeos paucos in femoribus, patellis et tibiis anterioribus,

ut et in pedibus posterioribus (preesertim in femoribus 4° paris,

quee etiam subter ad basin seriem brevissimam aculeorum paryo-

rum ostendunt), aculeos nonnullos paullo longiores et fortiores

in pedibus anterioribus video. In pedibus l' paris tibie intus

aculeis 1 . 1, metatarsi intus 1 aculeo muniti sunt; tibiz 2' paris

(qui ut l' paris cylindrate et paullulo foras curvate sed non

incrassate sunt) intus 1.1 aculeos, subter extus seriem aculeorum

majorum 4 (sive 1.1.1.1 aculeos) ostendunt, subter intus vero

aculeos minores 1.1; preterea supra versus apicem 1 aculeum

habent hee tibiz. Metatarsi 2' paris aculeo gracili saltem extus

instructi sunt. Coxe omnes mutice. Abdomen brevius ovatum

est quam in femina, desuper yvisum postice citius in conum parvum

retro directum productum, a latere visum supra fortius et magis

eequaliter convexum, mamillis evidenter longius a petiolo quam ab

apice abdominis postico remotis.

Color.— Cephalothorax totus piceus est, sternum fuscum, maculis 5

marginalibus et linea marginali antica flavis circumdatum. Man-

dibule, maxille et labium fusco-testacea. Palpi ejusdem coloris,

clava ferrugineo-fusca. Pedessubtestacei, nigricanti-subannulati :

femora saltem anteriora ad apicem sat late nigricantia sunt, inter-

nodia sequentia (preesertim tibie 4' paris) apice nigricantia vel

nigro-maculata, et tibiz metatarsique preeterea annulo plus minus

distincto vel macula hujus coloris yersus medium notati. Abdo-

men pene totum cinereo- vel lurido-testaceum est: pictura dis-

tincta in dorso yix ulla (modo yestigia plage dorsi antice et are

ejus postice video): dorsum ejus punctis + majoribus nigricanti-

bus trapezium formantibus anterius notatum est; venter ante

rimam genitalem obscurior est, pone eam in formam rectanguli

transversi albicanti-flavus, maxillis in area transversa obscura

positis.

@ —lg. corp. 5; lg. cephaloth. 2, lat. ej. pene 14, lat. front. pene

1; lg. abd. 3, lat. ej. 23 millim. Ped. I. pene 5}, I. 4, IT. 3,

LV. 43 millim. longi; pat.+tib. IV. paullo plus 13 millim.

g —Lg. corp. 35; lg. cephaloth. pene 12, lat. ej. paullo plus 14,

Dee Prof. T. Thorell on some

lat. front. circa 3; lg. abd. paullo plus 23, lat. ej. 1% millim.

Ped. I. pene 44, II. paullo plus 34, III. 23, LV. 4 millim. longi;

pat.+tib. IV. pene 15 millim.

Of this species Mr. Oates’s collection contains a few females

and a single male.

5. Epeira (Cyclosa) insulana, Costa.

1834. Epeira insulana, Costa, Cenni Zool. &e. p. 65.

1841. Epeira anseripes, Walck., H. N. d. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 146.

1842. Epeira trituberculata, Luc., Explor. de ’ Algérie, Arachn. p. 248,

1. xv. fig.

187. Cyrtophora melanura, Sim., “Etudes Arachn.: IX. Arachn.

recueillis aux iles Philippines,” in Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, 5°

sér. vil. p. 72, pl. ili. fig. 9.

1878. Epeira anseripes, Thor., Studi &c., II. Ragni di Amboina, Joc.

cit. xi. p. 81.

The collection contains many examples of this very variable

species, among them some few males. ‘The ‘‘ scapus” of the

vulva is wanting (broken) in almost all the adult females.

For synonymy of petra insulana, Costa, see also

Thorell, “‘Spindlar fran Nikobarerna och andra delar af Sédra

Asien &c.,” in K. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Hand-

lingar, xxiv. no. 2 (1891), p. 150 *.

6. Epetra Théisii, Walck.

1841. Epeira Théisit [ Theis], Walck., H. N. d. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 53;

Atlas, pl. xviii. fig. 4.

Only a very young female specimen.

7. Epeira punctigera, Dol.

1857. Epetra punctigera, Dol. Bijdr., t. de Kennis d. Arachn. y. d. Ind.

Archipel, in Tijdschr. y. Nederlandsch Indié, xiii. (ser. 3, ii1.), p. 420.

Two males, one adult, the other not fully developed.

The full-grown specimen is rather large (10 millim. long),

with the whole cephalothorax of a rusty-brown colour, and

the back of the abdomen greyish yellow, without any other

pattern than a small whitish A near the base and the ordi-

nary four impressed brownish points. The belly is darker

along the middle, with a broad transverse yellow band imme-

diately behind the rima genitalis and two large yellow spots

in front of the mamille.

* “Epeira tuberculata, Luc.,” is here a lapsus calami for E. tritubercu-

lata, Lue.

Spiders from the Andaman Islands. 233

8. Argiope pulchella, Thor.

1881. Argiope pulchella, Thor., Studi &c., II. Ragni dell Austro-

malesia &e., loc. cit. xviii. p. 74.

A single young female.

9. Gasteracantha brevispina (Dol.).

1857. Plectana brevispina, Dol., Bijdr. &c., loc. cit. p. 423.

This appears to be the most common spider of the

island. Mr. Oates’s collection contains hundreds of speci-

mens, young and full-grown, and among these latter also a

few males. ‘The back of the abdomen is in the adult male

of a brownish or dirty yellowish colour, with one or two more

or less distinctly limited black spots on either side near the

lateral angles, and sometimes also with two round paler spots

somewhat before the middle, as in most females*. The

dorsal tubercle of the female’s cephalothorax is rather low and

obtuse, sometimes quite truncated at the tip, where it is fre-

quently furnished with two longitudinal, very fine and short

furrows, but not cloven so as to form two tubercles.

Tribus LarerrgravdZ.

Fam. Heteropodoide.

10. Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.).

1758. Aranea venatoria, Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, I. ii. p. 1035.

Three adult males. The legs of these specimens are dis-

tinctly annulated, or, rather, provided with black bands or

spots above, especially on the thighs.

11. Sarotes tmpudicus, Thor.

Cephalothorace in fundo ferrugineo-fusco, parte cephalica anterius

saturatius colorata, clypeo et yenis pices ; mandibulis nigris, labio

pene semicirculato, palpis subpiceis, parte tarsali nigricante ; pedi-

bus subferrugineis, femoribus paullo pallidioribus, metatarsis tar-

sisque piceis et late nigricanti-scopulatis ; abdomine ovato, in fundo

sordide testaceo vel subfusco, pilis densis flaventibus tecto, pictura

distincta carente ; vulva ex area cornea fusca constante, que postice

late et profundissime incisa est, hac ineisura parte molli albicante

repletaa— 9 ad. Long. 18-25 millim.

* For a more detailed description of the male see Thor., Spindlar fr.

Nikobarerna, &c., /oc. cit. p, 59.

234 Prof. T. Thorell on some

1887. Surotes impudicus, Thor. { Viaggio di L. Fea in Birmania e regioni

vicine, ii.], Primo Saggio sui Ragni Birmani, in Ann. del Museo Civ.

di Storia Nat. di Genova, ser. 2, vy. p. 241 (= ¢).

Femina.—Cephalothorax eque longus ac latus est, latitudine clypei

3 Jatitudinis maxim cephalothoracis equanti, preterea ad formam

ut in mare, vix altior quam in eo, Series oculorum postica de-

super visa recta est, series antica vix vel parum deorsum est

curvata. Spatia inter oculos medios anticos et posticos anticorum

diametro evidenter paullo majora sunt, et paullo majora quam

intervallum inter oculos binos laterales, hoc intervallo diametrum

oculi lateralis antici paullo superanti. Spatia subsequalia inter

oculos 4 anticos diametrum mediorum eorum quant. Oculi +

postici, quorum medii paullo longius a lateralibus quam inter se

distant, spatiis triplam mediorum diametrum sequantibus separati

sunt. Spatium inter marginem clypei et oculos laterales anticos

eorum diametrum equat, sed spatium inter hunc marginem et

oculos medios anticos horum oculorum diametro evidenter minus

videtur. Ceterum oculi et sternum ut in mare loc. cit. diximus

sunt.

Mandibule femoribus anticis non parum latiores, patellas 1' paris

longitudine equantes, plus sesqui sed non duplo longiores quam

latiores, in dorso ad longitudinem sat fortiter convex, leves,

nitide, pilis rarioribus consperse; sulcus unguicularis postice 5

(5° minutissimo), antice 2 dentibus armatus est. Maville vix in

labium inclinats eoque saltem duplo et dimidio longiores ; labium

pene duplo latius quam longius, apicem rotundatum versus lateri-

bus leviter rotundatis sat fortiter angustatum, pzne semicircula-

tum igitur. (In mare apicem late rotundato-truncatum versus

minus fortiter angustatum est.) Palpi mediocres; pars patellaris

circa dimidio longior est quam latior, pars tibialis duplo longior

quam latior ; pars tarsalis duas priores conjunctas longitudine

eequat. Pedes paullo breviores quam in mare, 2" paris cephalo-

thorace circa 44 longiores ; hi pedes pedibus I' paris paullo plus

tarso suo longiores sunt, pedes 1' paris pedes 4' paris paullo plus

tarso suo longitudine superant quoque. Ut in mare scopulati et

aculeati sunt pedes. Abdomen ovatum, saltem ante partum antice

eequaliter rotundatum. Vulva ex area cornea elevata utrinque

convexa, postice lateribus rotundatis sensim paullo angustata,

femora latitudine circiter equanti, picea constat, quae postice late

et profundissime incisa est, hac incisura circiter ad dimidium

longitudinis are pertinenti et cute molli albicante repleta: ab

apice antico subrotundato hujus partis albicantis sulei duo parvi

anteriora versus ducti et appropinquantes in area vulve cornea

conspiciuntur.

Color.—Cephalothorax in fundo ferrugineo-fuscus, parte cephalica

anterius paullo obscuriore, clypeo cum genis nigro-piceo ; in decli-

vitate postica subtestaceus est, hae area pallidiore subtriangula

utrinque linea nigricante limitata. Pube sat densa appressa

flavente vestitus est cephalothorax, et anterius pilis sparsus, qui

Spiders from the Andaman Islands. 235

in fronte et in clypeo nigri sunt, preeterea ad maximam partem

testacei. Sternum ferrugineo-fuscum, pilis nigris conspersum.

Mandibule nigre, tuberculo basali rufo-fusco ; pilis nigris sparse

sunt, suleo unguiculari rufo-ciliato. Maaille et labium nigra,

apice picea. Palpi picei, basi clariores, parte tarsali nigra; ad

maximam partem sordide olivaceo-nigricanti-pilosi et -pubescentes

sunt, Pedes, metatarsis et tarsis exceptis, in fundo testaceo-

fusci, cinereo-testaceo-pubescentes et -pilosi, tibiis paullo obscu-

rioribus et densius pilosis, femoribus subter plus minus obsolete

nigricanti-punctatis ; metatarsi et tarsi picei sunt, scovulis oliva-

ceo-nigris. Aculei pedum palporumque nigro-picei vel nigri.

Abdomen in fundo totum cinereo- vel olivaceo-testaceum, pictura

distincta nulla; pilis flayentibus undique vestitum est. Mamille

fusco-testacez, inferiores subter fusce.

Q ad.—Lg. corp. 25; lg. cephaloth. 10, lat. ej. 10, lat. front. 6;

lg. abd. 16, lat. ej. 114 millim. Ped. I. 384, II. 424, IIL. 31,

IV. 343 millim. longi; pat.+tib, II. 15, pat.+tib, IV. 113

millim.

The collection contains several examples, adult and young,

of both sexes. The males are 153-184 millim. long, with

the cephalothorax as long as broad, and as high as in the

females; one of them has two yellowish spots on either side

of the longitudinal yellowish band on the back of the

abdomen at its base. Young specimens are almost totally

of a yellowish or brownish-yellow colour.

Of this species only one specimen, a male, had hitherto

been found ; it was captured at Me-tan-ja, in Burma, by Mr.

L. Fea.

Tribus SarrregRraDzZ.

Fam. Salticoide.

12. Salticus modestus, sp. n.

Cephalothorace piceo, albo-pubescente, in lateribus late pallidiore ;

abdomine quoque piceo et albo-pubescente, ovato, non constricto ;

pedibus piceis, testaceo-lineatis vel apice plus minus late testaceis,

trochanteribus 4° paris flavo-testaceis, tibiis 1' paris subter 6 pari-

bus aculeorum longorum armatis, metatarsis hujus paris 2 paribus

aculeorum ejusmodi, pedibus 2 paris subter aculeis debilibus, 2 . 2.

in metatarsis et saltem 1.1.1 in tibiis munitis.— 2 jun. Long.

saltem 43 millim.

Femina jun.—Cephalothorax paullo plus duplo longior quam latior,

paullo pone medium sat fortiter angustatus, parte cephalica, que

parte thoracica non parum altior est, desuper visa lateribus pene

parallelis anteriora versus vix vel parum angustata, fronte leviter

rotundata, pone oculos posticos (qui paullo ante medium cephalo-

236 On some Spiders from the Andaman Islands.

thoracis locum tenent) ample rotundata; pars thoracica parte

cephalica non parum brevior et angustior est, parum longior quam

latior antice, lateribus modo levissime rotundatis posteriora versus

non parum angustata, postice late truncata et tenuiter elevato-

marginata. ‘Transversim parum convexa, pene plana est pars

cephalica; a latere visa supra modice proclivis et recta est (modo

inter oculos anticos paullo magis proclivis), pone (apud) oculum

posticum prerupte declivis, hac declivitate recta, ipso dorso partis

cephalic fere quadruplo breviore et oculi postici diametrum

duplam longitudine vix equante; pars thoracica a latere visa

usque ad marginem posticum sat fortiter declivis est, modo ante-

rius paullo convexa, preterea recta. Quadrangulus oculorum

postice paullo latior est quam antice, paullo latior antice quam

longior. Oculi medii antici valde magni sunt, lateralibus anticis

zirca triplo majores, spatio parvo ab lis remoti et pene tota

diametro sua pone eos positi. Oculi minuti 2* seriei evidenter

longius a lateralibus anticis quam a posticis oculis distant. Oculi

postici foras eminent, Jateralibus anticis paullo minores; vix

longius a margine cephalothoracis quam inter se distant. Ster-

num longum et angustum, apice postico rotundato ; antice inter

coxas 1‘ paris usque ad labium productum est et hic apice trun-

catum.

Mandibule anteriora versus et paullo deorsum directee, duplo longi-

ores quam latiores, subcylindratie, apice late et oblique rotundato-

truncate, ad ipsam basin subgeniculate, preterea sat leviter

convex ; unguis mandibula non parum brevior, oblique intus et

retro directus. Maile paullo divaricantes, long, labio circa

dimidio longiores. Labium plus dimidio, pzne duplo longius

quam latius, apice rotundato. Palpi breves, deplanati. Pars

patellaris paullo longior est quam latior, a basi ad apicem sensim

paullo dilatata ; pars tibialis ea saltem duplo latior est, a basi ad

apicem sensim non parum dilatata, paullo longior quam latior

apice ; pars tarsalis parte tibiali etiam paullulo latior et non

parum longior est, circa dimidio longior quam latior basi, a basi

ad apicem subacuminatum lateribus leviter rotundatis sensim

angustata, (dimidiato-) elliptico-triangula fere. Partes tibialis et

tarsalis conjunctim laminam magnam formant, que mandibulam

tegit. Pedes breves, graciles, parcius pubescentes ; pedes 3' paris

paullo longiores quam 2' paris sunt visi(?). Tibize 1* paris subter

6 paribus aculeorum appressorum longorum armate sunt, meta-

tarsi hujus paris 2.2 aculeis ejusmodi. In pedibus 2' paris

tibie subter aculeos paucos debiles (saltem 1.1.1 magis extus)

ostendunt, et metatarsi hujus paris ut videtur 2 . 2 aculeos parvos

subter. Preeterea vix aculeati sunt pedes. Abdomen ovatum,

circa dimidio longius quam latius, equaliter convexum, neque

impressum nec constrictum. Mumelle mediocres.

Color.—Cephalothorax supra nigro-piceus, in lateribus testaceo-

piceus, pube appressa alba minus dense vestitus. Sternum sub-

piceum, Mandibule albo-pubescentes, in dorso picew, in lateribus

clariores. Maille et labium sordide testacea, basi subpicea.

On an Earthworm from Ecuador. 937

Palpi pieci, parte femorali sordide testacea. Pedes ad partem

nigricantes vel subpicei, ad partem testacei: 1' paris picei sunt,

fomoribus fascia longitudinali subtestacea supra notatis, coxis,

patellis et tibiis testaceis (saltem patelle tamen linea picea longi-

tudinali utrinque notatis); metatarsi hujus paris fuliginei sunt,

fascia longitudinali testacea supra, tarsi nigricanti-testacei. In

pedibus 2' paris coxe et femora ad maximam partem picea sunt,

sequentia internodia vero testacea, linea longitudinali picea utrin-

que, per patellam et tibiam usque in metatarsum ducta, Pedes

posteriores picei, patellis basi oblique et metatarsi apice testaceis,

tarsis testaceis totis, trochanteribus 4' paris testaceis quoque.

Abdomen nigro-piceum, subter paullo pallidius, pilis, appressis

tenuibus albis sat dense vestitum. Maimille testaceo-picee.

Q jun.—lLg. corp. 43; lg. cephaloth. Ene lat. ej. 1; lg. abd. 2,

lat. ej. pene 14 millim. Ped. I. circa 5}, II. circa oie Dis

IV. fere 63 millim. longi; pat.+tib. IV. pxne 2 millim.

One specimen only, a not fully developed female.

13. Plevippus Paykullit (Aud. in Sav.)

1827. Attus Paykullit, Aud. in Say., Descr. de Egypte, 2° éd. xx.

p. 172, pl. vii. fig. 22.

A male and a female, both adult.

14. Telamonia Peckhamit, Thor.

1891. Telamonia Peckhamit, Thor., Spindl. fr. Nikobarerna &c., loc. eit.

p- 125.

A single nearly adult female. ‘This species had hitherto

been met with only in the Nicobar Islands and in Sumatra.

XXXIV.—An Earthworm from Ecuador (Rhinodrilus ecua-

doriensis). By W.BLAxLAND BENHAM, D.Sc. (London),

Aldrichian Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy in tlie

University of Oxford.

[Plate X.]

On November 23, 1889, I received, owing to the kind

suggestion of my friend Prof. Jeffrey Bell, two small earth-

worms from Mr. Edward Whymper for the purpose of iden-

tification; and I wish to record my best thanks to that

gentleman for allowing me not only to identify them but to

retain them for purposes of further research.

The two worms, from their external characters, appeared

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. i7

238 Dr. W. B. Benham on an

to be one species at different ages, for in the smaller of the

two the clitellum was undeveloped, whereas the larger—which

is the subject of the present communication—was evidently

mature. Being of this opinion, I cut the smaller worm into

a series of sagittal sections and proceeded to dissect the

larger ; more recently, however, having had the leisure in

which to examine these sections, I find that the former

presents several important differences from the larger dissected

one, and certain peculiar characters, which, at the moment, I

have not time to discuss, so that I must leave the worm

unidentified for the present.

Of the genus Rhinodrilus, Perrier, we at present know

three species, all from the neotropical region, viz. R. para-

doxus, Perrier *, from Caracas, in Venezuela, R. Gulielmus,

Beddard t, from British Guiana, and &. Tenkatez, Horst f,

from Surinam; the new species, which has affinities with

both the latter, was collected at Cayambe, in Ecuador, at a

height of 14,000 feet.

Tthinodrilus ecuadoriensis, sp. n.§,

is 3 inches (7°5 centim.) in length, and consists of some one

hundred somites. It is thus smaller than any of the previous

species, though &. Tenkatet approaches it most neatly, being

11°5 centim. in length.

The colour of the preserved specimen is perbaps worth

recording, though no doubt very different in life; when

stripped of its cuticle it was dirty olive-green, the clitellum

buff, tending to orange laterally, the tubercula pubertatis

being of a deeper brownish tint.

The chete, as in the other species, are in four couples on

each somite, the inner couples being very close to the middle

(ventral) line; if this space be taken as the unit (s), the

distance between the outer and inner couples is 1$s. In R.

Tenkatet this lateral interspace is /ess than the ventral space,

and in , Gulielmus it is equal to twice the ventral space.

The cheete: are absent from the second as well as from the

* “Rech. pour servir ete. Lombric. terrestres,’ Nouy. Arch. d. Mus.

d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, viii. 1872, p. 65.

+ “On the Structure of a new Genus of Lumbricide (Thamnodrilus),”

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 154. Mr. Beddard has recently recognized the

characteristic features of Rhinedrilus in this worm, to which genus he

now refers the species (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei, xxxi. p. 159, footnote).

} “ Descriptions of Earthworms,” Notes from the Leyden Museum, ix.

p- 101. :

§ In a strictly etymological sense perhaps “ @guaforius” would have

been preferable.

Earthworm from Ecuador. 239

first somite, so that the first chetigerous somite is the third.

All the chete are ornamented in the manner characteristic

for the genus, and somewhat similar cheete are found in Uro-

cheta, Deodrilus*, and Onychocheta (Diacheta) Windley/ fF,

in Anteus $ and Geoscolev§, and in Microcheta papillata and

M. Belli (Benham).

The ornamentation, which consists of a series of rae

versely-arranged crescentic ridges, is not so pronounced a

would appear to be the case in other species; indeed, w Men

the chet are mounted in glycerine, the markings ‘might

easily be overlooked with a low power, but in spirit and

water they are distinctly visible. There are no specially

modified “copulatory ” chete, such as exist in the other

species, where they are larger and straight, in R. parado.cus

on somites xvi. to xix. and in 22. Gulielmus on the clitellum,

or larger and more distinctly marked in R. Venkated; nor do

I find any fascicles of cheete such as Horst described in his

specimens on somites XVil., Xvill., and xix,

The prostomium appeared from the exterior as a small

rounded lobe, but on dissection was found to be retracted, as

Beddard found to be the case in his species: it is some

two or three times as long as the organ in the majority of

earthworms.

The clitellum is very distinctly marked, partly from its

colour, but chiefly from the thickness of the epidermis and

the deep, conspicuous, intersegmental grooves; it is, as in

the other species, “incomplete,” and occupies somites xiv. to

xxv., the last two somites, however, being less distinctly

modified on the animal’s left side. ‘The latero-ventral

boundary of the clitellum is nearer the middle line on somites

xiv. to xix., and here involve the inner couple of chete; on

the posterior somites xx. to xxv. the edge of the clitellum is

bordered by a series of glands—the tulercula pubertatis—

forming a semitranslucent band placed between two couples of

chet, though nearer to the inner couple. A similar band

exists in the other species, and in the case of Horst’s and

Perrier’s species appears to be the only representative of the

clitellum, the animals not being quite mature. In &. Zen-

katet theseven pairs of tubercula traverse somites xx. to Xxvi. ||,

* Beddard, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxi. p. 467.

t+ Beddard, zbid. p. 15).

t Horst, ‘ Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. xiii.

§ Beddard, ‘ Annals,’ Feb. 1892.

|| I may say that Horst appears in some doubt as to his numbers, as

he places the tubercula on * 20th (21st)-26th (27th) ” ; again, he men-

tions an “ olive-green ring around the body from the 1 2th (11th)- 15th

(16th) segment.”

240 Dr. W. B. Benham on an

in R. paradoxus they occur on somites xix., Xx., and Xxi.

In R. Gulielmus the clitellum occupies almost the same

somites as in the present species, viz. xv. to xxv., the tuber-

cula have an identical position, and the same difference in

regard to the ventral limit of the clitellum is noted and figured

by Beddard for that species.

The nephridiopores, as in other species, are in line with

the outer (lateral) couple of chete, the first pair being on

somite iv.

The male pores were quite evident between the somites

xix./xx., in a line with the second chete on each side. ‘This

is the position assigned to these pores by Perrier. Neither

Horst nor Beddard succeeded in detecting them; but ina

specimen of 2. Gulielmus which I possess I find them to lie

between somites xx./xxi. 1 could not detect any otlier

genital pores on the surface.

There are no dorsal pores.

Internal Anatomy.

There is a great displacement of the internal organs, owing

to the infundibulate nature of the septa, so that the organs

appear to le in somites considerably posterior to those to

which they actually belong.

None of the septa are strong; in fact they are all particularly

thin and transparent, and are therefore difficult to trace, for they

overlap one another and allow the organs below them to be

seen. Butit the septa fail us inapportioning the organs to their

true morphological position in the body, we have an excellent

guide in the nephridia, which, as Horst noticed in his species,

are very conspicuous; and by following them to their

external pores 1 was able to determine the real somites to

which the various other organs belong. These nephridia, as

Beddard found in Rk. Gulielmus and is frequently the case in

other genera *, differ in their size and shape «ec. in different

regions of the body.

The first pair, or “peptonephridia” as I have called them*,

differs from the rest both in the greater length of the conyo-

luted tube (PI. X. fig. 4) and its more glandular appearance,

and in the fact that the duct communicates with the gut and

not with the exterior. ‘lhe convoluted tube, forming a bilobed

glandular-looking mass, lies about halfway along the ceso-

phagus (fig. 2, »/t.) at its side; from it the large muscular

duct passes forwards and downwards, soon coming to lie

* Benham, “An Attempt to Classify Earthworms,” Quart. Journ.

Micr. Sci. xxxi, p. 212,

Earthworm from Ecuador. 241

below the pharynx (as in 2. Gulielmus) ; when it reaches the

level of somite iii. it rises upwards along the sides of this

portion of the gut, passes between the two lobes of the

“salivary glands,” and continuing (fig. 2, p.n.d.) forwards

enters the muscular wall near the junction of the pharynx and

buceal region; into the latter the nephridium probably

opens.

In the previous species a similar “ peptonephridium ”’ is

present ; but it opens externally in the second (2. Gulielmus)

or third somite (. Tenkatet). I searched carefully for any

pore on somites il. and iu., but found none ; and it is compa-

ratively easy, despite the small size of the worm, to trace the

duct along the course J have just indicated.

When removed from the body the peptonephridium is seen

to be composed of a densely coiled tubule, the course of

which would be very difficult to follow; it is provided with

a funnel of rather larger size than the following ones. The

surface of the peptonephridium is covered with a close net-

work of blood-vessels.

I am not quite certain as to the segment to which the

funnel belongs; but at any rate it will be seen that this

nephridium, like the following, has a considerable length,

passing from about the level of the second to that of the

eighth somite, and recalls the enlarged thoracic nephridia of

many of the tubicolous Polycheeta.

The second nephridium (fig. 2, 2.°) opens externally on

somite iv.; the long duct passes backwards, alongside the

pharynx, to reach the convoluted tube at the side of the ante-

rior part of the esophagus. ‘The following nephridial aper-

tures are regularly arranged, and the ducts of the nephridia

extend backwards in a similar way ; they are all quite easily

followed from their pores to the coiled tubule, and it is the

latter which it is important to note particularly.

The coil of the third nephridium is at the side of the

cesophagus, behind the second nephridium, that of the fourth

still futher back, in front of the gizzard; the coil of the

fifth nephridium (fig. 2, ».°) lies on the upper surface of the

gizzard near its hinder end; and since this nephridium belongs

to somite vil., the gizzard evidently belongs to the same

somite, although thrust back into the following somites. The

coils of the sixth and seventh nephridia are close together,

immediately behind the gizzard, by the side of the “ lateral

hearts.” The eighth nephridium belonging to somite x. has

its coiled tubule immediately in front of, and very closely

applied to, the sac which contains the first pair of ciliated

rosettes, which thus belongs to somite xi. ‘The ninth nephri-

242 Dr. W. B. Benham on an

dium is similarly situated with regard to the second ciliated

rosettes.

I did not trace out the following nephridia, and am unable

to say definitely how many there are in this series. Beddard

found fourteen pairs in 2. Gulielmus following the pepto-

nephridium, differing from it and also from the following

series, Which, commencing in somite xvii., are smaller, have

no long duct, and are less readily followed.

The alimentary tract (fig. 2) presents a gizzard in somite

vii., as determined by tracing out the nephridia ; it lies, how-

ever, at the level of somites viil., ix., x., appearing to occupy

three somites, as Horst describes tor &. Yenkatei; but the

present species agrees with the other two in having the

gizzard confined to one somite.

Immediately behind it there are the characteristic paired

diverticula of the tubular intestine (figs. 2 and 3, div.) ; they

contain crystalline particles which I took to be carbonate of

lime ; but I obtained no effervescence on treating the organ

with weak and with strong acid. Nevertheless they have a

structure closely similar to that of the esophageal (calcareous)

diverticula—“ glandes de Morren”—in Lumbricus, as my

predecessors have noted. In the present specimen there are

seven pairs of these diverticula, all very close together, though

probably occupying as many somites. The first gland is

small and ventro-laterally placed, and might readily be over-

looked in a strictly dorsal view ; the next three are larger

and kidney-shaped ; the following three gradually diminish

in size and are hemispherical. Both in &. Tenkatet and &.

Gulielmus there are six pairs of these divertieula, agreeing in

the main with those just deseribed; and it is a most curious

fact that in the “type” of the genus Perrier makes no

mention of them. It 1s true they are hidden by the sperm-

sacs and “ hearts ;”’ and as all these organs are closely packed

together, it is reasonable to think that they were overlooked,

though I believe, as I state below, that he did see these

glands, but mistook them for “ hearts.”

It is not easy to fix the true position of these diverticula

with regard to somites, and it can only be really decided by

miaking longitudinal sections through a complete uninjured

specimen. But by tracing other organs we can place them

in somites vill, to xvi. or in 1x. to xv., which agrees pretty

well with Beddard’s species, in which he found the six pairs

to lie in somites 1x. to Xiy.

‘The sacculated region of the intestine begins shortly behind

these glands and is provided with a typhlosole, fairly well

developed, compressed so as to be a thin membrane, and

Varthworm from Ecuador. 243

which presents this peculiarity, that its line of origin takes a

spiral course round the wall of the gut; so that we have, in

place of the straight valve commonly found in earthworms, a

spiral valve.

The vascular system presents the characteristic ‘ intestinal

hearts’? which Perrier was the first to describe, and which

are now known in other genera than Rhinodrilus; there are

two pairs only of these commissural vessels in the present

species, greatly dilated and communicating not with the

dorsal, but with the “ supra-intestinal”’ vessel, as Mr. Bed-

dard has figured for his species ; they belong to somites xi. and

xil., though they appear to lie in somites xii, and xiv., the

first passing between. the second and third intestinal diver-

ticula and the second heart between the third and fourth of

these.

Immediately in front of these “ intestinal hearts” (fig. 3,

ih.) are three pairs of very much smaller “ lateral hearts”

(/.4.) arising from the dorsal vessel; these three lie close

behind one another between the gizzard and the first diver-

ticulum. It is a matter of some uncertainty whether these

lie in somites Viii.,ix.,x., or in vil., vill., ix, ‘The dorsal vessel

(d.v.) isampullated in somite xv. and ineach somite posteriorly,

where it lies above the sacculated intestine ; but anteriorly

to this, in the region of the “ intestinal hearts” and intestinal

diverticula, it is practically cylindrical, though it gradually

diminishes in size, and where the “ lateral hearts” leave it

it has become quite narrow. ‘The dorsal vessel appears to

terminate behind the gizzard, for I could see no median vessel

beyond this point; Mr. Beddard states (loc. cit. p. 158) that

anteriorly to the gizzard the “ dorsal vessel runs some way

above the surface of the cesophagus;” so that it is possible

that I had removed it in this region, though it seemed to end

quite definitely behind the gizzard.

In R. Gulielmus there are three pairs of “ intestinal hearts ”’

in somites x., xi., xii., the hindermost pair of which is

smaller and not dilated ; in front of these there are two pairs

of narrow “ lateral hearts.”

In R. Tenkatei there are also two pairs of lateral hearts,

which, according to Horst, lie in somites xu. and xili., and

behind these are two pairs of “ intestinal hearts,” passing

between the first and second and between the second and

third intestinal diverticula.

With regard to R. paradocus, the “ intestinal hearts ” are

stated to lie in somites xx., xx1., and xxil., though whether

this apparent position is due to displacement or not can

only be settled by a renewed examination of the species; it

244 Dr. W. B. Benham on an

is, at any rate, a very peculiar position for the “ hearts ”’ to

occupy.

Perrier (loc. cit. p. 70) states that in the three somites

immediately anterior to these intestinal hearts there exist as

many pairs of “ véritables coeurs.” J believe that he is dealing

really with ¢ntestinal diverticula, for he states that each ot

these organs is distinguishable into two very distinct parts :—

(1) a superior, white, opaque, more voluminous region of

ovoid form, and communicating at its narrow end “with a

vessel leading from the dorsal “trunk : and (2) a more ven-

trally placed spherical region, with transparent walls, which is

swollen with blood, and in relation to the ventral vessel. ‘To

quote his words:—‘‘Sur chacun d’eux on distingue deux

parties bien distinetes: l’une inférieure, 4 parois transparentes,

gonflée par un sang bleuatre coagulé, de forme sphérique :

P autresupérieure, blanche, opaque, plus volumineuse, de forme

ovoide, et s’abouchant par son petit bout avec le vaisseau qui

conduit au trone dorsal.”

And he speaks of the inferior region as an “ auricle” and

the superior as “ ventricle; ”” on the walls of the latter, he

goes on to state, there can "be seen some bluish veins starting

from the apex, which soon disappear.

He was led to the above conclusion owing to his having

observed, as he thought, a similar “ heart” with ventricle

and auricle in Tvtanus (i. e. Geoscolex, Leuckart).

Now I have examined a specimen of this worm, as I have

previously mentioned *, and I find that the organ lying in

somite xill., whose relations were accurately described by

Perrier, and which he mistook for a “ ventricle,”’ is in reality

an intestinal diverticulum, having the same essential structure

as the cesophageal glands of Lumbricus F.

I believe, then, that the three pairs of organs are the

characteristic intestinal diverticula which occur in this region

in the other three species of Rhinodrilus.

The genital organs (fig. 2).—'There are two pairs of rather

extensive sperm-sacs (sp.s.), which meet dorsally to a greater

or less extent, and conceal the gizzard, the intestinal diver-

ticula, and other organs in this region of the body. ‘The

anterior sac on each side appears to extend through somites

vill. to xiil., and the posterior through somites xiv. to xvii.

but more careful observation shows. the former to arise in

somite xi. and pass forwards into somite vi., and the posterior

to extend through somites xii. to xvii. There are two pairs

* “Studies on Earthworms, I.,”’ Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei. xxvi. p- 250.

+ Mr. Beddard confirms my view of the matter in his paper in this

Journal for February of the present year.

Earthworm from Ecuador. 245

of testes and ciliated rosettes lying in somites x1. and xil., as

determined by tracing out the nephridia and other organs ;

but they come to lie at the level ot two somites further back.

Kach pair of testes and rosettes is contained in a common

transversely-placed sac extending below the gut—the ‘ tes-

ticular sac” (¢.s.) as we may term it (the ‘ Samenkapsel”’ of

Bergh, the “ median seminal vesicle’ of some authors).

The anterior sperm-sacs arise from the sides of the anterior

“ testicular sac,”’ and the posterior sperm-sacs from the poste-

rior testicular sac. Horst describes a similar arrangement,

though, as in the case of the other organs of 2. Tenkatet, he

refers them to a more posterior position than in the present

species. Beddard finds the same arrangement and position for

these sacs in his species. Perrier found only one pair of sperm-

sacs and ciliated rosettes, lying “ immédiatement en arriére du

gésier.” But in neither of these species is any mention made

of the sperm-saes extending beyond the segment in which

they arise; they appear to be limited to one somite in each

case ; and the condition here described recalls that usual in

the allied family Geoscolecide, mihi, viz. in Geoscoler, Uro-

cheta, and Diacheta, where each sperm-sac extends through

at least four and usually more somites.

The sperm-ducts were easily traceable from the funnels to

the body-wall, and, as I have stated above, open externally

on each side between somites xix. and xx. I could find no

ovaries, although I looked carefully for them; Beddard and

Horst found them in the normal position, viz. ‘somite xiii.

There are four pairs of spermathece (spth.) concealed by

the pharynx [? perhaps that is the reason why Perrier found

none; he would have expected them rather more laterally

placed than is the case] and lying in somites v., vi., vil., and

viil.; each is a nearly globular sac, with a narrow muscular

duct, sharply separated from the sac, and passing to the

external aperture on the anterior margin of the somite; these

pores lie in the same line as the nephridiopores. On the left

side of the specimen an additional very small spermatheca

occurs in somite iy.

In &. Tenkatei there are three pairs of long pyriform

spermathece in somites vil., vill., and ix., whereas in R.

Gulielmus there is only one pair of “ spherical or pear-shaped

pouches ”’ in somite vil.

For the purpose of ready comparison with the other species

I will summarize the characters of 2. ecuadoriensis :—

1. Length 7:5 centim.

2. Clitellum on somites xiv. to xxv. ; tubercula on somites

XX. [0 XXV.

246 On an Earthworm from Ecuador.

3. Male pores xix./xx.

4. The distance between the two couples of chzte of one

side is greater than that between the right and left

ventral couples. There are no copulatory chete.

The cheetee commence on somite lil.

5. The first nephridium opens into the buceal cavity.

6. The gizzard lies in somite vil. ; there are seven pairs of

intestinal diverticula.

’

7. There are three pairs of “ lateral hearts” and two pairs

of ‘‘ intestinal hearts.”

8. The two pairs of sperm-sacs are not confined to the

somites in which the testes lie; there are four pairs of

globular spermathecx in somites v., vi., Vil., Viil.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Ventral surface of the anterior end of Rhinodrilus ecuadoriensis.

neph.p.”, pore of second nephridium; Proe., prostomium repre-

sented in a protruded condition; spth., spermathecal pores;

tub., tubercula pubertatis; ¢, male pore.

Fig. 2. Semi-diagrammatic view of a longitudinal section, derived from

a study of a dissection. The left side of the animal and the left

sperm-sacs are removed; the organs of the left side only are

shown with the exception of the sperm-sacs, those of the right

side being seen. The septa and blood-vessels are omitted for

clearness’ sake, and only the antertor nephridia are represented.

¢ indicates the pore of the left sperm-ducts; cer., the cerebral

ganglia; com., the circumpharyngeal nerve-commissure; div.*,

the fourth intestinal diverticulum; g.’, the subpharyngeal

ganglion; giz., the gizzard ; m., mouth; x.*, 2.°, the second and

fifth nephridia ; ».¢., ventral nerve-cord ; ”.0., nephridiopore ;

n.t., convoluted tube of a nephridium; x'f., convoluted tube

of the “ peptonephridium;” p.nd., the duct of the pepto-

nephridium, dissected out and entering the buccal cavity ; pro.,

prostomium, partially retracted; 7.m., radiating muscles of

pharynx; sal, “salivary glands” around the pharynx; sp.d.,

sperm-duct ; sp.s.', sp.s.*, the anterior and posterior sperm-sacs

of the right side; spth.'-4, the four spermathecz ; ¢.s., “ testi-

cular sacs,” enclosing testes and rosettes.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of the tubular region of the intestine, with the seven

pairs of “ diverticula” (div.', div.’, div.”) and the vascular system

of the region. D.v., dorsal blood-vessel ; ¢.4., the two pairs of

intestinal hearts (from the supra-intestinal vessel) ; /A., the

three pairs of lateral hearts; s.2, sacculated intestine; t7,,

tubular intestine.

Fig. 4. The peptonephridium removed entire from the body. pn.d., the

duct ; pv,f., the funnel ; pz.t., outline of the mass of convoluted

tubules: the convolutions are very complicated, and the whole

is covered by a dense network of blood-vessels, both of which

are omitted, though a small portion of the tubule is shown

at ¢.

Mr. F. W. Frohawk on a new Speetes of Rail. — 247

XXXV.—Description of a new Siluroid Fish from China.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Pseudobagrus eupogon.

Pea. aes We 1 /Se

Upper surface of head smooth and covered with skin ;

occipital process twice as long as broad, as long as the basal

bone of the dorsal spine ; head once and one fifth as long as

broad. ‘Teeth on the palate villiform, in a crescentic band.

Nasal barbels twice and a half as long as the eye; maxillary

barbels a little longer than the head, extending to the middle

of the pectoral spine ; outer mandibular barbels three fourths

the length of the head, inner one halt. The depth of the

body contained six times in the total length (without caudal),

the length of the head five times. Dorsal spine serrated

behind, half the length of the head. Adipose fin longer than

the dorsal, measuring three fifths its distance from the caudal.

Pectoral spine strong, one fourth longer than the dorsal, very

strongly serrated on the inner edge. Candal deeply forked.

A dark lateral stripe; fins with blackish edge; barbels blackish.

‘Votal length (including caudal lobes) 250 millim.

Shanghai, A single specimen, received from the Shanghai

Museum,

XXXVI.—Description of a new Species of Rail from Laysan

Island (North Pacific). By F. W. Frouawk, F.E.S.

Porzanula Palmeri, sp. n.

Adult male-—The crown, nape, back, tail, and flanks are a

light brown having a slight russet hue; the entire upper

surface is streaked with dark brown and black, each feather

having an elongated blackish centre; the mantle in some

specimens is distinctly mottled with white, but in others the

white is scarcely perceptible; cheeks, sides of neck, throat,

breast, and abdomen leaden or smoke-grey ; the feathers on

the flanks have each about four ovate white spots faintly

outlined with black; wing very small and rounded, 2nd—4th

primaries equal and longest, colour of outer webs pale buff,

Inner webs smoky brown; secondaries and coverts same

248 Mr. ©. W. Frohawk on a new Species of Rail.

colouring as the back: bill light green, darkest and inclining

to purplish at the tip and “culmen ; iris ruby; eyelid pale

grey-green ; tarsus and feet light olive grey-green. ‘Total

length about 6 in iches, but capable of extending its neck to a

considerable length, adding as much as 2 inches or more to

the entire length. Wing from carpal joint 2} inches; bill

(culmen) 7 inch; tarsus 7% inch; middle toe, including

claw, 13 inch.

Sexes very similar, but the female generally paler in colour

throughout.

Young birds have the underparts pale buff, replacing the

grey of the adult.

‘The nestling is entirely covered with black down, the bill

yellowish.

Nest: outside measurement 6 inches across, from 2} to 3

inches high; inside it measures 3 inches across and 2 inches

deep ; it is rather loosely constructed of strips of sedge and

coarse grass, and woven together with very fine shreds of

grass, fibres, and a little down ; inside the materials are rather

finer.

The eggs de oval, the ends of equal size, average measure-

ments 1} by +3 inch, ’and are of a very pale creamy ‘buff flecked

with light red-brown and purplish grey, both colours being

pale and somewhat indistinct ; in some the colouring is much

suffused and variable in depth ; they also vary in size.

The nest described was found on June 24th, 1891, and

contained three eggs.

Locality. Laysan Island, lat. 25° 46’ N., long. 171° 49’ W.

‘The following notes 1 have fortunately had the opportunity

of making from the living birds now in the collection of the

Hon. Walter Rothschild (which are in the charge of Mr.

Ass they have lately been received from his collec-

Henry Palmer, from Laysan Island.

his little rail is of very considerable interest, being new

to science, of small size, incapable of flight, very active and

swift on foot, apparently very tame and ‘fearless, and easily

caught.

I had the opportunity of observing them while they were

running about a room, when I noticed they never once

attempted to make use of their wings; the only time I

noticed them doing so was in springing up to perch.

During the day they keep up an incessant chirping, con-

sisting ot from one to three soft, short, and clear notes ; but

soon after dusk they all, as if by one given signal, strike up

a most peculiar chorus, which lasts but a few seconds, and

then all remain silent. I can only compare the sound to

a handful or two of marbles being thrown on a glass roof

Dr. R. B. Sharpe on a new Species of Calyptomena. 249

and then descending in a succession of bounds, striking and

restriking the glass at each ricochet.

The tail is at times held drooping, sometimes elevated, and

frequently jerked up and down.

XXXVII.— Description of anew Species of Calyptomena from

North-western Borneo. By RK. BowpLer Suarpe, LL.D.,

PL:S:, &e.

THE accompanying description applies to a most beautiful

bird which has been submitted to the British Museum by

Mr. Charles Hose, who procured it on Mount Dulit. It is a

larger bird than C. viridis, but inferior in size to C. White-

headi, and differs from both in its bright blue breast.

I propose to call it, after its discoverer,

Calyptomena [osit, sp. n.

Adult male.—General colour emerald-green, with a black

spot on the forehead, nearly concealed by the loral plumes

which overhang the bill, the lateral frontal plumes having

concealed black bases; on the occiput a spot of velvety

black, and a small spot of black on each side behind

the ear-coverts; on the Jower hind neck another patch

of velvety black ; on all the median and greater wing-coverts

a rounded subterminal spot of black; quills black, externally

emerald-green ; the innermost secondaries entirely green ;

upper tail-coverts very long, green like the back, and entirely

ecncealing a lateral patch of brilliant cobalt-blue feathers ;

tail-feathers green, with black shafts, with a broad terminal

band of black ; throat and entire sides of body emerald-green,

the centre of the body bright cobalt-blue from the lower

throat downwards ; under tail-coverts blue, with greenish

bases; under wing-coverts dark emerald-green, and quills

black below.

Total length 8°5 inches, culmen about 0°8, wing 5:2, tail

2°4, tarsus 1:0.

Aduit female.—Difters from the male in being much duller

in colour, more yellowish-green in tint, especially on the

under surface, where the lower breast, abdomen, and under

tail-coverts are pale blue, not rich cobalt as in the male.

The black spots on the forehead, occiput, hind neck, and

behind the ear-coverts are entirely wanting, and on the wing-

coverts the black spots are confined to the median series

only ; the tail-feathers are entirely dark green, blackish near

the base.

Total length 7:5 inches, culmen 1:7, wing 4°8, tail 2-4,

tarsus 0°95.

250 Mr. O. Thomas on some new Mammalia

XXXVUI.—On some new Mammalia from the East-Indian

Archipelugo. By OLDFIELD 'THOMAS.

Tue British Museum owes to Messrs. Charles Hose and

Alfred Everett a collection of Mammals from North Borneo,

and in working them out the following new species prove to

need description. The Mount Dulit species will be more

fully described in a general account now in preparation of

the Mammals obtained by Mr. Hose in that most interesting

locality.

Hemigale Hoset, sp. n.

Size and proportions of FH. Hardwickei. General colour

above from nose to tail uniform dark smoky brown, without

dorsal or nuchal markings. A spot on each side of the

muzzle, another over each eye, ears, and chin, white. ‘Teeth

markedly smaller than in //, Hardwicket.

Dimensions :—

(¢) Head and body 540 millim.; tail 320; hind foot 78 ;

basal length of skull 89.

Hab. Mount Dulit, N. Borneo, 4000 feet (C. Hose).

Tupaia Everetti, sp. n.

Size large; as large as J. tana. Fur short, close, and

rather harsh. Tail-hairs scarcely or not longer than those of

the body. General colour uniform dull rufous-brown ; the

head rather more olive-brown ; an indistinct ferruginous stripe

over each shoulder. Underside similar to upper, but rather

paler; throat more rufous. ‘Tail cylindrical, not bushy ; its

hairs, except at the tip, rarely exceeding 10 millim. in length,

its colour quite like that of the back.

Skull with the elongate tapering form of that of 7. tana,

though the muzzle is slightly shorter. Zygomatic vacuities

very small, only about 1°5 x 1-0 millim.

Teeth, except y3, very large and stout, markedly heavier

than those of 7. tana. EL? nearly twice the height and more

than twice the antero-posterior diameter of that of TZ. tana ;

internal lobes of ®-3 and 4 very well developed. First and

second lower incisors as usual, but the third one minute and

nearly vertical, markedly contrasting with the 73 ot 7. ne

which is well developed and nearly horizontal, like > and 753

On the other hand, the lower canine, to match the heavy Le

from the East-Indian Archipelago. 251

against which it bites, is unusually large and powerful, more

than twice the bulk of the corresponding tooth of 7’. tana.

Dimensions (approximate, from skin) :—

Head and body 210 millim. ; tail, without terminal pencil,

170; hind foot (approximate, from skeleton) 48.

Skull: basal length 54; occiput to nasal tip 64:5; greatest

breadth 29; nasal tip to front edge of orbit 30°75 interorbital

breadth 17°5 ; intertemporal breadth 18; palate, length 34,

breadth outside ™:! 16, inside ™! 8-2. Front of +1 to back of

m. 3 33°3; diastema between /2 and ©: 4°4, between & and P-? *

0:9.

eeth_ —1-", height above bone behind 4:8, antero-posterior

diameter at base 2°7; canine, height 3, diameter 1°7; 75,

height 1:5, diameter 0°63 ¢, height 57, diameter 2°53; com-

bined lengths of ™3 10°6, of mcg 10°8.

Hab, Zamboanga, W. Mindanao, Philippine Islands.

Type Brit. Mus. 79. 5. 3,11. Coll. Alfred H. Everett,

Esq.

This striking species has in a general way the skull of 7’.

tana and the external appearance of 7. ferruginea, with the

skins of which in fact the type has hitherto lain unnoticed in

the Museum collection. The distinctness of the two, how-

ever, at once became apparent on direct comparison, and in

describing it I have much pleasure in connecting with it the

name of its collector, to whose labours we are so largely

indebted for our know ledge of the zoology of this region.

Since, as Mr. Everett faa shown +, the island of Seat

is not, zoologically considered, properly a part of the Philip-

pine Archipelago, the present is, as far as I know, the first

record of the genus Z'upata in that group.

Tupata picta, sp. n

Rather smaller than J. ferruginea; more heavily built

than 7’. dorsalis. General colour of back olive-grey, coarsely

grizzled with yellowish; wore rufous posteriorly. Centre of

back with a distinct dorsal stripe extending from the withers

to the rump, the stripe better defined than in 7” montana,

but neither so long nor so sharply defined as in ZT. dorsalis.

Head, hands, and feet dull grizzled olive; sides dark rufous ;

a distinct shoulder-stripe present. Underside grey, the hairs

washed terminally with yellow; chin and chest rich yellow

* The most anterior premolar. Specimens in the sea wee oe

this tooth changes in Tupaia, and is therefore clearly ?-”, the true 2 of

Carniyora and Insectiyora never changing.

T P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 220.

252 Mr. O. Thomas on some new Mammalia

or orange. ‘Tail broad and bushy, evenly distichous, its hairs

above basally mixed red and black, at the tip and below

brilliant chestnut-rufous.

Skull much as in 7’. ferruginea, but the zygomatic vacuity

reduced to a long narrow slit about 4°5 millim. long and only

about 1 millim. high.

Teeth also not materially different from those of 7. ferru-

genea,

Dimensions of the type (Brit. Mus. 92. 2. 8. 1) * :—

Head and body 185 millim. ; tail 162; hind foot 42-5.

Skull: basal length 45; greatest breadth 26°3; nasal tip

to front edge of orbit 21; interorbital breadth 15; inter-

temporal breadth 17°5; palate, length 27°5, breadth outside

m-1 15, inside ™-! 8°5; front of &! to back of ™:3 26°4; dias-

tema between #2 and & 4, between & and P-? 1:8.

Hab. Baram, N. Borneo. First collected by Mr. Hose ;

other specimens since received from Mr. Everett.

This handsome species is readily distinguishable from

T. ferruginea and 7. splendidula by its duller body-colour

and the presence of a black dorsal stripe; from 7’. tana by its

smaller size and shorter muzzle; from 7’. dorsalis by its less

defined dorsal line, bushier tail, and heavier teeth; and from

T. montana, described below, by its brilliantly rufous tail and

coarsely grizzled back.

Tupaia montana, sp. ni

Rather smaller than 7. ferruginea. Dark grizzled rufous

above, with an indistinct black dorsal line from the withers

to the rump, broadening out and almost indistinguishable

over the loins. ‘Tail rather short ; above dull grizzled rufous,

below more olivaceous yellow, the lateral hairs ringed ter-

minally with black.

Dimensions :—

Head and body of type ( 3) (c.) 200 millim. ; tail (c.) 140 ;

hind foot 41. Front of &! to back of ™3 27; back of &2 to

front of &% 4:5.

Hab. Mount Dulit, 5000 feet (C. Hose).

Tupata melanura, sp. n.

Size of 7. minor. General colour of TZ. javanica, but

without the shoulder r-stripe. ‘Tail slender, cylindrical, i

* The specimen selected as the type is one of Mr. Everett’s, Mr. Hose’s

original specimen having an imperfect skull; the latter gentleman is,

how ever, the first discoverer of the species.

JSrom the East-Indian Archipelago. 253

haired, as in “Dendrogale,” but without any terminal pencil;

its colour deep shining black, except at the base, where it is

like the back. Face coloured as in YZ. minor, not as in

“Dendrogale.”

Dimensions of the type (?) :— *

Head and body 125 millim.; tail 136; hind foot 29°7.

Basal length of skull 30; front of 1 to back of ™8 17-7.

Hab, Mount Dulit, 5000 feet (C. Hose).

Seturus Brooket, sp. n.

Allied to and of the general colour of typical Singapore

specimens of S. tenuis, Horsf., but distinguished by its much

larger size and by its cheeks, anal region, and the proximal

inch of the tail beneath being bright rufous.

Dimensions :-—

Head and body 205 millim.; tail 144; hind foot 37;

basal length of skull (c.) 37.

Hab, Mount Dulit, N. Borneo (C. Jose).

Sciurus Lowi, sp. n.

Size and general colour above of S. tenuts, Horsf., but

darker, sleeker, and more finely grizzled. Kars black-rimmed.

Whole of under surface and inner sides of limbs pure white or

yellowish white, without admixture of grey. ‘Tail broadly

ringed with orange and black. Muzzle of skull markedly

longer and interorbital breadth less than in S. tenuis ; incisors

thrown more forward, forming a more open curve, and the

Jower pair as dull-coloured in front as the upper.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in skin (probably

overstretched) :—

Head and body 154 millim.; tail 95; hind foot 33.

Skull: basal length 84; greatest breadth 23°33 nasals,

length 12, breadth 5°55; interorbital breadth 11-2; diastema

10-1; palate, length 19-5. Front of 2-4 to back of ™-3 6°6.

Hiab. Lumbidan, on the mainland opposite Labuan (several

specimens collected by Sir Hugh Low) ; other specimens trom

Baram (A. Everett).

Type Brit. Mus. 76. 5, 2. 14.

The occurrence of a typical grey-bellied short-snouted

S. tenuis in Mr. Everett’s Baram collection proves that this

white-bellied form, of which the Museum possesses six speci-

mens, is really distinct from that animal, with which I had

hitherto provisionally left it.

The difference in proportion between the skulls of S. tenuis

and S. Low? is readily shown by the fact that in the former

the interorbital breadth is equal to the distance from the front

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 18

254 New Mammalia from the East-Indian Archipelago.

face of the incisors to the middle or back of ¥-4, while in the

latter it does not reach to the anterior edge of 23.

Tragulus nigricans, sp. n.

Allied to and apparently about the size of 7. napu, F. Cuv.

Arrangement of colours above much as in that species, but

the whole of the dorsal and lateral surfaces broadly washed

with jet-black, the hairs white at their bases, then dull orange

and broadly tipped with black. Nape with the indistinct

blackish line found in 7’. napu, Face and sides of neck

mixed black and dull fulvous. Chin with the usual naked

glandular patch between the rami of the lower jaw. Arrange-

ment of white throat-bands quite different from that of the

allied species, perhaps most similar to that of 7. Stanleyanus,

All the stripes very narrow, sharply defined. Anteriorly on

each side of the naked space there is a short pure white stripe,

which ends abruptly at about the level of the posterior canthus

of the eye; these short stripes are completely separated from

each other and from the posterior stripes by a dark brown

space, the break in their continuity with the latter being not

less than one inch in length. Posteriorly the median white

stripe, which is very narrow and scareely broader behind, is

bounded on each side, between the lateral white stripes, by

deep jet-black fur, strikingly different from the fur in the

corresponding position in the other species. Behind the

stripes are separated from the white patch between the fore

limbs by a broad blackish band. Belly-hairs broadly tipped

with black, but the inner sides of the thighs, as usual, white.

Skull and teeth of the only specimen too young and in too

bad a condition for detailed comparison ; but, comparing the

actual sizes of the milk-teeth, ™-?-? is much smaller tian in

a specimen of corresponding size of 7. napu, ™?-* 1s slightly

smaller, while ™?-4 and ™:! are of about the same antero-

posterior diameter. Similarly below s7p73 and wows are each

much smaller than in YZ. napu, while gca and yc are of

about the same size.

Dimensions of teeth :—

Antero-posterior diameter of ™?-? 7 millim., ™-2:3 7:5, ™»4

DG, Oro, OL cat ty car pas) O Osan yim sane aie

Hab. Balabac, Philippine tslands.

Type Brit. Mus. 91. 11. 28. 2. Collected by the Steere

Expedition to the Philippines, 1887-83.

It is unfortunate that the only specimen obtained of this

new Chevrotain is both young and in bad condition; but its

general blackness and the peculiar character of its throat-

markings separate it at once from any of its congeners,

On new Shells from Mauritius and California. — 255

XXXIX.—Deseriptions of new Species of Shells from

Mauritius and California. By Kpaar A. SMITH.

Pecten Crouchi.

Testa compressa, inferne rotundata, ad apicem peracuminata, sub-

sequivalvis, costis validis octo in utraque valva instructa, supra

et inter costas radiatim striata, undiyue microscopice superficial-

iter reticulata ; valva sinistra albida, aurantio vel purpureo plus

minus tincta, supra et inter costas saturate purpureo vel san-

guineo irregulariter copiose maculata, lineisque angulatis albis

inter costas hic illic ornata; valva dextra pallidior, marginem

ventralem versus aurantio vel purpureo tincta, inter et supra

costas parum maculata; margo cardinis perobliquus, rectilinearis,

valde inqualis, parte postica brevissima, longit. totius 4 vix

sequante ; auricule valde inzquales, radiatim tenuiter costulat,

postica minima, antica valve dextre inferne profunde sinuata ;

cost valve sinistre interstitiis angustiores, valve dextre

latiores.

Longit. 38 millim., alt. 46, diam. 11.

Hab, Mauritius.

This beautiful species is distinguished by the very sloping

dorsal margins, which converge at the apex at an angle of

75° ; the very unequal auricles ; the elevated ribs, those of the

left ‘valve being narrower than

the interstices or the coste of

the other valve; the style of

coloration, which, however, is

variable ; the fine radiating stric

and the microscopic reticulation

or shagreened epidermal coating,

which everywhereinvests the sur-

face and which is easily rubbed off

during the process of cleaning.

The central ribs of the left valve

have about seven raised lines down

each, separated by strie or sulci

of about equal width, and the

grooves between the coste are

ornamented with about the same

number of lines. ‘The valves

are whitish within, and, being thin, the blotching of the

exterior, especially that of the left valve, is more or less

distinctly visible.

This species differs from P. tégris, Lam., which in some

256 Dr. K. C. Schneider on some

respects it resembles, in the more sloping dorsal margins, in

having fewer and much more elevated coste, in the style of

colouring, and the greater inequality of the auricles. ,

I have much pleasure in naming this handsome species

after Mr. Walter Crouch, the author of several useful papers

on the Mollusca and other branches of the zoology of Essex.

Mitra Fultont.

Testa ovato-fusiformis, omnino nigra, sed ad apicem leviter erosa ;

anfractus 8, convexiusculi, sutura obliqua sejuncti, lineis incre-

menti obsolete pliciformibus instructi, sulcisque angustis spiralibus

remote sed regulariter punctatis (in anfract. penultimo 5, in ultimo

circiter 14) cincti, ultimus infra medium leviter constrictus, supra

caudam oblique tenuiter liratus ; apertura czruleo-albida, longit.

totius 3 equans ; columella fusca, callo tenui superne albo-calloso

induta, plicis quatuor obliquis albidis, saprema maxima, infima

minima, instructa.

Longit. 39 millim., diam. 13; apertura 193 longa, 5 lata.

Hab. Point Abreojos, Lower California.

This species is well characterized by the punctate sulci, the

punctures falling in regular longitudinal

rows, through which pass well-marked

impressed lines of growth. It has, I believe,

been confounded with JZ, ortentalis, Gray,

by some conchologists ; but from that species

it may be sufficiently distinguished by the

above-mentioned feature and the difference of

form. The whorls are more convex, the

epidermis blacker, and the fine spiral striz

which adorn the surface of that species are

scarcely indicated in the present form.

Mitra Fultont is named after Mr. H.

Fulton, from whom the specimens were

obtained, and through whose agency the British Museum has

obtained many valuable additions.

XL.—Some Points in the Histology of Celenterates,

By Dr. Karu CAMILLO SCHNEIDER *,

In the comparative investigations of various cells and tissues

of Coelenterates, which I commenced at Naples in the month

of March, I arrived at certain histo-morphological results, of

* Translated from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger, xiy, Jahrg., 1891,

no, 375, pp. 870, 371, and no, 376, pp. 878-381.

Points in the Histology of Celenterates. 257

which I intend to give a brief provisional account in the

following pages. I will first consider the Siphonophora. By

employing a mixture of osmic and acetic acid, which agreed

pretty closely with that adopted by the brothers Hertwig *, I

succeeded in determining the presence of ganglion-cells in

the feelers and pneumatophore of Apolemia uvaria and in the

polypes of Forskalea contorta, which in the form of the cell

and its prolongations do not differ from those with which we

are acquainted in the case of the Meduse and other Ccelente-

rates. In the same way the epithelium of the disk of

Velella spirans, as has already been described by Chun f and

others, contains typical ganglion-cells. Sense-cells were

found at the anterior extremity of the polypes and feelers of

Apolemia, likewise in accordance with the well-known

arrangement. On the other hand, the stem of the two Physo-

phorids alluded to contains highly remarkable and divergent

cellular structures. In this case the epithelium consists of

cells of very different kinds, between which, however, tran-

sitional forms occur. Forskalea exhibits on the sides of the

stem transversely elongated cells, which send off a process

into the interior, and by means of this, which may again

divide, they are connected with the longitudinal muscles,

Another Physophorid, which I determined to be a young

Halistemma, in the stem of which the central canal is extra-

ordinarily wide while the septal ridges of the supporting

lamella are very low, exhibited these conditions particularly

clearly ; it follows from this that in the stem we have to deal

with epithelio-muscle cells. Circular muscle-fibres are not

found: at any rate the superficial prolongations of the epithe-

lial cells, which run transversely and give a transversely

rugose appearance to the stem, are not to be regarded as

muscular, in spite of their fineness, length, and often very

homogeneous appearance, as I shall show in my detailed

paper. ‘Their superficial position is also an argument to the

contrary. In Apolemia, however, we find muscle-substance

enclosed in these prolongations of the body of the cell and

likewise in the central processes which lead to the longitu-

dinal muscle ; nevertheless this is not the case for all cells of

the epithelium, although it is not thereby possible to divide

the epithelial cells into those which contain muscle and those

which do not. In Apolemia especially the development of

the cells varies in a perfectly astounding way; we find cells

* O. and R. Hertwig, ‘Das Nervensystem und die Sinnesorgane der

Medusen,’ Leipzig, 1878.

+ C. Chun, ‘Die Gewebe der Siphonophoren, II.,’ Zool. Anzeiger,

1882, no, 117.

258 Dr. K. C. Schneider on some

which, besides the longitudinal muscle, also possess muscular

formations running in a transverse and perpendicular direc-

tion; others, again, are entirely without the transverse

processes, and have a rounded termination upon the surface.

(Concerning the remarkable muscular formations, which

always lie enclosed in the protoplasm of the cell, I refer the

reader to my detailed paper.) The peripherally rounded

cells are found in the case of Forskalea chiefly upon the dorsal

surface. In shape they agree tolerably well with the “ neuro-

muscular ” cells described by Korotneff *, but they have an

epithelial and not deep-seated position, and are merely special

forms of the epithelial cells in general. Other divergent

forms of cells, however, occur. ‘Thus here and there the

central process is entirely wanting ; the cell may then become

very similar to a bipolar ganglion-cell, though it lies at the

periphery ; however, the processes also divide tolerably fre-

quently, and thus cells also appear which look like typical

ganglion-cells, and I was able to determine the subepithelial

position of such structures. Nevertheless, however great the

similarity may become, there is always someting in the cell

which tells against the supposition of a nervous element

therein. In all respects the Siponophoran stem appears to be

in little accord with the customary views as to ganglion-cells

in Ceelenterates ; this is particularly noticeable in Forskalea.

In this form we find in the middle line of the dorsal side

quite colossal cells beneath the epithelium, which are regarded

by Korotneff* as the central nervous system (an interpreta-

tion which is adopted by Bedot +t). This follows from his

description, however, just as little as does the nervous nature

of his “ neuro-muscular”’ cells, although I believe all the

same that his explanation is admissible. I incline to this

view, however, only because I succeeded—difficult process

though it is—in satisfactorily isolating these cells, for from

the figures of sections, as drawn by Korotneff, every other

conclusion is really more probable than his own. Never-

theless Korotneff’s views as to what is to be termed nervous

are in general very far-reaching; the presence of quite

irregular protoplasmic processes upon a cell causes him at

once to decide upon their extraordinarily sensitive nature.

Yet the giant cells in the stem of Forskalea possess offshoots

which in length, form, and structure really leave nothing to

be desired, and enable us, in all probability with justice, to

* Korotneff, “Zur Histologie der Siphonophoren,” Mittheilungen Zool,

Stat. Neapel, 5 Bd.

t Bedot, “ Sur lAgalma Clausi, n. sp.,” Recueil zool. suisse, T. v.

Points in the Histolagy of Colenterates. 259

regard the cells as nervous. It is impossible to specify a

definite form for the cells; indeed, we are really unable to

speak of “ separate” cells at all, for not only do very broad

and short processes connect the masses of protoplasm, which

figure as cells, in the longitudinal direction of the stem, but

it is usually the case that instead of one nucleus and a corre-

spondingly smaller size the latter is actually very consider-

able, and a number of nuclei ({ counted as many as five) are

present in the interior. ‘These aggregates of cells (in which

fimits are absolutely indistinguishable) lie with their elon-

gated direction crosswise to the stem ; they are in continuity

with the rest by means of the short thick connecting portions,

and from them there also radiate the nerve-fibres, which are

often of extraordinary thickness, ramify like processes of

ganglion-cells, run transversely to the stem beneath the

epithelium, and probably also penetrate down to the muscles

beneath. As regards the structure of these fibres, as well as

of the cells and cell-masses, I will merely mention that there

is a fluid in their interior which exudes in drops when they

are crushed and is perhaps comparable to the hyaloplasm

of the ganglion-cells of the higher animals. The finer the

processes become—and there are very delicate ones which

remind us of those of the Medusee—the more difficult becomes

their distinction from processes of the ordinary epithelio-

muscle cells, and they are besides frequently just as irregular

as the latter (on this point see the complete paper). In

general the amount of fluid too appears to be no certain

criterion; on the contrary, it only implies that the cells and

cell-offshoots in question are thick and rounded, while this is

not the case for the majority of epithelial cells, since they

appear as if flattened out perpendicularly to their longitudinal

elongation in their deeper parts, and above all in the broad

basal process; the protoplasm here has often only the thick-

ness of an even tolerably delicate membrane. In spite of all

these odd features it nevertheless appears to me that we must

regard the large elements of the dorsal side as nervous, for

there is nothing else that could otherwise be considered as

such; and although the epithelio-muscle cells are here

and there provided with cilia (usually two together), we

cannot on that account term them tactile cells with Korotneff,

with whom a cilium is sufficient to cause a cell to be regarded

as sensitive. I shall endeavour to give further support to my

interpretation in my complete work.

At the basal end of the polypes of Forskalea there is a

thickening of the ectoderm containing structures which at

first attracted my attention very forcibly. Subsequently, on

260 Dr. K. C. Schneider on some

examining the nettle-pad (“ Nesselwulst”’) in Carmarina

hastata, I realized that the two thickenings of the epithelium

correspond to one another. I was also at first inclined to

recognize a supporting tissue in them, as the Hertwigs * and

others have done; but the observation of the living animal

taught me that we here have to deal with a centre for the

formation of nematocysts. In point of fact the filaments

(“‘ Senkfiiden ”) in Forskalea and the tentacles in Carma-

rina are supplied with enidoblasts by the pad. In Carma-

rina the elements are not large, but in Yorskalea, on the other

hand, where the nettle- buds also contain capsules of very

considerable size, the whole course of development could be

traced with wonderful clearness in their young stages at the

seat of formation. I must admit that this is not exactly a

very easy task; nevertheless with regard to the series of

consecutive stages, as I shall subsequently figure them, I can

affirm with tolerable certainty that it corresponds to the actual

course of development. In my paper on Hydra ¢ I supposed

the thread to arise by ingrowth of the protoplasm into the

cavity of the capsule, and thereby took the opposite view to

Nussbaum { and Jickeli§, who observed a formation of the

thread outside the capsule. At the present time, when I too

have been able to confirm the mode of formation described by

the two authors, I have read with real satisfaction that

Bedot ||, whose papers I unfortunately omitted to consult

before, found a development of the threads of the nemato-

cysts in Physalia and Velella which agrees with that which [

described for Hydra, ‘The question “night easily be asked,

Who is right, or is every body right? Iam inclined to ‘hia

that in the case of Hydra 1 overlooked or misinterpreted

something or other—L shall, however, investigate the point

afresh—and that Bedot did the same; for it seems to me to

be not very probable that important differences of this kind

should occur in the course of the development of the enido-

blasts in animals which are so closely allied. This conclusion

is strengthened by the fact that I believe I am entitled to

assume that the thread develops outside the capsule in the

Actinians also, as represented by Adumsia Rondeletit (see

* O. and R. Hertwig, loc. cit.

+ K. C. Schneider, ‘* Histologie von Hydra &c.,” Arch. mikr. Anat,

35 Bd.

{ M. Nussbaum, ‘‘ Ueber die Theilbarkeit der lebendigen Materie: I.

Hydra,” Arch, mikr, Anat. 29 Bad.

§ C.F. Jickeli, “ Der Bau der Hydroidpolypen, IL,” Morphol. Jahrb.

Gegenbaur, 8 Bd.

|| Bedot, ‘‘ Recherches sur les cellules urticantes,” Recueil zool. suisse,

t. iv.

Points in the Histology of Calenterates. 261

subsequent paper). I therefore believe that, starting from

the cavity of the capsule, which has previously been formed

with the inner wall of the subsequent perfect cyst, the deve-

lopment of the thread proceeds in the protoplasm of the cnido-

blast, and that after completion the thread is introverted,

commencing with the tip and ending with the thickened basal

portion, so that this enters the capsule last. The develop-

ment of the outer wall of the capsule is the last to take place,

and, as it appears to me, does not occur until the spot is

reached at which the cyst comes into operation. The

extremely interesting formation of the thread, from its histo-

logical aspect, will be described in my subsequent paper.

The lamellar arrangement in the protoplasm of the cells of

the nettle-pad, as described by the brothers Hertwig *, and

as is actually seen in animals macerated in a mixture of osmic

and acetic acid, is due to the disposition of the thread around

the wall of the nematocyst. I did not clearly grasp this

point until I examined the pad, both in its living state and

when treated with 50 per cent. acetic acid; the latter reagent

causes the thread to become sharply defined, though in the

living object it is only to be detected with difficulty (as the

tissue dies away it becomes more and more distinct). The

young cells pass from the pad to the filament in Forskalea,

but to the tentacle in Carmarina. ‘The same is doubtless

true for the cnidoblasts of the peronia of the Narcomeduse

and of the mantle-rivets which are found in the Geryonide.

Thus the presence of mantle-rivets on the sensory bodies also

probably points to the fact that the latter represent rudimen-

tary tentacles.

In conclusion, I would just briefly mention that in the

investigation of Aleyonium acaule I arrived at definite views

with regard to the formation of the spicula. In the ecto-

derm of this form cells occur to which the term indifferent

may be applied; these coalesce here and there into groups,

and by fusion give rise to structures which are to be con-

sidered as matrix-elements of the spicula. They furnish the

form of the future spiculum, and then secrete within them-

selves the calcareous substance, in which the nuclei are at

first still distinguishable, but which finally so completely fills

the whole that nothing more is to be seen of the organic base

and the structure appears homogeneous and shining. This

transformation is accomplished in the mesoderm.

* O. and R. Hertwig, loc. cit.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 19

262 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Earliest Stages in the Development of Sessile-eyed Crustacea.

By M. Lovis Route.

I nave had the honour of communicating to the Academy several

of the most important phenomena presented by the sessile-eyed

Crustacea in the course of their embryogeny; some more recent

investigations enable me to complete the knowledge already acquired

and to prepare a synthesis of the first stages of the development,

taking as types Asellus aquaticus and Porcellio scaber.

The ovule is always rich in nutritive vitellus; nevertheless the

bulk occupied by the latter varies accordirg to the species. When

it is least in amount the fertilized ovum undergoes a total and radial

segmentation, the segments assuming the well-known form of cones,

of which the apex is turned towards the centre of the ovule and the

base towards the periphery; on the contrary, when its quantity is

considerable, as in Porcellio for instance, this preliminary segmen-

tation is not manifested. But, whatever be the mode exhibited,

after the radial division when it exists, or from the moment that the

ovum is mature when it does not appear, the formative vitellus

(* vitellus évolutif”) does not remain mingled with the nutritive

vitellus, but separates from it. ‘This separation does not manifest

itself at the same time throughout the ovum; it commences in a

zone which corresponds to the future anterior extremity of the

embryo. The formative vitellus forms in the first place in this

region a little cicatricle, which rapidly organizes itself into cells, to

which the nuclei are furnished by the conjugated nucleus, which

results from the fusion of the male and female pronucleus effected

in fertilization. Fresh quantities of formative vitellus then become

isolated from the nutritive vitellus and added to the cicatricle, in-

creasing its mass and dividing likewise into cells; in this way the

cicatricle grows and gradually envelops the nutritive vitellus, advan-

cing with regularity from the zone which it oceupied until it reaches

the pole diametrically opposite; a cellular layer is extended by this

proceeding upon the periphery of the oyule, and finally surrounds it.

Arrived at this stage of development, the embryo is constituted

by a layer of cells which surrounds a compact mass of nutritive

vitellus ; this layer is the blastoderm, which will give rise to the

three blastodermic layers. To this end the cells of the blastoderm

produce a large number of cellular elements, of which some pene-

trate into the nutritive vitellus, while the rest intercalate themselves

between the latter and the blastodermie layer; the development

of the two kinds of cells is similar. Several of these elements, col-

lected in two groups placed at the sides of the embryo and not far

from the medio-ventralsine, arrange themselves in two symmetrical

layers which penetrate into the nutritive vitellus, converging towards

one another ; these two layers, separated from the time of their first

appearance, represent the rudiments of the endoderm. ‘The other

elements do not arise in limited zones; they are produced by the

blastoderm throughout its entire extent, and give rise to the meso-

Miscellaneous. 263

derm. When the blastoderm has thus given birth to the mesoderm

and endoderm, it persists as a simple cellular layer around the layers

which arise from it, and constitutes the ectoderm. In short, the

primitive blastoderm is alone the origin of the three layers ; the cells

of which it is composed multiply rapidly, and group themselves in

two different ways ; some remain at the periphery and will form

part of the ectoderm, while the rest penetrate into the ovule and

represent a meso-endoderm, which will differentiate into the two

final inner layers.

One of the most important facts is the diffuse genesis of the meso-

derm by almost the entire blastoderm ; a second is the double origin

of the endoderm, the two original zones being separated by a vast

space. These two peculiarities taken together are really charac-

teristic, for we do not meet with them in the condensed de velopments

of the rest of the Coelomata. Finally, a concluding phenomenon of

great value is presented by the enteron or primitive intestine, which

hollows itself out in the interior of the embryo without in any way

proceeding from a gastrular invagination, and does not even present

a trace of such a primordial origin ; here, again, is a contrast to the

condensed developments of the other Celomata. At the present

moment I am continuing my investigations and extending them to

the Podophthalmata ; I shall shortly have occasion to show that they

exhibit the same phenomena as the Edriophthalmata, and that the

blastodermic depressions, considered by divers authors, by Reichen-

bach and Bobretzky among others, as gastrular invaginations, have

not, in reality, such a significance.—Comptes Rendus, tome exXili.

no. 24 (December 14, 1891), pp. 868-870.

A new Mode of Respiration in the Myriapoda. By F.G. Srxcratr

(formerly F. G. Hearncorr), M.A., Fellow of the Cambridge

Philosophical Society.

The Scutigeride respire by means of a series of organs arranged

in the middle dorsal line at the posterior edge of every dorsal scale

except the last.

Each organ consists of a slit bounded by four curved ridges, two

at the edges of the slit. and two external to the latter. The slit

leads into an air-sac. From the sac a number of tubes are given

off; these tubes are arranged in two semicircular masses. The ends

of the tubes project into the pericardium in such a manner that the

ends are bathed in the blood and aérate it just before it is returned

into the heart by means of the ostia. In the living animal the

blood can be seen through the transparent chitin of the dorsal

surface surrounding the ends of the tubes; and in the organ and

surrounding tissues cut out of a Scutigera directly it is killed, the

bleod-corpuscles can be seen clustering round the tube ends. If the

mass of tubes of a freshly killed specimen are teased out under the

microscope in glycerine, they can be seen to be filled with air. The

tubes each branch several times. Each tube is lined with chitin,

which is a continuation of the chitin of the exo-skeleton. Each

tube is also clothed with cells, which are a continuation of the

hypodermis. The tubes end in a blunt point of very delicate chitin.

264 Miscellaneous.

Reasons for supposing these Organs to be Respiratory.

1. There are no other organs which could be supposed to be

respiratory in function.

2. The tubes are chitinous, and the chitin grows thin and mem-

branous towards the end, affording a good opportunity for interchange

of gases.

3. The tube ends project into the pericardium, so that they are

bathed with the blood.

4. The tubes are filled with air.

5. The organ is so placed as to aérate the blood just before it

returns to the heart.

6. In Seutigera the dorsal scales do not agree in number with the

legs. The organs are arranged on the dorsal scales; that is they

are not arranged in correspondence with the mesoblastic or primitive

segmentation (see a former paper before this Society, ‘* The Post-

Embryonic Development of Julus terrestris,” 1888). This renders

it probable that they are not a primitive development, but a recent

modification, agreeing with the fact that all other Myriapods breathe

by the more primitive method of trache.

This mode of respiration differs from that in other Myriapods in

the following particulars :—

1. The tubes are collected into one definite organ, instead of being

distributed about the body.

2. The tubes have no spiral thread.

3. In acting on the blood just before it returns to the heart, so

that aérated blood is distributed instead of unaérated.

It resembles the tracheze of other Myriapods in the following

particulars :—

1. In the air-sac into which the tubes open.

2. In the cylindrical form of the tubes.

8. In the branching of the tubes.

The organs resemble the tracheal lungs of Spiders—

1. In the large air-sac.

2. In the number of tubes opening into an air-sac.

3. In the arrangement for bathing the tubes with blood in a

blood-sinus.

4, In the supply of aérated blood by the heart.

They differ from them in—

1. The form of the tubes, which in Scutigera are cylindrical.

2. In the absence of the membrane which in Spiders surrounds

the organ.

I therefore hold that the respiratory organ in Scutigera holds a

position intermediate between the tracher of Myriapods and the

lungs of Spiders. I hold with A. Leuckart (‘ Zeitsch. fiir wiss.

Zool.’ vol. i. p. 246, 1849, ** Ueber den Bau und Bedeutung der sog.

Lungen bei den Arachniden ”’) that the tracheew have developed into

the lungs of Spiders and Scorpions, and I think that the organs in

question form a series of which the lowest term is the trachex, the

next the organ of Scutigera, then the lungs of Spiders, and then of

Scorpions.— Proc. Roy. Soc. No, 303, pp. 200, 201 (Noy. 26, 1891).

Anin.& Mag. Nat. Hist. S.6.Vobl. IX. Pu: X.

( ; Pro -- q

\ -neph.p*

spth’. a

Chitellaaw

Ea ~

eer ee

Mintern Bros. lith.-

Benham del

RHINODRILUS ECUADORIENSIS.

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 6. Vol. 1X, Pl. XT.

BOTRYCCRINUS QUINQUELOBUS AxD MASTIGOCRINUS LOREUS.

Pm atl) ae ia

ame

Vol. IX. Pl. XII.

ee OF

ra Mag. Nat. Hist.

A wit,

LOREUS.

MASTIGOCRINU

PUA.

Ani. d& Mag. Nat. Hist eke VOU. we

AT. Hollick lith..

INIOTI BITES

NOTUBUS, &C

AVL

NUS

CYATHOCRI

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. |

No. 52: APRIL. 1892.

XLI.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander R. FF. Hoskyn,

LR.N., commanding.—Series H1., No. 1. On the Results of

Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91. By J.

Woop-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and

Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College

of Bengal, and A. Atcock, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S., Sur-

geon-Naturalist to the Survey.

[Continued from vol. viii. p. 362.)

[Plates XIV. & XV.}

Family Psalidopodide, fam. nov.

Olfactory flagellum of antennules simple. Mandible deeply

divided into molar and incisive processes and furnished with

a 2-jointed palp. ‘The exopodite of the first maxillipede is a

broad and abruptly incurved falciform plate which does not

terminate in a flagellum, and is not expanded at the outer

margin into a process. ‘he exopodites of the second and

third maxillipedes are undivided, porrect, and membranous

flagella. The thoracic appendages from the second to the

eighth inclusively have the third (ischiopodite) and fourth

(meropodite) joints fused, and are hence all 6-jointed with

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, ix. 20

266 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

the exception of the third pair, in which the sixth and seventh

joints are in addition fused, and there are hence only five

distinct joints; those of the fourth pair are formed as in the

Crangonide, but, instead of terminating in a subchela, end in

two equal and movable blades forming a scissors-like organ ;

those of the fifth pair, which are the shortest and weakest of

the limbs, bear a probably expansile pencil of sete at the

distal end of the propodite, which is the functional last joint

of the limb, the dactylopodite being reduced to a minute

rudiment ; the sixth, seventh, and eighth pairs form a back-

wardly increasing series of walking legs; the five last pairs

aie devoid of all traces of epipodites and exopodites.

The thorax is firmly articulated to the abdomen by a strong

hinge.

In addition to the functional gills, which are five pleuro-

branchize attached to the posterior thoracic somites from the

tenth to the fourteenth inclusively, there is present, on the

arthrodial membranes of the thoracic appendages from the

ninth to the thiiteenth inclusively, a series of five small

conical papilla, which correspond both in number and in

position to the arthrobranchie of the Glyphocrangonidz, and

are, there is little doubt, to be interpreted as vestiges of gills

of the same category.

‘The body is exceedingly spiny and terminates in front in

a powerful recurved rostrum, which is toothed on all its four

margins.

PSALIDOPUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately compressed, in shape somewhat like

tulamon. Integument firmly chitinized though thin, covered

throughout dorsally, from the apex of the rostrum to the end

of the sixth abdominal somite, with long symmetrically

arranged needle-shaped spines, and between the spines with

microscopically small sete, which are evenly and regularly

distributed, and give to the surface a minutely granulated

appearance up to the base of the caudal swimmeret, upon

which they become developed into a furry pubescence.

The carapace is produced in front into a long ascendant

curved rostrum fully twice its own length measured from the

frontal to the posterior margin in a straight line ; its anterior

margin is armed on both sides with four spines, which may

be termed the antennulary, antennal, branchiostegal, and sub-

branchiostegal spines respectively, and with a stout blunt

subtriangular deflexed process, against the imner margin of

which the rudimentary eye-peduncles are firmly retracted ;

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 267

a distinct marginal raised rim extends from the subbranchio-

stegal spines backwards on each side, increasing towards the

posterior margin, being especially well-m: arked posterolate-

rally, where it rises into a strong and bold ridge, forming at

each end of the carapace the posterior boundary of a deep

groove; the ridge with the groove concentric therewith con-

stituting the thoracic element of a strong thoracico-abdominal

hinge.

The branchiostegites are abruptly inflected, and their free

margins, which are closely applied to the bases of the legs

are widely but obtusely ‘angulated inwards opposite to the

interval between the first and second pairs of legs anteriorly,

while posteriorly they give off a triangular process which

abuts against the posterolateral face of ae eighth thoracic

sternum, and thus serves not only to keep the tivo elements

of the thoracico-abdominal hinge in constant relation of appo-

sition with one another, but also to divide that which answers

to the afferent branchial cleft in Astacus into two parts, an

inferior and a superior : : in the former of these the free margin

of the carapace is in such close contact with the leg-bases as

to leave no passage for water to enter; the latter, on the

contrary, is a wide and rigidly-patent oval aperture placing

the branchial chamber of its own side in direct communication

with the subabdominal cavity, and forms the exclusive inlet

for the water required for respiration : whence it follows that

all the water which enters the branchial chambers must do so

by way of the subabdominal cavity, and that during lite a

constant circulation must be maintained in this cavity 5 1

the female, in which the special afferent branchial apertures

are larger than in the male and tie subabdominal cavity

forms a spacious brood-pouch, the constant circulation of

water in the latter must secure a more perfect aeration of the

egos than would otherwise occur; there is no doubt, in tact,

that we have here to do with a mechanism for securing the

due aeration of the eggs similar to that which exists in

Encephaioides Armstrongi and other deep-water Brachyura

(Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vil. pp. 259, 266, et 267),

wherein the brachial cavities communicate with ihe brood-

cavity by means of canals in the hinder angles of the cephalo-

thorax and, the ordinary direct channels being closed, water

for respiration is derived from the brood-c cavity.

‘The rostrum is compressed, and presents four longitudinal

spiny ridges—one dorsal, two lateral, and one ventral; the

spines of these are all sharp, slender, forwardly curved and

inclined, and decrease in length from the base towards the

obsoletely bifid apex of the dati: The dorsal ridge is

20*

268 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

continued to the posterior margin of the carapace; its spines

are larger, more compressed, and less inclined, though more

curved, than those of the rostrum, and subequal, with one or

two shorter and slenderer ones intercalated between them here

and there. In addition to the dorsal ridge the carapace bears

on each side four other longitudinal rows of spines: the first

of these runs quite close and subparallel to the dorsal ridge

from one end of the carapace to the other; the second com-

mences with the antennulary spine, curves slightly down-

wards and then slightly upwards to the cervical suture,

whence it takes a straight course to the hinder margin, running

parallel to the dorsal ridge; the third consists of the antennal

spine and of two spines on the posterior half of the cephalic

portion of the carapace; the fourth, of five or six spines com-

mencing with the branchiostegal spine, and runs along the

middle of the prominent efferent branchial canal, and like the

second has its spines connected by a ridge.

The surface of the part of the branchiostegite coinciding

with the subjacent branchial chamber is raised into a longi-

tudinally oval convex-topped elevation, which is fringed at

the edges with strong spines and bears an irregular row of

five or six along its middle. Between the branchial eleva-

tion and the almost horizontally inflected portion of the cara-

pace are some smaller spines roughly in the same straight

line with those on the efferent branchial canal.

The abdomen is armed along the middorsal line with a

spiniterous ridge similar to that of the cephalothorax and

extending almost without interruption from the base to the

apex, being absent only in the basal half of the fifth tergum,

on the sides of its terga and pleura with symmetrically

arranged spines similar in form to those of the dorsal ridge,

and on the edges of each of its pleura with several ex-

ceedingly long and slender needle-like spines, besides smaller

ones; the number, form, arrangement, size, and direction of

these spines, Which vary within small limits in all of the

above respects from specimen to specimen, will be best under-

stood by reference to the accompanying figures. The first

sbdominal somite is produced in front on each side at the

junction of the tergum with the pleuron into a short, stout,

bifid, and incurved process, which forms the abdominal ele-

ment of the thoracico-abdominal hinge, and is received into

the groove in the hinder margin of the side of the carapace

already described. The pleura of the second abdominal

somite are much more expanded in the female than in the

male. The telson is elongate-triangular or obclavate in out-

line, its margin being at first rounded and then tapering in

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 269

straight or very slightly concave lines to the triangular apex ;

its dorsal surface, which is covered with a furry coating of

minute appressed spinules, is transversely convex and tra-

versed longitudinally by a deep groove, while its ventral

surface is deeply excavated gutter-like and glabrous,

The eye-peduncles are very small and immovably re-

tracted outwards against the extraorbital angle, being anky-

losed at base to the ophthalmic sternum; a distinct con-

striction limits off a wider and almost spherical apical or

corneal portion from a narrower basal portion; the latter

bears on its inner and _ inferior side, near the base, a minute

papilla; the corneal portion is smooth and polished, and does

not exhibit the slightest trace either of superticial faceting or

of subjacent pigmentation; the eyes appear, in fact, to be in

exactly the same degenerate condition as those of Nephropsis

Stewarti, and it is certain can be capable at most of appre-

ciating differences in the intensity of the light.

The peduncle of the antennules is subcylindrical ; its first

joint is about equal to the two remaining joints taken

together, crested on the infero-internal margin, the crest

running into an acicular spine some distance from the apex,

and produced at its outer base into an oval digitate scale-like

process; the second and third joints subequal, the latter

armed with an acicular spine about the middle of its extero-

superior face; flagella equal in length, the outer the thicker

(much the thicker in ¢), and bearing olfactory filaments to

within a short distance of its extremity.

The second joint of the antenna is armed with three spines

on the outer apex; the scale is a narrow, firmly chitinized,

oblong plate, with an acute triangular somewhat inturned

point ; it is strengthened and stiffened not only by its greatly

thickened outer margin, which terminates some distance

from the apex of the part in a prominent spine, but also by a

stout midrib and a slight thickening of the apical and inner

margins. The flagellum is very long.

The mandible is very distinctly divided into molar and

incisive processes by a deep and almost rectangular notch, in

which the palp is lodged. The incisive process is a thin,

excessively sharp, and slightly recurved knife-like plate.

The stout molar process may be described either as an irre-

gular four-sided prism with one angle broadly rounded off or

as an irregular three-sided prism with one side convex; its

trapezoidal or subtriangular masticatory surface is concave

with sharp edges. The palp is robust, two-jointed; the

apex, with the greater part of the inwardly directed outer

edge of its oval terminal joint, is beset with stiff sete,

270 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

‘Ihe coxopodite of the first maxilla is much shorter and

wider than the basipodite; the endopodite is a short, simple,

and undivided finger-shaped joint with a few sete on its

outer apex, and the exopodite appears to be represented by a

firmly chitimized round conchoidal plate, the convex face of

which is turned downwards and backwards.

The coxopedite of the second maxille is but little shorter

but much narrower than the basipodite, not extending nearly

so far towards the middle line; the basipodite is subdivided ;

the endopodite differs from that of the first maxille only in

being somewhat larger; the anterior lobe of the scapho-

gnathite is much broader than the posterior lobe, in which the

apical fringe is developed into excessively long and fine sete.

In the first maxillipedes the coxopoditic plate is rudi-

mentary and furnished with limp hairs, the functional jaw

being entirely formed by the basipodite ; the endopodite is a

narrow slightly curved and knife-like pomted plate, the exo-

podite is a broad and abruptly incurved falciform plate, and

the epipodite is two-leaved.

The second maxillipedes have only five distinct joints, the

third and fourth joints of the typical malacostracous limb being

indistinguishably fused together ; the first joint bears a tri-

angular epipodite, the second a long, tapering, undivided and

membranous exopodite, the third is about as long as the

second, but only about half its thickness, the fourth is short,

about half as long as the third, the fifth is broadiy subtri-

angular and does not enter into the formation of the functional

jaw, which is wholly formed by the very short and broad

wedge-shaped sixth joint.

The external maxillipedes present only five distinct joints,

the sixth and seventh, as well as the third and fourth, joints

being indistinguishably fused together. The first and second,

which-are ankylosed together, are short, stout, and subequal :

the first bears a small oval and subpedunculated hard process,

probably representing an epipodite; the second, a flagellar

exopedite, similar to that of the second maxillipedes; thie

third joint, forming the functional jaw, is an obclavate com-

pressed sclerite, and is strongly curved to the contiguration of

the underlying appendages ; its inner margin bears no fringe

of sete; the fourth and fitth joints are slender, cylindrical,

and fringed with narrow, transverse, scale-like rows of setx

on the inner edge; the fourth is a little shorter than the third

and exactly half of the fifth, which latter is almost straight,

and tapers beyond the middle of its length very slightly and

gradually to a bluntish point bearing a tew stiff sete.

The legs of the first pair are built upon the same plan as

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. ° 271

those of the Crangonidew, which they closely resemble, and

from which they chiefly differ in their seissors-like extremity.

They present but six distinct true joints, one of the blades of

the terminal scissors having to be interpreted as a movably

articulated prolongation of ‘the propodite, and the third and

fourth joints being all but indistinguishably fused together,

The first two joints are short. ‘The third joint, which is

strongly curved like the corresponding joint of the external

maxillipede, increases slightly in thickness from the base to

the apex, where its upper margin is prolonged into a sharp

needle-like spine preceded by a few spinules. The fourth

joint, short and obconic, also bears a similar spine in corre-

sponding position. The fifth joint, or propodite, is oblong

and somewhat compressed, it bears at the distal end two

equal and movably articulated toothed knife-like blades—

one answering to the fixed prolongation of the propodite, the

other to the dactylopodite of the typical crustacean chela,—

which are evidently capable of playing upon one another like

the blades of a pair of scissors or shears.

The legs of the second pair are also only six jointed, the

third and fourth joints being all but indistinguishably fused

together. They differ remarkably in form from the preceding.

The first two joints are as in the legs of the first pair. The

third joint is a cylindrical rod armed with a few minute

spinules on the upper margin, which terminates in a sharp

spine. ‘The fourth joint is also eylindrical, but shorter and

much thinner than the preceding, and unarmed. ‘The fifth

joint, likewise cylindrical, is about half as long as the pre-

ceding and tapers slightly to its apex, where it bears a com-

pactly coned pencil of possibly expansile sete. The. sixth

joint is a minute, transversely elongated, nodular rudiment,

lodged in a notch of the upper and outer mar gin of the distal

end of the propodite.

The three remaining pairs of legs are quite different from

their predecessors, and are substantially alike, differing from

one another only in length and in the degree to which the

fusion of their third and fourth joints has been carried. They

are typical ambulatory limbs. The second only slightly

exceeds the first, while the last, oving mainly to the great

elongation of its propodite, oreatly exceeds the second in

length. ‘They are roughly cylindrical and are armed below

and on the contiguous parts of their sides throughout with

sharp spinules, which in the fourth joint or meropodite assume

an arrangement in two rows on the ventral edges of the

joint, while the apices of the meropodite and of the obconie

carpopodite each bear one median dorsal and at least one

Vie, Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

lateral outstanding spine larger than the rest. In the last

of these legs the third joint is fixedly united to the fourth,

the division between the two perfectly retaining its primitive

distinctness ; in the second the union is more perfect, but the

division may be readily made out on the inner side ; while in

the first the union is more perfect still, and the primitive

distinctness of the parts is scarcely traceable; so that the

fusion of the two joints in question becomes more and more

perfect as we pass from behind forwards until at last it is no

longer possible to distinguish them. The compound joint is

curved, like its predecessors in the series, to fit the convex

ventral surface of the thorax. Their terminal joint forms a

stoutish curved and acuminately-pointed claw. There is no

trace either of epipodites or of exopodites on any of the legs.

The protopodites of the abdominal appendages are long,

being more than half the length of the rami in the first pair,

and less than half their length in the succeeding pairs. The

apical half more or less of their carinated outer margin is

armed with small spines, which increase in length towards

the apex, near to which there is usually a single spine that is

much larger than the rest. Near their base on the posterior

face a transverse suture divides them into a long distal and a

short and incomplete proximal joint. Their rami are all

long-lanceolate and undivided membranous plates, with the

exception of the inner ramus of the first pair; this is in both

sexes only about one third the length of the outer and is

pyriform or obclavate in outline ; flat and flexible and fringed

with sete on both edges in the female, it appears convex and

stiff and glabrous and somewhat subulate or acuminate in the

inale, owing to the apical half more or less of its edges being

jolded up into a sort of tube, and owing to the fringe of its

outer margin being reduced to short and simple sete ; the outer

vamus of the first pair is in both sexes narrower than either

of the rami of the succeeding pairs. In the appendages of the

second to the fiith pairs inclusively the inner ramus is shorter

and narrower than the outer, and is furnished near its base on

the inner side with a short cylindrical appendix interna, pro-

vided at its apex with mmute hooks for attachment to its

fellow of the opposite side. In the second pair in the male

there arises from the inner ramus, in front of and slightly

internal to the appendix interna, a tapering finger-shaped

appendix masculina, and the second joint of the protopodite

is subdivided by a talse jomt into two approximately equal

parts.

The rami of the sixth pair of abdominal appendages are

firmly chitinized, rigid, oval plates, the outer almost twice the

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 273

width of the inner; the former is strengthened by a stout

midrib and by a thickening of the outer margin, which ter-

minates a good way from the apex in a prominent spine of

the same size and character as that of the antennal scale; an

inflexible dizresis extends inwards from the base of this spine

up to the midrib. ‘The inner ramus is strengthened by a

similar midrib, from near the base of which a ridge extends

obliquely inwards and backwards to the inner margin.

The legs of the first to the third pairs of opposite sides

touch one another in the middle line, and their sterna are

hence invisible without. dissection; those of the last two

pairs, on the contrary, are wider apart and their sterna are

plainly visible and have the form of an inverted T, the cross

stroke of which is, in the hinder and larger of the two, pro-

duced forwards, between the bases of the legs of the last pair

and over its own down-stroke, as an acute angular (¢) or

semicircular (9) plate, beneath the sides of which the genital

apertures can in the male be concealed.

The branchial formula is as follows :—

Somites and

their Podo- Arthro- Pleuro-

appendages. branchiw. branchie. — branchize.

‘Ace O(ep.) 0 QO =O-+ep.

NEDEE. << O(ep.) 0 0 =0+e.

| ae O(ep.7.) r O =0+7.+ep.r.

, See 0 i: ir

>. 0 re 1 =14~.

<1 re 0 , Ll . =1--7.

i) 0 Te 1 =l+47.

EV... 0 0 c=!

2ep.tep.r. +5r. +5 =5+5r.+2ep.+ ep.r.

30. [Psalidopus Hualeyi, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. figs. 1, 2, 7.)

@. Stouter. Thoracic and abdominal sterna unarmed.

No tubercle between the last spine of the dorsal ridge and

the posterior margin of the carapace.

Colour in life brilliant old-ivory white or straw-colour.

millim.

Total length from apex of rostrum to tip of telson in

7 BELL Se ee Oa 141

Length of rostrum from supra-orbital margin in a

5 _SDLE. Uae Re re Soe een 515

Length of carapace from supra-orbital to posterior

i TEES QRS RRS See eae Ones AA ane 285

Length of abdomen from middle of anterior margin

of first tergum to tip of telson ...... ......... 63

MEE MaCHOUGIRON, tree as Cw do ele eee ast atls Soa ee 19°5

Menntn etantennal scale 5... jee cs ners elesaess es 21

Madth'or~ ~ ,; Moos Seba mane cements Cee ae 6

Length of antennulary flagella ..............000. 37

274 Indian Deep-Sea Dredging.

A single ovigerous female was taken on April 12, 1888,

7% miles east of N. Cinque Island, Andaman Sea, in 490

fathoms.

It carried twelve very large eggs, which in spirit measure

no less than 3°8 x 2°7 millim. ]

36. Psalidopus spiniventris, sp. n.

(Pl. XLV. figs. 3-6a, 8; Pl. XV. figs. 1-10.)

3 ¢- Slenderer. Two posterior thoracic and all the

abdominal sterna with an erect spine in the middle line. A

conical tubercle between the last spine of the dorsal ridge

and the posterior margin of the carapace.

Colour in life deep-sea pink with white points.

Male. Female.

millim. — millim.

Total length from apex of rostrum to tip

of telson in a StrAIe REN oe 8 cxf ees 106 128°5

Length of rostrum from supra-orbital

margin in a straight line (tip gone in

ale) Seiiae Shs sae Ot thes HEE 40 51°5

Length of carapace from ‘supra-orbital to

posterior it edt OR ee PR eae Fe 20 25

Length of abdomen from middle of an-

terior margin of first tergum to tip of

telson etek ee eee ee ee eee 47 59

Lenethiottelsoni..-.5-22 000s). Pe oe 15 18

Length of antennal scale ...;......... . 16 ly

Width of Oe SE races re 33 5

Length of antennulary ‘flagella se en eee SY 3D

An adult male and female, with one young specimen, were

obtained at Station 116, 405 fathoms.

A small pair, in which the rostrum is much larger in the

female than in the male, have come to light in the sorting of

past seasons’ collections. They were taken 8 miles S8.E. of

Cingue Island, Andaman Sea, in 500 fathoms.

Colour in lite “ more of a boiled lobster tint” [¢. e. than

other Crustaceans obtained at the same time and described in

the same notes as pink and blood-red], “ deepest on the

spines’’ (G. M. Giles).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Psalidopus Huvleyi, 2, from the left side. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. The caudal swimmeret of the same, from above. Nat. size.

Fig. 3. Psalidopus spiniventris, 2. Peduncele of the left antennule, from

above. X4.

Fig. 4. Left antennal scale of the same, from above. Nat. size.

New Heterocera from Central America, 275

Fig. 5, Left leg of the first pair of the same, from the outside. x 4.

ig. 6. Left leg of the second pair of the same, from the outside. X 4.

Fig. 6a, Apex of propodite of same, to show the rudimentary nodular

dactylopodite.

Fig. 7. Psalidopus Hucley?, last thoracic sternum with bases of legs of

last pair of female. Nat. size.

Fig. 8. Psalidopus spiniventris, last thoracic sternum with leg bases of

male. Nat. size.

PLATE) XV.

Figs. 1, 1 a. Psalidopus spiniventris, mandible. x 5.

Fg. 2. First maxilla. x5.

Fig. 3. Second maxilla. x5,

Fig. 4. First maxillipede. x5.

Fig. 5. Second maxillipede. & x 5.

Fig. 6. Third maxillipede. x2.

Fig. 7. Left abdominal appendage of the first pair in female. 2.

Fig. 8. Left abdominal appendage of the second pair in female. x2.

Fig. 9. Left abdominal appendage of first pair in male. x2.

Fig. 10. Left abdominal appendage of second pair in male. x2.

XLII.—Description of a new Genus and some new Species of

Fleterocera from Central America. By HERBERT DRUCE,

F.L.S.

Fam. Ageriide.

ZEGERIA, Fabr.

Ageria armasata, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries hyaline, with a slightly yellowish

tinge, the costal, outer, and inner margins of the primaries

edged with yellowish brown, the veins of both wings yellowish

brown, those of the secondaries being the darkest; the fringe

of the secondaries dark brown. ‘The underside of both wings

light yellow. The palpi and front of the head yellow; the

antenne dark brown, yellowish at the base; the thorax and

abdomen blackish brown, with a yellow line at the base of the

abdomen ; the anal tuft yellowish brown; the legs orange,

banded with black. i

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker).

A fine species, very distinct from all others known to me.

Atgeria mardia, sp. n.

This species is allied to 4yeria tryphoniformis, Walker,

276 Mr. H. Druce on new

from which it differs as follows:—The primaries and secon-

daries are quite hyaline, with the streak at the end of the cell

and the spot at the apex bright orange-red instead of pale

yellowish brown; the head, thorax, and abdomen black

instead of yellow, as in A. tryphoniformis ; the anal tuft

large and bright orange-red; antennz black ; palpi orange.

Expanse ? inch.

Hab, Mexico, near Durango city (Becker).

Menirra, Hiibn.

Melitta Beckert, sp. n.

Primaries greenish brown, very thickly irrorated with pale

green scales, the fringe greenish brown: secondaries hyaline,

with all the veins bright orange-red, the marginal line black,

the fringe dark brown. The underside of the primaries pale

yellow near the apex, which is greenish brown; the secon-

daries the same as above. The head and thorax greenish

brown, the same colour as the primaries; the palpi yellow;

antenne black ; the abdomen blackish brown; the anal tutt

yellow; the hind legs long and very thickly clothed with

hair, that nearest the base on the outer side being pale yellow,

that on the tibia and tarsus black on the inner side, bright

orange on the outer side, almost white close to the ungues.

The underside of the abdomen is banded with yellow.

Eixpanse 14 inch.

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker).

This fine species is allied to WZ satyriniformis, Hiibn., trom

which it is at once distinguished by the orange-red veins of

the secondaries and much paler green primaries.

Fam. Saturniide.

METOSAMIA, gen. nov.

Male.—Wead rather small. Thorax broad. Abdomen

short and thick, not extending to the middle of the inner

margin of the secondaries. Antenne very deeply pectinated,

more so than in the genus Samia. Palpi very minute ; legs

stout and rather short, thickly clothed with hairs. Primaries

with the costal margin very much arched from the middie to

the apex, which is very pointed, the outer margin very deeply

concave ‘and dentated between the veins; the anal angle

rounded; the inner margin straight; the a very broad and

much shorter than in Saméa, Secondaries: the costal margin

very much rounded to the apex, which is quite pointed; the

Heterocera from Central America. 277

outer margin deeply concave to the middle, then almost

straight to the anal angle, dentated slightly between the

veins; the inner margin slightly curved from the abdomen,

the anal angle rounded.

Type Metosamia Godmani.

Saturnia montezuma, Sallé, will also come into this genus.

Both species will be figured in the ‘ Biologia.’

Metosamia Godmani, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniform bright orange-

brown ; primaries with nearly two thirds of the costal margin

broadly edged with greyish brown, thickly irorated with

white scales ; a large white spot at the base of the w ing close

to the thorax ; a large V white mark at the base of the cell

and a large hyaline oval spot at the end of the cell bordered

with pale yellow and edged with a very fine black line; a

pinkish-white line partly crosses the wing near the base; a

rather wide black submarginal line edged with pinkish-white

scales extends from the costal margin close to the apex to the

inner margin just above the anal “angle : : secondaries crossed

below the middle from the costal margin to the anal angle

fo)

by a black line corresponding to the one on the primaries,

but only edged with pinkish-white scales from the end of the

cell to the anal angle ; a small hyaline spot at the end of the

cell broadly bordered with pale yellow, edged with a rather

wide black line, the black line on the upperside being divided

into two by a narrow line of bluish-white scales. Under-

side: both wings reddish brown, thickly irrorated round the

outer margins and at the base of the secondaries with black

and pinkish- white scales. The head, front of the thorax, and

base of the tegule greyish brown, thickly irrorated with

white hairs; the thorax, abdomen, tegule, and legs bright

orange-brown ; the antennx pale yellowish brown.

Expanse 7 inches.

Hab. Mexico, Oaxaca (#7. D. Godman).

This very grand insect was obtained by Mr. Godman

during his Jast visit to Mexico. I at first thought it might

possibly be the species described by Sallé as Saturnia monte-

zuma ; but having recently received a caretul drawing of that

species made from the type, and since then a very fine speci-

men of that species, it at once proved that the insect I have

very much pleasure in naming after Mr. Godman is exceed-

ingly distinct.

278 New Ileterocera from Central America.

TELEA, Hiibn.

Telea aurelia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries pale fawn-colour ; pri-

maries crossed from the costal to the imner margin by a

very wide black band, edged on both sides with a waved black

line, which is edged on the inner side with pink and white

scales; the costal margin thickly irrorated with white scales

from the base almost to the apex; the apex streaked with

pink and white, with a rather large black spot on the costal

margin; a large hyaline spot at the end of the cell, bordered

with reddish tawn-colour and then broadly with black, the

basal half of the biack ring being thickly irrorated with bluish-

white scales; a narrow, straight, fawn-coloured line extends

from the costal margin close to the apex to the inner margin

above the anal angle: secondaries, the central part of the

wing dusky black ; a large hyaline spot at the end of the cell

very broadly bordered with deep black, which is thickly

irrorated on the inner side with pale blue scales ; a submar-

ginal pale fawn-coloured line extends from the costal margin

to the anal angle. Underside pale fawn-colour, thickly irro-

rated with white scales, with the markings very similar to

those above, but of adark brown colour. The head, underside

of the thorax, and legs dark brown; the collar and front of

the thorax greyish white, the thorax and abdomen pale fawn-

colour ; the antenne yellowish brown.

Expanse 532 inches.

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker).

This species is very distinct from any known to me.

I'am. Hepialide.

Puassus, Walker.

Phassus marcius, sp. 0.

Primaries pale greyish brown, thickly marked with grey

and darker brown lines; a double row of blackish-brown

elongated spots crosses the wing from the costal margin near

the apex to the inner margin, and a row of elongated curved

lines extends round the outer margin from the apex to the anal

angle; a rather long metallic gold streak broken into three

spots at the end of the cell, beyond which, nearer the outer

margin, are two very minute metallic gold dots : secondaries

pale greyish brown, palest at the base, with several indistinct

Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the Dentition of Mamma’s. 279

darker markings on the costal margin close to the apex. The

head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish brown.

Expanse 4+*5 inches,

Hab. Mexico, near Durango city (Becker).

A fine distinct species, allied to P. ar gentiferus, Walker.

XLII.— Observations on the Dentition of Mammals *,

By W.- KUKENTHAL f.

WE do not yet possess a satisfactory explanation of the tooth-

change of Mammals, as was shown by M. Schilosserf only a

short time ago.

The conjecture that both series of teeth have been derived

from the Reptiles is at once opposed by a number of state-

ments, according to which in the lower orders of Mammals

tooth-change is either entirely absent, or, as in the case of

the Marsupials, is confined to one premolar. Flower’s§

hy pothesis, afterwards considerably expanded by Oldfield

‘Thomas ||, that the milk-dentition represents a fresh acquisition

on the part of the higher Mammals, and that the permanent

series alone is the original one, could therefore be supported

by many weighty reasons. From among the large number

of views which differ from this in more or less material points,

I will here merely allude to that of Baume{j, according to

which both series of teeth have had merely a secondary origin.

For Baume supposes that owing to the shortening of the jaws

which set in in the course of the evolution of Mamnals, the

originally numerous and similar teeth could no longer "find

room in one series, so that a portion of them became displaced

and were able to appear only later on, as the permanent

dentition.

* J intend to give a detailed exposition of the present investigations in

the second volume of my ‘ Vergleichend-anatomischen und entwickelungs-

geschichtlichen Untersuchungen an Waltieren” (Denkschriften der

mediz.-naturw. Gesellschaft in Jena, Bd. iii.).

t Translated from a Separate impression from the ‘ Anatomischer An-

zeiver,’ vi. Jahrgang (1891), no. 13, pp. 364-370.

t M. Sch! osser, ‘* Die Milchbezahnung der Saugetiere,” Biolog. Centrabl.

1890.

_ § W. H. Flower, “On the development and succession of the Teeth in

the Marsupialia,” Phil. Trans., 1867.

|| O. Thomas, ‘On the homologies and succession of the Teeth in the

Dasyuride, with an attempt to trace the history of the evolution of the

Mammalian Teeth in general,’ Phil. Trans. vol. 178, pp. 445-462.

§ Baume, “Versuch einer Entwickelungsgeschic hte des Gebisses ”’

Leipzig, 1882.

280 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the

Baume, like many other investigators, therefore regards as

the original form a dentition consisting of numerous similar

teeth, and consequently starts from the Edentates and espe-

cially the Toothed Whales as the primary type; I therefore

commence by examining the latter.

Tooraep WHALES: The Toothed Whales are very gene-

rally considered as homodont; Weber*, however, is right in

considering the tusk of tie Narwhal and the lower canine of

the Ziphioids to be vestiges of a former dissimilarity of denti-

tion. In an embryo of Phocena communis of nearly full time,

I find a heterodont dentition tolerably sharply marked, since

out of the twenty-five teeth in each half of the jaw, the pos-

terior seven have two and sometimes three cusps.

If on the one hand it is open to doubt whether the Toothed

Whales have an entirely homodont dentition, nevertheless on

the other it has been regarded as an absolutely certain fact

that the Toothed Whales are monophyodont, and that the

single series of teeth which appears belongs to the permanent

dentition. Weber, who adopts afresh an idea previously

expressed by Julinf, is alone in suggesting the hypothesis f,

that. the dentition of the Toothed Whales comprises both

series of teeth, which, owing to the enlargement of the jaws,

were all able to appear at the same time.

My investigations in this direction so far embrace a con-

siderable number of embryos of Beluga leucas, Globiocephalus

melas, and Turstops tursio; this is what I have discovered :

THE DENTITION OF THE TOOTHED WHALES IS A TRUE MILK-

DENTITION, or, better, it belongs to the first dentition, which

is permanent. Irrefragable proof of this is furnished by

the appearance of rudiments of second teeth internally to

those which persist ; it is true that the former are consider-

ably smaller and do not reach the surface, but they neverthe-

less possess a distinct crown of enamel, and even the charac-

teristic enamel pulp.

In the Toothed Whales, therefore, the germs of bot)

dentitions are found, and this cuts the ground from beneath

those hypotheses which start from them as typical monophyo-

dont animals ; Weber’s hypothesis, also, is no longer tenable.

WHALEBONE WHALES: The Whalebone Whales, for

which, since they have genetically nothing to do with the

Toothed Whales, I claim a special order within the Mamma-

* Weber, ‘Studien iiber Siiugetiere ’: Jena, 1886, p. 196,

+ Ch. Julin, “ Recherches sur l’ossification du manxillaire infériew, et

sur la constitution du systéme dentaire chez le foetus de la Balenoptera

rostrata,” Arch. de Biologie, 1880.

| Weber, op. ect. p. 154.

Dentition of Mammals. 281

lian class *, have, as is well known, germs of teeth in the first

third of their foetal life; these are subsequently absorbed.

Among recent investigators Julint and Webert widened the

difference which Eschricht§ previously stated to exist between

the nine anterior teeth and the posterior ones, by affirming

that the latter are not simply conical but have several cusps,

and that the dentition is absolutely heterodont.

My own investigations were carried out upon thirty dif-

ferent specimens of large jaws of foetal Whalebone Whales,

including Megaptera boops, Balenoptera rostrata, Baleno-

ptera Sibbaldii, and Balenoptera musculus, which were partly

preserved whole and partly divided into series of sections

made in the three chief directions. In the first place I dis-

pute such a difference as has been stated to exist between the

nine anterior and the posterior teeth; the appearance of teeth

which seem to have several cusps is, in my preparations ot

older jaws, occasioned by the process of absorption, which

begins at the tip||. The posterior teeth are somewhat more

convex than the anterior ones, but throughout are simply

conical, with the exception of cases, which are of quite isolated

occurrence, where a pair of neighbouring teeth are apparently

fused together. The position of double teeth of this kind

(three separate teeth or even four may also be united togetler)

scarcely follows any definite rule; in a few cases they also

occur among the first nine teeth, and even on this account

they cannot correspond to the supposed molars, according to

Julin’s interpretation. Are these double teeth secondary

fusions, or do they represent primitive conditions ? Hmbryo-

logy furnishes the answer. A series of seven embryos of

Balenoptera musculus, measuring from 43 to 82 cm. in length,

shows that the number of the double teeth diminishes con-

siderably with increasing growth, while the number of the

separate tooth-tips in each half of the jaw remains constant

at fifty-three. In the youngest stages nine or even fifteen

teeth are fused together ; in the following ones five, four, and

three, and in the oldest only two. ‘The same result, the

diminution of the double teeth with increasing growth, is

furnished by the comparison of younger and older embryos of

other species of Whalebone Whales. It follows from this

* W. Kukenthal, “ Ueber die Anpassung von Saugetieren an das Leben

im Wasser,” Zoologische Jahrbiicher, 1890; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. vii. pp. 155-179.

+ Julin, Joe. cet.

t Weber, loc. ct.

§ Eschricht, ‘ Untersuchungen iiber die nordischen Waltiere ’: Leipzig,

i ae also Pouchet et Chabry, “ Sur l’évolution des dents des Balen-

ides,” Compt. Rend. Ac, Se. Paris, tone 94, no. 8, pp. 540-542.

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 21

282 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on th

that the double teeth represent an original condition, and are

therefore to be regarded as molars, aud further that CONICAL

TEETH, WITH SINGLE TIPS, ARISE FROM MOLARS BY DIVISION.

We have thus learnt a method by which numerous homodont

teeth arise from a small number of heterodont molars. I

shall subsequently adduce the paleontological facts which

substantiate such an oiigin of homodont from heterodont

dentitions ; I would here only further allude in all brevity to

an analogous phenomenon which occurs in a Bearded Seal

(Phoca barbata) from Spitzbergen.

Owing to mechanical causes (hard food, consisting of

mussels, besides the final reason, which is the incomplete

calcification of the teetl) the molars in the specimen before

me have worn away, and, with the exception of the last, have

cach become more or less completely separated into two, which

present an absolutely similar appearance; instead of five molars,

we consequently find seven and eight unicuspid teeth.

The results of my embryological investigations decide the

question whether the teeth of Whalebone Whales belong to the

first or the second series, in so far as they show that rudi-

ments of a second series of teeth are still present; the cord of

epithelium in question is tor the most part fused with the

enamel-germ of the actual tooth, which therefore essentially

corresponds to the first series. The teeth belonging thereto

resemble in this the so-called true molars of all other mammals,

which, as they have no precursors in the milk-dentition, are

assigned to the second series, although they must be regarded

as having arisen from the fusion of the rudiments of both

dentitions. (In the case of the first molar this is often still

distinctly demonstrable; it is to be seen with especial

clearness in embryos of Spermophilus leptodactylus, tor

instance. )

I refer the peculiar transformations of the dentition in

pelagic mammals, which have just been described, to mecha-

nical causes, terminating with diminished calcification, which,

as being necessary for the diminution of the specific gravity,

is a phenomenon of very frequent occurrence in pelagic

mammals, and, as has already been shown, also gave the

first stimulus which led to the occurrence of hyperphalangy,

as well as the loss of the dermal armature of the Toothed

Whales*.

* In my paper on the ‘‘ Adaptation of Mammals to Aquatic Life ” (Zool.

Jahrbiicher, 1890 [ Ann. and Mag. doe. cit.|), I explained these views in

greater detail, Of the former presence of a dermal armature in Toothed

Whales, which I inferred from grounds of comparative anatomy and

embryology (Anat. Anzeiger, 1890, p. 287), I am now able to adduce

paleontological proofs also.

Dentition of Mammals. 283

_ EpENTATES: embryos of Dasypus novemcinctus exhibit the

typical formation of successors for the first seven teeth; a

successor is wanting only in the case of the last tooth. The

oceurrence of tooth-change in this animal has already been

demonstrated by ‘Tomes. Moreover in the lower jaw of the

embryos I find not eight teeth, but eleven, of which the three

first are smaller and do not cut the gum. I am now also

able to mention a second Edentate which has rudiments of

two dentitions: this is Dasypus villosus. ‘This phenomenon

consequently appears to be of very general occurrence among

the armadilloes. Whether actual tooth-change really takes

place is of no consequence for my purpose; 1 merely affirm

the presence of rudiments of milk and second teeth.

MarsuPiAts: Flower, who was afterwards followed by

Thomas, bases his hypothesis that the milk-dentition is a

secondary acquisition on the part of the higher mammals, on

what takes place in Marsupials, in which either no tooth-

change or only the change of a third premolar occurs. The

dentition of Marsupials is very generally assigned to the

second series, and the precursor of the third premolar regarded

as a milk-tooth. My own investigations upon this group

have so far extended only to the study of a series of young

specimens of Didelphys of different sizes. On the basis of

these investigations | assert that TIE PERMANENT SET OF

TEETH IS TO BE ASSIGNED TO THE MILK, OR FIRST DENTITION,

and that only one second tooth, the subsequent third pre-

molar, occurs. I can easily furnish the proof of this, as soon as

it is granted, that the two dentitions are also distinguishable

from the point of view of morphology, besides being so from

the physiological standpoint of the difference in the time of

their appearance. ‘he rudiments of the two dentitions,

which have a common origin in the primitive dental fold, are

so disposed, that the first set of teeth is developed from the

outer one, and the second from the inner. Now my prepa-

rations show that this is the case not only in the third

premolar, but that the tooth-rudiments lying in front of it,

especially those of the incisors, also possess on the inner side,

branching off from the neck of the epithelial invagination, a

distinct twig of epithelium with a knobbed end; and this

must be regarded as the earliest rudiment of the enamel-organ

of the second tooth. It at all events follows from this that

the entire dentition of the opossums is to be ascribed to the

first and not to the second series. ‘The mainstay of the hypo-

thesis of Flower and Thomas, that the milk-dentition has

been secondarily acquired by the higher mammals, is thus

destroyed,

21#

284 On the Dentition of Mammals.

The following conclusions result from the foregoing investi-

gations into the dentitions of mammals. The rudiments of

both dentitions occur not only in the higher mammals, but

also in the lower orders of Marsupials, Edentates, Odontocetes,

and Mystacocetes. ‘THE EARLIEST MAMMALS WERE DIPHYO-

DONT. The monophyodont and homodont condition of many

mammals, e. g. the 'Toothed Whales, has been secondarily

acquired. Within the mammalian class, ascending from the

lowest to the highest forms, we see how "the second dentition

gains the upper hand more and more as regards form and

function, while in the lower forms the first dentition is pre-

dominant. In the rudimentary stage both dentitions are of

equal value ; embryology gives us no support for the often-

expressed assertion that one of the two dental rudiments has

arisen in dependence upon the other; they are both sisters,

whose mother is the simple invagination in the jaw, which we

term the dental fold (‘ Zahnleiste ’).

Now can we discover a bridge which connects the dentition

of Mammals with that of their ancestors, the Reptiles ?

There are no absolute differences between the mammalian

and reptilian tooth, as has already been shown by Seeley * ;

not one of the characters of the mammalian tooth is perfectly

constant ; the loss of any one of them is an approximation to

the reptihan tooth, and conversely reptilian teeth often

assumed characters belonging to those of mammals. The

replacement of teeth moreover occurs in reptiles to a still

greater extent than in mammals, since several series of teeth

may follow one another, the rudiments of which, as in the

case of the second dentition of mammals, are formed inter-

nally to the first. The idea of deriving the dentition of

mammals from that of reptiles therefore does not appear to

me to be too hazardous; of the several series of teeth which

are found in reptiles, only two still persist in mammals,

In conclusion I would subjoin the following attempt to

explain the origin of molar teeth in mammals, while freely

admitting its purely hypothetical nature. Owing to our

investigation of tooth-germs in Whalebone Whales, we have

become acquainted with the phenomenon of the division of

the molars in mammals, whose jaws become elongated, into a

multitude of conically pointed structures, resembling the teeth

of reptiles. Conversely, have not the molars of “mammals

also arisen in this way, in that, in consequence of the reverse

process, a shortening of the jaws, which the ancestors of

existing mammals underwent in the course of their trans-

* H. G. Seeley, “On the Nature and Limits of Reptilian Character in

Mammalian Teeth,” Proc. Roy. Soe. Lond. vol. xliy. pp. 129-141.

On the Dentition of Didelphys. 285

formation from reptile-like progenitors, a number of simple,

conical reptile-teeth came together to form each mammalian

molar? Paleontology is in favour of my view; the oldest

known mammals, e. g. Vriconodon from the Upper Jura,

exhibit molars of the typical structure requisite for our idea,

each consisting of three similar conical tooth-segments, lying

one behind the other and fused together. The admirable

papers of Cope, Osborn, Schlosser, and others have shown

that from the triconodont, that is the tricuspid type, the

molars of all mammals may be derived.

A multitude of questions as to the specialization of the

teeth within the various orders, the teeth with continuous

growth, the formation of roots, &c., still remain to be

answered ; [ shall make the attempt to do this in a detailed

account of my investigations.

Jena, June 5, 1891.

XLIV.— The Dentition of Didelphys: a Contribution to the

Embryology of the Dentition of Marsupials*, By W.

KUKENTHAL f.

In the case of Didelphys the dental formula 3 ; 3 { is very

generally accepted. The tooth-change is limited to one

tooth, the last premolar, as was first discovered by Gervais

and Flower to be the case in Marsupials. By this discovery

the older view that in Marsupials the whole of the teeth are

replaced with the exception of the four molars was finally

overthrown. The question, however, now arose as to how

the dentition of Marsupials was to be regarded, 7. e. whether

it corresponds to the milk-dentition or to the permanent series

of other Mammals. While Owen was rather inclined to

adopt the former view, the latter was maintained by Flower,

* Translated from a separate impression from the ‘ Anatomischer

Anzeiger,’ vi. Jahrgang (1891), nos. 23 and 24, pp. 658-666.

+ In a paper which was recently published in this periodical, entitled

“Kinige Bemerkungen iiber die Saugetierbezahnung” (Anat. Anz.

1891, p. 369 [vide supra, “ Observations on the Dentition of Mammals,”

pp. 279-285 ]), I have already alluded to the chief result of my investiga-

tions, which formed the subject of an address delivered on the 30th of

May of the present year in the Aula of our University. But, in conse-

quence of the delay which has arisen in the setting-up of my detailed

statements owing to the compositors’ strike, I am now induced to give

herewith a somewhat closer proof of my assertions, at deast as regards the

Marsupials.

286 Dr. W. Kikenthal on the

thus laying the foundation of the theory that the milk-den-

tition has been secondarily acquired by the Mammalia, and

occurs in Marsupials only in a single case (the third premolar).

Although Flower’s deduction was by no means generally

accepted, the conception of the Marsupial dentition as

belonging to the permanent or, to speak more correctly, the

second series of teeth, was universally adopted. Thus it is

supposed by Winge*, who otherwise in opposition to Flower

regards tooth-change as an old arrangement, inherited from

the lower Vertebrates, that the milk-dentition in the Marsu-

pials has been lost, with the exception of one milk-tooth, the

precursor of the third premolar. A higher grade would

therefore have to be assigned to the dentition of Marsupials

than to that of the majority of Mammals. “ But if, con-

trary to all probability, it should appear that the Marsupial

teeth in question have never had precursors in the course of

either ontogeny or phylogeny, they would correspond to the

milk-teeth in other Mammals; but they would be milk-teeth

developed to such an extent that in respect of their form &c.

they would have to be compared with the teeth of the second

series in other Mammals.”

Our knowledge of the dentition of Marsupials received a

further and very material advance in consequence of Oldfield

Thomas’s paper t, in which the homologies of the various

teeth are determined and the typical Marsupial dentition

stated as consisting of 5 incisors, 1 canine, 4 premolars, and

4 molars. Reduction set in, and gave rise to the dentition of

the various Marsupials; that of Didelphys arose in conse-

quence of the loss of the second premolar. The third pre-

molar, which is provided with a precursor, should therefore

really be termed the fourth premolar. Thomas follows

Flower in regarding the milk-dentition as having been secon-

darily acquired within the Mammalian class, and consistently

follows out this idea. He himself points out that, besides

other things, the possible discovery of the rudiments of a

successor in the case of Marsupial teeth which exhibit no

tooth-change would be fatal to his theory.

It was this consideration which guided me in my ewn inves-

tigations, If in the course of development rudiments of second

* Herluf Winge, “Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte, isaer med Hensyn til

Taendernes Former,” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh, Foren, in Kjoben-

havyn, 1882, p. 52.

+ Oldtield Thomas, “ On the Homolegies and Succession of the Teeth

in the Dasyuride, with an Attempt to trace the History of the Evolution

of Mammalian Teeth in general,” Philosophical Transactions of the Royal

Society (London, 1887).

Dentition of Didelphys. 287

teeth should be present, internal to rudiments of teeth which

are subsequently cut, the proof would thus be furnished that

the series of teeth which arrives at development belongs not,

as was hitherto generally believed, to the second, but to the

first dentition. ‘Thus it would be shown that the milk-

dentition is not to be regarded as a new and secondary acqui-

sition within the Mammalian class.

The yery fact that the third milk-premolar is cut at about

the same time as the other premolars, whereupon the molars

appear, commencing from the first, and that the third premolar

which replaces it dev elops much later than the other teeth,

especially than its two neighbours *, gives ground for the con-

jecture that the third milk-premolar be longs to the same series

as the rest of the teeth which are situated in front of it. This

difficulty of regarding the third milk-premolar and the other

teeth as belonging to two distinct series was felt by Winge,

who believed he was able to remove it by explaining that fie

other teeth, in spite of belonging to the second dentition, are

cut simultaneously with the single milk-tooth because their

precursors are wanting. Perfect clearness is naturally attain-

able only by means of an embryological investigation. The

material at my disposal consisted in the first place of a number

of lower jaws of young stages of Didelphys, for which I am

indebted to the kindness of Prof. M. Fiirbringer; my thanks

are also due to Dr. Kraepelin, the Director of the Natural

History Museum at Hamburg, who afterwards handed over

to me for treatment a number of well-preserved young speci-

mens of Didelphys, through the heads of which series of

frontal sections were made. The two smallest evbryos

examined measured | centim. in length from the rump to the

nape of the neck.

J select the upper jaw for the purpose of description, since

the conditions in it are more distinct than those in the lower.

Throughout the entire length of the upper jaw there runs a

cord of epithelium, the dental fold (‘‘ Zahnleiste’’), close

beneath the epithelium of the cavity of the mouth ; in front

it is not sharply separated from the epithelium of the oral

cavity, but further back, on the contrary, it lies at a greater

depth. The rudiments of the enamel: organs of the five

incisors appear as knobbed thickenings of the dental fold.

Nothing is yet to be seen of the invagination of the enamel-

organ by the dental papilla; no indication whatever of tie

latter is as yet presented by the rudiments of the incisors.

The connective tissue surrounding the epithelial knob has

* Vide Thomas, loc. cit. p. 452.

Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the

288

Dentition of Didelphys. 289

-< are

area ea Sa ak S as

Wea SO AEA DOES

All the figures represent frontal sections through the upper jaw.

E denotes the rudiment of the enamel-organ of the second teeth.

Fig. 1.—Frontal section through the upper jaw of a young Didelphys

measuring | centim. fromrump to nape. The third premolar with

the rudiment of the enamel-organ of the second tooth.

Fig. 2.—The first and second incisors of the upper jaw of a young

Didelphys 5-2 centim. in length. ‘i

Fig. pce Neon’ of the upper jaw of a young Didelphys 25 centim.

in length.

Fig. sae siete incisor of the upper jaw of a young Didelphys 3 centim.

in length.

Fig. 5 aay incisor of the upper jaw of a young Didelphys 3 centim. in

length.

Fig. 6.—Third peer of the upper jaw of the 3-centim. stage.

Fig. 7.—Second molar of the upper jaw of the 3-2-centim. stage.

Fig. 8.—Rudiment of the successor of the second molar of the upper jaw

at the 5-centim. stage.

The figures are sketched with the help of the camera lucida. Figs, 1

and 8 with Zeiss’s objective D and eyepiece no. 2, reduced by one half :

figs. 2-7 with Zeiss’s objective A and eyepiece no. 2, reduced by one third.

290 Dr. W. Kiikenthal on the

become disposed in closer concentric strands, and forms the

earliest rudiment of the dental sac. The rudiment of the

canine tooth is considerably larger; in the free end of the

enamel-organ there is a slight indentation corresponding to

the rudiment of the dental papilla, which is beginning to

appear, and which is recognizable as a number of close-

packed cells. The first and second premolars are scarcely

distinguishable from the dental fold, while the third pre-

molar, which comes next to them, is the most developed of all

teeth (vide fig. 1). The enamel-organ has assumed a cap-

shaped form simultaneously with the commencement of the

development of the dental papilla. The inner epithelium (the

enamel-membrane) exhibits the typical form of the long

columnar cells, and the enamel-pulp likewise begins to

develop. Internally to the wall of the jaw the enamel-organ

becomes indented by an ingrowth of connective tissue and

assumes a lobate form. Another series of sections from an

embryo 1 centim. in Jength, the development of which is

slightly more advanced, shows how the ingrowth of connec-

tive tissue produces further back a complete separation of the

inner epithelial knob from the outer one, the original enamel-

organ. The lobe which is thus constricted off can only be

regarded as the earliest rudiment of the enamel-organ of the

successional tooth.

Shortly after this the dental fold comes to an end, without

forming any further rudiments of enamel-organs. The third

premolar is therefore at this young stage far the most deve-

loped of all dental rudiments, and already exhibits the earliest

indication of the enamel-organ of the successional tooth, while

the rest are scarcely differentiated from the dental fold. ‘The

conditions in the lower jaw are precisely similar, though the

rudiments are still less fetta:

The next embryo selected for examination was considerably

larger, measuring 2°5 centim. Here we find the development

of the teeth greatly advanced. Commencing with the incisors,

we see how a strong cap of dentine is differentiated by the

odontoblasts. In the enamel-organ the enamel-pulp has

become alinost completely obliterated owing to the vigorous

growth of the dental papilla. The internal enamel-epithelium

consists of very columnar and narrow cells regularly disposed

side by side; the external one forms a not altogether thin

layer of flattened cells above it. The continuity of the

enamel-organ with the epithelium of the cavity of the mouth

is still preserved; at the same time, however, we also notice

how, in the case of each of the incisors, from the tolerably

broad neck a cord of epithelium projects on the inner side of

Dentition of Didelphys. 291

the dental rudiment and has a more or less distinctly swollen

termination. The canine which follows has already attained

a considerable size ; nothing more than remains of an epithelial

cord lying on the 1 inner side of it is still to be seen. Its base

has still not entirely disappeared from the frontal sections,

when the rudiment of the first premolar is already visible

above it. ‘The latter also exhibits on the inner side a cord of

epithelium with a rounded end running from the neck of the

enamel-organ. It was in vain that I sought in the gap,

which oceurs between this premolar and the one immediately

following, fora possible tooth-rudiment which had disappeared,

the existence of which has been rendered so probable by

Thomas’s investigations: I found nothing whatever; on the

contrary, the gap appeared to be relatively smaller than in

the adult. The second premolar, which comes next (which

is therefore the third according to Thomas), did not show the

looked-for cord of epithelium, which only appeared again

beside the third premolar, ‘The dental rudiment itself is

already well developed in all parts ; the epithelial cord lying

on the inner side of it ends in a knobbed swelling of consider-

able size. ‘his concludes the investigation of the premolars ;

the next sections show us the conditions in the case of

the molars. I was very much astonished when I saw inter-

nally to the rudiment of the first molar also, a short but

distinct cord of epithelium running close beneath the epithe-

lium of the cavity of the mouth, and still more so when the

second molar also exhibited a similar epithelial cord. The

conditions here were very distinct: the short and somewhat

bent neck of the epithelium of the enamel-germ gave off on

the inner side a lateral cord, which was of tolerable length

and which thickened at the end laterally, on the inside of the

dental rudiment, into a knobbed swelling of considerable size,

precisely as we saw in the case of the third premolar. In

connexion with this attention must also be directed to the

following points :—The lateral knob of epithelium lies at a

tolerable distance on the inside of the rudiment of the second

molar, which has already completely developed its separate

cusps; these have the same number and arrangement as in

the adult animal. Moreover, the epithelial knob is absolutely

lateral and not posterior in position : it has already disappeared

in sections in which the rudiment of the second molar is still

distinctly present. Rudiments of teeth beyond the second

molar are not yet to be found.

I am now able to furnish abundant confirmation of the

foregoing results, in consequence of the examination of two

stages somewhat more advanced in development and measuring

292 Dr. W. Kiikenthal oa the

3 and 3°2 centim. from rump to nape. The epithelial cords

and their knobbed swellings are traceable with the utmost

distinctness on the inside of the dental rudiments (vide

figs. 2-7).

We now come to the interpretation of the facts observed.

In all three larger stages we see the dental rudiments dis-

tinctly developed, and moreover an epithelial cord running

close to and on the inside of them, which arises from the neck

of the enamel-organ and is provided with a swollen free end.

In these lateral cords of epithelium we have before us

PERFECTLY TYPICAL RUDIMENTS OF THE EARLIEST STAGES OF

THE ENAMEL-ORGANS OF SUCCESSIONAL TEETH, and they are

indicated with special distinctness in the case of the whole of

the incisors; remains of these rudiments are also seen in the

case of the canine as well as in that of the first molar, and it

was only in the case of the second premolar that I did not

succeed in discovering them. <A valuable subject for com-

parison is furnished by the third premolar, to which a succes-

sional tooth actually appears later on. Now the rudiment of

the enamel-organ of its successional tooth agrees so entirely

with that of the rudiments of the other successional teeth that

there is nothing to prevent their homologization. The dis-

covery of rudiments of successional teeth in the case of teeth

other than the third premolar, which Thomas himself declared

would be fatal to his hypothesis, has therefore been achieved,

and moreover not in the case of one, but in that of almost all

teeth. It is for the present a matter of indifference to us

whether these enamel-organs of the rudiments of successional

teeth undergo still further development or become rudimentary

at an early period; in any case the nature of the dentition of

Didelphys, and, as I shall immediately add, in all probability

that also of the rest of the Marsupials, is settled. THe

PERMANENT DENTITION OF THE MARSUPIALS BELONGS TO THE

FIRST SERIES, THE MILK-DENTITION; RUDIMENTS OF THE

SECOND DENTITION ARE ACTUALLY PRESENT IN AN EMBRYONIC

CONDITION, BUT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE THIRD PRE-

MOLAR IT DOES NOT CUT THE GUM.

A few words yet remain to be added as to the rudiments

of the so-called true molars, the molars. ‘The smallest stage,

1 centim. in length, showed as yet no trace of a rudiment

either in the upper or in the lower jaw. It was only in the

three subsequent larger stages that rudiments of these teeth

could be detected, and here they were nearly equally far

advanced in development. In the upper jaw the first and

second molars were present, in the lower jaw the first, second,

and third. In all cases development was already far advanced ;

Dentition of Didelphys. 293

the separate cusps of dentine were well developed, while the

spaces between the several cusps of the tooth were filled with

enamel-pulp, which was surrounded by a very columnar

internal and a flat external enamel-epithelium.

As has already been mentioned, a cord of epithelium

running in a lateral direction is also present in the case of

the first molar. The cord is, however, very little developed ;

it runs continuously backwards, and at the level of the dental

rudiment of the second molar it comes into connexion with

the enamel-organ of the latter; but simultaneously it sends

off inwards a second strong cord of epithelium of considerable

length, which terminates with a knobbed swelling (vide

fig. 8). ‘The swelling is surrounded by close-packed strands

of connective tissue, arranged concentrically, and exhibits at

its free end two slight indentations, while at the same time

in the connective tissue, which lies beneath, the first beginnings

of a papilla become visible, The structure does not lie as it

might be behind the large rudiment of the second molar, but

to one side of it, placed at a considerable distance towards the

interior; and I can therefore not regard it otherwise than as

the rudiment of a successional tooth. Thus it is demon-

strated that the second molar (and naturally the first also) is

in its origin in no way different from the teeth lying in front

of it. ‘THE TWO FIRST SO-CALLED MOLARS OF THE UPPER

JAW BELONG TO THE FIRST DENTITION.

Shortly after the successional tooth has disappeared from

the scene the second molar also disappears further backwards,

and no indication appears of the rudiment of the last two

molars. It is reserved for further investigations, prosecuted

upon more comprehensive material, to display the earliest

rudiments of these.

In the lower jaw the development of the molars has

advanced further ; the third molar also is already developed,

somewhat smaller, it is true, than the preceding one, but still

already provided with all its cusps. Here the conditions are

such that, from the first molar onwards, an epithelial cord

runs uninterruptedly through the posterior portion of the

lower jaw, and, flattened out like a plate, passes above and

laterally on the inside of the dental rudiments. It soon

comes to pass that this cord has no longer any connexion

with the epithelium of the cavity of the mouth, since the

latter withdraws more towards the middle in consequence of

the growing together of the margins of the upper and lower

jaws. At each enamel-organ of the three molars a branch

now passes off from this broad and very conspicuous epithelial

cord, so that in each case the appearance of a dichotomic

294 Mr. W. Warren on new

division is presented. The enamel-organs of the molars are

therefore here also in connexion with an epithelial cord,

which is prolonged laterally on the inside of the dental rudi-

ments; we have in this case also the representation of the

origin of teeth of the first dentition before us, although rudi-

ments of the second dentition are not distinctly formed. ‘The

epithelial cord terminates further back in a knobbed swelling,

which is perhaps the earliest rudiment of the fourth molar.

Although the facts may yet be considerably amplified by

further investigations, nevertheless I consider that I may

already maintain that embryology furnishes no support for

_attributing the first two so-called molars of the upper jaw and

the first three similar teeth of the lower jaw to another den-

tition than that to which are attributed the rest of the teeth

which lie in front of them. here are no molars at all, but

premolars. The dentition of Dide/phys which cuts the gum

and is permanent therefore belongs (with the exception of

the last molars, which appear at a late stage of development)

to the first series, or the milk-dentition,

XLV.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide

contained in the British-Museum Collection. By W.

Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

[Continued from p. 179.]

MICRACTIS, gen. nov.

A subdivision of Botys. Characterized by the presence of

a small raised linear dash close to the base immediately

beneath the interno-median vein of the fore wing of the male.

The females are always larger and generally paler than the

males.

Type ML. nubtlalis, Hib. (Pyralis).

Micractis sanguinealis, sp. 0.

Fore wing deep yellow, more or less thickly suffused with

dull red, the costa throughout deeper; lines themselves red-

dish; first curved outwardly, preceded by a yellowish space,

the basal area up to it suffusedly reddish; central space

between the two lines thickly suffused with red, the two stig-

mata deeper; second line, slightly serrated, forms a distinet

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 295

outward curve in the middle, and is followed by a broadish

yellow fascia, the outer edge of which is likewise serrated ;

beyond this the whole hind margin is densely reddish fus-

cous; fringe dark -cinereous. Hind wing yellow, with

ereyish-iuscous margin and an indistinctly expressed central

shade. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish; legs white ; abdo-

men yellow. Underside dull yellowish grey.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from Japan.

Opsiborys, Warr.

Opsibotys, Warr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1890 (i1.), p. 474.

Opsibotys latipennis, sp. n.

_ Fore wings pale straw-colour, with the markings yellowish,

viz. the costa, the two stigmata, and the two lines, the first

of which is very indistinct and the second denticulated ; a

faint undulating submarginal line. Hind wings with a central

spot, a curved central fascia, and a faint submarginal one

yellowish. In the male the yellowish parts are tinted also

with grey. Thorax and abdomen straw-colour; head and

collar yellowish. Underside dirty ochreous, with all the

markings very faint.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

- One female, one male, from Japan.

‘The species reminds one of a JMicract’s, but the male is

without the characteristic marking of that genus. Both

wings are rather broad.

Opsibotys ocellalis, sp. n.

Fore wing fuscous-brown, elongate; first line invisible,

second strongly serrated, the serrations thrown up by a

slightly paler shade beyond it; a conspicuous pale yellowish-

white spot at end of cell; fringes concolorous. Hind wing

with second line repeated; fringes with pale apices.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

One male trom Japan.

Related to the American species mustelinalis and fumo-

feralis.

SERICOPLAGA, gen. nov.

Like Opsibotys in structure, but distinguished by the shape

of the fore wings, of which the apex is produced and pointed

296 Mr. W. Warren on new

and the hind margin concave in the upper half and bulging

out in the lower ; “the scaling is smooth and glossy and the

fringes white. Superficially it bears a resemblance to the

East-Indian genus Leucocraspeda, Warr.

Type S. externalis, Warr.

Sericoplaga externalis, sp. n.

Fore wings reddish ochreous, glossy, dusted with fuscous,

the costa greyish at the base; lines dark grey, first line denti-

culated, oblique, approaching second on the inner margin,

second line also denticulated, starting from the costa at two

thirds, forming a large curve for the first half of the wing

and running deep inwards along the first median nervule to

below the reniform stigma, and thence obliquely to inner

margin; a small dark spot in the cell beyond first line and a

lunular mark at end of cell; fringe with basal third dark

grey, apical two thirds silvery white. Hind wings like fore

wings, with only the second line represented. Head, thorax,

and abdomen concolorous with fore wings. Underside

whitish, with only the outer line and base of fringes dark

brownish.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from ‘Texas, in Zeller Collection.

ANTHOCRYPTA, gen. nov.

Related to Opsitbotys. Fore wings elongate ; costa slightly

sinuous, strongly convex before apex, which is prominent but

not acute, as in Sertcoplaga; hind margin sinuous, but much

less distinctly so than in Sericoplaga, the subapical sinus and

lower convexity being much fainter ; scaling fine and glossy.

Labial palpi not rostr iform, but shortly porrected horizon-

tally, the last joint quite small and bluntly rounded; maxil-

lary palpi very fine ; tongue rather large ; abdomen. length-

ened, extending bey ond hind wings; antenne simple 1 in both

sexes, in the male only showing faint traces of pubescence.

On the under surface of the male hind wings is a brown

patch, as if burnt, embracing the median and submedian

nervules.

Type A. subinguinalis, Guen. (Ebulea), D. & P. p. 35

GLAUCONOE, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa convex only before apex, which

is distinct, but not acttess ; hind margin oblique. Hind wings

well ronnded. Labial palpi triangul: ar, rather drooping, much

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 297

shorter than in Opstbotys; antenne long, two thirds the

length of fore wing, filiform in both sexes, and very finely

and shortly pubescent in male; abdomen long, in male with

a distinct, generally darker, anal tuft; scaling dull, slightly

iridescent ; markings very indistinct or obsolete.

Type G. deductalis, Wik. (Botys), xviii. p. 659.

Glauconoé subflavalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull yellowish ochreous, towards the inner and

hind margins almost wholly suffused with dull leaden-grey ;

the basal area, the costa broadly between the lines, and

shortly beyond the second line remaining yellow; first line

simply curved, second forming an angular prominence out-

wards in the middle; the intermediate space darker grey; a

dark grey lunule at end of cell. Hind wings grey, slightly

mixed with yellowish, with a faintly darker, paler edged,

central fascia. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow. Under-

side pale ochreous, with only the cell-spots and outer line a

little darker.

Expanse of wings 40 millim.

One female from Madagascar.

G. ceadesalis, Wik. (Botys), from Ashanti, of which the

type is in the British Museum Collection, as well as another

example from Kilimanjaro, may be the male of subfavalis ;

but in them there is no trace of yellow scaling.

Glauconoé fuscescens, sp. n.

Fore wings dull grey, with no markings whatever except

a dark lunule at end of cell and a small spot before it. Hind

wings wholly dull grey. Underside paler, whitish.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

One male from Sumatra.

NOoTASPIS, gen. nov.

_ Resembles Ostrinis, Hiib., in shape of wings, especially in

the strongly convex costa of the fore wing, but of stouter

build ; distinguished by the great length of the labial palpi,

which are quite three times as long as the head; the third

joint as long as the second, which projects beyond it at its

base both above and below; maxillary palpi erect, triangular,

cut straight off above; antenne in male finely but distinctly

ciliated ; last segment of thorax: with two snow-white lateral

spots ; second segment of abdomen with a large central one.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 22

298 Mr. W. Warren on new

Fore wing with the exterior transverse line closely approxi-

mating to the hind margin. Hind wing without markings.

Type N. tranguillalis (Botys tranquillalis, Led. W. KE. M.

vii. pp. 371, 466, pl. ix. fig. 16).

In the male the whole of the central field between the two

transverse lines is filled up with red-brown ; in the female of

Lederer’s figure this is only partially the case.

TERASTIODES, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Notaspis, Warr., by the shape of the

fore wings, which are much narrower, with a nearly straight

costa; hind margin for the upper two thirds vertical, then

suddenly oblique to the anal angle, so forming a decided

elbow ; inner margin a little concave before the anal angle;

labial palpi only as long as the head, triangular, with the

terminal joint short, hardly visible ; maxillary short, erect ;

antennz of male pubescent only ; last segment of thorax with

two silvery lateral spots of raised scales ; seeond segment of

abdomen with one large central one; penultimate segment

with a silvery white belt.

Type T. ochracealis (Terastia), Wik. xxxiv. p. 1308.

The similarity m ornamentation of the abdomen which

occurs in two so widely separated species as Notaspis tran-

guillalis and 7. ochracealis is noticeable; in other respects

they do not appear to be in any way related.

STENOCHORA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, in female with the apex somewhat

produced and the hind margin sinuous, being slightly concave

just below the apex and above the anal angle, in the male

with the hind margin very oblique and simple, the apex being

bluntly rounded. Hind wings rounded. Both wings broader

in female than male. Palpi porrect, rostriform as in Opsi-

botys ; antenne moniliform in both sexes, slightly pubescent

in male ; abdomen long, in male with a distinct anal tuft.

Type S. lancinalis, Guen. (Rhodaria), D. & P. p. 160 (B.

expeditalis, Led. W. E. M. vii. pp. 372, 466, pl. ix. fig. 15).

AGLAOPS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa nearly straight, convex before apex,

which is distinct; hind margin obliquely curved. Hind

wings rounded. Palpi porrect, rostriform, comparatively

large ; antenna simple‘in both sexes, very finely pubescent in

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 299

male; middle tibia of male enormously enlarged and flat-

tened ; abdomen of female short, stout, of male elongated,

slender; scaling fine, pulverulent; markings two lines—the

first vertical, the second sinuous, denticulate—and two stig-

mata. Hind wings without markings.

Type A. furnacalis (Mecyna), Meyr. Tr. E. S. 1886,

p. 264.

HYALORISTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, three times as long as wide; costa

straight ; hind margin oblique. Hind wings likewise some-

what elongate. Palpi rostriform, long for the size of the

species; forehead slightly protuberant; ocelli present; an-

teune simple, slightly pubescent in male; scaling fine and

smooth.

Type H. teniolalis (Rhodaria), Guen. D. & P. p. 172.

A natural group of insects hitherto comprehended within

the elastic limits of Botys ; of comparatively small size and

delicate structure, with the usual markings almost wholly

absent ; both wings showing a dark marginal suffusion; the

hind wings nearly transparent.

Hyalorista imitans, sp. n.

Fore wings yellow, suffused with darker towards the costa ;

an oblique, broadish, purplish-grey band near the base, and

another submarginal ; the outer edge of the former and the.

inner edge of the latter rather irregular; an indistinct dark

ocelloid spot at end of cell; traces of an exterior line appear

on the costa and in the disk. Hind wings whitish yellow,

yellow only along the inner margin, with an indistinct

darker submarginal band and a distinct purplish-grey blotch

on the inner margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen rather

deep yellow. Underside dull yellowish, with the markings

faintly darker.

Expanse of wings 14 millim.

Three males from 8. Paolo.

Resembles teniolalis, but smaller and much more indis-

tinctly marked.

ADELOIDES, gen. nov.

Characterized by the enormous length of the antenne and

the difference in the shape of the fore wings of the sexes.

Male with fore wing very narrow; the apex produced; the

hind margin very oblique. Female with fore wing broader,

22*

300 Mr. W. Warren on new

rounded, shaped like Hoterodes. Hind wing of male wholly

white, triangular, being produced towards the anal angle; of

female white, with dark margin, rounded. Antenne of

female setaceous, as long as, or longer than, fore wing ; of male

more than half as long again. Palpi porrected, drooping,

pointed ; ocelli present; tongue present; abdomen of male

very long.

Type Adeloides cinerealis (Hoterodes), Moore, P. Z. 8.

1867, p. 94.

ARCHERNIS, Meyr.

Type A. octoguttalis, Feld., Meyr. Tr. E. S. 1887, p. 220.

Archernis pubescens, sp. n.

Fore wings dull greyish yellow, suffused more or less with

fuscous grey ; first line brown, close to base, second line much

curved outwards in the middle and running in to quite halt

the length of the wing on the inner margin ; three whitish

semitransparent spots, one between the two stigmata in the

cell, one on the costa on the inner side of the second line, the

third in the middle of the disk, on the outer side of the second

line, in the angle formed where it turns vertically towards the

inner margin; submarginal space generally clearer yellow

than the rest of the wing; fringes yellowish. Hind wings

pale yellow, with a brown central spot and sinuous central

line. Head and thorax suffused with fuscous grey ; abdomen

yellowish. Underside like upper, but paler.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Several of both sexes from N. China and N, India (Dharm-

sala).

Nearest to A. purpurescens, Moore (Samea), from the

Andamans.

MESOTHYRIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa nearly straight, slightly convex

before apex, which is blunt; hind margin rounded. Hind

wings voanded: Palpi shortly rostriform; antenne (in female)

filiform ; cell in both wings very short, hardly one third of

the length of the wing ; first. median ae ule starting imme-

diately before the end of cell, third and radial on a long

footstalk, second from the stalk’ halfway between first and the

origin of the other two. ‘This neuration obtains also in

the hind wing, where also the two costal branches are on a

long stalk ; owing to the shortness of the cell the two stig-

Genera and Spectes of Pyralide. 301

mata are very close to the base of the wing; between them is

a scaleless white transparent spot.

Type M. aluensis (Botys), Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1887, ii. p. 123.

The male will very likely exhibit further peculiarities.

PRODASYCNEMIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with the costa slightly indented in the centre,

especially in male, convex before apex, which is very slightly

produced; hind margin obliquely curved. Hind wings

rounded. Palpi porrect, long, rostriform ; maxillary palpi

and tongue distinct; scaling hairy; fringes long. Distin-

guished by the fore tibiz of the male, which at their lower

end have a large rounded cushion of scales. Wings without

markings.

Type D. tnornata, Butler (Botys), Ill. Lep. Het. iii. p. 76,

pl. lix. fig. 12.

APLOGRAPHE, gen. nov.

Like Prodasycnemis, but without the tuft of scales on the

fore leg; wings smoothly scaled; shorter and broader than

in Prodasycnemis ; without markings, except in bisignata,

which has the stigmata manifest.

Type A. bisignata, Butler (Scopula), Ill. Lep. Het. vii.

p. 98, pl. exxxv. fig. 11.

Aplographe fulvalis, sp. n.

Fore wings wholly dull fulvous, the costa just darker.

Hind wings slightly paler. Fringes, head, and thorax con-

colorous. Underside paler, without markings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from the Cape of Good Hope.

Aplographe umbrosalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull greyish yellow. Hind wings more grey on

their basal half. Fringes pale yellowish. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous. Underside like upper, but with the

base of the fore wings greyer.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from N. China.

Near A. inornatalts, Leech (Botys).

302 = Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the

NascrA, Curt.

Type N. cilial’s, Hiib., Curt. Brit. Ent. xii. 599.

Nascia citrinalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale straw-colour, tinged with yellowish

towards the hind margin, with a yellowish spot at end of the

cell and slightly darker below the costa; fringes silvery

white, with a dark leaden-grey base. Hind wings pale

straw-colour, tinged with grey, much greyer along the costa ;

fringes also straw-colour. Head, thorax, and abdomen con-

colorous. Underside paler, with a brown subcostal streak in

the fore wing.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One female from Dharmsala.

Distinguished at once by its smoothness and total absence

of markings or streaks.

[To be continued. ]

XLVI.—WNotes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—

No. XXX. On Carboniferous Ostracoda from Mongolia*.

By T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., and JAMEs W. Kirksy,

Esq.

[Plate XVI.]

THE Ostracoda figured on the accompanying Plate represent

the leading forms of a series of specimens brought to Russia

from Mongolia, in a small collection of Carboniferous fossils,

by the eminent traveller M. G. N. Potanin, and which have

been selected and sent to us by M. P. N. Wenjukoff, of the

Geological Museum in the Imperial University at St.

Petersburg.

Most of the species, if not all, are well known also as

British fossils ; but we think them of sufficient interest for

special notice on account of their coming from so distant a

locality. It was previously known that certain of these

species enjoyed a great range in time, being common to both

* No. XXIX. appeared in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for October

1890.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 803

Carboniferous and Permian strata; it is now evident that

they had a very wide geographical range.

The specimens chiefly belong to species of Bairdia. They

have evidently been obtained from a hard dark-coloured

limestone. Nearly all of them are complete carapaces, not

single valves. The particulars sent to us as to locality are

that they were found in the “ Carboniferous Limestone of the

River Bardun, falling into the River Ezsin, South Mon-

plia,”’ *.

The following brief notes refer to the species and varieties

determined by us.

1. Leperditia Okeni (Minster), and var. inornata (M‘Coy).

(Pl. XVI. figs. 1 and 2.)

Leperditia Okeni, Jones and Kirkby, 1865, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 406, pl. xx. figs. 1-3; and var. inornata (M‘Coy),

op. cit. vol. xvili, 1866, p. 44.

Several examples of this species and its varieties occur in

this set of Ostracoda. Fig. 1 represents a good example of

the typical form. Fig. 2 is from a specimen that agrees

closely with the variety dnornata (M‘Coy). ‘There are

other individuals belonging to a variety larger than either of

these, being fully one ninth of an inch long and more oval in

outline. These are similar to an unnamed form (hitherto

grouped with the species) from Holwell, in Somerset, and

other localities.

L. Okeni (with its varieties) is a common and widespread

species in the Carboniferous-Limestone series. In these rocks

it occurs in England, Scotland, and Ireland; and it has been

found in strata more or less equivalent in Nova Scotia,

Belgium, Germany, Russia tf, and now in Mongolia.

2. Bythocypris bilobata (Miinster). (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.)

Cythere bilobata, Miinster, Jones and Kirkby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 3, vol. xv. 1865, p. 409, pl. xx. fig. 10.

There are three examples of this species, all of which are

similar, both in size and in other respects, to British specimens.

This species occurs in the Carboniferous Limestone of

Russia, Bohemia, Belgium, and England.

* See also ‘La Faune du Calcaire Carbonifére Inférieur du Bardoun

en Mongolie,’ par P. Venukoff: 8vo, St. Petersburg, 1888, in Russian

and French, pp. 211 and 2265.

+ See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv, 1875, p. 54.

304 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the

3. Bythocypris (?) cuneola, Jones and Kirkby, var.

(Pl. XVI. fig. 4.)

Bythocypris(?) cuneola, J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, xvili. 1886, p. 250, pl. vi. figs. 1 and 2.

Fig. 4 represents a single specimen of a small Ostracod

that is doubtfully identified with B. (?) cuneola. It has about

the same size and general appearance, but its extremities are

too nearly alike; and its edge-view is scarcely cuneiform

enough for exact agreement with that species. It may,

however, be a variety of it.

B. (?) cuneola is a common species in the Carboniferous-

Limestone series of the North of England and Scotland.

4, Bairdia curia, M‘Coy. (Pl. XVL. fig. 5.)

Bairdia curta, M‘Coy, Jones and Kirkby, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xxxv. 1879, p. 567, pl. xxviii. figs. 1-8.

The specimen here figured is a nearly perfect individual of

B. curta (there are other specimens more or less imperfect),

and it shows the elegant form and broad subangulate anterior

extremity characteristic of this species.

B. curta was the first-diseovered representative of the

genus, and, though now well known as a British Carboniferous

fossil, it is nowhere abundant, nor had it until now been

found out of the British Isles.

5. Bairdia subelongata, Jones and Kirkby.

(Pl. XVI. fig. 6.)

Bairdia subelongata, J. & K., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxy. 1879,

p. 578, pl. xxx. figs. 1-11 and 16.

Many of the specimens of this small set of Mongolian

Ostracoda belong to . subelongata; and, though one of the

most typical has been chosen for illustration, there are others

showing much the same range of variation that obtains in

series of British specimens, as neticed in our memoir on

Bairdia (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1879).

B. subelongata is a well-known species from the Carbon-

iferous- Limestone series of Scotland and the north of England,

6. Bairdia plebeia, Reuss. (Pl. XVI. figs. 7 and 8.)

Bairdia plebeia, Reuss, Jahresb. Wetterau. Ges. 1854, p. 67, fig. 5;

Jones and Kirkby, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879,

p. 569, pl. xxviii. figs, 9-19.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 305

There are several examples of this common species, though

they are not so abundant or so well developed as those from

many British localities. Those figured are the most typical,

others show some varietal differences.

B, plebeia is perhaps the best known of the Carboniferous

Bairdiw, at least in Britain. It is also known from the

Carboniferous strata of Russia. It was first found as a

Permian species, and as such it is one of the most common

Ostracods of the Magnesian Limestone of England and of

the Zechstein of Germany.

7. Buirdia brevis, Jones and Kirkby.

CE y i. fic. 9.)

Bairdia brevis, J. & K., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. p. 575,

pl. xxxi. figs. 1-8.

There are a few examples of this species, and they are not

to be distinguished from those known to us from the Carbon-

iferous-Limestone series of Scotland and England, where it is

not an uncommon fossil.

8. Bairdia amputata, Kirkby. (Pl. XVI. fig. 10.)

Bairdia amputata, Wirkby, Transact. Tyneside Field-Club, vol. iy.

1859, p. 155, pl. xi. fig. 22.

This species is represented by five or six individuals, in all

of which its subpentagonal outline is well marked. The

specimens show the valves to have been coarsely pitted.

BL. amputata is found in the Carboniferous- Limestone series

of Scotland and the north of England, and in the Permian

rocks of Durham.

9. Bairdia ampla, Reuss. (Pl. XVI. fig. 11.)

Bairdia ampia, Reuss, Jahresb. Wetterau. Ges. 1854, p. 68, fig. 7;

Jones and Kirkby, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879, p. 571,

pl. xxvii. figs. 20-25, and pl. xxxii. figs. 17 and 18.

Fig. 11 evidently represents B. ampla, although the cara-

pace is rather longer than in some examples of the species,

not more so, however, than in others found in British Carbon-

iferous strata.

B. amplais known as a British species in the Carboniferous-

Limestone series, though it was first found in the Zechstein

of Germany. We have also figured and described Carbon-

iferous specimens of it from Russia *.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xy. 1875, p. 56, pl. vi. fig. 5.

306 On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

10. Bairdia grandis, Jones and Kirkby.

(PI. RVistie, 12.)

Bardia grandis, J. & K., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879,

p- 572, pl. xxix. figs. 1 and 2.

Of B. grandis, as known in Carboniferous strata, there are

several finely developed and characteristic specimens in this

collection, the one figured being one of the best.

Whether this robust form of GBairdia is exactly the same

as the Permian Ostracod described and figured by one of us

in 1859 as B. plebeia, Reuss, var. grandis, is not quite clear,

for the latter is only known to have occurred once, and then

in an imperfect condition. ‘There is no doubt, however, as to

these Mongolian specimens being the same as the Carbon-

iferous Ostracod which we here and elsewhere refer to as

B. grandis. They are the same in size, general form,

thickness of the shell, and other particulars characteristic of

the species.

BL. grandis occurs in the Carboniferous- Limestone series of

Scotland, and less rarely in the same series of the north of

England.

11. Bairdia Hisingert? (Miinster), var. Mongoliensis.

(PL XVI. fig. -T5:)

Bairdia Hisingert (Minster), Jones and Kirkby, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soe. vol. xxxv. 1879, p. 570, pl. xxix. figs. 4-10,

Besides the species already noticed there is another form

that scarcely agrees with any described Bairdie. It is

probably nearest to B. Hisingert, with which, as a variety,

we place it at present. It differs from good examples of that

species in the dorsal border being straight in the middle and

then inclined strongly to the front, also in its longer and more

definite anterior and posterior slopes, and in its more rounded

anterior extremity. Its carapace is thus highest at the ante-

rior third, and its general form is decidedly more elegant

than that of B. Hisingert proper. We distinguish it as

var. Mongoliensis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

(All the figures are magnified about 25 diameters.)

Fig. 1. Leperditia Okeni (Miinster). Carapace, showing left valve.

Fig. 2. Leperditia Okeni (Minster), var. tnornata (M‘Coy). Carapace,

showing left valve.

Yg. 3. Bythocypris bilobata (Minster). Carapace, showing right valve.

On the Variation of the Genus Arion, Fér. 307

Fig. 4. Bythocypris? cuneola, J. & K., var. Carapace, showing right

valve.

Fig. 5. Bairdia curta, M‘Coy. Carapace, showing right valve.

Fig. 6. Bairdia subelongata, J. & K. Carapace, showing right valve.

Fig. 7. Bairdia plebeia, Reuss. Left valve.

Tug. 8. Bairdia plebeia, Reuss. Cuarapace, showing right valve,

Fig. 9. Bairdia brevis, J. & K. Left valve.

Fig. 10. Bairdia amputata, Kirkby. Carapace, showing right valve.

Tig. 11. Bairdia ampla, Reuss. Left valve.

Fig. 12. Bairdia grandis, J. & K. Carapace, showing right valve.

Fig. 13. Bairdia Hisingeri? (Minster), var. Mongolensis, noy. Cara-

pace, showing right valve.

XLVII.—Notes on the Variation of the Genus Arion, Feér.

By Watrer E. CoLLinGe, Assistant Demonstrator in

Zoology, St. Andrew’s University.

THE diversity of opinion that at present exists as to specific

and varietal forms in this genus induced me some time ago

to collect a large quantity of the different species and varieties

from many parts of the country for careful comparison and

anatomical examination. Some Arion empiricorum, Fér.,

which are at present under observation, are of interest in that

they approach a Portuguese form described some little time

ago by Simroth, viz. var. Bocage’. From the descriptions

below it will be seen that these variations are so slight that

it would be absurd to name them individually ; and as they

are likely to occur elsewhere I now describe them, hoping

thereby to save future collectors from adding to an already

overburdened nomenclature.

The specimens I have were collected in Yorkshire ; but

allied forms have also been found in Ireland by Dr. Scharff *

and at Guernsey by Mr. Brockton Tomlin f.

Arion empiricorum, Fér.

Var. Bocage?, Simroth.—Sides blackish, back decidedly paler

or white. Portugal.

Subvar. nov.—Sides blackish, back grey ; margin of sole light

yellow. Ireland (Scharff).

Subvar. nov.—Sides blackish, back light bluish grey; foot

whitish, margin of sole white. Yorkshire (Collinge).

* Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. vol. iv. ser. ii. p. 560, pl. lvi. fig. 16.

+ ‘ British Naturalist,’ p. 46 (1891).

308 Mr. O. Thomas—Notes on Dr. W. Kiikenthal’s

Subvar. nov.—Sides blackish, back greyish ; margin of sole

light brown. Yorkshire (Collinge).

Subvar. nov.—Animal drab colour ; foot deep yellow, margin

bright orange. Guernsey (Loebuch).

After a careful examination of a number of brown and red

forms of A. empiricorum [ am much inclined to group

Mr. Roebuck’s var. brunneus as a subvar. of var. rufus, L.

The variety subreticulatus, Ckll., might also be grouped as a

subvariety of var. reticulatus, Roebuck. ‘There can be little

doubt but that the var. fallax, Ckll., of A. hortensis, Fér.,

is merely a form of var. subfusca, C. Pfr. The var. nov.

ulbipes lately described by Mr. Cockerell * is a very unsatis-

factory one, being made from a single immature specimen.

The white sole is such an unusual occurrence in A. hortensis

that it is important; but specimens frequently show light-

coloured soles in a young condition.

The many perplexing forms of Avzon which are at present

engaging the attention of conchologists cannot be rightly

assigned to this or that species from a mere examination of

the external parts, and it is to be hoped that future collectors

will abstain from adding useless synonyms to the list until

they obtain a better knowledge of the anatomy.

XLVUI.—Notes on Dr. W. Kiikenthal’s Discovertes in

Mammalian Dentition. By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

‘HE two important papers by Dr. W. Kiikenthal recently

published +, and translated in the present number of the

‘Annals’ }, render necessary a few words on the bearing that

the discoveries therein announced have on the theories of

tooth-descent current here and on the Continent.

On the first and most essential question as to the origin of

the present Mammalian diphyodontism, @. e. the possession of

two more or less complete sets of teeth, a milk and a perma-

nent set, two conflicting views have been advocated—(1.) that

this diphyodontism was present in the earliest Mammalia,

and has become reduced in the different orders to different

degrees, the lowest orders being paradoxically the most

* ‘The Conchologist,’ vol. i. p. 383 (1891).

t+ Anat. Anz. vi. pp. 869 and 658 (1891).

{ Supra, pp. 279, 285.

Discoveries tn Mammalian Dentition. 309

advanced in reduction ; and (II.) that Mammals were primi-

tively monophyodont and that the milk-dentition was super-

added as a secondary development, the development being

naturally most advanced in the highest orders.

The latter view was adopted and carried out in great

detail by myself *, and therefore now that Dr. Kiikenthal’s

discoveries have shed a new light on the subject I am impelled

to express the revised opinion that they have induced me to

form.

The second of the two theories referred to had as its primary

basis the nearly complete monophyodontism of the Marsu-

pials, and the moment these were proved to have been ever

more largely diphyodont than they are at present the whole

ease would fall to the ground. And such proof seems now

to have been found by Dr. Kiikenthal in the nearly complete

set of rudimentary successional teeth discovered by him in

embryos of Didelphys; which can hardly be interpreted

otherwise than he has done, namely as rudiments of a

previously functional second set of teeth.

Such being the case I am now for my own part prepared

to admit that Mammals must have been originally diphyodont

and that their regular diphyodontism was probably in direct

succession to the irregular polyphyodontism of their Reptilian

ancestors, or may even have existed in what were in other

respects members of the latter class.

At the same time it is evident that on this view many of

the known facts seem to become more instead of less difficult

of interpretation. Thus the fact that Z7r/conodon, one of the

earliest known Mammalia, changed a single tooth only +,

and that the very one which changes in the modern Marsu-

pials, now appears most inexplicable, and is alone almost

calculated to stagger belief in primitive diphyodontism.

This problem, however, may be left for time to unravel,

but its existence is sufficient to excuse those who, before

these latest discoveries were made, could not bring them-

selves to believe in that view of the ancestral history of

Mammalian teeth.

The same fact, combined with the presence of four un-

doubted premolars (of whichever ‘ series”) in so many of

the earliest Marsupials, renders it also difficult, if not impos-

* Phil. Trans. 1887, p. 443.

t The specimen of Yriconodon (Triacanthodon) figured in my paper

has, by the kind permission of Dr. Woodward, been carefully developed

beneath all the shisek=teatlh and reexamined by the light of Dr. Kiiken-

thal’s discoveries. No other successional teeth, however, besides that

below p.‘ are present in the jaw.

310 Mr. O. Thomas—wNotes on Dr. W. Kiikenthal’s

sible, to follow Dr. Kiikenthal in his homologization of the

changing tooth of Marsupials with p.’ instead of p.*, as it has

usually been considered to be, even if the missing premolar

has left no trace of its former presence in the position (next

anterior to “p.*””) which I suggested it had most probably

occupied. ‘The problem as to the homologies with each

other of the Placental and Marsupial teeth is one that will

need much further, and especially paleontological, evidence

for its solution; but comparing the dentition of Triconodon

with those of both groups, it is difficult to avoid coming to

the conclusion (1) that the changing tooth of Marsupials is

homologous with the changing tooth, the fourth premolar, of

Triconodon ; (2) that the four premolars of Triconodon are

homologous with the four premolars of the typical Placental

dentition *; and, as a consequence, (3) that the changing

premolar of Marsupials is homologous with p.4 of Placental

Mammals.

But if once the primitive diphyodont theory be admitted,

the homologization of the Marsupial molars with the milk

series 1s as likely as with the permanent, for originally all

the teeth would have been in duplicate, the posterior as well

as the anterior, and either set would be as likely to be sup-

pressed as the other. And furthermore, if this homology of

Dr. Kiikenthal’s is confirmed, and it seems well founded, in

all probability the same will prove true of the Placental

molars T, which we have as yet no real reason for knowing

to be serially homologous with the permanent more than the

milk set. In fact any presumption there may be one way or

the other is rather in favour of the Placental Mammals having

retained the same set as the lowlier and earlier Marsupials.

* Of course, as Mr. Bateson has shown (in his paper read before the

Zoological Society on Feb. 2—not yet published), one may easily attempt

to carry this principle of the individual homologization of teeth too far, as

no doubt in my efforts to find a nomenclature by which we could name

each Marsupial tooth I have myself done in my catalogue of that order.

Still, without entering into this question before the publication of his

paper, I may claim that the above is by no means a straining of the true

principles of tooth homology.

One possibility, however, would take away the value of the above

suggestion, namely if it were shown that neither Triconodon nor any of

the other 4-premolared Mesozoic mammals were marsupials at all; but

they have been considered as such by all palzeontologists, and the changing

of the last premolariform tooth is certainly not an argument against their

being so.

+ The close resemblance of mp.* to the molars both in form and struc-

ture has already suggested this homology to several observers, although it

has hitherto usually been explained by the adaptive necessity for a

grinding-tooth at the back of the tooth-row during youth.

Discoveries in Mammalian Dentition. 311

I do not quite understand why, merely on account of the

milk origin of the Marsupial molars, Dr. Kiikenthal says of

the Marsupials “there are no molars at all, but premolars,”

for the words molar and premolar in no way imply either

difference or identity of series, and the “ molars” are simply

the non-changing posterior teeth either of Placentals or Mar-

supials, whether homologized with the milk or permanent

series. In fact if the Placental molars are also of milk origin

their complete homology with the Marsupial posterior non-

changing teeth accentuates the right of the latter to bear the

name “ molar.”

Should, again, further research prove this to have been the

origin of the Placental molars, Dr. Kiikenthal’s extraordinary

and, to all appearance, most unlikely theory as to the fusion

of teeth of the permanent and milk sets in order to form the

molars will fall to the ground *.

Of other interesting points in Dr. Kiikenthal’s papers a

reference may be made to his theory as to the production by

fission of the many simple unicuspid teeth of Cetacea out of

compound multicuspid teeth, such as are found in other

Mammals. Combined with the fact that real congenital

fission does occasionally take place in Seals and other

Mammals, as pointed out by Mr. Bateson f, this brilliant

suggestion undoubtedly sheds a new light on the origin of

Cetacean teeth, and Dr. Kiikenthal may well be congratulated

on his clever interpretation of the facts. At the same time

his ideas on analogy and methods of evolution would appear

to be somewhat peculiar when he describes as analogous to

such a congenital fission the common mechanical wearing down

of a seal’s teeth to the roots, whence by the loss of the crown

two “teeth” are formed out of each one. Such a multipli-

cation of teeth may occur in any rooted-toothed animal if it

only live long enough, and can hardly be considered more

“ analogous”’ to true fission than the cleavage of a man’s jaw

by a battle-axe is analogous to hare-lip.

Another way, and one perhaps more probable, by which

Cetaceans may have obtained their numerous teeth is also

rendered possible by Dr. Kiikenthal’s observations on their

embryology. Instead of trusting to the comparatively rarely

occurring fission, the ordinary process of hypsodontism

applied to narrow multicuspid teeth, such as those of certain

* For all evidence as to this remarkable suggestion we have the mere

statement ‘‘ Beim ersten Molaren ist dies oft noch deutlich nachweisbar,

besonders schén z. B. an Embryonen von Spermophilus leptodactylus.”

+ In the paper already referred to.

312 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammalian Dentition.

Seals *, might easily and naturally produce a large number of

small separate teeth, united to each other in embryonic stages

but separate in after life. The different lamine of the

elephant’s molars, produced, as we know, simply by hypso-

dontism, are perfectly separate from one another until just

before eruption, and might easily come up as separate teeth

did the needs of the animal require it. And in the Cetacea

the gradualt lengthening of the separate cusps, combined

with firstly the later and later development, and finally the

total disappearance, of the connecting ‘‘ crown,” would be a

modus operandi so simple and so much in accord with what

is now going on in many instances, that I think the balance

of probability i is rather in its favour as compared to the theory

of multiplication based on spasmodic fissionf. It is, how-

ever, difficult to see how the relative claims of the two

suggestions can be adjusted, for Dr. Kiikenthal’s observations

are equally consistent with either, and direct paleontological

evidence on the subject we can hardly hope to obtain.

Dr. Kiikenthal’s suggestion of the converse of the fission

process, 2. e. the fusion of separate teeth, as a means whereby

the comparatively few and compound teeth of Mammals

might have sprung from the many simple teeth of Reptiles,

strikes me, on the other hand, as being by no means so happy.

Not only is its modus operandi almost inconceivable, and

quite unlike anything that is now going on, so far as we can

see, but it is also quite uncalled for, as the number of teeth

in the primitive Mammalia, commonly from 14 to 16 on each

side of each jaw, so far from being much less, is actually more

than that found in many of the Anomodontia §, certainly the

* Ki. g. Ogmorhinus.

+ Indeed this process is by no means necessarily very gradual or slow,

for within the single genus Procavia we haye both brachy odont and

hypsodont species, ‘while the closely allied genera Gerbillus, Meriones,

and Rhombomys present us, in the order named, with a complete transi-

tion from brachyodont Mus-like teeth to perfectly hypsodont, rootless,

ever-growing teeth, with the laminve entirely distinct from one another

throughout. The close alliance of these genera in other respects shows in

how short a period of geological time such great dental changes may take

lace.

{ The striking fact observed by Dr. Kiikenthal of the identity in

number of the cusps of the young compound teeth with the total number

of the adult simple teeth is dec idedly in favour of the method now sug-

gested, but, on the other hand, the appearances presented by the teeth of

the early Cetaceans, such as Syualodon, seem to be on the whole more

suggestive of fission than development by hypsodontism.

§ Of the Dicynodontia there are either no marginal teeth at all or only

a single pair, w ‘hile of the Thenodeae Cynosuchus has 11 or 12, A2wo-

saurus 8 to 10, and Lycosaw'us 9, or 10, while Empedias has 14 to 16 and

Titanosuchus 16 or 17 on each side of each jaw. See Lydekker, Cat.

Foss. Rept. B. M. iv. pp. 71-101 (1890).

On some undescribed Cicadidex. 313

most Mammalian of all the Reptilia. This fact is alone sufti-

cient to discredit Dr. Kiikenthal’s theory.

Dr. Kiikenthal seems to credit the advocates of primitive

monophyodontism with supposing that the present single

dentition of the Cetacea is an unmodified survival of the

earliest monophyodont condition; but this is not the case,

that view having never been taken, so far as I know, by

any one but Baume, and by him on the basis of a wholly

different theory. I myself * have supposed the ancestors of

the Cetacea to have passed through a more or less diphyo-

dont stage, and to have afterwards lost one of their two sets

of teeth.

Dr. Kiikenthal is to be congratulated on the brilliant

results that have attended his investigations, and I trust that

he will continue his efforts to find out the true bomologies of

the different teeth, and thereby facilitate the work of those

who for systematic purposes need to have correet names under

which these important organs can be compared and described.

XLIX.—On some undescribed Cicadidex, with Synonymical

Notes. By W. L. DisTant.

I wAve had submitted to me for identification a number

of species belonging to this family contained in the collec-

tions of the South-African Museum at Cape Town and

the Australian Museum at Sydney. ‘The new species from

these sources and others which I have recently received

are here described, with a few synonymical notes and

corrections resulting from some perfunctory and hasty work in

other quarters. The legacy of bewilderment left to students

of the Cicadide by the late Mr. Francis Walker is already so

sufficing that it is earnestly to be hoped that such difficulties

be not increased by other writers unfamiliar with the

family. Like all other zoological groups Cicadide require

study, but have, unfortunately perhaps, been as much

obscured in printed matter as has proved to be the fate of

most families of the Rhynchota,

CrcaDIn 2.

Pecilopsaliria Triment, sp. n.

Head and pronotum fulvous and moderately pilose, meso-

* Te. p. 458.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 23

314 Mr. W. L. Distant on

notum and abdomen black. Head with a rectangular hollow

fascia on front, anterior margins of vertex angularly enlarged

at junction with front, a transverse fascia between the eyes

and the area of the ocelli, black. Pronotum with a central

longitudinal fascia transversely extended anteriorly and

posteriorly, the incisures and lateral margins black. Meso-

notum with two obconical fascie on anterior margin, the

basal cruciform elevation, a sinuated fascia connecting same

with the obconical spots, and lateral and posterior margins

ochraceous. Abdomen above moderately pilose, anterior

margins of the tympana ochraceous, segmental margins

clothed with ochraceous hairs. Body beneath and legs ochra-

ceous; head, sternum, and opercula greyish ; anterior margin

of head, lateral margins (excluding extreme edge) of sternum,

a basal spot to face, spots and streaks to femora and tibie,

and some small central spots to abdomen, black.

Teemina fulvous, mottled with dark fuscous, the venation

ochraceous at base and subsequently piceous towards apex ;

costal membrane ochraceous, its base and the basal cell largely

black. Wings black, the base irregularly ochraceous to about

centre, the outer margins broadly pale hyaline and with a

creamy white spot at the apex of the black coloration.

Rostrum reaching the posterior coxe, opercula moderately

overlapping at centre.

Long. ¢ 26 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim.

Hab. 8. Africa, Bushman Land (Warden). Cape Town

Mus. and Coll. Dist.

The peculiar coloration of the wings will render this species

easily recognizable.

Pecilopsaliria Peringuey?, sp. 0.

Closely allied to P. Trimen?, but differing in the following

characters :—The head is more conical and less truncate in

front, the lateral margins of the pronotum are more acutely

angular in dilatation, the face is broader, the abdomen beneath

with black fascize on the segments, and the wings without

the ochraceous basal area, being wholly black, with the

exception of the creamy white spot near apex and the broad

pale hyaline outer margins.

Long. g 24-26 millim. ; exp. tegm. 68-78 miilim.

Hab. 8. Africa, Damara Land (G. Yatton). Cape Town

Mus. and Coll. Dist.

Thopha sessiliba, sp. n.

Body above, dark ochraceous. Head with the margin of

some undescribed Cicadidxe. 315

front and a broad facia between the eyes pale castaneous.

Pronotum with the incisures pale castaneous, the lateral and

posterior margins stramineous. Mesonotum with four ob-

conical castaneous spots, the central pair smallest. Abdomen

above castaneous, the base ochraceous, the apical segment

thickly greyishly pilose. Body beneath ochraceous ; the face,

fascia between face and eyes, legs, abdomen, and inflated

tympana castaneous ; anterior margins of tympana beneath

ochraceous.

‘Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous,

becoming darker towards apices. ‘Tegmina with the costal

membrane and the basal cell ochraceous ; anterior margin =

basal cell and anterior margin of claval area dark castianeous

claval area pale sanguineous.

Long., excl. teom., 3 42 millim. ; exp. tegm. 126 millim.

Hab. Australia, Sydney.

This species differs from Thopha saccata, A. & S., the only

other described species of the genus, by the much more

strongly sessile eyes, a character alone which will instantly

separate the species. Besides this structural feature, the

colour is much paler, the body almost glabrous above, and

not pilose as in 7’. saccata ; the head, sternum, and opercula

beneath ochraceous and not very dark castaneous, and the

abdomen is narrower and more attenuated.

TIBICENIN.2Z.

Graptotettix thoracica, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum bright pale ochraceous,

abdomen pale sanguineous. Eyes fuscous. Pronotum with

the posterior, lateral, and anterior (as far as behind eyes only)

margins castaneous, "and with two jet-black central, discal,

curved fasciw. Mesonotum with four pale castaneous

obconical fasciz, the central pair smallest. Abdomen above

ochraceous near base. Body beneath and legs sanguineous ;

head beneath, anterior cox, and lateral margins of sternum

ochraceous ; spots on coxa black. (In the specimen

described the apex of one posterior femur and its tibia is

almost black, the other posterior leg is uniformly sanguineous.)

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, more or less completely

tinged with castaneous (in the specimen described more so on

one tegmina and wing than on the other), the venation

ochraceous or castaneous.

Long., excl. tegm., $ 28 millim.; exp. tegm. 75 millim.

Hab. Burma, Momeit.

23*

316 Mr. W. L. Distant on

This is a Burmese representative of the genus, hitherto only

represented by a single Himalayan and Chinese species, G.

guttatus, Stal. From this species it is differentiated by its

totally different colour and markings of pronotum; the front

of the head is also more angulated and the face more angu-

larly tumid.

Mogannia effecta, sp. n.

Mogannia effecta, Waik., MS.

Body and legs very dark bluish black; tegmina with the

basal half bluish black, this colour broadly margined at base,

costal area, claval area, and just before its extremity with

sanguineous.

Var. a.—The black area of tegmina streaked with pale

fuscous and the sanguineous margin to same very dull on

costal area and almost absent on claval area.

Var. 6.—The venation in black area of tegmina sanguineous

and concolorous with the surrounding margins.

Long., excl. tegm., 17-19 millim.; exp. tegm. 42-48

millim.

Hab. North-east India, Sumatra.

This is a common North-Indian species and of a very

distinctive pattern and coloration of tegmina.

Beturia bicolorata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum pale greenish ; abdomen

warm ochraceous, its apex green. Eyes pale fuscous. Head

beneath, sternum, and leos pale greenish, abdomen beneath

ochraceous. ‘l'arsi ochraceous.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation greenish or

ochraceous ; costal membrane of tegmina and the extreme

bases of tegmina and wings pale greenish.

Rostrum reaching posterior coxe, with its apex black;

anterior femora with three distinct spines.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 23 millim.; exp. tegm. 65 millim.

Hab. New Guinea, Fly River. Austr. Mus., Sydney, and

Coll. Dist.

A Beturia of striking bicoloration, of which at present I

have only seen two female examples.

Tibicen (Quintilia) Wealet, sp. n.

Body above and beneath with the legs black ; body beneath

with a broad, lateral, pale ochraceous fascia on each side

some undescribed Cicadide. 317

extending from eyes” to apex of abdomen. Head with the

eyes brownish ochraceous and a small ochraceous spot at base.

Pronotum with a central, elongate, ochraceous spot and with

the incisures brownish. Cruciform elevation at base of

mesonotum ochraceous, black at centre and near its apices.

Apices of femora and base of tibiae narrowly ochraceous.

T'ympana, opercula, and three indistinct longitudinal series

of very small spots to abdomen (one central, the other two

lateral) dull greyish.

Tegmina and wings hyaline, the tegmina slightly infus-

eate, the venation black dotted with ochraceous; transverse

veins at the bases of apical areas broadly and darkly infus-

cated, and a series of dark blackish marginal spots at the

apices of longitudinal veins to apical areas; wings with an

angulated blackish fascia situate on the transverse veins at

the bases of the apical areas; wings and tegmina narrowly

ochraceous at base.

The rostrum just passes the intermediate cox, the anterior

femora have two large and robust spines and a third, small

and indistinct, near apex; the head is broad and between the

eyes is moderately truncate.

Long., excl. tegm., g 19 millim.; exp. tegm. 45 millim.

Hab. 8. Atrica (Mansel Weale).

This species is allied to 7. (Quintilia) vitripennis, Karsch,

from which it is distinguished by the dark central fascia to

the wings; in general appearance it somewhat resembles the

Indian species 7’, subvittata, Walk.

MASUPHA, gen. nov.

Allied to Cicadatra. This genus is to be recognized prin-

cipally by the tegmina, in which the basal cell is large,

broader at base than at apex, and not twice longer than its

extreme breadth; the costal margin of the radial area is more

or less curved and gibbous, and the inner ulnar area is dis-

tinctly broader at base than at apex.

Masupha ampliata, sp. n.

Body above blackish or very dark castaneous; head and

thorax moderately pilose, more thickly so beneath than above.

Head with a large ochraceous spot on the anterior margins

of vertex adjoining front ; eyes pale fuscous. Pronotum with

the margins and a central longitudinal fascia ochraceous, the

incisures brownish. Mesonotum with two central, linear,

ochraceous fasciz, which are thickened posteriorly, the lateral

318 Mr. W. L. Distant on

margins very narrowly ochraceous and the cruciform elevation

ochraceous, with its anterior margin blackish. Abdomen .

with almost the posterior halves of the segments ochraceous.

Legs, rostrum (excluding apex), opercula, and central area of

abdomen beneath ochraceous; streaks and spots to legs,

outer basal angles of opercula, and the face castaneous.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline and talc-like, their bases

narrowly ochraceous, marked with fuscous; tegmina with

the venation ochraceous or pale fuscous, the costal membrane

and inner margin of claval area ochraceous, the transverse

veins at the bases of second, third, and fourth apical areas

infuscated, and some irregular fuscous spots or shadings on

the longitudinal veins of the third, fourth, fifth, and seventh

apical areas. Wings with the venation ochraceous and with

some submarginal fuscous spots or shadings on the longitu-

dinal veins to the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth apical areas.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 63 millim.

Hab. S. Africa, Ookiep. Cape Town Mus. and Coll.

Dist.

A striking and uncommonly marked species; the pale

wings and tegmina with their submarginal maculation, the

ochraceously fasciated abdomen, and the gibbous costal

margin to the radial tegminal area render it easily recog-

nizable.

Masupha delicata, sp. n.

Very closely allied to the preceding species J/. ampliata,

but differing by its larger size and much less gibbously

produced costal margin to the radial area of the tegmina;

the abdomen above is more ochraceous, with a large black

basal spot, the front of the head is pale castaneous, with two

central darker lines, the body is much more uniformly ochra-

ceous beneath, and the submarginal spots to tegmina and

wings are paler and more obscure.

Long., excl. tegm., g 23-27 millim.; exp. tegm. 65-72

millim.

Hab. 8. Africa, Ookiep and Bushman Land.

Mus. and Coll. Dist.

The two species above described are structurally distinct

by the length and shape of the tegmina.

Cape Town

Callipsaltria bicolorata, sp. n.

3. Body black ; apical margins of vertex of head, pro-

notal margins, two very obscure obconical spots to meso-

some undescribed Cicadide. 319

notum, apices of cruciform elevation, apical margins of

abdominal segments (some effaced), lateral margins of

sternum, a spot at base of face, rostrum (excluding apex), and

apex of abdomen beneath dull ochraceous ; the rudimentary

opereula greenish grey ; legs black, spotted with ochraceous.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation brownish

or fuscous; costal membrane to tegmina ochraceous.

? (var.?). Transverse veins at the bases of second and

third apical areas infuscated.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 20, ¢ 18 millim.; exp. tegm., g

46, 2 45 millim.

Tab, S. Africa, V. Wyks Vley (Alston). Cape Town

Mus. and Coll. Dist.

The largest of the species of Callipsaltria yet described.

Psilotympana infuscata, sp. n.

Head and thorax above black; abdomen reddish, with the

base and a central longitudinal fascia black ; apical margins

of frent and apex of head, posterior and lateral margins of

pronotum, two curved central fascize to mesonotum, connected

with the cruciform elevation and posterior margins of abdo-

minal segments, ochraceous. Body beneath and legs pale

ochraceous and moderately pilose ; sulcation and striations of

face, streaks to femora and tibie, and some small coxal spots,

blackish.

Tegmina and wings pale smoky hyaline, tegmina with the

veins fuscous and with slight marginal infuscations; wings

paler.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 17 millim.; exp. tegm. 38 millim.

Hab. 8. Africa, Hex River Valley. Cape Town Mas. and

Coll. Dist.

This species is allied to P. fus¢formis, Walk., from which

it can at once be separated by the infuscated tegmina.

Fidicina Miilleri, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum dark olivaceous, some-

times almost black ; abdomen above blackish ; body beneath

and legs dark olivaceous or blackish and strongly pilose ;

apices of the femora and bases of the tibia narrowly pale

ochraceous ; posterior tibize pale olivaceous, with the apices

pitchy ; rostrum (excluding apex) pale olivaceous. Hyes

olivaceous ; body above sparingly pilose, lateral margins of

the abdomen prominently greyishly pilose.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous

320 Mr. W. L. Distant on

or fuscous; tegmina with the basal cell, costal membrane,

postcostal area and base of claval area blackish ; the trans-

verse veins at the bases of the apical areas all darkly infus-

cated, and a submarginal series of small fuscous spots on

the apices of the longitudinal veins to apical areas; wings

with the base and half of anal area blackish, containing

three ochraceous spots, the lowermost of which is somewhat

bifid.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ ¢ 31 millim.; exp. tegm. 90 millim.

Hab, Brazil, Santa Catarina.

This species is allied to F. pullata, Berg, but differs at

ouce from the description of that species by the peculiar

ochraceously-spotted black basal area of the wings.

The female now before me is much paler in coloration

than the male.

Carineta tracta, sp. 0.

9. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous ; abdomen

above castaneous. Head with two spots on front, the apical

margins of vertex and the area of the ocelli black. Pronotum

with a central subtriangular spot near base, with a small

rounded spot on each side, black. Mesonotum with two

central obconical spots, from which on each lateral margin a

short line emerges, a central linear and two rounded spots in

front of the cruciform elevation, a spot at the lateral margins,

extreme basal margin, and a spot on anterior angles of basal

cruciform elevation, black. Head beneath and sternum

ochraceous, legs and abdomen beneath very dark castaneous ;

coxe, apices of femora, bases of tibiz, and posterior tarsi

(excluding apices) ochraceous ; two central longitudinal fascie

to face, a spot between face and eyes, base and apical half of

rostrum, very dark castaneous.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous

and fuscous ; tegmina with the costal membrane ochraceous ;

wings with a rather large fuscous marginal spot at apex of

anal area, and a short ochraceous and black marginal streak

at basal margin of same.

Long., excl. tegm., @ 28 millim.; exp. tegm. 82 millim.

Hab, Ecuador.

A species somewhat allied to C. postica, Walk., by the

markings of the wings, but differing from that species by the

larger, more robust, and differently coloured and ornamented

body, much wider pronotum, shorter and broader head, Ke.

some undescribed Cicadidee. 321

Carineta centralis, sp. 0.

Body above castaneous and pilose; head with the eyes, a

central spot to front, apical margins of vertex, and a spot at

base greenish ochraceous. Pronotum with the margins, a

central fascia bifurcate posteriorly, and with some ovate

diseal markings, greenish ochraceous. Mesonotum with two

central obconical spots, beneath and bounding which is a

large triangulated spot, the lateral margins and basal cruci-

form elevation, greenish ochraceous. Abdomen with three

longitudinal greenish-ochraceous fascizx, one central and two

lateral. Head beneath, sternum, and legs ochraceous, body

beneath dark castaneous ; apices of rostrum and tarsi pitchy.

Tegmina and wings pale smoky hyaline; the venation

brownish ochraceous ; tegmina with two indistinct fuscous

longitudinal streaks m each apical area, and a marginal series

of fuscous linear spots. Wings with a central fuscous spot

near end of radial area, the apical margin and inner basal

margin of anal area infuscated, and an outer marginal series

of fuscous linear spots.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 65 millim.

Hab. Ecuador.

Apart trom other characters this species may be recognized

by the central fuscous spot to the wings, which, with the

fasciated abdomen, allies it to C. trévittata, Walk., from

which, however, it differs by its larger size, absence of dark

spots to tegmina, the more produced and conical frontal portion

of head, uniformly narrow central sulcation to face, &e.

Carineta matura, sp. n.

6. Body and legs warm dull ochraceous. Head with

the basal margin and area of the ocelli black, the front with

two marginal blackish streaks. Pronotum with a narrow,

dark, central, longitudinal line, on each side of which is an

obliquely curved and dentate black line, a short black streak

near each lateral margin, and lateral and inner basal margins

also black. Mesonotum with two central black-bordered

obconical spots on anterior margin, on each side of which is

a longer and more acute spot, a waved and pointed spot in

frent of the cruciform elevation, and a short black basal

streak on each side of the same. Abdomen above and beneath

with the lateral margins strongly and palely pilose. Beneath

the anterior and intermediate coxe are spotted with pale

fuscous, and the abdomen is marked with a central longitu-

dinal fascia of the same colour.

322 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Rostrum with the apex fuscous and reaching the posterior

coxe.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation dull

ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., 15 millim. ; exp. tegm. 46 millim.

Hab, Venezuela.

The most closely allied species to the one here described is

C. calida, Walk.

Melampsalta rosacea, sp. n.

d. Head greenish ochraceous. Pronotum and meso-

notum pale greenish, the last with two obscure obconical spots

at anterior margin, and with two dark greenish but obscure

fascize on each side. Abdomen rosy castaneous. Head and

thorax beneath greenish ochraceous ; legs pale greenish, with

the apices of the tibiz and the tarsi pale fuscous. Abdomen

beneath paler than above, with the segmental margins

narrowly ochraceous. Opercula pale greenish, obliquely

directed inwardly, concavely narrowed on each side near

base, and with their apices rounded.

Rostrum greenish ochraceous, its apex pitchy and just

passing the intermediate cox. Anterior femora armed

beneath with three strong spines.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the first with the basal

portion of venation ‘greenish, remainder and that of wings

pale fuscous.

Long., excl. tegm., 23 millim.; exp. tegm. 59 millim.

Hab. New Caledonia and Ruk Island.

A female specimen from New Caledonia now before me

has the abdomen as dark beneath as above, with an obscure,

central, longitudinal, pale fuscous fascia.

Melampsalta convicta, sp. n.

Body above brownish ochraceous. Head with the frontal

margins and the area of the ocelli black. Pronotum with

three small and very obscure black spots near anterior

margin, the incisures also somewhat darker. Mesonotum

with four obconical black spots, the outermost two very long,

and two rounded spots in front of the anterior angles of the

basal cruciform elevation, black. Abdomen with “transverse

fasciz at the anterior segmental margins and a series of

lateral marginal spots, black. Body beneath brownish

ochraceous ; the disk of lateral striations to face, apex of

rostrum, and a basal spot to abdomen black ; femora pale

castaneous.

some undescribed Cicadidie. 325

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous ;

tegmina with the postcostal area infuscated.

Anterior femora with three distinct and robust spines, the

apical one smallest. Abdomen (¢) very much attenuated

to apex, which is also elongate.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 19 millim.; exp. tegm. 56 millim.

Hab, Norfolk Island.

A species to be superficially recognized by the attenuated

abdomen and the infuscated postcostal area to the tegmina.

Melampsalta abdominalis, sp. n.

Body above black. Head with a central spot to front,

apical margins of vertex, a central spot near base, and the

eyes ochraceous. Pronotum with a central discal elongated

spot, beneath which are two small transverse spots, ochra-

ceous. A spot on each side of the cruciform elevation and

the metanotal margin ochraceous. Abdomen with two

oblique reddish ochraceous macular fasciz on. the last three

segments, and in the female two elongate sulphureous spots

at the base of the anal appendage. Head beneath and

sternum black; a spot at base and the margins of face, a

marginal spot near insertion of antenne, coxal margins, legs

and abdomen beneath reddish ochraceous ; longitudinal fascize

to legs, the anterior tibie, tarsal claws, central basal spots,

and a series of marginal spots to abdomen black.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation blackish ;

costal membrane and postcostal area of tegmina ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 2 20 millim.; exp. tegm. 58-60

millim.

Hab. Australia, Victoria (Stephen Barton). Austr. and

Tasmania Mus., Syd., and Coll. Dist.

In one varietal female specimen now before me the lateral

ochraceous, macular, abdominal fascia extend over the last

four segments, with a central spot of the same colour on the

preceding segment.

This species is allied to MW. Landsboroughi, Dist., but is

especially to be distinguished by the abdominal markings.

Melampsalta extrema, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black. Abdomen ochra-

ceous, with the basal margin and the two apical segments

black ; a central longitudinal spot to the penultimate segment

and the posterior margin of the apical segment ochraceous.

Head with the front excluding two marginal spots, anterior

324 Mr. W. L. Distant on

marginal angles of vertex, and the ocelli ochraceous; eyes

pale brownish. Pronotum with the margins, and a central

longitudinal fascia, on each side of which are discal curved and

transverse streaks, ochraceous. Mesonotum with two central

fascie thickened posteriorly, the lateral margins and basal

cruciform elevation (excluding anterior angles and central

margins) ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous,

femora streaked with castaneous; a broad central fascia to

face, head beyond face, coxal fasciz, sternal spots and basal

angles of abdomen black.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, their bases very nar-

rowly ochraceous, the venation generally fuscous; costal

membrane to tegmina ochraceous, with its outer margin

narrowly fuscous. Wings with the inner margin and outer

apical angle of claval areas infuscated.

Female with the upper surface of the abdomen ornamented

with transverse central segmental black spots, and the two

terminal segments are not wholly black as in the male.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 2 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 47

millim,

Hab. N.W. Australia, Roebourne. Austr. Mus., Syd.,

and Coll. Dist.

A distinct species, to be primarily distinguished by the

colour of the abdomen, the thoracic markings of the upper

surface, and the fuscous markings on the claval area of the

wings.

Melampsalta rotundata, sp. n.

$. Body above black and moderately greyishly pilose.

Head with the anterior angles of vertex, an indistinct central

linear basal spot, and the ocelli ochraceous. Pronotum with

the basal margin and some indistinct anterior and posterior

marginal spots ochraceous. Mesonotum with two central

linear and inwardly angulated fascie, the lateral margins

and basal cruciform elevation ochraceous. Abdomen (exclu-

ding basal segment) with transverse ochraceous segmental

fascia, and macularly marked with grey pilosity. Margins

ot face, legs, and abdomen beneath ochraceous; femoral

streaks and bases of tibize blackish.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous,

becoming fuscous towards apex; tegmina wide, arched, and

rounded.

Female.—From the specimen now before me generally

paler in hue than the male.

ane excl. tegm., ¢ 9 14-15 millim.; exp. tegm. 31

millim.,

some undescribed Cicadide. 825

Hab. South Africa, Stellenbosch. Cape Town Mus. and

Coll. Dist.

A very distinct South-African species, defined by the

broad and rounded tegmina, approaching in this respect the

peculiar facies of some Australian species.

SYNONYMICAL NOTES.

The following synonymy refers to two South-African

species, of which I was able during the lifetime of my late

friend Dr. Signoret to compare the types in his collection

made by the late Dr. Sial, with those of Mr. Walker in the

British Museum :—

Tibicen ( Quintilia) primitiva.

Cicada primitiva, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 218. n. 171 (1850),

Tibicen primitiva, Stal, CEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 485.

Tibicen (Quintilia) hematinus, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 40. n. 18 (1866).

Quintilia hematina, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxv. p, 121. n. 52

(1880).

Tibicen (Quintilia) monilifera.

Cicada monilifera, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 219. n. 172 (1850).

Tibicen monilifera, Stal, CEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 485.

Tibicen (Quintilia) maculinervis, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 33. n. 8 (18686).'

In the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society’ (Zoology),

vol. xxiv. pp. 128-131 (1891), Mr. Kirby has described as

new four species of Cicadidw from Ceylon. These descrip-

tions may be interpreted as follows :—

Dundubia mixta, Kirby, (. c. p. 128,= Cicada viridis, Fabr.

Syst. Rhyng. p. 39. n. 25 (1803), excl. syn.

Pomponia Greeni, Kirby, 1. c. p. 129,= Pomponia Ranson-

nett, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i.

p- 872 (1888).

Pomponia elegans, Kirby, /. ce. p. 150,= Terpnosia* psecas,

Walk. List Hom. i. p. 65. n. 28 (1850).

Cicadu aptcalis, Kirby, 7. ce. p. 131,=Tibicen nubifurca,

Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 28 (1858).

* Terpnosia, gen. nov. Closely allied to Pomponia, but with the tym-

pana almost entirely uncovered, thus locating the genus in the subfam.

Tibicenine. (More fully described and figured in my forthcoming part

of the ‘ Monograph of Oriental Cicadide.’)

326 On some undescribed Cicadide.

In the ‘Transactions of the New Zealand Institute,’

vol. xxiii. p. 49 (1890), Mr. G. V. Hudson has published a

paper on “ New Zealand Cicade ”’ *.

Cicada muta, Huds. 7. c. p. 51.—Mr. Hudson thus refers

to the well-known MMelampsalta muta, Fabr., and describes

several varieties which apparently belong to two distinct

species—J/. muta, Fabr., and J. angusta, Walk. These

varieties have also previously been described by Walker as

distinct species, while Mr. Hudson again describes under the

name of Cicada aprilina (l.c. p. 53) another form of the

Fabrician species. ‘The synonymy is as follows :—

Melampsalta muta,

Tettigonia muta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. 4, p. 25. n. 35 (1775); Syst. Rhyng.

p. 43. n. 58 (1803),

Cicada muta, Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 757. n. 48 (1790).

Cicada cutora, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 172. n. 116 (1850).

Cicada ochrina, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 34 (1858).

Melampsalta muta, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Firh. 1862, p. 484.

Cicada muta, Huds. (nart.), Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. xxiii. p. 51 (1890).

Cicada aprilina, Huds. tid. p. 53 (1890).

Melampsalta angusta.

Cicada angusta, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 174. n. 121 (1850) ; Stal, CEfv.

Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 482.

Cicada rosea, Walk. List Hom. i. p. 220, n. 173 (1850).

Cicada bilinea, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 34 (1852).

Melampsalta rosea, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 484.

Cicada muta, Tuds. (part.), Trans, N. Zeal. Inst. xxiii. p. 51 (1890).

Cicada tristis, Huds, ¢. c. p. 52,= Melumpsalta seutellaris,

Walk. List Hom. i. p. 150. n. 88 (1850).

Cicada tolanthe, Huds. l. c. p.53, belongs to the genus

Melampsalta. 1n a book entitled ‘ An Elementary Manual of

New Zealand Entomology,’ bearing date 1892, Mr. Hudson

gives a figure of a Cicada iolanthe, sp. n., without any

description or reference to his previous description in the

* This family name should be more correctly spelt ‘ Cicadida,” espe-

cially as Mr. Buckton has even more erroneously used the term “ Cicadee ”

for nearly the whole of the British Homoptera (‘Monog. of the British

Cicade,’ by G. Bowdler Buckton, 1890-91), “ Philosophical entomolo-

gists” who contemn “systematic entomologists’? must at least be pro-

tected by their weaker brethren from forming wrong conclusions on

careless systematic work.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 327

Trans. New Zeal. Instit. for 1890. This figure must be

ignored, as the colour is unlike the species and the venation

portrayed is also different from any known genus of

Cicadide.

Cicada casstope, Huds. 1. c. p. 54,= Melampsalta nervosa,

Walk. List Hom. 1. p. 213. n. 166 (1850).

L.— Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

Polyzoa, 1880-91.— Appendix. By the Rev. THomAS

Hixcxs, B.A., F.R.S.

{Continued from vol. viii. p. 480.]

‘ Annals,’ August 1881 (p. 65 sep.).

Mucronella teres, sp. n.

Syn. Mucronella levis, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, July

1882; Prodr. Zool. Vict. decade xii. p. 64, pl. exvi. fig. 3.

There can be no doubt that MacGillivray’s J. levis is

identical with the present species, of which it must rank as a

synonym. ‘The only differences between the two as described

are that in J/. levis three spines are present in front of the

oceclum on each side, whilst in the specimens which I

examined there were only two, and that the small nodular

projection on the inner face of the mucro in JZ teres is not

noted by MacGillivray. ‘These points are quite immaterial.

Ibid. (p. 65 sep.).

Mucronella spinosissima, sp n.

This species is identified by Waters* with JJucronella

Peachit, var. octodentata, Hincks, and Miss Jelly has taken

the same view in her ‘ Catalogue ;’ but I am quite unabie to

accept their decision. JZ. spinosissima is, I have no doubt,

identical with the fossil form from New Zealand described

by Waters (doc. cit.) ; it agrees with his diagnosis even in

* “Tertiary Cheilostomata from New Zealand,” Quart. Journ, Geol.

Soc. for Feb. 1887, p. 56.

328 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

minute particulars*, but it differs essentially from M. Peachié,

var. octodentata. From the latter it is distinguished by its

lageniform cells, the tall, neck-like, tubular peristome, which

is more than suberect, sometimes standing up almost at right

angles to the cell-wall, the rim bearing at the back and round

the sides about eight rather short spines set closely together,

the front margin carried up into a somewhat broad mucro,

often bi- or tridentate, and by its recumbent ocecium. It is

also furnished with an oral denticle, but it differs in form and

position from that of the variety ‘octodentata. The cells of

M. spinosissima are very ventricose below, the surface is

smooth and shining, and a line of small cireular pores rans

round the margin. I have no doubt of its distinctness from

the British form.

In my “Report on the Polyzoa of the Queen Charlotte

Islands” I have described a supposed variety of the present

species under the name J/. spinosissima, form major T.

Further consideration has convinced me that the supposed

variety is really a distinct species, with some marked charac-

teristics, of which the tubular structure in the cell-wall is

probably the most important. I propose to name it Mucro-

nella perforata.

Miss Jelly also ranks Lepralia multispinata, Busk, as a

synonym of the variety octodentata}. Upon this I can only

remark that the general character and the details of structure

seem to me strikingly dissimilar in the two forms. ‘This must

be apparent, I think, on a comparison of Mr. Busk’s figure

with myown. I may ‘direct attention specially to the enlarged

figure of the orifice of L. multtspinata §, which represents a

totally different structure from that which is characteristic of

M. spinosissima,

In his ‘Challenger’ Report (part 1, p. 160) Busk has

described a variety of AZucronella ventricosa, which he has

named multispinata and which he was inclined to think

might be identical with my JZ. Peachi?, var. octodentata.

His form, he contends, must be referred to J/. ventricosa

rather than to J/. Peachti, and judging from the detailed

account which he has given of it there can be little doubt

that he is right. On the other hand, some of the most

* It is furnished, like the fossil species, with the broad, flat, oral den-

ticle, directed downwards and ov erhanging a large portion of the orifice,

mentioned by Waters. It may be added that the upper margin of the

primary orifice is distinctly crenulate.

t+ “ Report Pol. Q. C. I.” p. 27 (sep.), pl. ili. fig. 5.

be Synonymic Catalogue,’ p. 195.

' § Quart. Journ. Mier. “Sel. , ‘‘Zoophytology,” n.s. i. p, 78, pl. xxxii.

g. 6. :

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 329

distinctive features of JZ Peachii are present in my variety —

the smaller cell, the absence of striation on the front wall,

the less massive mucro, and the comparative smallness of the

oral denticle. The two forms are probably distiuct; Mr.

Busk’s figure in the ‘ Challenger’ Report ean hardly be

referred to the var. octodentata.

M. Peachii and M. ventricosa are closely allied species

and have recently been united by Lorenz. They are liable

to much variation, but there is a strongly marked character

about the normal J. ventricosa.

Ibid. (p. 66 sep.).

Mucronella tricuspis, sp. n.

Syn. Evxochella longirostriz, Jullien, Mission du Cap Horn, Bryozoaires,

vol. vi. 1888, p. 55, pl. iii. figs. 1-4.

I can see no difference of any moment between this species

and Evxochella longirostris, Jullien. The pores round the

margin of the cell in the latter are wanting in my specimens

of M. tricuspis; but this is a variable character and has no

diagnostic value. The difference may be due to the degree

of calcification. Except in this one particular there is a close

agreement between Dr. Jullien’s figure (fig. 4), which is an

admirable one, and my own.

As for the genus Ezochella, it seems to me to be super-

fluous. It is founded on a single character of no special

importance—the elongate tooth on the lower margin of the

orifice, ‘‘ forming a kind of spur,” and dividing the lower lip

of the peristome into two distinct portions. It genera are to

rest on such slight foundations they may be indefinitely

multiplied and will lose altogether their significance and value

as representative of leading morphological types.

Additional Loc. Vierra del Fuego; Chiloe Archipelago

(Darwin) ; Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope; Prince

Edward Island, 80-150 tath. (Busk, ‘Chall.’ Rep.); Port

Phillip Heads and New Zealand (MacG.). Fossil : Petane

(Waters) ; Ile Hoste, baie Orange ; Canal du Beagle, au sud

de Vile Gable (Jullien).

Ibid. (p. 66 sep.).

Rhynchopora longirostris, sp. n.

Not identical with Mucronella tubulosa, Hincks (see

‘Annals’ for August 1891, p. 172).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 24

330 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Ibid. (p. 68 sep.).

Cellepora granum, sp. Nn.

For synonyms see Miss Jelly’s ‘ Catalogue.’

Waters has remarked that this species is closely allied to

Lagenipora spinulosa, Hincks, and L. lucida, H. There are

no doubt points of resemblance, but the differences in the

structure of the zocecium &c. are probably of sufficient

importance to justify us in referring them to distinct genera.

The first of these species (LZ. spinulosa) he considers to be

probably identical with Cellepora bicornis, Busk*. I am

indebted to Dr. Giinther’s courtesy for the opportunity of

examining specimens of the latter from the ‘ Challenger’

Collection, and I am inelined to think that they are distinct

forms. One of the marked features of ZL. spinulosa is

the strongly reticulated surface of the cells. They are com-

pletely covered below the tubular peristome with rather

large roundish foramina closed in by a silvery-white mem-

brane and surrounded by a raised line, forming a distinct

network over the cell-wall. This is the usual and charac-

teristic structure, though occasionally in certain states it may

be more or less obscured. Of this there is no mention in

Busk’s deseription of Cellepora bicornis, nor is there a trace of

it in the specimens which | have examined. A few large

circular pores are present along the margin of the cell and

sometimes round the orifice.

The aviculiferous processes in C. bicornis, which are tall

and stout, are placed at the front of the peristomial orifice

(“‘ preoral,” according to Busk), and above them are fre-

quently two spinous processes; in L. spinulosa they rise on

each side close to the upper margin, and immediately below

the ceecium, when present. In this species the front margin

of the orifice (peristomial) is elevated above the rest, some-

what everted, plain or trimucronate; in C. bicorads it is

usually sinuated between the aviculiferous processes f.

The avicularium of this species is minute as compared

with that of the ‘Challenger’ form. There are also differ-

ences in the oeecium. ‘That of C. dicornis is small, globular,

smooth and glossy, with a roundish foramen closed in by

membrane (“ fissure,’ Busk) in front, surrounded by a raised

line; while that of Z. sptnulosa is semicircular, usually

placed far back, and often considerably below the oritice of

* ‘ Challenger’ Report, part 1, p. 202, pl. xxx. figs. 1 and 12.

Tt These processes appear to rise from the primary orifice.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 331

the peristome, the front flattened, and surrounded by an arched

line, within which the surface is minutely pitted. The cells

also differ in shape in the two species—those of C. bicornis

are very much swollen below and erect ; the walls are smooth

and entire. The large spatulate avicularia are not present in

L. spinulosa.

Additional Loc. Off Kast Moncceur Island, Bass Straits,

38 fath. (Busk, ‘Chall’ Rep.) ; New Zealand; Port Jack-

son, 8 fath.; Naples (Waters).

Ibid. (p. 68 sep.).

Lunulites incisa, sp. n.

This species seems to belong to the genus Conescharellina,

dOrb. A question arises as to its specific name. Haswell

described it in 1580 as Conescharellina conica; my account

of itappeared in 1881. So far therefore as time is concerned

Haswell’s name has precedence, But it has been suggested

by Mr. Waters that asa Batopora conica and Lunulites conica

had been previously published, Haswell’s name should be

rejected and ¢ncisa retained. How far this will hold good

can only be settled when the genera of the Selenarian family

have been more accurately determined,

Ibid. (p. 69 sep.).

Membranipora roborata, sp. n.

In the original account of this species I have left its syste-

matic position undetermined, referring it provisionally to

Membranipora. But I have no longer any doubt that it is

rightly placed in this genus. Its zocecium is strictly con-

formed to the Membraniporidan type; the mere habit of

growth we now know to be absolutely immaterial, whilst the

curious modification of the radical fibres (or tubes) is asso-

ciated with the most diverse zocecial characters and has no

generic significance. I am therefore unable to accept Mr.

MacGillivray’s genus Craspedozoum*, which, so far as the

essential points in the diagnosis are concerned, 1s a synonym

of Membranipora. ‘The peculiarity in the radical tubes

occurs in Mieroporella, in Menipea, in Sckizoporella (pro-

bably), and no doubt elsewhere. This structure is specially

liable to modifications correlated with diversities of habitat,

and has no significance as an indication of genetic affinity.

* “Descriptions of new or little-known Polyzoa,” part ix. fig. 4.

332 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

MacGillivray describes two species which he regards as

new, C. ligulatum and C. spicatum; but the differences

between these forms and J. roborata must be regarded, I

think, as merely varietal. The unilaminate condition of the

zoarium has certainly no specific value ; cases are not rare in

which the bilaminate structure and the unilaminate occur in

one and the same species. The other points relied upon—the

more slender branches, the occurrence of one avicularium

instead of two, the slight differences in the spines, and the

spike-like process on the ocecium—are all well within the

limits of specific variation *.

Ibid. (p. 70 sep.).

Membranipora amplectens, sp. n.

This interesting form is entitled to rank as the type of a

new genus on the ground of the remarkable structure of its

ovicelligerous cells. The ocecium itself is not merely a varia-

tion upon the ordinary form, but has a distinct morphological

character.

Family Membraniporide.

HETEROGCIUM, gen. nov.

Zoecia pyriform, aperture large, occupying about two thirds

of the front, closed in by a membranous covering and fur-

nished with marginal spines (calcareous) ; immediately below

the aperture a tall articulated spine. Oaeiuwm borne on

gigantic cells, which are elongate and of considerable width,

extending over almost the whole of the aperture, which is

covered by a roof composed of rib-like processes springing

from the opposite sides of the cell-wall, and bending slightly

inward so as to meet in the centre, where their extremities

are soldered together, whilst they are united laterally by a

calcareous expansion, the oral arch pointed; ovicel/igerous

cells placed between the divergent lines of zocecia at a bifur-

cation.

This form is nearly allied, so far as the structure of the

zocecium is concerned, to the group of Membraniporide which

Busk (following d’Orbigny) has referred to the family Elec-

trinide t, but is separated from it and from all the Cheilo-

* C. ligulatum and C. spicatum are placed amongst the synonyms of

Membranipora roborata in Miss Jelly’s ‘ Catalogue.’

+ ‘Challenger’ Report, pt. 1, p. 77.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 333

stomatous genera by its ocecial characters. Its ovicelligerous

cell differs essentially from the gonaciwm or sexual cell which

occurs amongst the Adeonee. The latter is an enlarged and

otherwise modified zocecium set apart for reproductive func-

tions. In the present genus there is a true external ocecium

or special chamber for the reception of the embryo, but instead

of being an appendage of the zocecium, as is usual, it is an

integral part of it, occupying the whole of the upper (or ante-

rior) portion of the cell which is inclosed by a ribbed roofing.

This bears a close resemblance in structure to the front wall

of the Cribriline zocecium, and like it has originated in a

modification and adaptation of the marginal spines.

The morphological history, then, of the ocecium in this

form is unique and its structural elements differ altogether

from those which are met with in ordinary species. There is

certainly a valid claim to generic rank.

In the absence of living specimens and of specimens

preserved in spirit it is hardly possible to interpret the struc-

ture and its functions fully; but we may hope that the

observations of the Australian naturalists will soon enable us

to complete the history.

Ibid. (p. 72 sep.) *.

Membranipora variegata, sp. n.

This species appears to be identical with MM. echinata,

@Orb. (Voy. Amér. mérid. pt. 4, p. 16). D’Orbigny does

not mention the pedicellate avicularia, and his diagnosis is

wanting in fulness; but there can be no doubt that he had

the present species in view. It will rank as JM. echinata,

d’Orbigny.

Additional Loc. Chiliand Peru (d’ Ord.) ; Queen Charlotte

Islands (Dr. Dawson).

Ibid. (p. 73 sep.).

Diuchoris (Beania) distans, sp. n.

Waters (‘f Australian Bryozoa,” ‘Annals’ for August

1887, p. 94) identifies this species with Diachoris spinigera,

MacG. He says, ‘ There is considerable irregularity in the

number of spines, and from this specimen I consider that D.

distans, Hincks, is too closely allied to be separated as a

species.”

* See also ‘ Annals’ for February 1882, ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 81 (sep.).

334 Bibliographical Notices.

I have already pointed out the many and important differ-

ences which there are between the two forms. A comparison

of MacGillivray’s figure with my own will show that they are

more or less dissimilar in almost every element of the struc-

ture. It is not the mere number of the spines which is

different ; the difference in character is much more important.

MacGillivray’s description, ‘long, slender, incurved spines,”

does not apply to those of B. distans. Their form and

arrangement, as shown in his figure, offer a complete contrast

to those of the present species *.

It is unnecessary that I should repeat here the careful

comparison of the two forms which is embodied in the

original account of B. distans; but I may emphasize the

differences in the avicularia, of which enlarged figures are

given,

‘ Annals,’ Feb. 1882 (p. 80 sep.).

Membranipora pilosa, Linn., form mu/tispinata.

This form was referred doubtfully to JZ. pilosa, but I now

regard it as a distinct species which will rank as JZ. multi-

spinata (see the original description, /oc. ezt. and the figure on

plate v.).

['To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Catalogue of the Type Fossils in the Woodwardian Museum, Cam-

bridge. By Henry Woops, B.A., F.G.8. With a Preface by

T. MeKenny Hvueues, M.A., F.R.S. 8vo. 189 pp. Cambridge,

L891;

To enable biologists to be within their rights, and not to infringe

on those of others, in giving original names to new genera of

animals and plants, there have been provided published lists (and

very lengthy catalogues they are) of the appellations already appro-

priated ; and lists of specific names are available to a limited extent ;

but still the recorder of a new species has to be assured whether or

no his specimens differ from or agree with already published forms ;

and to this end it is requisite that he should see those that have

been already described, the published figures and descriptions not

being always satisfactory.

* *Polyzoa of Victoria,’ decade vy. p. 82, pl. xlvi. figs. 3,

Bibliographical Notices. * “Sa6

These particular specimens or published types (by no means often

real biological types of species or genera) have unfortunately in

many cases been mislaid, or even lost; but to ensure that in future

paleontological workers should be able to find and examine them,

it has been proposed that catalogues should be made of such “ types ”

existing in public and private museums. ‘The Bristol Museum has

already supplied such a list, and the Catalogue before us is one of

such a desirable series. It contains notes on 1666 specimens that

have been either described or alluded to (with or without figures)

in books and memoirs, with references to authors, works, localities,

and formations; also to donors and collectors; adding synonyms

and occasional notes. .

Of these published “ types,” then, in the Woodwardian Museum

palzontologists muy find :—fossils of doubtful alliance, 17 ; plants,

37; sponges, 22; graptolites, 29; corals, 126; echinoderms (in

seven divisions), 122; worms, 13; polyzoans, 43; brachiopods, 143;

lamellibranchs, 291; gasteropods, 267 ; other molluscs, 141; trilo-

bites, 136; decapods, 34; phyllocarids, 24; other crustaceans, 15 ;

fishes, 75; reptiles, 74; other vertebrates, 17.

This book is well and clearly printed. There are but few verbal

errors to be noted besides those in the “ Corrigenda,”’—such as

Anomozamites minus {minor |, from the careless copying of a former

specific name; so also Acidaspis erinaceus instead of erinacea,

and p. 45, Vrachyderma levis {ve}; p. 115, Trochonema biju-

gosa [sum]; p. 126, Crioceras occultus [tum]; p. 169, Dorato-

rhynchus validum {dus|; Bowmani, at p. 146, and Philippi, at

p- 169, are misspelt, and the diphthongs are dropped in Maandrina

and Thamnastrea. At p. 154 “Glyphea” should be Glyphea,

and sublevis should be sublevis. These are flaws in a book of

nomenclature. The degradation of the rightful capitals in specific

terms derived from proper names, and the capricious reduction of zi in

genitives to a single 7, are nomenclatural faults due to the mistaken

notions of the neo-classicists. We should have liked that their

puristic notions had been better directed, and that they had printed

Lindstremia and Gepperti with real diphthongs instead of with the

modified vowel of the Germans; so also .Wimsteri should be

Muensteri.

Delagoa Bay: its Natives and Natural History. By Rosr Montetro.

With Illustrations. G. Philip and Son, 1891.

Tus brightly-written little book is from a lady whose name is well

known at Kew Gardens for the dried plants and seeds she has sent

home, and also to many entomologists as a collector of insects;

the frontispiece showing nine new species of African butterflies

which she discovered during her second visit to Delagoa Bay. The

author was no novice in African life, for she had already been in

Angola with her husband, the late J. J. Monteiro, an Englishman

336 Bibliographical Notices.

ot Portuguese descent, who wrote an excellent work on Angola and

the Congo, and who died on the first visit of the pair to Delagoa Bay,

whither they had gone with expressly scientific aims. Notwith-

standing its sad associations Mrs. Monteiro speaks well of this port,

which she calls ‘“ the finest natural harbour of South Africa; ”

adding that the fever and ague are much over-rated or largely due

to indiscretions in eating and drinking; while she makes fuu of her

troubles with the lazy, drunken, thievish Kafir servants, and even

extracts some amusement from the insect plagues, which are the

worst of all and omnipresent. Many practical hints are given

respecting the killing, baffling, or circumventing these last nuisances ;

and the experiences of the Pupalata or “ collecting lady” are told

with a brightness of style which in noway detracts from their

scientific value. Each chapter is illustrated with charming

vignettes by A. B. and E. C. Woodward, after original sketches by

the author; among the best being Breviceps mossambicus devouring

ants, and Solpuga fatalis in ambush, waiting for his antagonist—a

weird picture. From first to last this work maintains its interest,

and there is not a suspicion of padding about it.

La Plume des Oiseaux: histoire naturelle et industrie. Par Lacrorx-

Danuiarv.—L’amateur d°Oiseaua de Voliére. Avec 51 Figures

dessinées d’aprés Nature. Par Henrt Moreav. Bailliere et fils:

Paris, 1891.

Tue plan of the first work is to give a sketch of the birds which

yield feathers or down useful to man, the history of the prepa-

ration of these productions, the markets for them, and their

commercial importance. On these or similar lines it is easy

to compile a loose treatise on birds in general, especially on those

of which woodcuts are available, many of them being very old

acquaintances. Accuracy is not a distinguishing characteristic ; for

instance, in fig. 42, which, we are expressly told, is a representation

of one of the ostrich-parks in Algeria, the birds have three well-

developed toes on each foot, and in fig. 41 the ostrich pursued by a

mounted Arab is similarly gifted. The letterpress has no scientific

value, but as a book for young people who wish to improve their

knowledge of Frenchit can be recommended, as being more inter-

esting than the works usually put into their hands.

The second work is far superior to the preceding as regards the

letterpress, for the author is evidently no mere compiler, but has

a practical acquaintance with cage-birds. For young students of

French this book has the same advantages as the former, but

it is more ‘“ serious,” and consequently less entertaining, though of

greater practical utility.

Miscellaneous. 337

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Mr. Minchin’s Paper on Ascetta.

By R. vy. Lenpenretp.

Iy the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ (vol. xxxii.

p. 260) Mr. Minchin argues against the statement—made, as he

says, by me—that the central cavity of Huplectella aspergillum is a

pseudoscular tube forming part of the inhalant system.

In reply to this I must observe that I never said anything of the

kind, and that in perusing the passages of my ‘ Monograph of Horny

Sponges,’ from which Minchin quotes, I fail to see how he could so

far misunderstand my statements. What I dosay is “ that I think it

may not be impossible that in some of the cup-shaped or tubular

Hexactinellida” the central cavity may be pseudoscular (inhalant).

I never said that the central cavity is inhalant in any Hexacti-

nellid, not to speak of Huplectella, where such an assumption would

be quite preposterous.

As a foreigner I am unable to express myself in English as

clearly as I might desire; but nevertheless I feel that in this case

some hostile motive must have prompted Minchin to so surprising

an interpretation of my statements.

I can only say, (1) that I never doubted the exhalant nature of

the central cavity in Luplectella ; (2) that I fail to see how any one

can gather from my statements such a meaning as Minchin imputes

to them ; (3) that I uphold all my statements and conclusions on

this subject as correct and logical; and (4) that I regret to see a

misinterpretation of this kind used by a student of natural history

as a Weapon in a scientific controversy.

University, Innsbruck,

March 8, 1892.

Gymnorhynchus reptans, Rud., and its Migration.

By M. R. Montez.

Among the parasites of marine fishes one of the most curious is

certainly Gymnorhynchus reptans, which is harboured by several

hosts, and is in particular very common in the rough sun-fish

(Orthagoriscus mola), in which it inhabits by preference the liver and

muscles. This species is distinguished from the other species of

Tetrarhynchide which are known in the larval state by the curious

appendage which is found at the extremity of the vesicle into which

the animal retracts the anterior portion of its body, after the manner

of a Cysticercus. This appendage, which, in our species, may attain

the length of a metre, forms an inextricable network in the tissues

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 25

338 Miscellaneous.

of the host, and it is extremely difficult to extricate it entire; a cyst

protects the parasite throughout the whole of its length.

Gymnorhynchus reptans was hitherto unknown in the perfect

state: I have had the good fortune to meet with it in this state in

Oayrhina glauca. Baron de Guerne found at Concarneau in the

intestine of this shark some worms of large size, which he was good

enough to hand over to me to study; they unquestionably belong

to this species.

The individuals observed reach the length of 30 centim., while

the breadth of the neck scarcely exceeds that of the initial portion

of the chain; but this organ is much thicker, since it attains a

depth of 2 millim., while the first segments only measure about

half a millimetre: the ripe segments are almost square, measuring

4°5 to 5 millim. in breadth by 5 to 6 millim. in length; they are

swollen in the middle and marked at this point with a broad brown

spot, which corresponds to the mass of ova; the other segments

diminish successively in size until we come to the head.

Contrary to what was supposed by van Beneden, the vesicle into

which the anterior portion of the larva retracts itself, as well as its

enormous appendage, do not pass over to the final animal and do

not become sexual ; they are digested by the new host, and of this

exceedingly long animal there remains absolutely nothing but the

neck and that diminutive portion of the tissues which prolongs it,

and which we formerly called the generative zone, at the expense of

which the chain of segments is formed,

We may ask ourselves what is the morphological significance of

the appendage which prolongs the vesicle of Gymmnorhynchus in the

larval state—an appendage which is not found or which is very

rudimentary in the forms allied to this species: there is no doubt

that this is a structure perfectly comparable to that which we have

pointed out in several Cestodes of the type of Tenia serrata, which

exists in many other Cestode larve, if not in all, and which we

notice in particular in all those Cysticerci recently found in fresh-

water Crustacea. This portion of the body, which corresponds to

the hexacanth embryo, develops but little, or frequently falls off at

an early period, remaining simply indicated at the extremity of the

Cysticercus by an umbilicus of which we have explained the mode of

formation. It is necessary to note that, in the particular case of Gym-

norhynchus, the appendage is not degenerating, and that it retains

a large degree of vascularity and does not show any laceration in

the centre; it is a mistake, moreover, to have represented it as

jointed, since it only presents simple folds in its entire length.

I would add, in conelusion, that the dimensions of Gymnorhyn-

chus in the perfect state prevent the conclusion, advanced by Orley

in a positive manner, that the Cestodes of the cartilaginous fishes are

ulways of small size.—Comptes Rendus, tome exiii. no, 24 (December

14, 1891), pp. 870, 871.

Miscellaneous. 339

On Coral-Reefs of the East-African Coast.

By Dr. A. Orrmann, of Strassburg.

Since the publication of a more detailed treatise upon the subject

of my investigations into the coral-reefs of the German Kast-African

coast will still require some time, I venture to communicate herewith

a brief account of the most important of the results which have been

gained,

The entire East-African coast-region, so far as I explored it, from

Zanzibar southward to Mikindani, is one of negative shore-displace-

ment. I was able to collect proofs of this at the most widely

different spots ; just as, moreover, similar observations are already

available for two localities (Zanzibar and Songa-Songa Isl.) It is

probable that the same movement extends to the greater portion

of the East Coast of Africa.

The development of the coral-reefs also corresponds to this

negative movement: they accompany the coast throughout and are

true shore reefs (“* Strandriffe ”). Their horizontal extension in the

direction at right angles to the coast is in close connexion with the

slope of the sea-bottom from the shore-line to deep water. Where

great depths are found close to the shore (which occurs in our

territory chiefly in the south, near Lindi and Mikindani) there is

only a narrow shore reef; but where the sea remains shallow to a

greater distance from the coast (e.g. in the Mafia and Zanzibar

Channels) not only does the shore reef attain a greater breadth, but

also isolated reefs are found further outside. I term the latter

SHALLOW-WATER REEFS (“ Flachseerifle”). (J. Walther has adopted

the name peLacic REEFs for similar formations in the northern part

of the Red Sea: cf. J. Walther, ‘“ Die Korallenriffe der Sinaihalb-

insel,” Abh. K. siichs. Ges. Wiss. 24 Bd., 1888.)

I was nowhere able to observe a formation of barrier-reefs or

atolls, and after a careful study of the English Admiralty charts

their occurrence appeared to me to be improbable, even at spots

which | did not visit. As rrur barrier-reefs and reve atolls I regard,

be it well understood, only those which respectively exhibit a

channel or lagoon of great depth and rise from very deep water. I

am firmly convinced that forniations of this kind can only arise in a

region of positive shore-displacement, and that those cases are of

rare avd unusual occurrence in which they appear in stationary

regions. In this respect, therefore, I abide by the old theory of

Darwin and Dana, in opposition to the views recently published by

Guppy, who would deduce the existence of negative shore-displace-

ments from the actual presence of atolls. The very absence of such

reef-formations in our territory is an indirect proof that in regions

with negative shore-displacement atolls and the like are not formed.

I regard the atolls of the Straits of Jubal in the Red Sea, which are

figured by J. Walther (loc. cit.) not as TRUE atolls, in the sense given

above, but as atoll-like formations, resulting from the peculiar peri-

pheral growth of the corals, which can be observed on a small and

large scale in every coral-reef. Moreover the difference between

340 Miscellaneous.

the two formations has already been pointed out by Langenbeck *,

who has also endeavoured to show that Guppy’s theories are unten-

able.

As regards the more special study of the reefs, I have chiefly

devoted my attention to determining the way in which the reefs are

composed of the various forms of corals, how the latter are distri-

buted upon the reefs, and what is the nature of the bottom upon

which they rest. I cannot here enter into details, but would lay

special stress on two points only. The observation has already been

noted in various quarters, that Stony Corals may be temporarily de-

prived of water and exposed to the sun and the open air without

perishing. I made precisely the same discovery upon the reefs near

Dar-es-Salaam. Certain forms (Porites, Goniastrea, Celoria, Tu-

bipora) lie for hours during the ebb-tide, which is a very low one

in that region, freely exposed to the air, but live and thrive exceed-

ingly. That this faculty is wanting in other forms is shown at

once by the fact that a number of species are met with in the com-

pany of those mentioned above, at the same altitude of the reef, but

are there found only in holes and pools, so that they are always

covered by water.

The following observation is also important. I found at certain

points of the reefs near Dar-es-Salaam extensive banks of living

corals, resting upon a foundation which was quiteloose. The latter

consisted of detritus (sand and gravel), which was held together by

sea-wrack, and in this wrack were numerous corals, some of which

were of but little thickness, while others formed large blocks, of

which, moreover, entire banks were composed. All these blocks

lay loose upon the bottom ; I was able, provided their weight was

not so considerable as to offer resistance, to lift them up or roll them

over with ease. This observation is interesting in so far as it has

been maintained by J. Walther (/oc. cit.), that coral-reefs could only

become established upon a firm (rocky) bottom; which may, indeed

be correct enough so far as regards the forms mentioned by him

(the umbrella-shaped Madrepores). ‘There are, nevertheless, forms

of corals (I am here alluding to species of the genera Psammocora,

Montipora, and Lophoseris) which are capable of thriving upon a

looser bottom in large blocks and forming banks. Such banks may

then again furnish a basis for other corals.

In accordance with the negative shore-displacement I also found

an old coral-bed above the present level of the sea. The one which

T examined 7m sitwis of quite recent date, yet older raised beds of this

kind doubtless occur in the region in question. The coral structure

is for the most part no longer recognizable in the fossil beds.

The coral-fauna of Dar-es-Salaam is closely allied, as might at

once be conjectured from its geographical position, to that of the

Red Sea (cf. Klunzinger). Yet we here already find a few Pacific

types, which are wanting in the Red Sea.—dZool. <Anczeiger,

xv. Jahrg., no. 381 (Jan 11th, 1892), pp. 18-20.

. , Langenbeck, ‘Die Theorien iiber die Entstehung der Koralleninseln

&e.’: Leipzig, 1890,

Mag, Nat. fist. S.@. Vol. IX. Pl. XTYV.

Ann.

‘T

‘SIULNYUAINIdS ‘d 8 ® ‘g—Ef

AATXNH SOdOdIIVSa 4 X

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 6. Vol. IX. Pl. XV.

PSALIDOPUS SPINIVENTRIS

Ann & Mag Nat .Hist.S.6.Vol IX PU XVI

J-wK. del. Geo West 2 Song hthei inp

CARBONIFEROUS OSTRACODA FROM MONGOLIA.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 53. MAY 1892.

LI.—On some new Species of Histeride.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

THE greater part of the species dealt with in this paper are

contained in the collection of Mr. Fry, who has recently

received them from Burmah, Perak, and Sumatra; but I

have also included in it some descriptions of others which

have come to me from other sources. ‘T'wo species are from

Tasmania, taken by Mr. J. J. Walker during his visit last

year, and there are three species found by myself in Japan

and Ceylon.

The genus Cylistix has hitherto been considered an

American genus, and the occurrence of two species in Central

Asia is a matter of much interest, and I believe there is a

third in the Museum from the Andaman Islands. Having

alluded to the distribution of Cylistiz, I may mention the

curious fact that the genus //ster has as yet no representa-

tive in either Australia or New Zealand, and if Mr. Walker

fails to find any at Port Darwin or other places from which

he at this time dates his letters, the negative evidence of

their absence will be greatly increased.

Last December, in the Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, I gave a

list of the Histeride taken in Burmah by Signor Fea,

amounting to about ninety species ; the Burmese fauna is added

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 26

342 Mr. G. Lewis on some

to here by the addition of four very interesting insects taken

by Mr. Doherty.

List of Species arranged systematically.

Apobletes nigritulus. Triballus onustus.

Platysoma jejunum. opimus.

carolinum, Payk. Trypeticus Dohertyi, Lew.

Cylistix asiatica. nemorivagus.

orientalis. preedaceus.

Pachycrerus ritseme, Mars. Teretrius Walkeri.

Psiloscelis limatulus. Onthophilus tuberculatus.

Hister rugistrius, sculptilis.

famulus. Epiechinus taprobane.

Fpierus nemoralis. birmanus.

Xestipyge Fryi. Abrzeus mikado.

Notodoma solstitiale. Acritus shogunus.

rufulum. tasmaniz.

Eretmotus Leprieuri, Mars.

Apobletes nigritulus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, complanatus, niger, nitidus; pronoto stria antice

late interrupta; elytris punctato-striatis, striis 1*-4" integris,

5*—6* abbreviatis.

L. 23 mill.

Oblong-oval, black, shining; the head with a few large

punctures mixed with small and fine ones of various sizes,

ocular stria broad and rather deep, forehead lightly im-

pressed; the thorax, lateral stria somewhat sinuous, fine in

the middle, well-marked at the base and strong at the ante-

rior angle, ceasing behind the eye ; there is a line of scattered

punctures similar to those on the head on each side well away

from the margin, the disk is sparsely pitted with an

extremely fine punctuation, the edge of the base is punctured

from the angle to a point opposite the fourth stria, scutellar

spot scarcely visible; the elytra punctate-striate, striae 1—4

complete, fitth apical, reaching just beyond the middle, sutural

much shorter, neither reaching the middle nor the apex,

apical margins a little punctured; the propygidium and

pygidium punctured like the sides of the thorax; the pro-

sternum with fine punctures like the thoracic disk and some

large punctures on each side of the anterior lobe, bistriate,

striz widening out from each other in front of the cox; the

mesosternum smooth, bisinuous anteriorly, but the sinuosities

are extremely feeble, the stria is strong and complete, the

suture well-marked ; the metasternum has scattered points,

which become obsolete in the median area; the anterior tibie

are 5-dentate.

new Species of Histeride. 343

This species should be placed next to A. striatellus, Mars.

Hab. Madagascar (Tamatave).

Platysoma jejunum, sp. n.

Late oyatum, depressiusculum, piceum, nitidum ; elytris striis 14-3"

integris, 4"-6™ apicalibus ; propygidio pygidioque undique pune-

tatis.

L. 3 mill.

Broadly oval, rather depressed, pitchy red, shining; the

forehead microscopically punctulate, stria strong and complete,

feebly sinuous behind the mandibles, little bowed in front ;

the thorax smooth, stria entire, lateral interstice broadest

before the middle, scutellar spot very fine; the elytra, strie

evenly and well impressed, 1-3 complete, the first little bent and

following the outline of the wing-case, 4—5 straight, equal in

length, apical, and nearly reaching the middle; the propy-

gidium and the pygidium, the whole surface of these seg-

ments is densely punctured, there is no smooth or raised

margin whatever to either; the prosternum, lobe rather

densely punctulate, keel without striz ; the mesosternum is

broad, feebly sinuate behind the keel, anterior angles a little

oblique, stria complete, sternal plates and first segment of

abdomen impunctate, sutures faintly visible, metasternal

lateral stria is stronger than the mesosternal stria and these

strie do not quite join; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate,

tarsal grooves nearly straight.

This species is not similar to any of the described species

by reason of its breadth and comparative flatness. It may

be placed near to P. exortivum, Lew., a species resembling

jgunum in the tarsal grooves. ‘he sculpture of the pro-

pygidium and pygidium is characteristic.

Hab. Perak (low country). One example.

Hister cinnamomeus, White, 1846,=Platysoma

carolinum, Payk., 1811.

I have examined White’s type in the Museum, and I think

there can be no doubt that the locality given by him is a

wrong one: he was probably misled by the collector.

Cylistix asiatica, sp. n.

Oblonga, nigra, nitida ; pronoto parum dense punctato ; elytris striis

1*4™ suturalique integris, 5* basi interrupta; prosterno haud

striato.

L. 5} mill.

267

344 Mr. G. Lewis on some

Oblong, parallel at the sides, rather convex ; the forehead

excavated, distinctly punctured between the eyes, stria

transverse, sinuous, oblique near the eyes, ocular tubercle

conspicuous ; the thorax wholly punctate, marginal stria fine

and sinuous at the sides, obscurely crenulate behind the neck ;

the elytra, strie well impressed, 1-3 complete, third turning

towards the second at the apex, fourth broken before the base,

fifth apical, nearly reaching the middle, sutural nearly com-

plete, terminating behind the scutellum; the propygidium

nregularly punctate, subfoveolate at the sides; pygidium

evenly and rather densely punctured ; the prosternum, keel

carinate, widening out at the base, without stria, anterior lobe

sparsely punctulate ; the mesosternum rather widely emar-

ginate in front, stria strong at the sides, fine and scarcely

meeting behind the emargination ; the metasternum is bistriate

on each side, each stria well separated ; the sternal plates are

smooth ; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate.

This. species is certainly congeneric with Hzster cylin-

dricus, Payk., which is the type of the genus Cylistiz,

Marseul.

Hab. Perak (low country). One example.

Cylistix ortentalis, sp. n.

Oblonga, parallela, nigra, nitida, supra punctulata; fronte trans-

versim impressa; pronoto stria interna brevissima; elytris striis

1*-3™ integris, 4* dimidiata, 5*-6* basi abbreviatis ; prosterno

bistriato.

L, 3? mill.

Oblong, parallel at the sides, black, shining; the forehead

transversely impressed, stria strong and oblique over the eyes,

angulate in front of them, and very fine within the frontal

impression; the thorax evenly but not densely punctured,

with some fine points dispersed between the coarser punc-

tures; the elytra, the first stria is complete and continues

along the base of the elytra, and in continuing turns towards

the suture just before reaching the scutellum, forming thus a

margin to the base of each elytron, the second and third are

complete, the third joining the margin formed by the first at

the base, fourth apical, shortened and punctiform in the

middle, fifth longer and punctiform from the middle, sixth

longer and not ending in punctures ; between the fifth stria

and the suture are scattered dorsal punctures; the propy-

gidium and pygidium are clearly and somewhat densely

punctured; the prosternum, keel carinate, widening and

bistriate at the base, anterior lobe sparsely and obscurely

new Species of Histeride. 345

punctured; the mesosternum is widely and feebly emar-

ginate, stria complete, but not easy to see behind the emar-

gination, as the sternum is depressed at that part, at the sides

it is strong and straight; the metasternum, laterally bistriate,

strie oblique and parallel to each other; the anterior tibiz

are 4-dentate.

This species also belongs to Cylzst‘x, and in one of its

characters, namely the proximity of the metasternal striz, it

resembles C. cylindrica, Payk., more than C. astatica.

Hab, Siam (Renong). One example.

Pachycrerus violaceipennis, Lew., 1891,

=P. ritseme, Mars.

I find now that I was in error in regard to this species. I

was misled by Marseul’s description of the frontal strie. It

seems to me that there are two striz, but Marseul calls one a-

suture: perhaps his example was somewhat abraded.

Psiloscelis limatulus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, niger, nitidus, supra punctulatus; fronte foveolata ;

elytris striis integris, 5* suturalique antice conjunctis.

L. 43 mill.

Oval-oblong, rather convex, black, shining; finely and some-

what densely punctured above; the forehead longitudinally

foveolate, stria complete, straight in front, angulate behind

the mandibles ; the thorax with four feeble impressions, two

on each side, two fine marginal striz, one of which continues

behind the head, and well within the margin is an internal

stria very slightly abbreviated at both ends, leaving a wide

interstice in front, which gradually narrows towards the pos-

terior angle; the elytra, striz 1-4 complete, fifth and sutural

also complete and joined at the base ; the propygidium and

pygidium are densely punctured, with some very fine points

between the larger ones; the prosternum, keel narrow in

front, widening out triangularly at the base, margined late-

rally with a fine clearly marked stria ; the mesosternum is

truncate anteriorly, with a fine marginal stria; the sternal

plates and first segment of the abdomen are more finely punc-

tured than the upper surface; the anterior tibie are 6-7-

dentate.

This species is smaller than P. Castelnaudi, Mars., and

differs in three essential points, viz. the forehead has a deep

fovea, the thorax has an internal lateral stria, and the fifth

and sutural elytral strize join at the base.

Hab, Assam (Patkai Mountains). One example.

346 Mr. G. Lewis on some

ister rugistrius, sp. 0.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, biimpressa,

stria antice recta utrinque interrupta; elytris striis 1*-3™ integris,

4* et 5* apice conjunctis ; propygidio pygidioque dense ocellato-

punctatis.

L. 7 mill.

Oval, convex, black, shining; forehead distinctly and

somewhat densely punctulate, stria deep and straight ante-

riorly, interrupted on either side, with two shallow impressions

close behind it, mandibles externally marginate ; the thorax,

disk impunctate, lateral marginal stria very fine, external

wide and rugose, shortened before the base, internal also wide

and rugose, approaching the external posteriorly and turning

inwards after passing it, fine and crenulate behind the head,

interstice irregularly punctured, punctures clustered at the

anterior angle ; the elytra, striz (including the internal sub-

humeral) wide and deep, with the edges crenulate, 1-3 entire,

fourth sometimes complete but very fine in the middle, some-

times widely interrupted, with a short stria at the base and

an apical appendage which joins the fifth, which is equally

short, the sutural is apical but rather long and_ posteriorly

turns away from the suture; the propygidium and pygidium

are densely punctured, punctures distinctly ocellate, at the

apex of the pygidium there is a small fovea, more or less

distinct, with a narrow smooth margin behind it; the pro-

sternum is without sculpture; the mesosternum is feebly

sinuous in front, stria complete, margin narrow ; the anterior

tibiz are tridentate, the others multispinous.

This species should be placed close to H. metallicus, Lew.,

from India.

Hab. Mandan, Bengal (Cardon, 1891).

Hister famulus, sp. n.

Ovatus, niger, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque piceis ; pronoto utrinque

striato, stria brevi oblique impressa ; elytris 1*-4™ integris, 5*

apicali, suturali dimidiata.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, convex, black, shining ; the forehead, stria complete

and somewhat straight anteriorly, feebly sinuous laterally; the

thorax transverse, marginal stria very fine and complete,

invisible at the sides when viewed from above, internal lateral

stria oblique, short, and much abbreviated at both ends,

and it is well within the margin; the elytra, strie 1-4 com-

new Species of Histeride. 347

plete, fourth much finer than the third, fifth short and apical,

sutural a little longer, reaching beyond the middle; the pro-

pygidium is rather finely punctulate, punctures scattered ; the

pygidium with finer punctures and smooth at the apex; the

prosternum is carinate, without strize; the mesosternum is

obsoletely produced anteriorly (like that of HW. dentipes, Lew.),

marginal stria fine and complete, of the same form, but not

joined to that of the metasternum; anterior tibie 4-5-

dentate.

This small species is allied to H. myrmidon, Mars., and

others ; the short thoracic stria resembles that of HL. celestis,

Mars., but it is quite free of punctures.

Hab. Sumatra (Merang).

av 236 +.

Epierus nemoralis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, supra tenuiter punctulatus ; elytris

striis integris, 4* basi incurvata ; mesosterno antice subrecto.

L, 24-2? mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the forehead sparsely

and finely punctulate, with a short, rather deep stria over the

eye; the thorax is finely punctulate, with large punctures

scattered on the sides and disk, scutellar fovea very feeble, on

the edge of the base is a single row of punctures, stria well-

marked at the sides, fine behind the neck; the elytra are

without the larger punctures of the thorax, striz crenulate

and complete, the sutural being only a little shortened behind

the scutellum, the fourth stria turns conspicuously towards

the fifth near the base, the fifth turns feebly to the suture,

the sutural striz are straight, the interstices between the first

and third strie are the widest especially behind the middle ;

the propygidium and pygidium (except the apex) punctured

like the thorax; the prosternum is feebly and very sparsely

punctulate, strie widening out a little behind, but less so

anteriorly ; the mesosternum a little broad, stria complete,

nearly straight in front, and continuing down the sides of the

metasternum; the anterior tibie are multispinose; the legs

and antenne reddish.

This species is larger and more oval than the Asiatic

species known to me; the fourth stria being bent inwards at

the base seems to be a good differential character.

Hab. Assam (Patkai Mountains).

348 Mr. G. Lewis on some

Xestipyge Fry, sp. n.

Ovata, convexa, nigra, nitida; fronte distincte punctata; elytris

striis 1*-4™ integris, 5*-6* brevibus ; pygidio utrinque profunde

foveolato.

L. 23 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head striate over the

eyes only, sparsely punctate, punctures round and each one

distinct ; the thorax smooth on the disk, with a broad margin

of very distinct punctures at the sides, at the base there are

two large, shallow, scutellar punctures close to each other and

five or eight smaller and deeper punctures set along the basal

edge; the elytra, strie 1-4 complete, 5-6 apical, but passing

beyond the dorsal centre and punctiform at the ends, 4-6

being somewhat crenulate ; the propygidium is transversely

rather thickly punctured; the pygidium is smooth in the

median area, with two large and deep fovez, one on each side

at the base, apex with a few large punctures; the prosternum,

the keel is broad and rather short, with well-marked lateral

strie, feebly sinuous near the coxe, hamate in front; the

mesosternum feebly emarginate, marginal stria complete,

obsoletely crenulate, transverse stria slightly bent in the

middle, with eight or nine crenulations, and continuing along

the sides of the metasternum ; the first segment of the abdo-

men has large punctures posteriorly and at the sides; the

anterior tibie are 3—4-dentate.

This species is the most remarkable in this series. It is

congeneric with Homalister ornatus, Reitter, 1880, and it is

doubtful whether Xestipyge was sufficiently characterized by

Marseul to be given precedence; otherwise it has some years’

priority.

Hab. Burmah (Ruby Mines). One example.

Notodoma solstitiale, sp. n.

Globosum, flavo-rufum, nitidum ; pedibus flavis; elytris striis 1*—28

integris, 4" et suturali antice conjunctis, interstitiis impunctatis ;

mesosterno stria transversa nulla.

L, 22 mill.

Globose, yellowish red, shining; the forehead with shallow

punctures, not closely set, eyes a little obliquely placed; the

thorax clearly and evenly, not densely punctured, marginal

stria well-marked; the elytra are pale in colour at the base,

but without definite white spots, strie 1-2 are complete,

third absent, fourth and a sutural joined at the base, inter-

new Species of Histeride. 349

stices impunctate ; the propygidium and pygidium almost

impunctate ; the prosternum keel-shaped as an elongate tri-

angle, with a few scattered punctures, lateral striz necessarily

oblique ; the mesosternum, marginal stria complete, suture

visible, but there is no transverse stria; the metasternum,

median stria semicircular, not arched like those of N. fun-

gorum and globatum, and evenly crenulate, crenulations not

widened out; the legs are flavous, anterior tibie denticulate.

This small species resembles N. rufulum, but the forehead

is less wide and there is no transverse stria to the meso-

sternum, which is a very remarkable character.

The chief difference between N. fungorum, Lew., and

globatum, Mars., is that the interstices to the elytral stria are

punctate in the latter and smooth in the former, and it is a

matter for notice in a family where the elytral strie are

usually good specific characters that in all the pale-coloured

species the striation is so similar, In N. bullatum, Mars.,

which is a dark-coloured species, there is a third stria.

Hab. Perak (high lands). One example.

Notodoma rufulum, sp. n.

Globosum, rufum, nitidum; pedibus flavis; elytris striis 1*-2*

integris, 4* et suturali antice conjunctis, interstitiis impunctatis ;

mesosterno stria transyersa crenulata.

L. 2 mill.

Globose, yellowish red, shining; the forehead with scat-

tered shallow punctures and wider between the eyes than in

N. solstitiale, eyes also not oblique; the thorax, marginal

stria fine, feebly crenulate behind the neck, clearly and

evenly, not densely punctured; the elytra striate, like those

of N. globatum, Mars. ; the propygidium and pygidium feebly

and sparsely punctulate ; the prosternum sparsely punctured,

points shallow, lateral stria not well defined, little sinuous at

the cox, not approaching near to each other in front; the

mesosternum, anterior stria crenulate, the crenulations widen-

ing out as the stria passes down the side of the metasternum,

transverse stria straight, crenulate, crenulations of equal

width; the metasternum, median stria arched and crenulate,

crenulations widened out and of somewhat unequal width ;

the legs and antenne are flavous.

Of the described species this closely resembles N. solstitiale,

but it has a transverse mesosternal stria. The metasternal

stria also has a narrower span and the crenulations are wide

and irregular.

- Hab. Borneo, Martapura (Doherty).

350 Mr. G. Lewis on some

Eretmotus approximans, Fairm., 1884,= #. Leprieuri,

Mars., 1862.

Baron Bonnaire has kindly lent me the type of Fairmaire’s

species, and I feel sure the above determination is correct.

Triballus onustus, sp. 0.

T. agresti, Mars., similis, sed multo major: pronoto stria antice

haud interrupta.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, convex, black, shining; the head not thickly punc-

tulate, with a few large points intermixed, stria strong before

the eyes, evanescent anteriorly ; the thorax is punctured like

the head, with the lateral stria continued behind the neck ;

the elytra are finely punctulate on the disk, with larger punc-

tures, much scattered, at the sides and on the posterior area ;

the pygidium is punctured like the head, except that the

punctulation is more dense ; the prosternum feebly punctu-

late, bistriate, strie obscurely crenulate; the mesosternum,

stria anteriorly interrupted, transverse stria nearly straight

and crenulate throughout, surface very sparsely and finely

punctulate ; the metasternum with a few larger punctures

before the posterior coxe.

This species is extremely like 7. agrestis, Mars., but it is

much larger and the thoracic stria is continued behind the

neck. 7. agrestis also has no frontal stria.

Hab. Zanzibar (faffray).

Triballus optimus, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, niger vel obscure eneus, nitidus; 7’.

bombe proxime affinis et simillimus.

L. 33 mill.

Short-oval, black, or with an eneous tinge, antenne and

legs reddish ; the forehead obscurely punctulate, triangulate

before the antenna, with a stria on each side which does not

quite meet in front, epistoma rugose, over the eye is a short

ill-defined sulcus ; the thorax, lateral stria ceases at the ante-

rior angle, punctures fine and sparse and varying in size,

along the basal edge there is a continuous line of points, some

oval, some acicular; the elytra, disk almost smooth, but

laterally scattered punctures of various sizes are visible ; the

sculpture of the propygidium and pygidium is limited to a

fine and scattered punctuation; the prosternum is broad and

new Species of Histeride. 351

short, bistriate, striae divergent before and behind, anterior

lobe transverse, with the rim flavous; the mesosternum,

lateral stria fine, interrupted anteriorly, transverse stria evenly

crenulate and straight.

T. opimus and T. bomba, Mars., are the largest species of

Triballus known.

Hab. Martapura, S.E. Borneo (Doherty, 1891).

Note.—Since I formed the genus Zdolia (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1885, xvi. p. 214) nearly a dozen species have been

described, and it seems likely this number will be greatly

increased. Some of the species exhibit the sternal sutures,

and some possess specific characters similar to certain species

of Triballus, so that I think now the two genera should be

placed together.

Trypeticus Dohertyi, Lew., Ent. Mon. Mag. 2nd ser.

vol. i. p. 186.

There are three male examples (measuring 44 millim.)

in Mr. Fry’s collection which I think are small specimens of

this species. All the differences I see in them relate to size

and to the want of the two thoracic elevations behind the ridge

near the neck. ‘That this should be the case only corre-

sponds to what we see throughout the Coleoptera, that

sexual differences are more or less obliterated in small indi-

viduals. There are a few genera in the Histeride in which it

is quite as important for a describer to know both the sexes

as it is in the Lucanide, but these genera are limited in number.

The anterior angles of the thorax in the male of 7. Dohertyi

are rectangular, and almost so in the female also.

lg = 3

Trypeticus nemorivagus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, parum robustus, niger, nitidus; pronoto angulis

anticis haud rectangulatis ; prosterno rugoso-punctato, margine

laterali valido.

L. 32 mill.

Cylindrical, rather robust, black and shining; the male,

snout with shallow punctures, triangular, flat, margined with

a carina, the forehead irregularly punctured between the eyes

and microscopically strigose; the female snout is impressed,

not carinate, with two very small and not very distinct

tubercles at the apex ; the thorax in the male parallel] laterally,

anterior angles rounded off, impressed near the eyes, rather

densely punctured anteriorly, punctures on the disk and

352 Mr. G. Lewis on some

posteriorly more scattered, a fine median line is smooth and

terminates in a slight ridge behind the neck, the female has

the smooth line but no ridge, and the anterior angles are

more convex; the elytra are punctured more finely than the

thorax; the propygidium and pygidium are evenly, not

densely punctured, the latter is feebly convex in the female,

and less so in the male; the prosternum closely and roughly

punctate, truncate at both ends, lateral striz very strong,

joined anteriorly ; the mesosternum is less closely punctured

with similar stria behind the coxe.

This species is much more robust than 7. Doherty7, Lew.,

and there are no thoracic tubercles, the thoracic anterior angles

are not rectangular, but well rounded off, and the prosternal

lateral strize are much stronger.

Hab. Burmah (Ruby Mines).

Trypeticus predaceus, sp. 0.

Cylindricus, brunneo-piceus, nitidus, undique punctatus ; fronte

inter oculos minute foveolata ; propygidio utrinque prominulo.

L. 3-3} mill.

Cylindrical, pitchy brown, shining, anterior angles of the

thorax reddish ; the head faintly punctured, and between the

eyes there is a small fovea in both sexes; the snout in the

male is somewhat flat and triangular, but a little sinuous at

the sides, and a little wide at the apex, margined with astria

which is best marked at the sides ; the female has the snout

concave, striz obsolete, and the apex is furnished with two

minute tubercles ; the thorax somewhat densely punctured,

some punctures, especially those behind the anterior angle,

are ocellate, anterior angles in the male depressed and a

little acute close to the eyes, behind the neck a fine carina

occupies about one fourth of the length of the thorax, the

female anterior angles rounded off and not depressed ; the

elytra, punctuation distinctly finer than that of the thorax;

the propygidium rather densely punctured, projecting at the

sides; the pygidium is convex in the female, impressed on

each side in the male, and in both sexes punctured like the

propygidium ; the prosternum in the male is wider in front

than behind, sparsely punctured, punctures round and shal-

low, lateral strize widen out a little anteriorly and do not join,

in the female the prosternum is truncate ; the mesosternum

agrees in both sexes, there is a lateral sulcus on each side

behind the cox, punctures sparse and oblong; the meta-

sternum has a median furrow, and is punctured like the

mesosternum ; the abdominal segments, punctures round and

new Species of Histeride. 353

not very thickly set, the segments 3-4 are thickened at the

outer edge, and, like the propygidium and pygidium, stand

out one from another; on the first segment there is a short

intercoxal lateral sulcus.

Hab, Perak (low country).

Teretrius Walkert, sp. n.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus, undique punctatus; prosterno grosse

punctato et minute strigoso ; metasterno parum sparse punctato ;

pygidio apice rugoso-punctato.

L. 13-2 mill.

Cylindrical, black, shining, club of antenne red, legs pitchy

black ; the forehead convex, punctate, punctures most scat-

tered on the disk; the thorax similarly punctured, stria

complete, strong at the sides, especially behind the middle,

very fine anteriorly ; the elytra with like punctures, mar-

gined at the base, with a small smooth space behind the

humeral angle; the propygidium and pygidium are clearly

and rather densely punctured, the apical half of the latter is

impressed, strigose, and more densely pointed ; the prosternum

somewhat thickly punctate, punctures large and with their

interspaces minutely strigose ; lateral striee well defined and

divergent from their bases; the mesosternum triangularly

and rather acutely produced anteriorly, stria complete, margin

smooth, well defined, and somewhat raised, punctured and

strigose like the prosternum; the metasternum and _ first

segment of the abdomen much more sparsely punctured and

the strigosity disappears, segments 8-5 have a row of punc-

tures along their edges; the anterior tibie 7-8-dentate,

posterior 3-spinose.

This species is the second known from the Australian

region ; it seems to have been captured in company with

Teretriosoma somerseti, Mars. It is one of Mr. J.J. Walker’s

most recent discoveries.

Hab. Tasmania, Hobart, and Launceston (J. J. Walker).

Onthophilus tuberculatus, sp. n.

Suborbicularis, convexiusculus, niger, subopacus; elytris 6-costatis,

4_3™ interruptis, 5? valida, integra ; propygidio tuberculato.

L, 2} mill,

Suborbicular, rather convex, black, and somewhat opaque ;

the forehead is punctate, with a median carina before the

neck, and in front of the carina is an elevated ridge shaped

like an inverted VY, thus 48; the thorax, margin clearly

354 Mr. G. Lewis on some

elevated, edge emarginate behind the anterior angle, and

conspicuously angulate well before the posterior angle, surface

deeply punctate, punctures anteriorly round, posteriorly oval

or somewhat elongate, 6-costate, two outer coste shortest and

parallel to the thoracic edge, the others are much elevated

and equidistant, the two median coste are a little the longest

and turn from each other at the base; the elytra 6-costate,

with the outer margin and the two sutural edges also elevated,

1-3 coste are twice broken by two transverse depressions,

the third costa being very remarkable as the median portion

viewed sideways looks like a conspicuous nodule, the fifth

costa is the strongest, the sixth weakest, both the last com-

plete, the interstices are very clearly carinulate, with a single

row of equidistant punctures. The elytra are in part reddish.

The propygidium has three tubercles transversely placed in

the middle, the centre one somewhat linear; the pygidium

closely punctate, with an elevation thus 4% in the middle;

the prosternum has large, deep, and closely-set punctures,

striate at the cox; the mesosternum bisinuous anteriorly,

and with the metasternum has very large punctures or fovez

set somewhat in transverse lines, and on the median area of

the metasternum are two triangulate smooth spaces; the first

segment of the abdomen has a line of seven fovee along the

anterior edge ; legs and antenne piceous.

Hab. Burmah, Ruby Mines (Doherty).

Onthophilus sculptilis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, subseneo-niger, parum nitidus ; fronte haud

costata; elytris 3 carinis elevatis, interstitiis obscure punctato-

carinulis ; pygidio basi transversim elevato.

L. 2 mill.

Oval, rather convex, little shining; the forehead is wholly

punctate, little uneven, slightly elevated behind the insertion

of the anteunz, not carinate or costate; the thorax, nar-

rowly marginate, obtusely angulate before the base, 6-costate,

outer costa shortest, with a wide interstice between it and

the second, the second is shorter than the third but parallel

to it, the two centre coste reach the margin behind the neck,

and gradually turn inwards anteriorly, but do not meet, the

surface 1s punctured like that in O. tuberculatus; the elytra

are 3-costate, with an intervening carina corresponding to

the second, tourth, and sixth strie; below the shoulder is a

transverse depression which crosses the first costa to the

second carina (or fourth stria), the interstices are obscurely

carinulate with intervening punctures; the propygidium

new Species of Histeride. 305

punctate, with a median elevated line and a small tubercle on

each side near the outer edge; the pygidium also is wholly

punctate, with a transverse ridge betore the base; the pro-

sternum closely punctate, punctures large and deep; the

mesosternum bisinuous anteriorly, with a fine marginal stria ;

the meso- and metasterna are sculptured like the last species,

but the punctures or fovee are smaller, and the median spaces

of the metasternum are clearly and evenly punctulate ; the first

segment of the abdomen has a line of eleven punctures on the

anterior edge, and several additional fovex at the side. ‘The

smoother parts of the under surface are somewhat eneous,

and the head and thorax have a bluish metallic tinge.

The general facies of this Onthophilus agrees with that of

O. alternatus, Lec.

Hab, Burmah, Manipore, alt. 7000 feet (Doherty).

Epiechinus taprobane, sp. u.

Orbicularis, niger, opacus ; metasterno antice utrinque profunde

foveolato. Onthophilo arboreo simillimus at major.

L. 2 mill.

Orbicular, opaque, setose; the head very rugose, with a

median carina before the neck and one on each side; on the

edge of the clypeus are five shallow pits; the thorax with

some large punctures on the disk, with traces of carine

behind the head, and two Jateral sulci usually filled with

squamous matter ; the elytra are costate, with rows of large

punctures in the interstices, the punctures gradually becoming

smaller towards the apices, where they cease to be; the

prosternum is bicarinate, carine gradually approaching

anteriorly, surface between them smooth, anterior lobe

with large punctures; the mesosternum has two large poly-

gonal depressions, one on each side, and a small median

sutural fovea; the metasternum has two large and very deep

fove, one in each anterior angle, the anterior edge of each

fovea joins the mesosternal depression. ‘l'hese fovez are not

seen until the sterna are freed of scales. The pygidium is

very setose, but when abraded a few large punctures are seen

on the surface.

This species is different to Onthophilus hispidus, Mars., but

whether Marseul’s description applies (as he thought it did)

to O. hispidus, Payk., is more than doubtful. I rely on the

sculpture of the sterna for specific characters.

Hab. Ceylon. I found this species at Ballangoda in 1882.

356 Mr. G. Lewis on some

Epiechinus birmanus, sp. 0.

Suborbicularis, niger, opacus, hispidus; prosterno utrinque cari-

nato ; mesosterno metasternoque in medio foveolatis. 0. arboreo

simillimus, sed magis ovatus.

L. 1? mill.

Suborbicular, opaque, setose; the head rugose, and when

abraded of scales and setee an obsolete median and two lateral

caring may be seen; the thorax has two lateral sulci on each

side, and when cleaned, large scattered punctures are visible

on the disk ; the elytra are costate, with rows of large punc-

tures in the interstices ; the prosternum is bicarinate, the

border formed of the carinze joins in front, where the inner

edge of the carina is arcuate, the outer truncate, the anterior

lobe has scattered punctures, punctures smaller than in £.

taprobane ; the mesosternum has a round median fovea and

on each side of it a many-sided depression ; the metasternum

has also a median fovea, but it is oval, and in front of it on

either side, obliquely placed, are two depressions of some-

what corresponding size and shape; the pygidium is punctate

and rugose.

The specimens which represent this species have been

referred to in the Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1888, ser. 2, vi.

p- 645, as Onthophilus hispidus, Payk., but it is now evident

to me that it is not Paykull’s species.

Hab. Burmah, Bhamo (Fea).

Abreus mikado, sp. n.

Ovatus, globosus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus; antennis pedibusque

flavis; supra vix dense punctulatus; mesosterno metasternoque

grosse et parce punctatis.

L. 1 mill.

Oval, globose, reddish brown, shining, head darker, an-

tenne and legs paler; the forehead sparsely punctured ; the

thorax and elytra evenly punctured, punctures shallow and

not very thickly set, thoracic marginal stria complete, but

very fine behind the neck; the propygidium and the py-

gidium are feebly and indistinctly punctulate ; the prosternum

a little wider than long, feebly and obscurely punctured,

lateral striz slightly widen out from the base, the base very

feebly sinuous ; the meso- and metasterna and the first seg-

ment of the abdomen is evenly but not thickly covered with

somewhat large and shallow punctures, the punctures being

largest and most closely set at the widest part of the meta-

sternum.

new Species of Iisteridea. B57

Tab. Japan. I found this species in Cossus-burrows at

Kiga, Konos¢, Nara, and in 8S. Yezo.

Lo Dae | ) I

Acritus shogunus, sp. n.

Oyalis, convexus, nigro-piceus, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque brun-

neis ; pronoto linea basali aciculato-punctato in medio tenuiter

arcuata; elytris sparse punctatis, dorso aciculato-rugosulis ; pro-

sterno bistriato, utrinque truncato,

Ga soil.

Oval, convex, nearly black, shining, antenne and legs pale

brown ; the head feebly punctured; the thorax evenly and

clearly, not closely, punctured, antiscutellar stria very feebly

arched in the middle, and following the margin to the sides ;

stria punctate, punctures aciculate, posteriorly within the stria

the surface is strigose ; the elytral punctuation somewhat finer

than that of the thorax, with a longitudinal strigosity between

the poits; the pygidium impunctate, minutely and trans-

versely strigose; the prosternum, outline similar to that figured

for A. acupictus, Mars. (Mon. 1856, fig. 17), with a few scat-

tered punctures, and surface microscopically strigose; the meso-

sternum, marginal stria interrupted anteriorly, suture feebly

visible and with the metasternum and first abdominal seg-

ment clearly but sparsely punctate.

Hab. Japan. 1 obtained a single example at Sapporo.

Acritus tasmanie, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, brunneus, nitidus; supra punctulatus ; prosterno

bistriato, striis antice et postice divaricatis.

L.1 mill.

Oval, convex, brown, shining; the head very finely and

sparsely punctulate; the thorax, stria complete, punctures

rather sparse, small anteriorly, gradually becoming larger

toward the base, at the edge before the scutellum is a row of

punctures, but there is no definite antiscutellar line like that

figured for A. acarotdes and others by Marseul (Mon. 1856) ;

the elytra are sculptured similarly to the thorax, except at

the apical margins, which are, like the pygidium, almost

smooth; the prosternum rather long, bistriate, strixe rather

widely divergent before and behind, feebly and very sparsely

punctured ; the mesosternum, suture almost invisible, mar-

ginal stria fine and a little interrupted anteriorly, like the

metasternum it is sparsely punctulate.

Hab. Tasmania (J. J. Walker, 1891).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 27

358 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

LIJ.—Natural [History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander Rh. F. Hoskyn,

R.N., commanding.—Series I., No. 1. On the Results of

Deep-sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91. By J.

Woop-Mason, Superitendent of the Indian Museum, and

Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College

of Bengal, and A. Atcocx, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S., Sur-

geon-Naturalist to the Survey.

[Continued from p. 275. }

Family Acanthephyridz.

ACANTHEPHYRA, A. Milne-Edwards.

37. Acanthephyra sanguinea, sp. n.

Q. Closely allied to A. Agassizii, S. I. Smith, g (4.

purpurea, A. M.-Edw., 2), from which it differs in the

minute size of the spines of the anterior margin of the cara-

pace, which are so small as to be scarcely discernible by the

unaided eye; (?) in the armature of the telson, which bears

only five pairs of dorsal spinules besides three longer and

subequal terminal ones ; in its longer and slenderer rostrum,

which is fully twice the length of the antennal scale; and in

its less elongated abdomen.

Colour in life deep crimson.

Acanthephyra sanguinea, 9, nat, size.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 359

Length, from tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 92 millim. ;

of carapace, from supraorbital to posterior margin, 18 millim. ;

of rostrum, from same point to tip, 26°5 millim. ; of antennal

scale 13 millim.; of abdomen 50 millim.; of telson 14:5

millim.

One female from Station 106, 1091 fathoms, one immature

in fragments from Station 107, 738 fathoms, and a third

from Station 117, 1748 fathoms.

$- A male of about the same size as that of A. Agassizii

figured by Prof. §. I. Smith was obtained in a previous

season 7} miles east of North Cinque Island, in the Anda-

man Sea, in 490 fathoms. It has a decidedly less elongated

abdomen than A. Agass?zi7; its carapace has much the same

shape, but the rostrum shows no signs of becoming porrect

and reduced in length as in that species, for although it is

broken off just in front of the third tooth of the lower series,

it still extends fully to the end of the antennal scale.

Length, from supraorbital margin to tip of telson, 83

millim.; length of carapace, from supraorbital to posterior

margin, 23°25 millim.; of antennal scale 15°25 millim.; of

? . . ~ . .

abdomen to tip of telson 59 millim.; of telson 17°25 millim.

38. Acanthephyra armata, A. M.-Edw.

Acanthephyra armata, A. M.-Edw. Ann. d. Se. Nat. Zool. (6) xi, 1881,

4, p. 12, et Rec. Fig. Crust. 1885 ; Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Ma-

crura, 1888, p. 744, pl. cxxv. fig. 2, ¢ var.

One fine male from Station 116, 405 fathoms.

Colour in lite crimson.

Length, from tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 144 millim. ;

of carapace, from supraorbital to posterior margin, 35 millim. ;

of rostrum, from same point, 34 millim., from front of infe-

rior spine to tip 17 millim.; of antennal scale 26 millim. ; of

abdomen to tip of telson 75 millim. ; of telson 18 millim.

It differs from Milne-Edwards’s figure in the following

peints :—The rostrum is of the same length as the carapace ;

its basal spines are only four in number; the spine of its

inferior margin arises midway between its base and its apex,

and is much more nearly opposite to the middle than to the

apex of the antennal scale. The branchiostegal spine is con-

tinued backwards along the side of the carapace as a very

strong ridge half as long as the antennal scale. The fringes

of the legs are greatly developed, reminding one of those of

the last two pairs of legs in Sergestes. ‘The spines of the

third to the sixth abdominal terga are equal.

It differs from the specimen figured and described by

27*

360 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Aleock on

Acanthephyra armata, 3, Vvar., nat, size,

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 361

Spence Bate in the form and the armature of the rostrum, in

the smaller spinous processes of the abdominal terga, and in

the more highly developed fringes of the legs. The dactylo-

podite of the last pair of legs is incorrectly represented by

Spence Bate as equal to those of the two preceding pairs.

39. Acanthephyra microphthalma, S. 1. Smith.

Acanthephyra mirophthalma, 8. 1. Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1885

p: 502; Ann. Rep. Comm. Fish. 1886, p. 65, ¢ 2, pl. xiii. fig. 3, J.

- a ‘ ? R Zaze]

Acanthephyra longidens, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1838,

p. 739, pl. exxiv. fig. 4, J.

Two males from Station 117, 1748 fathoms.

Colour in life deep crimson.

In one specimen the rostrum is armed with five teeth, and

probably also in the other, in which it is broken off just

beyond the fourth tooth.

40. Acanthephyra eximia, 8. 1. Smith.

Acanthephyra eximea, 8. 1. Smith, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish. 1884, p. 52,

1886, pl. xiv. fig. 1, ¢.

Acanthephyra Edwardsti, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1858,

p. 747, pl. exxvi. fig. 1, ¢.

9. Differs from the male in its longer and more styliform

Acanthephyra eximia, 2 , nat. size.

rostrum, which extends by about one third of its length

beyond the antennal scale.

Colour in life crimson.

362 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

Length, from tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 100 millim. ;

of carapace, from supraorbital to posterior margin, 22°5

millim.; of rostrum, from same point to apex, 26 millim. ; of

antennal scale 15 millim.; of abdomen, from base to tip of

telson, 53°5 millim. ; of telson 14°5 millim.

One specimen from Station 116, 405 fathoms.

Q juv. Differs from the above in the rostrum only extending

by a portion of its unarmed tip beyond the extremity of the

antennal scale.

Length, from tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 58 millim. ;

of carapace, from supraorbital to posterior margin, 13°75

millim.; of rostrum, from same point to apex, 11 millim.; of

antennal scale 9°75 millim.; of abdomen, from base to apex

of telson, 85 millim. ; of telson 10 millim.

Colour in life bright red.

One specimen from Station 112, 561 fathoms.

? jun. Much smaller than the above, the rostrum slightly

ascendant, straight or only very faintly curved, short,

extending about to the end of the second third of the antennal

scale.

Length of carapace 10 millim.; of rostrum 5:25 millim.

Rostrum ‘toothed.

Colour in life deep crimson.

One much younger specimen, with another of the same age

as that from Station 112, from Station 109, 738 fathoms.

The above series of specimens proves that the rostrum

increases in length from extreme youth to adolescence.

An adolescent male was taken in a previous season 8 miles

south-east of Cinque Island, in the Andaman Sea, in 500

fathoms.

Rostrum ‘-toothed.

Colour in life deep transparent blood-red..

41. Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Spence Bate.

Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, 1888,

p. 753, pl. exxvi. fig. 7, 9 ;. Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) vii. p. 195, g.

One adolescent male from Station 113, 683 fathoms.

Colour in life bright red.

Two adolescent males and one young female were taken in

a previous season 74 miles east of North Cinque Island, in

the Andaman Sea, in 490 fathoms.

Our series of specimens proves that the rostrum undergoes

great changes in form and in length from youth to maturity.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 363

‘azis ‘yeu ‘P ‘sauosaphiyoveg vuhydayRivoy

364 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

In our youngest specimen it is short and porrect, scarcely

extending beyond the second third of the length of the

antennal scale, and being much shorter than the carapace.

In a somewhat older specimen it is decidedly ascendant,

though still straight, and longer—reaching to the apex of the

antennal scale—though still much shorter than the carapace.

In a still older specimen it has almost completely attained

the length and the upward curvature it has in adolescent

specimens, though it is still distinctly shorter than the cara-

pace. It is as long or longer than the carapace in all our

adolescent specimens of both sexes, except the two largest,

and in these, which are males, it is slightly shorter than the

carapace ; whence it may with some confidence be inferred

that, as in A. extmia, A. Agassizit, 8. I. Smith, and A. an-

gusta, Spence Bate, it does not surpass the antennal scale in

fully developed males. It is from 7;*-toothed.

In all our specimens the eye is much as in Spence Bate’s

figure of A. angusta, not as in his fig. 7, pl. exxvi., in which

the so-called ocellus is represented as round and separate

from the rest of the eye.

It appears to us probable that A. angusta is the adult male

of A. brachytelsonis, the difference between the two in the

number of the rostral spines being explained by the loss of

the apical spine of the lower series in the process of reduction

of the rostrum from the adolescent to the adult condition in

the former; and possible that A. brachytelsonis itself will

prove to be identical with A. ea/mia, since the former differs

from the latter only in having one spine less on the inferior

margin of the rostrum, and since Spence Bate includes

amongst the specimens referred by him to the former indivi-

duals with the same number of spines as in the latter.

42. Acanthephyra curtirostris, W.-M.

Acanthephyra curtirostris, Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

vii. p. 195, ¢.

@. Differs from the male only in its slightly more pro-

duced rostrum.

- 8-9

3 ¢. The rostrum is +-toothed.

3g. The telson bears 9-10 pairs of dorsal spinules and 5

somewhat longer apieal ones, the median of which is appa-

rently fixed.

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 365

3 (type). 2 (type).

millim. millim.

Length from tip of rostrum to tip of

TST) oo ep RD So ae a 83 c. 77

Length of carapace from supraorbital

“to posterior margin............ 19 17°75

Length of antennal scale .......... 14 13°5

Length of abdomen to end of telson., 56-5 e. 55

Memren. Of telson | o. 2.2. .5...0i ves. 18 -—-—

SQ)

Acanthephyra curtirostris, 2, nat. size.

One young male from Station 108, 1043 fathoms, and an

adult male and an ovigerous female from Station 114,

922 fathoms.

Colour in life deep crimson, as in all previously obtained

specimens.

Hopiopuorus, Milne-Edwards.

As in Acanthephyra the crest of the fourth abdominal

tergum is notched near its hinder end.

43. Hoplophorus gracilirostris, A. Milne-Edwards.

Aplophorus gracilirostris, A. M.-Edw. Ann. Se. Nat. Zool. (6) xi.

4, p. 6, 1881, et Rec. Fig. Crust. 1885, 3.

Hoplophorus Smithii, Wood- Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vii.

p- 194, 1891, ¢ juv.

One male from Station 112, 561 fathoms.

Colour in life bright red.

As compared with our previous specimens it is larger,

measuring about 62 millim. im length from the tip of the

rostrum to the tip of the telson; the rostrum is a trifle

shorter, but bears the same number of teeth, and the antero-

366 Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Alcock on

inferior angle of the first abdominal pleuron is decidedly

produced.

The right eye-peduncle has been neatly and cleanly excised

without injury to any of the surrounding parts.

Another male from Station 115, 188- 22) fathoms, is larger

still, measuring about 77 millim. in length. The rostrum is

still shorter and bears only 7 teeth. The antero-inferior

angle of the first abdominal pleuron is much as in the

preceding specimen.

The left antennule has been cut clean off at the articulation

between the basal and the second joints of the peduncle.

The latter of these specimens agrees exactly with Milne-

Edwards’s figure of H. gr acilirostris in Rec. Fig ig. Crust.,

this being so, and all our specimens belonging without doubt

to one species, H. Smithit is no longer” maintainable as a

distinct species and must be suppressed.

Our series proves that the rostrum in the male decreases in

leneth from adolescence to maturity, as in some Acanthe-

phyre ; but whether it is shorter than the carapace in very

early life, subsequently growing to the length it has in the

adolescent animal, there is at present no evidence to show.

An ovigerous female was taken in a former season in the

Bay of Bengal, in lat. 19° 35’ N., long. 92° 24’ E., in 272

fathoms. It measures about 59 millim. in length. The

rostrum, which is weak and somewhat deformed, and more-

over ie lost its tip, is only ~-toothed. The pleura of the

first and the second ena terga are soft and membra-

nous and larger than in the male, more especially the latter of

the two; and they form the lateral walls of a capacious incu-

batory pouch for the eggs. ‘The appendages are smaller and

are attached much further below the level of their sterna than

in the male, being carried downwards towards the edges of

the pleura by pillar- -like prolongations of their bases, esne-

cially the anterior pair, which are attached quite close to the

edges of the pleura. The two anterior abdominal sterna too

appear to be more strongly arched upwards, whereby the

height and hence the capacity of the pouch is still further

increased,

The eggs are few in number, only eighteen having been

found beneath the abdomen of our specimen, and large,

measuring 2°4 and 1°6 millim. in major and minor diameters

respectively,

Indian Deep-sea Dre lying. 367

Family Alpheide.

Genus ALpueus, Fabricius.

44. Alpheus, sp.

A male and an ovigerous female from Station 115, L88-

220 fathoms

A larger male was taken in a previous season in the Bay

of Bengal, in lat. 20°-17' 30" N., long. 88° 50! E., in 193

fathoms.

Colour in life transparent blood-red.

As each of these specimens wants one of the great chela,

we reserve the description of the species until comple te spec i-

mens shall be available.

Family Pandalide.

Doroportes, Spence Bate.

45. Dorodotes reflecus, Spence Bate.

Dorodotes reflexus, Spence Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 67%, pl. exvi.

fig. 8; Wood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vii. 1891, p. 195,

ce.

Three females (two of them ovigerous) and three immature

specimens from Station 111, 1644 fathoms.

N . . . ? . .

Colour in life bright pink; legs crimson; carapace

transparent, greasy.

Hererocarpus, A. Milne-Edwards.

46. Heterocarpus Alphonsi, Spence Bate.

Heterocarpus Alphonsi, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 1888,

p. 632, pl. exi. fig. 1; W ood-Mason, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

vii. 1891, p. 196, 69.

Four males and four females (one ovigerous) of different

ages from Station 112, 561 fathoms.

Colour in life bright pink.

The specimens were highly luminous when brought on

board (see Introduction, vol. viii. p. 16).

This species had previously been taken in lat. 6° 32! N., long.

79° 37' E., off Colombo, in 675 fathoms (one male) ; in lat.

6° 29! N., long. 79° 34! E., in 597 fathoms (one very large

ovigerous female) ; and twice in the Andaman Sea, in 500

fathoms (one male and two females).

Messrs. J. Wood-Mason and A. Aleock on

368

SION rr

‘ozis “qua *

‘snsoqqus snd.iy00.60}0 TT

Indian Deep-sea Dredging. 369

47. fleterocarpus carinatus, 8. 1. Smith.

Pandalus carinatus, 8.1. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. x. 1882-83,

p- 63, pl. x. figs. 2-2 f, et Pe xi. figs. 1-3, 2.

Heterocarpus ensifer (A. M.-Kdw.),= Pandalus carinatus (S. 1. Smith),

A. Milne-Edwards, Rec. Fig. Crust. 1883, 9.

One small specimen from Station 155, 188-220 fathoms.

48. Heterocarpus ? gibbosus, Spence Bate.

Heterocarpus gibbosus, Spence Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, 188s,

p. 634, pl. exil. fig. 2, juv.

Eight males and four ovigerous females from Station 115,

188-220 fathoms.

Colour in life pink, with the legs pink and white.

One pair (the male with deformed rostrum) from Station

120, 240-276 fathoms.

This species had previously been obtained off Port Blair in

271 fathoms (two males), and in lat. 20° 17’ 30’ N., long.

88° 50’ E., in 193 fathoms (one young specimen with a still

longer rostrum than in Spence Bate’s figure).

Spence Bate described the species very imperfectly from an

immature specimen.

We give a figure of an adult female measuring 138 millim.

in length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson in a straight

line.

PANDALUS, Leach.

49. Pandalus prox. quadridentatus, A. M.- Edw.

Pandalus quadridentatus, A. M.-Edw. Ree. Fig. Crust. 1883.

One fine male from Station 112, 561 fathoms.

Colour in life bright pink,

The rostrum is armed with >, teeth.

One immature specimen with imperfect rostrum from

Station 116, 405 fathoms.

Colour in life red.

It has the same number of teeth on the base of the rostrum

as the male from Station 112:

50. Pandalus prox. martius, A. M.-Edw.

Pandalus martius, A. M.-Edw. Ree. Fig. Crust. 1883.

Many specimens of both sexes, immature as well as adult,

from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms.

Colour in life pink ; eggs light blue.

There are only 7-8 teeth on the base of the rostrum,

370 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Australian Slugs.

51. Pandalus, sp.

One pair (the female ovigerous) from Station 112,

561 fathoms.

Colour in life light pink.

One ovigerous female from Station 115, 188-220 fathoms.

One ovigerous female from Station 116, 405 fathoms.

Colour in life pink.

A small species, allied to some European forms, of which

we have no specimens for comparison.

[To be continued. |

LIVI.—Remarks on Australian Slugs.

By T. D. A. CockERELL, F.Z.S., Institute of Jamaica.

As my own idea of ‘ courteous criticism ”’ is very different

from Mr. Hedley’s, I shall not attempt to reply to the

opinions regarding my conduct expressed in this Magazine,

pp. 169-171 (Feb. 1892).

With regard to matters of fact it is not quite the same,

as, if Mr. Hedley’s statements were not contradicted, they

might pass as valid among those not specially acquainted

with slug-literature. I will therefore discuss them one by

one.

(1). Ldmax megalodontes.—Any one may see by reference

to my paper that I expressed much doubt as to its being an

Aneitea. It seemed to me very unlikely that L. flavus could

have been in Australia at such an early date; but later,

having read some observations by Mr. Musson, I expressed

the opinion that it might be LZ. jlavus after all (Brit. Nat.

1891, p..120).

2). “The conclusion has forced itself upon me,” says

Mr. Hedley, that all the Australian Lémaces have been intro-

duced from Europe. I have said nothing to the contrary,

except that I provisionally regard the Amalia as endemic. It

may be gagates, but writers have usually considered it distinet,

and nobody has satisfactorily proved the supposed identity.

It was Mr. Hedley himself who named an Australian species

Limax queenslandicus, and regarded it as distinct until

Dr. Simroth said it was levis.

(3). 1 think anybody reading my paper will see that when

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Australian Slugs. 371

I refer to the limited powers of migration among slugs the

natural means only are intended. It is notorious that these

are extremely limited. I give many instances of slugs being

earried long distances (from Kurope to St. Helena, New

Zealand, &c., for example) by artificial means. Also it may’

be observed that many species of shell-bearing mollusks

have been carried quite as far; there is a whole crop of

synonyms originating in European species taken to the

antipodes.

(4). Mr. Hedley is of the opinion that Anettea Graeffet,

Kreffii, aud Schutet are one species. Any one may see by

reading my paper that I doubted their distinctness: I say,

iG Probably the number of species will be considerably reduced

when they are better known.” Excellent authorities have

considered them distinct, and I did not feel justified, with the

material I had, in lumping them. The differences I observed

were not those between living and preserved specimens, but

between, specimens preserved in exactly the same way, and

the alteration due to contraction &c., being a common factor,

need not seriously interfere.

5). Anettea Macdonaldi was named by Gray, who had

New-Caledonian specimens; he supposed these the same as

Macdonald’s unnamed slug from Aneiteum, but it has been

since doubted whether this was the case. (As to this matter

and the distinction of 7. Krefféi from its allies, see Mr. EK. A.

Smith, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 273.)

(6). Eighteen species of /elicarion are on record from

Australia; I do not say they are all distinct, but I am not in

a position to reduce the number with certainty. When they

have been shown to be less than eight in a satisfactory

manner, it will be time enough to alter ‘the statistics.

(7). I did not say that Semper had not placed 1. Cuming?

in Xesta. My point simply was that certain species, usually

placed in Helicarion, might be separated from it, at least sub-

generically. It was not within the scope of my paper to go

into further details, especially as the present state of know-

ledge does not allow any approximately final subdivision to

be made.

(S$). I quoted Parmella as a slug-like genus which is

referred by authors to the Vétrina-group. I had “ grave

doubts”? myself, but could not go inte the details of the

matter without unduly enlarging my paper.

(9). I placed Cystopelta on the characters given by Tate,

who described it. Mr. Hedley examined a species, possibly

not the same as Tate’s, found in Australia, and arrived at

different conclusions. Admitting the weight of his remarks,

372 Mr. A. S. Packard on the Scale-like and Flittened

I inserted a qualifying footnote. What more could I have

done ?

(10). At the beginning of his article Mr. Hedley alludes

to MS. names and imperfect diagnoses. It seems almost

superfluous to state that there are no MS. names in my paper.

The generic diagnoses are purposely short; but the spectes

in the new genera and subgenera are elsewhere described in

detail, with the exception of Neojanella dubia, which is

described on p. 217. Pseudaneitea spp. have been described

and their anatomy figured by Simroth. Psewdaustenia has

similarly been fully described and figured by Godwin-

Austen. IJmerinia has its type in specimens which I con-

sider to be identical with Veronicella Grandidieri, C. & F.,

already described. Anedtella has been described and figured

by Mr. E. A. Smith; the anatomy of this and of Neojanella

remains unknown because the British-Museum types must

not be cut up. There is no other generic or subgeneric name

in my paper that has not been used and characterized before.

Now I think I have shown that on every single point

mentioned, Mr. Hedley’s criticism is without sufficient reason.

Nobody appreciates more than the present writer the labours

of students like Mr. Hedley in special faune; but is it fair

that they should grumble at others, who, with less material,

hesitate to assert what they cannot know with certainty ?

Kingston, Jamaica,

Feb. 19, 1392.

LIV.—On the Scale-like and Flattened Hairs of certain

Lepidopterous Larve. By A. 5. PACKARD.

Tue late Dr. T. W. Harris * described an Acronycta-larva,

which he called Acronycta americana, as “ beset with a few

long black bristles dilated at the end,” and added, “ the long,

black, spear-headed hairs grow from the skin and not from

warts.” The same larva was also figured on p. 305 of my

‘ Guide to the Study of Insects’ (fig. 2 36). Mr. A.G. Butlert

* “Entomological Correspondence of T. W. Harris,’ edited by S. H.

Scudder. Boston, 1862.

+ “On the Natural Affinities of the Lepidoptera hitherto referred to

the Genus Aecronyeta of Authors,” Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., Dee. 1879,

p. 313.

Hairs of certain Lepidopterous Larvae. 373

refers to the larva of Acronycta alnéi as “ much resembling

both in colour and in its clavate hairs the larva of Tinolius,”

the latter being figured on pl. xi.; the large, strong, clavate

hairs of this form, Tinolius eburneigutta, Walker, which is a

semilooper, and from its black colour a very conspicuous

animal, are represented as being from one fourth to one third

as long as the body and are situated on the first two or three

segments of the abdomen, this being the most prominent part,

forming the loop when the creature is in motion. These are

the only cases known to me of the occurrence of flattened hairs,

with the exception of the case described by Burmeister and

quoted below.

Scale-like Sete.—In examining the median dorsal tufts on

the second and third thoracic seg-

ments of the European G'astropacha

quercifolia I found that they are com-

posed of broad lanceolate-oval scales*,

which are opaque and dark steel-

purple in colour, with the surface

quite regularly striated, though not

invariably so, while the strize do not

appear to extend toeither end. They

vary in shape and in size, some

being narrow and with a simple

point at the distal end, while the

majority are variously notched or

toothed. They thus appear to be Scales from the dorsal

true scales, like those on the wings Pp agabener er el

of adult Lepidoptera. : 2

In Gastrepacha americana the scales forming the dorsal

tufts, both on the two hinder thoracic segments and on the

eighth abdominal one, are very different from those of the

European species ; they are dark and opaque, but are long,

narrow, and flat, very gradually increasing in width to the

end, which has a singlenotch. From this notch an impressed

line or stria extends along the middle of the scale for some

distance.

Sete flattened at the end.—In Gastropacha quercifolia the

lateral tufts along the body each contain a few long hairs with

flattened ends, varying in shape from oval to triangular, with

the ends often very broad and ragged, bearing from one to

* These scales were briefly referred to in my article entitled “ Hints on

the Evolution of the Bristles, Spines, and Tubercles of certain Cater-

pillars,” Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiv. p. 512, 189 (1890).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 28

374 Scale-like and Flattened Hairs of Lepidopterous Larve.

four very irregular teeth. No striz are perceptible, and the

hairs throughout are pale, colourless, and transparent.

On examining the lateral tufts of Gastropacha americana I

found some similar very long hairs with the ends flattened

and of extraordinary form. These hairs usually project

beyond the simple hairs; some of them end in regular lanceo-

late-oval shapes with the point much attenuated, others are

broader, while some are oval and very broad at the truncated

end, which terminates in a fine attenuated point, at the base

of which are usually three attenuated teeth. They are

similar in shape to those of Gastropacha quercifolia.

On turning over the beautiful plates of Burmeister’s ‘ Atlas

of the Lepidoptera of the Argentine Republic’ I found that

the author represents on pl. xxii. fig. 9 the similar long hairs

of Clistocampa proxima. They are much more regular than

any I have seen, and are much flattened and expanded at the

ends, with from three to five long slender teeth. They are

also represented as striated longitudinally, with either beads

or clear spots in the expanded portion. These hairs are

visible to the naked eye. Burmeister remarks (p. 52) that

Stoll has figured (Suppl. de Cramer, pl. xix. fig. 5) a similar

larva with the same kind of hairs, & palmette terminale,

situated on the first and last segments of the body. He names

it Bombyx ephomia (pl. xxxv. fig. 6, of the same volume).

Walker refers this species with doubt to the genus Oytenis.

Burmeister adds: ‘‘ Some other species of the genus Clisio-

campa have the same kind of hairs placed at each end of the

body.”

1 have been unable to discover these flattened hairs in

Clisiocampa americana or in C. neustria of Europe. In

C. sylvatica the hairs on the lateral thoracic tubercles are

tapering and finely barbed, with scattered, slender, spike-like,

smooth, simple sete. Perhaps the latter are the homologues

of the flattened sete. In Heteropacha Rileyana of the central

United States there are no dorsal tufts, and consequently no

dorsal scales like those of its ally Gastropacha; but certain

of the hairs in the lateral tufts are flattened at the end, which

is very long and slender and lanceolate-oval, with the tip

much attenuated *.

In the Noctuina these hairs with flattened ends probably

occur in nearly all the hairy and pencilled species. In the

* In Tolype velleda there are no such scales or hairs with flattened ends

as in Gastropacha; those on the dorsal tubercles of the thoracic and eighth

abdominal segments being simple, tapering, with large, scattering, spike-

like, dark, opaque seta, these latter being perhaps the homologues of the

dark scales of Gastropacha.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Ophideres princeps of Guenée. 375

iarva of Acronycta hastulifera, A. & S., many of the barbed

hairs forming the black pencils are flattened at the end and

black, but not striated.

These specialized and highly differentiated dark scale-like

sete appear to be of use in rendering the dorsal tufts more

conspicuous, the caterpillars being very hairy, and thus

probably inedible by birds. It should be observed that the

larva of Gastropacha americana, in which the dorsal tubercles

and the scales are much smaller than in the European G.

quereijolia, is rendered at least equally conspicuous by the

two transverse bright scarlet bands disclosed behind the second

and third thoracic segments when the insect is creeping.

These appear to be entirely wanting in the European species.

Finally, the occurrence of these scales, so much like those

of adult Lepidoptera, is an interesting example of the accelera-

tion of development of the sete in the larval stage, and it is

not improbable that in the ancestors of certain ot the Lasio-

campide they were characters acquired during the later stages

of their larval lifetime.

Providence, R. I., U.S. A.

LV —On the Ophideres princeps of Guenée and its utter

dissimilarity in Structure and Pattern from the Ophideres

princeps of Boisduval. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &e.

In the ‘ Voyage of the ‘ Astrolabe’’ (Lépidoptéres, p. 245)

M. Boisduval described a moth from Dorey, New Guinea,

under the name of Ophideres princeps; he characterized it

as allied to O. materna, Cramer, and as having “the front

wings blackish, slightly clouded, dusted with black and a

little varied with greenish, with four white spots, grouped in

pairs; the lower wings yellow with a kidney-shaped patch

and a black border, and the fringe intersected with whitish.”

This is probably one of the innumerable varieties of the wide-

ranging O. fullonica.

In the third volume of his ‘ Noctuélites’ M. Guenée

describes and figures a West-African species (with M. Bois-

duval’s locality) as O. princeps—evidently without taking

the trouble to look up the description in the ‘ Voyage of the

‘ Astrolabe,’ with which the African species hardly corre-

sponds in a single particular, inasmuch as the aa wings,

376 Mr, B. B. Woodward on the Radule of

even in the female, only exhibit one isolated white spot; the

lower wings also being orange, with a uniform black border

and no kidney-shaped patch, but with the base of the wings

also blackish, a marginal series of buff spots, and the fringe

opposite to these spots intersected with pure white.

In his ‘Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera’ Walker

again neglected to look up the original description, but

blindly followed M. Guenée, although he indicated his belief

that the Museum specimen was from West Africa.

In his ‘Monograph of Ophideride’ Mr. Moore again

followed Walker, stating that Ophideres must be restricted to

its type O. princeps, and adopting for O. fullonica the name

Othreis, Hiibner (which is, of course, synonymous with

Ophideres if we admit that typical O. princeps is O.

fullonica).

The Ophideres princeps of Guenée, Walker, and Moore

thus remains without a generic or specific name, and may be

called Halastus intricatus. We have it from Old Calabar,

Sierra Leone, Ambriz, and the River Niger. The family

must now be called Othreide.

LVI.— On the Radula of Paludestrina Jenkinsi, Smith, and

that of P. ventrosa, Mont. By B. B. Woopwarp, F.G.S.,

F.R.M.S.

* WHEN in the autumn of 1889 my friend and colleague

Mr. E. A. Smith had under observation the specimens of

Paludestrina (= Hydrobia) to which he afterwards gave the

name of P. Jenkinsi *, he handed some examples to me with

the request that I would examine the radula and compare it

with that of P. ventrosa, Mont. At that time these two

species were thought to be very closely allied, and, indeed, with

some it was a disputed point, since conceded, whether P.

Jenkinst were anything more than a variety of P. ventrosa.

Pressure of work at the time, followed by prolonged ill-

health, prevented the completion of the investigation, or all

doubts as to the specific distinctness of the two forms might

speedily have been set at rest, as the accompanying notes and

descriptions will serve to show.

At the very first glance a dissimilarity in character is

* Journ. Conch. vi. (1889) p. 142; figured in ‘ Essex Naturalist,’ iv.

p. 214.

Paludestrina Jenkinsi, Smith, and P. ventrosa, Mont. 377

evident. The transverse rows of teeth are slightly more

arched in P. ventrosa than they are in P. Jenkins’; in the

former, moreover, the admedian teeth alternate with and

project slightly between the central ones, whereas in the latter

they are nearly in a line with, and stand clear of, the median

teeth, so that the whole radula has the appearance of being

more sharply divided into longitudinal areas. The contrast

between the respective median teeth is yet greater. In P.

ventrosa the central cusp of the rachidian is as long as half

the width of the tooth, and is flanked on either side by three

others, whilst the single basal denticle on each side is barely

visible ; in P. Jenkinsi, on the other hand, the length of the

central cusp is not more than one third the width of the whole

tooth ; four or even five minor cusps flank this central one to

right and left of it, and four basal denticles stand out conspi-

cuously on either hand below the crest of the tooth.

Portion of Radula of :—A. Paludestrina Jenkinsi, Smith

B. Paludestrina ventrosa, Mont.

Two rows of teeth are in each case shown on the left of the median

tooth in their undisturbed position. On the right the teeth of a single

row are drawn apart.

The remaining differences are best seen from the figures.

The following brief descriptions, with approximate micro-

measurements, of the radule of these two species are founded

on several specimens of each.

378 Mr. F. W. Gamble on

Paludestrina ventrosa.

Radula measuring 60x 16 w and having 40-45 rows of

seven teeth each.

Median (or rachidian) tooth (2°5 w in width) bears 7 cusps,

of which the central one equals in length half the width of

the crest of the tooth. Basal denticles one on each side,

inconspicuous. ‘The crest of the tooth viewed in its position

in the radula is markedly concave.

Admedian tooth bears 9 cusps inclined inwards towards

the median line of the whole radula; base prolonged outwards

in a shank which reaches almost to the margin of the radula

and which terminates in a thickened knob-like end.

Laterals long, slender, and curved, with numerous small

cusps, which in the outer one are difficult to resolve. ‘The

inner lateral is more sharply curved at the point where the

cusps cease; in the outer one the curve is far more symme-

trical throughout.

Formula : M12

ff = 8) ae

Paludestrina Jenkinst.

Radula measuring 86-93 x 20 w and having 60-70 rows of

seven teeth each.

Median tooth bearing 9, or sometimes even 11, cusps, of

which the central one is about one third the width of the

crest. ‘This last is less concave in outline than in P. ventrosa.

Basal denticles four on either side, very conspicuous.

Admedian tooth bearing 9-11 cusps, inclined inwards, but

slightly less so than in the preceding species ; in other respects

it is very similar.

Laterals long and slender, nearly straight in the shank, and

sharply curved at the free end. Cusps numerous and easily

visible.

Ki gfe ee a

ormula ie i

9-11 2: x

LVII.— Observations on two rare British Nudibranchs

(Lomanotus genei, Verany, and Hancockia eudactylota,

Gosse). By F. W.GamBLe, B.Sc., Assistant to the Beyer

Professor of Zoology, Owens College, Manchester.

[Plate XVIT.}

WUuILE working last summer at the Plymouth Laboratory of

the Marine Biological Association I obtained a single speci-

men of each of these species during successive weeks from

two rare British Nudibranchs. 379

the same part of Plymouth Sound, Finding that my Loma-

notus possessed certain peculiarities of which I could find no

adequate description or figures, and that Hancockia had only

been taken on one previous occasion on the British coasts (by

Mr. A. R. Hunt in Tor Bay, 1877), I observed and drew

the living animals with the following results.

Lomanotus genet, Verany. (Pl. XVII. figs. 1 and 2.)

Specimens referable to this species have been taken from

time to time on our coasts. Mr. Garstang, in his recent

report *, has collected these cases and added a number which

have occurred at Plymouth. he following description of

my own specimen agrees closely in certain points, such as

size, colour, and general structure, with that of his two dark

individuals f.

Length half an inch.

Colour dark brown, with irregular yellowish spots; the

papille each with a dark band below a white tip. The general

tint agreed closely with that of the Aucus on which I found it

after being dredged, and upon which it lived in captivity.

Oral veil with two prominent processes on each side, the

outer ones being the larger. NRhinophores retractile within

calyx-like sheaths, clavate, laminated at the base, with smooth

truncate tips. Sheath-margins each produced into five

papille of very definite shape when expanded. These

papilla, like those of the oral veil and pleuropodium, are

capable of contraction and dilatation. Pleuropodium con-

sisting of four well-marked lobes on each side. The centre

of each lobe is dorsal and close to the middle line. It is

marked by the large dorsal papilla. The sides of the lobe

extend anteriorly and posteriorly in a ventral direction,

enclosing a slightly concave area, and bearing papille.

Posteriorly the lobes become slightly irregular and meet on

the dorsal surface. Foot slender, produced anteriorly into

recurved processes. Genital aperture beneath and slightly in

front of the first large dorsal papilla of the right side. Anus

beneath the second.

My attention was first drawn to the characteristic form and

changes of shape assumed by the dorsal papille. These

changes consisted of contraction from an extended definite

shape to a more or less bulbous triangular one. So far as I

* “Complete List of Plymouth Opisthobranchs,’ Journ, Mar. Biol.

Assoc. (n. s.) i. no. 4.

+ “Report on Nudibranchs of Plymouth Sound,” Journ. Mar, Biol.

Assoc. I, ii. 1889, p. 187.

380 Mr. F. W. Gamble on

am aware none of the terms used by previous authors on this

subject do justice to the form of the extended pleuropodial

papilla. The interest of the matter is increased by the fact

that the tips of the “ calyx-sheath ”’ have the same power of

contractility, and that their extended form agrees with that of

the dorsal papilla. The velar processes also when extended

are of a very definite shape (see figs. 1 and 2).

On gently touching the centre of the right side of the

animal with a clean sable brush three events occurred almost

simultaneously ; the rhinophores previously expanded were

sharply retracted within their sheaths; the velar processes

were extended; and the dorsal papille of the right side, espe-

cially those near the point of the brush, were erected from a

previously oblique position, the large papille markedly

directing their whitish tips towards the brush. The effect

might be almost said to be “ bristling.” The papillae of the

left side were only feebly affected. On repeating the experi-

ment at different points I found that when the stimulus is

applied just behind the rhinophoral sheath the large postero-

external sheath-papilla directed its tip obliquely backwards

towards the point of attack, the first primary pleuropodial

papilla directing its tip forwards. Several times I observed

a single fully-expanded papilla move independently in an

oblique plane from an anteriorly directed position to a poste-

riorly directed one. ‘The “ erection”? and movement of the

papille is brought about in the same way by natural stimuli.

‘These movements led me to suspect the presence of enido-

cysts. In spite, however, of the examination of the living

animal and of sections of young specimens 3%; inch long (for

the use of which, together with help in many ways, I am

indebted to my friend Mr. Walter Garstang), I have hitherto

been unsuccessful ; indeed Bergh *, in his description of the

genus, has stated ‘ cnidocyste nulle” as a diagnostic cha-

racter.

On some occasions I observed the peculiar lashing move-

ments of the whole body already noticed by Mr. Garstang f.

Thus, on pushing the animal laterally with a brush until its

foothold gave way, it bent upon itself and executed a series

of very vigorous S-shaped movements from side to side, the

ventral surface of the foot being kept at about the same

position on the surface of the water, the rest of the body

inverted downwards. On another occasion it voluntarily

* “Die Cladohepatischen Nudibranchien,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. y,

(1890).

+ “First Report on Nudibranchs of Plymouth Sound,” Journ. Mar.

iol. Assoc, (n. s.) I. ii, 1889, p. 189.

two rare British Nudibranchs. 381

loosened its hold of the side of the glass vessel and progressed

slightly by means of these contractions. Again, after

floating foot upwards for some time, it would wriggle to the

bottom and immediately gain a footing.

My specimen was quiet during the day. In the morning

I found that it had crawled out of the dish where it had been

placed overnight. This was done constantly, and indicates

nocturnal habits. During the three weeks that I kept my

specimen no spawn was deposited; hence probably it was

immature.

As regards the significance of these observations. Con-

tinual changes of form in the pleuropodial papilla during life

have been noticed by Dr. Norman in his species, L. Hancocki*.

The complete similarity, however, both in characteristic

form and power of coordinative movement possessed by these

papilla in common with those of the “calyx-sheath ”’ appa-

rently escaped him, and is an additional argument in favour

of the view advanced by Mr. Garstang +, that such sheaths

contain a “ pleuropodial element.”

. Hancockia eudactylota, Gosse. (PI. XVII. fig. 3.)

A specimen of this species was dredged last summer (1891)

on Delesseria in Plymouth Sound, as I have already recorded f.

Mr. Hunt, the original discoverer of this form, dredged the

only previous British specimen on the same Alga in Tor Bay

in 1877. ‘This was described by Mr. Gosse § under the name

Hlancockia eudactylota. In 1886 Prof. Trinchese, apparently

in ignorance of Gosse’s paper, described (‘‘ Ricerche Anato-

miche sul Genere Govia”’ ||, 1886) four specimens dredged

near Naples, defining them as two species of a new genus,

Govia rubra and G, viridis. Although the internal anatomy

of Hancockia is unknown, it seems probable that the genera

Govia and Hancockia will be united, .as indeed has been done

by Dr. Norman in his “ Revision” (this Journal, vol. vi.

1890, pp. 79, 80). Carus (‘ Prodromus Faune Mediterranee,’

vol. u. pt. 1, p. 208) writes the genus Govia, Trinch., adding

in brackets (Hancockia, Gosse).

The Plymouth specimen was about a quarter of an inch in

* Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, xx. p. 518.

+ “Complete List of Opisthobranchs at Plymouth,’ Journ. Mar. Biol.

Assoc. (n. 8.) i. no. 4, p. 430.

¢ “The Occurrence of Hancockia at Plymouth,” tid. (n. s.) vol. ii.

no, 2, p. 193.

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. 1877, p. 316.

|| Mem. della R. Acc, delle Sc. dell’ Instituto di Bologna, ser. 5, vol. vii.

382 On two rare British Nudibranchs.

length when expanded. This is only half the length of

Mr. Hunt’s specimen. Colour a purplish-rose, very similar

to the Delesserta on which it lived. 'Too much stress should

not be laid on this point, however, since Mr. Hunt’s example,

although apparently found on the same weed *, was olive in

colour. ‘The mid-dorsal and lateral lines of the upper surface

darker. The epidermis of the upper surface is of a bluish-

green hue, as Gosse has already noticed (loc. cit. p. 317).

On the sheaths of the rhinophores are scattered bluish-white

spots; semilunar markings of the same kind occurred at the

base of the pleuropodial lobes (compare Trinchese’s figure of

Govia rubra). Body widest behind the head, gradually

tapering posteriorly. Head with an oral veil bearing four

papillae on each side, the second anterior one being the

largest. ‘These papilla were constantly changing their shape

during life, as Gosse and Trinchese have recorded. Rhino-

phoral sheaths erect, cylindrical, the margin subdivided into

about ten rounded projections. ‘This agrees closely with the

figure and description of the sheaths of Govia viridis. Those

of G. rubra, on the other hand, have plain margins. Rhino-

phores with a rounded, bulbous, laminated base, terminating

above in a smooth columnar tip. Pleuropodium produced

into four lobes on the right and five on the left, the fifth

being rudimentary. The first pair of lobes are opposite, the

rest gradually becoming alternate, as in Trinchese’s figure of

Govia rubra. Each lobe is concave externally and is com-

posed of seven papilla, one being dorsal and median, three

anterior, and three posterior. The foot is rounded anteriorly,

posteriorly it ends in a slightly bifid tail, as in Govéa (Trin-

chese, doc. cit. p. 183 and my fig. 1). The anal papilla very

small, cylindrical, situated haltway between the first and

second lobes of the right side. Genital opening near dorsal

surface between the rhinophore and the first dorsal lobe of

the right side. .

In the appended table I have compared the different speci-

mens of LHauncockia and Govia. Although they all agree in

main points, no two individuals do so in detail.

* Gosse, loc, cit. p. 316, note.

Name.

l. | Govia rubra, Tr.

G. rubra, Tr.

G. viridis, Tr.

Gosse. Mr. Hunt’s

specimen,

6. | H. eudactylota.

mouth specimen.

From this table it would appear that Govia rubra, Tr., differs specifically from G. viridis

Te ee | tes a Oe

Hancockia eudactylota, | 12'5 mm.) Olive.

Ply-

Length. Colour.

10 mm. | Purplish rose. Brightest on

rhinophoral sheaths, dor-

sal and velar papille.

Dorsal surface with irre-

gular white spots.

Colour as in No. 1.

135 mm.

Not | Bright chestnut. White

given. | spots forminga line mark-

ing position of pleuro-

podial ridge.

14 mm. | “ Verde pistacchio,”

Gosse figures whit-

ish spots marking the

pleuropodial ridge, be-

coming more irregular

posteriorly.

7mm. | Purplish rose. White spots

at base of pleuropodial

lobes as in Govia.

Characters of Velar

Papillee.

5 on each side ; 3 large

lateral, 1 small ante-

rior and posterior.

4 on each side.

5 on each side.

4 on each side.

nating with as many

small ones (Gosse,

loc. cit. p. 317).

4 on each side.

Margin of Rhino-

phoral Sheath.

Plain.

Divided into about 10-

12 rounded projec-

tions.

3-4 on each side alter-

ya. ep

Furnished with sub-

conical points along

its edge.

Divided into about 10) Lobes of 7 pa- 4

rounded projections.

Pleuropodium.

Number of Lobes.

Characters, ——_———7

Right side.| Left side.

Lobes of 7-8 pa-|5; the 5th 5

pille, most pos-

terior.

Lobes of 7-8 pa- 5 6; the 6th

pillee. most pos-

terior.

Number not stated.

3 4

Lobes of 11 irre- 3 3

gularly notched

leaflets,

pile.

, which may hereafter be united with

P= EE eee

5; the 5th

most pos-

terior.

384 On two rare British Nudibranchs.

Our knowledge of the internal anatomy of these forms is

limited to the preliminary paper by Prof. Trinchese before

referred to. The cutting-edge of the jaw is short and armed

with a single series of 15-16 teeth, the first two or three of

which are simple, the rest set with extremely fine tubercles.

Radula triseriate ; the teeth of the median row with lateral

denticles ; the lateral teeth broad, unarmed (“ quasi omnino

ili Galvinarum similis,” Bergh *). — Salivary glands large.

Liver diffuse, with anterior and posterior branches, the latter

supplying the dorsal papillae. The nervous system similar to

that of Bolidiide. Eyes well developed. Otocysts with a

single otolith. Penis unarmed. The spermatozoa similar to

those of AXolidiide. Hancockia appears to be mature when

about half an inch in length. Trinchese describes ripe gene-

rative products at this stage, and Gosse has figured and

described the spawn deposited by a specimen of this size.

The ribbon was in the form of two complete figure-of-eight

coils, the ova being irregularly scattered. My specimen was

only a quarter of an inch long, and during the fortnight that

I kept it no spawn was shed.

I stimulated Hancockia to see if the dorsal papille would

respond, as they do in Lomanotus; no effect, however, fol-

lowed. ‘The presence of cnidocysts in the genus described

by Trinchese as occurring at the tips of the pleuropodial lobes

(loc. cit. pp. 186, 189, and plate, figs. 8 and 14) makes its

behaviour contrast still more with that of Lomanotus,

While gliding over the bottom of the vessel in which it

lived it would sometimes stop, raise the anterior part of the

body, and, with the velar tentacles and the rhinophores well

expanded, it would sway from side to side. In a short time

the action ceased and the animal went straight to the Deles-

serta on which it lived. Unfortunately I made no experi-

ments to ascertain whether Hancockia responds to shadows as

stimuli. The large eyes noted by Trinchese would be in

favour of such reaction. Hermea bifida, which lives on

Delesseria, and certain Kolids have been shown by Mr. Gar-

stang to respond f.

As regards the systematic position of Hancockia. Gosse

placed it in the Tritoniide ; Trinchese, Bergh, Norman f,

and Carus place it in the Dotonide ; Bergh, however, adding:

“ Bei der Formulirung der Charaktere der Dotoniden ist auf

* «Die Cladohepatischen Nudibranchien,” Zool. Jahrb. y. p. 53.

+ Garstang, “Complete List of Plymouth Onikthohenaehe* Journ.

Mar. Biol. Assoc. (n. s.) i. no. 4, p. 428,

{ “ Revision of British Mollusca,” Ann. & Mag. N. H. vol. vi. 1890,

p. 79.

On two new Central-African Antelopes. 385

die Hancockien oder Govien keine Riicksicht genommen,

weil die Stellung dieser merkwiirdigen, gleichsam mehrere

Familien verbindenden Gattung, bei der bisherigen nur

vorliiufigen Untersuchung ‘T'rinchese’s, noch ganz unsicher

ist.” I will only allude here to one view implied rather than

expressed by Mr. Garstang *. He compared a lobe of the

pleuropodium of Hancockia with one of the four arcuate lobes

of the “ raised curtain” forming the pleuropodium in Loma-

notus. The side view which I give of the latter genus shows

that the lobes are distinct and that the breaks occur between

the segments having the large dorsal papille as their centres

(Pl. XVII. fig. 2).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Plymouth specimen of Lomanotus genez, Ver., seen from the dorsal

surface. X 6, The papille are extended.

Fig. 2. The same, from the right side. Xx 6. Papille about % ex-

panded. «, genital papilla; 6, anal papilla. These were in-

serted from the preserved specimen.

Fig. 3. Plymouth specimen of Hancockia eudactylota, Gosse, from dorsal

surface. X 14. In this view only three papille of each pleuro-

podial lobe are shown,

LVIII.—On two new Central-African Antelopes obtained by

Mr. F. J. Jackson, By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

By the kindness of Messrs. Rowland Ward and Co., of

Piccadilly, I have been entrusted with the examination of the

skulls and scalps of two antelopes, a Hartebeest and a Wilde-

beest, sent home by the well-known explorer and naturalist

Mr. F. J. Jackson.

Although probably in neither case, as will be seen below,

are these specimens absolutely the first of their respective

forms which have been sent to Europe, both seem to require

new names, the one specitic and the other subspecific.

Firstly, with regard to the Hartebeest. In 1859 Mr. Peth-

erick sent home from the Bahr el Gazal ‘ several heads of

both sexes ” of a Hartebeest referred by Dr. Gray ¢ to Alce-

laphus bubalis, but of which a female skull, the only remnant

of the series now in the British Museum, appears to belong to

* Ibid. p. 429.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) iv. p. 296 (1859).

386 Mr. O. Thomas on

the caama type, with V-shaped horns. Another similar

specimen from the Bahr el Gazal, also female, was sent to

the Museum in 1884 by Mr. F. Bohndorff. Noticing their

relationship to B. caama, about a year ago I made many

endeavours to find out what had become of Petherick’s male

specimens or to get hold of another, but without avail. That

a caama-like species occurred in this region was clear, for

Heuglin* also speaks of the occurrence on the White Nile

of a Hartebeest which “ scheint mit A. caama zusammen-

zufallen,” and it was therefore with much pleasure that in

Mr. Jackson’s hartebeest I recognized a species very possibly

identical with that observed by Petherick, Heuglin, and

Bohndorff. At the same time it must be said that while the

horns of Petherick and Bohndorff’s specimens correspond

with small and slender female caama horns, those of Mr. Jack-

son’s skull equal or exceed in size the very largest male

caama horns that I have seen. Male specimens, with skins,

from the Upper Nile are therefore needed to confirm or upset

this identification.

I propose to call the species

Bubalis Jacksoni, sp. n.

Similar in essential characters, in size and proportion of

skull, and in the curves and direction of the horns to the

South-African B. caama, but distinguished by the uniform

pale colour of the face, which matches that of B. tora and is

entirely without any trace of the black frontal and nasal

patches characteristic of that species. Hair of nasal region

reversed upwards for only about 4 or 44 inches from the

hairy point between the nostrils T.

Hab. Country between Lake Victoria Nyanza and Lake

Naivasha. Its northward range depends on the correctness

of my identification of Heuglin’s and Petherick’s animals with

it, and this must of course remain doubtful until further

information is obtained.

* N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 123 (1877).

+ The extent of the reversed hair on the face seems to be character-

istic of the different species of the genus. Thus it extends up to between

the eyes in B. caama, or even to the horns, while in B. major, tora, and

Coker it is confined to about 14 or 2 inches on the tip of the muzzle. In

B. Lichtenstein it is reversed on the nasal region, points downwards on

the anterior frontal, and is then again reversed up to the base of the

horns. No doubt larger series than I have been able to examine will

show these characters to be more or less variable ; but the species are all

so closely allied to one another that any characters which may help to

separate them are worthy of mention.

two new Central-African Antelopes, 387

The following is an extract from Mr. Jackson’s letter to

Messrs. Ward and Co. ; and his remarks being quite borne

out by an examination of the specimen, I feel myself at liberty

to publish them :—

“I do not think it is likely to extend further south, but of

course it may extend to the Cape for what we know; if it is

Alcelaphus caama it may do so, but I am inclined to doubt

its being the same as the S. African animal. [seem to have

an idea that the one at the British Museum is very much

darker and the horns different, but this is only from memory,

and I cannot be sure. Up north all along the top of the

Elgeyo Escarpment (continuation of Mau) into Turquel to

the north and north-east of Mount Elgon it is very common,

and takes the place of 4. Cokez. Round Baringo it is fairly

plentiful, but some marches south of Njemis the A. Coke?

takes its place.”

While the presence or absence of the face-markings is in

this group, owing to its constancy in the adult, a very good

character, the distinction of this species rests largely on

geographical considerations. The true B. caama is purely

South African *, and its range is absolutely shut off from that

ot B. Jacksoni first by B. Lichtensteini, which covers all the

Zambesi region and Nyassaland, and then further north by

B. Coket, these two species being members of totally different

groups of the genus, and neither of them at all closely allied

either to L. caama or to B. Jacksont.

The following are the measurements of the typical skull

of B. Jacksoni :—

Basal length 406 millim., greatest breadth 140, length of

nasal bones 220; protile, length from tip of nasals to top of

frontal crest between horns 450. Distance from tip of horn

to end of muzzle in a straight line 888 (=35 in.).

Horns: greatest length round curves in front 528; cireum-

ference at base 305 (=12 in.) ; distance from tip to tip 220.

It is with great pleasure that I connect with this magnificent

new antelope the name of Mr. Jackson, whose discoveries,

both zoological and geographical, in the region which it

inhabits have rendered his name familiar to all interested in

our East-African possessions.

The second antelope, the Wildebeest or Brindled Gnu, is

one which is likewise allied to a South-African species, but

* Selous (P. Z.S. 1881, p. 763) says, “ It does not extend its range

northward of the saltpans near the Botletlie River . . . and is unknown

in the Matabele and Mashuna countries.”

388 On two new Central-African Antelopes.

although its differential characters are of almost as impor-

tant a nature as in the case of the Hartebeest, there is no

interruption in the range, and therefore, as intermediate

specimens will certainly be found, I propose only to make a

subspecies of it.

It may be called

Connochetes taurinus albojubatus, subsp. n.

Distinguished from C. taurinus typicus by the long mane

which runs along the centre of the throat being white instead

of black, including the tufts on each side of the angles of the

lower jaw. Coloration in other respects the same.

Skull somewhat shorter, especially in the muzzle, and

the anteorbital depressions more strongly marked. Horns

directed somewhat downwards on each side instead of hori-

zontally outwards, and their bases much more expanded and

with prominent bosses on their upper aspects.

Measurements of the typical skull :—

Basal length 430 millim., greatest breadth 198; occiput to

nasal tip 428; nasals, length 215.

Horns*: greatest length round curve behind 494 (=194

in.) ; greatest circumference at base 842 (=1334) ; greatest

spread, measured to the outer side of the horns, 652 (= 253) ;

tip to tip 414 (=162); tip to tip round outer curve and

across forehead 1186 (=463).

Hab. Uganda (Ff. J. Jackson).

Although I have taken Mr. Jackson’s fine example as the

type of this new subspecies, I believe it will be found that

many of the Hast-African specimens hitherto considered to

be the common form really belong to it. Certainly several

Kilima-njaro heads that I have seen have white throat-manes,

while the South-African specimens invariably have black

ones. In fact it seems probable that, just as the recently

described Orya eallotis, with its long black ear-tufts, repre-

sents in Kast Africa the O. gazella and O. beisa, so C. tauri-

nus albojubatus represents throughout that region the typical

black-throated race. Where the two forms, if at all, pass

into one another remains to be seen; but it is evident that

they are certainly different geographical races, and ought to

have different names accordingly.

* All these measurements are very difficult to take with any exactness,

and probably no two observers would make them precisely the same.

On new Genera and Species of Pyralide. 389

LIX.— Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide

contained in the British-Museum Collection. By W.

Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

[Continued from p. 302. }

TANAOPHYSA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, broadening towards the apex ; costa

convex; apex blunt; hind margin curved, oblique. Hind

wings rather narrow; hind margin slightly curved. Palpi

porrect, rostriform; tongue present; antenne simple in both

sexes ; distinguished by a scaleless patch in the male fore

wing ; on leaving the cell the last two subcostal nervules are

slightly curved downwards for half the distance between the

end of the cell and the hind margin, and the whole of the

space between them is without scales and diaphanous.

Type 7. adornatalis, Warr.

Tanaophysa adornatalis, sp. n.

Fore wings bright yellow, brownish along the costa, espe-

cially towards the base; an indistinct obliquely curved first

line near the base and another exterior of the ordinary shape ;

a small dot in the cell near the first line and a larger one at

the end of the cell. Hind wings like fore wings, with the

exterior line repeated; fringes of both wings concolorous.

Head, thorax, and abdomen all yellow. Underside whiter.

Exxpanse of wings, ? 32, $ 24 millim.

A pair from §. Paolo in the British-Museum Collection.

DIACME, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight till just before apex, where

it is strongly curved ; hind margin oblique, slightly indented

beneath apex, so that the wings appear subtalcate. Hind

wings also bluntly subfalcate; the hind margin in the male

cut off nearly straight from inner to anal angle; fore wings

in male longer and narrower than in female, but not so exag-

geratedly as in Stenophyes, Led. Antenne in male finely

pubescent; labial palpi short, blunt, porrect; abdomen of

male with two small lateral fan-shaped tufts of erect scales

on either side of the penultimate segment.

Type D. phyllisalis (Samea), Wik. xix. p. 936.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 29

390 Mr. W. Warren on new

PrssocosMA, Meyr.

Type P. tolealis, Wlk., Meyr. Tr. E. S. 1884, p. 301.

Pessocosma suffusalis, sp. n.

Fore wings sandy ochreous, the lines dark brown, broadly

edged with white, and not reaching either margin; the exte-

rior, starting below the costa, is represented by six dark

intraneural spots, preceded by a broadish, and followed by a

narrow, white space, and ends in a larger white spot in the

middle of the inner margin, immediately underneath the reni-

form stigma, which is narrow, dark-margined, and with a

white centre; fringes chequered, dark and light. Hind

wings white, with a sandy-coloured marginal band, which is

broadest at the inner angle and is preceded by a sinuous

brown submarginal line; towards the base are three round

dark-edged spots filled in with sandy ochreous, the two nearer

the base, of the same size and small, the third, nearer the

centre, much larger. Head, thorax, and abdomen sandy.

Underside like upper, with the markings more distinct. In

one of the examples the markings are almost entirely lost in

the sandy suffusion.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Two males from Goya and Pernambuco respectively.

NIPHOGRAPTA, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight, slightly indented in the

middle; apex blunt; hind margin rounded. Labial palpi

porrect, roughly haired, the joints indistinguishable ; maxil-

lary absent; tongue slight; head rough; antenne (female)

filiform, annulated; ocelli present; markings, two dark

transverse lines and three large stigmata; second line

followed by a series of white lunules; costa with four sub-

apical dark dashes, as in Udea and its allies.

Type N. albiguttalis (Epichronistis?}, Warr. Tr. E. 8S.

1889, p. 289.

APHYTOCEROS, Meyr.

Type A. ducusalis, Wlk., Meyr. Tr. E. S. 1884, p. 320.

Aphytoceros nigrolinealis, sp. n.

Fore wings satiny white, towards the base and along the

inner margin suffused with black-brown, most intensely near

the base ; first line thick, curved, partly obscured by the basal

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 391

suffusion ; exterior line thin and interrupted from the costa

as far as the radial, thence to near the anal angle forming a

broad black streak, preceded at its lower end by two parallel

brown-black streaks running at right angles to it, the upper

one the finer of the two, from below the reniform stigma to

the anal angle ; orbicular stigma oval, reniform kidney-shaped,

both distinct, filled up with yellowish, the reniform with a

smaller flat oval attached to it at the top; a cloudy, fuscous,

submarginal line, most distinct towards the costa, where it is

formed by roundish wedge-shaped markings; fringes white,

with a black dot at the end of each vein. Hind wings white,

with a thick mass of blackish scales close to the base, a yellow,

dark-edged, ocelloid, discal spot, and a blackish submarginal

line, more or less interrupted in the middle, visible as a thin

curved line from the costa, and becoming a thick black blotch

near the anal angle; the apex also with a blackish blotch;

fringes as in fore wings, but with an indistinct small blackish

dot in the fringe beyond each basal dot. Head, thorax, and

abdomen more or less covered with intense black-brown

scales ; palpi and antenne brownish. Underside of abdomen

and legs whitish ; underside of wings like upper.

Ixpanse of wings 34 millim.

One female from Goya.

Aphytoceros longipalpis, sp. n.

Fore wings white, with the base and inner margin suffused

with dark tawny fuscous, leaving, however, the veins paler ;

first line fine, brown, curved, separated from the basal blotch

by a narrow white interspace; exterior line brown, double,

the outer fainter than the inner portion, starting from costa

close before the apex and running straight as far as the second

median nervule, where it is slightly elbowed externally, then

running inwards between the first and second median nervules

to touch the base of the reniform stigma, where it again

curves round and is lost in the suffusion of the inner margin ;

reniform stigma oblique, quadrangular, yellowish, with fine

dark edges ; fringe white. Hind wings white, with a large

discal spot, yellow-centred and broadly edged with brown; a

brown submarginal line, which forms a deep sinus inwardly

in the middle, so as to touch the discal spot, and is followed

by an indistinct fuscous shade ; two lines of more or less erect

dark scales from the base, one along the median vein, the

other broader, near the interior margin. Head, face, and

thorax white; abdomen more suffused with brown-black ;

palpi and antenne brown. Underside like eee with

392 Mr. W. Warren on new

markings showing through, and an additional round dark

fuscous spot at the anal angle of hind wing.

Expanse of wings 27 millim.

One female from the Transvaal.

This species differs from the rest of the genus in the shape

and length of the labial palpi, which are thin, divaricate, the

second and third joints each as long as the width of the head.

DIDYMOSTOMA, gen. nov.

Characterized especially by the labial palpi, which are

apparently double, the ordinary second joint erect in front of

face, the terminal porrect, straight; from the base of the

second is porrected a tuft resembling the terminal joint;

maxillary invisible; ocelli (?) ; tongue strongly developed ;

antenne (of male) laminated and pubescent beneath, some-

what contorted, and slightly thickened shortly above the

base. Wings hyaline, with brown patches; fore wing slightly

falcate and elbowed above anal angle.

Type D. euphranoralis (Botys), Wik. xix. p. 1004.

DICHOTIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings long and narrow, like Noorda, W1k., with costa

nearly straight ; hind margin vertical, except lower third,

which is rather sharply oblique. Labial palpi porrect, not so

long as in Noorda; maxillary erect, divaricate, with apex

broader ; tongue present; ocelli small; antenne (female)

simple; scaling rather thin. Fore wing with traces of two

darker lines and a stigma. Hind wings white, semitrans-

parent, without markings.

Type D. teneralis (Botys), Led. W. E. M. vii. pp. 370,

AG62, pl. viii. fig. 10.

EBULEA, Guen.

Type £, crocealis, Tr., Guen. D. & P. p. 359; Moore,

Ceyl. ii. p. 845.

Ebulea fumipennis, sp. n.

Near fumalis, Gn., but smaller; with fore wing narrower,

more vinous-coloured, as far as can be made out from the

two rubbed examples in the Walsingham Collection; the

direction of the first line is more oblique; mainly distin-

euished by the hind wings, which are wholly suffused with

dark fuscous hairy scales.

California, two females.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 393

Ebulea (?) straminea, sp. n

Fore wing straw-colour, irregularly dusted with tawny-

coloured scales, more especially at the base and along the

hind margin; first line tawny, strongly curved outwards,

oblique; second line, tawny fuscous, makes a large outward

curve, and then approximates to the first line on the inner

margin; orbicular and reniform stigmata slightly darker,

edged finely with brown; fringe tawny at base. Hind wing

whitish, without markings, with pale tawny fringe. Head,

abdomen, and underside straw-colour ; outside of labial palpi

tawny.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

Two females from California.

Ebulea (?) pulverulenta, sp. n.

Fore wings bone-colour, dusted with rusty or fuscous atoms,

especially towards the hind margin; first line blackish from

one eighth of costa to one third of inner margin, slightly

curved outwards ; second line from four fifths of costa to four

fifths of inner margin, starting from a black costal spot,

running irregularly straight to above the anal angle, then

turning abruptly basewards for a short distance, and again at

right angles to the inner margin; in the disk before the

elbow of this line.is an indistinct dark blotch; fringe con-

colorous, with a fine dark basal line. Hind wings sandy

fuscous, without markings. Head, thorax, and abdomen all

bone-colour. Underside sandy ochreous, with the exterior

line visible in both wings and a dark discal spot in the hind

wings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

‘T'wo females from Dharmsala.

UpbgEA, Guen,

Type U. ferrugalis, Hiib., Moore, Ceyl. iii. p. 349.

Udea sabulosalis, sp. n.

Fore wings whitish ochreous, dusted with dull rust-colour,

most thickly in the submarginal area and along the costa;

stigmata large and filled up with the same colour, united to

the costal streak ; first line hardly visible, touching the inside

of the orbicular stigma; second, ferruginous, runs near to and

nearly parallel with the hind margin, only making a small

indentation above the inner margin; four subapical costal

394 Mr. W. Warren on new

dashes, dull ferruginous. Hind wing without markings,

whitish ochreous. Head and abdomen the same.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Two females from Coquimbo.

Udea indistinctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale grey, tinged with fawn-colour and sparsely

dusted with blackish atoms; lines and stigmata indistinctly

darker, the latter edged with black atoms; exterior line thick,

bluntly denticulate ; central area of wing slightly paler than

the rest; a row of small dark dots before the base of the

fringes which have a darker medial line. Hind wings dark

ochreous, dusted with grey, with an indistinct dark discal

spot and a submarginal line, beyond which the rest of the

wing is darker; outer half of fringes paler. Head, thorax,

and abdomen cinereous fawn-colour. Underside’ whitish

ochreous, dusted with darker, and all the markings very

indistinct.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from the Sierra Nevada, N. America.

Distinguished from others of the genus by the length and

narrowness of the fore wings, in which it resembles the other

two American species ¢tysalis, Wlk., and helviusalis, Wk.

Udea inhospitalis, sp. n.

Both wings dark glossy fuscous, with the usual markings

just distinguishable. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fringes all

concolorous. Underside very glossy, with the markings

rather more distinct.

Iixpanse of wings, 2 20, ¢ 18 millim.

One female, two males, from Patagonia.

Udea nigripunctata, sp. n.

Fore wings dull fuscous; first line indistinct, curved ;

second line fine, black, consisting of small blunt denticula-

tions, each followed by a paler space ; a series of very minute

black dots or points before the fringes, which are concolorous

with the wing; orbicular stigma small, indistinct ; reniform,

black, conspicuous. Hind wings rather paler, without

distinct markings. Underside paler, with the spots and lines

dark and quite distinct.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from Callao.

Distinguished at once by the black reniform stigma.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 395

Cypotomia, Led.

Type C. pentadalis, Led. W. E. M. vii. p. 420.

Cybolomia extorris, sp. n.

Fore wings grey, tinged with ochreous, sparsely scaled ;

transverse lines dull white; first at one third, inclined out-

ward to the median vein, where it is bent slightly inwards,

forming a slight angle, then running straight or slightly

concave to the inner margin ; second line, at two thirds, forms

an outward curve, nears the first line below the median, and

then runs straight to the inner margin; at the end of the cell

an elongate white dot, representing the reniform stigma; the

second line starts from a short black dash on the costa, which

is preceded by a longish and followed by a short white dash ;

another long white dash before the apex; fringes dark grey,

with two inconspicuous whitish dashes below the apex and

one above the anal angle. Hind wings dull grey, without

markings. Abdomen, head, &c. all dull grey.

As large as C. siccalis.

Two male specimens from Lord Walsingham’s collection,

from the west United States of America, but with no eact

locality given.

Pacuynoa, Led.

Type P. thoosalis, Wik. xviii. p. 737 (Walker, Led. W.

E, M. vii. p. 391, pl. xiii. fig. 2).

Pachynoa limitata, sp. n.

Differs from purpuralis, Wlk., by its restricted dark

markings and smaller size. Front wings pale yellow; costa

red-brown, with a red-brown protuberance embracing the

reniform stigma and a second smaller one beyond; the two

not uniting to form a central band as in purpuralis, and

having no rosy margin; base of both wings red-brown, much

less in extent than in purpuralis, ending in the hind wing

about halfway down the inner margin; faint traces of two

darker yellow sinuate lines on both wings towards the hind

margin.

One male from Borneo.

Hemiscopis, Warr.

Type H. suffusalis, Wik. (Scopula), Warr. Ann, & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1890 (ii.), p. 476.

396 On new Genera and Species of Pyralide.

Hemiscopis cinerea, sp. n.

Wings fuscous cinereous, with only a s//ght purplish gloss,

which is more apparent between the hind margin and the

outer line, where the wings are free from the numerous

darker atoms with which the central and basal portions, before

each line, are covered ; transverse lines dark brown, not rust-

coloured; fringes entirely dark, with a very fine uninter-

rupted pale line at the base, preceded by an equally fine dark

line along the hind margin. In the hind wing the dark line

is slightly bent before the hind margin, which it reaches,

indistinctly, at one third from the anal angle ; costal region

of hind wing only slightly paler. Palpi dark fuscous, not

rufous. Underside of both wings pale glossy cinereous, the

lines and stigma showing through.

Expanse of wings 22-26 millim.

‘'wo males from Japan.

Hlemiscopis expansa, sp. n.

Fore wing glossy violet-fuscous, with an ochreous tinge

towards the hind margin; first line fine, oblique, at one third,

slightly rust-coloured ; second line much as in suffusalis, dark

brown, somewhat indistinct, in consequence of the darker

suffusion on either side of it; stigma hardly visible; fringe

dark fuscous violet, with a fine pale line at base, before which

the hind margin is narrowly darker. Hind wing with the

costal fourth clear pale ochreous; the rest of the wing

pinkish fuscous, the inner third decidedly paler than the

middle, the line abbreviated, starting from the edge of the

costal pale space and stopping short just before the hind

margin, where it is deflexed towards the anal angle parallel

to the hind margin; fringe as in fore wings. Head, face,

and thorax purplish fuscous ; abdomen cinereous. Underside

of both wings pale glossy ochreous, more or less suffused with

dull fuscous ; the stigma and second line showing darker.

Ixpanse of wings 30 millim.

One female from Dharmsala.

Baorarcua, Meyr.

Type B. cunealis (B. crassicornis, Meyr. Tr. E. 8. 1884,

p- 306 (nee Walk.)).

Beotarcha cunealis, sp. n.

Fore wings pinkish fuscous, slightly glossy ; a pale lemon-

On the Anatomy and Embryology of the Phalangiide. 397

yellow central fascia, irregularly edged on both sides with

purplish, more oblique than that in B. ecrassicornis, Walk.,

and much narrower on the inner margin than on the costa ;

space before the hind margin pale clear yellow, with a fine

dark line from before the apex round the hind margin, beyond

which the fringes again are yellow. Hind wings with

only the costa pale, the rest of the wing being dark fuscous ;

fringe yellowish. Head, face, thorax, and abdomen pinkish

cinereous. Underside of abdomen whitish; pectus pale

yellow ; palpi pale yellow, unspotted ; tibia all spotted alter-

nately purplish and white.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One female, Port Darwin.

[To be continued. }

LX.—On the Anatomy and Embryology of the Phalangiide.

By Vicror FAussex *.

My Russian memoir has just appeared, under the title

“Studien iiber die Entwicklungsgeschichte und Anatomie

der Afterspinnen (Phalangiide)” (Arbeit. Petersb. Naturf.

Gesellschatt, Abt. Zoologie, Bd. xxii. Lief. 2 [Arbeit. aus

dem zootomisch. Kabinet d. Petersb. Universitit]), and in

order to render my paper more readily accessible to readers

abroad I offer the following résumé of the more important

results of my investigations, some of which have already

been published in two smaller provisional communications f ;

I shall at the same time refer to the figures which accom-

pany my memoir.

1. My researches were conducted upon the ova of two

species of Phalangium—Cerastoma cornutum, L., and Opilio

parietinus, Herbst. ‘The ova of these differ from one another

in the structure of the chorion and in certain conditions

necessary for their development. The ova of C. cornutum

are of a yellowish colour, which is due to a multitude of

yellow granules covering the chorion ; in the case of Opilio

parietinus the chorion possesses no yellow granules and the

ova are pure white. The ova of Cerastoma cornutum, which

* Translated from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt, xii. Bd. no. 1 (Jan,

15, 1892), pp. 1-8.

¢ Biol. Centralbl. viii, 12 (1888); Zool, Anzeiger, no, 353 (1891).

398 M. Victor Faussek on the Anatomy and

were laid in autumn, at once commenced to develop at the

temperature of an ordinary room, and within one and a half

to two months the whole cycle of development was com-

pleted, and the young animals emerged and throve perfectly

well throughout the entire winter. The ova of Opilio parte-

tinus perished under the same conditions, and were capable of

further development only after passing the winter in a normal

state, when I placed them upon the ground. Besides these

two species I also had a few ova of larger size belonging to

a species which I failed to determine.

2. With regard to reagents, Flemming’s mixture gave the

best results, in addition to Perenyi’s fluid and sometimes (for

the earlier stages) hot absolute alcohol. I did not study the

formation of the segmentation nuclei. The earliest stages

which I examined showed the ovum divided up into a com-

pact mass of cells; in each of the large segments there lay a

large nucleus (‘Taf. i. figs. 6 and 7 of the Russian memoir).

The ovum consequently undergoes total segmentation and

passes through a morula stage. The first blastoderm (ecto-

derm) cells split off from the superficially situated blasto-

meres, as is correctly described by Henking*. The segmen-

tation nuclei do not come to the surface of the ovum, but all

remain within the blastomeres. In the Araneide, as may be

gathered from the investigations of Morin J, total segmen-

tation also takes place and the ova pass through a blastula

stage, having a large segmentation cavity. In Phalangium

a solid morula is formed, and the ectoderm cells are produced

by being split off, as it were, by delamination.

3. The entire ovum gradually becomes clothed with a

layer of flat ectoderm cells, and thus passes into the bilaminar

stage. After the formation of the ectoderm the inner egg-

membrane (oolemma) becomes considerably thicker, so that

two layers can be distinctly distinguished in it, which, how-

ever, are closely apposed to one another and never separate.

There is an evident secretion of cuticular substance by the

ectoderm cells, which gives rise to the formation of a kind of

embryonic membrane; yet this new cuticular membrane does

not form an independent envelope, but serves to thicken the

oolemma. ‘This subsequent secondary thickening of the

membrana vitellina by the formation of a new cuticular layer

secreted from the ectoderm is comparable to the formation of

* Henking, “ Untersuchungen iiber die Entwicklung der Phalangiden,”

Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zoologie, 45 Bd.

t+ Morin, “ Ueber die Entwicklung der Spinnen” (in Russian), Zeit-

schrift der Neurussischen Gesellschaft in Odessa, xiii. Bd. (1888).

Embryology of the Phalangiide. 399

that blastodermic membrane which is produced from the

blastoderm in many Crustacea (figs. 7 and 11).

4. The germinal disk arises at one pole of the ovum by

multiplication of the ectoderm cells. The newly formed

lower layer of the primitive streak represents the mesoderm,

since the endoderm is differentiated from the beginning.

Among the cells of the lower layer a group is separated off

from the commencement, the cells of which are distinguished

by their size and peculiar appearance. ‘The separation of

this group of cells even precedes the formation of the primi-

tive streak ; as early as the time when the ectoderm clothes

the ovum with a cellular layer this group of cells already

projects as a little cluster into the interior of the ovum (figs. 9,

10,11). This cluster lies, as is subsequently to be seen, in

the posterior portion, although not quite at the end, of the

ventral streak, and consequently forms a local thickening of

the ectoderm, which arises almost simultaneously with the

mesoderm, and afterwards furnishes the germ-cells.

5. The nuclei of the large endoderm cells frequently

suffered from the effects of the reagents, and then appeared

to be destitute of a membrane (fig. 8) ; but they were well

fixed by means of Flemming’s fluid, and presented the

appearance shown in figs. 7,9, 11,12, and 13. The nuclei,

which are figured in Henking’s paper mentioned above, also

seem to me (at least in some cases) to have suffered from the

fixative fluids, and therefore to exhibit no membrane and no

sharp outlines. ‘That which, for instance, he considers to be

several nuclei in one cell (vide his fig. 37), I am inclined to

regard as being nucleoli of a large nucleus, the membrane of

which is destroyed. At the time of the formation of the

mesoderm the nuclei of the endoderm become considerably

larger, so that in comparison with the cells of the germinal

disk they appear quite gigantic. ‘They possess a sharp con-

tour and are very poor in chromatin; almost the whole of

the colourable substance of the nucleus is concentrated in a

nucleolus, which is very glistening and takes a deep stain.

We often meet with figures which seem to point to amitotic

nuclear division (fig. 13) ; it appears that this nuclear division

is also followed by division of the cell (fig. 12). At any rate

the endoderm cells never become multinuclear, and even cells

with two nuclei are rare. I succeeded in determining a

similar characteristic nuclear structure in the endoderm (yolk-

cells) of the Araneide also, in the earlier stages of their deve-

lopment; this had not previously been described by any

author (Zegenaria, figs. 14 and 15). In Araneide and

Phalangiide there consequently occurs a fragmentation of the

400 M. Victor Faussek on the Anatomy and

nucleus in Ziegler’s * sense ; the nuclei, however, do not lose

their histogenetic property (see below). The study of the

fragmentation of the nuclei has led me to wonder whether it

may not be that the so-called ‘‘ secondary mesoderm ”’ of the

Crustacea (Astacus, according to Reichenbach) represents no

cellular elements, but nuclei in the state of fragmentation.

6. The mesoderm is formed, as has been stated, from the

ectoderm ; but during the first period of development a few

elements of endodermic origin are also added to it; these are

large cells which split off from the endoderm cells (figs. 13

and 16). A small number of them separate from the endo-

derm cells lying peripherally immediately beneath the primi-

tive streak, and are soon indistinguishable from the cells of

the latter; for this reason I was unable to ascertain their

subsequent fate.

7. It has already been mentioned that the rudiment of the

germ-cells appears in the ectoderm at a very early period and

projects into the interior of the ovum. In the earliest stages

differences in the germinal rudiment may already be perceived

in certain ova. In some cases the rudiment consists of cells

with large nuclei, but in others their nuclei do not differ much

from those of the cells of the primitive streak. The first

stage in the further development of the rudiment of the sexual

organs consists in its separation from the ectoderm ; its cells

become superficially covered by a layer of ordinary ectoderm

‘ cells (fig. 17). In somewhat later stages the rudiment of the

sexual organs hes sunk in the abdominal nervous system

(figs. 18 and 19); after the nervous system withdraws into

the cephalothorax, however, the germinal rudiment remains

in the abdomen behind the cephalothoracie ganglia, where it

now appears between two layers of mesoderm, 7. e. enclosed

in the ceelom (figs. 19, 20, and 21). In subsequent stages

the germinal rudiment with the large nuclei considerably

increases in size, and after the emergence of the embryo serves

to form the female generative organs (figs. 20, 22, 23, 27, 28,

and 29). ‘The germinal rudiment of the second kind (that

which consists of cells with small nuclei) remains of incon-

siderable size and becomes transformed into the male gene-

* Ziegler, “ Die Entstehung des Blutes bei Knochenfischembryonen,”

Archiv f. mikrosk. Anatomie, 80 Bd. While my memoir was in the

ress there appeared the interesting papers of Ziegler on “ Die biologische

Bedeutine der amitotischen (direkten) Kernteilung im Tierreich,” Biolo-

gisches Centralblatt, xi. Bd. nos. 12 and 13 [Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. vili. Noy. 1891, “The Biological Import of Amitotic (Direct)

Nuclear Division in the Animal Kingdom,” pp. 862-880], and Frenzel,

“Zur Beurteilung der amitotischen (direkten) Kernteilung,” iid. no, 18,

of which I was unable to avail myself.

Embryology of the Phalangiide. 401

rative organs (figs. 24, 25, and 26). During the first two

months of post-embryonic life the further development of the

female germinal rudiment and the transformation of the

embryonic germ-cells into egg-cells can be easily traced in

young Phalangiide (figs. 27 and 28). I did not succeed in

investigating the final development of the male germinal

rudiment; in young harvest-men the latter appeared as a

tolerably small group of cells lying in the abdomen immedi-

ately behind the nervous system, and, like the female rudi-

ment, separated from the latter and from the body-wall by a

layer of loose connective tissue (figs. 25 and 25). In size

the male rudiment is far inferior to the female during the same

period of development. ‘These embryonic germinal rudiments

form in the first place the commencement of the actual germ-

glands, 7. e. ovary or testis as the case may be; other portions

of the reproductive organs, male as well as female, are com-

pletely wanting at the time when the young emerge, and

their formation devolves entirely upon the post-embryonic

development. The female as well as the male germinal

rudiments are enveloped in an extremely delicate membrana

propria containing very small scattered nuclei. In Phalan-

gium therefore there takes place a very early separation of

the germ-cells, similar to what we find in Moina, Chironomus,

and the Aphide.

8. The endoderm cells preserve their general form and

structure without any changes worthy of remark until the

later stages of development; they merely become somewhat

smaller. But the fragmentation of the nuclei continues for

only a limited period. When the nervous system begins to

develop the nuclei of the endoderm cells have already lost

the characteristic signs of fragmentation; they have now

become smaller and no longer possess their former peculiar

structure. ‘The definitive formation of the mesenteron takes

place quite at the end of the embryonic development, after

the external form of the embryo is already complete, the

nervous system concentrated in the cephalothorax, and the

portions of the alimentary canal which are derived from the

ectoderm (stomodeum and proctodzum) are fully developed.

The visceral layer of the mesoderm forms folds, which pene-

trate deep into the yolk and divide it into separate masses

(the subsequent hepatic sacs). The central portion of the

yolk remains undivided and forms the actual mesenteron.

At the close of the embryonic development the endoderm

cells appear to undergo a process of degeneration ; they lose

their contour and the yolk-spherules lie at liberty ; in some

cases small roundish nuclei, which are sometimes amoeboid

402 M. Victor Faussek on the Anatomy and

and sometimes larger, are found between them. At the

periphery of the yolk, where the splanchnic layer of the

mesoderm adjoins it, there appears (even before its division

into the future hepatic sacs) a number of small cells with

small round nuclei; these cells, which in all probability split

off from the large endoderm cells, settle down upon the

visceral layer of the mesoderm and form the epithelium of

the mesenteron. ‘Thus it is not the endoderm cells themselves

but their derivatives which give rise to the epithelium of the

mid-gut (figs. 31 and 32).

9. The coxal glands of an adult harvest-man consist of

three divisions :—(1) the inner end is expanded in the form

of asac, and constitutes the terminal vesicle; (2) the terminal

vesicle narrows and passes into a very long convoluted tube,

the tube of the coxal gland, which has long been known

(Malpighian vessel) ; (3) the tube empties itself into a large

thin-walled sac (urinary bladder), which opens to the exte-

rior at the side in the cephalothorax, between the coxe of the

third and fourth pairs of legs. The terminal vesicle of the

coxal gland has hitherto never been described. It is situated

in the cephalothorax as an elongated saccule, at the side of

the ganglionic mass surrounding tle cesophagus, at the base

of the third pair of legs; at the anterior end the saccule

bends downwards and somewhat inwards, runs a little way

backwards, and terminates blindly near, and on the inside of,

the external opening of the coxal gland (fig. 50, es’). In

transverse sections we therefore see two lumina, one above

the other (fig. 23, es’, es') ; but on scrutinizing a series of

sections we can easily convince ourselves that both lumina

pass into one another anteriorly, while posteriorly the lower

saccule (the doubled-down anterior end of the terminal

vesicle) ends blindly and the upper one becomes narrower

and passes into the tube (fig. 50, es*, es*, coz®; fig. 34, es? ;

fig. 35, cow’). This tube, at first excessively thin (figs. 50

and 35, cow’), becomes gradually wider, and passes into the

long-known convoluted tube, the “ Malpighian vessel” of

Plateau, the true significance of which was first recognized

by Loman *. ‘The tube of the coxal gland forms a compli-

cated coil, passes towards the dorsal side of the body, where

it makes a loop running parallel with the heart, then returns

* Plateau, “ Sur les phénoménes de la digestion, etc. chez les Phalan-

gides,” Bull. Acad. nabs 1876; Rossler, “ Beitrage zur Anatomie der

Phalangiden,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd, 34, 1882; Loman, “ Altes und

Neues uber das Nephridium (die Coxaldriise) der Arachniden,” Bijdr. tot

de Dierkde. N. A. M. 14 Aufl., 1888. The recent paper by Sturany

(‘ Die Coxaldriisen der Arachnoiden,” Arch. Zool. Instit. Wien, 9 Bd.,

1891) came into my hands after my memoir was quite finished.

Embryology of the Phalangiide. 403

towards the ventral surface, and opens into the urinary sac

(figs. 34, 35, and 50, cow, cow'). The latter (figs. 33, 34, 35,

and 50—/HS, O. HS) extends a long way backwards into the

abdomen, while in front it stretches beyond the point of

attachment of the third pair of legs; with its anterior blind

end it closely adjoins the bow-shaped bend of the terminal

vesicle (fig. 50). Not far from its anterior end there issues

from the urinary sac a tolerably narrow duct, which passes

downwards and opens to the exterior between the coxe of

the third and fourth pairs of legs (Loman) (figs. 33, 50—

O. HS). It was impossible to examine the histological

structure of the terminal vesicle more closely, since this por-

tion of the gland was found to be ina rather bad state of

preservation in the preparations. The structure of the tube

(figs. 87, 38) did not exhibit any considerable deviations from

the typical structure of coxal glands, as, for instance, it has

been described by Lankester and others in Scorpio, &c. The

wall of the urinary sac (fig. 36, surface view) consists of a

membrana propria with small and a pavement epithelium

with large nuclei; muscle-fibres were not found in it. The

remainder of the chapter on the coxal glands is devoted to an

analysis of the papers upon the coxal glands of the Arachnids,

especially to a criticism of the views of Hisig *, according to

which the coxal glands are homologous not with the nephridia,

but with the sete-forming glands (“ Borstendriisen ’’) of the

Annelids. I may sum up my own views as follows :—(a) the

coxal glands of Phalangium consist of three divisions—ter-

minal vesicle, tube, and urinary sac; (4) the same divisions

are found in the antennary glands of the Crustacea}; (c) these

three divisions are homologous with the three portions of the

nephridium of Pertpatus (and Annelids), with the funnel and

terminal vesicle (in Perzpatus—in Annelids the adjoining

portion of the ccelome), the tube, and the expansion of the

latter at its distal end; (d@) the coxal glands otf Limulus and

Arachnids, as well as the excretory organ of the Zoéa of

Eryphia described by Lebedinskif, and the antennary and

shell-glands of the Crustacea are homologous with the nephridia

of Peripatus and Annelids; (e) Hisig’s hypothesis as to the

homology of the coxal glands of the Arachnids with the

* Hisig, “ Die Capitelliden,” Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel,

xvi. Monographie, 1887, i. p. 374 et seg.

+ The “nephro-peritoneal sac” of the Decapods according to Weldon

(Weldon, “The Renal Organs of certain Decapod Crustacea,” Quart.

Journ. Micr. Sci. 1891, vol. xxxii.) probably coyresponds to an extraor-

dinarily developed urinary sac.

¢ Lebedinski, “ Entwicklung von Eryphia spinifrons,’ Zeitschrift der

Neurussischen Naturf. Ges. in Odessa, Bd. xvi., 1889 (in Russian),

404 On the Anatomy and Embryology of the Phalangiide.

spinning-glands of Peripatus and the sete-forming glands of

the Annelids proves to be untenable.

10. The cephalothoracic glands described by Krohn are

constituted in the final stages of development as two pyriform

invaginations of the ectoderm at the side of the two eyes

(figs. 40, 41, and 47, c.dr.). In the ectoderm cells of the

glands there commences at an early period the secretion and

accumulation of a dark pigment which forms two black

spots upon the surface of the embryo, which is still perfectly

white ; these spots are visible like the eyes through the egg-

membranes. Simultaneously with the glandular structures

which have been described there exists in the embryo a pair

of provisional organs of a glandular character. In Cerastoma

cornutum these appear as two groups of large cells, lying

one on each side in the cephalothorax near the eyes. [ixter-

nally these cells are directly covered by the ectoderm, and

they appear to be separated from the body-cavity by a thin

membrana propria. In addition to a large nucleus the cells

of this organ enclose peculiar concretions, which take a deep

stain from carmine. Although covered by the ectoderm these

cells nevertheless possess a communication with the outer

world by means of a special aperture, through which the

concretions which are formed in them are conveyed to the

exterior. In the sections a compact mass of these excretions

generally lies at this aperture (figs. 39, 40, 41, 44, and 45).

In another undetermined species of Phalangium the glandular

structure of this organ was even more pronounced. In this

case it consisted of a tolerably large hemispherical complex

of cells, which projected freely into the body-cavity and was

attached to the ectoderm by a relatively smaller portion

(figs. 42, 43, 46, and 47); the apices of the columnar and

distinctly defined pyramidal cells of this organ met together

in a point, while their broad bases formed a hemispherical

surface. In each cell a large nucleus was situated not far

from the base, while the excretory products were accumulated

nearer the apex. ‘The external aperture of the gland had the

form of a small pit, filled with secretion deeply stained by

carmine; short rods of this secretion radiated from this pit

between the apices of the cells (fig. 43). But these glands

had not exactly the same structure in all preparations of this

species of Phalangium; in some cases they were suggestive

of those of Cerastoma cornutum (fig. 48). At the same time

the embryos investigated were all at the same stage of deve-

lopment. I have consequently found in two species of Phalan-

gium during embryonic development a peculiar glandular

organ, which lies in a single pair in the cephalothorax,

Mr. O. Thomas on a Third Speetes of Nyctophilus. 405

between the eyes and the cephalothoracic glands on each side,

and probably has an excretory function. In the two species

examined this organ exhibited considerable differences in

structure. ‘The organs are purely embryonic; in the youngest

specimens of harvest-men which I was able to examine I no

longer found any trace of them. I failed to elucidate their

fate during the transition to post-embryonie life. This pair

of glands reminded me forcibly of the dorsal organ of the

Myside, as recently described by Nussbaum* and Butsch-

inski f. Although I did not succeed in observing its first

appearance, I nevertheless consider it to be very probable

that it appears, precisely like that of Mysis (at least in the

ease of the second species of Phalangium), in the form of an

invagination of the ectoderm. Similar organs have been

observed by Watase ¢ in Limulus, where they were also

found to resemble the dorsal organs of Mysis. Kingsley and

Patten, however, consider these organs in Limulus to be of a

sensory character §. As regards Phalangium the glandular

character of ‘‘ the lateral or dorsal organs” cannot be open to

the slightest doubt, as is proved by the numerous concretions

enclosed in their cells and their excretion to the exterior,

LXI.—Deseription of a Third Species of the Genus

Nyctophilus, By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

THE genus Nyctophilus was in Dr. Dobson’s ‘ Catalogue of

Bats ’ || considered to consist in 1878 of only a single species,

‘the Australian Long-eared Bat, Nyctophilus timorensis, a

species with very much the facies, and evidently taking the

place in Australia, of the European Long-eared Bat, Plecotus

auritus. In 1888 § I had the pleasure of describing a second

species of the genus from New Guinea, N. microtis, which

* Nussbaum, “Zur Embryologie von Mysis chameleo,’ Zeitschr,

Neuruss. Naturf, Gesellschaft in Odessa, xii. Bd., 1887.

+ Butschinski, “Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Mysiden,” Zeitschr,

Neuruss. Naturf. Gesellschaft in Odessa, xv. Bd., 1890,

{ Watase, “On the Structure and Development of the Eyes of Zimu-

Jus,” Johns Hopkins Uniy. Cire. vol. viii.

§ Kingsley, “The Ontogeny of Limulus,” Zool. Anz. 1890; Patten,

On the Origin of Vertebrates from Arachnids,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.

xxxii., 1890.

| P. 172,

q Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 226,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 30

406 Mr. O. Thomas on a Third Species of Nyctophilus.

had so much shorter ears than WN. timorensis as to have no

general resemblance to Plecotus; and I now have to describe

a third species with ears smaller still, so small, in fact, as to

be not longer than those of average species of Vesperugo.

In other respects the new species is absolutely a Nyctophilus

and shows no approach to other Vespertilionine genera; so

that the long ears of N. t/morensis may be presumed to be

a later development within the genus, and, judging by the

abundance and wide distribution of the species, a most

successful one.

The type specimen of the new species was obtained by

Mr. J. J. Walker, of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin,’ to whose exertions

the National Museum is indebted for very large collections in

various branches of natural history, and in whose honour |

propose to name it

Nyctophilus Walkeri, sp. n.

Allied to N. microtis, Thos., but considerably smaller and

with smaller ears; these, when laid forwards, do not quite

reach to the nose-leaf; they are, however, connected across

the forehead by a band about 2 millim. in depth, and in this

respect resemble those of N. timorensis; besides being

shorter they are decidedly narrower than those of N. mierotis,

and their inner margin is much less convex ; the small lobe

on the inner surface of the base of the outer margin is, as in

N. microtis, short and well defined, instead of being long and

passing gradually at each end into the main outer margin, a3

is the case in JN. timorensis.

Other characters apparently as in N. microtis, except that

the teeth are smaller and weaker in proportion, and the fur is

shorter and paler in colour, especially on the under surface,

where the hairs are tipped with dirty white.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in alcohol) :—

Head and body 45 millim.; tail 36; ear, length above

crown 10°5, breadth 9°5; tragus, length of internal margin

4:3; forearm 33°5; lower leg 15; hind foot 5°5; calcar 12.

Tip to tip of upper canines 3°4.

Hab. Adelaide River, Northern Territory, Australia.

Miscellaneous. 407

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

L’ Evolution Seauelle dans UEspéece humaine. Par le Dr. Henri

Sicarp, Doyen de la Faculté des Sciences de Lyon. Avee 94

figures intercalées dans le texte. Paris: Libraire F. B. Baillicre

et Fils, 1892.

Tuts little volume contains much information relating to the deve-

lopment of animals and the peculiarities of their life-history in all

its main outlines, beginning with the asexual forms—partheno-

genesis establishing a “ passage” to the sexual. Sexual evolution

in the Darwinian sense—that is, from the variability where the cause

is unknown, gradually developed by natural selection—finds little or

no place in it, notwithstanding its title. But we have numerous

facts respecting secondary characters, amounting in some species to

dimorphism. Sexual selection, it is contended, tends to develop

such characters, for, as the greatest dissimilarity favours progress,

whatever has the effect of diminishing it “is in opposition to the

teaching (données) of biology.” ‘Many points remain obscure,”

our author admits: for instance, among insects the occurrence of

apterous females in species closely allied to others where the sexes

are scarcely distinguishable.

Perhaps the most valuable part of the work is the account of the

development of the embryo, including a notice of the once hotly-

contested gastreea-theory. ‘‘ Differentiation of the sexes” and “of

secondary sexual characters in general” follow. The seventh

chapter applies to man only—his anatomy and “ mental constitu-

tion.” The concluding chapter treats of the various races of

mankind, illustrated by a number of characteristic portraits, and

giving many curious details: the love of ornamentation seems

predominant among the males of savages.

Briefly, the work is a useful summary, a few still-disputed points

excepted, of the present condition of our knowledge.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Genus Polychrysia of Hubner (a Group of Plusiid Moths).

By Artuur G. Burier, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e.

In his ‘ Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge,’ at p. 251, Hiibner

founded a genus Polychrysia on the single European species P.

moneta. The characters given for his genus were, as usual, value-

less ; but the genus itself is a good one and must be adopted. It

is synonymous with the genus Deva of American authors and of

Walker’s ‘Supplement,’ but has nothing to do with the typical

species of that author’s genus.

408 Miscellaneous.

Walker described his genus Deva in the twelfth volume of his

‘ Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera,’ p. 962, and included in it

two species, D. stimulans,=Plusiodonta Thome, Guen., and D. con-

ducens,= P. chaleytoides,Guen. On the following page he described

another new genus, Gadera, with two species, G. incitans and

G. repellens, both without localities, though he concluded that

G. repellens was Brazilian. As a matter of fact both are natives of

Jamaica.

Now as P. compressipalpis, from the United States, is the type of

Plusiodonta, and differs from all the other species associated with it

in its pectinated antenne, and as the species of Deva and Gadera

differ from one another in no character whatever, the bulk of the

species of Guenée’s genus Plusiodonta fall into Deva, Walker ;

whilst the species referred to Deva by Walker, Grote, und myself

subsequently, fall into Polychrysia, Hiibner.

The genus Polychrysia, in my opinion, is a true Plusiid (whereas

Deva bvelongs to the Calpide) ; it differs from typical Plusia in its

enormously developed Deltoid palpi, the terminal article of which is

curved, compressed, and tapering, the fringe of scales being elon-

gated below the article; the outer margin of the primaries is

usually, but not invariably, subangulated.

The genus Polychrysia will include P. splendida,= Deva splendida,

from Japan; P. c-aureum,= Plusia c-aureum, from Europe; P. mi-

kudina,=Plusia mikadina, from Japan; P. purpurigera,= Deva

purpurigera, from the United States; P. moneta,=Plusia moneta,

from Europe; and P. palligera,=Deva palligera, from the United

States.

Of the above species P. c-aureum and P. mikadina are nearly

allied, but the former has the golden marking on the centre of the

primaries of a G-shape, whereas that on P. mikadina is comma-

shaped, » ; at the same time it is quite possible that a large series

will prove this to be an insufficient distinguishing character.

Dr. von Lendenfeld on the Central Cuvity ix Euplectella.

By E. A. Mincary.

In the last number of this Journal (April 1892, p. 337) Dr. yon

Lendenfeld calls me to task for having, as he says, attributed

to him the statement (which he well terms ‘ preposterous”) that

the central cavity of Huplectella aspergillum is a pseudoscular tube

forming part of the inhalant system. He adds that he never

doubted the exhalant nature of the central cavity in Huplectella and

that he fails to see how any one can gather from his statements

such a meaning as I impute to them.

No one would gather from reading Dr. von Lendenfeld’s note

that everything I inferred as to his opinions was supported by full

quotations from his writings, and I will therefore content myself

by merely amplifying what I have already written.

In the first place I quoted from his *‘ Monograph of the Horny

Miscellaneous. 409

Sponges,’ p. 757 (by a misprint it came out p. 717), as follows :—

“In the tubular Huplectella aspergillum and in allied forms the

central cavity . . . appears as a preoscular tube.” In other words,

the central cavity is of exhalant nature. Well and good! But on

the very next page of the same work we read, “ The cribriform

membrane which is stretched over the wide terminal pseudoscula

of Dendrilla cavernosa, covering the entrances to the vestibular

cavities, is very remarkable. I do not hesitate to compare it

directly to the terminal sieve of Huplectella aspergillum. 1 think

it may not be impossible that in some of the cup-shaped or tubular

Hexactinellida the central cavity is, like that of Dendrilla cavernosa,

an inhalant vestibule, and not a preoscular tube.” That is to say,

the sieve-membrane covering the central cavity in Huplectella is

compared directly with a similar sieve covering an inhalant space in

another sponge. The only rational conclusion from such a homology

appeared to me to be that the central space in Huplectella was to be

regarded as inhalant also. In commenting on these statements I

concluded by saying it was not necessary to point out the contra-

dictions in which the author had landed himself. I only hope I

have made it clear how I gathered from Dr. von Lendenfeld’s state-

ments the meaning | imputed to them. Ido not quite follow Dr. von

Lendenfeld’s meaning when he speaks of a “ hostile motive” having

prompted me in my interpretation of his statements, and cannot

but deprecate the introduction of personalities into a scientific

argument.

Zoological Station, Naples,

April 8, 1892.

On some Specimens of Dendroclava Dohrnii, Weismann. By

Dr. Rarrartro Zora.

On the 23rd October, 1891, the Director of the Zoologica! Station at

Naples, with his usual courtesy, gave me some hydroids (Sertularella,

Eudendrium, Campanularia) which the fishermen had brought from

the coasts of Nisida. Amongst these were a few small colonies of

hydrosome which at first sight appeared to me to be very similar to

Corydendrium, although perhaps the zooids were somewhat smaller

than those of Corydendrium parasiticum. One of these colonies

grew from the stalk of a Cumpanularia in the same manner in

which the trunks of Corydendrium parasiticum spring from those of

Eudendrium, so that the resemblance between the two was the

more striking.

On bringing these hydroid colonies under the microscope, I

observed some medusoid buds under the neck of the zooids ; and in

this, as well as in other respects, the hydroids corresponded exactly

with the Dendroclava Dohrnii described by Weismann, whose

observations, as far as I know, have never yet been called in

question.

These colonies were about 2 centimetres in height, somewhat

410 Miscellaneous.

copiously ramified, and bearing branches on the right and the left

of the trunk, although less frequently on the latter side than in the case

of those described by Weismann. The ccenosare not only at the

base of the colony, but also close to the summit, is formed, or rather

issues, from two tubes described by Weismann, the outer one being

smooth and straight, while the inner one has undulating lines. The

zooids are club-shaped, with about twelve scattered tentacula, of which

some were rather longer than the rest.

The medusoid buds proceed from a distinct pedicle, attached to

the stalk of the supporting hydrosoma. From their structure, as

Weismann observes, it is obvious that they become liberated and

able to float away. I kept my colonies for two or three days, living in

vessels in which the sea-water was constantly changed and kept in

motion, and I was thus able to obtain a certain number of medusa-

like zooids, which swam freely about like the medusie of a Bougain-

villia or a Podocoryne, and on comparing them with the medusoid

buds of Dendroclava it was evident that they were the ultimate

evolutionary forms of the latter.

The detached medusze of Dendroclava Dohrnii are somewhat

larger than those of Podocoryne carnea. They have a well-developed

umbrella with prolongations: the manubrium, or pedicle, is on the

other hand small, not reaching farther than the middle of the

umbrella, and is somewhat bottle-shaped with small ramifications at

its mouth. About halfway down appear four yellow-green radiated

spots, “‘ the gonophores,” which have a smooth surface. There are

four radiated canals, which are flattened as in the family Tiaride. At

the base of these there is a delicate longitudinal fibrillation. Of

the eight marginal tentacles four are radial in continuation with the

radial canals and fourareintermediate, the base of all being excessively

dense, while the lower side, as well as the distal extremity, bears

an orange-coloured spot (ocello).

Weismann considers that this medusa should be placed in the

family Tiaride (Heckel), and in the subfamily of the Pandeide,

while it may possibly be referred to the genus Pandea (Lesson) or

to Conis (Brandt). A close examination of the adult zooids shows

that they have the characters of the Tiaride * and of the subfamily

Pandeide, but cannot be referred to the genus Cons, as they have

no double crown of tentacles bearing ocelli on the shorter and

upper of those bodies. This form may possibly not admit of being

included in the genus Pandwa; at any rate | am unable to detect

those urticating threads (Nesselstreifen) of the umbrella which

distinguish the latter genus.

The polypoid form has been referred by Weismann to the family

Clavide. It, however, we follow Allman + the fact of its having

gonophore medusoids would lead us rather to place it in the family

* E. Heckel, ‘Das System der Medusen.’ Jena, 1879, 1 Theil, 1

Halft, p. 40.

+ A. F. Allman, ‘A Monograph of Gymnoblastic, or Tubularian

Hydroids,’ 1872, London,

Miscellaneous. 411

of the Turride, from which we must at the same time remove the

genus Corydendrium, which Allman had ineluded in it on account

of the uncertainty which still exists to its reproductive organs.

In regard to the habitat of this form, I may observe that my

specimens were found in a very different condition from those of

the first specimen described. Weismann had a colony which had

been taken from a depth of 70 to 80 metres. On this account he

refers to Dendroclava Dohrnii as a form living at great depths.

My specimens on the contrary had been taken off the coasts of

Nisida, and it is only necessary to glance at a bathymetric map of

the Gulf of Pozzuoli to see that the island of Nisida is surrounded

by waters of very inconsiderable depth.— Bolletino Scientifico, N. 3

e 4, Anno 1891.

On the Development of Bythinia tentaculata. By Dr. R. v.

Ertaneer, of the Heidelberg Zoological Institute.

Having been occupied for a long time with the embryology of

Gastropods, I thought it desirable to test upon another Prosobranch

the observations which I had made upon Paludina vivipara. For

this purpose Bythinia tentaculata appeared to me to be most advan-

tageous, since all the stages of development are to be had in any

quantity, and the youngest are very suitable for sections on account

of their relative size. Another circumstance strengthened me in

my intention. Bythinia has already been the subject of a lengthy

paper by P. Sarasin *, whose results were by no means to be recon-

ciled with those which I had attained in the case of Paludina. The

sequel will show that in almost all important points I have arrived

at precisely opposite views to Sarasin, and that the development of

Bithinia possesses a great similarity to that of Paludina.

After the expulsion of the directive vesicles the segmentation

proceeds in the manner which is typical for the majority of Gastro-

pods, and conforms closely to that of Planorbis and Neritina.

Immediately after the division into two it becomes evident that the

cells of the germ do not all divide simultaneously, but that the

macromeres which are first formed gradually give rise to a large

number of micromeres. I traced the segmentation as far as the

stage with forty-eight cells; I did not succeed in following it

further, on account of the excessive number of segments. By the

time this stage is reached a segmentation-cavity of considerable size

has been developed, which soon afterwards acquires its greatest

dimensions. At the vegetative pole the four macromeres only are

present, while the micromeres, which give rise to exelusively ecto-

dermal elements, gradually diminish in size from the vegetative to

the animal pole. The macromeres exhibit precisely the same

arrangement as the corresponding cells in Planorbis. The anterior

and posterior are in contact with one another, forming a sharply

* P. Sarasin, ‘ Entwicklungsgeschichte der Bythinia tentaculata, In-

augural-Dissertation. Wiesbaden, 1882,

412 Miscellaneous.

defined furrow between them, while the two lateral cells are sepa-

rated from one another by the anterior and posterior ones. Thus

the blastula already exhibits a bilaterally symmetrical structure.

The hindermost macromere may be termed the endo-mesoderm

cell, since it divides into two cells, of which the one retains the

position of the posterior macromere, while the other, moving in the

longitudinal axis, passes more towards the animal pole. This cell

then similarly divides into two, but in the direction of the longitu-

dinal axis, and the two cells thus produced are the primitive meso-

derm cells, which lie next one another on both sides of the longitu-

dinal axis, dorsally to the posterior macromere.

After these processes have taken place the three other macromeres

divide, but simultaneously with the fourth, which had superseded

the endo-mesoderm cell, and furnish the endoderm cells of the wall

of the archenteron. In the meantime the blastula flattens out

dorso-ventrally, since the endoderm cells which have arisen from

the macromeres, as well as the two primitive mesoderm cells, are

surrounded by the ectoderm and pressed into the segmentation-

cavity. With progressive flattening of the germ the archenteron is

gradually formed by invagination of the endoderm, its walls being

constituted by the progeny of the four macromeres. The flattening

finally becomes so great that the segmentation-cavity is reduced to

a cleft, while the blastopore forms an elongated oval which is situ-

ated in the longitudinal axis.

During this time the two primitive mesoderm cells, which on the

invagination of the endoderm had come to lie at the hinder pole in

the segmentation-cavity, have given rise to a mesodermie band on

either side of the archenteron. Simultaneously with this the

embryo has also lost its rounded form, and when seen from the

ventral or dorsal surface appears as a spherical triangle with nearly

equal transverse and longitudinal axes, and with the apex directed

forwards and rounded angles.

At the next stage the blastopore forms a long slit, which occupies

the whole length of the ventral side. The communication between

the archenteron, which possesses a tolerably wide cavity, and the

exterior persists at about the middle of the blastopore. while the

edges of the blastopore elsewhere grow together. The mouth

proceeds directly from the persisting communication between the

blastopore and the exterior. The first traces of the velum now also

appear in the shape of a double row of clear ciliated ectoderm cells,

which form a girdle directed obliquely to the longitudinal axis, and

which bisects the longitudinal axis in the dorsal median line and in

the ventral median line passes in front of the anterior end of the

blastopore. The mesoderm has become bilamellar and forms a

saccule on each side on the right and left, which pass into one

another at the hinder pole and gradually grow out forwards and

dorsally. The ccelom lying between the two layers of the meso-

derm is distinctly visible.

The archenteron soon changes its shape. It is broader in front,

with a wider lumen, and narrows towards the hinder end, whereby

its lumen becomes correspondingly smaller. In lateral view it is

Miscellaneous. 413

dorsally convex, ventrally concave. The shell-gland now appears

upon the dorsal surface of the hinder end as a thickening of the

ectoderm, and simultaneously the rudiments of the cerebral ganglia

arise as lateral thickenings of the velar area. At this stage there

further arises the glandular portion of the primitive kidney as a

little heap of mesoderm cells. At the hinder end of the blastoporal

groove a little pit is observable, which marks the spot at which

subsequently the contracted end of the archenteron breaks through

the ectoderm to form the anus.

The esophagus arises by an invagination of the ectoderm at the

spot where the mouth had originated from the blastopore, and

exhibits in front of the mouth two large clear cells which belong to

the velum. The velum itself is distinguished by the very large size

of its cells, which show the concretions described by Sarasin, and

are ciliated. It extends a very long way backwards.

Soon after this the foot is formed as a protuberance of the ecto-

derm on the ventral side behind the mouth. The cesophagus itself

already exhibits the evagination of the radula pouch. Shell-gland

and cerebral plates continue to increase in size, and the mesoderm

grows round the archenteron more and more in a dorsal direction,

while ventrally it gives rise to a considerable mass of cells, which is

the rudiment of the pericardium.

The primitive kidney is brought into communication with the

exterior by means of an ectodermal excretory duct lying beneath

the hump-shaped lateral projections of the velum.

The embryo now grows more lengthwise, and its anterior end is

distinctly marked off from the posterior, which bears the shell-gland,

since it is separated from it by the foot. The kidney arises on the

right side from a thickening of the pericardium; the latter has

moved more towards the right and in a dorsal direction, owing to

the torsion which now comes into play. The mantle-ridge appears

somewhat later, and simultaneously there is formed in its vicinity a

small invagination of the ectoderm, the rudiment of the excretory

duct of the kidney.

In the rudiment of the pericardium, which was hitherto solid, a

lumen arises, the pericardial cavity ; the same thing happens in the

kidney ; the two lumina come into connexion with one another by a

narrow opening, while the kidney itself opens by its excretory duct

into the mantle-cavity, which has arisen through the outward growth

of the edge of the mantle. The heart is formed as an invagination

of the wall of the pericardium ; it becomes constricted in the middle,

and is thus divided into the auricle, which is situated in front, and

the ventricle, which lies behind.

The ganglia arise in precisely the same way as in Paludina*, as

separate thickenings of the ectoderm, which sever themselves from

their place of origin, sink inwards, and then, and not before, come

into connexion with one another by means of commissures and con-

nectives. There is nothing to be seen of a continuous ingrowth of

* R. v. Erlanger, “ Zur Entwicklung von Paludina vivipara,’ Zool.

Anzeiger, no. 357 (1891).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. S

414 Miscellaneous.

ectoderm lying in the median longitudinal axis, from which,

according to Sarasin, the pedal, intestinal, and visceral ganglia pro-

ceed, and which he homologizes with the ventral nerve-cord of the

Annelids.

In opposition to Sarasin I must lay stress upon the following

points. There is in Bythinia a separate mesoderm, which arises

from the endoderm, and the development of which from the two

primitive cells is traceable step by step. The archenteron proceeds

from an invagination of the endoderm. The whole mid-gut, i. e.

stomach and liver, as well as end-gut (if we can use the term at all

as applied to mollusks), arises from the archenteron, which always

exhibits a distinct lumen. The mouth proceeds directly from the

blastopore, accompanied by an invagination of the ectoderm, which

forms the cesophagus ; consequently a complete closure of the blas-

topore does not take place. The anal opening corresponds to asmall

pit at the hinder end of the blastoporal groove. Primitive kidney

and kidney, apart from their ectodermic excretory ducts, are of

mesodermic origin ; the same is true for the heart and pericardium.

The ganglia arise completely separate from one another, and do not

come into connexion until afterwards.—Zoologischer Anzeiyer,

xiv. Jahrg., 1891, no. 376, pp. 385-388.

On certain Reproductive Phenomena in Cirrhipedes.

By M. A. Grove.

The history of the preliminary phenomena of fertilization in the

Cirrhipedes is little known. Darwin, relying on the anatomical

characters (length of the penis) and on the observation that the ova

are not ripe at the same time as the spermatozoa, concluded that

reciprocal fertilization must take place, but never actually witnessed

it. I was fortunate enough, during my stay at the seaside *, to

make a few interesting observations on this subject.

I had in a tank of the aquarium several specimens of Balanus (B.

tintinnabulum) which had been living for some time and were adult ;

my attention was attracted by the very peculiar movements of one

of them.

The movements of the cirri were accelerated, then all at once the

latter stopped, opened behind, and from the midst of them there

arose a sort of very mobile tentacle, which was moved to the right,

to the left, backwards, and in every direction, as if seeking for

something: this was the penis. Soon a contraction set in and

emission took place; the penis then resumed its position between

the cirri, which also resumed their ordinary movements, until the

occurrence of a fresh series of similar phenomena.

My attention once directed to this point, I was not long in dis-

covering analogous phenomena in Lepas anatifera.

Individuals of the latter species embrace one another to a certain

extent with their cirri. It frequently happens that the fertilized

* These investigations were carried out at M. de Lacaze-Duthiers’

laboratory of experimental zoology at Roscoff during the months of

August and September, 1891.

Miscellaneous. 415

animal seizes the penis of the male between its cirri and drags it

inside its valves, where it retains it, unless the latter, as is often the

case, penetrates thither by itself. The animals remain in this way,

pressed one against the other, producing little movements of con-

traction. Emission takes place, and the sperm is always deposited,

in the form of a gelatinous mass, beneath the ovigerous frenum on

each side of the body. On each occasion that I noticed it it was

the smaller animal of the two that played the part of the male.

If there are several specimens of Lepas or Balanus whose sperma-

tozoa are ripe surrounding another individual which is ready to be

fertilized, it is not unusual to see several of them participating in

the fertilization of the same individual.

Another phenomenon is frequently witnessed which is strange

enough to be worthy of mention. Two Balani (B. tintinnabulum)

are attached to the same fragment of rock, both of small size, and

both with the cirri extended in the same direction. The hinder-

most one wishes to fertilize its neighbour: it tries, buf its penis is

too short and cannot reach as far as the orifice of the chamber in

order to deposit its sperm there. ‘Then, by a simple process which

might be termed ingenious, it turns abruptly in its chamber about

three quarters round, and thus diminishing the space which sepa-

rates them by the length of the orifice of the chamber, it is able to

succeed in fertilizing its neighbour.

From these facts, and others which cannot find a place in this

note, we must conclude that the ordinary mode of fertilization in

the Cirrhipedes is reciprocal. When this method is rendered

impossible, by various circumstances, more especially by the fixation

of the animals, self-fertilization may also take place.

There is no actual copulation, but merely approximation of the

sexes and deposition of fertilizing matter in the neighbourhood of

the oviferous females.

It was impossible to determine the existence of reciprocal fertili-

zation in Pollicipes ; I am inclined to believe that in this case there

is only simple self-fertilization.—Comptes Rendus, t. cxili. no. 20

(Nov. 16, 1891), pp. 706-708.

On the Embryogeny of Sagitta. By M.S. Jourpary.

Observations made on the development of Sagitta have led me to

differ from Kowalewsky and Biitschli in my conception of the

formation of the archenteric cavity, which appears in these animals

at the gastrula stage. According to the naturalists mentioned, this

cavity, which is simple at first, should divide at its anterior region

into three lobes, while preserving its simplicity in its posterior

portion. The lateral lobes of the tripartite region would constitute

the general body-cavity ; the median lobe would form the digestive

canal of the perfect animal. This view appears to me to be

erroneous.

The archenteric cavity, open behind at the blastopore, which

occupies the region of the future anus, gives rise not to the general

416 Miscellaneous.

cavity (partim), but really to the digestive canal. Consequently,

the lining of the portion enclosed by embolé represents not meso-

blast, but hypoblast.

According to this, the development of the digestive canal must be

understood to proceed as follows :—At the oral pole of the ovum

there appears a depression, which is clothed by the epiblast which

is driven inwards. This depression, becoming deeper, pushes back

the subjacent layer, that is to say the hypoblast, which yields and

becomes eaten away after a certain time. In this way a communi-

eation is established between the hypoblastic cavity and the exterior,

by the medium of a permanent mouth. As a matter of fact the

archenteron does appear trilobed in front, but the lobes belong to

the digestive canal. Later on, the lateral lobes commence to de-

generate and disappear. Then the blastopore closes, and the anus

is formed in its vicinity.

At the same time as the atrophy is taking place in the lateral

lobes of the archenteron, a delamination sets in between the epi-

blast and hypoblast, and a mesoblastic cavity is formed, which will

subsequently become the general body-cavity of the animal.

In proportion as the posterior portion of the embryo increases in

size, the separation between the two layers increases, and there is

constituted posteriorly a spacious cavity, traversed by two mesen-

teric bands, of mesoblastic origin, which attach the digestive canal

to the somatic walls. These mesenteries are finally absorbed in

the posterior region of the body, where the somatic cavity is single

in the adult.

On the sides of the terminal intestine cellular proliferations arise

at an early period, whence are derived the male and female organs.

The latter, therefore, are not developed, as has been asserted, in the

cavity of the intestine, but outside it, in the space resulting from

the delamination of the epiblast and hypoblast, of which we have

spoken above. We found it impossible to determine with certainty

the part played by each of these two layers in the formation of the

genital glands, and consequently to discover whether Edouard van

Beneden’s theory is here confirmed.

We have nothing to add to what has been stated as to the mode

of formation of a cephalic and somatic section of the general body-

cavity.

We ascertained that the musculature, which is tolerably complex

in the cephalic region, is derived from the mesoblast of the corre-

sponding division.

We were not able to study in sufficient detail the development

of the nervous system. Nevertheless, from the ensemble of our

observations upon the embryogeny of Sagitta, we suspect that this

type is not so distant from the Vertebrates as is generally supposed.

Sagitta, the Ascidians, and Amphiovus appear to us to constitute

a special group, in which we observe the appearance of the earliest

lineaments of the Vertebrates, and which, for this reason, we might

designate by the title “‘ Prevertebrates.”—Comptes Rendus, t. exiv.

no. 1 (Jan, 4, 1892), pp. 28, 29.

Ani. Mag. Nat, Hist. 5.6. Vol. 1X. PUXVIL.

x6.

E.W.G.adnat del. Mintern Bros. hth.

L&2.Lomanctas genev, Ver. 3.Hancockia eudactyleta, Gosse.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 54. JUNE 1892.

LXII.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander Richard Frazer

Hoskyn, R.N.*, commanding.—Series Il., No. 3. On

Utero-gestation in Trygon Bleekeri. By A. Atcock, M.B.,

Surgeon I.M.8., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Survey.

[Plate XIX. ]

CoNTENTS.

. Introduction.

. The Pregnant Female and the Gravid Uterus of Trygon

Bleekert.

. The Secretory Uterine Villi, or Trophonemata.

. The Glands of the Uterine Villi, or Trophonemata,

. The Nature of the Secretion.

. The Feetus of Trygon Bleekeri.

. Recapitulation and Conclusion.

AAAMnrwmn an

“IQO BG be

§ 1. Introduction.

One of the most interesting of the discoveries made by the

‘Investigator ’ in recent years is that there are certain Elas-

* This paper was far advanced before the lamented death of Captain

Hoskyn, and so I leave it associated with his name, whose breadth of

mind, whose high intellectual reaeh, and whose generous concessions to

the interests of science are an irreparable loss to naval exploration.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 32

418 Mr. A. Alcock on

mobranch fishes in which the female develops during

pregnancy a vast system of uterine glands that secrete a

nutrient fluid, or uterine milk, for the nurture of the deve-

loping embryo.

In this paper there will be given a detailed account of the

phenomenon as lately reinvestigated in the species—Trygon

Bleeker’, Blyth—in which it was first noticed by us.

As is weil known, reproduction among the Elasmobranchii

is effected by the internal impregnation of the female.

In some, as in the familiar instance of the ray, the female

after impregnation lays eggs, which are enveloped in a tough

leathery capsule secreted by the oviduct.

In others, as familiarly exemplified by many sharks, the

egg undergoes its changes and the embryo completes its

development in the terminal part of the oviduct, which is

now enlarged and elaborated to form a true uterus for the

reception and retention of the embryo. In this case, as has

long been known, a true placenta is formed, differing from

the Mammalian placenta in the particulars which follow from

the one main general fact that it is the yolk-sac, instead of

an allantois, that furnishes the foetal part of the structure.

There is yet a second method of viviparity known to occur

among the Elasmobranchs, and to some particulars of it this

paper is devoted. In this method while, on the one hand,

the egg is retained and the embryo nourished within an

oviductal enlargement or uterus, on the other hand no sort of

vascular connexion is formed between the parent and the

foetus. Here the expenditure of tissue comes altogether from

the maternal side, the whole of the egg being devoted to the

foetus and none of it being set aside to form vascular absorbent

structures.

In passing, one cannot but remark upon the interesting fact

that in the primitive Elasmobranch group we find in co-exist-

ence all the methods of reproduction that occur in the higher

Vertebrate phyla, namely (1) oviparity, with large-yolked eggs

enclosed in a more or less rigid shell, (2) viviparity, with

the formation of a placenta, and (3) aplacental viviparity.

So far as we are at present aware the method of utero-

gestation now under consideration reaches its perfection in

the Batoidei; and of the six families into which this suborder

is divided it has been observed in three, namely the Torpe-

dinidx, the Trygonide, and the Myliobatide.

In Zorpedo, as Professor Wood-Mason and I have elsewhere

recalled, it was investigated in furthest detail by Dr. John

Davy, who, in pregnant females, noticed (1) feetuses lying

naked in the uterus and unattached to it by any form of

Utero-gestation in Trygon Bleekeri. 419

placenta, (2) a glairy milky or bloody fluid, which he sup-

posed to be in some way absorbed by the foetus, and (3) the

gradual increase in weight of the foetus as gestation proceeded,

Davy left unsettled the questions (1) of the immediate origin

of the milky fluid, (2) of its immediate destination, and (3)

of the direct manner of increase in size of the embryo.

It has been reserved for the ‘ Investigator,’ thanks to the

profusion of the Batoid fishes in the warm estuaries of the

Coromandel coast, to extend and amplify the observations of

Davy, and to draw a more finished and exact picture of the

aplacental viviparity of this interesting group. ‘The material

collected by the ‘ Investigator’ confirms the older observations

as to (1) the absence of any structural connexion between

foetus and mother, (2) the presence of a creamy albuminous

fluid in the gravid uterus, and (3) the increase of the foetus in

size and weight as pregnancy advances; while it adds to our

knowledge the following necessary facts :—(4) the presence

of special secretory glands in the mucous membrane of the

gravid uterus, (5) the existence of arrangements for con-

ducting the uterine secretion into the pharynx of the fcetus,

and (6) the presence of the unchanged or little changed

secretion in the alimentary canal of the foetus.

As references to original papers are appended, it is not

necessary here to do more than mention that the above obser-

vations have been made, and in every instance verified at least

once, in Trygon Bleekeri, Blyth, Trygon walga, M. & H.,

Pteroplatea micrura (Bl. Schn.), and Myliobatis Nieuhofit

(BI. Schn.). In the first-named species, which was the first

to come under my notice, the observations were made under

particularly unfavourable circumstances, and I therefore seek

an opportunity, in describing a second pregnant female of this

species recently captured by the ‘ Investigator,’ to make

some corrections and numerous additions to .my original

report.

§ 2. The Pregnant Female and the Gravid Uterus of

Trygon Bleekeri.

A female of Trygon Bleeker, Blyth, measuring in extreme

length, from tip of snout to tip of tail, 9 feet 7 inches, in

length of disk 3 feet, and in greatest breadth of disk only an

inch and a half less, was caught in Cocanada Bay (at one of

the mouths of the river Godédvari) on the 12th January last.

The abdomen was distended, being strongly convex instead

of flat.

On opening the abdomen the internal organs of generation,

32*

420 Mr. A. Alcock on

consisting of a large ovary and oviduct, are found on the left

side only. In my original paper (‘Journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal,’ vol. lix. pt. il. p. 53), describing a large

female of this species taken in one of the estuaries of the

river Mahdnadi in December 1888, I stated that the right

oviduct alone was present. J was writing from rough notes

taken when the specimen, which was hopelessly large for

preservation, was hastily dissected by the dim light of a

ship's lantern in one of the scuppers of the ship ; and I think

it very probable that I may have mistaken my bearings, for

these reasons—first, that owing to the position of the large

spiral gut on the right side we have an obvious physical

preference for the development of the left oviduct, and

secondly, that in all the pregnant rays that I have since dis-

sected, where only one oviduct is present it is always the

left.

The terminal portion of the (left) oviduct formed a large

oval fleshy tumour or uterus, the end of which projected into

the cloaca like an ‘os uterd”’ into a vagina. On opening

this a single male foetus was found to fill its cavity, the foetus

lying naked, tightly folded, and unattached in any way to

the parent. It had the following dimensions :—Extreme

length, from tip of snout to tip of tail, 3 feet, length of body-

disk 8 inches, and breadth of body-disk 8 inches. On

removing it attention is next attracted to the sticky, greasy,

creamy material which is smeared over the inner surtace of

the uterine wall, and when this is removed the uterine

mucous membrane is exposed. ‘The mucous membrane has

a shaggy appearance, owing to the presence of a dense crowd

of long filamentous villi; it is of a vivid scarlet colour, owing

to its vascularity, and has an odour much like that of raw

beet

On dividing the uterus all down one side and turning it

inside out under water the villi are beautifully seen, They

clothe the whole organ so thickly—like the bristles of a

broom or like a thick coarse fur—that the surface from which

they spring is entirely concealed. In a square of a quarter

of an inch (after contraction in spirit) there are about 210

villi, and as the internal superficial dimension of the uterus

(after contraction in spirit) is about 20 square inches, the

total number of villi must be about 67,200.

Beneath (1) the villi, which constitute the mucous mem-

brane, the wall of the uterus in transverse section shows, from

within outwards, (2) a submucous stratum in which is a very

distinct mescularis mucose of both longitudinally and cireu-

larly disposed fibres—the former greatly predominant—

Utero-gestation in 'Trygon Bleekeri. 421

running into the bases of the villi; the contraction of the

circular fibres, the bundles of which curve into the bases of

the individual villi, would chiefly shorten the villi, while the

contraction of the longitudinal fibres would chiefly compress

the villi together, both actions serving equally to squeeze

out the milk from the glands, which, ; as we shall presently

see, make up so large a part of the villi: outside the sub-

mucosa is (3) a thick layer of muscular fibres in an encircling

band, (4) an equally thick ae of longitudinally- arranged

muscular fibres, and (5) a loose fibrous coat in which many

large blood-vessels run.

§ 3. The Secretory Uterine Villi, or Trophonemata.

For these Professor Wood-Mason and I have elsewhere

used the term trophonemata (or “nursing filaments”’), to

denote their milk-secreting function, since the word “ villus,”

in ifs associations with human physiology, has now come to

connote the very opposite function of absorption. They vary

in length, in the specimen under description, from half an inch

to an inch and a quarter, the usual length being about three

quarters of an inch; in breadth they range from about #5 inch

near the base to s'y inch near the tip; and in neice they

are about ;% inch through the centre, and about 34; of an

inch through either margin.

They are thus quite flat throughout, and are distinctly

spathulate at their free end. They usually arise separately

and are unbranched ; but often two or three, and sometimes

as many as twenty, are found to branch from a single stout

peduncular base. Running longitudinally up the centre of

each, in strong relief, is a cylindrical swelling which, as will

presently be seen, 1s "the single central vein.

When a trophonema i is stained (in carmine) and examined

under a low power what first arrest attention are the blood-

vessels. Running along the edge on each side is seen (1) an

arteriole which at the tip, without any subdivision, becomes

simply confluent, so that the lateral marginal framework of

the trophonema is a long narrow arterial loop.

In the concavity of this Joop, coursing down the middle of

the trophonema, is (2) a large vein, half as broad again as

either of the arterioles ; it is S only at the tip of the ‘ropho-

nema that the vein shows any subdivision into affluents.

The arterial oop and the vein come clearly into view on

deep focusing; a superficial focus displays (3) a dense

polygonal Rha ork of capillaries over the whole surface of

the trophonema.

422 Mr. A. Alcock on

By careful focusing we find that the entire capillary net-

work and the edge of the trophonema in which the arterial

loop runs are covered by a layer of pavement epithelium.

With very little teasing in glycerine the arterial loop can be

cleanly stripped from the rest of the trophonema, except at

the very tip.

This, then, is what is seen on simple examination of a

magnified trophonema—a pair of lateral arterial pillars

meeting to form a long narrow arch, a central venous column

standing in the middle of the archway, and a_ superficial

lattice-wall of capillaries enclosing the whole. From this

point of view a trophonema is simply a long compressed cone

of blood-vessels.

It must be particularly mentioned that the dimensions

above given apply only to the specimen under description.

In the Mahdnadi specimen the trophonemata were shorter

and very much finer and more delicate. And it may be

broadly stated that in all the species of Batoids hitherto

examined in this connexion on board the ‘ Investigator’ the

trophonemata vary in size with every individual.

In a transverse section of a trophonema we see (1) the

sections of the artery standing out on each side like a pair of

ears, (2) the large vein occupying the centre, and, arranged

almost in a ring round the vein, close together (and perpen-

dicular to (3) the sections of the superficial capillaries), (4)

a number of glandular follicles which have next to be described.

We also see (5) sections of capillaries round the arteries and

between the glands.

§ 4. The Glands of the Uterine Villi, or Trophonemata.

As above implied, the glands occupy only the middle part

of a section—about the middle two thirds of a transverse

section made anywhere through the basal half of a tropho-

nema ; there are none at the edge of the trophonema where

the arterial loop runs. They are somewhat club-shaped and

le close together, being separated from one another, those of

the same side by capillary channels, and those of the opposite

faces of the trophonema by the central vein and by the deep

capillaries, as well as by a small amount of connective tissue.

They lie in pocket-like depressions, and show (in section)

the following structure :—(1) a broadish vestibule, lined by

short columnnar epithelium, and (2) an usually double bulbous

base (the gland proper), each bulb consisting of a compact

wedge of large broad-based tapering cells arranged like the

coats of an onion in vertical section.

Utero-gestation in Trygon Bleekeri. 423

In any transverse section of a trophonema we find the

vestibules of some of the glands opening widely to the surface

between transverse sections of two superficial capillaries,

others issuing by narrowed openings between two more or less

obliquely cut capillaries, while others again end blindly,

being covered by a superficial capillary in longitudinal sec-

tion, which itself lies beneath a layer of pavement epithelium.

It may now be stated that the examination of numerous

sections made in various planes shows that the glands are

faintly compound, and that they consist of a collecting well

or vestibule, into the bottom of which the short lumina of

the true secreting bulbs open on all sides.

A very delicate basement membrane delimits the glands in

their bulbous portion.

The epithelium, as above noticed, is of two kinds: in the

bulbs it consists of large, long, broad-based tapering cells, in

which a single nucleus lies close to the basement membrane ;

in the vestibule or well we find short columnar or almost

cubical cells in which the single nucleus is more central.

The nucleus stains deeply with carmine, the rest of the

cell, which is faintly granular, taking the stain very lightly.

In some of the vestibules lightly stained coagula are

noticed,

There are other unimportant histological details; but the

main facts which sections exhibit are that a trophonema con-

sists essentially of a dense vascular network, encasing in its

meshes simple glands with bulbous loculi, protected by a layer

of pavement epithelium which is fenestrated over the openings

of the glands. The amount of connective tissue, except at

the very base of the trophonema, is insignificant, and the

trophonemata are practically built of blood-vessels and

secreting epithelium.

It is not easy to make an exact estimate of the number of

glands borne on a single trophonema, and the following

calculation can only be regarded as a probable approximation.

‘Taking the area of the orifice of a vestibule at an average of

001 square millimetre, and, since in any one plane at least

two glands open into every vestibule, assuming that the

space between the vestibules occupied by superficial capil-

laries is given up to an equivalent of vestibular orifices, and

calculating the glandular surface of an average trophonema at

22-8 square millimetres, we should get in each trophonema

22,800 glands.

424 Mr. A. Alcock on

§ 5. The Nature of the Secretion.

The amount of secretion available for examination was so

small—only about a fluid drachm, including débris of tropho-

nemata—that no satisfactory results have been obtained.

The capture was at a distance from the ship, and to guard

against putrefaction the secretion was removed and bottled

and covered with strong (rectified) spirit. By the action of

the spirit it was at once coagulated.

When fresh it looked like custard, or, rather, like thin pus ;

it was viscid, had a sticky greasy feel, and a heavy sweetish

meaty smell. Prolonged heat at 212° Fahr. leaves a trans-

lucent horny cake (albumin). Fresh Fehling’s solution gave

no reaction (no sugar), but the quantity tested was so small

that the inference must be quite uncertain. A greasy white

film (probably fat) was left wherever the secretion touched

the bottle.

A portion of the clot macerated in water, stained in car-

mine, and examined in glycerine, shows an abundance of

formed elements. Besides epithelium, which may perhaps

be adventitious, there are to be seen crowds of round granular

cells of a uniform diameter of about s)55 of an inch, Of

these some, though quite transparent, possess no nucleus at

all, fewer others have two or more nuclei, while the great

majority have a single small excentric nucleus. ‘There are

also to be observed free nuclei.

In the Mahdnadi specimen the secretion, which was abun-

dant glairy and turbid, was tested only for albumin, and

coagulated in lumps when heated.

The secretion thus seems to vary; and it may be men-

tioned that in Pteroplatea micrura—a viviparous fish allied

to the Trygons, and one which carries its young in the same

way—the secretion changes with the advance of gestation.

As to the nature of the secretion, then, all that can at

present be predicated is that it is very rich in albumin and

that it contains a remarkably Jarge proportion of corpuscles

and nuclei.

§ 6. The Fetus of Trygon Bleekeri.

On removing the foetus we are first attracted by the large

size of the spiracles, which are full of the creamy uterine

secretion.

It may perhaps be of advantage to recall the fact that the

spiracles are the first pair of branchial clefts, which, in many

Utero-gestation in Trygon Bleekeri. 425

Elasmobranch fishes, remain as direct channels between the

pharynx and the external medium.

There is also noticed a small external yolk-sac about as

big as a raisin, with a thread-liké stalk which perforates the

body-wall, and, expanding, is attached to the anterior end of

the spiral gut on the ventral aspect.

The yolk-sac is empty and is evidently dwindling ; in the

more advanced feetus of the Mahénadi specimen it had alto-

gether disappeared.

On opening the abdomen of the foetus the greatly distended

spiral gut is seen lying to the right *, and the left lobe of the

liver to the left *. The stomach is small and empty and is

pushed up beneath the pectoral arch.

The small short duodenum, which is guarded at the pylorus

by a stout valve-like fold, is, like the anterior part of the

spiral gut, full of coagulated lumps of the uterine secretion.

The posterior three-fourths of the spiral gut is stuffed with

viscid, grumous, bile-stained matter.

The rectum is sharply constricted off from the spiral gut

and looks like a solid cord; dorsal to it lies the rectal gland

in a fold of mesentery common to it and the testes, to which

last it is intimately adherent.

The liver is of large size and perfectly colourless ; the

spleen is also large.

The left testis is several times larger than the right,

perhaps because the pressure of the distended spiral gut has

hindered the growth of the latter.

The external gill-slits are closed ; their anterior edges are

finely pectinated.

On laying open the capacious pharynx the wide internal

orifice of the spiracle is displayed. It lies in the same plane

with the branchial clefts proper, and symmetrically with them,

so that its homodynamy with them is of diagrammatic plain-

ness, and it differs from them chiefly in being widely open,

while they are closed by the close approximation of the

branchial bars.

It only remains further to remark, concerning the fcetus,

that while its generic and subgeneric characters are quite

distinct, it has not yet acquired its full specific characters.

Except for a large centro-dorsal boss surrounded by a few

small tubercles its skin is quite smooth; its tail-spine is

well developed, but entirely sheathed in skin. Its colour is

much like that of the adult, but lighter, being uniform brown

dorsally and olive-grey below except along the abdomen,

* I, e. of the feetus,

426 On Utero-gestation in Trygon Bleekeri.

(‘The colours of the mother are dark brown dorsally and olive-

brown ventrally, except on the thorax and abdomen, which

are blotched with white. |

§ 7. Recapitulation and Conclusion.

To recapitulate: in Trygon Bleeker’, as twice observed in

the pregnant state, we find a single uterus containing a single

naked foetus unattached structurally to the mother; we find

the uterine mucous membrane to be produced into long villi

which consist almost exclusively of blood-vessels and glands ;

and we find the viscid, turbid or milky, and richly albuminous

secretion of the latter free in the uterine cavity. In the

present case the secretion is observed unchanged in the

spiracles, and in coagula filling the “ duodenum” and the

anterior part of the spiral gut, of the foetus.

Elsewhere Professor Wood-Mason and I have shown that

in the nearly related Pteroplatea micrura the uterine villi

(trophonemata) actually pass into the spiracles of the fcetus;

and I have quite recently observed this same disposition of

the trophonemata in Trygon walga.

The specimen from which these particulars have been

recorded was too large for preservation ; its skin has been

sent to the Indian Museum.

Besides the classical text-books and the classical memoir of

Johannes Miller, “Ueber den glatten Hai des Aristoteles ”

(Abhand. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1840), the following papers refer

specially to the subjects of the uterine villi and aplacental

viviparity of the Batoidei :—John Davy, ‘‘ Observations on

the Torpedo,” Phil. Trans. 1834; Trois, ‘On the Uterine

Villi of Myliobatis noctula [and Centrina Salviant],” Atti

del Instituto Veneto, vol. ii. ; Haswell, P. L. 8., N.S. Wales,

vol. iil. 1889, on Urolophus; Alcock, ‘‘ Observations on the

Gestation of some Sharks and Rays,” Administration Report

of the Marine Survey of India for the Official Year 1888-89,

and Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. lix. part i. (Zrygon Bleekeri

and Myliobatis Nieuhofii) ; Wood-Mason and Alcock, “ On

the Uterine Villiform Papille of Pteroplatea micrura,” Proc.

Roy. Soc. vol. xlix., and “ Further Observations on the

Gestation of Indian Rays,” Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. 1. (Zrygon

walya, Pteroplatea micrura, and Myliobatis Nieuhofir).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX,

Fig. 1. The distal half of a trophonema, x 10, showing m, the non-

glandular margin in which runs a, the artery; ard g, the glan-

dular centre with », the central vein.

Prof. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Antedon. 427

Fig.

The tip of atrophonema, x 42, showing c, the superficial capillary

plexus ; the other letters as before.

Fig. 3. Transverse section of a trophonema in its basal half, x 188; m,

a,v as before; c, the superficial capillaries of the glandular

centre, and ec’, the superficial capillaries of the non-glandular

margin, in section; g,a gland in vertical, and g’, one in obliquely

transverse section,

P.S.—Since the above was written I have been fortunate

enough to obtain two female specimens of Trygon Bleekert ;

in both the deft oviduct alone is developed.

LXII1.—Deseription of a new Species of Antedon from

Mauritius. By F. Jerrrey Be, M.A.

[Plate XVIII]

Tue Trustees of the British Museum have lately acquired

some specimens of an Antedon from Mauritius which not

only appears to be “new,” but to present some very inter-

esting relations to a group of already known species.

The group which the late Dr. P. H. Carpenter called

(Chall. Rep. Comat. p. 227) the palmata-group consisted of

bidistichate species with an unplated disk and a first pinnule

smaller than its successors.

Of these some have a pinnule on the third brachial, and of

those with two or more postradial axillaries some have the

rays free laterally. Of these, three species—A. tuberculata,

A. spicata, and A. indica—have the second pinnule stiff and

styliform, of twelve to eighteen much elongated joints.

With them the Mauritian species is to be placed, but it is

to be distinguished from them by the following characters :—

(1) The marginal projections at the sides of the rays are

continued on to the most proximal brachial joints.

(2) The second pinnule, though “ stiff and styliform,” is

not extraordinarily so, and the joints, though no

more than twenty, are not abnormally long.

(3) The disk is as small as in A. crdica, and the centro-

dorsal occupies the whole of its aboral surface.

428 Prof. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Antedon.

The following appear to be the diagnostic characters of

this new species, which may be called

Antedon emendatriz.

An Antedon of the ‘ palmata-group”’ of P. H. Carpenter,

in which the disk is exceedingly small; the centro-dorsal,

which is coextensive with its aboral surface, has about

twenty-two pits, and the cirri have about twenty-five joints ;

the second half or distal set of these joints are spiny. The

arms are little more than ten in number or may be more than

twenty ; the third brachial has a pinnule ; the second pinnule

is larger than the third; the rays are free laterally; the

second pinnule is stiff and styliform, has about twenty joints,

most of which have their distal edge projecting and serrated ;

the radials, distichals, and most prominent brachials have

marginal projections which are not very prominent; the third

pinnule is only half as long as the second ; the third radial

is very little longer than the second. The third brachial is

a syzygy, and there is not another till the twenty-fifth joint.

Colour purple-madder, the pinnules grey.

Spread about 150 millim.; diameter of disk 6 millim.

Hab, Mauritius.

This is really a very interesting species, inasmuch as the

comparatively large number (twenty) of joints in the second

pinnule makes it intermediate between Dr. Carpenter’s set

(p. 225) of forms in which the second pinnule has trom twelve

to eighteen much elongated joints and that in which the same

pinnule has twenty-five or more joints which are not specially

elongated. It has many points of resemblance to A. éndica,

but its spinose cirri, its second pinnule, and its rare syzygies are

sufficient to distinguish it. An examination of Mr. Smith’s

type of A. indica shows that in that species the rays have

marginal projections, It would be instructive to get a large

series of specimens of that species, of A. spicata and A,

tuberculata, At present we are in the stage of making species

of Antedon, and we must continue to do so till we have larger

and finer series before us. ‘hen another part.of our work

will begin !

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Antedon emendatrix ; general view from the side, Nat. size.

Fy. 2. Portion of disk and arms. X 3.

Fig. 8. Portion of arm after last axillary. x 2,

Fig. 4. Second pinnule. xX 4.

On new Genera and Species of Pyralide. 429

LXIV.—Deseriptions of new Genera and Species of Pyralide

contained in the British-Museum Collection. By W.

Warren, M.A., F.ES.

{Continued from p. 397. |

TRISCHISTOGNATHA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight, slightly and gradually

convex at apex, which is blunt ; hind margin oblique, hardly

curved, with a very slight indentation above the anal angle.

Hind wings rounded. - Antennz laminated, a little thicker in

male than in female ; tongue present; ocelli minute ; labial

palpi with all three joints very distinct; first and second

securiform, the first twice as broad as the second, third shortly

rostriform ; maxillary palpi like the third joint of the labial;

abdomen of male with rather long anal tuft; hind tibie with

two pairs of spurs, the inner very much longer than the

outer; scaling fine and smooth. Wings semidiaphanous ;

neuration normal.

Type 2. palindialis (Spilodes), Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 380.

THOLERIA, Hiib.

Type T. iliberalis, Hib. Verz. p. 354.

Tholeria stigmosalis, sp. n.

Fore wings with base, inner and hind margins dull reddish ;

central area whitish, with the costa, the two stigmata, and

the veins round them black-brown ; the stigmata themselves

filled up with reddish; the white interspaces finely dusted

with dark atoms; a faint trace of a curved exterior line at

the extremity of the white central space ; fringe. dark brown.

Hind wings pearly white, with an irregular, narrow, reddish-

brown marginal suffusion, which here and there runs up a

little way along the veins; fringe white, slightly tinged with

reddish towards apex. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax

dull reddish ; abdomen darker brown, with segmental divisions

white ; collar fawn-colour, paler than either head or thorax.

Underside: fore wings pearly white, tinged with yellowish,

with only the hind margin and stigmata reddish. Hind

wings like the upperside, but with the costa reddish brown,

430 Mr. W. Warren on new

tinged with yellow, and with an irregular reddish projection

from it towards the centre.

Iixpanse of wings 30 millim.,

Four males from §. Paolo.

Crrrocurista, Led.

Type C. ethertalis, Led. W. E. M. vii. p. 441, pl. xvil.

fig. 9.

Cirrochrista margarita, sp. n.

Fore wings satiny white, transparent; costa and hind

margin irregularly tawny brown, the former with a triangular

projection at one third and a larger one at two thirds; a

smaller one between them and another between the first and

the base; on the inner margin at one third a tooth-shaped

brown marking nearly touches the first larger costal projection ;

another large projection from the hind margin similarly all

but touches the second larger costal one ; apical region occu-

pied by two snow-white spots, the exterior the smaller and

separated from the larger one by a fine fulvous line; fringe

whitish, tinged with fulvous. Hind wings pure white, with

a mixed rosy and yellow narrow hind margin and a narrow

rosy stripe running up the wing along the inner margin.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white; vertex of head, collar, top

of last segment of thorax and of all abdominal segments red-

brown; palpi and outside of all tibize more or less tinged

with brown. Underside yellowish white, with markings of

the upperside showing through.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Two males from 8. Paolo.

Rami.a, Moore.

Type 2. marginella, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 667.

Ramila angustifimbrialis, sp. n.

Pearly white; costa fulvous, the streak thinning out

towards the apex; first line appearing only as a very small

projection from the costal streak, second line slightly more

distinct for a short distance from the costa, and again on the

middle of the inner margin; discocellular vein thinly marked

with fulvous, but thickening into two dots at the ends; fringe

white, fulvous-tinged, with a fulvous basal line, which is

itself preceded by a row of almost contiguous darker dashes

at the ends of the veins. Hind wing like fore wing, with

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 431

traces of two fine fulvous transverse lines, visible only near

the inner margin. Abdomen, underside, middle and hind

legs white; palpi, sides of thorax level with the costal streak

of fore wing, and fore tibia fulvous.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One female from Burmah.

PHLYCTANIA, Hib.

Type P. sambucalis (Schiff.), Hiib. Verz. p. 359.

Phlyctenia ferruginealis, sp. n.

Fore wings fuscous cinereous, coarsely scaled; the markings

nearly all obliterated ; the paler ground-colour showing only

as faint yellowish patches towards the middle of the first

and second lines. Hind wings whitish ochreous, partially

suffused with fuscous, especially towards the hind margin,

and with a curved submarginal line. Underside paler.

The markings of the fore wings are the same as in P. arena-

cea, of which species it is not improbable that it may turn

out to be the male.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from Rio Janeiro.

Phlyctenia paolinalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellowish ochreous, inclining to orange, finely

dusted with fuscous ; basal half of costa fuscous ; first line

bent, or even angulated externally, in the middle; second

sinuous, not denticulate; submarginal denticulate, fairly

distinct ; fringe with darker basal and medial line ; stigmata

distinct. Hind wings yellowish white, with a distinct, sub-

marginal, curved line and fuscous shade before fringe. Head,

thorax, and abdomen yellowish ochreous. Underside dull

ochreous, with few markings.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One female, four males, from 8. Paolo and Rio Janeiro.

Phlyctenia arenacea, sp. n.

Fore wings pale sandy ochreous, dusted with darker; first

line wavy, nearly vertical, at one third; second sinuous and

denticulate, forming a moderate sinus in middle; faint traces

of a submarginal darker line; fringe glossy, with a darker

medial line; stigmata indistinct; orbicular dot-like; reni-

form lunate. Hind wings white, with basal and medial line

432 Mr. W. Warren on new

of fringes fuscous ; an indistinct trace of an abbreviated sub-

marginal line. Underside dull ochreous, with darker suffu-

sion; external line of both wings distinct; veins of fore

wings dark. Head, thorax, and abdomen all sandy ochreous.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Four females from Theresopolis, Rio Janeiro, and 8. Paolo.

HYALOPLAGA, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Phlycteenia, which in shape and appear-

ance it much resembles, by several structural differences.

Labial palpi not rostriform, but bluntly triangular, slightly

porrected upwards. ‘In the male the hind wings have a very

prominent shoulder near the base. Fore wings with the sub-

median nervure somewhat distorted, curved downwards

towards the interno-median fold, and with a small tuft of

hairs on the upper surface near the base. Antenne thick,

laminated and downy beneath. Female with normal wings.

Type H. pulchralis (Hydrocampa), Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867,

p- 90.

LOXOCREON, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate ; costa straight, hind margin obliquely

curved. Hind wings rounded, slightly indented beneath

apex. Labial palpi broad, triangular, porrect; maxillary

palpi short, erect ; tongue and ocelli present; eyes large ;

patagia of male prolonged, as in Omdodes, but not to nearly

the same extent; abdomen stoutish, of the male prolonged.

Wings smoothly and thickly scaled, with oblique markings.

Type L. continuatalis, Wllngrn. (Salbia).

An isolated group peculiar to the Sandwich Islands, but

certainly not Omdodes, as Mr. Meyrick makes them.

AUTOCOSMIA, gen. nov.

Fore wing with straight costa, deflexed only just before

the apex, which is produced, but not acutely ; hind margin

straight, oblique. Labial palpi porrect, rather long; maxil-

lary upright, small; tongue developed; ocelli present ;

antenne (female) simple; forehead conically projecting ;

hind legs with outer spurs peculiarly short; scaling smooth ;

the veins all finely delineated in white.

Type A. concinna, Warr.

The only species, from N.W. America, is separated from

Cosmocreon by its conical, not rounded forehead, the smooth-

ness of the scaling, and the peculiar neatness of the markings.

Genera and Spectes of Pyralide. 433

Autocosmia concinna, sp. n.

Fore wing sienna-brown, with the costa to beyond middle

broadly smooth chestnut, which colour also reaches the inner

margin at the base ; the edges of the two stigmata, the

median nervure, the second and third median nervules as far

as the second line, the submedian, with an oblique streak

running into it from the median below the orbicular stigma,

the interno-median vein, the sinuous second line, a line before

the dark base of the fringe, and one on each side of the head,

all delicately and concisely snow-white ; fringes themselves

brown-grey, with darker central line; between the middle of

the second line and the white hind marginal line is a small

undefined greyish-white patch. Hind wings brownish

fuscous, without markings. Underside the same, with the

second line showing white in doth wings. Abdomen fuscous ;

head, thorax, and outside of labial palpi chestnut-brown ;

legs and underside of abdomen whitish.

Iexpanse of wings 15 millim.

COSMOCREON, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, narrow at base, widening considerably

towards hind margin ; costa straight, convex only just before

apex, which is blunt : hind margin simply curved; inner

margin bulging slichtly near the base. Hind wings rounded,

twice as broad as fore e wings. Labial palpi porrect, rostri-

form, rather roughly scaled ; maxillary small, nearly upright,

broad at apex; tongue long; ocelli present ; antennz pubes-

cent in male ; "forehead with a rounded protuberance ; thorax

and abdomen rather stout.

Type B. albiceralis, Grote, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. iv.

. O18:

The genus will also include B. allectalis, Grote.

EvERGESTIS, Hiib.

Type £. extimalis, Scop. (EL. margaritalis, Hiib. Verz.

p. 354).

Euergestis consimilis, sp. n.

Closely allied to H. extimalis, but distinguished by the

much darker tint of the marginal blotch and fringes and by

the outer line itself, which, instead of being composed of

separate dots, forms a distinct and, near the costa, serrated

line.

One specimen, from the Grote Collection.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 33

434 Mr. W. Warren on new

MeEsoGRAPHE, Hiib.

Type M. straminalis, Hiib. (M. stramentalis, Hiib. Verz.

p. 304).

Mesographe junctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings straw-colour, with the basal third and the hind

margin broadly bronzy fuscous; the fuscous tinge of the basal

area extends further along the costa and inner margin, so that

its outer edge is concave; reniform stigma filled up with

fuscous, connected above with the dark costa and obliquely

below with the marginal band; fringes fuscous. Hind

wings straw-colour, with the same margin as fore wings and

a broadish fuscous-grey inner edge. Head, thorax, and

abdomen bronzy fuscous, the latter ringed with paler. Under-

side like upper, but less distinctly coloured.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from Japan.

Akin to M/. limbata, but slightly smaller and darker.

ANOMOSTICTIS, gen. nov.

Diastictis (Hiib. Verz. p. 355), of which the type is argy-

ralis (Hib. Zutr. figs. 113, 114), cannot stand, as it was

already employed by Hiibner himself at p. 288 of the ‘ Ver-

zeichniss’ for a genus of Geometre, with artestarta, Schitf.,

for type.

I propose to substitute the above term for Déastictis, to

include argyralis, Hiib., fracturalis, Zell., and ewcalis, Warr.

Anomostictis cecalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull fuscous, sometimes with a suffusion of

fulvous, slightly paler on the inner side of the exterior line ;

lines and stigmata very obscure; first line hardly distin-

guishable at all, owing to the deeper suffusion near the base ;

exterior line rectangularly sinuous, forming a distinct sinus

outwards in the middle and a smaller curve inwards above

and below it; reniform stigma a dark dot. Hind wings

slightly paler, more fulvous, and darker towards hind margin,

with the exterior line of fore wings reproduced. Head,

thorax, and abdomen very dark fuscous. Underside slightly

paler, with the markings also indistinct.

Expanse of wings 18-24 millim.

One female, two males, from California.

fe single female is intermediate in size between the two

males,

Genera and Species of Pyralilx. 435

Cornrrrons, Led.

Type C. ulceratalis, Led. W. E. M. 1858, p. 147, pl. iv

Cornifrons pulveralis, sp. n.

Fore wings whitish, coarsely and thickly dusted with

greyish ochreous; first line at fully one third, somewhat

obscure towards the costa, forming a small tooth outwards on

the median vein, then running obliquely basewards, and ending

in a dark spot aa inner margin; second line from costa at

four fifths, dark grey, minutely denticulate, curving inwards

at the middle, and thence running parallel to first line ; reni-

form stigma dark grey ; space between second line and hind

margin clouded with dark grey, with indications of a paler

submarginal line; fringes chequered. Hind wings whitish

grey, with a dark curved submarginal line, beyond the middle

of which isa paler patch. Head and thorax cinereous ; ; abdo-

men paler. Underside dull grey, with indistinct markings.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male, one female, from Nevada, N. America.

ACHARANA, Moore.

Type A. otreusalis, Wlk., Moore, Ceyl. iii. p. 285.

Acharana rudis, sp. n.

Like Pachyzancla stultalis, but larger and more roughly

scaled; more suffused with pale greyish fuscous over both

wings; costa darker; abdomen pale ochreous grey.

One female, two males, from Japan.

Acharana minoralis, sp. n.

Fore wing glossy greyish fuscous; the lines still darker ;

first line slightly oblique, second curving obliquely outwards

for two thirds of the wing, then running “inwards to beneath

the reniform, thence straight to the inner margin ; reniform

stigma a white lunule. Hind wing like fore wing, but

without the white spot. Abdomen glossy grey, with the

segmental divisions white.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One female from Accra.

Acharana maledicta, sp. n.

Fore wings dark fuscous cinereous, darker towards costa

and hind margin; exterior line forming a distinct three-

33*

436 Mr. W. Warren on new

toothed projection below the middle of the wing; first line

preceded and second line followed by a distinct pale space ;

stigmata black, distinct. Hind wings with the exterior line

of fore wings reproduced. Head and thorax dark fuscous ;

abdomen paler, ochreous. Underside duller and paler, with

the markings clearer.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One female from Pitcairn’s Island.

Acharana descripta, sp. 0.

Extremely like Pachyzancla stultalis, Wlk., but smaller,

and with the hind margin of the hind wings nearly straight,

not rounded.

One female from 8. Paolo.

Acharana simplex, sp. n.

Fore wings clear pale ochreous, with the two stigmata and

transverse lines neatly marked, fuscous, and a dark line at

base of fringes. Hind wings with discal dot and line distinct.

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Very much like

verminalis, Guen., from Sierra Leone, but with the hind

margin more oblique and the second line hardly forming a

sinus outwards in the middle of the wing.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

fo)

‘l'wo males from Bombay.

Acharana olivescens, sp. n.

Fore wings dull bronzy fuscous olive, with a purple tinge

towards the costa, and deeper fuscous towards the hind

margin; the lines indistinct, exterior denticulate and slightly

edged with paler; a distinct dark discal spot in both wings.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One female, one male, from Ecuador.

Acharana indistincta, sp. n.

Both wings entirely dull dark fuscous, the lines and stig-

mata only just visible. Hind wings rather darker than fore

wings ; fringe of hind wings sometimes whitish. Abdomen

dark fuscous, with white segmental divisions; anal tuft of

the male blackish.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

‘Two males, two females, from Japan.

Near A. ¢tristrialis, Bremer, but larger and much darker.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 437

Acharana elongalis, sp. n.

Fore wings fuscous, with a purplish tinge, rather glossy.

Hind wings darker ; all the lines very indistinct ; a distinct

black discal spot in each wing, which in the fore wing is pre-

ceded by a smaller more obscure one; fringes glossy, con-

colorous. Head and thorax dark fuscous; abdomen paler,

somewhat ochreous.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One male from Formosa.

The species may be distinguished at once by the elongated

fore wings, so much narrower than the rest of the group. In

this respect it resembles Stenomeles agavealis, Wlk., but the

hind wings are broad and well rounded.

Acharana fuscescens, sp. 0.

Like A. rudis, Warr., but larger; dark fuscous cinereous,

generally slightly paler beyond the lines; abdomen dark

fuscous.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

Three examples from Japan.

STENOMELES, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate, narrow, quite four times as long as

5 } ? 5

wide ; costa straight, very gradually convex before apex;

hind margin very oblique. Hind wings triangular, twice as

5 5 5 ?

long as broad, with the hind margin nearly straight from inner

8 ? 5 y 5

to anal angle. Palpi as in Acharana ; antenne long, in the

male pubescent; collar and patagia clothed with coarse loose

scales; abdomen in both sexes long, reaching beyond the

hind wings.

Type 8. agavealis (Botys), Wik. xvi. p. 575.

PRIONOPALTIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings broadish ; costa convex before apex; hind

margin faintly sinuous, being slightly incurved below apex

and elbowed above the anal angle; scaling fine, glossy.

Labial palpi broad, porrect, as in Acharana; maxillary erect,

behind the labial, rather broad at apex; tongue present ;

ocelli large ; antenne with angular joints, which in the male

project like the teeth of a saw.

Type P. sericea, Warr.

438 Mr. W. Warren on new

Prionopaltis sericea, sp. n.

Fore wing glossy fuscous, rather broader than is usual in

the genus; first line very indistinct, slightly oblique, second

line also indistinet, bounded below the costa, from which it

starts vertically, by a pale yellowish-white blotch, beneath

which its middle third shows three distinct teeth, and the

lower third one larger tooth ; fringes concolorous, with a fine

pale line along their base ; stigmata darker, but indistinct ;

the orbicular small, close to the first line; the reniform

larger, in the middle of the wing. Hind wing with the

second line repeated, and followed by a pale space throughout

its course. Head, thorax, and abdomen all fuscous.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

Three females from Dharmsala.

Prionopaltis consocia, sp. n.

Fore wings not quite so broad as in P. sericea; the costa

straighter towards the apex ; silky brown, as in sericea, from

which it is distinguished as follows: the pale subcostal patch

at the beginning of the second line is larger, more distinctly

tridentate behind; the end of the line on the inner margin is

distinctly marked as a small angulated blotch ; the base of

the reniform stigma is marked by a minute yellowish dot ;

all the fringes concolorous, without the bright pale basal line

of sericea.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male from Japan.

Prionopaltis (2) suffusalis, sp. n.

Fore wing fuscous brown ; the lines the same colour, indi-

cated only by a few yellowish dots, which follow their course ;

a small yellow spot before the orbicular stigma; a square

blotch between the two stigmata, and a large, irregular, oval

one between the reniform and the second line; below the

median vein is a wedge-shaped yellowish mark between the

first median nervule and the median vein itself, and below it

a square blotch. Hind wing with the second line more

visible; a large brown central spot, connected by a second

with the outer line ; central space irregularly yellow ; fringes

concolorous,

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One female from Japan,

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 439

RHECTOCRASPEDA, gen. nov.

Characterized by the hind wing (of the male), which is

peculiarly contorted beneath at the anal angle opposite veins

1 a—lc, and bears on either side of the contortion a curled

wisp of hairs. Fore wing with costa slightly concave in the

middle, strongly curved before apex, which is blunt; hind

margin obliquely curved. Hind wing with a decided inflec-

tion below apex as well as contorted at anal angle. Labial

palpi shortly porrect, broad; maxillary invisible; tongue

present ; antenne visibly pubescent beneath, each joint with

a short spine; ocelli present.

Type &. pertusalis (Botys), Wk. xviii. p. 564.

CAMPTOMASTIX, gen. nov.

Fore wing with gradually convex costa, slightly curved,

not very oblique hind margin; not more than twice as long

as broad. Hind wing by comparison narrow. Labial palpi

very long, porrect and thin, third joint half as long as second ;

maxillary absent; tongue present; ocelli large and con-

spicuous; antenne (of male) with enlarged basal joint, finely

ciliated throughout, suddenly bent under at one third, flat-

tened and broadened at the curve, which is laterally serrated

and bears longer silky hairs, thence thinning out towards the

apex. Central field of fore wing clothed with lengthened

raised hairs.

Type C. pacalis (Botys), Leech, ¢ ,= Diplotyla longipalpis,

Butler, 3.

Meyrick’s genus Déplotyla has upright palpi.

AGRAMMIA, Guen.

Type A. matronalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 406.

Agrammia cervinalis, sp. n.

Fore wing and thorax fawn-colour; costa whitish. Head

and palpi luteous. Hind wings white, with darker fringes.

Abdomen fawn-colour.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Two males from 8. Paolo.

Agrammia lutealis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, palpi, antenne, and fore wings bright

440 Mr. W. Warren on new

luteous, without markings. Hind wings pale straw-colour,

yellower towards the hind margin. Underside paler yellow.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

A pair from 8. Paolo.

CHORISTOSTIGMA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight, but before apex

rather strongly convex; apex somewhat produced; hind

margin oblique, slightly sinuous. Hind wings rounded.

Labial palpi horizontally porrect, rostriform; maxillary

small; tongue and ocelli present; antenne of female simply

filiform, of male short, thick, laminated, curved backward over

the head; forehead slightly produced and rough-scaled ; scaling

fine and thick, but not glossy ; markings, two lines and stig-

mata, the latter remote from each other.

Type C. plumbosignata (Botys), Fernald, Ent. Am. iy.

p- 87, superficially reminding one of Syllythria, but at once

distinguished by the structure of the antenne.

Choristostigma elegantalis, sp. n.

Fore wing pale yellow, with tawny markings; costa suf-

fused with tawny along basal half; first line indistinct,

brown ; second line brown, rising nearer hind margin than

usual, runs parallel to it as far as the seeond median nervule,

then curves upwards and inwards, touching the base of the

reniform stigma, and running along the median nervure

nearly to the orbicular stigma, finally reaches the inner

margin at about the middle; a submarginal brown shade

runs parallel to it, touches it at the elbow, and then forms

apparently with its lower portion a continuation of the reni-

form stigma; all the nervules brownish towards the hind

margin, with brown dots at their extremities ; orbicular stigma

a flattened oval ringed with brown and filled up with ground-

colour; reniform large, constricted in middle, edged with

brown, and filled up with lilac-grey. Hind wing yellowish

white, with dark central spot and faint traces of a curved

submarginal band. Underside yellowish, dusted with fus-

COUS ; all the markings clearer,

uxpanse of wings 20 millim.

‘Two males from California.

MIMUDEA, gen. nov.

Fore wing elongate, pointed ; costa straight; hind margin

obliquely sinuous. Labial palpi long, porrect ; second joint

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 441

rough-haired above, straight beneath; terminal joint small,

smooth, rounded; maxillary palpi erect, small; antennze

laminated, short, curved, with serrate joints, slightly pubes-

cent beneath in male; tongue slight; ocelli present. I'emale

larger and paler than male; male with a distinct anal tuft.

Markings, two transverse lines and two stigmata, the latter

separated by a pale discal spot; the reniform also followed

by a large subcostal pale blotch.

Type JL. olivalis, Warr.

Mimudea olivalis, sp. n.

Fore wing (female) olive-yellowish, suffused with olive-

fuscous ; costa, the two transverse lines and the two stigmata

darker fuscous; first line slight, curved, second broader,

especially in its lower half, where it becomes a broad shade

and unites with the reniform stigma; a small straw-yellow

spot before and a larger one beyond the reniform stigma.

Hind wing olive-fuscous, paler at base, with a dull central band

and row of dark marginal dots.

Male smaller, fuscous grey, without any yellowish tinge,

and the pale spots whitish; the central space between the

two lines wholly: dark fuscous.

Expanse of wings, ? 16, ¢ 14 millim.

‘T'wo females, two males, from 8. Paolo.

Mimudea flavinotata, sp. n.

Male.—Fore wing cinereous fuscous, the two lines only

faintly discernible, the second preceded on costa by a large

straw-coloured spot; a smaller round one standing on the

disk between the two stigmata, which are scarcely otherwise

discernible. Hind wing dull ochreous, with darker hind

margin and faint central line.

Female yellowish, very similar to the female of JL, olivalis,

but without the fuscous-olive suffusion, and larger.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

One female, one male, from Rio Janeiro.

Mimudea subrosea, sp. n.

Fore wings dull rosy grey ; first line fuscous, at one third,

nearly vertical; second line from two thirds of the costa,

where it is preceded by a large irregularly triangular yellow

spot, ending as a vertical line near the centre of the inner

margin, approximate and parallel to the first line; a

pale yellow spot between the stigmata, which are scarcely

442 Rev. A. Matthews on Dr. C. Flach’s

discernible ; fringe yellowish. Hind wings fuscous, with

yellowish fringes. Head, thorax, and abdomen rosy grey ;

anal segment of abdomen yellow.

Expanse of wings 12 millim.

One female, 8. Paolo.

In the specimen above described the abdomen is unusually

short and apparently malformed.

PACHYZANCLA, Meyr.

Type P. stultalis, Wik. (P. mutualis, Meyr. Tr. E. 58.

1884, p. 315 (part)).

Pachyzancla dissimilis, sp. n.

Resembles stultalis, Wlk., but smaller, the transverse lines

not preceded or followed by a paler space; first line less

oblique, nearly vertical, second line without any denticula-

tions in the middle and lower thirds; the general ground-

eclour of both wings more uniformly fuscous.

One female from Accra.

LXV.—Notes on Dr. C. Flach’s Synonymic List of the

European Trichopterygide. By the Rev. A. MarrHews.

For the last few years the time which I have been able to devote

to entomology has been fully occupied in investigating the

Corylophide ; but since that study has been almost finished,

Ihave lately turned my attention to collecting materials fora

second part of my ‘ Trichopterygia Illustrata,’ and I find

that such a work is much needed, for, since the publication

of the first part in 1872, the number of the Trichopterygide

has been nearly doubled by the discovery of fresh species in

various parts of the world, especially in America, through

the exertions of Mr. Crotch, Mr. Champion, Dr. Le Conte,

Dr. Horn, and Mr. Casey.

Thus it has happened that until a few weeks ago I was

unaware of the existence of an important essay on the Euro-

pean species of Trichopterygide from the pen of Dr. C, Flach,

published in the ‘ Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-kéniglichen

zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien,’ vol. xxxix.

1889, pp. 451-582.

In this essay Dr. Flach has revised, or, rather, attempted

Synonymic List of the European Trichopterygide. 443

to reconstruct, the nomenclature of the whole family, and my

purpose in the present paper is to consider the alterations

proposed by Dr. Flach and to set plainly before entomolo-

gists my own views, where they differ from those of Dr. Flach,

and, having done this, to leave it in their hands to form an

unprejudiced opinion on the comparative merits of the systems

in question.

‘The changes of nomenclature proposed by Dr. Flach form

a leading feature in his essay and require special notice. ‘The

manner in which he has treated the genus Péi/iwm exhibits a

characteristic example of his style. He has, in fact, adopted

an arrangement suggested long ago by Col. Motschulsky,

dividing this very complex genus into many subgenera.

The creation of what are termed subgenera has always

appeared to me objectionable for many reasons: it is impos-

sible to define a subgenus with accuracy suflicient to enable

a student to determine the proper position of any doubtful

species ; if this could be done, and the subgenus proved to

exhibit unmistakable anatomical characters, it would become

a true genus, and must be designated as such in any subse-

quent work. Col. Motschulsky’s separation of Ptcnella from

Prilium is a clear proof of the truth of what I have said, for

no one since his time has ever thought of reuniting those two

genera. Ifit had been possible I would willingly have retained

Micrella, Oligella, and other genera which he proposed at

the same time as Ptinella; but I could find in these no true

persistent generic characters; the differences which they

exhibit are merely specific, e.g. the short transversely-jointed

antenne of P., Kunzet merge gradually through other species

whose thorax is equally devoid of channels into the long

slender-jointed antenne of P. exaratum, and the same may

be said of their superficial sculpture and other differences. I

found therefore that generic separation could not be sup-

ported by anatomical evidence, and was content to retain in

the old genus the greater part of its former species, distin-

guishing its various divisions by sculptural characters alone

—thus avoiding the confusion of a multiplicity of indefinite

generic terms. But even if subgeneric names should be

deemed advisable, I consider it unjust as well as uncourteous

to appropriate to your own credit names previously published

by another author, although they be but imperfectly charac-

terized. Be this as it may (for genera are at the best mere

arbitrary divisions, depending on the peculiar ideas of indi-

vidual authors), in dealing with species greater caution is

required, ‘he characters which distinguish species are

mainly superficial: anatomical variation, though often useful,

444 Rey. A. Matthews on Dr. C. Flach’s

can only be regarded as accessory ; length of limb, form of

outline, and superficial sculpture must always form the

principal specific factors—colour and size, except when

uniformly persistent, are of minor importance.

But, on the other hand, anatomical characters, especially

the organs of the mouth and the comparative shape and

disposition of the various parts of the external skeleton, must

be regarded as the only true generic distinctions.

Such, I believe, are the rules by which generic or specific

separations should be regulated. But all these rules seem to

have been disregarded in the nomenclature of the Tricho-

pterygide with which Dr. Flach concludes his essay.

Before entering into a detailed examination of this nomen-

clature I must premise that in my own collection there are

authentic types from the collections of M. Allibent and Col.

Motschulsky of the greater number of the species described

by those authors, together with types of their own species

kindly presented to me by Dr. Aubé, MM. C. Brisout de

Barneville, Fairmaire, Reiche, Thomson, Hampé, and other

friends, so that I may fairly consider that I am in a position

to speak with some amount of accuracy on their respective

merits ; and with these preliminary remaiks | will now turn

to the unwelcome task of examining the nomenclature of the

‘Trichopterygide published by Dr. Flach.

The first genus in this list which requires notice is Ptent-

dium, divided in the following manner into four subgenera :—

PrenrpiuM, Erichson.

Matthewsium, Flach.

ovulum, Flach.

Gressnert, Gillm.

Lederi, Flach.

levigatum, Gillm.

atomaroides, Matth., ex typ.

Bruckii, Matth.

turgidum, Thoms.

Wankowiezium, Flach.

entermedium, Wank.

? Wankowitezi, Matth.

Var. Weiséi, Flach.

Brensket, Flach.

Pienidium.

Pensiyi, Flach.

turgidulum, Flach.

Fuscicorne, Erichs.

picipes, Matth.

obscurtcorne, Mots,

Synonymic List of the European Vrichopterygida. 445

laticolle, Wochh.

Leydeni, Flach.

myrmecophilum, Mots.

Sormicetorum, Kraatz.

Kraatsi, Matth.

pusillum, Gyll.

apicale, Erichs.

evanescens, Marsh.

punctatum, Mots.

terminale, Wald.

Var. corpulentum, Lucas.

Var. atomaroides, Mots.

Var. maroccanum, Flach.

Brisouti, Matth.

nitidum, Bris.

evanescens, Mots,

Var. longicorne, Fuss.

Var. orientale, Flach.

obotritis, Flach.

punctatum, Gyll.

alutaceum, Gillm.

hittorale, Mots.

Gillmeisterium, Flach.

nitidum, Heer.

pusilum, Erichs.

4-foveolatum, Allib.

minutissimum, Steph.

Var. insulare, Flach.

Var. Matthewsit, Flach.

levigatum, Gillm.

punctatum, Steph.

Reitteri, Flach.

If the characters on which these subgenera are founded

result in the combination of such miscellaneous groups as

those exhibited in the foregoing list, they must be radically

false and deceptive. P. Gressneri shows the most striking

dissimilarity in form and outline to every other species of

Ptenidium, unless it be to Dr. Flach’s new species, with which

I am unacquainted. P. levigatum, Gillm., is very closely

allied to P. nitidum, Heer. My own description of this

species was made from an example presented to me by

Dr. Aubé, which had been verified by Gillmeister himself,

and therefore authentically typical. P. atomarotdes (whether

assigned to myself or to Col. Motschulsky) can be associated

with no other than P. evanescens. If by the words “ ex typ.”

(appended to this name in his list) Dr. Flach means to

insinuate that he received the type from myself, I can only

say that I never sent an example of any species whatever to

Dr, Flach, although I have offered to do so, and I positively

446 Rev. A. Matthews on Dr. C. Flach’s

decline to be considered responsible for mistakes made by

other people. But the expression “ex typ.” may account

for many of the errors of nomenclature contained in this list.

I have myself suffered from the careless manner in which

specimens are often named and then distributed as types of

certain species; and the same misfortune may have, and

probably has, happened to Dr. Flach. P. Bruckit is con-

spicuously distinct from all its congeners. P. turgidum I

described from a type I received from M. Thomson ; it is

allied to P. formicetorum alone. In his next subgenus

Dr. Flach has placed P. intermedium, Wank. ; but this is so

closely allied to P. evanescens, Marsh., that it seems strange

to have placed them so widely apart.

Of the ten species contained in his subgenus Ptenidium

four are introduced by Dr. Flach himself, and are all unknown

to me; but throughout the Ptenidia it would be difficult to

find among the older species five more totally dissimilar

than those which he has grouped together in this division,

namely, P. fuscicorne, formicetorum, evanescens, Brisouti, and

punctatum. In his last subgenus, Gi//meistertum, Dr. Flach

has placed but two species, P. nittdum and P. Retttert; the

synonymy assigned to the former of these is, as far as I can

judge, correct, with the exception of P. levigatum, Gillm.

I need not repeat again what I have said only a few lines

above respecting this species, but, should any doubt exist,

must refer its solution to the description and figure given by

Gillmeister himself or to those in the ‘ Trichopterygia Illus-

trata.”

The genus Luryptilium is placed next in succession, and in

this genus Dr. Flach has included Ptilium marginatum, Aubé.

It seems to me that Dr. Flach is right in adding this species

to Euryptilium, for the apex of the elytra is entire and its

whole form and sculpture very similar.

Among the Ptilia the subdivisions and the combination of

species become more numerous and still more perplexing. In

his first subgenus Dr. Flach places P. Kunzez alone, but

amalgamates under that name P. brevicolle, whose thorax is

one half shorter, and P. rugulosum, which has long and

slender antenne and exhibits striking differences in outline

and sculpture. The next subgenus, Yrichoptilium, contains

but one species, 7. Sahlbergi. The figure of this insect

(pl. xi. fig. 3) clearly proves that it cannot possibly be

included in any part of the genus Ptilium, since its thorax

overlaps the shoulders of the elytra, a formation hitherto only

found in Actidium and Microptilium. Then follows the

subgenus 7yphloptilium, containing 7’. edipus and two others

Synonymic List of the European Trichopterygide. 447

unknown to me. [rom types received from Herr Reitter

T. edipus is identical with a species which I formerly

described under the name of Ptiliwm obcecatum. I would at

that time have willingly separated this species from Pélium,

but could find no distinct generic difference, and did not con-

sider the rudimentary condition of its eyes to be of itself

sufficient. The next subgenus, Ptiliolum, commences with

P. oblongum, a name long ago superseded by Spence?, Allib.,

and to this are added as synonyms Foerstert and fuscipenne ;

the latter of these is the type (received from Prof. Foerster)

from which I described P. Foerster’. Dr. Flach then makes

P. angustatum, Erichs., into a distinct species, although he

had just before quoted that name as a synonym of P. oblon-

gum, and finishes Pti/iolum with two new species. The last

subgenus of this group is Huptilium, containing croaticum,

caledonicum, and one new species. Then having inserted

the genus Actidiwm in the most unintelligible manner among

the normal Ptilia, Dr. Flach appropriates Motschulsky’s

name Oligella for the purpose of forming a genus to receive

P. foveolatum alone. ‘lo this succeeds the absurd introduction

of Motschulsky’s Miertdium vittatum among some of the most

normal species of Ptilium. ‘The shape and length of the

posterior legs is alone sufficient to separate Micridium by a

long interval from Ptiliwm, without entering at all into the

numerous anatomical differences which exist between those

two genera. But this is not all; Dr. Flach has incorporated

with Micridium vittatum two almost normal species of Pét/ium,

P. Halidatt and P. angulicolle, which resemble Miertdium in

the transparency of their elytra and in that alone. Then,

atter the intercalation of Willidium, Dr. Flach proceeds to

enumerate the remaining Pédlia as species of his subgenus

Ptilium.

I have now examined in detail the whole arrangement of

the Ptiliina ; to proceed in the same way through the T'richo-

pterygina would but entail the constant repetition of similar

remarks and prove wearisome to the reader. ‘The same con-

fusion of synonymy pervades the whole list ; it is very con-

spicuous in Péinella (Neuglenes), but seems to reach its

climax in Trichopteryx.

I fully believe that Dr. Flach’s new species are true and

genuine, the characteristic portraits of those which he has

figured speak for themselves; but, if I can judge by types of

some others received from Herr Reitter, the differences on

which they have been separated are far less distinguishing

than those which exist between many species unceremoniously

grouped together by Dr. Flach as mere synonyms ; and in

448 Mr. F. Moore on some

what way to account for the synonymy exhibited in his list

is far beyond my comprehension.

I have myself long passed the conventional term of human

life, and would gladly weleome the appearance of any one

who would carry on the work which has been my study for

more than fifty years, but not in such a fashion as this.

Gumley, Market Harborough,

March 1892.

LXVI.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Asiatic

Saturniide. By F. Moors, F.E.S.

1. Antherwa pulchra.

Male.—Varied with ochreous red on the basal area,

orange-yellow along the apical border, and olive-grey on hind

margins, the outer borders olive-grey ; ocelli oval, with thick

black outer ring, slightly protuberant at upper and lower end

of the cell; submarginal band dark red, very slightly white-

bordered ; subbasal bands prominent, black ; two transverse

discal, dusky ochreous-brown, lunular fascie, both clouded

anteriorly on the fore wing and blackish on the hind wing,

the inner discal fascia being very narrow and the outer one

broad.

Female.—Varied deep orange-brown; with two darker

discal fascia as in the male; outer borders paler; submar-

ginal band broad, with prominent white border; ocellus of

fore wing protuberant at upper and lower end of the cell, the

black border thickened at the lower protuberance ; ocellus of

hind wing less protuberant.

Expanse 53 inches.

Hab. Satara Hills, Bombay (Coussmaker).

A larger insect than the three following: distinguishable

from them in the male by the broader dusky outer discal

band and much narrower inner discal fascia, the latter

crossing the wing outside the cell on both wings; the inter-

space between the subbasal dusky band and the submarginal

band is also wider.

2. Antherwa fasciata,

Male.—Pale brownish ochreous ; discal area slightly tinted

new Species of Asiatic Saturniide. 449

with reddish ochreous, apical border yellowish ochreous, outer

borders pale olive-brown; submarginal band dusky pink and

slightly whitish-bordered ; ocelli small, bluntly oval; sub-

basal bands, outer discal lunular band on fore wing, and discal

encircling wavy band on hind wing prominently blackish; a

suffused discal fascia across both wings.

Femate.—Deep ochreous yellow, brightest across the disk,

outer border much paler, submarginal band dusky red,

narrow, and broadly white-bordered; ocelli large, oval ;

discal bands as in the male, prominently black.

Expanse, ¢ 43, 9 51 inches.

Hab. Satara Hills, Bombay ( Coussmaker).

Distinguishable by its somewhat woolly appearance, espe-

cially observable in the female, the male having a prominent

broad, dusky, lunular outer discal band on the fore wing and

a prominent similar encircling discal band on the hind wing,

the latter approaching nearer to the ocellus.

3. Antherea olivescens.

Male and female——Pale olive-brown, the outer borders

paler; submarginal band deep purple-red, bordered with

pinkish white, that on the fore wing sinuous; ocelli bluntly

oval, the black ring thick in the female; subbasal band

pinkish brown, white inner-bordered; a darker olive-brown

suffused discal fascia crossing both wings, and a similar

coloured narrower lunular fascia contiguous to the submar-

ginal band.

Eixpanse 5} inches.

Hab. Satara Hills, Bombay ( Coussmaker).

4, Antherwa ochripicta.

Male.—Reddish ochreous, with paler olive-grey borders ;

subbasal and submarginal band deep red, the latter slightly

white-bordered ; ocelli small, almost circular, talcose centre

small, .

Female.—Ochreous or orange-yellow, brightest across the

disk; the base pale greyish ochreous; subbasal band

ochreous red; submarginal band pink, prominent white-

bordered.

Expanse, ¢ 43, ¢ 5 inches.

Hab. Satara Hills, Bombay.

Smaller than A. olivescens. In the male the outer discal

dusky lunular band is further from the submarginal band.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 34

450 Mr. F. Moore on some

Reared from cocoons received in 1874 from Capt. G.

Coussmaker.

5. Anthercea versicolor.

Male. — Varied deep ochreous brown; outer borders

ochreous, tinged with olive ; ocelli oval (;%; in. in diameter and

z's in length), talcose centre large; submarginal red band

broad, the white outer border narrow on the fore wing and

broken into dentate marks on the hind wing; an indistinct

dusky subbasal band, a medial discal and contiguous lunular

fascia on the fore wing. Hind wing with an indistinct dusky

subbasal band extending close to and round the ocellus to the

anal margin.

Female.—Ochreous or greyish brown; ocelli large, oval

(75 in. in diameter and ;8; in length) ; discal area dusky brown ;

submarginal red band broad and broadly pink-white bordered ;

the discal encircling dusky band prominent and touching

both upper and lower ends of the ocellus.

Expanse, ¢ 5, 2 54 inches.

Hab. Purulia, Maumbhoom, W. Bengal.

Of smaller size than either A. mylitta or A. nebulosa (of

which latter species I have Hutton’s typical specimens), and

is distinguished by having a different shaped ocellus, the

male having the submarginal red band much nearer to the

ocelli and the encircling discal dusky band on hind wing

touching the ocellus.

6. Antherea Harti.

Male and female.—Upperside dark purplish ochreous-brown,

the base of the wings and the body being more or less reddish

brown ; both wings with a rounded ocellus of from two tenths

to three tenths of an inch in diameter, encircled by a blackish

line, with the centre talcose, the outer half being chrome-

yellow and the inner half purplish red, the latter colour also

extending more or less paler round the outer yellow half;

crossing the middle of the wing is a more or less blackish

wavy shade, which imperceptibly passes through the ocelli,

and an oblique blackish, rather straight submarginal line

extends halfway between the margin and the ocellus on the

fore wing and at three fourths on the hind wing, this line in

the female being exteriorly purplish-bordered and slightly

grey-speckled towards the apex of the fore wing; in the

female also the base of the costal border is likewise slightly

grey-speckled; in some specimens of the female the outer border

new Species of Asiatic Saturniide. 451

of the hind wing is almost entirely covered with chrome-

yellow scales, these yellow scales also being scattered on the

border of the fore wing ; cilia deep chrome-yellow.

Expanse of wings 44—4# inches.

Hab. Newchwang, Manchuria, N. China. In Coll. Moore.

The adult larva of A. Hartit (in alcohol) is 4 inches in

length. Colour green, with two dersal rows of short hairy

tufts composed of a few fine divergent hairs, and two lateral

rows of smaller similar tufts, one being on each segment in

each series, and the two dorsal tufts on the third and fourth

segment on slightly raised prominences; a smaller tuft also

on each of the fore legs; at the base of the anterior tufts

and the dorsal and lateral tufts is usually a sparkling gilt spot ;

the feet, underside, and front of head also slightly hairy ;

head with black spots in front and a lateral upward streak ;

front legs with black streaks and pads on the middle, and

hind legs also black; spiracles narrow, blackish. Cocoon

pale ochreous white, attached by a long slender peduncle to a

twig of the food-plant, and partly enveloped with the leaves.

The natives rear the larva, in a semi-domesticated state,

on oak trees, it being stated that two broods are obtained

within the year.

Named after Sir Robert Hart, through whose interest

specimens were collected and forwarded to Mons. Natalis

Rondot.

7. Anthercea borneensis.

Female.—Upperside dark ochreous yellow. Fore wing

with grey-speckled costal border; a prominent ordinary

narrow, outer discal, transverse, blackish band with white-

speckled pink outer border; a broad, very bluntly ovate

ocellus with small talcose centre, the inner half of the ocellus

being light red, with traversing incurved white line, the outer

half greyish purple and externally edged by a black line,

which is slightly thickened at its upper end and then extends

to the costal vein ; a subbasal, transverse, indistinct, slender,

nearly erect pale red line, and a darker similar short line

crossing the cell ; a red broad streak also within the cell from

near its base and extending beyond the transverse line; a

narrow, indistinct, darker ochreous fascia crossing the middle

of the wing and passing through the outer edge of the ocellus.

Hind wing with a similar very bluntly ovate ocellus having

a talcose centre, and the upper end of its black outer line

terminating in a large yellow-centred longitudinal streak; a

prominent outer discal, narrow, transverse, sre band as

452 Mr. F. Moore on some

on fore wing, extending close to the ocellus; a red, narrow,

subbasal angulated line from inner margin extending above

and round the upper part of the ocellus; a darker ochreous

medial fascia from below the ocellus to inner margin. Thorax

grey-speckled ; head, antennz, and legs dark ochreous; eyes

brownish ; thorax and abdomen ochreous yellow.

Expanse 63 inches.

Hab. 8. Borneo. In coll. F. Moore and Singapore

Museum.

This species is nearest allied to A. Helfer’, the female of

borneensis differing on the fore wing in the more prominent

transverse outer discal line, a larger ocellus having a talcose

centre (the ocelli in He/ferd being blind), in the red dash

within base of the cell, and in the darker ochreous indistinct

middle fascia extending across the wing through the outer

edge of the ocellus (in He/ferd it extends midway between the

ocellus and discal line). On the hind wing borneensis also

differs in the prominent outer discal line, larger and talcose-

centred ocellus, and the medial dark ochreous fascia (not

present in He/fer?). From the allied A. yamamaz of Japan,

the female borneensis differs on the fore wing in the less

obliquity of the outer discal line, differently shaped ocellus, the

red dash at base of the cell, and different position of the medial

ochreous fascia (which in yamamai extends through the

middle of the ocellus); on the hind wing in the different

curvature of the outer discal line and smaller as well as

different-shaped ocellus.

8. Antherea Ridlyt.

Female.—Upperside with the inner area dark ochreous

yellow, clouded with reddish ochreous, the outer borders

broadly dark purplish brown. Both wings have a large

rounded ocellus with a broad talcose centre, the inner border

of the ocellus being crimson with white traversing line, the

outer border olive-brown, the encircling line black and that

on the fore wing thickened at base of the subcostal branch ;

crossing the discal area are two reddish-black sinuous lines,

the inner line broadest and touching the ocelli; a medial

broad fascia and two subbasal angulated fasciz ; costal border

of the fore wing and front of thorax grey-speckled; head,

bedy, and legs reddish ochreous ; antenne brown.

Iixpanse, 2 52 inches.

Hab. North Borneo. In coll. F. Moore and Singapore

Museum.

This species is allied to A. larissa (Westwood, ‘ Cabinet

new Spectes of Asiatic Saturniide. 453

of Oriental Entomology,’ pl. xxiv. fig. 1) of Java. It is

distinguishable from the same sex of that species by the very

considerable darker colour, broader transverse sinuous mark-

ings, and larger ocelli.

9. Anthercea surakarta.

Male.—Upperside pinkish brownish-ochreous. Fore wing

with grey-speckled costal border; with a broad suffused

brownish-ochreous anterior shade before the apex ; a narrow

dusky excurved subbasal line, a short incurved similar line

crossing the cell near its base, an oblique inner discal similar

line commencing from below the apex, which is lunular ante-

riorly and sinuous posteriorly; beyond this line is a con-

spicuous ordinary pink-bordered, dusky, discal line, which is

almost straight ; ocellus small and bluntly oval, a quarter of

an inch in vertical diameter, outwardly lined with black, the

talcose centre being narrow. Hind wing with an indistinct

dusky angulated subbasal line, which almost imperceptibly

curves below the anterior margin and returns sinuously across

the discal area, beyond which is an indistinctly defined

ordinary pink-bordered, sinuous, outer discal line; ocellus

small, one quarter of an inch in vertical diameter, rounded,

talcose centre very minute.

Female.—Upperside ochreous yellow ; costal border grey- -

speckled. Fore wing with a pale whitish-bordered subbasal

line and an outer discal, whitish-bordered, slender, pinkish

line ; an indistinct darker ochreous narrow shade crossing the

middle of the wing through the ocellus; the ocellus very

large, irregularly elongated outwardly, three quarters of an

inch in longitudinal length, brownish ochreous, black-lined

outwardly, talcose centre large and longitudinally oval, and

crossed by the discocellular veinlet. Hind wing with a

darker ochreous narrow shade crossing the middle; outer

discal pinkish line with narrow lunulated outer border ;

ocellus longitudinally bluntly oval, ochreous brown, with oval

talcose centre and black outer line. Body ochreous yellow ;

collar grey; head and front legs bright ochreous yellow;

antenne reddish ochreous.

Expanse, ¢ 5, ? 6 inches.

Hab. Java (Horsfield). Type in coll. British Museum.

454 Rey. Canon A. M. Norman on British Schizopoda

LXVII.—British Sehizopoda of the Families Lophogastridz

and Euphausiide. By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman,

M-A., D.Caz oi Bes:, dc;

In Bell’s ‘ History of British Stalk-eyed Crustacea ’ a single

species of these families was described which had been found

by Couch in the stomach of a mackerel at Polperro. It was

named Thysanopoda Couchit, Bell, and is the Nyetiphanes

Couchit of the present paper.

In 1861 I briefly described in the Brit. Assoc. Report,

from Shetland, Ctenomysis alata, Norman, which is the

Lophogaster typicus of M. Sars.

In 1868 I recorded in the ‘ Last Report of Shetland

Dredging” (Brit. Assoc. Report) Thysanopoda norvegica,

M. Sars, = Nyctiphanes norvegica of this paper. ‘The younger

specimens there referred to subsequently proved to be refer-

able to Thysanoessa neglecta, Kroyer.

In 1872 Mr. G. Sim recorded in the ‘ Scottish Naturalist,’

as found at Aberdeen, Rhoda Jardineana, Sim (= Boreo-

phausia Raschit, M. Sars), Thysanoessa aberdonensis, Sim

(= Thysanoessa neglecta, Kroyer), and under a name Thysa-

noessa borealis, Norman (non G. O. Sars, 1882) the Nema-

toscelis megalops of the present paper. Mr. Sim wrote :—

“This species [ 7. aberdonensis| is found in considerable

abundance on our sandy beach in the months of March

and April, along with 7. borealis, a species named by the

Rev. A. M. Norman, for the identification of which I am

much obliged to that gentleman. The principal difference

between 7’. borealis and 7. aberdonensis 1s in the first pair

of feet, which in Z. borealis are terminated with from

eighteen to twenty long sharp spines, all proceeding from the

extremity of the limb, while in 7. aberdonensis eighteen

spines are arranged along the sides of the last segment of

that member, and two more placed on the wrist. The body

and rostrum also differ in the two species.” Mr. Sim here

greatly exaggerates the number of spines at the extremity of

the limb, which are (usually) eight; but one of my mounted

specimens might well be mistaken to have sixteen, since the

animal being about to cast its skin, the whole of the new

spines are seen within the old ones, and would easily deceive

in such a mounted specimen if the observer was not prepared

for the deception. In consequence of this inaccuracy with

respect to the number of spines it appears to me that the

of the Families Lophogastride and Euphausiide. 455

specific name TJ. borealis must yield to the later name

Nematoscelis megalops, G. O. Sars.

In 1887 Professor M‘Intosh first recorded Thysanoessa

tenera, G. O. Sars (=T’, longicaudata, Kroyer), as British

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 140).

Lastly, Boreophausia inermis, Kréyer, was first published

as British by Messrs. Brook and Hoyle in their paper ‘f On

the Metamorphoses of British Euphausiide” (Proc. Roy.

Soc. Edinb. 1888, p. 414).

Such were the first records of the species of Lophogastride

and Euphausiide which at the present time are known to live

in our seas. As there is no account of them in any English

work, and I consequently have specimens frequently sent

to me to name, I have thought it desirable to write the

following notes on this interesting group of oceanic OCrusta-

ceans, which are found either as surface swimmers or in deep

water at some distance from land.

The descriptions of the families are in great measure con-

densed and slightly modified from the works of G. QO. Sars.

Synopsis of Families, Genera, and Species.

Suborder SCHIZOPODA.

Legs furnished with exopodites used for swimming. In

rare instances the first pair of legs formed for prehension, more

usually this pair, as all the remaining legs, are simple. Ova

borne below the carapace between the posterior pair or pairs

of legs, usually enclosed in a marsupial sac formed by leaf-

like processes which are developed from the base of the legs.

Fam. I. Lophogastride.

Maxillipeds robust; the exopodite imperfectly developed,

consisting of a single joint ; the epipodite very large and pro-

jecting within the branchial cavity. First legs with ter-

minal joint obtusely rounded, and densely hirsute ; remaining

legs having a well-developed nail. Branchiz arborescent,

complex, the largest branch freely projecting beneath the

body, the remaining branches concealed by the carapace.

Marsupium composed of seven pairs of plates. Caudal limbs

(pleopods) well developed in both sexes. No phosphorescent

organs. Inner uropods not furnished with an auditory appa-

ratus at their base. Telson very large, in general form

as in the Macrura.

456 Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on British Schizopoda

Fam. II. Euphausiide.

Maxillipeds elongate, pediform ; exopodite well developed,

epipodite rudimentary or wanting. Legs without dactylus,

posterior pairs more or less imperfectly developed. Branchiz

wholly exposed to view. KHgg-pouch, when present, not

formed of plates attached to bases of legs. Caudal limbs

(pleopods) well developed in both sexes. Phosphorescent

organs present at the bases of the first and of the penultimate

legs and also on the abdomen between the pairs of pleopods*.

Inner uropods not furnished with an auditory apparatus at

their base. Telson very slender and tapering to an acute

point, giving off on either side at ashort distance from the

extremity a very large spine-formed process, which extends far

beyond the end of the telson itself.

Fam. III. Myside.

Maxillipeds strong, with exopodite well developed, nata-

tory, and the epipodite lanceolate and projecting within the

branchial cavity. First legs differing from the following,

used as gnathopods; remaining legs slender, usually without,

rarely with, a terminal nail. No true branchie present.

Marsupial pouch usually composed of two or three pairs + of

leaf-like processes springing from the hinder pairs of legs.

Pleopods in female small and rudimentary, in male natatory

and often remarkably modified to assist in copulation. Inner

uropods with an auditory apparatus at the base. No phospho-

rescent organs. ‘Telson very variable in form, but never as

in the Euphausiide.

Fam. I. Lophogastride.

Genus LOPHOGASTER, M. Sars.

Carapace tridentate in front, the lateral teeth as much

developed as the central, this portion of carapace

advanced in front of the eyes, the peduncles of which

are completely concealed by it, and the eyes them-

selves are protruded on either side. Pedunele of

* The genus Bentheuphausia is, however, not furnished with these

organs,

+ In the genus Boreomys’s there are seven pairs.

of the Families Lophogastridee and Euphausiide., 457

antennules remarkably broad and flattened, their

inner flagella small, the outer greatly developed.

Antennal scale broadly triangular, breadth subequal

to length ; inner margin ciliated, outer not ciliated,

serrated on the edge, serrations four to six. All the

legs biramose as in other Schizopoda. Telson very

large and much longer than the uropods; extremity

narrowly truncate, with a strong spine at each

corner, between which the termination is serrated

and furnished with two sete. Outer uropods one-

PMOODS ics be se die SO Ee PTT eh eR NT

Fam. II. Euphausiide.

PUIG NUDCQUAL cece cc lec ee eee ccs e aces io

First legs much longer than the rest.............005..

Basal joint of antennules furnished at the extremity with

an erect, conspicuous, leaf-like appendage ........

Basal joint of antennules without any erect leaf-like

appendage at the extremity .............e0eeee-

The long first legs having the two terminal joints armed

with spiniform sete on both margins ............

The long first legs greatly produced and very slender,

last joints naked (without any lateral sete), the

extremity terminating in a bunch of greatly developed

porrected spines, these spines serrated ............

Genus NYCTIPHANES.

A spine on side of carapace behind the middle. Ros-

trum nearly obsolete, ocular lobes of carapace pro-

duced into spine-like points. No dorsal spine over

Bese OG GelsON! f. ons. si. aes OCC eoC ek Oe

No lateral spines on carapace. Rostrum distinct, shortly

triangular, lobes of carapace over eyes not at all

produced. A dorsal spine over base of telson ....

Genus BOREOPHAUSIA.

Rostrum narrow, about as long as first joint of anten-

nules; no spine on the sides of the carapace ; a spine

over the base of the telson; telson longer than

POOBOGS scftaicisisrelee «es 4s 0 22 a regs Perea ten res

L. typicus.

Nyctiphanes.

Boreophausia.

Thysanoessa.

JYematoscelis.

N. norvegica.

N. Couchit.

B. inermis.

458 Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on British Schizopoda

Rostrum triangular, shorter than first joint of antennules ;

a spine on each side of the carapace in front of the

middle ; no spine over the base of the telson ; telson

subequal to or rather shorter than uropods ........ B. Raschiti.

Genus THYSANOESSA.

No spine on side of carapace. Antennal scale elongated

and narrow, the extremity bluntly but narrowly

rounded. First joint of antennules shorter than

combined length of the two following joints. A

spine over the base of the telson ............000. T. neglecta.

No spine on side of carapace. Antennal scale elongated

and very narrow, inner margin gradually sloping to

meet the outer, with which it unites at a terminal

point. First joint of antennules longer than com-

bined length of two following joints. No spine

over the base'of the telson... cccen-.«cevesvevess T. longicaudata.

Genus NEMATOSCELIS.

No spine on sides of carapace. Eyes very large, con-

stricted across the middle. First legs longer than

the body in‘adult +s 2c5sse3 00sec: Sei iis A N. megalops.

A species has been found on the Norwegian coast—

Euphausia pellucida, Dana (=£. bidentata, G. O. Sars)—

which will probably be also met with in our own seas. It

may at once be distinguished from all the foregoing by these

characters :—

Two spines on each side of the carapace, one about the

‘middle and the other behind it. Antennal scale broad and

widely truncated at the extremity. First joint of antennules

furnished with a leaf-like lappet (smaller than in Nyctiphanes)

which is cut into two or many digital processes. ‘The ventral

preanal spine is érifid.

In the following list the words Mus. Nor. (Museum

Normanianum) indicate that specimens from all the localities

and collectors cited in the sentence preceding are in my

collection. For instance, examples of Lophogaster typicus

are in my possession from all the localities given except

“ South of Cape of Good Hope.”

of the Families Lophogastride and Euphausiide. 459

Synonymic List, with Habitats.

Suborder SCHIZOPODA.

Fam. I. Lophogastride.

Genus LopHocaster, M. Sars, 1856,

= Ctenomysis, Norman, 1861.

Lophogaster typicus, M. Sars.

1856. Lophogaster typicus, M. Sars, Forhand., Skand, Naturf. Mode i

Christiania, p. 160.

1862. Ctenomysis alata, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1861, p. 151.

1862. Lophogaster typicus, M. Sars, Christiania Universtetsprogram

(Besk. over Lophogaster typicus, en merkveerdig form af de lavere

tifoddede Krebsdyr), pp. 1-37, pls. i., ii., ili.

1869. Lophogaster typicus, Norman, “ Last Report Shetland Dredging,”

Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 265.

1885. Lophogaster typicus, G. O. Sars, Report ‘Challenger’ Schizopoda,

p- 14, pl. i. figs. 1-7.

Shetland, 1861 and 1868 (A. /. NV.) ; ‘ Porcupine’ Exped.,

1869, Stat. 6 and 11 off S.W. of Ireland, in 90 and 1630

fath., Stat. 67 and 68 East of Shetland, 64 and 75 fath.:

Mus. Nor.

Distribution. Bergen and Hardanger Fiords, Norway

(A. M. N.); Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay, 35-60

fath. (A. I. N.) ; Messina (Zool. Stat. Naples): Mus. Nor.

South of the Cape of Good Hope, 98-150 fath., ‘ Challenger’

Stats. 141, 142 (G. O. Sars).

Fam. II. Euphausiide.

Genus 1. NycripHAnes, G. O. Sars, 1883.

1. Nyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars).

1856. Thysanopoda norvegica, M. Sars, Forhand. Scand. Naturf. Méde i

Christiania, p. 169.

1863. Thysanopoda norvegica, M. Sars, “Om Slegten Thysanopoda og

dens Norske Arter ” (Christ. Vidensk. Forhand.), p. 2 (separate copy).

1863. Thysanopoda nana, id. ibid. p. 15 (junior).

1863. Thysanopoda norvegica, Goes, “Crust. decap. podoph. marina

Suecie &c.” (CEfvers. Vet.-Akad. Forh.), p. 13 (separate copy).

1866. Thysanopoda norvegica, G. O. Sars, Beret. Sommeren 1865 fore-

tagen Zool. Reise, &c., p. 15.

1869. Thysanopoda norvegica, Norman, “ Last Report Shetland Dredg-

ing,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 265.

1874. Thysanopoda norwegica, Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolar-

fahrt, vol. ii. p. 285.

1879. Thysanopoda norvegica, S. I. Smith, “ Stalk-eyed Crust. Atlantic

Coast of N. Amer.,” Trans. Connec. Acad. vol. y. p. 89.

460 Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on British Schizopoda

1832. as norvegica, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crust. i.

», 50.

1883. Nyctiphanes norvegica, G. O. Sars, “ Prelim. Notices on Schizo-

poda of ‘Challenger’” (Christ. Vidensk. Forhand.), p. 24 (separate

SOT),

isse. ide norvegica, Norman, Report Scotch Fishery Board,

p- 157; and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 1887, p. 92.

Shetland, 1861; off Valentia, Ireland, 1870; Loch Fyne,

1855 (A. M. N.); Banff (T. Edward); Firth of Clyde

(D. Robertson) ; Kast Scotland (Prof: Ewart); Moray Firth

(F. Scott) ; Loch Goil, Loch Long (Dr. J. Murray): Mus.

Nor. Firth of Forth (J. B. Henderson).

Distribution. Norway (M. Sars); Bay of Biscay (A. M.N.) ;

off coast of Portugal, taken by Mr. Davidson in ‘ Porcupine,’

1870; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 64, lat. 61° 10’ N., long.

2° 21’ W.; Faroe Channel, ‘ Triton’ Exped., 1882 (Murray) ;

off Eastport, N.E. America (S. 2. Smith): Mus. Nor. Lat.

75° N., long. 12° E. (Goés) ; off the Naze (Metzger); in

great abundance off N.K. America and in Gulf of St. Law-

rence (S. I. Smith).

2. Nyctiphanes Couchit (Bell).

1853. Thysanopoda Couchii, Bell, Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. p. 246.

Polperro, Cornwall, stomachs of mackerel (2. I. Coueh) ;

Cornish coast, 1881 (Dr. Day) ; Polperro (W. Laughrin) ;

Banff (7. Edward) ; off Valentia, Ireland (A. M. N.): Mus.

Nor. :

Nyctiphanes Couchii is quite distinct from N. norvegica,

and specimens from all the above sources agree in the charac-

ters I here give to distinguish it from the latter species.

Nyctiphanes norvegica.—A spine on each side of the cara-

pace behind the middle. Rostrum scarcely developed, so

short as to leave the base of the eye-stalks exposed. Lobes

of carapace over the eyes drawn out into slender spine-like

points, these points projected as far as, or further forward

than, the rostral lobe. No spine over the base of the telson.

Nyctiphanes Couchti—A much smaller and more delicate

species, usual length about 13 millim. No lateral spines on

carapace. Rostrum more developed than in norvegica, in

shape broadly and bluntly triangular, concealing the base of

the eye-stalks ; lobes of carapace over the eyes not produced.

A spine over the base of the telson as well as a small ventral

preanal spine. In the male, of which some examples occurred

at Banff, the antennules, in addition to the usual reflexed

membranous leaflet of the first joint, have another reflexed

membranous leaflet at the end of the second joint of the

of the Families Lophogastride and Euphausiide. 461

peduncle, the distal portion of the leaflet being cut into

digitated processes *.

Nyctiphanes Couchii is very like N. australis, G. O. Sars

(‘Challenger’ Report, p. 115, pls. xx. and xxi. figs. 1-7),

except that in the former there is a spine at the base of the

telson and a small preanal spine, which are absent in the

latter. The male also of N. Couchii agrees most closely with

N. australis in the form of the hinder margin of the carapace

and the sexual developments of the pleopods (vide ‘Chal-

lenger’ Report, pl. xxi. figs. 3, 4, 6, 7). As regards the

first pleopod, the likeness is not merely one of general

character, but the serrated edge of the one margin and the

single seta of the lateral lobe of the other mar gin are identical.

But with respect to the male antennules, no leaflet corre-

sponding to that of the second joint in N. Couwchit is described

or figured in N, australis.

Genus 2. BoREOPHAUSIA, G. O. Sars, 1883.

(Vide Sars, Prelim. Notices Schizopoda ‘ Challenger ’

Exped., Christ. Vidensk. Forhand. 1883, p. 11 (separate

copy); but I am not aware that the genus has as yet been

defined.)

1. Boreophausia inermis (Kroyer).

1849. Thysanopoda inermis, Kréyer, Voyage en Scandinavie &c., Crust.

pl. vil. fig. 2 a-t.

1856. Thysanopoda inermis, Kroyer, “ Monog, Slegten Serge stes,” Vi-

densk, Selsk. Sky. 5 Reekke, vol. iv. p. 2 294, pl. v. * fig. 24.

1879. Thysanopoda inermis, S. I. Smith, “ ‘Stalk-eyed Crust. Atlantic

Coasts N. Amer.,” Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. v. p. 91.

1882. Euphausia inermis, G. O. Sars, Oversigt &e. (7. ¢.), p. 51, pl. i.

fig. 15.

1887. Boreophausia inermis, H. J. Hansen, /. ¢. p. 53,

Banff (7. Edward) ; Shetland, 1868 (A. MZ. N.) ; Moray

Firth (7. Scott) : Mus. Nor. ‘Clyde district (Brook and

Foyle).

Distribution. West Norway (G. O. Sars); Eastport,

N.E. America (S. J. Smith): Mus. Nor. Greenland (Méller

&c., fide H. J. Hansen) ; EK. America from south of Cape Cod

northwards CS. f. Smith) ; ; Gulf of St. Lawrence, as 7.

neglecta (J. 1. Whiteaves) ; Spitsbergen (Goés).

* This leaflet is similar in general character to that attached to the

first joint of the antennular peduncle in the genus Luphausia.

462 Rev. Canon A. M. Norman on British Schizopoda

2. Boreophausia Raschit (M. Sars).

1863. Thysanopoda Raschii, M. Sars, “ Om Slegten Thysanopoda” &e.

(Christ. Vidensk. Forhand.), p. 14 (separate copy).

1872. Rhoda Jardineana, G. Sim., “ Stalk-eyed Crust, N.E. Coast of

Scotland,” in ‘ Scottish Naturalist,’ p. 6 (separate copy), pl. iv. fig. A.

1882. Euphausia Raschit, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer,” i.

(Christ. Vidensk. Forhand.), p. 51 (separate copy).

1886. Boreophausia Raschii, Norman, Fourth Annual Report Fishery

Board of Scotland, p. 156; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.

1887, p. 91.

1887. Boreophausia Raschii, H. J. Hansen, “Oversigt over det vestlige

Grénlands Fauna af malac. Havkrebsdyr ” (Vidensk. Middel. fra den

naturh. Foren. i Kjébh.), p. 53 (separate copy).

Firth of Forth (J. B. Henderson) ; Loch Fyne, 70 fath.

(A. M. N. in ‘ Medusa,’ 1885); Lochs Goil and Long and

between Cumbrae and Bute (Dr. J. Murray); East of

Scotland (Hwart): Mus. Nor. Loch Broom (Brook and

Hoyle); Aberdeen (Sim).

Distribution. Norway, Christiania Fiord (Jf. Sars), west

coast (G. O. Sars) ; Greenland (Méller dc., fide H. J. Han-

sen) ; German North Polar Exped. (Buchholz).

Genus 3. THYSAONESSA, F’. Brandt, 1851.

1. Thysanoessa neglecta (Kroyer).

1849. Thysanopoda neglecta, Kroyer, Voyage en Scandinavie Xc.,

Crust. pl. vil. fig. 3 a-d.

1851. Thysanopoda ( Thysanoessa) longipes, F. Brandt, in Middendorft’s

Sibirische Reise, Bd. ii. Th. i. p. 128, pl. vi. figs. 1-14.

1872. Thysanoessa aberdonensis, G. Sim, ‘‘ Stalk-eyed Crust. N.E. Coast

of Scotland,” in ‘Scottish Naturalist,’ p. 7 (separate copy), pl. v.

figs. 1-8.

1882, Thysanoessa borealis, G. O. Sars, Oversigt &e. (J. ¢.), p. 52, pl. i.

figs. 16-18.

1887. Thysanoessa neglecta, H. J. Hansen, l. e. p. 54.

Shetland, 1861 (A. M. N.) ; Aberdeen, 1868 (G@. Sim) ;

Firth of Forth (7. Scott): Mus. Nor. Loch Seaforth, N.B.

(Brook and Hoyle).

Distribution. West Norway (some of Kriyer’s types from

Copenhagen Museum); Eastport, N.E. America (S. J.

Smith *): Mus. Nor. Western and northern Norway and

Finmark (G. O. Sars); Siberian coast (Brandt) ; Greenland

(ZH. J. Hansen).

* I found a single specimen accidentally mixed with a number of

Boreophausia tnermis which were kindly sent to me by Prof. 8. I. Smith.

I do not remember that it has been recorded previously from the United

States.

of the Families Lophogastride and Euphausiide. 463

2. Thysanoessa longicaudata (Kroyer).

1849. Thysanopoda longicaudata, Kroyer, Voyage en Scandinavie Xc.,

Crust. pl. vill. fig. 1 af.

1882. Thysanoessa tenera, G. O, Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges Crust. i.”

(Christ. Vidensk. Forhand.), p. 53 (separate copy), pl. i. figs. 18, 19.

1887. Thysanoessa longicaudata, H. J. Hansen, “ Overs. over det vestlige

Grénlands Fauna af malak. Hayskrebsdyr” (Vidensk. Middel. fra den

naturh, Foren. i Kjébh.), p. 54 (separate copy).

Thrown up in enormous quantity in St. Andrew’s Bay,

April 22, 1886, and sent to me by Prof. M‘Intosh for deter-

mination, who wrote subsequently that this species, to-

gether with Nyctiphanes norvegica, occurred “so densely that

the tidal wave was crowded with them, and miles of sand

were strewed with their bodies which the receding wavelets

left in streaks and curves” *. In ‘The Naturalist’ of this

month (May 1892) Mr. Thomas H. Nelson, in his ‘ Ornitho-

logical Notes from Redcar,’ writes (p. 144) :— February

10th, 11th, and 12th. Attracted by the number of Kitti-

wakes (Rissa tridactyla) to be seen about a mile out at sea, L

procured a boat and went off to ascertain the cause of this

vast assemblage of gulls; both east and west, as far as the

eye could reach, their graceful white forms were visible, many

busily engaged dipping into the water and others flying

overhead and then darting down to pick up some object from

the surface. I shot two or three examples and found that

their mouths were full of small Crustaceans, with which the

sea was literally alive; heaps of these were afterwards washed

ashore by sea-winds, and afforded a feast for starlings and

other frequenters of the tidal line.” Mr. Nelson sent to mea

small bottleful of the Crustaceans for determination. The

mass of them were Euthemisto compressa, Goés, an Amphipod

allied to Hyperia, which had not been previously observed on

our coast. ‘There were also several examples of Nematoscelis

megalops, G. O. Sars, and one of Thysanoessa longicaudata,

Kroyer (Mus. Nor.).

Distribution. Greenland, ‘ Valorous’ Exped., Stat. 8;

Faroe Channel, ‘ Triton’ Exped., 1882 (Mus. Nor.), lat.

59° N., long. 51° W. (Olrik, fide Hansen). Kriyer’s

original examples were from lat. 61° N., long. 13° W., and

lat. 60° N., long. 11° W. (Hansen), Western Norway and

Varanger Fiord, Finmark (G. O. Sars).

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 1887, p. 140.

464 On the British Lophogastride and Euphausiide.

Genus 4. NEMATOSCELIS, G. O. Sars, 1883.

Nematoscelis megalops, G. O. Sars.

1872. Thysanoessa borealis, Norman, MS, in Sim, “ Stalk-eyed Crust.

N.E. Coast of Scotland” (‘ Scottish Naturalist’), p. 8 (separate copy).

1882. Nematoscelis megalops, G. O. Sars, “ Prelim. Notices of Schizo-

poda of ‘Challenger’ Exped.” (Christ. Vidensk. Forhand.), p. 27

(separate copy).

1885. Nematoscelis megalops, G. O. Sars, Report ‘Challenger’ Schizo-

poda, p. 127, pl. xxiii. figs. 5-10, and pl. xxiv.

Nematoscelis is remarkable on account of the very great

length of the first pair of feet, which are even longer than in

Thysanoessa and differ markedly in character. In mature

Nematoscelis megalops these legs exceed the length of the

body, the meral and two following joints are very long and

slender, especially the meros, and at the extremity of the

meros the limb is capable of being bent back upon itself.

The meros has a row on each side of small nearly appressed

spinules and also several falcate-shaped spines, which look as

if they might serve the purpose of grasping the propodos

when bent back upon the meros. The carpus is quite smooth,

the propodos is almost naked, but there are two or three small

spinules towards the extremity, and at the extremity are two

porrected and greatly developed spines, which, with six other

similar spines springing from the last joint (dactylus ?),

form a remarkable terminal brush to the limb. These eight

terminal spines are serrated in a very peculiar spiral manner,

and the serrations point backwards. The ventral preanal

spine in the Scotch examples is either bifid, as figured by

Sars, or simple.

The British examples appear in all respects to agree with

Sars’s description and figures of NV. megalops, except that he

writes of the first legs that the meros and subsequent joints

lack “every trace of marginal bristles, being quite naked

throughout, save at the apex.” ‘This is not quite correct as

regards the specimens I have seen. I think it well for the

present to refer these to N. megalops; but if the form should

hereafter prove distinct my name JN, borealis can be adopted.

Specimens not full-grown have the first legs shorter than

the body, the eyes smaller and with faint traces of bilobation,

the antennal scale proportionately shorter, and thus come

rather suspiciously near to NV. microps, G. O. Sars.

Banff, 1862 (7. Edward); Aberdeen, 1868 (G. Sim) ;

Firth of Forth, 1892 (7. Scott) ; Redcar, Yorkshire, April

1892 (7. H. Nelson): Mus. Nor.

In the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition N. mega/ops was found in

the middle of the South Atlantic on the line between Buenos

Ayres and Tristan d’Acunha at Stations 331, 332, and 333.

It was also taken in the North Atlantic off Nova Scotia,

VoL. IX. Pu. XVI.

Nat:Hist. 8.6.

& M ug.

Ann

SoC

“tye pr

_———__—

nab. suze

its

ZZ Lee Zz

ai iF af | J)

tiie

—

i ae ie

- aw oo . 1

: ie. 7 4 en ade. fay) ee —=y 6 — - : 7 Re

Bt, vw, ras at 1 — a eer ee ee Wel

are iphoto fF n@"” Soave — Ee.

oe K

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 6. Vol. IX. Pl. XIX.

TRYGON BLEEKERI.

On Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 465

LXVIII.— Critical Observations on Frenzel’s Mesozoon Sali-

nella: a Biological Sketch. By Prof. Sreran ApAruy*.

In the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger’ for 1891, no. 367, pp. 230

et seg.t, and in the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt,’ Bd, x1.

pp: 577 et seqg.f, Frenzel described a new animal, on which

he bestowed the name Salinella§. The creature is a tube

provided with two apertures—mouth and anus—and its wall

consists of a SINGLE LAYER OF CELLS. The cells on the

ventral surface are similar to one another and finely ciliate ;

it is only around the mouth, which is not quite terminal in

position, that certain of the cells are provided with stouter

cilia. On the dorsal side the cells bear short sete instead of

cilia. The surface of all the cells which is turned towards

the intestinal cavity is likewise finely ciliate. Food-particles

are found in the intestine in a solid form. Frenzel is led to

believe that intracellular digestion does not take place.

By the discovery of Salinella our store of facts received a

very material addition, since the creature in question, as it

appears to me, serves to a certain exteni to fill the gap

between Volvox and Trichoplax. Yor the comprehension of

the most primary forms of multicellular life Salnella seems

more important than the Orthonectids and Dicyemids, in

which we find a genealogical stage, certainly a very ancient

one, at the best merely restored by parasitism as a fully-

developed animal.

A large number of questions of the highest biological

importance can be connected with Salinella; but although in

Salinella Frenzel furnishes an important contribution for our

comparisons, he himself, in criticizing it and the problems

connected with it, does not make sufficient use, for the pur-

poses of comparison, of the store of facts already available.

The result is that certain difficulties, which are indeed present,

* Translated from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt, xii. Bd., no. 4 (Feb.

29, 1892), pp. 108-123.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, no. 49, Jan. 1892, pp. 109-111, “A

Multicellular Infusorian-like Animal.”

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, loc. cit. pp. 79-84, “The Mesozoon Salinella.”

§ Under the title “Untersuchungen iiber die mikroskopische Fauna

Argentiniens,” Frenzel publishes a detailed description, with figures, in

the last part of the ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ (58 Jahrg., i. Bd.,

1 Heft, pp. 66-96, Taf. vii.). This was issued last December, but it did

not come into my hands until later. In this paper Frenzel adds to his

previous statements nothing that is essentially new; I therefore consider

it unnecessary to discuss it further at present.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 35

466 Prof. 8. Apathy on

appear to him to be greater than, when considered from the

comparative standpoint, they actually are.

In what follows I only hope to apply to an interesting

concrete case nothing but what is well known and generally

admitted, while venturing to add thereto certain reflections of

my own.

“ Tt is a well-known fact,” says Frenzel in his second paper

(loc. ett. p. 577*), “ that between unicellular and multicellular

animals there hitherto stretched a gulf which was wider than

that between the vegetable and animal kingdoms ; for indeed

the two latter, in spite of the advances which we have made

in knowledge, are even to-day hardly separable from one

another.”” But the further our knowledge progresses the less

will such a separation be possible, and the less moreover shall

we consider it to be necessary: the animal and vegetable

worlds have been developed in two different directions from a

common basis, the non-nucleate Protoblasts. I totally dis-

believe that it is permissible to institute such comparisons in

the natural sciences. A gulf, if it is once present, can be

neither smaller nor greater than any other.

Between animals and plants a gulf might well exist; but

happily it does not. It is nevertheless only in relatively

quite recent times that our store of facts has been so far

enriched as to render it possible to bridge over the gulf,

which, from the standpoint of earlier knowledge, was only

too evident. It is possible that, among the forms at present

existing, there is a gulf between Protozoa and Metazoa; it is

possible, nay even very probable, that it does not really exist

at all, and that our array of facts only needs to be further

amplified in order to bridge it over. The transition also from

the unicellular to the multicellular plants is to-day quite a

gradual one: why should it be otherwise from the unicellular

to the multicellular animals? Frenzel contributes a very

considerable pillar to the bridge, and withal exerts himself, in

developing his paper, to make the gulf appear deeper and

broader than it 1s. Our science does not deserve such an

extremely pessimistic conception of its present position ;

although in a general way I consider pessimism—but without

relapsing into resignation and exclaiming ‘Jgnorabimus ” !—

active pessimism, to be more fruitful than activity in an

exaggeratedly optimistic direction. Frenzel, however, also

overlooks stones which are already in existence for the

building of the future bridge between Protozoa and Metazoa.

Frenzel moreover does the modern zoologist injustice when

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. loc. ett. p. 79.

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 467

he says (Biol. Centralbl. loc. ett, p. 577; Ann. & Mae. Nat.

Hist. Joc. cit. p. 80) :—“ In the systematic arrangément of

the group (?. e. the Protozoa) we are even obliged, hard

though it will be for every modern zoologist, to allow our-

selves to be swayed by physiological considerations, since

here the purely morphological and embryological foundations

are insufficient.” In cases in which “ unfortunately far too

little attention is paid” to a “by no means unimportant

difference . . . . perhaps in consequence of the fact that it

arises in the first place from physiological conditions only,”

this does not occur because it would be hard for a modern

zoologist to take physiological considerations into account,

but because there are unfortunately still far too many zoolo-

gists who are one-sided in their views, ¢. e. not modern. It

appears to me that precisely the perception that differences of

a purely physiological nature exist between organisms, espe-

cially unicellular ones, which are not to be distinguished

morphologically (¢. e. anatomically and embryologically), is

one of the most important acquisitions in biology; for it

teaches us that the most essential differences—at least in my

opinion—between organisms are independent of the degree of

development which their organization has attatned; and that

protoplasm, or, better, Protoblasts—for independent proto-

plasm, without forming any kind of Protoblast or living

being (Lebewesen), has no existence at all—is subject to

material differences even in the non-organized condition.

Indeed, we must even arrive at the conclusion—in a manner

which I will perhaps indicate more closely upon another

occasion—that in the non-organized condition there already

were AT LEAST as many original kinds of Protoblasts as there

are to-day REALLY INDEPENDENT forms of living beings, or,

we might say, QUALITIES OF LIFE; probably, however, there

were many more. It may be that new qualities of life, in

spite of the diversity of gradually developing forms of life,

did not subsequently come into existence at all; for new and

different FORMS OF LIFE may arise by gradual change of shape

from apparently similar QUALITIES OF LIFE, the difference

between which, though present from the beginning, does not

become perceptible until a higher grade of development is

reached. Yet it is probable that the qualities of life which

were originally present cannot all have sustained the struggle

for existence until now.

More or less visible gulfs between the various forms of life

are and must be present, therefore, it we would in any way

identify the idea of difference with that of a gulf. The

apparent size of such a gulf may in the first instance depend

30*

468 Prof. 8S. Apéthy on

upon the paucity of our supply of facts; it is, however, on

the other hand merely a matter of arbitrary valuation : essen-

tially it makes no difference whether an abyss, which we

cannot cross, is ten metres or a hundred metres wide. A

difference is a difference, and can really be neither greater nor

smaller than any other.

And wherefore must we exclude the Protozoa “ from

Hickel’s fundamental principle of biogenesis” ? ‘To what

extent is our knowledge of the Protozoa to upset this principle ?

For if there really are living creatures which are to be

EXCLUDED from the fundamental principle of biogenesis, the

latter is entirely invalidated. But has it recently been

proved that we are confronted with insuperable difficulties if

we assume that, in the case of the Protozoa also, ontogeny

recapitulates phylogeny ? It is true that the number of dis-

tinguishable conditions of form through which the individual

life of a unicellular animal passes is much smaller than that

of the series of forms in its phylogeny must have been. Yet

we see the same abbreviation—relatively still more—among

the Metazoa also, and, just as in the Metazoa, the series of

forms in the Protozoa often becomes somewhat more complete

only in a cycle of several generations. In the same way

larval adaptations and other ccenogenetic conditions of form

must play a perhaps even greater part among the Protozoa

than they do in the ease of the Metazoa.

If phylogeny is really repeated in ontogeny it must be

possible to rediscover in the individual development of a

Protozoon THE INITIAL STAGE ALSO OF THE NON-NUCLEATE

PROTOBLAST, THE STAGE OF THE MoNeERA. The same

demand must, however, be presented to the Metazoa also; for

in their case, too, phylogeny cannot have proceeded from the

nucleate Protoblast, but rather from the non-nucleate primary

stage of all living forms. But the ontogeny of every Meta-

zoon has hitherto appeared to commence with the stage of the

egg-cell (or the reproductive cell in general), therefore with

the nucleate Protoblast. Yet I now find it possible, owing

to the discovery of the general diffusion of centrosomes

(attraction-spheres) and their, so to speak, leading réle in

cell-division, to trace back the ontogeny of the egg-cell also,

and sae Sad that of all Protozoa, to the stage of the

Monera. But the stage of the non-nucleate Protoblasts is

at the present time always passed within the mothier-cell,

before delimitation of the daughter-cells occurs; for as soon as

division has taken place in the centrosoma, the attracted area

of which is equivalent to the unit of the Protoblast, therefore

to its individuality, the parent individual has ceased to exist ;

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 469

and the two daughter individuals are, although less separated

than they subsequently become, already present before the

nucleus has divided.

THE NUCLEUS OF THE PARENT INDIVIDUAL WHICH REMAINS

UNDIVIDED BELONGS TO NEITHER OF THE DAUGHTER INDI-

VIDUALS; THE LATTER ARE THEREFORE IN THE STAGE OF THE

NON-NUCLEATE PROTOBLAST. But since, for the FULL

ACTIVITY of the Protoblast, the nucleus has become an organ

of already indispensable importance, they must in the onto-

geny receive a nucleus much earlier than may have been the

case in the phylogeny. The appearance of important organs

relatively earlier in ontogeny than in phylogeny is an occur-

rence which has indeed met with general acceptation since

the writings of Fritz Miller. The unappropriated parent

nucleus, which is left behind, is the more unable to lead an

independent life, and relapses into its constructive parts: the

daughter individuals hasten to divide among themselves this

material, which is so important for the building-up of their

further organization, and to construct from it a nucleus for

themselves, after the pattern of that of the parent form.

CONSEQUENTLY THE OBJECT ALSO OF THE MORE OR LESS

COMPLICATED FORMS OF NUCLEAR DIVISION APPEARS TO BE

NOTHING FURTHER THAN AN ONTOGENETIC ABBREVIATION OF

THE PHYLOGENETIC PROCESS OF THE FORMATION OF THE

NUCLEUS FROM THE MATERIAL SUBSTRATUM, TO WHICH THE

HEREDITARY SPECIAL PROPERTIES ARE UNITED. ‘THIS SUB-

STRATUM, THOUGH NOT AS YET CONCENTRATED IN THE SHAPE

OF THE NUCLEUS, AN ORGAN SUBSEQUENTLY SO IMPORTANT,

CERTAINLY BELONGED ALSO TO THE NON-NUCLEATE STAGE

iN THE PHYLOGENY *. Since, therefore, the nucleus, although

as an organ more important than ever, has been to a certain

extent dethroned, the Protoblast without a nucleus, no matter

whether or not there still exist non-nucleate forms capable of

independent life, may assume its rights once more.

The non-nucleate Protoblast, therefore, as the initial stage

* The further circumstance that daughter-cells which have been produced

by simple fission do not (or less frequently) form other organs also (chro-

matophores, vacuoles in plants, circlets of cilia, collars, &c. in Protozoa)

quite afresh by themselves, but acquire them by division of the organs in

question belonging to the parent-cell, must, I consider, likewise be re-

garded as an ontogenetic abbreviation of the original process of the origin

of those organs. In cases, however, where the ontogeny of the cell repro-

duces its phylogeny more faithfully, e. g. in the development of unicellular

and multicellular creatures from spores, the organs of the parent-cell, with

a view to formation of spores, degenerate before division takes place, and

the daughter-cells or their successors are obliged to reconstruct these

organs, with the exception of the nucleus, afresh for themselves,

470 Prof. 8. Apathy on

of development, can be rediscovered in ontogeny also, and

indeed both among the Protozoa and the Metazoa as well.

The ontogeny of a Metazoon individual does not commence

with the stage of the fertilized or unfertilized egg-cell in

process of division from which the Metazoon is built up ;

but the individual itself, which is represented by the mature

ege-cell, has a past of its own which was possibly of great

length, and which commenced with the non-nucleate stage

within that germ-cell, from whose division into two it imme-

diately proceeded as an unripe egg-cell.

IT am unacquainted with any facts—it may be that my

knowledge is insufficient for the purpose—which would

render the theory of morphogeny inapplicable to the Protozoa,

especially as, between the visible stages of the development

of their organization, there may be others which are invisible.

Development may even attain the highest stage of unicellular

existence without evolving further organization ; for it con-

sists in a series of transformations of the PROPERTIES of the

Protoblast, in imitation of the sequence of events in the

phylogeny, wherein each arrangement of organs corresponding

to the particular stage of development is only potentially

combined with the succession of these transformations—that

is, the latter includes only the capacity to produce such organ-

ization should circumstances require it.

In this manner it seems to me that the egg-cell ontogeneti-

cally arrives at the highest stage of unicellular existence

which has been present in the phylogeny of that form of life;

and all its daughter-cells and subsequent descendants, the

constituents of the Metazoon body, have the capacity to reach

the same stage, and must endeavour to reach it by the same

way, starting from the stage of the non-nucleate Protoblast.

‘The rapidity of the development varies according to the con-

ditions under which the particular cell commences and con-

tinues to maintain its individual life. The greater portion of

the cells of the Metazoon body, however, owing to the con-

ditions which obtain at an earlier or later stage of the onto-

geny of the latter, is compelled actually to develop the

organization which belongs to this particular stage, although

it may not be exhibited by other cells of the body. Those

cells which, at whatever stage, really have to develop their

organization, are hindered in their potential further develop-

ment owing to immediate one-sided adaptation, are usually

enfeebled in consequence of the performance of special func-

tions, and never attain the highest stage of development, to

which at their origin they were, so to speak, historically

predestinated. It is only the reproductive cells, or, if two

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 471

kinds of them are present, only the egg-cells, which enjoy

such favourable conditions as to virtually pass through in

their own ontogeny the whole unicellular phylogeny of the

species, and thereby to be able to transmit to their successors

the complete character of that form of life.

Yet pretty frequently in the vegetable kingdom, but more

rarely in that of the animals, cases also indisputably occur

in which cells which had already adapted themselves to a

special function, and which we should therefore be inclined

to term working cells (“ Arbeitszellen”) in contrast to the

reproductive cells, under certain circumstances rejuvenate

themselves as it were, resume their virtual further develop-

ment, and consequently, when they have arrived at the

highest unicellular stage of their species, themselves become

reproductive cells. But if, in consequence of excessive

specialization or of the accumulation of aplasmatic cell-

products, they have forfeited their capacity to virtually attain

the highest unicellular stage, the daughter-cells which may

be produced from them will also be unable to arrive at anything

of the kind, and will never, even virtually, reach a higher

stage of development than their parent-cell. For this reason

the successors of already specialized tissue-cells can never do

anything else than at the utmost develop, multiply, or regene-

rate the same tissue; and it is only in consequence of this

that the working cells can never produce from themselves a

new, independent, multicellular individual, similar to the

mother.

Perhaps I am not mistaken if I consider that the theory of

morphogeny appears to be inapplicable to the Protozoa only

for the same reasons as those which are the cause of difficul-

ties in the interpretation of the embryological stages among

the Metazoa also—upon which, moreover, the differentiation

of the body-cells likewise depends; and (briefly to repeat

once more what has already been stated) these reasons them-

selves depend upon the fact that the different cells arrive at a

different grade of virtual development, the highest possible

stage of which is actually attained by the egg-cell alone:

then, remaining stationary at an earlier or later stage, they

display an organization which differs according to their con-

ditions, at the same time adapting themselves in one direction

and becoming far too much exhausted to be able to have a

further future.

I will not, however, weigh every sentence of Frenzel’s

article so precisely, although indeed we only weigh that which

appears to us to be worth weighing. Otherwise I might be

charged with fault-finding. I hope nevertheless that Frenzel

472 Prof. 8. Apathy on

is not one of those who are at once inclined to regard every

reflection against their train of thought as “an attempt to

pick holes” (“ Anbohrungen ”’).

In his article Frenzel lays most stress upon the supposed

gulf between Protozoa and Metazoa, which is stated to be

caused by the fact that the digestion of the Protozoon cell is

intra-cellular, while among the Metazoa, on the contrary,

where extra-cellular digestion prevails, the intra-cellular mode

“is only met with in isolated and exceptional cases.” In

opposition to this I consider—and in so doing I am supported

by the leading existing authorities—that the way in which

the cell feeds in the Protozoa and Metazoa is least of all

adapted to form a gulf between them. Quite on the contrary !

Among the Protozoa it may be a matter of momentary

adaptation whether the digestion of one and the same animal

is extra- or intra-cellular. And among the Metazoa intra-

cellular digestion is not only not of isolated occurrence, but in

the whole of the lower forms is, so to speak, predominant ; in

many, as e. g. in the Sponges, such a digestion is perhaps

exclusively present. Moreover it is not ‘ only the endoderm

cells which can be concerned therein ;” but also, and indeed

chiefly, the amceboid cells of the mesenchyma, which, even in

the highest Metazoa, as so-called phagocytes, continue to

practise this faculty of theirs which they have retained from

the Protozoon stage. Should we desire to construct a Meta-

zoon out of Protozoa, we should not find, as Frenzel believes,

any physiological difficulty at all in the mode of nutrition.

Since the several individuals in the colony also would each

digest for itself by the intra-cellular method, we could per-

fectly well get “ beyond a simple Protozoon colony ” and

obtain a “typical Metazoon.” If we take into consideration

the more recent facts of comparative embryology and physio-

logy among the lowest Metazoa, we arrive at the result that

the several cell-individuals of the Metazoon, which continually

relinquish more and more of their independence (in my

opinion because the race of Protoblasts which is represented

by them continually forfeits more and more of its vital

energy), have on that account long retained the faculty of

digesting their food for themselves. It is probable that this

faculty was first lost in the ectoderm cells and then in those

of the endoderm, while, on the contrary, the cells of the

mesenchyma, even in the highest forms, are to-day still able

to digest for themselves.

In opposition to Frenzel, we must entirely agree with

Metschnikoff “that this mode of digestion represents one of

the few properties of the Metazoon organism which have

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 473

been transmitted from the Protozoa, and consequently fur-

nishes a CONNECTING LINK, however small it be, between the

two groups” *. We should certainly be confronted with

great difficulties, although not on the ground of nutrition, if

we would construct Metazoa from Infusorian-like unicellular

animals, such as the “larva” of Salinella. But we must

not select precisely the most improbable possibility. ‘The

very earliest Metazoa are, as is generally agreed, to be

derived from Flagellate-like creatures ; and among the Fla-

gellata it is really only a question of the stage of develop-

ment whether the digestion of an animal is extra- or intra-

cellular ; the different conditions of form through which the

cell passes in its life are also characterized by different modes

of nutrition. In their different phases of life the Protozoa

may resemble Ameebe, Flagellata, or Ciliata, or may pass

through all three conditions (Catallacta of Heckel). The

same is also true of a large number of cells in the body of

the Metazoon. Should we actually wish to consider holo-

phytic Flagellates as ancestral forms of the Metazoa, in which

connexion a very pretty transition is realized by Volvoza, it is

easy to believe that, so soon as a communication between

the central cavity and the exterior became established, or in

some other way a gastral cavity arose, the cells gave up their

holophytic mode of life, to pass for the first time to an extra-

cellular method of digestion. We even find that real highly

organized plants are also capable of digestion on occasions,

and indeed of extra-cellular digestion, like the insectivorous

plants. In criticizing the relationships of the Flagellates it

is of no importance whatever whether a particular form

possesses holophytic or saprophytic nutrition; not only

among closely allied genera are some holophytic (e. g. Chla-

mydomonas and Cryptomonas) and the others (Polytoma and

Chilomonas) saprophytic, but the mode of nutrition also

changes within the genus (the various species of Huglena) ;

nay, it is even possible for one and the same form in its pre-

dominant phase of life to pass from the holophytic to the

saprophytic mode of existence by losing its chlorophyll (e. g.

Chlorogonium and Carteria). The transition is, however,

very easy between saprophytic forms, and therefore such as

really do not digest, and those which are capable of digestion,

and as a matter of fact the digestion is for the most part

intra-cellular, in correspondence with the amoeboid form

which has been assumed (e. g. in septic Monads), though

* I. Metschnikoff, ‘ Untersuchungen itber die intrazellulare Verdauung

bei wirbellosen Tieren,’ Wien, 1883, p. 2.

474 Prof. S. Apdthy on

occasionally also extra-cellular. For how could we desig-

nate otherwise than as extra-cellular digestion the capacity

of certain Bacteria to dissolve by their secretions caoutchouc

and other substances which are difficult to assail and to absorb

them as nutriment ?

That extra-cellular digestion is of such limited occurrence

among the Protozoa, nay even that it can only take place

under exceptional circumstances, is solely due to external

conditions, which render extra-cellular digestion a physical

impossibility for the majority of the Protozoa. Under the

term digestion we understand only the process of the con-

version of solid nutriment into a solution or into a fine emul-

sion. In this the chief part is played by the digestive

secretions and ferments. In extra-cellular digestion the food

is exposed to the influences of the cell-body externally to the

latter; in intra-cellular digestion, however, this takes place

within the body of the cell. Now how should a Protozoon,

supposing it to be possible for the digestive juices to be pro-

duced at all without immediate stimulation of the proto-

plasm, secure their effect upon the food outside its body?

The Protozoon must, in order to be able to digest, in order to

render possible the operation of the digestive juices upon its

food, incorporate its nutriment. But if this can also take

place outside the cell, in consequence of the position of the

cells in the colony, it will be possible to omit the incorpora-

tion of the food into the cells.

It is therefore in no way wonderful that the change in the

mode of life of the former Protozoon, produced by living

together with other cells in the consolidated, individualized,

and differentiated colony, or in the Metazoon, should entail

an alteration in its habits. In the first place it was of great

advantage to be able to store up in an intestinal cavity much

more nutriment than the several cells were in a position to

secure all at once. An intra-cellular digestion was no longer

unavoidable ; but it gradually became for the majority of the

cells of the body also impossible. THE VERY FACT OF THEIR

REMAINING TOGETHER IN A COLONY, AND THEFR INCAPABILITY

TO LIVE INDEPENDENTLY, ARE SIGNS OF THE INDIVIDUAL

DEBILITATION OF THE SEVERAL PROTOBLASTS; in consequence

of further exhaustion the majority of the cells, and gradually

also the endoderm cells, forfeit the capacity for active, amoeboid

changes of form ; in compensation for the rest of the colony,

however, the endoderm cells become specialized for the prepa-

ration of digestive juices and ferments, ¢. e. the consequence

of their debilitation is the transformation of their protoplasm

to digestive juices, and moreover without the application of a

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 475

direct stimulus to it. The great caducity of endoderm cells

(and of gland-cells altogether) is a character of very general

occurrence.

Were we able, says Frenzel, “still toregard the latter (7. e.

the intestinal cells) at all events as Protozoon cells, this view

would be absolutely inadmissible for the former, the cells of

the mesoderm and ectoderm . . . .””. Ido not at all see why.

The intestinal cells with intra-cellular digestion correspond to

holophytie Protozoa; the rest of the cells of the body corre-

spond partly to saprophytic Protozoa, because, thanks to the

labours of other cells, they need only to feed, but not to digest

their food; in part, however, the body-cells (especially those

of the mesenchyma) are likewise holophytic Protozoa, and

remain so even when the intestinal cells have long lost the

faculty of intra-cellular digestion. In more primitive cases

the intestinal cells themselves digest ; they subsequently lose

this faculty, and henceforth expend their energies in the pro-

duction of digestive juices; the latter, however, are not sufii-

cient for the digestion of the food-matter, and the wandering

amceboid cells have to assist more or less with their power of

intra-cellular digestion. The intestinal cells continue to be

Protozoa, with which other body-cells, likewise corresponding

to Protozoa, live together in a kind of symbiosis: their

services to one another are reciprocal, so that their functions

are consolidated into a physiological whole. Not only do the

intestinal cells feed the rest, but a large portion of the latter

also make provision for the intestinal cells: oxygen is in the

widest sense food, just as much as albumen, fat, and carbo-

hydrates.

I believe that I have sufficiently demonstrated in the fore-

going that it is precisely the physiology of digestion which

causes least difficulties in deriving the Metazoa from the Pro-

tozoa; but also the other “gulf” between Protozoa and

-Metazoa, which Frenzel likewise emphasizes, and which is

occasioned by the multilaminar character of the Metazoa,

appears to us less great when we take into consideration the

following facts.

As a single-layered multicellular animal we are now also

acquainted with Salinella, besides Volvox. The next stage,

with the representatives of which we have closer acquaintance

as adult animals, already consists—to leave Trichoplar ad-

heerens out of consideration—of three layers, since in them a

mesoderm, or, better, mesenchyma, is already present between

ectoderm and endoderm ; for of animals which in the adult

stage also would correspond to the typical Gastrula, and con-

sist merely of ectoderm and endoderm, we have no knowledge.

476 Prof. 8. Apathy on

The most cogent proof that the ancestral form of the Metazoa

was the Gastrea—an animal with intestinal cavity and oral

aperture, composed of ectoderm and endoderm, without meso-

derm—is therefore wanting. WE REQUIRE THIS FORM,

HOWEVER, AS A TRANSITIONAL STAGE, ONLY IF WE WOULD

HAVE THE NEXT STEP IN THE SEQUENCE OF THE PHYLOGE-

NETIC DEVELOPMENT, STARTING FROM THE BLASTULA-FORM

(Bras7zA), TO CONSIST IN AN INVAGINATION.

It is true that for a Gastrula to arise by invagination is

MECHANICALLY the simplest mode of further development,

and therefore it is that ontogeny, which always strives after

abbreviation and simplification, so often adopts this method,

especially among the higher types; therefore, on the other

hand, it is also natural and easily explainable that the next

stage in ontogeny after the Blastula is the Gastrula without

mesoderm. But the question arises whether a similar forma-

tion of a Gastrula is also the PHYSIOLOGICALLY simplest

possibility in the further development from the Blastea. It

does not appear to me that it is. The method of forming

the endoderm which is physiologically the simplest, and

therefore probably genealogically the oldest, is that which

commences with immigration into the inner cavity of ectoderm

cells, which have been forced out of connexion with the epi-

thelium and have become ameeboid, 7. e. formation of the

endoderm by apolar multilocular inward growth (Metschni-

koff). The growth is apolar, because only by subsequent

adaptation (accumulation of yolk) could the original polarity

of the ovum be so far increased as already actually to effect

a differentiation of the Blastula-cells, a greater difference

between the hypoblast and epiblast. The cells which pene-

trated into the cavity of the Blastula afterwards gradually

arranged themselves again in the manner of an epithelium to

form the endoderm, after the communication of the blastula-

cavity with the exterior by means of the blastopore had fur-

nished an incentive thereto. Perhaps an open Blastwa of

this kind is even more archaic than the closed vesicle, and in

that case the incentive alluded to would not have subse-

quently occurred, but would have been present from the

beginning. I would remind the reader of the development of

Volvoxz, where the young but already perfect colonies close

their opening only after leaving the parent.

Now it cannot have happened either that all the immigrant

cells were utilized for the formation of the endoderm, or that

with the completion of the endoderm the immigration from

the ectoderm at once came to an end; it is much more

probable that the cells of the mesenchyma also should be

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 477

augmented in the same way from among the endoderm cells,

which were by this time multiplying to excess. But then it

is absolutely impossible to see why precisely such a form of

animal should exist, as one in which only so many ectoderm

cells become amceboid as are necessary for the formation of

the endoderm, in order not to leave any over in the shape of

so-called mesoderm. ‘The formation of the endoderm was

indeed neither the object nor the cause, but merely the conse-

quence of the immigration. Asa matter of fact, such a bi-

laminate animal as represented by the Gastrea can neither

have existed in phylogeny nor be in existence to-day.

That the Gastrula is nevertheless present in ontogeny is,

as has already been mentioned, to be explained from the fact

that the immediate incentive to the further development of

the body from the Blastula, which in phylogeny was a more

physiological process, dependent in a higher degree upon the

bidtiidtality of the cells, has here, in ontogeny, become a

more mechanical necessity. The phylogenetic method is

longer, and therefore in ontogeny it 1s adopted merely in the

case of very primitive forms (certain Porifera and Cnidaria),

as opposed to which the more developed forms have gradually

selected a shorter, because more mechanical, way to the same

end.

Now the various colonies of Flagellata, and especially

Volvox, present us with the highest stage of colony-formation

among unicellular creatures, nay even with the most primitive

multicellular animal, which already appears to possess an

integral individuality. At the same or a somewhat higher

stage, but developed from other unicellular ancestors, we also

find Salinella*, likewise an animal formed of an epithelial

layer of cells, with an internal cavity. Now more and more

cells—probably because they are weaker or stronger than

their neighbours, and perhaps also because, owing to the axis

of fission having been possibly somewhat oblique, they were

situated more towards the interior—become continually

forced from the epithelial position (if they are stronger than

the rest they set themselves free), and passing into an

amoeboid stage reach the inner cavity. It is possible that

Trichoplax adherens corresponds to precisely this stage, in

which, with the communication between the internal cavit

and the exterior, the incentive to a secondary epithelial

* That cells are found upon the ventral surface which are somewhat

differently constituted to those upon the dorsal side, is in this case (as

also in that of Trichoplax) the immediate result of the creeping, and no

longer floating, mode of life, and would in itself indicate no higher posi-

tion than that of Volvor.

478 Prof. S. Apdthy on

arrangement of the cells which have wandered into the

original cavity is also wanting. But so soon as a communi-

cation was constituted between the cavity of the Blastula and

the exterior by means of a mouth-opening, there was also

provided the incentive for the immigrant cells to arrange

themselves again like an epithelium, this time as an endo-

derm, and to pass from the Gymnomyxa form into a Corti-

cata phase once more. Thus we already have the true

Metazoon, a Ccelenterate, or one of the Porifera before us.

In this series of stages we nowhere miss the Gastrea,

A greater difficulty than those advanced by Frenzel appears

to me to consist in the fact that it is not easy to form an idea

as to how the single individuality of the Metazoon has arisen

from the separate individualities of the Protozoa, which at

first composed a loose colony as ancestral form. ‘This, how-

ever, is at once a question which directly touches upon the

relationship between the soul of the Protozoa and that of the

Metazoa, that is really the question of the soul in general!

Frenzel finally observes something also in the development

of Salinella which is said to be difficult to harmonize with

our previous knowledge. He speaks of a hypotrichous Infu-

sorian-like unicellular animal, which he regards as the LARVAL

STAGE of Salinella. ‘This nevertheless leaves a difficulty of

considerable importance to be surmounted,”’ he adds, “in that

the transition from the single cell with intra-cellular diges-

tion to the adult animal with extra-cellular digestion is enig-

matical and completely unexplained.” I would not consider

this phenomenon to be so very enigmatical, even should the

fact be established that the digestion of Salinella is really

enzymatic, and not intra-cellular, like that of the majority of

the lower Metazoa. This point, however, has already been

sufficiently disposed of. Let us at once proceed to consider

WHETHER A UNICELLULAR ANIMAL, WHATEVER ITS STRUCTURE,

can be considered AS THE LARVA OF A MULTICELLULAR FORM.

That stage in the ontogeny of the multicellular animal

which, while still unicellular, immediately precedes the multi-

cellular condition, and is therefore the highest unicellular stage,

we term, whether fertilized or unfertilized, the ripe EGG-CELL,

In the case of Salinella we have before us—if I rightly com-

prehend the meaning of a phenomenon observed by Frenzel—

the product of an act of copulation, we might say a zygo-

spore; there can in this case be no question of an actual

ege-cell, for there is no difference to be observed between the

two copulating cells, and in fact in Salinella there are no

special reproductive cells at all. All the cells in the body

have the power of multiplying the species, and, singularly

enough, the colony does not first relapse into its constituents

Frenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 479

(like, e. g., Pandorina), but TWO ENTIRE ANIMALS become

fused together and form a common cyst. Unfortunately

Frenzel was unable to trace the further phenomena within the

eyst. It is, however, hardly possible to imagine anything

else than the fusion of each pair of cells of different origin.

If, as Frenzel writes, a continuation of cell-multiplication

really takes place within the cyst, this in all probability

happens before the copulation of the several cells. Unfor-

tunately, too, Frenzel did not directly observe that the sepa-

rate similar cells in the cyst pass into the unicellular Ciliate

form which he has described.

Should that Infusorian really be a developmental stage of

Salinella, it cannot nevertheless, as has already been stated,

be termed a larva. ‘The ova of many other animals also are

capable of movements, particularly amceboid ones, and of

feeding in the INTRACELLULAR fashion upon the neighbouring

cells, such as is the case, among others, in Tubularia and

Hydra; and not only can this be done by the unfertilized,

immature, reproductive cell, but also, as is well known, by

the fertilized one, as, for instance, in the case of certain

Platyhelminthes, where, in addition to a larger number of

yolk-cells, only a few fertilized egg-cells are found in the

egg-capsule. ‘The sole difference between Salinella and the

other known cases of active egg-cells is that the latter have

only to incorporate and digest the nutritive material which is

already stored up for them; while on the other hand the

fertilized ovum (or zygospore) of Salinella has itself to acquire

its food by its own activity, in order to be able to proceed

with the building-up of its body. Therefore it is that

the faculty of reproducing the organization of the highest

unicellular ancestral form in the highest unicellular stage

of Salinella does not, as is the case in the majority of

ova, remain virtual and latent. The necessity of accumu-

lating the building-material for further development by its

own activity only sets in in the case of Salinella earlier

than in that of all other multicellular animals. In point of

fact much more is demanded from an independent cell in

Salinella than in higher animals, where the separate cells

always retain less of the activity and independent energy of

their unicellular ancestors. For the rest, however, the tran-

sition from the “cell with intra-cellular digestion to the adult

animal with extra-cellular digestion ” in the case of Salinella

is by no means more enigmatical and unexplained than the

fact that from egg-cells with amceboid digestion Metazoa

develop whose body-cells—partly indeed themselves digest

throughout life—for the greater part, however, are endowed

with extra-cellular digestion or none at all.

480 Prof. S. Apathy on

The further ontogeny of Salinella also, subsequent to the

already active unicellular stage, exhibits nothing extraordi-

nary. Frenzel writes:—‘ For it is precisely the further

development of this larva, incomplete though my study of it

was, which proves that it does not develop into the perfect

animal by means of ordinary division, much as a colony is

formed from a single Choanoflagellate, but by a far more

complicated process, which we may most fitly term endo-

genous cell-formation.” We may, however, designate the

segmentation of all Metazoa whatever, and even the formation

of the daughter-colonies of the Volvocineew, as endogenous

cell-division (‘cell-formation”). In very many cases the

egg-cell has a distinct cell-membrane, and the processes of

fission, in which segmentation consists, always proceed

within this membrane; it often happens that it is only the

already tolerably advanced larva or the almost perfect animal

that leaves the cell-membrane of the parent-cell, the egg-cell.

Even more distinct endogenous cell-division than in the case

of the holoblastic ova is the segmentation in the meroblastic

eges, where, as for instance in the egg of the fly, the limits

of the daughter-cells within the cell-membrane of the parent-

cell are for a long time absolutely indistinguishable from one

another.

It is indeed in the chief degree the circumstance that the

daughter-cells remain in organic connexion with one another,

and that they have no longer the strength to separate, which

has replaced societies of cells by the higher category of

colonies ; and a still more intimate union of the cells, in

connexion with their endogenous origin in the egg-cell and

in consequence of their further individual debilitation,

characterizes the Metazoa, and makes of them a single indi-

vidual, an indivisible physiological whole.

That the daughter-cells and subsequent descendants of the

Metazoon egg-cell have now no longer the power to separate

from one another, and lead an independent cell-life like Pro-

tozoa or like the unicellular ancestors of the species, is a fact.

It remains to be asked, what is the cause of this? It cannot

be a change of habit owing to the living together for so long

in the cell-colonies of the ancestors, for the latter is itself the

first consequence of the cause for which we are seeking. I

consider that the cause is to be found in a certain debilitation

of the genus of Protoblasts with which we have to deal; and

the latter is again nothing more than the consequence of that

change in all protoplasms (vital see which sets in as

time goes on, even without special external influences, and

which we are only able to detect through its combined effect

Frrenzel’s Mesozoon Salinella. 481

and its further consequences, and then term simply develop-

ment. A continuous and inevitable change in the condition

(mobile condition ?) of matter in general is the common

destiny of the universe, and is the equivalent of existence and

the ae San of the world. In speaking of phylogenetic

development we refer this general change only to one special

case, to that of living beings, where it proceeds at different

rates according to the qualities of the Protoblasts, but every-

where essentially in the same direction and according to the

same laws,

Certain cells in the Metazoon, owing to their peculiarly

favourable conditions of life, attain to more of the original

independent vital energy of the unicellular ancestors than do

the rest: these cells are the reproductive ones. The egg-cell

of Salinella proves the originality (low stage of development)

of the species also through the very fact that, as a simple cell-

individual, it possesses even more vital energy than does the

egg-cell in all Metazoa. In a general way it is perhaps pos-

sible to advance the proposition, somewhat paradoxical though

it appears, that THE HIGHER ORGANIZATION OF THE MULTI-

CELLULAR INDIVIDUAL IS TO BE REGARDED AS THE CONSE-

QUENCE OF THE GRADUAL DEGENERATION OF THE SEPARATE

CELL-INDIVIDUALS WHICH COMPOSE IT.

To briefly sum up what has been stated in the foregoing

pages, I consider Salinella as a highly valuable and interesting

discovery precisely because, in opposition to Frenzel’s view,

it at once fits in thoroughly well with our present biological

theory as to the origin of the Metazoa, and, so to speak, fills

a- gap in the series of facts for our deductions. Frenzel is

certainly quite nght when he states in the concluding words

of his article (‘ Biologisches Centralblatt ;’ Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. doc. cit.) that there are isolated links in Nature “ for

which we cannot find a place in our system, beautifully and

ingeniously constructed though it is, and which tend to prove

how little Nature is amenable to a dogmatic treatment on our

part, a treatment which unfortunately appears to take the

upper hand too much in the biological sciences, and which

would gladly exclude everything which does not fit into its

narrow frames.” Happily, however, this great truth does

not apply to Salinella! *.

Kolozsvar,

October, 1891.

* T have already given expression to views as to the simplest living

beings, the impossibility of separating the ideas of life and individuality,

and the import and causes of reproduction (fission) &c., which are in

Ann. & ifag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 36

482 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

An Elementary Manual of New-Zealand Entomology. By G. V.

Houpsoy, F.E.S. With 21 coloured plates. 8vo, 128 pp.

London: West, Newman, and Co.

Tuts little book bears a somewhat misleading title. The text

consists mainly of a series of short descriptions of the habits and

metamorphoses of various New-Zealand insects. This branch of

the subject, dealing with the life-histories of insects, is well

treated, and the descriptions, being based to a great extent upon

the author’s own observations, are likely to prove a useful addition

to entomological literature. In a Manual of Entomology, however,

we look for a better treatment of the anatomy and classification of

insects than is to be found in the half-dozen pages allotted to them

in the present volume. A few such statements as that “the

functions of the antenne are, at present, extremely doubtful,” and

the reference to the Malpighian tubes as “biliary vessels,” suffi-

ciently prove that, on the physiological side of his subject, the

author might with advantage have consulted some good modern

text-book of biology or entomology.

The amateur would not miss much, in fact, by passing over the

first chapter, which is somewhat curiously headed ‘* General Obser-

vations.” In the second chapter “on collecting” he will find some

useful hints. The remaining chapters, which, with the plates,

form almost the entire bulk of the volume, contain the descriptions

certain respects in close connexion with the statements of K.C. Schneider

(“ Kin Beitrag zur Phylogenie der Organismen,” Biol. Centralbl. xi. Bd.,

pp. 739-744, Dec. 31, 1891). I expressed these views many years ago in

various papers (among others “ Die lebende Materie und die Indvidual-

itt” (in Hungarian), Budapesti Szemle, 1884), and in a series of lectures

as Privatdozent at the University of Budapest (1888), as also recently in

my capacity as a professor at Kolozsvaér. A portion of these latter lectures

appeared last year in a series of articles in the ‘Sitzungsberichten der

mathem.-naturw., SektiondesSiebenbiirgischen Museumvereins,’ under the

title of “ Die einzelligen Lebewesen von dem Gesichtspunkte der Viel-

zelligen.”. A summary of my results in German will be published in the

next part of the above-mentioned ‘ Sitzungsberichte.’ Shortly stated, my

theory regards the (non-organized) Protoblasts (= Zoen” of K.

Schneider) as units of the third stage (third power) of matter in general

(the first power are the atoms in the elements, the second power the

molecules in the chemical compounds), and naturally, as living units of

the first stage. The foregoing paper, which reproduces some of the results

alluded to, was written immediately after the appearance of Frenzel’s

article in this Magazine, and only extraneous circumstances prevented me

from sending it to the press sooner,

Bibliographical Notices. 483

already referred to. These provide interesting reading, and will go

far to compensate for the deficiencies of the book in other respects.

The plates seem on the whole well up to the average. In some

of the figures we miss that attention to structural detail which was

to be expected from an artist who is at the same time the author of

a work on entomology. The beetle represented at fig. 2, pl. i1., as

having three-jointed tarsi and six-jointed antenne gives a very

erroneous idea of the characters of the family Tenebrionide, to

which it is said to belong. The neuration of the wings is, in some

cases also, less accurate than is desirable in a work where the

beginner has to rely almost wholly upon the figures for the identi-

fication of the species as well as for a knowledge of the structural

characters of families. This leads us to notice that the author has

introduced into the book a certain number of species which he

refers to as new. He figures but does not describe them, nor does

he give any clue as to where descriptions of them may be found.

If he wishes to obtain recognition from the systematic entomolo-

gist for the names he has given to these species he would do well

to publish brief technical descriptions of them.

Notwithstanding the defects pointed out we trust that this work

may succeed in the purpose for which it was written, of inducing

the youths of New Zealand to take a more active interest in

entomological science.

On the Modifications of Organisms. By Daviy Syme, Melbourne:

George Robinson and Co. London: Kegan Paul, Trench,

and Co.

Some idea of the spirit of this book may be gathered from the

following sentence :—‘‘ Darwin describes the action of natural

selection as preservative and accumulative, but properly speaking

it isa purely destructive process. It is heredity and not natural

selection which is preservative and accumulative.”

In a very vigorous fashion Mr. Syme denies almost every state-

ment which Darwin relied on, maintaining that he “ has practically

abandoned his theory altogether when he admits that the tendency

to vary in the same manner is so strong that whole species may be

modified without the aid of any form of natural selection.” He

asserts that ‘‘ Darwin’s language is wanting in precision, and his

definitions and theories are variable and contradictory,” even to

forgetting his own statement of what natural selection is. The

survival of the fittest should be the result of natural selection or the

struggle for life; yet Darwin uses the three terms as synonymous.

But, according to Mr. Syme, “it is the organism which struggles,

not, however, to select this or that variation, but to adapt itself to

its environment.” Darwin, with good reason (except, perhaps, as to

484 Miscellaneous.

size and colour), was not disposed to give the environment much

weight.

““One of the most singular of Darwin’s conclusions” is, says

Mr. Syme, “that it is the female that selects the male, and not the

male that selects the female;” yet on the next page we find that

‘the female seleets the handsomest and most valiant male:” further,

that the sexual struggle is not between the males, but “is rather a

struggle between the opposite sexes.” Much that has been written

on this subject is purely conjectural.

The following will probably be new to many :—* Butterflies put

up their wings and expose their underside to the action of the sun ;”

they “have their brilliant non-protective tints on the upper surface

of their wings, while the underside is almost invariably protectively

coloured.” Again, ‘‘ when chased,” we are told, ‘‘ they suddenly

disappear by alighting on some object coloured like themselves,

whereby they escape observation, and so confident are they that

they remain motionless even when an enemy approaches within a

few inches of them.”

One of the objections to natural selection—unnoticed by

Mr. Syme, but not unnoticed by Darwin himself—is the diversity

of means for the same end.

The fertilization of plants by insects is discussed at length.

Darwin believed that their relationship was mutually beneficial.

Mr. Syme, on the contrary, asserts “ that insects of all kinds are in

various ways destructive to plants,” and he denies that flowers owe

their conspicuous colours to insects.

There is no date and there is no index to this book, which only

consists of 164 pages. There are several misspellings—such as

“‘ englossa,” ‘“Artimia,” “ strachys,” “ belliafolia,” ‘ decimination,”

&e.; printed in London, and the author probably in Melbourne,

may sufficiently account for such errors. Nevertheless we shall be

glad to see Mr. Syme again ; right or wrong, his book is undoubt-

edly suggestive.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Some Anatomical Characters of Hyperoodon rostratus.

By M. E.-L. Bouvier.

I nave had the opportunity of studying, at the marine laboratory

of Saint-Vaast, a female Hyperoodon, measuring 7°20 m, in length,

which had stranded on the beach near Fort de la Hougue.

The animal had a short time previously given birth to a young

one; its mamme were full of milk, the internal organs of generation

Miscellaneous. 485

contained a large quantity of sanguinolent matter, and the annular

folds of the vagina, which represent a more or less perfect os uteri,

were scarcely indicated. ‘The mamme are at least 1:15 m. long,

with a maximum breadth of 0-22 m., and are only a few centimetres

thick; each of them is traversed by a longitudinal duct, which

commences abruptly about 10 cm. from the anterior extremity, and

continues, without greatly increasing its calibre, as far as the

reservoir situated beneath the teat; besides this two large lateral

ducts open into this reservoir, which is of comparatively small size.

The milk is yellowish white, of the consistency of cream ; it has an

agreeable nutty flavour. The mamme are covered throughout their

entire length by a layer of the cutaneous muscle; this layer must

be the most active agent in the phenomena of compression which

produce the emission of the milk; in front it acts chiefly by means

of its external aponeuroses, which are here almost the only covering

of the mamma; posteriorly the muscle itself is applied directly to

the gland. The cutaneous muscle is elsewhere very well developed,

and in several regions of the flanks exceeds 4 cm. in thickness. In

front it covers at certain points the prolongations which are sent off,

to a distance of 1 m. behind the junction of the lips, by the spongy

and largely areolar tissue, which contains the spermaceti oil in

abundance.

The stomach is composed of ten successive chambers. The

capacity of the first is nearly equal to that of the nine other cham-

bers; its mucous membrane is covered with conyolutions which

are grouped round three perfectly distinct centres. The nine

subsequent chambers form a mammillated mass, which is very

sharply separated from the first; they are separated from one

another by perforated septa, which were described a long time ago ;

the first is at the most as large as the fist, the last, on the other

hand, is of enormous size. In the duodenal dilatation, which is

greatly developed, we observe a little ampulliform swelling at the

orifice of the hepato-pancreatic duct ; besides this it presents a large

semi-lunar valvular fold in front of the point where it passes into

the narrow duodenum. There are a number of little glands at the

posterior extremity of the rectum, in the immediate vicinity of the

anus. ‘The liver is divided into two lobes, one of which is situated

to the right, the other to the left; to the right lobe is attached a

small dorsal one.

The aortic trunk is greatly swollen at its exit from the heart ;

immediately above the sigmoid valves it gives rise to two coronary

arteries, and exhibits, besides, a perforated ductus arteriosus which

brings it into connexion with the pulmonary artery. The thoracic

plexuses are much less developed than those of the Delphinide, but

more so than those of the Mysticetes. Instead of extending to the

further end of the thoracic chamber, the network terminates

posteriorly at the level of the sixth rib. The plexus of the right side,

which alone I was able to examine, is traversed, a short distance

486 Miscellaneous,

from its external border, by a longitudinal artery which starts from

the right brachio-cephalic trunk, and which probably represents the

internal thoracic artery. The intercostal arteries are separated at

their origin, and take part, like the foregoing artery, in the formation

of the plexuses. ‘There is only a single renal artery on each side;

but we find two renal veins, a large one in front, and a much

smaller one behind. The obliterated umbilical arteries, which

terminate at the summit of the bladder, are connected with the

hypogastric artéries, which each divide into two branches and form,

in spite of their small size (the little finger can scarcely be inserted

into them), the sole source of the blood contained in the enormous

genital arterial plexus. This plexus completely covers the anterior

portion of the vagina, the uterus and its cornua; but it does not

extend in front into the broad ligament.

The venous plexuses appear to be little developed, and those of

the psoas are wanting as in the Mysticetes. On the other hand,

there is a venous sinus in each of the large lobes of the liver, and

the sinus of the vena cava inferior assumes enormous proportions.

A large longitudinal vein traverses the right thoracic plexus, and

receives three large branches at least from the medullary cavity ;

it is by this vein, which functionally replaces the absent azygos

veins, that the blood of the medullary veins returns into the vena

cava anterior. In short, judging by all the characters with which

we are so far acquainted, the circulatory apparatus of Hyperoodon

appears to approach that of the terrestrial ancestral forms of the

group, less, however, than that of the Mysticetes, but much more

than that of the non-Ziphioid Cetodonts.—Comptes Rendus, t. exiii.

no. 17 (Oct. 26, 1891), pp. 563-565.

On Self-pollination ir Amsonia Taberneemontana.

By Tuomas Merman,

To my mind the number of plants which have their flowers con-

structed for self-fertilization is so large, that it would seem hardly

worth particularizing them but for the industrious work of noting

the opposite characteristics which prevails in our scientific serials,

It seems not fair to true science that only one side of nature’s story

should be told. This is why I record some self-fertilizing cases.

It has been left to me to point out that only those plants which

have other means of persistence than by seeds have flowers which

are wholly dependent on external agents for pollination, and also to

show that while flowers which have arrangements for self-fertiliza-

tion are abundantly fertile, those which cannot make use of pollen

without assistance are frequently barren, and are at a sad disadvan-

tage in making their way through the world. So clearly has this

been worked out to my mind, that when a plant is found abundantly

Miscellaneous. . 487

fertile it is fair to assume that it must be arranged for self-pollina-

tion. In Asclepiadaces, with the large majority of the flowers

barren, we may theoretically assume insect agency,—with many

abundantly fertile Apocynacese we may assume self-fertilization.

I have already shown that the Madagascar periwinkle, Vinca

rosea, with every flower fertile in American gardens, is a self-

fertilizer. Another of the same order, Amsonia Tabernemontana

(the form known as A. salicifolia, Pursh), is abundantly fertile. I

watched the flowers this season, satisfied that they would be found

arranged for self-pollination. The plants proved, as usual, abun-

dantly fertile. On one panicle there were twenty-nine pairs of

follicles that matured; there were many others that had been

evidently fertilized, but failed to reach maturity through lack of

nutrition,

Showy as the blue flowers are, and we might suppose, in view of

prevailing speculations, made so in order to be attractive to insects,

the arrangements are such that no insect, not even the ubiquitous

thrips, can gain entrance to the nectary. ‘The mouth of the tube is

so densely matted with hair that Fuwe clausa is the term used in

the description of the species by Latin authors. If a pollen-clothed

tongue were thrust through the mass it would be thoroughly

cleaned, and in like manner the flower’s own pollen would be

brushed back when the insect withdrew its tongue. But a greater

difficulty presents itself. The capitate stigma with its surrounding

rim completely fills the upper portion of the tube. There is no

space for an insect’s tongue to get past the stigma. But even could

this rubicon be passed, a dense mass of hair presses close against

the style, and the most powerful insect known to the writer could

hardly force a passage. The entrance of insects is completely

blocked. To provide for pollination the anthers curve over and

rest on the stigma, and the pollen on ejection from the anthers can

do no more than coyer the stigma.

In many plants which have flowers that are generally fertilized

by their own pollen the arrangements will often permit of pollina-

tion from some other ; but in the case of this Amsonia nothing but

self-pollination is possible.

To those who may not have flowers for comparison the figure of

this plant in ‘ Botanical Register,’ pl. 151, will aid in making some

of the above-noted points clear.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

March 29, 1892, p. 162.

488

INDEX: 10 VOL. LX:

ABRZXUS, new species of, 356.

Acanthephyra, new species of, 3528.

Acanthodrilus, new species of, 132.

Acharana, new species of, 435.

Acritus, new species of, 557.

Actenioides, characters of the new

genus, 173.

Adeloides, characters of the new

genus, 299,

/Kigeria, new species of, 275.

AXolosoma, on the encystment of,

12.

Aglaops, characters of the new

genus, 298.

Agrammia, new species of, 439.

Alcock, A., on Indian deep-sea

dredging, 265, 358; on utero-

gestation in Trygon Bleekeri, 417,

Amsonia Tabernemontana, on self-

pollination in, 486.

Anomostictis, characters of the new

genus, 454,

Antedon, new species of, 427.

Anteus, notes on species of, 114.

Anthereea, new species of, 448.

Anthocrypta, characters of the new

genus, 296,

Apathy, Prof. S., on the Mesozoon

Salinella, 465.

Aphytoceros, new species of, 390.

Aplographe, characters of the new

genus, 301,

Apobletes, new species of, 542.

Aporodes, new species of, 175.

Arachnida, new, 38, 49, 226.

Archeopneustes, note on the new

genus, 181.

Archernis, new species of, 300.

Arion, on the variation of the genus,

307.

Astacus fluviatilis, on abnormalities

in, 181.

Autocosmia, characters of the new

genus, 452.

Beeturia, new species of, 316.

Bather, F. A., suggested terms in

Crinoid morphology, 51; on Bo-

tryocrinus quinquelobus and B.

pinnulatus, 189; on Mastigo-

crinus loreus, 194; on Cyatho-

crinus, 202.

Batrachia, new, 141.

Beddard, F. E., on the encystment of

olosoma, 12; on the Earth-

worms of the Vienna Museum,

113.

Bee, on the male sexual organs of

the Honey-, 185.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on a new species of

Antedon, 427.

Benham, Dr. W. B., on an earth-

worm from Ecuador, 237.

Birds, new, 247, 249.

Blanchard, R., on the chromato-

phores of Cephalopods, 182.

Blepharucha, characters of the new

genus, 177.

Reeotarcha, new species of, 596,

Botryocrinus, new species of, 189.

Books, new :—Locard’s Coquilles

Marines des Cotes de France, 107 ;

Woods's Catalogue of the Type

Fossils in the Woodwardian

Museum, 334; Monteiro’s Delagoa

Bay, $35; Lacroix-Danliard’s

La Plume des Oiseaux, 336; Mo-

INDEX.

reau’s L’amateur d’Oiseaux de Vo-

liére, 336; Sicard’s L’Evolution

Sexuelle dans l’Espéce humaine,

407 ; Hudson’s Elementary Manual

of New-Zealand Entomology, 482 ;

Syme’s Modifications of Organisms,

483.

Boulenger, G. A., on newly-disco-

vered E.-African chameleons,

72; on a new snake, 74; on anew

frog, 141; on two species of

Toxotes, 143 ; on Triton longipes,

Str., 144; on a new Siluroid fish,

247.

Bouvier, E.-L., on some anatomical

characters of Hyperoodon rostratus,

Braun, M., on the “ free-swimming

aed 187.

Bubalis, new species of, 386.

Buliminus, new species of, 90.

Butler, A. G., on Ophideres princeps,

Guen., 375; on the genus Poly-

chrysia, Hiibn., 407.

Bythinia tentaculata, on the deve-

lopment of, 411.

Callipsaltria, new species of, 318.

Calyptomena, new species of, 249.

Camptomastix, characters of the new

genus, 459,

Carineta, new species of, 320,

i Sa granum, observations on,

Cephalopods, on the chromatophores

of, 182, 183.

Cerambycinz, new, 19.

Cercaria, on a new, 187.

Chameleons, notes on some E.-Afri-

can, 73.

Cheloctonus, characters of the new

genus, 44.

Chilton, C., on a new species of

Munna, 1.

Choristostigma, characters of the

new genus, 440.

Cicadide, new, 313.

Cionella, new species of, 91.

Cirrhipedes, on certain reproductive

phenomena in, 414.

Cirrochrista, new species of, 430.

Cockerell, T. D. A., on Australian

slugs, 370,

Ccelenterates, on some points in the

histology of, 256.

Coleoptera, new, 19, 32, 341.

Collinge, W. E., on the variation of

the genus Arion, 307.

489

Connochetes taurinus, new sub-

species of, 388.

Coral-reefs of the E.-African coast,

on, 339,

Cornifrons, new species of, 455.

Cosmocreon, characters of the new

genus, 455,

Crinoid morphology, suggested terms

in, 51.

Crinoids, on British fossil, 189, 194,

202.

Criodion, new species of, 23.

Crocodile, on the oviposition and

embryonic development of the,

66,

Crustacea, new, 1, 266, 358, 375; on

the development of sessile-eyed,

262.

Cyathocrinus, on the genus, 202.

Cybolomia, new species of, 395.

Cylistix, new species of, 343.

Dacrytherium ovatum from the Isle

of Wight and Quercy, on, 179.

Deep-sea dredging, on Indian, 265,

358.

Dendroclava Dohrnii, notes on, 409.

Dentition of Mammals, on the, 279,

285, 308.

Diacheta, new species of, 128.

Diacme, characters of the new genus,

389.

Dichotis, characters of the

genus, 592.

Didelphys, on the dentition of, 285.

Didymostoma, characters of the new

genus, 392.

Distant, W. L., on undescribed Cica-

did, 313.

Dreissena polymorpha, on the deve-

lopment of, 157.

Druce, H., on new species of Era-

tina, 97; on new Heterocera, 275.

Earthworm from Ecuador, on an,

237.

Earthworms of the Vienna Museum,

on the, 113.

Ebulea, new species of, 392.

Ennea, new species of, 85, 92.

Ennychia, new species of, 175.

Entomostraca, on the Paleozoic bi-

valved, 302.

Epeira, new species of, 228.

Epiechinus, new species of, 355.

Epierus, new species of, 347.

Equisetum, new species of, 138,

Eratina, new species of, 97.

Erlanger, Dr. R. y., on the develop-

new

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. ix. 37

490

ment of Bythinia tentaculata,

411.

Eryces, synopsis of the species of, 75,

Euctenospila, characters of the new

genus, 177,

Euergestis, new species of, 433.

Euphausiide, on British, 454,

Euplectella, on the central cavity in,

37, 408.

Faussek, V., on the anatomy and

embryology of the Phalangiide,

397.

Fidicina, new species of, 319.

Fishes, new, 247.

Flustra solida, remarks on, 149.

Frenzel, Prof. J., on the Mesozoon

Salinella, 79; on a multicellular

Infusorian-like animal, 109.

Frohawk, F. W., on anew Rail, 247.

Gahan, C. J., on new Longicorn

Coleoptera, 19.

Gamble, F. W., on two rare British

Nudibranchs, 378.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 179,

Geoscolex maximus, remarks en, 119.

Gerbillus, new species of, 76.

Glauconoé, characters of the new

genus, 296,

Gongylophis, new species of, 74.

Graptotettix, new species of, 315.

Gregory, J. W., on a new genus and

species of Echinoid, 181.

Gruvel, M. A., on certain reproduc-

tive phenomenain Cirrhipedes, 414.

Gymnorhynchus reptans, on, 237.

Hairs of certain Lepidopterous larvee,

on the seale-like and flattened, 372.

Hammaticherus, new species of, 19.

Hancockia eudactylota, remarks on,

381.

Hedley, C., on Australian slugs, 169.

Helix, new species of, 84, 87.

aspersa, on the growth of the

shell in, 111.

Hemigale, new species of, 250.

Hemiscopis, new species of, 396.

Heterocharmus, characters of the new

genus, 46,

Hetercecium, characters of the new

genus, 322,

Hincks, Rey. T., on the Polyzoa of

the St. Lawrence, 149; general

history of the marine Polyzoa, 327.

Hister, new species of, 346,

Histeride, new, 341.

Homoptera, new, 313,

INDEX.

Hyaloplaga, characters of the new

genus, 432.

Hyalorista, characters of the ne

genus, 299.

Hylobates, new species of, 145.

Hyperoodon rostratus, on some ana-

tomical characters of, 484.

Infusorian-like animal, on a multi-

cellular, 109.

Ischyodus from the Oxford Clay, on

the skeleton of, 94.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on Carboniferous

Ostracoda from Mongolia, 302.

Jourdain, M. S., on the embryogeny

of Sagitta, 415.

Kidston, R., on the occurrence of

Equisetum in the Yorkshire Coal-

measures, 138.

Kirkby, J. W., on Carboniferous

Ostracoda from Mongolia, 302.

Korschelt, Dr. E., on the develop-

mentof Dreissena polymorpha, 157.

Koschewnikoff, G., on the male

sexualorgans of the honey-bee, 185,

Kiikenthal, Dr. W., on the dentition

of Mammals, 279; on the denti-

tion of Didelphys, 285.

Lendenfeld, Dr. R. v., on Ascetta, 337.

Lepidodiscus, new species of, 180.

Lepidoptera, new, 97, 172, 275, 294,

389, 429, 448.

Lepidopterous larvee, on the scale-like

and flattened hairs of certain, 372.

Lepus sinensis,new subspecies of, 146.

Lewis, G., on Japanese species of

Paromalus, 32; on new Histeridx,

341.

Lomanotus genei, remarks on, 379.

Lophogastridx, on British, 454.

Loxocreon, characters of the new

genus, 432.

Lydekker, R., on Dacrytherium ova-

tum from the Isle of Wight and

Quercy, 179; on part of the pelvis

of Polacanthus, 180.

Lysianassides of the ‘ British Sessile-

eyed Crustacea,’ on the, 154.

Mammals, on the dentition of, 279,

285, 308 ; new, 76, 145, 146, 147,

250, 385, 405.

Mastigocrinus, characters of the new

genus, 194,

Masupha, characters of the new

genus, 317.

Matthews, Rev. A., on Dr. Flach’s

Synonymic List of the European

Trichopterygide, 442.

INDEX.

Meehan, T., on self-pollination in

Amsonia Tabernzeemontana, 486.

Megascolex, notes op species of, 122,

Melampsalta, new species of, 322.

Melitta, new species of, 276,

ees J.C., on new Mollusca, &4,

Membranipora, remarks on species of,

—— armifera, remarks on, 155.

Meriones, new species of, 147.

Mesographe, new species of, 454.

Mesothyris, characters of the new

genus, 300,

Metosamia, characters of the new

genus, 276.

Micractis, characters of the new

genus, 294,

Mimoschinia, characters of the new

genus, 174.

Mimudea, characters of the new

genus, 440,

Minchin, E. A., on the central cavity

in Euplectella, 408.

Mitra, new species of, 256.

Mogannia, new species of, 316,

Mollusca, new, 84, 87, 255.

Moniez, M. R., on Gymnorhynchus

reptans, 337.

Monocona, characters of the new

genus, 173.

Monoporella spinulifera, new variety

of, 152.

Moore, F., on new Saturniidez, 448.

Mucronella, remarks on species of,

327.

Munna, new species of, 1.

Myriapoda, on a new mode of respi-

ration in the, 263.

Nanina, new species of, 87.

Nascia, new species of, 302.

Newton, E. T., on a new form of

Agelacrinites, 180.

Niphograpta, characters of the new

genus, 390,

Noctuelia, new species of, 174.

Norman, Rev. A. M., on British

Schizopoda of the families Lopho-

gastride and Euphausiide, 454.

Notaspis, characters of the new

genus, 297.

Notodoma, new species of, 348.

Nudibranchs, on two rare British,

378.

Nyctophilus, new species of, 405.

(Ecophleeus, characters of the new

genus, 49.

491

Onthophilus, new species of, 353.

Ophideres princeps, Guen., on, 375.

Opsibotys, new species of, 295.

Ortmann, Dr. A., on coral-reefs of

the E.-African coast, 339.

Ostracoda from Mongolia, on Carbon-

iferous, 302.

Pachynoa, new species of, 395,

Pachyzancla, new species of, 442,

Packard, A. 8., on the scale-like and

flattened hairs of certain Lepido-

pterous larvee, 372.

Palamnzeus, on some species of, 38.

Paludestrina Jenkinsi and P, ven-

trosa, on the radule of, 376,

Parker, Dr, W. N., on abnormalities

in the crayfish, 181.

Paromalus, new species of, 32.

Pecten, new species of, 255.

Pella, new species of, 84, 87.

Perichzeta, notes on species of, 121 ;

new species of, 131.

Pessocosma, new species of, 390.

Phalangiidz, on the anatomy and

embryology of the, 397.

Phassus, new species of, 278.

Phisalix, C., on the chromatophores

of Cephalopods, 183.

Phlyctzenia, new species of, 431.

Pindicitora, new species of, 172.

Platysoma, new species of, 343.

Pocock, R. I., on two new genera of

Scorpions, 38 ; on a new trap-door

spider, 49.

Peecilopsaltria, new species of, 313.

Polacanthus Foxi, on the os pubis of,

180.

Polychrysia, Hiibn., on the genus,

407,

Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence, on the,

ae ; general history of the marine,

327,

Ponsonby, J. H., on new Mollusca,

84, 87.

Pontoscolex arenicola, notes on, 126.

Porzanula, new species of, 247.

Prionopaltis, characters of the new

genus, 437.

Prodasycnemis, characters of the

new genus, 301.

Psalidopodide, characters of the new

family, 265.

Psalidopus, characters of the new

genus, 266.

Pseudobagrus, new species of, 247.

Psiloscelis, new species of, 345.

Psilotympana, new species of, 319.

492

- Pupa, new species of, 91.

Pyralids, new genera and species of,

172, 294, 389, 429.

Pyrausta, new species of, 176,

Ramila, new species of, 430.

Rana, new species of, 141.

Reptilia, new, 71.

Rhectocraspeda, characters of the

new genus, 439,

Rhinodrilus, new species of, 258.

Roule, L., on the development of

sessile-eyed Crustacea, 262.

Sagitta, on the embryogeny of, 415.

Salinella, on the Mesozoon, 79, 465.

Salticus, new species of, 235.

Sarotes impudicus, remarks on, 233,

Saturniidee, new Asiatic, 448.

Schizopoda of the families Lopho-

pare and Euphausiide, on

ritish, 454.

Schizoporella cincta, new variety of,

154.

Schneider, Dr. K.C., on the histo-

logy of Ccelenterates, 256.

Sciurus, new species of, 253.

Scorpions, on two new genera of, 38.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the os pubis

of Polacanthus Foxi, 180.

Semniomima, characters of the new

genus, 172.

Sericoplaga, characters of the new

genus, 295.

Sharman, G., on a new form of

Agelacrinites, 180.

Sharpe, Dr. R. B., on a new species

of Calyptomena, 249,

Sinclair, F.G., on a new mode of

respiration in the Myriapoda, 263.

Slugs, on Australian, 169, 370.

Smith, E. A., on new species of

shells, 255.

Sphallenum, new species of, 28.

Spiders from the Andaman Islands,

on some, 226.

Spilodes, new species of, 178.

Sporocysts, on the free-swimming,

187.

Stenochora, characters of the new

genus, 298.

Stenogyra, new species of, 85, 90.

Stenomeles, characters of the new

genus, 437.

Syllythria, new species of, 176.

Tanaophysa, characters of the new

genus, 389,

Telea, new species of, 278.

INDEX.

Terastiodes, characters of the new

genus, 298,

Teretrius, new species of, 353.

Tholeria, new species of, 429.

Thomas, O., on three new Gerbilles,

76; on the gibbon of the island of

Hainan, 145; on a new subspecies

of hare, 146; on a new species of

Meriones, 147 ; on new Mammalia,

250; on Mammalian dentition, 308;

on two new antelopes, 385; ona

third species of Nyctophilus, 405.

Thopha, new species of, 314.

Thorell, Prof. T., onsome spiders from

the Andaman Islands, 226.

Tibicen, new species of, 316.

Toxotes, new species of, 143.

Tragulus, new species of, 254,

Triballus, new species of, 550.

Trichauchenia, characters cf the new

genus, 173.

Trichopterygide, on Dr. Flach’s

Synonymic List of the European,

442,

Trischistognatha, characters of the

new genus, 429,

Triteea, new species of, 178,

Triton longipes, on, 144.

Trochozonites, new species of, 89.

Trygon Bleekeri, on utero-gestation

in, 417.

Trypeticus, new species of, 351.

Tupaia, new species of, 250,

Udea, new species of, 393.

Villepoix, M. de, on the growth of

the shell in Helix aspersa, 111.

Voeltzkow, Dr. A., on the oviposi-

tion and embryonic development

of the crocodile, 66.

Walker, A. O., on the Lysianassides

of the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crus-

tacea,’ 154,

Warren, W.,onnew genera and species

of Pyralids, 172, 294, 389, 429.

Wood-Mason, Prof. J., on Indian

deep-sea dredging, 265, 358.

Woodward, A. 8., on a Chimeroid

fish from the Oxford Clay, 94.

Woodward, B. B., on the radule of

Paludestriaa Jenkinsi and P. yen-

trosa, 376.

Xestia, new species of, 29,

Xestipyge, new species of, 348.

Zoia, Dr. R., on Dendroclava Dohrnii,

409,

END OF THE NINTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.